Skip to main content

Full text of "Mathurá ; a district memoir"

See other formats


GIFT  OF 
HORACE  W.  CARPENT1EI 


'  ■ 


SETH     GOBIND     DAS,     C.S.I. 


^1 


IC'. 

tr 
•ft 

w 
Cr 

<fltf 
Ktzr 


ffl 


5ST^fl  WlSfft  ^  TTT^Tl=?JT    r^^T^JT  gR=lrqm 


MATHUKA: 


1JI8TEICT    irBMOIE; 

WITH   NUMEROUS  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


BY 


F.  S.  GROWSE,  B.C.S.; 

M.  A.,   OxON;   C.I.  E.; 

Magistrate  and  Collector  of  Bulandshahr  ; 

Felloio  of  the  Calcutta  University. 


Though  the  groves  of  Brinda,  in  with  Krishna  disported  with  the  Gopis,  no 
longer  resound  to  the  echoes  of  his  flute;  though  the  waters  of  the  Jauiuna  are 
daily  polluted  with  the  blood  of  the  sacred  kine  ;  still  it  is  the  holy  laud  of 
the  pilgrim,  the  sacred  Jordan  of  his  fancy,  on  whose  banks  he  may  sit  and 
weep,  as  did  the  banished  Israelite  of  old,  for  the  glories  of  Mathura,  his 
Jerusalem. — Tod. 


THIRD    EDITION. 

Revised  and  Abridged. 


18S3. 

PB1NTED  AT   TUE  NOETH-WESTEBN   PEOVINCK3   AND   OCDH   GOYEBNMBNT   PBESS. 


=*  r~ 


T\7R\m  %m  xim  ciwg  T=Rsam 


Hi 


B 

w 

/IS 


*t 


. 


M 


PREFACE. 

This  Memoir  was  originally  intended  to  form  one  of  the  uniform  series  of 
local  histories  compiled  by  order  of  the  Government.  Its  main  object  was 
therefore  to  serve  as  a  book  of  reference  for  the  use  of  district  officers  ;  thus 
it  touches  upon  many  topics  which  the  general  reader  will  condemn  as  trivial  and 
uninteresting,  and  in  the  earlier  chapters  the  explanations  are  more  detailed  and 
minute  than  the  professed  student  of  history  and  archaeology  will  probably  deem 
at  all  necessary.  But  a  local  memoir  can  never  be  a  severely  artistic  perform- 
ance. On  a  small  scale  it  resembles  a  dictionary  or  encyclopaedia  and  must,  if 
complete,  be  composed  of  very  heterogeneous  materials,  out  of  which  those  who 
have  occasion  to  consult  it  must  select  what  they  require  for  their  own  purposes, 
without  concluding  that  whatever  is  superfluous  for  them  is  equally  familiar  or 
distasteful  to  other  people. 

As  good  libraries  of  standard  works  of  reference  are  scarcely  to  be 
found  anywhere  in  India  out  of  the  presidency  towns,  I  have  invariably  given  in 
full  the  very  words  of  my  authorities,  both  ancient  and  modern.  And  if  I  have 
occasion  to  mention  any  historical  character — though  he  may  have  achieved  some- 
what more  than  a  mere  local  reputation — I  still  narrate  succinctly  all  the  mate- 
rial facts  of  his  life  rather  than  take  them  for  granted  as  already  known.  Thus, 
before  quoting  the  Chinese  Pilgrims,  I  explain  under  what  circumstances  they 
■wrote  :  and  when  describing  the  Mathura  Observatory,  I  introduce  an  account 
of  the  famous  royal  astronomer  by  whom  it  was  constructed.  Hence  my  pages 
are  not  unfrequently  overcrowded  with  names  and  dates  which  must  give  them 
rather  a  repellent  appearance  ;  but  I  shall  be  compensated  for  this  reproach  if 
residents  on  the  spot  find  iu  them  an  answer  to  all  enquiries,  without  occasion 
to  consult  other  authorities,  which,  though  possibly  far  from  obscure,  may  still 
under  the  circumstances  be  difficult  to  obtain. 

I  dwell  at  considerable  length  on  the  legends  connected  with  the  deified 
Krishna,  the  tutelary  divinity  of  the  district :  because,  however  puerile  and  com- 
paratively modern  many  of  them  may  be,  they  have  materially  affected  the  whole 
course  of  local  history  and  are  still  household  words,  to  which  allusion  is  con- 
stantly made  in  conversation,  either  to  animate  a  description  or  enforce  an 
argument. 

The  great  years  of  famine  and  the  mutiny  of  1857,  though  the  latter 
was  a.  calamity  much  more  bghtly  felt  in  this  neighbourhood  than  in  many  other 


520  19 


11  PREFACE. 

parts  of  India,  yet  form  the  eras,  by  which  the  date  of  all  domestic  occurrences 
is  ordinarily  calculated,  and  both  subjects  have  therefore  been  duly  noticed. 
But  there  has  been  no  need  to  enter  much  into  general  history,  for  Mathura 
has  never  been  a  political  centre,  except  during  the  short  period  when  it  formed 
the  theatre  for  the  display  of  the  ambitious  projects  of  Siiraj  Mall  and  his 
immediate  successors  on  the  throne  of  Bharat-pur.  All  its  special  interest  is 
derived  from  its  religious  associations  in  connection  with  the  Vaishnava  sects* — 
far  outnumbering  all  other  Hindu  divisions— of  whom  some  took  birth  here,  all 
regard  it  as  their  Holy  Land.  Thus,  the  space  devoted  to  the  consideration  of 
the  doctrines  which  they  profess  and  the  observances  which  they  practise  could 
scarcely  be  curtailed  without  impairing  the  fidelity  of  the  sketch  by  suppression 
of  the  appropriate  local  colouring.  It  may  also  be  desirable  to  explain  that  the 
long  extracts  of  Hindi  poetry  from  local  writers  of  the  last  two  centuries  have 
been  inserted  not  only  as  a  propos  of  the  subject  to  which  they  refer,  but  also 
as  affording  the  most  unmistakeable  proofs  of  what  the  language  of  the  country 
really  is.  No  such  specimens  could  be  given  of  indigenous  Urdu  literature, 
simply  because  it  is  non-existent  and  is  as  foreign  to  the  people  at  large  as  English. 

So  much  irreparable  damage  has  been  done  in  past  years  from  simple 
ignorance  as  to  the  value  of  ancient  architectural  remains,  that  I  have  been 
careful  to  describe  in  full  every  building  in  the  district  which  possesses  the 
slightest  historical  or  artistic  interest.  I  have  also  given  a  complete  resume  of 
all  the  results  hitherto  obtained  in  archaeological  research  among  the  relics  of 
an  earlier  age,  and  have  added  a  sketch  of  the  development  of  the  local  style 
of  architecture,  as  it  exists  at  the  present  day. 

Besides  noting  the  characteristics  of  peculiar  castes,  I  have  given  an 
account  of  the  origin  and  present  status  of  all  the  principal  residents  in  the 
district,  mentioning  every  particular  of  any  interest  connected  with  their  family 
history  or  personal  qualifications.  Only  a  few  such  persons  of  special  repute 
will  be  found  included  in  the  general  narrative  ;  the  remainder  have  been 
relegated  to  the  more  strictly  topographical  sequel,  where  they  are  noticed  in 
connection  with  their  estates.  Upon  purely  agricultural  statistics  I  touch 
very  briefly  ;  all  such  matters  have  been  most  ably  discussed  by  the  officer  in 
charge  of  the  hist  settlement. 

The  village  lists,  which  occupied  a  considerable  space  in  the  first  and 
second  editions,  have  now  been  omitted  in  consequence  of  my  inability — here  at 
Bulandshahr — to  obtain  the  detailed  results  of  the  last  census.  I  believe  they 
had  been  found  useful  by  district  officials.  No  one  who  has  not  had  experience 
in  matters  of  the  kind  eau  form  any  idea  of  the  labour  and  vexation  involved  in 


PREFACE.  lil 

the  preparation  for  the  first  time  of  such  tables,  when  the  materials  on  which  they 
are  based  consist  exclusively  of  manuscripts  written  in  the  Persian  character. 
An  attempt  to  secure  accuracy  induces  a  feeling  of  absolute  despair ;  for  the 
names  of  the  places  and  people  mentioned  can  only  be  verified  on  the  spot, 
inasmuch  as  they  are  too  obscure  to  be  tested  by  reference  to  other  authorities, 
and  the  words  as  written,  if  not  absolutely  illegible,  can  be  read  at  least  three 
or  four  different  ways. 

A  remark,  originally  consisting  of  no  more  than  three  or  four  lines  in  my 
first  edition,  has  been  expanded  into  a  thorough  discussion  on  the  etymology 
of  local  names,  which  occupies  the  whole  of  Chapter  XII.  It  incidentally 
disposes  of  several  crude  theories  on  the  subject,  which  have  been  advanced  by 
scholars  of  more  or  less  distinction  under  a  misconception  as  to  the  historical 
growth  of  the  modern  vernacular  of  Upper  India.  The  conclusions  at  which 
I  arrive  can  scarcely  be  disputed,  but  they  will  probably  be  ignored  as  too  fatal 
to  whimsical  speculation. 

In  the  matter  of  transliteration  I  have  been  more  consistent  than  was 
prescribed  of  necessity,  in  the  belief  that  compromise  is  always  an  evil,  and  in 
this  matter  is  exceptionally  so  ;  for  with  a  definite  orthography  there  is  no 
reason  whatever  why  in  the  course  of  two  or  three  generations  the  immense 
diversity  of  Indian  alphabets,  which  at  present  form  such  an  obstacle  to  literary 
intercourse  and  intellectual  progress,  should  not  all  be  abolished  and  the  Roman 
character  substituted  in  their  stead. 

As  to  the  word  '  Mathura'  itself,  the  place  has  had  an  historical  existence 
for  more  than  2,000  years,  and  may  reasonably  demur  to  appearing  in  its  old 
age  under  such  a  vulgar  and  offensive  form  as  '  Muttra,'  which  represents 
neither  the  correct  pronunciation  nor  the  etymology.  Though  it  has  been 
visited  by  Europeans  of  many  different  nationalities,  it  was  never  so  mutilated 
till  it  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  English,  now  eighty  years  ago.  Even  the 
Chinese,  with  a  language  that  renders  transliteration  all  but  impossible,  repre- 
sent it,  more  correctly  than  we  have  hitherto  done,  under  the  form  Mothulo. 
Mathura  Das,  or  some  similar  compound,  is  a  name  very  frequently  given  by 
Hiudus  to  a  child  who  has  been  born  after  a  pilgrimage  to  the  holy  city,  and 
it  is  always  so  spelt.  Hence  results  the  egregious  absurdity  that  in  any 
official  list  '  Mathura  Das  of  Mathura'  appears  as  '  Mathura  Das  of  Muttra,' 
with  two  utterly  different  spellings  for  one  and  the  same  word. 

BULANDSHAHE,  ") 

£■  F.  S.  GROTYSE. 

April  21st,  1882.     J 


RULES   FOR   PRONUNCIATION. 


a  unaccented  is  like 

a  in  India. 

d  accented  is  like 

a  „  bath. 

e  is  always  long,  like 

$  „  fete. 

i  unaccented  is  like 

i  „  India. 

i  accented  is  like 

i  „  elite. 

u  unaccented  is  like 

u  „  put. 

u  accented  is  like 

u  ,,  rural. 

o  is  always  long,  like 

o  „  oval. 

ai  is  like 

ai  „  aisle. 

au  is  like 

ou  „  cloud. 

The  consonants  are  pronounced  as  in  English:  th  as  in  boot-hook,  never  as  in 
father ;  g  is  always  hard,  as  in  gag ;  y  is  always  a  consonant,  and  c,  (/  and  x 
are  not  used  at  all.  The  fixed  sound  of  each  letter  never  varies ;  and  it  is, 
therefore,  impossible  for  any  person  of  the  most  ordinary  intelligence  to  hesitate 
for  a  moment  as  to  the  correct  way  of  pronouncing  a  word  the  first  time  he  sees 
it.  Without  the  slightest  knowledge  of  the  language,  he  may  read  a  page  of  a 
Romanized  Sanskrit  or  Hindustani  book  to  an  Indian  audience,  and  be  perfectly 
intelligible,  if  he  will  only  take  the  trouble  to  remember  the  few  simple  rules 
given  above. 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 


Chapter  I.—  Tho  modern  district  ;    its    conformation,  extent,  and 
divisions  at  different  periods.     The  character  of  the 
people  and  their  language.     The  predominant  castes  : 
the  Jats  and  their  origin;  the  Chaubes;  the  Ahivasis ; 
the  Gaurua  Tbakurs.     The  Jains  and  their  temples. 
The  principal  families;  the  Seth;  the  Raja  of  Hathras  ; 
the  Rais   of  Sa'dabad.     Agricultural  classification  of 
■  -      land;  canals;  famines.     The  Delhi  road  and  its  Sarais  1 

CHAPTER  II.— Mathura  sacked  by  Mahmud   of  Gbazni,  1017  A.  D. 
Its  treatment  by  the  Delhi  emperors.     Rise  and  pro- 
gress of  the  Jat  power.     Massacre  at  Mathura,  1757 
A.D.    Battle  of  Barsana,  1775.    Execution  of  Ghulam 
Kadir,   1788.     British  occupation,  1803.     Battle  of 
Dig,  1801.    Mutiny,  1857...  ...  ...  32 

CHAPTER  III. — The  story  of  Krishna,  the  tutelary  divinity  of  Mathura  50 

Chapter  IV. — The  Braj-mandal,  the  Ban-jatra  and  the  Holi  ...  71 

CHAPTER    V.— The  Buddhist  city  of  Mathura  and  its  antiquities      ...  103 

Chapter  VI. — The  Hindu  city  of  Mathura  ...  ...  126 

Chapter  VII. — The  city  of  Mathura  (concluded)  :  its  European  insti- 
tutions and  museum  ...  ...  ...  159 

Notes  on  Chapter  VII— 

1.  List  of  local  Governors  in  the  17th  century  ...  ...  175 

2.  Names  of  the  city  quarters,  or  mahallas  ...  ...  176 

3.  Principal  buildings  in  the  city  of  Mathura  ...  ...  177 

4.  Calendar  of  festivals    ...                 ...  ...  ...  179 

Chapter  VIII. — Brindaban  and  tho  Vaishnava  reformers.  The  four 
Sampradayas.  The  Bengali  Vaishnavas.  The  Radha- 
vallabhis.  The  Rddhd-sudhd-nidhi  and  the  Chaurdsi 
Pada  of  Swami  Hari  Vans.  Swami  Hari  Das  and 
the  Sddhdran  Siddhdnt.  The  Maluk-Dasis.  The 
Pran-nathis  and  the  Khjdmat-ndma.  The  Byom  Sdr 
and  Suni  Sdr  ...  ...  ...  ...  184 


(    2     ) 


Page. 


Chapter  IX. — Brindaban  and  its  temples.  The  temple  of  Gobind 
Deva  ;  of  Madan  Mohan ;  of  Gopinath  ;  of  Jugal- 
Kishor  ;  of  Radha-Ballabh.  The  Lala  Babu's  temple  : 
the  Seth's  temple  ;  the  Sah's  temple  ;  the  Rani  of 
Tikari's  temple  ;  the  Maharaja  of  Gwalior's  temple. 
The  Bharat-pur  Kunjes.     The  municipality  ...  241 

Notes  to  Chapter  IX. — 

1.  Calendar  of  local  festivals  at  Brindaban  ...  ...  267 

2.  List  of  river-side  Ghats  ...  •••  ...  270 

3.  Names  of  mahallas  or  city  quarters  ...  ...  271 

Chapter  X. — Mahaban  ;  Gokul  and  the  Vallabhacharis  ;  Baladeva 

and  its  Pandes  ...  ...  •••  272 

Notes  to  Chapter  X. — 

1.  Vallabhacharya  literature  ...  ...  •••  295 

2.  Specimen  of  the  Chaurasi  Varta    ...  ...  •••  »&• 

Chapter  XL — The  three  hill-places  of  Mathura:  Gobardhan,  Barsana, 

and  Nandgamv  ...  ...  ...  299 

Chapter  XII.— The  etymology  of  local  names  in  Northern  India,  as 

exemplified  in  the  district  of  Mathura  ...  ...  318 

Chapter  XHT. — Pargana  Topography— 

Pargana  Kosi  ...  ...  ...  357 

Pargana  Chhata  ...  ...  ...  371 

Pargana  Mathura  ...  ...  ...  379 

Pargana  Mat  ...  ...  ...  385 

Pargaua  Mahaban  ...  ...  ...  396 

Pargana  Sa'dabad  ...  ...  ...  403 

Appendices — 

A.  Casto  :  its  origin  and  development  ...  ^  407 

B.  The  Catholic  Church  ...                 ...  ...  ...  417 

C.  Indigenous  trees          ...                 ...  ...  ...  421 

Glossary  ...  •••  •••  •••  ••■         426 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Seth  Gobind  Das,  C.S.I,  (frontispiece). 

Seth  Raghunath  Das  ... 

Seth  Lachhman  Das   ...  ...  ... 

Raja  Hari  Narayan  Sinh,  of  Hathras 
Environs  of  Mathura  ...  ... 

The  Siva  Tal,  Mathura 

The  Visrant  Ghat       ... 

Tho  Sati  Burj 

Cenotaph  in  tho  Seth's  garden      ••• 

The  City  Gate,  Mathura 

The  Catholic  Church  ... 

The  Museum 

Bacchanalian  sculpture  from  Pali  Khera  (two  plates) 

Group  of  antiquities  ...  ...  ... 

The  Seth's  temple 

Temple  of  Gobind  Deva,  Brindaban 

Ditto     ditto,     showing  side  chapel 

Ditto     ditto,     ground-plan  ... 
Temple  of  Madan  Mohan 

Ditto  ground-plan  ... 

Temple  of  Gopi-nath  ... 
Temple  of  Jugal-kishor  ...  ... 

Temple  of  Radha  Ballabh  (ground-plan) 
Tho  Idol-car 

Temple  of  Radha  Gopal  (ground-plan)  ... 

The  Manasi  Ganga,  Gobardhan      ...  u. 

The  temple  of  Harideva,  Gobardhan  (ground-plan) 
The  tomb  of  Maharaja  Baladeva  Sinh,  Gobardhan 
The  Kusum  Sarovar,  Gobardhan  ... 
Map  of  the  district     ...  ... 

The  school,  Auraugabad  ... 

Interior  of  the  Catholic  Church  ... 


Page. 


••a 

»•• 

12 

•  •• 

•  ■• 

15 

*  .  • 

•  •• 

19 

•  •• 

.  •• 

106 

•  •• 

•  ■• 

136 

... 

•  •* 

142 

... 

... 

148 

•  •• 

•*• 

150 

•  •• 

•  •• 

157 

•  •• 

... 

161 

••• 

*•• 

163 

... 

... 

168 

•  •• 

•  •• 

172 

•  •• 

•  •• 

192 

•  •• 

••• 

242 

••• 

•  •• 

246 

... 

Mi. 

248 

... 

»•• 

250 

•  •• 

•  •• 

252 

... 

•  •• 

254 

•  •• 

... 

ib. 

••» 

... 

256 

•  •• 

*  • 

261 

•  • 

•  •• 

263 

*•• 

... 

303 

•  •• 

»•» 

304 

••• 

•  •* 

306 

••• 

•  •• 

308 

... 

•  •• 

357 

••• 

... 

381 

■•« 

•  •• 

418 

MATHU  R  A. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  MODERN  DISTRICT  ;  ITS  CONFORMATION,  EXTENT  AND  DIVISIONS  AT  DIF- 
FERENT PERIODS.  THE  CHARACTER  OF  THE  PEOPLE  AND  THEIR  LANGUAGE. 
THE  PREDOMINANT  CASTES;  THE  JA'TS  AND  THEIR  ORIGIN;  THE  CHAD- 
BES;  THE  AHIVXSIS  ;  THE  GAURUA  THXlvURS.  THE  JAINIS  AND  THEIR 
TEMPLES.  THE  PRINCIPAL  FAMILIES;  THE  SETH  ;  THE  RXJA  OF  HXTHRAS ; 
THE  RXlS  OF  SA'DXBXD.  AGRICULTURAL  CLASSIFICATION  OF  LAND  ;  CAN- 
ALS ;    FAMINES;   THE  DELHI  ROAD  AND  ITS  SARAHS. 

The  modern  district  of  Mathura  is  one  of  the  five  which  together  make  up  the 
Agra  Division  of  the  North  West  Provinces.  It  has  an  area  of  1,453  square 
miles,  with  a  population  of  671,690,  the  vast  majority  of  whom,  viz.,  611,626, 
are  Hindus. 

In  the  year  1803,  when  its  area  was  first  included  in  British  territory,  part 
of  it  was  administered  from  Agra  and  part  from  Sa'dabad.  This  arrangement 
continued  till  1832,  wdien  the  city  of  Mathura  was  recognized  as  the  most  fitting 
centre  of  local  government  and,  superseding  the  village  of  Sa'dabad,  gave  its 
name  to  a  new  district,  comprising  eight  tahsilis,  viz.,  Aring,  Sahar,  and  Kosi, 
on  the  right  bank  of  the  Jamuna, ;  and  on  the  left,  Mat,  Noh-jhil,  Mahaban, 
Sa'dabad,  and  Jalesar.  In  1860,  Mat  and  Noh-jhil  were  united,  with  the  former 
as  the  head-quarters  of  the  Tahsildar  ;  and  in  1868  the  revenue  offices  at  Aring 
were  transferred  to  Mathura,  but  the  general  boundaries  remained  unchanged. 

The  district,  however,  as  thus  constituted,  was  of  a  most  inconvenient  shape. 
Its  outline  was  that  of  a  carpenter's  square,  of  which  the  two  parallelograms 
were  nearly  equal  in  extent;  the  upper  one  lying  due  north  and  south,  while 
the  other  at  right  angles  to  it  stretched  due  eastward  below.  The  capital,  situ- 
ated at  the  interior  angle  of  junction,  was  more  accessible  from  the  contiguous 
district  of  Aligarh  and  the  independent  State  of  Bharat-pur  than  from  the 
greater  part  of  its  own  territory.  The  Jalesar  pargana  was  the  most  remote 
of  all  ;  its  two  chief  towns,  Awa  and  Jalesar,  being  respectively  55  and  43 
miles  from  the  local  Courts,  a  greater  distance  than  separated  them  from  the 
capitals  of  four  other  districts. 


2  THE    MODERN    DISTRICT. 

This,  under  any  conditions,  would  have  boon  justly  considered  an  inconve- 
nience, and  there  were  peculiar  circumstances  which  rendered  it  exceptionally 
so.  The  transfer  of  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  land  from  the  old  proprietary 
village  communities  to  wealthy  strangers  had  created  a  wide-spread  feeling  of 
restlessness  and  impatience,  which  was  certainly  intensified  by  the  remoteness 
of  the  Courts  and  the  consequent  unwillingness  to  have  recourse  to  them  for 
the  settlement  of  a  dispute  in  its  incipient  stages.  Hence  the  frequent  occur- 
rence of  serious  outrages,  such  as  burglaries  and  highway  robberies,  which  were 
often  carried  out  with  more  or  less  impunity,  notwithstanding  the  number  of 
people  that  must  have  been  privy  to  their  commission.  However  willing  the 
authorities  of  the  different  districts  were  to  act  in  concert,  investigation  on  the 
part  of  the  police  was  greatly  hampered  by  the  readiness  with  which  the  crimi- 
nals could  escape  across  the  border  and  disperse  themselves  through  the  five 
districts  of  Mathura,  Agra,  Mainpuri,  Eta,  and  Aligarh.  Thus,  though  a  local 
administrator  is  naturally  jealous  of  any  change  calculated  to  diminish  the  im- 
portance of  his  charge,  and  Jalesar  was  unquestionably  the  richest  portion  of  the 
district,  still  it  was  generally  admitted  by  each  successive  Magistrate  and  Col- 
lector that  its  exchange  for  a  tract  of  country  with  much  fewer  natural  advan- 
tages would  be  a  most  politic  and  beneficial  measure.* 

The  matter,  which  had  often  before  been  under  the  consideration  of  Gov- 
ernment, was  at  last  settled  towards  the  close  of  the  year  1874,  when  Jalesar 
was  finally  struck  off  from  Mathura.  At  first  it  was  attached  to  Agra  ;  but  six 
years  later  it  was  again  transferred  and  joined  on  to  Eta,  which  was  then  raised 
to  the  rank  of  a  full  district.  No  other  territory  had  been  given  in  compensa- 
tion till  1879,  when  84  villages,  constituting  the  pargana  of  Farrah,  were 
taken  from    Agra  and  added  on  to  the  Mathura  tahsili.     The  district  has  thus 

*  In  the  ffrst  edition  of  this  work,  written  before  the  change  had  been  effected,  I  thus  sum- 
marized the  points  of  difference  between  the  Jalesar  and  the  other  parganas  :■ — The  Jalesar 
pargana  affords  a  marked  contrast  to  all  the  rest  of  the  diBtric%  from  which  it  differs  no  less 
in  soil  and  scenery  than  in  the  character  and  social  status  of  the  population.  In  the  other  six 
parganas  wheat,  indigo,  and  rice  are  seldom  or  never  to  be  seen,  here  they  form  the  staple 
crops  ;  there  the  pasturage  is  abundant  and  every  villager  Iims  his  herd  of  cattle,  here  all  the 
land  is  arable  and  no  more  cattle  are  kept  than  are  barely  enough  to  work  the  pkugh;  there 
the  country  is  doited  with  natural  woods  and  groves,  but  has  no  enclosed  oichards,  here  the 
mango  and  other  fruit  trees  are  freely  planted  and  thrive  well,  but  there  is  no  jungle;  there 
the  village  communities  still  for  the  most  part  retain  possession  of  their  ancestral  lauds,  here 
they  have  been  ousted  almost  completely  by  modern  capitalists  ;  there  the  Jats  constitute  the 
great  muss  of  the  population,  here  they  occupy  one  solitary  village  ;  there  the  Muhammadans 
have  never  gained  any  permanent  footing  and  every  spot  is  impregnated  with  Hindu  traditions, 
here  what,  local  history  there  is  is  mainly  associated  with  Muhammadau  families. 


ITS   TWOFOLD   CHARACTER.  3 

been  rendered  much  more  manageable  and  compact.  It  is  now  in  the  sha]  i 
an  imperfect  crescent,  with  its  convex  side  to  the  south-west  and  its  horns  and 
hollow  centre  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river  looking  upwards  to  the  north-east 
The  eastern  portion  is  a  lair  specimen  of  tin/  land  ordinarily  found  in  the  Doab. 
It  is  abundantly  watered,  both  by  wells  and  rivers,  and  is  carefully  cultivated. 
Its  luxuriant  crops  and  fine  orchards  indicate  the  fertility  of  the  soil  and  render 
the  landscape  not  unpleasing  to  the  eye;  but  though  far  the  more  valuable  parr 
of  the  district  for  the  purposes  of  the  farmer  and  the  economist,  it  possesses 
few  historical  associations  to  detain  the  antiquary.  On  the  other  hand,  the  west- 
ern side  of  the  district,  though  comparatively  poor  in  natural  products,  is  rich 
in  mythological  legend,  and  contains  in  the  towns  of  Mathura  and  Brinda-han 
a  series  of  the  master-pieces  of  modern  Hindu  architecture.  Its  still  greater 
wealth  in  earlier  times  is  attested  by  the  extraordinary  merit  of  the  few  speci- 
mens which  have  survived  the  torrent  of  Muhammadan  barbarism  and  the  more 
slowly  corroding  lapse  of  time. 

Yet,  widely  as  the  two  tracts  of  country  differ  in  character,  there  is  reason 
to  believe  that  their  first  union  dates  from  a  very  early  period.  Thus,  Varaha 
Mihira,  writing  in  the  latter  half  of  the  fifth  century  of  the  Christian  era,  seem- 
to  speak  of  Mathura  as  consisting  at  that  time  also  of  two  very  dissimilar  por- 
tions. For,  in  the  16th  section  of  the  Brihat  Sanhita,  he  includes  its  eastern 
half,  with  all  river  lands  (such  as  is  the  Doab),  under  the  protection  of  the  planet 
Budha— that  is,  Mercury  ;  and  the  western  half,  with  the  Bharatas  and  Purohits 
and  other  managers  of  religious  ceremonies  (classes  which  still  to  the  present 
day  form  the  mass  of  the  population  of  western  Mathura,  and  more  particularly 
so  if  the  Bharatas  are  taken  to  mean  the  Bharat-pur  Jats)  under  the  tutelage  of 
Jiva — that  is,  Jupiter.  The  Chinese  pilgrim,  Hwen  Thsang,  may  also  be  adduc- 
ed as  a  witness  to  the  same  effect.  He  visited  India  in  the  seventh  century 
after  Christ,  and  describes  the  circumference  of  the  kingdom  of  Mathura  as 
5,000  U,  i.  e.,  950  miles,  taking  the  Chinese  It  as  not  quite  one-fifth  of  an  English 
mile.  The  people,  he  says,  are  of  a  soft  and  easy  nature  and  delight  to  per- 
form meritorious  works  with  a  view  to  a  future  life.  The  soil  is  rich  and  fertile 
and  specially  adapted  to  the  cultivation  of  grain.  Cotton  stuffs  of  fine  texture 
are  also  here  obtainable  and  gold  ;  while  the  mango  trees*  are  so  abundant  that 
they  form  complete  forests — the  fruit  being  of  two  varieties,  a  smaller  kind, 
which  turns  yellow  as  it  ripens,  and  a  larger,  which  remains  always  green. 
From   this   description    it  would    appear    that    the    then  kingdom  of  Mathura 


♦The  fruit  intended  is  prohibit/  the  mango,   dmra ;  but  the  word   as  given   in  Chinese  is 
an-mo-lo-ho,  which  might  also  stanJ  for  dmlikd,  the  tamarind,  or  timid,  the  Pliyllanthus  embliea. 


4  MATHl'RX  in  the  time  of  akbar. 

extended  east  of  the  capital  along  the  Doab  in  the  direction  of  Mainpnri  ;  for 
there  the  mango  flourishes  most  luxuriantly  and  almost  every  village  boasts  a  fine 
grove  ;  whereas  in  Western  Mathura  it  will  scarcely  grow  at  all  except  under 
the  most  careful  treatment.  In  support  of  this  inference  it  may  be  observed 
that,  notwithstanding  the  number  of  monasteries  and  stupas  mentioned  by  the 
Buddhist  pilgrims  as  existing  in  the  kingdom  of  Mathura,  comparatively  few 
traces  of  any  such  buildings  have  been  discovered  in  the  modern  district,  ex- 
cept in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  the  capital.  In  Mainpuri,  on  the  con- 
trary, and  more  especially  on  the  side  where  it  is  nearest  to  Mathura,  fragments 
of  Buddhist  sculpture  may  be  seen  lying  in  almost  every  village.  In  all  pro- 
bability the  territory  of  Mathura,  at  the  time  of  Hwen  Thsang's  visit,  included 
not  only  the  eastern  balf  of  the  modern  district,  but  also  some  small  part  of  Agra 
and  the  whole  of  the  Shikohahad  and  Mustafabad  parganas  of  Mainpuri  ;  while 
the  remainder  of  the  present  Mainpuri  district  formed  a  portion  of  the  kingdom 
of  Sankasya,  which  extended  to  the  borders  of  Kanauj.  But  all  local  recollec- 
tion of  this  exceptional  period  has  absolutely  perished,  and  the  mutilated  effigies 
of  Buddha  and  Maya  are  replaced  on  their  pedestals  and  adored  as  Brahma  and 
Devi  by  the  ignorant  villagers,  whose  forefathers,  after  long  struggles,  had  tri- 
umphed in  their  overthrow. 

In  the  time  of  the  Emperor  Akbar  the  land  now  included  in  the  Mathura 
district  formed  parts  of  three  different  Sarkars,  or  Divisions — viz.,  Agra,  Kol,  and 
Sahar. 

The  Agra  Sarkar  comprised  33  mahals,  four  of  which  were  Mathura,  Ma- 
holi.  Mangotla,  and  Maha-ban.  Of  these,  the  second,  Maholi,  (the  Madhupuri 
of  Sanskrit  literature)  is  now  quite  an  insignificant  village  and  is  so  close  to 
the  city  as  almost  to  form  one  of  its  suburbs.  The  third,  Mangotla  or  Magora, 
has  disappeared  altogether  from  the  revenue-roll,  having  been  divided  into  four 
pattis,  or  shares,  which  are  now  accounted  so  many  distinct  villages.  The 
fourth,  Maha-ban,  in  addition  to  its  present  area,  included  some  ten  villages  of 
what  is  now  the  Sa'dabad  pargana  and  the  whole  of  Mat  ;  while  Noh-jhil,  lately 
united  with  Mat,  was  at  that  time  the  centre  of  pargana  Noh,*  which  was  in- 
cluded in  the  Kol  Sarkar.  The  Sa'dabadf  pargana  had  no  independent  exist- 
ence till  the  reign  of  Shahjahan,  when  his  famous  minister,   Sa'dullah   Khan, 

*  There  is  another  large  town,  bearing  the  smue  strange  name  of  Noli,  at  no  great  distance, 
but  west  of  the  Jaumna,  in  the  district  of  Gur^auw.  It  is  specially  noted  for  its  extensive 
salt  works. 

t  Dr.  Hunter,  in  his  Imperial  Gazetteer,  has  thought  proper  to  represent  the  name  of  this 
pargaua  as  Saidabad,  which  he  corrects  to  Suyyidabad  '. 


LOCAL   DIALECT.  5 

founded  the  town  which  still  hears  his  name,  and  subordinated  to  it  all  the  sur- 
rounding country,  including  part  of  Khandauli,  which  is  now  in  the  Agra  dis- 
trict. 

The  Sahar  Sarkar  consisted  of  seven  mahals,  or  parganas,  and  included  the 
territory  of  Bharat-pur.  Its  home  pargana  comprised  a  large  portion  of  the 
modern  Mathura,  district,  extending  from  Kosi  and  Shergarh  on  the  north  to 
Aring  on  the  south.  It  was  not  till  after  the  dissolution  of  the  Muhammadan 
power  that  Kosi  was  formed  by  the  Jilts  into  a  separate  pargana  ;  as  also  was 
the  case  with  Shahpur,  near  the  Gurganw  border,  which  is  now  merged  again 
in  Kosi.  About  the  same  unsettled  period  a  separate  pargana  was  formed  of 
Gobardhan.  Subsequently,  Sahar  dropped  out  of  the  list  of  Sarkars  alto- 
gether ;  great  part  of  it,  including  its  principal  town,  was  subject  to  Bharat- 
pur,  while  the  remainder  came  under  the  head  of  Mathura,  then  called  Islam- 
pur  or  Islamabad.  Since  the  mutiny,  Sahar  has  ceased  to  give  a  name  even  to 
a  pargana  ;  as  the  head-quarters  of  the  Tahsildar  were  at  that  time  removed, 
for  greater  safety,  to  the  large  fort-like  saitie  at  Chhata. 

As  might  be  expected  from  the  almost  total  absence  of  the  Muhammadan 
element  in  the  population,  the  language  of  the  people,  as  distinct  from  that  of 
the  official  classes,  is  purely  Hindi.  In  ordinary  speech  'water'  is  jal ;  'land' 
is  dharti;  '  a  father,'  pita;  '  grandson,'  ndti  (from  the  Sanskrit  naptri),  and  'time' 
is  often  samay.  Generally  speaking,  the  conventional  Persian  phrases  of  com- 
pliment are  represented  by  Hindi  equivalents,  as  for  instance,  ikbdl  by  pratdp 
and  tashrif  land  by  kripd  karnd.  The  number  of  words  absolutely  peculiar  to 
the  district  is  probably  very  small  ;  for  Braj  Bhasha  (and  Western  Mathura  is 
coterminous  with  Braj),  is  the  typical  form  of  Hindi,  to  which  other  local  varie- 
ties are  assimilated  as  far  as  possible.  A  short  list  of  some  expressions  that 
might  strike  a  stranger  as  unusual  has  been  prepared  and  will  be  found  in  the 
Appendix.  In  village  reckonings,  the  Hindustani  numerals,  which  are  of  sin- 
gularly irregular  formation  and  therefore  difficult  to  remember,  are  seldom 
employed  in  their  integrity,  and  any  sum  above  20,  except  round  numbers,  is 
expressed  by  a  periphrasis — thus,  75  is  not  pachhattar,  but  punch  ghat  assi,  i.e., 
80 — 5  ;  and  97  is  not  sattdnaice,  but  tin  ghat  sau,  i.e.,  100 — 3.  In  pronun- 
ciation there  are  some  noticeable  deviations  from  established  usage  ;  thus — 1st, 
s  is  substituted  for  sh,  as  in  sdmil  for  shdmil ;  sumdr  for  shumdr  :  2nd,  eh 
takes  the  place  of «  as  in  Chita  for  Sitd,  and  occasionally  vice  versa;  as  in  charsa 
for  charcha  :  and  3rd,  in  the  vowels  there  is  little  or  no  distinction  between  a 
a.nd  i,  thus  we  have  Lakshmin  for  Lakshman.     The  prevalence  of  this  latter 

2 


0  HINDI   TERMINOLOGY. 

vulgarism  explains  the  fact  of  the  word  Brahman  being  ordinarily  spelt  in 
English  as  Brahmin.  It  is  still  more  noticeable  in  the  adjoining  district  of 
Mainpuri  ;  where,  too,  a  generally  becomes  6,  as  dado  gayo,  "  he  went,"  for 
ehald  gaya—a  provincialism  equally  common  in  the  mouths  of  the  Mathura 
peasants.  It  may  also,  as  a  grammatical  peculiarity,  be  remarked  that  kari, 
the  older  form  of  the  past  participle  of  the  verb  karnd,  '  to  do,'  is  much  more 
popular  than  its  modern  abbreviation,  H  ;  ne,  which  is  now  generally  recognized  as 
the  sign  of  the  agent,  is  sometimes  used  in  a  very  perplexing  way,  fur  what  it 
originally  was,  viz.,  the  sign  of  the  dative  ;  and  the  demonstrative  pronouns 
with  the  open  vowel  terminations,  ta  and  wd,  are  always  preferred  to  the  sibilant 
Urdu  forms  is  and  us.  As  for  Muhammadan  proper  names,  they  have  as  foreign 
a  sound  and  are  as  much  corrupted  as  English  ;  for  example,  Wa-dr-ud-diu, 
Hiddyat-ullah  and  Tdj  Muhammad  would  be  known  in  their  own  village  only 
as  Waju,  IJatu  anil  Taju,  and  would  themselves  be  rather  shy  about  claiming 
the  longer  title  ;  while  Mauja,  which  stands  for  the  Arabic  Mauj-ud-din,  is 
transformed  so  completely  that  it  is  no  longer  recognized  as  a  specially  Muham- 
madan name  and  is  often  given  to  Hindus. 

The  merest  glance  at  the  map  is  sufficient  proof  of  the  almost  exclusively 
Hindi  character  of  the  district.  In  the  two  typical  parganas  of  Kosi  and 
Chhatsi  there  are  in  all  172  villages,  not  one  of  which  bears  a  name  with  the 
elsewhere  familiar  Persian  termination  of  -dbdd.  Less  than  a  score  of  names 
altogether  betray  any  admixture  of  a  Muhammadan  element,  and  even  these  are 
formed  with  some  Hindi  ending,  as  pur,  nagar,  or  garh ;  for  instance,  Akbar- 
pur,  Sher-nagar,  and  Sher-garh.  All  the  remainder,  to  any  one  but  a  philo- 
logical student,  denote  simply  such  and  such  a  village,  but  have  no  connotation 
whatever,  and  are.  at  once  set  down  as  utterly  barbarous  and  unmeaning.  An 
entire  chapter  further  on  will  be  devoted  to  their  special  elucidation.  The 
Muhammadans  in  their  time  made  several  attempts  to  remodel  the  local  nomen- 
clature, the  most  conspicuous  illustrations  of  the  vain  endeavour  being  the  sub- 
stitution of  Islampur  for  the  venerable  name  of  Mathura  and  of  Muminabad  for 
Brinda-ban.  The  former  is  still  occasionally  heard  in  the  law  Courts  when 
documents  of  the  last  generation  have  to  be  recited  ;  and  several  others,  though 
almost  unknown  in  the  places  to  which  they  refer,  are  regularly  recorded  in  the 
register  of  the  revenue  officials.  Thus,  a  village  near  Gobardhan  is  Parsoli  to 
its  inhabitants,  but  Muhammad-pur  in  the  office  ;  and  it  would  be  possible  i, 
live  many  years  in  Mathura  before  discovering  that  the  extensive  gardens  oi 
the  opposite  side  of  the  river  were  not  properly  described  as  being  at  Hans* 
ganj,  but  belonged  to  a  place  called  Isa-pur;     A  yet  more  curious  fact,  and  one 


THE  JKTS.  7 

which  would  scarcely  he  possible  in  any  country  but  India,  is  this,  that  a  name 
lias  sometimes  been  changed  simply  through  the  mistake  of  a  copying  clerk. 
Thus,  a  village  in  the  Kosi  pargana  had  always  been  known  as  Chacholi  till  the 
name  was  inadvertently  copied  in  the  settlement  papers  as  Piloli  and  has  remained 
so  ever  since.  Similarly  with  two  populous  villages,  now  called  Great  and  Liti  le 
Bharna,  in  the  Chhata  pargana  :  the  Bharna  Khurd  of  the  record-room  is  Lohra 
Mama  on  the  spot ;  lohra  being  the  Hindi  equivalent  for  the  more  common  chhotd, 
'little,'  and  Mama  being  the  original  name,  which  from  the  close  resemblance 
in  Nagari  writing  of  m  to  bh  has  been  corrupted  by  a  clerical  error  into  Bharna. 

As  in  almost  every  part  of  the  country  where  Hindus  are  predominant,  the 
population  consists  mainly  of  Bralnnans,  Thakurs,  and  Baniyas  ;  but  to  tin- 
three  classes  a  fourth  of  equal  extent,  the  Jats,  must  be  added  as  the  specially 
distinctive  element.  During  part  of  last  century  the  ancestors  of  the  Jat  Raja, 
who  still  governs  the  border  State  of  Bharat-pur,  exercised  sovereign  power 
over  nearly  all  the  western  half  of  the  district ;  and  their  influence  on  the  country 
has  been  so  great  and  so  permanent  in  its  results  that  they  are  justly  entitled 
to  first  mention.  Nothing  more  clearly  indicated  the  alien  character  of  the 
Jalesar  pargana  than  the  fact  that  in  all  its  203  villages  the  Jats  occupied  only 
one  ;  in  Kosi  and  Maha-ban  they  hold  more  than  half  the  entire  number  and  in 
Chhiita  at  least  one-third. 

It  is  said  that  the  local  traditions  of  Bayana  and  Bharat-pur  point  to  Kanda- 
har as  the  parent  country  of  the  Jats,  and  attempts  have  been  made*  to  prove 
their  ancient  power  and  renown  by  identifying  them  with  certain  tribes  men- 
tioned by  the  later  classical  authors — the  Xanthii  of  Strabo,  the  Xuthii  of 
Dionysius  of   Samos,  the  Jatii  of  Pliny  and  Ptolemy — and  at  a  more  recent 
period  with  the  Jats  or  Zaths,  whom  the  Muhammadans  found  in  Sindh  when 
they  first  invaded   that  country.!     These  are  the   speculations   of  European 
scholars,  which,  it  is  needless  to  say,  have  never  reached  the  ears  of  the  persons 
most  interested  in  the  discussion.     But  lately  the  subject  has  attracted  the 
attention  of  Native  enquirers  also,  and  a  novel  theory  was  propounded  in  a 
little    Sanskrit    pamphlet,    entitled    Jatharotpati,    compiled    by    Sastri    Angad 
Sarmma  for  the  gratification  of  Pandit  Griri  Prasad,  himself  an  accomplished 


*Cunumghiim's  Arehajological  Survey,  Vol.  II.,  page  56. 

fTod,  however,  considered  the  last-mentioned  tribe  quite  distinct.  He  write9  :  "The  Jats 
or  Jits,  far  move  numerous  than  perhaps  all  the  Rajput  tribes  put  together,  still  retain  their 
ancient  appellation  thruughout  the  whole  of  Sindh.  They  are  amongst  the  oldest  converts  to 
Intern," 


8  THE  JA'THARAS. 

Sanskrit  scholar,*  and  a  Jat  by  caste,  who  resided  at  Beswa  on  the  Aligarh 
border.     It  is  a  catena  of  all  the  ancient  texts  mentioning  the  obscure  tribe  of 
the  Jatharas,  with  whom  the  writer  wishes  to  identify  the  modern  Jats  and  so 
bring  them  into  the  ranks  of  the  Kshatriyas.     The  origin  of  the  Jatharas  is 
related  in  very  similar  terms  by  all  the  authorities  ;  we  select  the  passage  from 
the   Padma  Parana  as  being  the    shortest.     It  runs    as   follows  : — "  Of  old, 
when  the  world  had  been  bereft,  by  the  son  of  Bhrigu,  of  all  the  Kshatriya  race, 
their  daughters,  seeing  the  land  thus  solitary  and  being  desirous  of  conceiv- 
ing sons,  laid  hold  of  the  Brahmans,  and  carefully  cherishing  the  seed  sown  in 
their  womb   (jathara)  brought  forth  Kshatriya  sons  called  Jatharas. "t     Now, 
there  is  no  great  intrinsic  improbability  in  the  hypothesis  that  the  word  Jathara 
has  been  shortened  into  Jat ;  but  if  the  one  race  is  really  descended  from  the 
other,  it  is  exceedingly  strange  that  the  fact  should  never  have  been  so  stated  be- 
fore.    This  difficulty  might  be  met  by  replying  that  the  Jats  have  always  been, 
with  very  few  exceptions,  an  illiterate  class,  who  were  not  likely  to  trouble  them- 
selves about  mythological  pedigrees  ;  while  the  story  of  their  parentage  would 
not  be  of  sufficient  interest  to  induce  outsiders  to  investigate  it.     But  a  more 
unanswerable  objection  is  found  in  a  passage  which  the  Sastri  himself  quotes 
from  the  Brihat  Sanhita  (XIV.,  8).     ThisJ   places  the  home  of  the  Jatharas 
in  the  south-eastern  quarter,  whereas  it  is  certain  that  the  Jats  have  come  from 
the  west.     Probably  the  leaders  of  Jat  society  woidd  refuse  to  accept  as  their 
progenitors  either  the  Jatharas  of  the  Beswa  Pandit  or  the  Sindhian  Zaths  of 
General  Cunningham  ;  for  the  Bharat-pur  princes  affect  to  consider  themselves 
as  the  same  race  with  the  Jadavas,  and  the  Court  bards  in  their  panegyrics 
are  always  careful  to  style  them  Jadu-vansi. 

However,  all  these  speculations  and  assumptions  have  little  basis  beyond  a 
mere  similarity  of  name,  which  is  often  a  very  delusive  test ;  and  it  is  certain 

*  He  is  the  author  of  a  Hiudi  commentary  on  the  White  Yajur  Veda. 

f^TSfU^Zlf         ^T^'  i^I^crf     ^%^W.  II 

sJT^TOT^      5JJIi|FnSPT?  q^TrTIT^qra^gT       II 

513*        yTRrf         JTH  tV??l        fcfnjcjrqJT  II 

T3T?        SUTTER      ^^ir  mZlT^l     ^T^T?  II 


THE   CHA0BES    OF   MATnURA*.  9 

that  whatever  may  have  been  the  status  of  the  Jats  in  remote  antiquity,  in 
historic  times  they  were  no  way  distinguished  from  other  agricultural  tribes,  such 
as  the  Kurmis  and  Lodhas,  till  so  recent  a  period  as  the  beginning  of  last  century. 

Many  of  the  largest  Jat  communities  in  the  district  distinctly  recognize  the 
social  inferiority  of  the  caste,  by  representing  themselves  as  having  been  degrad- 
ed from  the  rank  of  Thakurs  on  account  of  certain  irregularities  in  their  mar- 
riage customs  or  similar  reasons.  Thus,  the  Jats  of  the  Godha  sub-division,  who 
occupy  the  18  villages  of  the  Ayra-khera  circle  in  the  Malta-ban  pargana,  trace 
their  pedigree  from  a  certain  Thakur  of  the  very  ancient  Pramar  clan,  who 
emigrated  into  these  parts  from  Dim-  in  the  Dakhin.  They  say  that  his  sons, 
for  want  of  more  suitable  alliances,  married  into  Jat  families  in  the  neighbour- 
hood  and  thus  came  to  be  reckoned  as  Jats  themselves.  Similarly  the  Dangri 
Jats  of  the  five  Madera  villages  in  the  same  pargana  have  a  tradition,  the  accu- 
racy of  which  there  seems  no  reason  to  dispute,  that  their  ancestor,  by  name 
Kapiir,  was  a  Sissodiya  Thakur  from  Chitor.  These  facts  are  both  curious  in 
themselves  and  also  conclusive  as  showing  that  the  Jits  have  no  claim  to  pure 
Kshatriya  descent  :  but  they  throw  ao  light  at  all  upon  the  origin  of  the  tribe 
which  the  new  immigrants  found  already  settled  in  the  country  and  with  which 
they  amalgamated  :  and  as  ihe  name  in  its  preseni  form,  does  not  occur  in  any 
literary  record  whatever  till  quite  recur  days,  there  must  always  remain  some 
doubt  about  the  matter.  The  sub-divisions  are  exceedingly  numerous:  one  of 
the  largest  of  them  all  being  the  Nohwsir,  who  derive  their  name  from  the  town 
of  Noh  and  form  the  bulk  of  the  population  throughout  the  whole  of  the  Noh- 
jhil  pargana. 

Of  Brahmaus  the  mosl  numerous  class  is  the  Sanadh,  frequently  called 
Sanaurhiya,  and  next  the  Gaur  :  but  these  will  be  found  in  every  part  of  India, 
and  claim  no  special  investigation.  The  ( lhaubes  of  Mathura  however,  number- 
ing in  all  some  6,000  persons,  are  a  peculiar  race  and  must  not  be  passed  over 
so  summarily.  They  are  still  very  celebrated  as  wre  tiers  and.  in  the  Mathura 
Mahatmya,  their  learning  and  other  virtm  -  also  are  extolled  in  the  most  extra- 
vagant terms  ;  but  either  the  writer  was  prejudiced  or  time  has  had  a  sadly  de- 
teriorating effect  They  are  now  ordinarily  described  by  their  own  country- 
men as  a  low  and  ignorant  horde  of  rapacious  mendicants.  Like  the  Prag- 
walas  at  Allahabad,  they  are  the  recognized  local  ciccrones  ;  and  they  may 
always  be  seen  with  their  portly  forms  lolling  about  near  the  most  popular  ghats 
md  temples,  ready  to  bear  down  upon  the  first  pilgrim  that  approaches.  One 
of  their  most  noticeable  peculiarities  is  that  they  are  very  reluctant  to  make  a 

3 


10  THE    AHIVXSIS. 

match  with  an  outsider,  ami  if  by  any  possibility  it  can  be  managed,  will  always 
find  bridegrooms  for  their  daughters  among  the  residents  of  the  town.*  Hence 
the  popular  saying — 

TWIT  SRT  ^?T  Jtra^T  SRT  *TT9 

Wm  ^Z  rJT  =SR?T  5ITZJ 
which  may  be  thus  roughly  rendered— 

M.tthura  girls  and  Gokul  cows 
Will  never  move  while  fate  allows: 

because,  as  is  implied,  there  is  no  other  place  where  they  are  likely  to  be  so 
well  off.  This  custom  results  in  two-  other  exceptional  usages  :  first,  that  mar- 
riage contracts  are  often  made  while  one,  or  e^en  both,  of  the  parties  most  con- 
cerned are  still  unborn  ;  and  secondly.,  that  little  or  no  regard  is  paid  to  relative 
age  ;  thus  a  Chaube,  if  his  friend  has  no  available  daughter  to  bestow  upon  him, 
will  agree  to  wait  for  the  first  grand-daughter.  Many  years  ago,  a  consider- 
able mi  oration  was  made  to  Mainpuri,  where  the  Mathuriya  Chaubes  now  form 
a  large  and  wealthy  section  of  the  community  and  are  in  every  way  of  better 
repute  than  the  parent  stock. 

Another  Brahmanical,  or  rather  pseudo-Brahmauical,  tribe  almost  peculiar 
to  the  district,  though  found  also  at  the  town  of  Hathras  and  in  Mewat,  is  that 
of  the  Ahivasis,  a  name  which  scarcely  any  one  beyond  the  borders  of  Mathura 
is  likely  to  have  heard,  unless  he  has  had  dealings  with  them  in  the  way  of 
business.!  They  are  largely  employed  as  general  carriers  and  have  almost  a 
complete  monopoly  of  the  trade  in  salt,  and  some  of  them  have  thus  accpuired 

*  Tieffentlialler  mentions  this  as  a  peculiarity  of  the  women  of  Gokul.  He  says  :  "Vis  a  vis 
d'Aurcngabad  est  un  village  nomme  Gokul,  ou  l'on  dit  que  demeuraient  size  mille  femmes  avec 
lcs  quelles  Krishna  etait  marie.  Les  femmes  de  ce  village  se  distinguent  in  ce  qutlles  n'en  sor- 
tent  pas  et  ne  se  marient  pas  ailleurs."  The  writer,  Father  Joseph  Tieffentlialler,  a  native  of 
Bolzmo,  in  the  Austrian  Tyrol,  came  out  to  India  as  a  Jesuit  missionary  in  1743  and  remained 
in  the  country  all  the  rest  of  his  life,  nearly  42  years.  As  he  never  resided  long  in  any  one 
place,  his  travels  eventually  extended  over  nearly  the  whole  continent  and  supplied  him  with 
matter  for  several  treatises  which  he  composed  in  Latin.  None  of  them  have  been  published 
in  that  language  ;  but  a  French  translation  of  his  Indian  Geography,  from  which  the  above 
extract  is  taken,  appeared  in  1736  at  Berlin  as  the  first  volume  of  Bernoulli's  Description  de 
l'lnde.  He  died  at  Lucknow  in  July,  17S5,  but  was  buried  at  Agra,  where  on  the  stone  that 
covers  his  grave  may  still  be  read  the  words:  "  Pater  Joseph  Tieffenlhalhr,  obnt  Lucnoi  5  Juliif 
1785."  This  is  at  the  back  of  the  old  Catholic  Church  (built  by  Walter  Eeinhard),  which  stands 
in  the  Bame  enclosure  as  the  modern  Cathedral,  but  has  been  long  disused.  I  quote  from  him 
on  several  occasions  rather  on  account  of  the  rarity  than  the  intrinsic  value  of  the  book. 

+  They  are  not  mentioned  either  by  Wilson  or  Elliot  in  their  Glossaries.  They  have  as  many 
as  seventy-two  sub-divisk'nB,  two  of  the  principal  of  which  are  called  Dighiya  and  Bajravat. 


TTIE   GATJRUA'S.  1JL 

considerable  substance.  They  are  also  the  hereditary  proprietors  of  several  vil- 
lages on  the  west  of  the  Jamuna,  chiefly  in  the  pargana  of  Chhata,  where  they 
rather  affect  large  brick-built  houses,  two  or  more  stories  in  height  and  covering 
a  considerable  area  of  ground,  but  so  faultily  constructed  that  an  uncracked  wall 
is  a  noticeable  phenomenon.  Without  exception  they  are  utterly  ignorant  and 
illiterate,  and  it  is  popularly  believed  that  the  mother  of  the  race  was  a  Ohamar 
woman,  who  has  influenced  the  character  of  her  offspring  more  than  the  Brah- 
man father.  The  name  is  derived  from  alii,  the  great  'serpent'  Kaliya,  whom 
Krishna  defeated  ;  and  their  first  home  is  stated  to  have  been  the  village  of 
Sunrakh,  which  adjoins  the  Kali-mardan  ghat  at  Brinda-ban.  The  Pandes  of 
the  great  temple  of  Baladeva  are  all  Ahivasis,  and  it  is  matter  for  regret  that 
the  revenues  of  so  wealthy  a  shrine  should  be  at  the  absolute  disposal  of  a  com- 
munity so  extremely  unlikely  ever  to  make  a  good  use  of  them. 

The  main  divisions  of  Thakurs  in  Mathuni  are  the  Jadon  and  the  Gaurua 
The  former,  however,  are  not  recognized  as  equal  in  rank  to  the  Jadons  of  Raj- 
putana,  though  their  prinicipal  representative,  the  Raja  of  Awa,*  is  one  of  the 
wealthiest  landed  proprietors  in  the  whole  ofk  Upper  India.  The  origin  of  the 
latter  name  is  obscure,  but  it  implies  impure  descent  and  is  merely  the  generic 

*Now  that  Jalesar,  the  Raja's  residence,  lias  been  included  in  the  Eta  district,  he  can  no 
longer  be  reckoned  among  the  gentry  of  Mathura:  but  as  part  of  his  estate  still  lies  here,  it 
may  be  convenient  to  give,  in  the  form  of  a  note,  a  brief  sketch  of  the  family  history.  The 
pedigree  begins  only  in  the  reign  of  Muhammad  Shah  (1720 — 1748  A.  D.),  when  Thakur 
Chaturbhuj,  a  zarnindar  of  Nari  in  the  Chhata  pargana,  came  and  settled  at  Jalesar,  and 
was  employed  by  the  local  governor  in  the  professional  capacity  of  a  physician.  His  son, 
Bijay  Sinn,  for  a  short  time  also  followed  the  vocation  of  his  father,  but  was  afterwards 
appointed  toasmal!  military  command.  The  Jadon  zamindars  of  some  adjacent  villages,  having 
become  involved  in  pecuniary  difficulties,  were  assisted  by  Chaturblmj,  now  become  a  wealthy 
man,  and  his  son,  themselves  also  members  of  the  Jadon  clan.  They  thus  acquired  consider- 
able local  influence,  which  was  further  extended  by  Bijay  Sinh's  eldest  son,  Bhakt  Sinh. 
He  was  for  a  time  in  the  service  of  Jawahir  Sinh,  the  Maharaja  of  Bharat-pur,  and  also  lent 
some  support  to  Thakur  Bahadur  Sinh  of  Umargarh,  from  whom  he  received  a  grant  of  the 
village  of  Misa.  A  number  of  other  villages,  belonging  to  different  Thakur  clans,  also  passed 
into  his  hands  ;  and  this  accession  of  revenue  enabled  him  to  enlist  under  his  standard  a  troop 
of  marauding  Mewatis,  with  whose  aid  he  established  himself,  according  to  the  custom  of  the 
time,  as  an  independent  free-booting  chief.  Finally  he  obtained  a  sanad  from  the  Mahrattas 
authorizing  him  to  build  a  fort  at  Awa.  This  was  simply  a  yurhi  with  a  circuit  of  mud  walls. 
The  present  formidable  stronghold  was  built  by  his  successor,  Hira  Sinh.  In  the  Mahratta 
war  the  latter  was  able  to  render  some  good  service  to  the  English  ;  and  in  1838'  it  is  said  that 
his  son,  l'itambar  Sinh,  waB  recognised  as  Raja  by  the  then  Governor-General,  Lord  Auckland. 
He  died  in  1845,  leaving  no  issue  of  his  own  Bave  one  daughter,  who  was  married  to  a  Rajput 
chief  in  the  Gwaliar  territory.  His  son  by  adoption,  Raja  Prithi  Sinh,  a  descendant  of  Thakur 
Bijay  Sinh,  the  second  of  the  family,  died  in  July,  1876,  leaving  an  infant  heir,  the  present 
Riij.i,  Chitra  Ml  Sinh,  born  12th  August,  1874  ;  his  mother  being  a  member  of  the  branch  of 
the  Nepal  royal  family  residing  at  Banaras.  The  estate  pays  a  Government  revenue  of 
Rs.  3,67,515.  The  sanad  conferring  the  title  is  not  forthcoming,  nor  is  it  known  when  it  was 
conferred.    It  is  said  to  have  been  given  by  a  Rana  of  Udaipur. 


12  THE   SARXUGIS. 

title  which  has  as  many  subordinate  branches  as  the  original  Thakur  stock. 
Thus  we  have  Gauruas,  who  call  themselves — some  Kachhwahas,  some  Jasawats, 
some  Sissodiyas,  and  so  on,  throughout  the  whole  series  of  Thakur  clans.  The 
last  named  are  more  commonly  known  as  Bachhals  from  the  Bachh-ban  at  Sehi, 
where  their  Guru  always  resides.  According  to  their  own  traditions  they  emi- 
grated from  Chitor  some  Ton  or  800  years  ago,  but  probably  at  rather  a  later 
period,  after  Alu-ud-din's  famous  siege  of  1303.  As  they  gave  the  name  of 
Runera  to  one  of  their  original  settlements  in  the  Mathura  district,  there  can  be 
little  doubt  that  the  emigration  took  place  after  the  year  1202,  when  the  Sove- 
reign of  Chitor  first  assumed  the  title  of  Edna  instead  of  the  older  Rdval.  They 
now  occupy  as  many  as  24  villages  in  the  Chhata  pargana,  and  a  few  of  the 
same  clan — 872  souls  in  all — are  also  to  be  found  in  the  Bhauganw  and  Bewar 
parganas  of  the  Mainpuri  district. 

The  great  majority  of  Baniyas  in  the  district  are  Agarwalas.  Of  the  Sarau- 
gis,  whose  ranks  are  recruited  exclusively  from  the  Baniya  class,  some  few  be- 
long to  that  suli-di\  i-ion.  but  most  of  tliem,  including  Seth  Raghunath  Das,  are 
of  the  Khandel  gachchha  or  got.  They  number  in  all  1593  only  and  are  not 
making  such  rapid  progres3  here  as  notably  in  the  adjoining  district  of  Mainpuri 
and  in  some  other  parts  of  India.  In  this  centre  of  orthodoxy  '  the  naked  gods' 
are  held  in  unaffected  horror  by  the  great  mass  of  Hindus,  and  the  submission 
of  any  well-to-do  convert  is  generally  productive  of  local  disturbance,  as  has 
been  the  case  more  than  once  at  Kosi.  The  temples  of  the  sect  are  therefore 
few  and  far  between,  and  only  to  be  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  large 
trading  marts. 

The  principal  one  is  that  belonging  to  the  Seth,  which  stands  in  the  suburb 
of  Kesopur.  After  ascending  a  flight  of  steps  and  entering  the  gate,  the  visitor 
finds  himself  in  a  square  paved  and  cloistered  court-yard  with  the  temple 
opposite  to  him.  It  is  a  very  plain  solid  building,  arranged  in  three  aisles, 
with  the  altar  under  a  small  di  me  in  the  centre  aisle,  one  bay  short  of  the  end, 
so  as  to  allow  of  a  processional  at  the  back.  There  are  no  windows,  and  the 
interior  is  lighted  onh  by  the  three  small  doors  in  the  front,  one  in  each  aisle, 
which  is  a  traditional  feature  in  Jaini  architecture.  What  with  the  want  of 
light,  the  lowness  of  the  vault,  and  the  extreme  heaviness  of  the  piers,  the 
general  effect  is  more  tha!  oi  a  crypt  than  of  a  building  so  well  raised  above 
the  ground  as  this  really  i  •,  It  is  .-aid  that  Jambu  Swami  here  practised 
penance,  and  that  his  name  is  recorded  in  an  old  and  almost  effaced  inscription 
on  a  stone  slab  tiiat  is  still  preserved  under  the  altar.  He  is  reputed  the  last 
of  the  Kevalis;  or  divinely  inspired  teacher.-,  being  the  pupil  of  Sudharma,  who 


SETH      RAGHU  NATH      DAS 


THE    MUHAMMADANS.  13 

was  the  only  surviving  disciple  of  Mah&vira,  the  great  apostle  of  the  Digam- 
baras,  as  Parsva  Nath  was  of  the  Svetambara  sect.  When  the  temple  was  built 
by  Mani  Ram,  lie  enshrined  in  it  a  figure  of  Chandra  Prabhu,  the  second  of 
the  Tirthaukaras  ;  but  a  few  years  ago  Seth  Raghunath  Das  brought,  from  a 
ruined  temple  at  Gwaliar,  a  large  marble  statue  of  Ajit  Nath,  which  now 
occupies  the  place  of  honour.  It  is  a  seated  figure  of  the  conventional  type, 
and  beyond  it  there  is  nothing  whatever  of  beauty  or  interest  in  the  temple, 
which  is  as  bare  and  unimpressive  a  place  of  worship  as  any  Methodist  meeting- 
house. The  site,  for  some  unexplained  reason,  is  called  the  Chaurasi,  and  the 
temple  itself  is  most  popularly  known  by  that  name.  An  annual  fair  is  held 
here,  lasting  for  a  week,  from  Kartik  5  to  12  :  it  was  instituted  in  1870  by 
Nain-Sukh,  a  Saraugi  of  Bharat-pur.  In  the  city  are  two  other  Jain  temples, 
both  small  and  both  dedicated  to  Pad  ma  Prabhu — the  one  in  the  Ghiya  mandi, 
the  other  in  the  Chaubes'  quarter.  There  are  other  temples  out  in  the  district 
at  Kosi  and  Sahpau. 

The  Muhammadans,  who  number  only  58,088  in  a  total  population  of 
071,690,  are  not  only  numerically  few  but  are  also  insignificant  from  their 
social  position.  A  large  proportion  of  them  are  the  descendants  of  converts 
made  by  force  of  the  sword  in  early  days  and  are  called  Malakanas.  They  are 
almost  exclusively  of  the  Sunni  persuasion,  and  the  Shias  have  not  a  single 
mosque  of  their  own,  either  in  the  city  or  elsewhere.  In  Western  Mathura  they 
nowhere  form  a  considerable  community,  except  at  SMhpur,  where  they  are 
the  zamindars  and  constitute  nearly  half  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  town,  and  at 
Kosi,  where  they  have  been  attracted  by  the  large  cattle-market,  which  they 
attend  as  butchers  and  dealers.  To  the  east  of  the  Jamuna  they  are  rather 
more  numerous  and  of  somewhat  higher  stamp  ;  the  head  of  the  Muhammadan 
family  seated  at  Sa'dabad  ranking  among  the  leading  gentry  of  the  district, 
There  is  also,  at,  Maha-ban,  a  Saiyid  clan,  who  have  been  settled  there  for 
several  centuries,  being  the  descendants  of  Sufi  Yahya  of  Mashhad,  who 
recovered  the  fort  from  the  Hindus  in  the  reign  of  Ala-ud-din  ;  but  they  are 
not  in  very  affluent  circumstances  and,  beyond  their  respectable  pedigree,  have 
no  other  claim  to  distinction.  The  head  of  the  family,  Sardar  Ali,  officiated 
for  a  time  as  a  tahsildar  in  the  Mainpuri  district.  The  ancestral  estate  consists, 
in  addition  to  part  of  the  township  of  Maha-ban,  of  the  village  of  Goharpur 
and  Nagara  Bharu  ;  while  some  of  his  kinsmen  are  the  proprietors  of  Shahpur 
Ghosna,  where  they  have  resided  for  several  generations. 

Though  more  than  half  the  population  of  the  district  is  engaged  in  agricul- 
tural pursuits,  the  number  of  resident  country  gentlemen  is  exceptionally  small. 

4 


14  THE    MATHCRA'    SF.TH. 

Two  of  the  largest  estates  are  religious  endowments  ;  the  one  belonging  to  the 
Seth's  temple  at  Brinda-ban,  the  other  to  the  Gosain  of  Gokul.  A  third  is 
enjoyed  by  absentees,  the  heirs  of  the  Lala  Babu,  who  are  residents  of  Cal- 
cutta ;  while  several  others  of  considerable  value  have  been  recently  acquired 
by  rich  city  merchants  and  traders. 

For  many  years  past  the  most  influential  person  in  the  district  has  been 
the  head  of  the  great  banking  firm  of  Hani  Ram  and   Lakhmi  Chand.     The 
house  has  not  only  a  wider  and  more  substantial  reputation  than  any  other  in 
the  Norths-Western  Provinces,  but  has  few  rivals  in  the  whole  of  India.     "With 
branch  establishments  in    Delhi,  Calcutta,  Bombay,  and  all  the  other  great  cen- 
tres of  commerce,  it  is  known  everywhere,  and  from  the  Himalayas  to   Cape 
Comorin  a  security  for  any  amount  endorsed  by  the  Mathura  Seth  is  as  readily 
convertible  into  cash  as  a  Bank  of  England  Note  in  London  or  Paris.     The 
founder  of  the  firm  was  a  Gujarati  Brahman  of  the  Vallabhacharya  persuasion. 
As  he  held  the   important  post  of    '  Treasurer'  to  the  Gwaliar  State,  he  is  thence 
always  known  as  Parikh  Ji,  though,  strictly  speaking,  that  was  only  his  official 
designation,  and  his  real  name  was  Gokul   Das.     Being  childless   and  on  bad 
terms  with  his  only  brother,  he,  at  his  death  in   1826,  bequeathed  the  whole  of 
his  immense  wealth  to  Mani  Bam,  one  of  his  office  subordinates,  for  whom  he 
had  conceived  a  great  affection  ;  notwithstanding  that  the  latter  was  a  Jaini, 
and  thus  the  difference  of  religion  between  them  so  great,  that  it  was  impossible 
to  adopt  him  formally  as  a  son.     As  was  to  be  expected,  the  will  was  fiercely 
disputed  by  the  surviving  brother  ;  but  after  a  litigation  which   extended  over 
several  yeai-s,  its  validity  was  finally  declared  by  the  highest  Court  of  appeal, 
and  the  property  confirmed  in  Mani  Ram's  possession.     On  his  death,  in  1836, 
it  devolved  in  great  part  upon  the  eldest  of  his  three  sons,  the  famous  million- 
aire,  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand,  who  died  in  1866,   leaving  an  only  son,  by  name 
Raghunath  Das.     As  the  latter  seemed  scarcely  to  have  inherited  his  father's 
talent  for  business,  the  management  of  affairs  passed  into  the  hands  of  his  two 
uncles,   Radha   Krishan   and   Gobind   Das.     They    became  converts   to  Vaish- 
navism.  under  the  influence  of  the  learned  scholar,  Swami  Rangacharya,  whom 
they  afterwards  placed  at  the  head  of  the  great  temple  of  Rang  Ji,  which  they 
founded  at  Brinda-ban  ;  the  only  large  establishment  in  all  Upper  India  that  is 
owned  by  the  followers  of  Ramanuja. 

On  the  death  of  Radha  Krishan  in  1859,  the  sole  surviving  brother, 
Gobind  Das,  became  the  recognized  head  of  rhe  family.  In  acknowledgment  of 
his   muny    distinguished  public   services,    he  was  made   a   Companion    of    the 


SETH      LACHHMAN      DAS. 


TH15    MATHURX    SETn.  15 

Star  of  India  on  the  1st  of  January,  1877,  when  Her  Majesty  assumed  the 
Imperial  title.  Unfortunately  he  did  not  live  long  to  enjoy  the  well-merited 
honour,  but  died  only  twelve  months  afterwards,  leaving  as  his  joint  heirs  his 
two  nephews,  Raghunath  Das,  the  son  of  Lakhmi  Chand,  and  Lachhman  Das, 
the  son  of  Radha  Krishan.  For  many  years  past  the  business  has  been  mainly 
conducted  by  the  head  manager,  Seth  Mangi  Lai,  who  is  now  also  largely 
assisted  by  his  two  sons,  Narayan  D.'is  and  Srinivasa  Das.  The  latter,  who  has 
charge  of  the  Delhi  branch,  is  an  author  as  well  as  a  man  of  business,  and  has 
published  a  Hindi  drama  of  some  merit  entitled  '  Randhir  and  Prem-mohini.' 
Narayan  Das  is  the  manager  of  the  Brinda-ban  Temple  estate,  and  a  very  active 
member  of  the  Municipal  Committee,  both  there  and  at  Mathura.  For  his  per- 
sonal exertions  in  superintending  the  relief  operations  during  the  late  severe 
famine  he  received  a  khilat  of  honour  from  the  Lieutenant-Governor  in  a  pub- 
lic Darbar  held  at  Agra  in  the  year  1880. 

At  the  time  of  the  mutiny,  when  all  the  three  brothers  were  still  living, 
with  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand  as  the  senior  partner,  their  loyalty  was  most  con- 
spicuous. They  warned  the  Collector,  Mr.  Thornhill,  of  the  impending  out- 
break a  day  before  it  actually  took  place  ;  and  after  it  had  occurred  the)''  sent 
such  immediate  information  to  the  authorities  at  Agra  as  enabled  them  to  dis- 
arm and  thus  anticipate  the  mutiny  of  the  other  companies  of  the  same  Native 
Regiments,  the  41th  and  the  67th,  which  were  quartered  there.  After  the 
houses  iu  the  station  had  been  burnt  down,  they  sheltered  the  Collector  and  the 
other  European  residents  in  their  house  in  the  city  till  the  5th  of  July,  when, 
on  the  approach  of  the  Nimach  force,  they  took  boat  and  dropped  down  the 
river  to  Agra.  After  their  departure  the  Seths  took  charge  of  the  Government 
treasure  and  maintained  public  order.  They  also  advanced  large  sums  of 
money  for  Government  purposes  on  different  occasions,  when  other  wealthy 
firms  had  positively  refused  to  give  any  assistance  ;  and,  so  long  as  the  disturb- 
ances lasted,  they  kept  up  at  great  expense,  for  which  they  never  made  any 
claim  to  reimbursement,  a  very  large  establishment  for  the  purpose  of  procur- 
ing information  and  maintaining  communication  between  Delhi  and  Agra.  In 
acknowledgment  of  these  services,  the  title  of  Rao  Bahadur  was  conferred  upon 
Seth  Lakhmi  Chand,  with  a  khilat  of  Rs.  3,000.  A  grant  was  also  made  him 
of  certain  confiscated  estates,  yielding  an  annual  revenue  of  Rs.  lb",  123,  nut- 
free  for  his  own  life  and  at  half  rates  for  another  life. 

During  the  more  than  20  years  of  peace  which  have  now  elapsed  since  those 
eventful  days,  the  Seths,  whenever  occasion  required,  have  shown  themselves 


1(3  tha'kur  data  ra'm  of  hatiiras. 

equally  liberal  and  public  spirited.  Thus,  when  Sir  William  Muir  started  his 
scheme  for  a  Central  College  at  Allahabad,  they  supported  him  with  a  subscrip- 
tion of  Rs.  2,500  ;  and  in  the  famine  of  1874,  before  the  Government  had  put 
forth  any  appeal  to  the  public,  they  spontaneously  called  a  relief  meeting  and 
headed  the  list  with  a  donation  of  Rs.  7,100.  x\gain,  when  the  construction  of 
the  Matbura  and  Hathras  Light  Railway  was  made  conditional  on  its  receiving 
a  certain  amount  of  local  support,  they  at  once  took  shares  to  the  extent  of  a 
lakh  and-a-half  of  rupees,  simply  with  the  view  of  furthering  the  wishes  of  Gov- 
ernment and  promoting  the  prosperity  of  their  native  town  :  profit  was  certainlv 
not  their  object,  as  the  money  had  to  be  withdrawn  from  other  investments, 
where  it  was  yielding  a  much  higher  rate  of  interest.  In  short,  it  has  always 
been  the  practice  of  the  family  to  devote  a  large  proportion  of  their  ample  means 
+o  works  of  charity  and  general  utility.  Thus  their  great  temple  at  Brinda-ban, 
built  at  a  cost  of  45  lakhs  of  rupees,  is  not  only  a  place  for  religious  worship, 
but  includes  also  an  alms-house  for  the  relief  of  the  indigent  and  a  college 
where  students  are  trained  in  Sanskrit  literature  and  philosophy.  Again,  the 
city  of  Mathura,  which  has  now  become  one  of  the  handsomest  in  all  Upper 
India,  owes  much  of  its  striking  appearance  to  the  buildings  erected  in  it  by 
the  Seths.  It  is  also  approached  on  either  side,  both  from  Delhi  and  from  Agra, 
by  a  fine  bridge  constructed  at  the  sole  cost  of  Lakhmi  Chand.  To  other 
works,  which  do  not  so  conspicuously  bear  their  names,  they  have  been  among 
th.e  largest  contributors,  and  it  would  be  scarcely  possible  to  find  a  single 
deserving  institution  in  the  neighbourhood,  to  which  they  have  not  given  a 
helping  hand.  Even  the  Catholic  Church  received  from  them  a  donation  of  Rs. 
1,100,  a  fact  that  deserves  mention  as  a  signal  illustration  of  their  unsectarian 
benevolence. 

The  JYit  family  of  highest  ancestral  rank  in  the  district  is  the  one  repre- 
sented by  the  titular  Raja  of  Hathras,  who  comes  of  the  same  stock  as  the  Raja 
of  Mursan.  His  two  immediate  predecessors  were  both  men  of  mark  in  local 
history,  and  his  pedigree,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  accompanying  sketch,  is  one 
of  respectable  antiquity. 

Makhan  Sinh,  the  founder  of  the  family,   was  an  immigrant  from  Rajpu- 
tana,  who  settled  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mursan  about  the  year  I860  A. D.. 
His  great-grandson,  Thakur  Nand  Ram,   who  bore  also  the  title  of  Faujdar. 
died  in  1696,   leaving  14  sons,  of  whom  it  is  necessary  to  mention  two  only 
viz.,  Jaikaran  Sinh  and  Jai  Sinh.     The  great-grandson  of  the  former  was  Raja 
Bhagavant  Sinh  of  Mursan,  aud  of  the  latter  Thakur  Daya  Rim  of  Hathras 


p 

3 


o 


OD 


3\  P^ 


o  W 


^5 


H 

o  c 

c-~  _ 

h-00 

?'•" 

o 


&£ 

"5.1" 

o  *■> 

OD 


("1 


£ 

C-l 

- 

GO 

'— 

D 

p 

~5 

r^ 

P 

fTO 

3 

a 


o  a 

^  — 

p  — ' 

3  r/3 


p 

.oc£t 


o 


GO 

B" 

a- 


S"  3. 


a 

P^ 

D 


H 


td 

p 

a. 


•    p- 


co_ 

— 

•-■  Hi 

a  t? 

o 

€ 

^ 

H 

a- p. 

*-*" 

~    vr 

br 

CO — 

a 

o  a  — 

P 

|— is 

p 

?r 
p 

^a3 

2.  p" 

CO 

E" 

£^» 

r-^ 

r-»-t^. 

O    p 

*" 

r-s — 

W 

GO 

p~ 

g! 

a 

«i 

a- 

S3 

?r — 

P- 

B 

so 


CO 

P- 

5 
p 


p 
.a 


p 

V< 

CO 

a" 
-a- 


ft. 


SB- 

a 

3        > 
-3       CO 

M 

.0_55 

"»    a 


c 
o 


CD 
43 


r'l 


a- 
p 


CO 

5" 

a- 


-5" 


tha'kur  data.  b^m  of  ha'thras.  17 

who,  during  the  early  years  of  British  administration,  were  the  two  most  power- 
ful chiefs  in  this  part  of  the  country.  From  a  report  made  by  the  Acting 
Collector  of  Aligarh  in  1808,  we  learn  that  the  Mursan  Raja's  power  extended 
at  that  time  over  the  whole  of  Sa'dabad  and  Sonkh,  while  Mat,  Maha-ban, 
Sonai,  Raya  Hasangarb,  Sahpau  and  Khandauli,  were  all  held  by  his  kinsman 
at  Hathras.  Their  title,  however,  does  not  appear  to  have  been  altogether  un- 
questioned, for  the  writer  goes  on  to  say: — "The  valuable  and  extensive  par- 
ganas  which  they  farmed  were  placed  under  their  authority  by  Lord  Lake,  im- 
mediately after  the  conquest  of  these  Provinces  ;  and  they  have  since  continued 
in  their  possession,  as  the  resumption  of  them  was  considered  to  be  calculated 
to  excite  dissatisfaction  and  as  it  was  an  object  of  temporary  policy  to  conciliate 
their  confidence." 

This  unwise  reluctance  on  the  part  of  the  paramount  power  to  enquire  into 
the  validity  of  the  title,  by  which  its  vassals  held  their  estates,  was  naturally 
construed  as  a  confession  of  weakness  and  hastened  the  very  evils  which  it 
was  intended  to  avert.  Both  chieftains  claimed  to  be  independent  and  assumed 
so  menacing  an  attitude  that  it  became  necessary  to  dislodge  them  from  their 
strongholds  ;  the  climax  of  Daya  Ram's  recusancy  being  his  refusal  to  surren- 
der four  men  charged  with  murder.  A  force  was  despatched  against  them 
under  Major-General  Marshall,  and  Mursan  was  reduced  without  difficulty. 
But  Hathras,  which  was  said  to  be  one  of  the  strongest  forts  in  the  country,  its 
defences  having  been  improved  on  the  model  of  those  carried  out  by  British 
Engineers  in  the  neighbouring  fort  of  Aligarh,  had  to  be  subjected  to  a  regular 
siege.  It  was  invested  on  the  21st  of  February,  1817.  Daya  Ram,  it  is  said, 
was  anxious  to  negotiate,  but  was  prevented  from  carrying  out  his  intention  by 
Nek  Ram  Sinh  (his  son  by  an  akiri  concubine),  who  even  made  an  attempt  to 
have  his  father  assassinated  as  he  was  returning  in  a  litter  from  the  English 
camp.  Hostilities,  at  all  events,  were  continued,  and  on  the  1st  of  March  fire 
was  opened  on  the  fort  from  forty-five  mortars  and  three  breaching  batteries 
of  heavy  guns.  On  the  evening  of  the  same  day  a  magazine  exploded  and 
caused  such  general  devastation  that  Daya  Ram  gave  up  all  for  lost  and  fled 
away  by  night  on  a  little  hunting  pony,  which  took  him  the  whole  way  to 
Bharat-pur.  There  Raja  Randhir  Sinh  declined  to  run  the  risk  of  affording 
him  protection,  and  he  continued  his  flight  to  Jaypur.  His  fort  was  dismantled 
and  his  estates  all  confiscated,  but  he  was  allowed  a  pension  of  Rs.  1,000  a 
month  for  his  personal  maintenance. 

On  his  death  in  1841,  he  was  succeeded  by  his  son,  Thakur  Gobind  Sinh, 
who  at  the  time  of  the  mutiny  in   1857   held  only  a   portion  of  one  village, 

5 


18  R.OX    GOBIND   SINH    OF    HATHRAS. 

Shahgarh,  and  that  merely  in  mortgage.  "  With  his  antecedents,"  writes  Mr. 
Bramley,  the  Magistrate  of  Aligarh,  in  his  report  to  the  Special  Commissioner,. 
dated  the  4th  of  May,  1858,  "  it  would,  perhaps,  have  been  no  matter  for  sur- 
prise had  he,  like  others  in  his  situation,  taken  part  against  the  Government. 
However,  his  conduct  has  been  eminently  loyal.  I  am  not  aware  that  he  at  any 
time  wavered.  On  the  first  call  of  the  Magistrate  and  Collector  of  Mathuni,  he 
came  with  his  personal  followers  and  servants  to  the  assistance  of  that  gentleman, 
and  was  shortly  afterwards  summoned  to  Aligarh  ;  there  he  remained  through- 
out the  disturbed  period,  ready  to  perform  any  services  within  his  power  ;  and 
it  was  in  a  great  measure  due  to  him  that  the  important  town  of  Hathras  was 
saved  from  plunder  by  the  surrounding  population.  He  accompanied  the  force- 
under  Major  Montgomery  to  Kol,  and  was  present  with  his  men  in  the  action 
fought  with  the  rebel  followers  of  Muhammad  Ghos  Khan  at  Man  Sinh's  Bagh 
on  the  24th  of  August.  On  the  flight  of  the  rebel  Governor  of  Kol,  he  was  put 
in  charge  of  the  town  and  was  allowed  to  raise  a  body  of  men  for  this  service. 
He  held  the  town  of  Kol  and  assisted  in  collecting  revenue  and  recovering 
plundered  property  till  September  25th,  when  he  was  surprised  by  a  Muham- 
madan  rabble  under  Nasim-ullah  and  forced  to  leave  the  town  with  some  loss 
of  men.  This  service  was  one,  I  presume,  of  very  considerable  danger,  for  he 
was  surrounded  by  a  low  and  incensed  Muhammadan  population  and  on  the 
high  road  of  retreat  of  the  Delhi  rebels,  while  the  support  of  Major  Montgomery's- 
force  at  Hathras  was  distant  and  liable  itself  to  be  called  away  on  any  exigency 
occurring  at  Agra. 

"  On  the  re-occupation  of  the  Aligarh  district  Gobind  Sinh  resumed  his 
post  in  the  city,  and  by  his  good  example  rendered  most  important  .aid  in 
the  work  of  restoring  order.  His  followers  have  at  all  times  been  ready  for 
any  service  and  have  been  extremely  useful  in  police  duties  and  in  escort- 
ing treasure  to  Agra  and  Bulandshahr  ;  in  guarding  ghats  and  watch- 
ing the  advance  of  rebels  ;  in  performing,  indeed,  the  duties  of  regular 
troops.  His  loyalty  has  exposed  him  to  considerable  pecuniary  loss  ;  his 
losses  on  September  25th  being  estimated  at  upwards  of  Es.  30,000,  while 
his  house  at  Brinda-ban  was  also  plundered,  by  rebels  returning  from 
Delhi,  to  a  much  larger  amount  of  ancestral  property  that  cannot  be  re- 
placed." 

In  compensation  for  these  losses  and  in  acknowledgment  of  the  very  valua- 
ble services  which  he  had  rendered  to  Government  by  his  family  influence  and 
personal   energy,  he   received  a  grant  of  Rs.  50,000  in  cash,   together  with  a 


RAJA      HARI      NARAYAN      SINH,      OF      HATHRAS. 


bXjX  hari  kXua'van  sinh  of  hXthras.  19 

landed  estate*  lying  in  the  districts  of  Mathura  and  Bulandshahr,  and  was  also 
honoured  with  the  title  of  Raja  ;  the  sanad,  signed  by  Lord  Canning,  being 
dated  the  25th  of  June,  1858. 

Raja  Gobiud  Sinh  was  connected  by  marriage  with  the  head  of  the  Jut 
clan  ;  his  wife,  a  daughter  of  Chaudhari  Charan  Sinh,  being  sister  to  Chaudhari 
Ratan  Sinh,  the  maternal  uncle  of  Maharaja  Jasvant  Sinh  of  Bharat-pur. 
This  lady,  the  Rani  Sahib  Kunvar,  is  still  living  and  manages  her  estate  with 
much  ability  and  discretion  through  the  agency  of  Pandit  Chitar  Sinh,  a  very 
old  friend  of  the  family.  At  the  time  of  her  husband's  decease  in  1861,  there 
was  an  infant  son,  but  he  died  very  soon  after  the  father.  As  this  event  had 
been  anticipated,  the  Raja  had  authorized  his  widow  to  adopt  a  son,  and  she 
selected  for  the  purpose  Hari  Narayan  Sinh,  born  in  1863,  the  son  of  Thakur 
Riip  Sinh  of  Jatoi,  a  descendant,  as  was  also  Raja  Gobind  Sinh  himself,  of 
Thakur  Nand  Ram's  younger  son,  Jai  Sinh.  This  adoption  was  opposed  by 
Kesri  Sinh,  the  son  of  Nek  Ram,  who  was  the  illegitimate  offspring  of  Thakur 
Daya  Ram.  But  the  claim  that  he  advanced  on  behalf  of  his  own  sons,  Slier 
Sinh  and  Balavant  Sinh,  was  rejected  by  the  Judge  of  Agra  in  his  order  dated 
November,  1872,  and  his  view  of  the  case  was  afterwards  upheld  by  the  High 
Court  on  appeal.  At  the  Dalhi  Assemblage  of  the  1st  of  January,  1877,  in 
honour  of  Her  Majesty's  assumption  of  the  Imperial  title,  Raja  Gobind  Sinh's 
title  was  formally  continued  to  Han  Narayan  Sinh  for  life.  He  resides  with 
his  mother,  the  Rani  Sahib  Kunvar,  at  Brhida-l>3n,  where  he  has  a  handsome 
house  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  opposite  the  Kesi  ghat,  and  here,  on  the  occa- 
sion of  his  marriage  in  February,  1877,  he  gave  a  grand  entertainment  to  all 
the  European  residents  of  the  station,  including  the  officers  of  the  Xth  Royal 
Hussars.  Though  only  14  years  of  age,  he  played  his  part  of  host  with  perfect 
propriety  and  good  breeding — taking  a  lady  into  dinner,  sitting  at  the  head 
of  his  table — though,  of  course,  not  eating  anything — and  making  a  little  speeeh 
to  return  thanks  after  his  health  had  been  proposed. 

The  only  Muhammadan  family  of  any  importance  is  the  one  seated  at 
Sa'dabad,  This  is  a  branch  of  the  Lal-Khaai  stock,  which  musters  strongest  in 
the  Bulandshahr  district,  where  several  of  its  members  are  persons  of  high  dis- 
tinction and  own  very  large  estates. 


*  The  estate  consists — 1st,  of  the  zarnindari  of  the  township  of  Kol  and  some  thops  and  gar- 
dens at  Hathras,  valued  at  Ks.  3,000;  2nd!y,  of  eight  confiscated  Giijar  villages  in  the  Chhata  and 
Kosi  parganas  of  the  Mathura  district,  now  assessed  at  over  Us.  10,000;  and  3rdiv,  of  five 
villages  in  the  Bulandshahr  district,  assessed  at  Bs.   7,000. 


20  THE  lXl-khXni  family. 

They  claim  descent  from  Kunvar  Pratap  Sinh,  a  Bargujar  Thakur  of 
Rajaur,  in  Raj pu tana,  who  joined  Prithi  R;\j  of  Delhi  in  his  expedition  against 
Mahoba.  On  his  way  thither  he  assisted  the  Dor  Raja  of  Kol  in  reducing  a 
rebellion  of  the  Minas,  and  was  rewarded  by  receiving  in  marriage  the  Raja's 
daughter,  with  a  dowry  of  150  villages  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Pahasu.  The 
eleventh  in  descent  from  Pratap  Sinh  was  Lai  Sinh,  who,  though  a  Hindu, 
received  from  the  Emperor  Akbar  the  title  of  Khan  ;  whence  the  name  Lal- 
Khani,  by  which  the  family  is  ordinarily  designated.  It  was  his  grandson, 
Itimad  R:ie,  in  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb,  who  first  embraced  Muhaimnadanism. 
The  seventh  in  descent  from  Itimad  Rae  was  Nahar  Ali  Khan,  who,  with  his 
nephew,  Dunde  Khan,  held  the  fort  of  Kumona,  in  Bulandshahr,  against  the 
English,  and  thus  forfeited  his  estate,  which  was  conferred  upon  his  relative, 
Mardan  Ali  Khan. 

The  latter,  who  resided  at  Chhatari,  which  is  still  regarded  as  the  chief 
seat  of  the  family,  was  the  purchaser  of  the  Sa'dabad  estate,  which  on  his  death 
passed  to  his  eldest  son,  Husain  Ali  Khun,  and  is  now  held  by  the  widow,  the 
Thakurani  Hakim-un-nissa.  It  yields  an  annual  income  of  Rs.  48,569,  derived 
from  as  many  as  26  different  villages.  The  Thakurani  being  childless,  the  pro- 
perty was  long  managed  on  her  behalf  by  her  husband's  nephew,  the  late  Kun- 
var Irshad  Ali  Khan.  He  died  in  1876  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son,  Itimad 
Ali  Khan,  who  is  the  present  head  of  the  family  in  this  district.  Several  of 
bis  relatives  have  other  lands  here.  Thus  his  uncle,  Nawab  Sir  Faiz  Ali  Khan, 
k. c.s.i. ,  owns  the  village  of  Nsinau  ;  and  the  villages  of  Chhava  and  Dauhai, 
yielding  a  net  income  of  Rs.  1,993,  belong  to  Thakurani  Zeb-un-nissa,  the  widow 
of  Kamr  Ali  Khan,  Sir  Faiz's  uncle.  Two  other  villages,  Bahardoi  and  Narayan- 
pur,  are  the  property  of  a  minor,  Grhulam  Muhammad  Khan,  the  son  of  Hidayat 
Ali  Khan,  who  was  adopted  by  Zuhur  Ali  Khan  of  Dharmpur  on  the  failure  of 
issue  by  his  first  wife  ;  they  yield  an  income  of  Rs.  3,555.  The  relationship 
existing  between  all  these  persons  will  be  best  understood  by  a  glance  at  the 
accompanying  genealogical  table. 

The  family,  in  commemoration  of  their  descent,  retain  the  Hindu  titles  of 
Kunvar  and  Thakurani  and  have  hitherto,  in  their  marriage  and  other  social 
customs,  observed  many  old  Hiudu  usages.  The  tendency  of  the  present  gene-: 
ration  is,  however,  rather  to  affect  an  ultra-rigid  Muhammadanism  ;  and  the 
head  of  the  house,  the  Nawab  of  Chhatari,  is  an  adherent  of  the  Wahabis. 

Of  the  smaller  estates  in  the  district,  some  few  belong  to  respectable  old 
families  of  the  yeoman  type  ;  others  have  been  recently  acquired  bv  speculating 


i?       * 

t-ffi  ?E 

P-  5-  3 

3    -.    O 

=  ~  2 
.-  -  -^ 

o 
- 


> 


Pi 

-   r1  —  < 

S~  •=:    —  •rJ_ 
3    £    -'  P 


S"<3-B 


SO. 

N 


r. 


>2 

~  3 


EC-.   -■> 

a."    a 

•  %%■ 


i 


B    O    B    "s  - 

**      S  Sad 


1 —  ~  k«  ' 

'->        p 
-j      -    J 


l^i 


B* 

P 

.  B 
OQ 


3      a 


c 

B  •-r' 

o  fi 

-)  B 

P  3 

^  P 


2  xT  ^  ■ 


g, 


-  ^ 

05     B" 

5.  r 

J?  Q 

o  3 


r3 


QC 
> 

— 

O 

— ■ 

3 

.- 

t 

> 

p- 

^ 

h- ' 

C-i 

- 

3 

OC 

r— 

So*"? 

B-  ■  -  S.  *J 
'     o    £30 

.  oc  cr  r.  p*_ 


w     p>  -^  C- 

ST^i?  p  a. 


i;*  Z_.         p* 

p-  -  b-  3 


>.    i 


Km? 

P    i-4  - 

as  o 


ht      S-  o  — 


B" 

p- 

B 


- 

3 


Q^    3 


b:  p  tr1  Jr1 

S    C-3» 
^  p.  p.  a  _ 

?  grp  5" 

^  JP*e  > 


^"3 

b'S-^2 
-*rj  o  m  Sf 

B    ~=    S5 

«5" 


«MN 


3    O    > 


^«l 


l> 


w 


o    >■ 


3 

B 


o  i 


p 

P- 


oo 
o 

> 
b 


p- 
a 

O 

o 

3 
■<S 

0) 

"-( 
cs 

B- 


Q    B" 


cr 
►i 

3 
o 


p 

3 
Oq 


SP 

b' 

3 


-aq  ■ 

B 


3 


> 

a" 
p 


3 
3 

P 


jo. 
•73 


TO 


3- 


o 

•-•9 


w 


t-l 


s 


TIIE   AGRA   CANAL.  21 

money-lenders  ;  but  the  far  greater  number  are  split  up  into  infinitesimal  Trac- 
tions among  the  whole  village  community.  Owing  to  this  prevalence  of  the 
Bhaiyachari  system,  as  it  is  called,  the  small  farmers  who  cultivate;  their  own 
hinds  constitute  a  very  large  class,  while  the  total  of  the  non-proprietary 
classes  is  proportionately  reduced.  A.  decided  majority  of  the  latter  have  no  assured 
status,  but  are  merely  tenants-at-will.  Throughout  the  district,  all  the  land 
brought  under  the  plough  is  classified  under  two  heads,— -first,  according  to  its 
productiveness ;  secondly,  according  to  its  accessibility.  The  fields  capable  of 
artificial  irrigation — and  it  is  the  supply  of  water  which  most  influences  tho 
amount  (if  produce — are  styled  chdhi,  all  others  khaki;  those  nearest  the  village 
are  known  as  bard,  those  rather  more  remote  as  manjhd,  and  the  furthest  away 
baihd*  The  combination  of  the  two  classes  gives  six  varieties,  and  ordinarily 
no  others  are  recognized,  though  along  the  course  of  the  Jamuna  the  tracts 
of  alluvial  land  are,  as  elsewhere,  called  hhddai — -the  high  sterile  banks  are 
hangar,  and  where  broken  into  ravines  behar ;  a  soil  exceptionally  sandy  is 
bluer,  sand-hills  are  pMh,  and  the  levels  between  the  hills pdlaj. 

The  completion  of  the  Agra  Canal  has  been  a  great  boon  to  the  district. 
It  traverses  the  entire  length  of  Western  Mathura,  passing  close  to  the  towns 
of  Kosi,  Sahar,  and  A  ring,  and  having  as  its  extreme  points  Hathana  to  the 
north  and  Little  Kosi  to  the  south.  It  was  officially  opened  by  Sir  William 
Muir  on  the  5th  of  March,  1874,  and  became  available  for  irrigation  purposes 
about  the  end  of  1875,  by  which  time  its  distributaries  also  had  been  con- 
structed. Its  total  length  from  Okhla  to  the  Utangan  river  at  Bihari  below 
Fatihabad  is  140  miles,  and  it  commands  an  area  of  three-quarters  of  a  million 
acres,  of  which  probably  one-third — that  is  250,000  acres — will  be  annually 
irrigated.  The  cost  has  been  above  £710,000,  while  the  net  income  will  be 
about  £58,000,  being  a  return  of  8  per  cent.  It  will  be  practicable  for  boats 
and  barges,  both  in  its  main  line  and  its  distributaries,  and  thus,  instead  of  the 
shallow  uncertain  course  of  the  Jamuna,  there  will  be  sure  and  easy  naviga- 
tion between  the  three  great  cities  of  Delhi,  Mathura,  and  Agra.  One  of  the 
most  immediate  effects  of  tho  canal  will  probably  be  a  large  diminution  of  the 
area  under  bajra  and  joar,  which,  by  reason  of  their  requiring  no  artificial  irriga- 
tion, have  hitherto  been  almost  the  only  crops  grown  on  much  of  the  land.     For, 


*  It  is  exactly  the  same  in  Kussia.  "  All  the  arable  land  of  the  commune  is  divided  into 
three  concentric  zones,  which  extend  round  the  village:  and  these  three  zones  are  again 
divided  into  three  fields  according  to  the  triennial  arrangement  of  crops.  More  regard  is 
paid  to  proximity  than  to  fertility,  as  this  varies  very  little  in  the  same  district  in.  llussia. 
The  zones  nearest  the  village  are  alone  manured." — Lavehye's  Primitive  Property, 

6" 


22  IRRIGATION  SCHEMES. 

with  water  ordinarily  from  40  to  60  feet  below  the  surface  and  a  sand}'  subsoil, 
the  construction  of  a  well  is  a  costly  and  difficult  undertaking.  In  future,  wheat 
and  barley,  for  which  the  soil  when  irrigated  is  well  adapted,  will  be  the  staple 
produce  ;  indigo  and  opium,  now  almost  unknown,  will  be  gradually  introduced; 
vegetables  will  be  more  largely  cultivated  and  double-cropping  will  become  the 
ordinary  rule.  Thus,  not  only  will  the  yield  per  acre  be  increased  by  the  facili- 
ties for  irrigation,  but  the  produce  will  be  of  an  entirely  different  and  much 
more  valuable  character. 

A  scheme  for  extending  the  irrigation  of  the  Ganges  Canal  through  the 
parganas  on  the  opposite — that  is  to  say,  the  left — side  of  the  Jamuna  has  long 
been  held  in  view.  The  branch  which  takes  off  from  the  main  canal  at  Dehra 
in  the  Merath  district  has  by  anticipation  been  termed  the  Mat  branch,  though 
its  irrigation  stops  short  in  the  Tappal  pargana  of  Aligarh,  one  distribu- 
tary only  irrigating  a  few  villages  north  of  Noh-jhil.  The  water-supply  in 
the  Ganges  Canal  is  limited,  and  would  not  have  sufficed  for  any  further  exten- 
sion ;  but  now  that  the  Kanhpur  branch  is  supplied  from  the  new  Lower 
Ganges  Canal,  a  certain  volume  of  water  has  become  available,  a  portion  of  which 
has  been  allotted  for  the  Mat  branch  extension.  If  the  project  be  sanctioned 
in  its  entirety,  the  existing  sub-branch  will  be  widened  to  carry  the  additional 
supply  and  extended  through  the  Tappal  pargana,  entering  Noh-jhil  in  the  vil- 
lage of  Bhurc-ka.  The  course  of  the  main  supply  line  will  pass  along  the  water- 
shed of  the  Karwan  and  Jamuna  Doab  to  the  east  of  Bhure-ka,  and  then  by  the 
villages  of  Dandi>ara,  Barnaul,  Nasithi,  and  Arua  till  it  crosses  the  Mat  and 
Biiya  road  and  the  Light  Railway.  Thence  it  will  extend  to  Karab,  South,  and 
Pachawar,  where  at  its  40th  mile  it  will  end  in  three  distributaries,  which  will 
carry  the  water  as  far  as  the  Agra  and  Aligarh  road.  The  scheme  thus  pro- 
vides for  the  irrigation  of  the  parganas  of  Noh-jhil,  Mat,  Maha-ban,  and  that 
portion  of  Sa'dabad  which  lies  to  the  west  of  the  Karwan  nadi.  About  five 
miles  of  the  main  line  were  excavated  as  a  famine  relief  work  in  1878;  but 
operations  were  stopped  inconsequence  of  financial  difficulties,  and  it  is  doubtful 
whether  they  will  be  resumed.  There  is  also  a  considerable  amount  of  well- 
irrigation  in  Maha-ban  and  Sa'dabad,  which  renders  the  extension  into  those 
parganas  a  less  pressing  necessity. 

The  district  is  one  which  has  often  suffered  severely  from  drought.  In 
1813-14  the  neighbourhood  of  Sahar  was  one  of  the  localities  where  the  distress 
was  most  intense.  Many  died  from  hunger,  and  others  were  glad  to  sell  their 
wives  and  children  for  a  few  rutees  or  even  for  a  single  meal.      In  1825-26  the 


THE  FAMINE  OF   1837-38.  23 

whole  of  the  territories  known  at  that  time  as  the  Western  Provinces  were 
afflicted  with  a  terrible  drought.  The  rabi  crops  of  the  then  Sa'dadad  district 
wer3  estimated  by  Mr.  Boddam,  the  Collector,  as  below  the  average  by  more 
than  200,000  mans;  Maha-ban  and  Jalesar  being  the  two  parganas  which  suf- 
fered most.  But  the  famine  of  1837-38  was  a  far  greater  calamity,  and  still 
forms  an  epoch  in  native  chronology  under  the  name  of  '  the  chaurdnawe,'  or 
'the  94';  1894  being  its  date  according  to  the  Hindu  era.  Though  Matlmni. 
was  not  one  of  the  districts  most  grievously  afflicted,  distress  was  still  extreme, 
as  appears  from  the  report  submitted  by  the  Commissioner,  Mr.  Hamilton, 
after  personal  investigation.  About  Raya,  Mat,  and  Maha-ban  he  found  the 
crops  scant}-,  and  the  soil  dry,  and  cultivated  only  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
masonry  wells.  About  Mathura,  the  people  were  almost  in  despair  from  the 
wells  fast  turning  so  brackish  ami  salt  as  to  destroy  rather  than  refresh  vege- 
tation. "  All  of  the  Aring  and  Gobardhan  parganas  (he  w-rites)  which  came 
under  my  observation  was  an  extensive  arid  waste,  and  for  miles  I  rode  over 
ground  which  had  been  both  ploughed  and  sown,  but  in  which  the  seed  had  not 
germinated  and  where  there  seemed  no  prospect  of  a  harvest.  The  cattle  in 
Aring  were  scarcely  able  to  crawl,  and  they  were  collected  in  the  village  and 
suffered  to  pull  at  the  thatch,  the  people  declaring  it  useless  to  drive  them  forth 
to  seek  for  pasture.  Emigration  had  already  commenced,  and  people  of  all 
classes  appeared  to  be  suffering." 

Of  the  famine  of  1860-61  (commonly  called  the  uth-sera,  from  the  pre- 
valent bazar  rate  of  eight  sers  only  for  the  rupee)  the  following  narrative  was 
recorded  by  Mr.  Eobertson,  Officiating  Collector  : — "  Among  prosperous  agri- 
culturists,'' he  says,  "  about  half  the  land  usually  brought  under  cultivation  is 
irrigated,  and  irrigated  lands  alone  produce  crops  this  year.  But  though  only 
half  the  crop  procured  in  ordinary  years  was  obtained  by  this  class  of  cultiva- 
tors, the  high  price  of  com  enabled  them,  while  realizing  considerable  profits, 
to  meet  the  Government  demand  without  much  difficulty.  The  poorer  class  of 
cultivators  were,  however,  ruined,  and  with  the  poorest  in  the  cities,  taking 
advantage  of  the  position  of  Mathura  as  one  of  the  border  famine  tracts,  they 
abandoned  the  district  in  large  numbers,  chiefly  towards  the  close  of  1860. 
Bather  more  than  one-fourth  of  the  agricultural  emigrants  have  returned,  and 
the  quiet,  unmurmuring  industry  with  wdiich  they  have  recommenced  life  is  not 
a  less  pleasing  feature  than  the  total  absence  of  agrarian  outrage  during  the 
famine.  The  greatest  number  of  deaths  from  starvation  occurred  during  the' 
first  three  months  of  1861,  when  the  average  per  mensem  was  497.     During 


2-4  THE    FAMINE    OF    1860-61. 

the  succeeding  three  months  this  average  was  reduced  to  85,  while  the  deaths 

in  July  and  August  were  only  five  and  six  respectively.  The  total  number  of 
deaths  during  the  eight  months  has  been  1,758.  Viewing  the  universality  of 
the  famine,  these  results  sufficiently  evidence  the  active  co-operation  in  mea- 
sures of  relief  rendered  by  the  native  officials  assisted  by  the  police,  and  the 
people  everywhere  most  pointedly  express  their  obligation  to  the  Government 
and  English  liberality.  No  return  of  the  number  of  deaths  caused  by  starva- 
tion seems  to  have  been  kept  from  October,  18G0,  to  January,  1861,  but  judg- 
ing by  the  subsequent  returns,  250  per  mensem  might  be  considered  as  the 
highest  average.  Thus,  the  mortality  caused  by  the  famine  in  this  district  in 
the  year  1860-61  may  approximately  be  estimated  at  2,500."*  If  such  a  large 
number  of  persons  really  died  simply  from  starvation — and  there  seems  no 
reason  to  doubt  the  fact — the  arrangements  for  dispensing  relief  can  scarcely 
have  merited  all  the  praise  bestowed  upon  them.  There  was  certainly  no  lack 
of  funds  towards  the  end,  but  possibly  they  came  when  it  was  almost  too  late. 
In  the  month  of  April  some  8,000  men  were  employed  daily  on  the  Delhi  road  ; 
the  local  donations  amounted  to  Rs.  16,227,  and  this  sum  was  increased  by  a 
contribution  of  lis.  8,000  from  the  Agra  Central  Committee,  and  Rs.  5,300 
from  Government,  making  a  total  of  Rs.  29,528.  An  allotment  of  Es.  5,000 
was  also  made  from  the  Central  Committee  for  distribution  among  the  indi- 
g  mt  agriculturists,   that  they  might  have  wherewithal  to  purchase  seed  and 


cattle. 


At  the   present  time  the   district  has   scarcely  recovered   from  a  series  of 
disastrous  seasons,  resulting  in  a  famine  of  exceptional   severity  and  duration, 
which   will  leave  melancholy  traces  behind  it   for  many  years  yet  to  come. 
Both  in  1875  and  1876  the  rainfall  was  much  below  the  average,  and  the  crops 
on   all   unirrigated  land   proportionately  small.     In  1877   the  entire  period  of 
the  ordinary  monsoon  passed  with  scarcely   a  single  shower,  and  it  was  not  till 
the  beginning  of  October,  when  almost  all  hope  was  over,  that  a  heavy  fall  of 
rain  was  vouchsafed,  which  allowed  the  ground  to  be  ploughed  and  seed  to  be 
sown  for  the  ensuing  year.      The  autumn  crops,  upon  which  the  poorer  classes 
mainly  subsist,  failed  absolutely,   and  for  the  most  part  had   never  even  been 
sown.     As  early   as  July,    1S77,   the   prices  of  every   kind  of  grain  were  at 
famine  rates,  which  continued  steadily   on  the  increase,  while  the   commoner 
sorts  were  before  long  entirely  exhausted.     The  distress   in  the   villages  was 

*  Mr.  Robertsou'B  narrative  has  been  copied  from  the  original  paper  in  the  District  Office. 
The  other  particulars  have  been  extracted  fro  n  Mr.  Girdlcstone's  ltcpurt  on  Past  Famines, 
published  by  Government  in  isos. 


THE  FAMINE  OF  1877-78.  25 

naturally  greatest  among  the  agricultural  labourers,  who  were  thown  out  of  all 
employ  by  the  cessation  of  work  in  the  fields,  while  even  in  the  towns  the  petty 
handicraftsmen  were  unable  to  purchase  sufficient  food  for  their  daily  subsist- 
ence on  account  of  the  high  prices  that  prevailed  in  the  bazar.  In  addition  to 
its  normal  population  the  city  was  further  thronged  by  crowds  of  refugees  from 
outside,  from  (he  adjoining  native  states,  more  especially  Bharat-pur,  who  were 
attracted  by  the  fame  of  the  many  charitable  institutions  that  exist  both  in  the 
city  itself  and  at  Brinda-ban.  No  relief  works  on  the  part  of  the  Government 
were  started  till  October,  when  they  were  commenced  in  different  places  all 
over  the  district  under  the  supervision  of  the  resident  Engineer.  They  con- 
sisted chiefly  of  the  ordinary  repairs  and  improvements  to  the  roads,  which  are 
annually  carried  out  after  the  cessation  of  the  rains.  The  expense  incurred 
under  this  head  was  Rs.  17,71)2,  the  average  daily  attendance  being  5,519. 
On  the  25th  of  November  in  the  same  year  (1877)  it  was  found  necessary  to 
open  a  poorhouse  in  the  city  for  the  relief  of  those  who  were  too  feeble  to  work. 
Here  the  daily  average  attendance  was  890  ;  but,  on  the  30th  July,  1878,  the 
number  of  inmates  amounted  to  2,139,  and  this  was  unquestionably  the  time 
when  the  distress  was  at  its  highest.  The  maximum  attendance  at  the  relief 
works,  however,  was  not  reached  till  a  little  later,  vis.,  the  19th  of  August, 
when  it  was  20,483,  but  it  would  seem  to  have  been  artificially  increased  by 
the  unnecessarily  high  rates  which  the  Government  was  then  paying. 

The  rabi  crops,  sown  after  the  fall  of  rain  in  October,  1877,  had  been  fur- 
ther benefited  by  unusually  heavy  winter  rains,  and  it  was  hoped  that  there 
would  be  a  magnificent  outturn.  In  the  end,  however,  it  proved  to  be  even 
below  the  average,  great  damage  having  been  done  by  the  high  winds  which 
blew  in  February.  Thus,  though  the  spring  harvest  of  1878  gave  some  relief, 
it  was  but  slight,  and  necessarily  it  could  not  affect  at  all  the  prices  of  the 
common  autumn  grains.  The  long-continued  privation  had  also  had  its  effect 
upon  the  people  both  physically  and  mentally,  and  they  were  less  able  to  strug- 
gle against  their  misfortunes.  The  rains  for  1878  were,  moreover,  very  slight 
and  partial  and  so  long  delayed  that  they  had  scarcely  set  in  by  the  end  of 
July,  and  thus  it  was,  as  already  stated,  that  this  month  was  the  time  when 
the  famine  was  at  its  climax.  In  August  and  September  matters  steadily  im- 
proved, and  henceforth  continued  to  do  so  ;  but  the  poorhouse  was  not  closed 
till  the  end  of  June,  1879.  The  total  number  of  inmates  had  then  been 
395,824,  who  had  been  relieved  at  a  total  cost  of  Rs.  43,070,  of  which  sum 
Rs.  2,990  had  been  raised  by  private  subscription  and  Rs.  3,500  was  a  grant 
from  the  Municipality. 

7 


26 


THE    FAMINE  OF  1877-78. 


Beside  the  repairs  of  the  roads  the  other  relief  works  undertaken  and 
their  cost  were  as  follows:  the  excavation  of  the  Jait  tank,  Rs.  6,787  ;  the 
deepening  of  the  Balbhadra  tank,  Rs.  5,770  ;  and  the  levelling  of  the  Jamalpur 
mounds,  Rs.  7,238  :  these  adjoined  the  Magistrate's  Court-house,  and  will  be 
frequently  mentioned  hereafter  as  the  site  of  a  large  Buddhist  monastery.  On 
tin!  11th  of  May,  1878,  the  earthwork  of  the  Mathura  and  Achnera  Railway 
was  taken  in  hand  and  continued  till  the  beginning  of  September,  during  which 
time  it  gave  employment  to  713,315  persons,  at  an  expenditure  of  Rs.  56,G39. 
An  extension  of  the  Mat  branch  of  the  Ganges  Canal  was  also  commenced  on 
the  30th  July,  and  employed  570,351  persons,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  43,1-12,  till  its 
close  on  the  16th  of  October.  There  should  also  be  added  Rs.  6,370,  which 
were  spent  by  the  Municipality  through  the  District  Engineer,  in  levelling 
some  broken  ground  opposite  the  City  Police  Station.  The  total  cost  on  all 
these  relief  works  thus  amounted  to  Rs.  1,80,630.  No  remission  of  revenue 
was  granted  by  the  Government,  but  advances  for  the  purchase  of  bullocks  and 
seed  were  distributed  to  the  extent  of  Rs.  35,000.* 

The  following  tabular  statement  shows  the  mortality  that  prevailed  during 
the  worst  months  of  this  calamitous  period  :  the  total  population  of  the  district 
being  778,839  :— 


.a 

3 

ti 

M 

£ 

*4 

2 

£ 

rt 

fa 

C3 

J3 

>> 

fcc 

0 

> 

0> 

a 

fa 
J3 

fa 

fa 

>> 

a 

f-s 

<* 

EG 

O 

J5 

Q 

1-5 

s 

<3 

s 

3 
>"5 

1877-78.. 

373 

1,126 

932 

1,337 

1,579 

1,373 

1,869 

1,725 

2,018 

2,511 

2,183 

3,672 

1878-79... 

2,502 

2,370 

0,579 

10,414 

8,643 

4,710 

2,431 

1,474 

1,143 

1,511 

1,891 

1,661 

The  metalling  of  the  Delhi  road,  which  has  been  incidentally  mentioned  as 
the  principal  relief  work  in  1860,  was  not  only  a  boon  at  the  time,  but  still  con- 
tinues a  source  of  the  greatest  advantage  to  the  district.  The  old  imperial 
thoroughfare,  which  connected  the  two  capitals  of  Agra  and  Labor,  kept  closely 
to  the  same  line,  as  is  shown  by  the  ponderous  kos  minars,  which  are  found 
still   standing  at   intervals  of  about  three  miles,  and  nowhere  at  any  great 

*  1  saw  nothing  of  the  famine  myself,  as  I  left  the  district  in  April,  1S77,  before  it  had 
begun.  Selfishly,  I  am  glad  to  haye  escaped  the  sight  ol  so  much  misery;  though,  possibly, 
if  I  li:t  1  be<  ii  on  the  spot,  my  local  experience  might  have  proved  useful  both  to  the  Government 
and  the  people. 


TTTE    DELHI   ROAD.  27 

distance  from  the  waysid'6.  Here  was  the  "  delectable  alley  of  trees,  the  most 
incomparable  ever  beheld,"  which  the  Emperor  Jahangir  enjoys  the  credit  of 
having  planted.  That  it  was  really  a  fine  avenue  is  attested  by  the  language 
of  the  sober  Dutch  topographer,  John  de  Laet,  who,  in  his  India  Vera,  written 
in  1631,  that  is,  early  in  the  reign  of  Shahjahan,  speaks  of  it  in  tho  following 
terms  : — »  The  whole  of  the  country  between  Agra  and  Labor  is  well-watered 
and  by  far  the  most  fertile  part  of  India.  It  abounds  in  all  kinds  of  produce, 
especially  sugar.  The  highway  is  bordered  on  either  side  by  trees  which  bear 
a  fruit  not  unlike  the  mulberry,*  and,"  as  he  adds  in  another  place,  "  form  a 
beautiful  avenue."  "  At  intervals  of  five  or  six  coss,"  he  continues,  "  there  are 
saraes  built  cither  by  the  king  or  by  some  of  the  nobles.  In  those  travellers 
can  find  bed  and  lodging  ;  when  a  person  has  once  taken  posses-ion  he  cannot 
be  turned  out  by  any  one."  The  glory  of  the  road,  however,  seems  to  have 
been  of  short  duration,  for  Bemier,  writing  only  thirty  years  later,  that  is,  in 
1G63,  says  : — "  Between  Delhi  and  Agra,  a  distance  of  fifty  or  sixty  leagues,  the 
whole  road  is  cheerless  and  uninteresting ;"  and  even  so  late  as  1825,  Bishop 
Heber,  on  his  way  down  to  Calcutta,  was  apparently  much  struck  with  what 
he  calls  "  the  wildness  of  the  country,"  but  mentions  no  avenue,  as  he  certainly 
would  have  done  had  one  then  existed.  Thus  it  is  clear  that  the  more  recent 
administrators  of  the  district,  since  its  incorporation  into  British  territory,  are 
the  only  persons  entitled  to  the  traveller's  blessing  for  the  magnificent  and 
almost  unbroken  canopy  of  over-arching  boughs,  which  now  extends  for  more 
than  thirty  miles  from  the  city  of  Mathura  to  the  border  of  the  Gurganw  district, 
and  forms  a  sufficient  protection  from  even  the  mid-day  glare  of  an  Indian 
summer's  sun. 

Though  the  country  is  now  generally  brought  under  cultivation,  and  can 
scarcely  be  described  as  even  well  wooded,  there  are  still  here  and  there  many 
patches  of  wraste  land  covered  with  low  trees  and  jungle,  which  might  be  consi- 
dered to  justify  the  Bishop's  epithet  of  wild-looking.  The  herds  of  deer  are  so 
numerous  that  the  traveller  will  seldom  go  many  miles  in  any  direction  along  a 
b)re-road  without  seeing  a  black-buck,  followed  by  his  harem,  bound  across  the 
path.     The  number  has  probably  increased  rather  than  diminished  in  late  years, 

*  In  the  original  Latin  text  the  word  is  morus,  which  Mr.  Lethbridgc,  in  his  scholarly 
English  edition,  translates  by  '  fig;'  but  I  think  'mulberry  '  a  more  accurate  rendering,  and 
that  to  be  the  tree  intended.  It  is  to  this  day  largely  used  for  roadside  planting  at  Lahor,  and 
still  more  so  in  the  Peshawar  valley  and  in  Kabul  and  on  theOxus.  De  Laet  says  it  was  only 
like  the  mulberry,  and  not  that  it  positively  was  the  mulberry,  on  account  of  the  difference  of 
the  two  varieties  of  the  fruit,  the  Indian  and  the  European,  which  is  very  considerable.  In  the 
Kashmir  valley  both  are  to  be  seen. 


28  de  xaet's  itinerary. 

as  the  roving  and  vagabond  portion  of  the  population,  who  used  to  keep 
them  in  check,  were  all  disarmed  after  the  mutiny.  Complaints  are  now 
frequent  of  the  damage  done  to  the  crops  ;  and  in  .some  parts  of  the  district 
yet  more  serious  injury  is  occasioned  by  the  increase  in  the  number  of 
wolves. 

The  old  Customs  hedge,  now  happily  abolished,  used  to  run  along  the  whole 
length  of  this  road  from  Jait,  seven  miles  out  of  Mathura,  to  the  Gurganw 
border.  Though  in  every  other  respect  a  source  of  much  annoyance  to  the 
people  living  in  its  neighbourhood,  the  watchmen,  who  patrolled  it  night  and 
day,  were  a  great  protection  to  travellers,  and  a  highway  robbery  was  never 
known  to  take  place ;  while  on  the  corresponding  road  between  Mathura  and 
Agra  they  were  at  one  time  of  frequent  occurrence.* 

The  quautity  of  sugarcane  now  grown  in  this  part  of  the  district  is  very 
inconsiderable.  The  case  may  have  been  different  in  De  Laet's  time  ;  but  on 
other  grounds  there  seems  reason  for  believing  that  his  descriptions  are  not 
drawn  from  actual  observation,  and  are  therefore  not  thoroughly  trustworthy. 
For  example,  he  gives  the  marches  from  Agra  to  Delhi  as  follows: — "From 
Agra,  the  residence  of  the  king,  to  Rownoctan,  twelve  coss  :  to  Bady,  a  sarae, 
ten  ;  to  Achbarpore,  twelve  (this  was  formerly  a  considerable  town,  now  it  is 
only  visited  by  pilgrims,  who  come  on  account  of  many  holy  Muhammadans 
buried  here) ;  to  Hondle,  thirteen  coss  ;  to  Pulwool,  twelve ;  to  Fareedabad,  twelve ; 
to  Delhi,  ten."  Now,  this  passage  requires  much  manipulation  before  it  can  be 
reconciled  with  established  facts.  Rownoctan,  it  may  be  presumed,  would,  if 
correctly  spelt,  appear  in  the  form  Raunak-than,  meaning  "  a  royal  halting- 
place,"  and  was  probably  merely  the  fashionable  appellation,  for  the  time,  of 
the  Hindu  village  of  Rankata,  which  is  still  the  first  stage  out  of  Agra.  Bady 
or  Bad,  is  a  small  village  on  the  narrow  strip  of  Bharat-pur  territory  which  so 
inconveniently  intersects  the  Agra  and  Mathura  road.  There  has  never  been 
any  sarae  there  ;  the  one  intended  is  the  Jamal-pur  sarae,  some  three  coss  further 
on,  at  the  entrance  to  the  civil  station.  The  fact  that  Mathura  has  dropt  out  of 
the  Itinerary  altogether,  in  favour  of  such  an  insignificant  little  hamlet  as  Bad, 

*  This  Inland  Customs  Line,  which  had  uo  parallel  in  the  world  except  the  great  wall  of 
China,  was  about  ],2iiO  miles  in  length,  from  the  Tiipti  to  the  Indus,  and  was  maimed  by  an 
establishment  of  between  8,000  and  9,000  officers  and  men.  It  consisted  of  a  barrier,  chiefly  in 
the  form  of  a,  thick,  thorny  hedge,  along  which  were  placed  at  short  intervals  more  than  1,300 
guard  posts.  The  cost  was  about  £100,000  per  annum,  and  the  revenue  realized  about  a 
million  sterling  ;  the  yearly  import  of  salt  from  Kajputana  being  about  80,000  tons,  of  which 
on  an  average  one-half  came  from  the  Bharat-pur  State. 


THE  IMPERIAL  SARA'ES.  2D- 

is  a  striking  illustration  of  the  low  estate  to  which  the  great  Hindu  city  had 
been  reduced  at  the  time  in  question.*  Again,  the  place  with  the  Muhammadan 
tombs  is  not  Akbar-pur,  but  the  next  village,  Dotana  ;  and  the  large  saraes  at 
Ko-i  and  Chhata  are  both  omitted. 

These  saraes  arc  tine  fort-like  buildings,  with  massive  battlemented  walls 

and  bastions  and  high-arched  gateways.  They  are  five  in  number:  one  at  the 
entrance  to  the  civil  station ;  the  second  at  'Azamabad,  two  miles  beyond  the 
city  on  the  Delhi  road  ;  another  at  Chaumuha  ;  the  fourth  at  Chhata,  and  the 
fifth  at  Kosi.  The  first,  which  is  smaller  than  the  others  and  has  been  much 
modernized, f  has  for  many  years  past  been  occupied  by  the  police  reserve,  and 
is  ordinarily  called  'the  Damdama.'  The  thn  e  latter  arc  generally  ascribed  by 
local  tradition  to  Slier  Shah,  whose  reign  extended  from  1540  to  1545,  though 
it  is  also  said  that  Itibar  Khan  was  the  name  of  the  founder  of  the  two  at 
Mathura  and  Kosi,  and  A"?af  Ivhan  of  the  one  at  Chhata.  It  is  probable  that 
both  traditions  are  based  on  facts  :  for  at  Chhata  it  is  obvious  at  a  glance  that 
both  the  gateways  are  double  buildings,  half  dating  from  one  period  and  half 
from  another.  The  inner  front,  which  is  plain  and  heavy,  may  be  referred  to 
Sher  Shah,  while  the  lighter  and  more  elaborate  stone  front,  looking  towards 
the  town,  is  a  subsequent  addition.  As  A'saf  Khan  is  simply  a  title  of  honour 
(the  '  Asaph  the  Eecorder'  of  the  Old  Testament)  which  was  borne  by  several 
persons  in  succession,  a  little  doubt  arises  at  first  as  to  the  precise  individual 
intended.  The  presumption,  however,  is  strongly  in  favour  of  Abd-ul-majid, 
who  was  first  Humayun's  Diwan,  and  on  Akbar's  accession  was  appointed 
Governor  of  Delhi.  The  same  post  was  held  later  on  by  Khwaja  Itibar  Khan, 
the  reputed  founder  of  the  Kosi  sarae.  The  general  style  of  architecture  is  in 
exact  conformity  with  that  of  similar  buildings  known  to  have  been  erected  in 
Akbar's  reign,  such,  for  example,  as  the  fort  of  Agra.     The   Chaumuha  sarae| 


*  Similarly,  it  will  be  seen  that  Tavernier,  writing  about  1650,  recognizes  Mathura  as  the 
name  of  a  temple  only,  not  of  a  town  at  all. 

f  A  range  of  vaulted  chambers  flanking  the  central  gateway  were  pulled  down  by  the  Pub- 
lic Works  Depart  icnt  in  187G,  to  make  way  for  some  modern  buildings  intended  to  answer 
the  Bime  purpose,  but  necessarily  of  much  less  substantial  construction.  The  old  cells  had 
been  rendered  unsightly  by  the  mud  walls  with  which  the  arches  ha  1  been  closed  ;  but  these 
excrescences  could  a!l  have  been  cleared  away  at  very  slight  expense. 

%  Chaumuha  is  distorted  by  Tieffenthaler  into  Tschaomao.     He  speaks  of  its  sarae  as 
*:  hotellerie  belle  et  commode." 

8 


30  THE  CHATJMTJHi  SARAE. 

is,  moreover,  always  described  in  the  old  topographies  as  at  Akbarpur.*  This 
latter  name  is  now  restricted  in  application  to  a  village  some  three  miles  dis- 
tant ;  but  in  the  16th  century  local  divisions  were  few  in  number  and  wide  in 
extent,  and  beyond  a  doubt  the  foundation  of  the  imperial  sarae  was  the  origin 
of  the  village  name   which  has   no-..    I  1   the  spot   that  suggested  it.     The 

separate  ce  of  Chaumuha  is  known  to  date  from  a  very  recent  period, 

when  the  name  was  bestowed  in  consequence  of  the  discovery  of  an  ancient 
Jain  sculpture,  supposed  by  the  ignorant  rustics  to  represent  the  four-headed 
(chaumuha)  god,  Brahma. 

Though  these  sanies  were  primarily  built  mainly  from  selfish  motives  on 
the  line  of  road  traversed  by  the  imperial  camp,  they  were  at  the  same  time 
enormous  boons  to  the  general  public  ;  for  the  highway  was  then  beset  with 
gangs  of  robbers,  with  whose  vocation  the  law  either  dared  not  or  cared  not  to 
interfere.  On  one  occasion,  in  the  reign  of  Jahangir,  we  read  of  a  caravan 
having  to  stay  six  weeks  at  Mathura  before  it  was  thought  strong  enouo-h  to 
proceed  to  Delhi  ;  no  smaller  number  than  500  or  600  men  being  deemed  ade- 
quate to  encounter  the  dangers  of  the  road.  Now,  the  solitary  traveller  is  so 
confident  of  protection  that,  rather  than  drive  his  cart  up  the  steep  ascent  that 
conducts  to  the  portals  of  the  fortified  enclosure,  he  prefers  to  spend  the  night 
unguarded  on  the  open  plain.  Hence  it  con-  's  that  not  one  of  the  saraes  is 
now  applied  to  the  precise  purpose  for  which  it  was  erected.  At  Chhata,  one 
corner  is  occupied  by  the  school,  another  by  the  offices  of  the  tahsildar  and 
local  police,  and  a  street  with  a  double  row  of  shops  has  recently  been  con- 
structed in  the  centre  ;  at  Chaumuha  the  solid  walls  have  in  past  years  been 
undermined  and  carted  away  piecemeal  for  building  materials  ;  and  at  Kosi, 
the  principal  bazar  lies  between  the  two  gateways  and  forms  the  nucleus  of  the 
town. 

Still  more  complete  destruction  has  overtaken  the  'Azamabad  sarae,  which 
seems  to  have  been  the  largest  of  the  series,  as  it  certainly  was  the  plainest  and 
the  most  modern.  Its  erection  is  ordinarily  ascribed  by  the  people  on  the  spot 
to  Prince  'Azam,  the  sou  of  Aurangzeb,   being  the  only  historical  personage  of 

*  At  Akbarpur,  by  the  roadside  is  a  large  and  very  deep  bauli  approached  by  a  flight  of 
70  steps,  once  cased  with  stone,  which  has  now  been  almost  all  stripped  ofil  and  applied  by  the 
villagers  to  other  purposes.  Immediately  adjoining  are  the  ruins  of  a  mosque  aud  tomb,  and 
masonry  tank  12  bighas  in  extent.  The  boundary  walls  of  the  latter  are  now  for  the  most  part 
broken  down,  and  of  the  eight  kiosques  that  crowned  the  extremities  of  the  ghats  only  one 
remains.  These  extensive  work-  are  said  to  have  been  constructed  some  two  centuries  ago  by  a 
converted  Thakur  named  Dhakmal.  A  rftjbaha  of  the  Agra  Canal  passes  through  the  village 
lauds,  an  1  a  rest-house  is  being  built  at  the  point  where  it  crosses  the  high  road. 


the  'azamaba'd  sara'e.  31 

the  name  with  whom  they  are  acquainted.  But,  as  with  the  other  buildings  of 
the  same  character,  its  real  founder  was  a  local  governor.  'Azam  Khan  Mir 
Muhammad  Bakir,  also  called  Iradat  Khan,  who  was  faujdar  of  Matlmra  from 
1642  to  1645.  In  the  latter  year  ho  was  superseded  in  office,  as  his  age  had 
rendered  him  unequal  to  the  task  of  suppressing  the  constant  outbreaks  against 
the  Government,  and  in  1648  he  died.*  As  the  new  road  does  not  pass  im- 
mediately under  the  walls  of  the  sarac,  it  had  ceased  to  be  of  any  use  to  tra- 
vellers ;  and  a  few  years  ago,  it  was  to  a  great  extent  demolished  and  the  ma- 
terials used  in  paving  the  streets  of  the  adjoining  city.  Though  there  was  little 
or  no  architectural  embellishment,  the  foundations  were  most  securely  laid, 
reaching  down  below  the  ground  as  many  feet  as  the  superstructure  which 
they  supported  stood  abovo  it.  Of  this  ocular  demonstration  was  recently 
afforded,  for  one  of  the  villagers  in  digging  came  upon  what  he  hoped  would 
prove  the  entrance  to  a  subterranean  treasure  chamber  ;  but  deeper  exeava;  i 
showed  it  to  be  only  one  of  the  line  of  arches  forming  the  foundation  of  tlio 
sarae  wall.  The  original  mosque  is  still  standing,  but  is  little  used  for  reli- 
gious purposes,  as  the  village  numbers  only  nine  Muhammadans  in  a  population 
of  343.     They  all  live  within  the  old  ruinous  enclosure. 

*  For  this  and  several  other  facts  gathered  from  the  Persian  chronicles,  I  was  indebted  to 
the  late  Mr.  Blochmann,  the  Secretary  of  the  Calcutta  Asiatic  Society,  a  gentleman  whose  know- 
ledge of  Muhammadan  history  and  literature  was  as  unlimited  as  was  the  courtesy  with  which  he 
communicated  it. 


CHAPTER    II. 

mathura'  SACKED  BY  MAHMVJD  of  ghazni,   1017  A.D.    its  treatment  by  the 

DELHI  EMPERORS.  RISE  AND  PROGRESS  OF  THE  JAT  POWER.  MASSACRE  AT 
MATHURA',  1757.  BATTLE  OF  BARSANA,  1775.  EXECUTION  OF  GHULXM 
KAdIR,  1788.  BRITISH  OCCUPATION,  1803.  BATTLE  OF  DtG,  1801. 
MUTINY,  1857. 

Atart  from  inscriptions  and  other  fragmentary  archaeological  vestiges  of  its 
ancient  glory,  the  first  authentic  contemporary  record  of  Mathura,  that  we  find 
in  existing  literature  is  dated  the  year  1017  A.D.,  when  it  was  sacked  by 
Mahmiid  of  Ghazui  in  his  ninth  invasion  of  India.  The  original  source  of 
information  respecting  Mahmiid's  campaigns  is  the  Tarikh  Yamini  of  Al  Utbi, 
who  was  himself  secretary  to  the  Sultan,  though  he  did  not  accompany  him  in 
his  expeditions.  He  mentions  by  name  neither  Mathura  nor  Maha-ban,  but 
only  describes  certain  localities,  which  have  been  so  identified  by  Firishta  and 
later  historians.  The  place  supposed  to  be  Maha-ban  he  calls  "  the  Fort  of 
Kulchand,"  a  Raja,  who  (he  writes)  "  was,  not  without  good  reason,  confident 
in  his  strength,  for  no  one  had  fought  against  him  and  not  been  defeated.  lie 
had  vast  territories,  enormous  wealth,  a  numerous  and  brave  army,  huge  ele- 
phants, and  strong  forts  that  no  enemy  had  been  able  to  reduce.  'When  he  saw 
that  the  Sultan  advanced  against  him,  he  drew  up  his  army  and  elephants 
in  a  'deep  forest'*  ready  for  action.  But  finding  every  attempt  to  repulse  the 
invaders  fail,  the  beleaguered  infidels  at  last  quitted  the  fort  and  tried  to  cross 
the  broad  river  which  flowed  in  its  rear.  When  some  50,000  men  had  been 
killed  or  drowned,  Kulchand  took  a  dagger,  with  which  he  first  slew  his  wife 
and  then  drove  it  into  his  own  body.  The  Sultan  obtained  by  this  victory  185 
fine  elephants  besides  other  booty."  In  the  neighbouring  holy  city,  identified 
as  Mathura,  "  he  saw  a  building  of  exquisite  structure,  which  the  inhabitant 
declared  to  be  the  handiwork  not  of  men  but  of  Genii. f  The  town  wall  was 
constructed  of  solid  stone,  and  had  opening  on  to  the  river  two  gates,  raised  on 
high  and  massive  basements  to  protect  them  from  the  floods.  On  the  two  sides 
of  the  city  were  thousands  of  houses  with  idol  temples  attached,  all  of  masonry 
and  strengthened  with  bars  of  iron  ;  and  opposite  them  were  other  buildings 
supported  on  stout  wooden  pillars.  In  the  middle  of  the  city  was  a  temple, 
larger  and  finer  than  the  rest,  to  which  neither  painting  nor  description  could 

*  These  words  may  be  intended  as  a  literal  translation  of  the  name  "  Mah;'t-lian." 
•(■  1'ossibly   "Jina,"  the  name  both  of  the  Buddhist  and  Jaini  deity,  was  the  word  actually 
used,  which  was  mistaken  for  the  Arabic  "Jinn." 


MAHlltfD's  SACK  OF  MATHURA.  1017   A.D.  33 

do  justice.  The  Sultan  thus  wrote  respecting  it : — '  If  any  one  wished  to 
construct  a  building  equal  to  it,  lie  would  not  be  able  to  do  so  without  expend- 
ing a  hundred  million  dinars,  and  the  work  would  occupy  two  hundred  years, 
even  though  the  most  able  and  experienced  workmen  were  employed.'  Orders 
were  given  that  all  the  temples  should  be  burnt  with  naphtha  and  fire  and 
levelled  with  the  ground."  The  city  was  given  up  to  plunder  for  twenty  days. 
Among  the  spoil  arc  said  to  have  been  five  great  idols  of  pure  gold  with  eyes 
of  rubies  and  adornments  of  other  precious  stones,  together  with  a  vast  number 
of  smaller  silver  images,  which,  when  broken  up,  formed  a  load  for  more  than 
a  hundred  camels.  The  total  value  of  the  spoil  has  been  estimated  at  three 
millions  of  rupees  ;  while  the  number  of  Hindus  carried  away  into  captivity 
exceeded  5,000. 

Nizam-ud-din,  Firishta,  and  the  other  late  Muhammadan  historians  take  for 
granted  that  Mathura  was  at  that  time  an  exclusively  Brahmanical  city.  It  is 
possible  that  such  was  really  the  case  ;  but  the  original  authorities  leave  the 
point  open,  and  speak  only  in  general  terms  of  idolaters,  a  name  equally  appli- 
cable to  Buddhists.  Many  of  the  temples,  after  being  gutted  of  all  their  valu- 
able contents,  were  left  standing,  probably  because  they  were  too  massive  to 
admit  of  easy  destruction.  Some  writers  allege  that  the  conqueror  spared  them 
on  account  of  their  exceeding  beauty,  founding  this  opinion  on  the  eulogistic 
expressions  employed  by  Mahmiid  in  his  letter  to  the  Governor  of  Ghazni  quoted 
above.  It  is  also  stated  that,  on  his  return  home,  he  introduced  the  Indiana 
style  of  architecture  at  his  own  capital,  where  he  erected  a  splendid  mosque, 
upon  which  he  bestowed  the  name  of  '  the  Celestial  Bride.'  But,  however  much 
he  may  have  admired  the  magnificence  of  Mathura,  it  is  clear  that  he  was  influ- 
enced by  other  motives  than  admiration  in  sparing  the  fabric  of  the  temples  :  for 
the  gold  and  silver  images,  which  he  did  not  hesitate  to  demolish,  must  have 
been  of  still  more  excellent  workmanship. 

During  the  period  of  Muhammadan  supremacy,  the  history  of  Mathura  is 
almost  a  total  blank.  The  natural  dislike  of  the  ruling  power  to  be  brought 
into  close  personal  connection  with  such  a  centre  of  superstition  divested  the 
town  of  all  political  importance  ;  while  the  Hindu  pilgrims,  who  still  continued 
to  frequent  its  impoverished  shrines,  were  not  invited  to  present,  as  the  priest  - 
were  not  anxious  to  receive,  any  lavish  donation  which  would  only  excite  the 
jealousy  of  the  rival  faith.  Thus,  while  there  are  abundant  remains  of  the 
earlier  Buddhist  period,  there  is  not  a  single  building,  nor  fragment  of  a 
building,  which  can  be  assigned  to  any  year  in  the  long  interval  between  the 

9 


34  ITS    TREATMENT    BY    THE   DELHI   EMPEKOES. 

invasion  of  Mahmiid  in  1017  A.D.  and  the  reign  of  Akbar  in  the  latter  half 
of  the  sixteenth  century  ;  and  it  is  only  from  the  day  when  the  Juts  and 
Mahrattas  began  to  be  the  virtual  sovereigns  of  the  country  that  any  continuous 
series  of  monumental  records  exists. 

Nor  can  this  be  wondered  at,  since  whenever  the  unfortunate  city  did 
attract  the  Emperor's  notice,  it  became  at  once  a  mark  for  pillage  and  desecra- 
tion :  and  the  more  religious  the  sovereign,  the  more  thorough  the  persecution. 
Take  for  example  the  following  passage  from  the  Tarikh-i-Daiidi  of  Abdullah 
(a  writer  in  the  reign  of  Jahangir),  who  is  speaking  of  Sultan  Sikandar  Lodi 
(1 188 — 1516  A.D.),  one  of  the  most  able  and  accomplished  of  all  the  occupants 
of  the  Delhi  throne  :  "  He  was  so  zealous  a  Musalmau  that  he  utterly  destroyed 
many  places  of  worship  of  the  infidels,  and  left  not  a  single  vestige  remaining 
of  them.  He  entirely  ruined  the  shrines  of  Mathura,  that  mine  of  heathen- 
ism, and  turned  their  principal  temples  into  sanies  and  colleges.  Their  stone 
images  were  given  to  the  butchers  to  serve  them  as  meat-weights,  and  all  the 
Hindus  in  Mathura  were  strictly  prohibited  from  shaving  their  heads  and  beards 
and  performing  their  ablutions.  lie  thus  put  an  end  to  all  the  idolatrous  rites 
of  the  infidels  there  ;  and  no  Hindu,  if  he  wished  to  have  his  head  or  beard 
shaved,  could  get  a  barber  to  do  it."  In  confirmation  of  the  truth  of  this  nar- 
rative, it  may  be  observed  that  when  the  Muhammadan  Governor  Abd-un-Nabi, 
in  1661,  built  his  great  mosque  as  a  first  step  towards  the  construction  of  the 
new  city,  of  which  he  is  virtually  the  founder,  the  ground  which  he  selected 
for  the  purpose,  and  which  was  unquestionably  an  old  temple  site,  had  to  be 
purchased  from  the  butchers. 

During  the  glorious  reign  of  Akbar,  the  one  bright  era  in  the  dreary 
annals  of  Imperial  misrule,  there  was  full  toleration  at  Mathura  as  in  all  other 
parts  of  his  dominions.  Of  this  an  illustration  is  afforded  by  the  following 
incident,  which  is  narrated  by  Badauui  :  Among  the  persons  held  in  high 
favour  at  the  Court  was  a  Shaikh,  by  name  Abd-uu-Nabi,  who  occupied  the 
distinguished  position  of  Sadr-us-Sadur.  A  complaint  was  made  to  him  by 
Kazi  Abd-ur-Bahim  of  Mathura  that  a  wealthy  Brahman  had  appropriated 
some  materials  that  had  been  collected  for  the  building  of  a  mosque,  and  not 
only  used  them  in  the  construction  of  a  temple,  but,  when  remonstrated  with, 
had,  in  the  presence  of  a  crowd  of  people,  foully  abused  the  Prophet  and  all 
his  followers.  The  Brahman,  when  summoned  to  answer  the  charge,  refused 
to  come  ;  whereupon  Ab-ul-FazI  was  sent  to  fetch  him,  and  on  his  return  re- 
ported that  all  the  people  of  Mathura   agreed  in   declaring  that  the    Brahman 


AURAKGZEB   AT   MATHURA',    1(358   A.D.  35 

had  used  abusive  language.  The  doctors  of  the  law  accordingly  gave  it  as 
their  opinion — sonic  that  he  should  be  put  to  death,  others  that  he  should  be 
publicly  disgraced  and  fined.  The  Shaikh  was  in  favour  of  the  capital  punish- 
ment, and  applied  to  the  Emperor  to  have  the  sentence  confirmed  :  but  the 
latter  would  give  no  definite  reply,  and  remarked  that  the  Shaikh  was  respon- 
sible for  the  execution  of  the  law  and  need  not  apply  to  him.  The  Brahman 
meanwhile  was  kept  in  prison,  the  Hindu  ladies  of  the  royal  household  using 
every  endeavour  to  get  him  released,  while  the  Emperor,  out  of  regard  for 
the  Shaikh,  hesitated  about  yielding  to  them.  At  last  Abd-un-Nabi,  after 
failing  to  elicit  any  definite  instructions,  returned  home  and  issued  orders  for 
the  Brahman's  execution.  "When  the  news  reached  the  Emperor,  he  was 
very  angry,  and  though  he  allowed  Abd-un-Nabi  to  retain  his  post  till  his 
death,  which  occurred  in  1583,  he  never  took  him  into  favour  again. 

Jahangir,  on  his  accession  to  the  throne,  continued  to  some  extent  his 
father's  policy  of  religious  tolerance  ;  but  in  the  following  reign  of  Shahjahan, 
we  find  Murshid  Ali  Khan,  in  the  year  1636,  made  a  commander  of  2,000 
horse,  and  appointed  by  the  Emperor  Governor  of  Mathura  and  Maha-ban, 
with  express  instructions  to  be  zealous  in  stamping  out  all  rebellion  and 
idolatry.  The  climax  of  wanton  destruction  was,  however,  attained  by  Aurang- 
zeb,  the  Oliver  Cromwell  of  India,  who,  not  content  with  demolishing  the  most 
sacred  of  its  shrines,  thought  also  to  destroy  even  the  ancient  name  of  the  city 
by  substituting  for  it  Islampur  or  Islamabad. 

Mathura  was  casually  connected  with  two  important  events  in  this  Empe- 
ror's life.  Here  was  born,  in  1639,  his  eldest  son,  Muhammad  Sultan,  who 
expiated  the  sin  of  primogeniture  in  the  Oriental  fashion  by  ending  his  days  in 
a  dungeon,  as  one  of  the  first  acts  of  his  father,  on  his  accession  to  the  throne, 
was  to  confine  him  in  the  fortress  of  Gwaliar,  where  he  died  in  1665.  In  the 
last  year  of  the  reign  of  Shahjahan,  Aurangzeb  was  again  at  Mathura,  and 
here  established  his  pretensions  to  the  crown  by  compassing  the  death  of  his 
brother  Murad.  This  was  in  1658,  a  few  days  after  the  momentous  battle  of 
Samogarh,*  in  which  the  combined  forces  of  the  two  princes  had  routed  the 
army  of  the  rightful  heir,  Dara.  The  conquerors  encamped  together,  being 
apparently  on  the  most  cordial  and  affectionate  terms  ;  and  Aurangzeb,  pro- 
testing that  for  himself  he  desired  only  some  sequestered  spot  where,  un- 
harrassed  by  the  toils  of  government,  he  might  pass  his  time   in  prayer  and 

*  Samogarh  is  a  village,  one  march  from  Agra,  since  named,  in  honour  of  the  event,  Fatih- 
abad,  '  the  ji'.ace  of  victory.' 


36  REBELLION  IN   1668   A.Di 

religious  meditation,  persistently  addressed  Murad  by  the  royal  title  as  the 
recognized  successor  of  Shahjahan.  The  evening  was  spent  at  the  banquet  ; 
and  when  the  wine  cup  had  began  to  circulate  freely,  the  pious  Aurangzeb, 
feigning  religious  scruples,  begged  permission  to  retire.  It  would  have  been 
well  for  Murad  had  he  also  regarded  the  prohibition  of  the  Kurdn.  The 
stupor  of  intoxication  soon  overpowered  him,  and  he  was  only  restored  to 
consciousness  by  a  contemptuous  kick  from  the  foot  of  the  brother  who  had 
just  declared  himself  his  faithful  vassal.  That  same  night  the  unfortunate 
Murad,  heavily  fettered,  was  sent  a  prisoner  to  Delhi  and  thrown  into  the 
fortress  of  SaHm-garh.*  He,  too,  was  subsecpiently  removed  to  Gwaliar  and 
there  murdered. 

In  spite  of  the  agreeable  reminiscences  which  a  man  of  Aurangzeb's 
temperament  must  have  cherished  in  connection  with  a  place  where  an  act  of 
such  unnatural  perfidy  had  been  successfully  accomplished,  his  fanaticism  was 
not  a  whit  mitigated  in  favour  of  the  city  of  Mathura.  In  1(168,  a  local 
rebellion  afforded  him  a  fit  pretext  for  a  crusade  against  Hinduism.  The 
insurgents  had  mustered  at  Sahora,-f  a  village  in  the  Maha-ban  pargana,  where 
(as  we  learn  from  the  Maasiri-i-Alamgiri)  the  Governor  Abd-un-Xabi  advanced 
to  meet  them.  "  He  was  at  first  victorious,  and  succeeded  in  killing  the  ring- 
leaders ;  but  in  the  middle  of  the  fight  he  was  struck  by  a  bullet,  and  died  the 
death  of  a  martyr."  It  was  he  who,  in  the  year  1661,  had  founded  the  Jama 
Masjid,  which  still  remains,  and  is  the  most  conspicuous  building  in  the  city 
which  has  grown  up  around  it.  He  was  followed  in  office  by  Saff-Shikan 
Khan  ;  but  as  he  was  not  able  to  suppress  the  revolt,  which  began  to  assume 
formidable  dimensions,  he  was  removed  at  the  end  of  the  year  1669,  and  Hasan 
Ali  Khan  appointed  Faujdar  in  his  place.  The  ringleader  of  the  disturbances, 
a  Jat,  by  name  Kokila,  who  bad  plundered  the  Sa'dabad  pargana,  and  was 
regarded  as  the  instrument  of  Abd-un-Nabi's  death,  fell  into  the  hands  of  the 
new  Governor's  Deputy,  Shaikh  Razi-ud-din,  and  was  sent  to  Agra  and  there 

*  Bernier,  on  whose  narrative  the  above  paragraph  is  founded,  calls  Salim-garh  by  the  very 
English-looking  name  '  Slinger ;'  a  flue  illustration  of  the  absurdity  of  the  phonetic  system. 
By  phonetic  spelling  I  mean  any  arbitrary  attempt  to  represent  by  written  characters  the  sound 
of  a  word  as  pronounced  by  the  voice  without  reference  to  its  etymology.  This  would  seem  to  be 
the  most  natural  use  of  the  term  ;  but  as  critics  have  objected,  I  add  this  explanation. 

■f  As  is  always  the  case  when  an  attempt  is  made  to  identify  the  local  names  mentioned  by 
any  historian  who  writes  in  the  Persian  character,  it  is  extremely  uncertain  whether  Sahora  is 
really  the  village  intended.  The  word  as  given  in  the  manuscript  begins  with  s  and  ends  with  a, 
and  has  an  r  in  the  middle  ;  but  beyond  that  much  it  is  impossible  to  predicate  anything  with 
certainty  about  it. 


DESTRUCTION'   OF   THE   TEMPLE   OF  KESAVA  DEVA,   1669  A.D.  37 

executed.*  A  few  months  earlier,  in  February  of  the  same  year,  during  the 
fast  of  Bamazan,  the  time  when  religious  bigotry  would  be  must  inflamed, 
Aurangzeb  had  descended  in  person  on  Mathura.  The  temple  specially 
marked  out  for  destruction  was  one  built  so  recently  as  the  reign  of  Jahangir, 
at  a  cost  of  thirty-three  lakhs,  by  Bir  Sinh  Deva,  Bundela,  of  Urcha.  Beyond  all 
doubt  this  was  the  lasi  of  the  famous  shrines  of  Kesava  Deva,  of  which  further 
mention  will  be  made  hereafter.  To  judge  from  the  language  of  the  author  of 
the  Maasir,  its  demolition  was  regarded  as  a  death-blow  to  Hinduism.  lie 
writes  in  the  following  triumphant  strain  : — "  In  a  short  time,  with  the  help  of 
numerous  workmen,  this  seat  of  error  was  utterly  broken  down.  Glory  be  to 
God  that  so  difficult  an  undertaking  has  been  successfully  accomplished  in  the 
present  auspicious  reign,  wherein  so  many  dens  of  heathenism  and  idolatry 
have  been  destroyed  1  Seeing  the  power  of  Islam  and  the  efficacy  of  true 
religion,  the  proud  Rajas  felt  their  breath  burning  in  their  throats  and  became 
a-  dumb  as  a  picture  on  a  wall.  The  idols,  large  and  small  alike,  all  adorned 
with  costly  jewels,  were  carried  away  from  the  heathen  shrine  and  taken  to 
Agra,  where  they  were  buried  under  the  steps  of  Nawab  Kudsia  Begam  s 
mosque,  so  that  people  might  trample  upon  them  for  ever."  It  was  from  tlii- 
event  that  Mathura  was  called  Islamabad. 

In  1707  Aurangzeb  died,  and  shortly  after  began  the  rule  of  the  Jats 
of  Bharat-pur. 

The  founder  of  this  royal  house  was  ;l  robber  chief,  by  name  Chura-mani, 
who  built  two  petty  forts  in  the  villages  of  Thi'in  and  Sinsini,f  a  little  south  of 
Dig,  from  which  he  organized  marauding  expeditions,  and  even  ventured  to 
harass  the  rear  of  the  imperial  army  on  the  occasion  of  Aurangzeb's  expedition 
to  the  Dakhin.  This  statement  is  contradicted  by  Thornton  in  his  Gazetteer, 
under  the  word  Bharat-pur  ;  but  his  reasons  for  doing  so  are  not  very  conclu- 
sive.  He  writes  : — "  Chura-mani  did  not  become  the  leader  of  the  Jats  until  after 
the  death  of  Aurangzeb.  Besides,  the  scene  of  the  operations  of  the  Jats  was 
widely  remote  from  that  of  the  disasters  of  Aurangzeb,  which  occurred  near 
Ahmad-nae\ar.  According  to  the  Sair-i-Muta-akhkhirin,  during  the  strun-gle 
between  Aurangzeb's  sons,  'Azam  and  Muazzim,  Chura-mani  beset  the  camp  of 
the  latter  for  the  purpose  of  plunder."  This  correction,  if  it  really  is  one,  is  so 
slight  as  to  be  absolutely  immaterial  ;  the  army,  which  was  led  into  the  Dakhin 

*  His  son  ami  daughter  were  both  brought  up  as  Muhamrnndans,  and  eventually  the  girl 
married  Shah  Kuli,  and  the  boy,  who  had  received  the  name  of  Fiizil,  became  famous  for  his  skill 
in  reciting  the  Kuran. 

f  From  this  place  the  Bharat-pur  Raja's  family  derives  its  name  of  Sinsinwar. 

10 


38  TILta'R    BADAN    SLNII. 

by  Aurangzeb,  was  brought   back  by  'Azam  after  the  Emperor's  decease,  and 
both  fatber  and  sou  died  within  four  months  of  each  other. 

A  little  later,  Jay  Sinh  of  Amber  was  commissioned  by  the  two  Saiyids, 
then  in  power  at  Delhi,  to  reduce  the  Jat  freebooters.  He  invested  their  two 
strongholds,  but  could  not  succeed  in  making  any  impression  upon  them,  and 
accordingly  retired  :  only,  however,  to  return  almost  immediately  ;  this  time 
bringing  with  him  a  larger  army,  and  also  a  local  informant  in  the  person  of 
Badan  Sinh,  a  younger  brother  of  Chura-mani's,  who,  in  consequence  of  some 
family  feud,  had  been  placed  in  confinement,  from  which  be  had  contrived  to 
escape  and  make  his  way  to  Jaypur.  Thiin  was  then  (1712  A.D.)  again  in- 
vested, and  after  a  siege  of  six  months  taken  and  its  fortifications  demolished. 
Chura-inani  and  his  son  Muhkani  lied  the  country,  and  Badan  Sinh  was  for- 
mally proclaimed  at  Dig  as  leader  of  the  Jats,  with  the  title  of  Thakur. 

He  is  chiefly  commemorated  in.  the  Mathura  district  by  the  handsome 
mansion  he  built  for  himself  at  Sahar.  This  appears  to  have  been  his  favour- 
ite residence  in  the  latter  years  of  his  lii'e.  Adjoining  it  is  a  very  large  tank, 
of  which  one  side  is  faced  with  stone  and  the  rest  left  unfinished,  the  work 
having  probably  been  interrupted  by  his  death.  The  house  was  occupied  as  a 
tahsili  imiler  the  English  Government  till  the  mutiny,  when  all  the  records 
were  transferred  for  greater  safety  to  Chhata,  which  has  ever  since  continued 
the  head  of  the  pargana,  and  the  house  at  Sahar  is  now  unoccupied  and  falling 
into  ruin.  He  married  into  a  family  seated  ;it  Kamar,  near  Kosi,  where  also 
i~  a  large  masonry  tank,  and  in  connection  with  it  a  walled  garden  containing 
three  Chhattris  in  memory  of  Chaudhri  Maha  Ram,  Jat,  and  his  wife  and 
child.  The  Chaudhri  was  the  Thakurani's  brother,  and  it  appears  that  her 
kinsmen  were  people  of  some  wealth  and  importance,  as  the  Castle  Hill  at 
Kamar  is  still  crowned  with  several  considerable  edifices  of  brick  and  stone 
where  they  once  resided. 

For  some  years  before  his  death,  Thakur  Badan  Sinh  had  retired  alto- 
gether from  public  lite.  To  one  of  his  younger  sons,  by  name  Pratap 
Sinh,*  he  had  especially  assigned  the  newly  erected  fort  at  Wayar,  south- 
west of  Bharat-pur,  with  the  adjoining  district,  while  the  remainder  of  the 
Jat  principality  was  administered  by  the  eldest  son,  Suraj  Mall.  On  his 
father's  death,  Suraj  Mall  assumed  the  title  of  Baja  and  fixed  bis  capital  at 
Bharat-pur,  from  which  place  he  had  ejected  the  previous  governor,  a  kinsman. 

*  Two  other  sons  were  nimud  Sobha  1! iiu  and  Bir  Narayan. 


MASSACRE   AT   MATHCRA',    1757    A.D.  39 

by  name  Khoma.     The  matrimonial  alliances  which  he  contracted  indicate  his 
inferiority  to  the  Rajput  princes  of  the  adjoining  territories,  for  one  of  his  wives 
was  a  Kurmin,  another  a   Malin,  and  the  remainder  of  his  own   cast.',  Jatnis. 
Yet,  even  at  the  commencement  of  his  rule,  he  had  achieved  a  conspicuous 
position,  since,  in  1748,  we  find  him  accepting  the  invitation  of  the  Emperor 
Ahmad  Sluih   to  join   with  Holkar,  under  the  general  command  of  the  Vazir, 
Safdar  Jang,  in  suppressing  the  revolt  of  the  Itohillas.     In  the  subsequent  dis- 
pute that  arose  between  Safdar  Jang  and  Ghazi-ud-din,  the  grandson  of 
old  Nizam,  the  former  fell  into  open  rebellion  and  called  in  the  assistance  of 
the  Jats,  while  his  rival  had  recourse  to  the  Mahrattas.     Safdac,  seeing  the 
coalition  against  him  too  strong,  withdrew  to  his  vice-royalty  of  Audh,  leaving 
Suraj  Mall  to  hear  alone  the  brunt  of  the  battle.     Bharat-pur  was  besieged, 
but  had  not  been  invested  many  days  when  Ghazi-ud-din,  suspecting  a  secret 
understanding  between  his  nominal  allies,  the  Mahrattas  and  the  Emperor,  dis- 
continued his  operations  against  the  Jats  and  returned  hastily  to  Delhi,  where 
he  deposed  Ahmad  Shah  and  raised  Alamgir  II.  to  the  throne  in  his  stead. 
This  was  in  1751. 

Three  years  later,  when  the  army  of  Ahmad  Shah  Durani  from  Kan- 
dahar appeared  before  Delhi,  Ghazi-ud-din,  by  whose  indiscretion  the  invasion 
had  been  provoked,  was  admitted  to  pardon,  in  consideration  of  the  heavy  tri- 
bute which  he  undertook  to  collect  from  the  Doab.  Sardar  Jahan  Khan  was 
de-patched  on  a  like  errand  into  the  Jit  territory  ;  but  finding  little  to  he 
gained  there,  as  the  entire  populace  had  withdrawn  into  their  numerous  petty 
fortresses  and  his  foraging  parties  were  cut  off  by  their  sudden  sallies,  he  fell 
back  upon  the  city  of  Mathura,  which  he  not  only  plundered  of  all  its  wealth, 
but  further  visited  with  a  wholesale  massacre  of  the  inhabitants. 

In  the  second  invasion  of  the  Durani,  consequent  upon  the  assassination 
of  the  Emperor  Alamgir  II.  in  1759,  the  infamous  Ghazi-ud-din  again 
appeared  at  the  gates  of  Bharat-pur  ;  this  time  not  with  a  hostile  army,  but  as  a 
suppliant  for  protection.  By  his  unnatural  persuasions  a  powerful  Hindu 
confederacy  was  formed  to  oppose  the  progress  of  the  Muhammadan,  but  was 
scattered  for  ever  in  the  great  battle  of  P;inipat,  in  January,  1761,  when  the 
dreams  of  Mahratta  supremacy  were  finally  dissolved.  Siiraj  Mall,  foreseeing 
the  inevitable  result,  withdrew  his  forces  before  the  battle,  and  falling  unex- 
pectedly upon  Agra,  ejected  from  it  the  garrison  of  his  late  allies  and  adopted 
it  as  his  own  favourite  residence.  Meanwhile,  Shah  Alam  was  recognized  by 
the  Durani  as  the  rightful  heir  to  the  throne,  but  continued  to  hold  his  poor 


40  DEATH    OF    StfRAJ   MALL,    17(14    A.D. 

semblance  of  a  Court  at  Allahabad  ;  and,  at  Delhi,  his  son  Mirza  Jawan  Bakht 
was  placed  in  nominal  charge  of  the  Government  under  the  active  protectorate 
of  the  Rohilla,  Najib-ud-daula.  With  this  administrator  of  imperial  power, 
Siiraj  Mall,  emboldened  by  past  success,  now  essayed  to  try  his  strength.  Ho 
put  forth  a  claim  to  the  Faujdarship  of  Farrnkh-nagar  ;  and  when  the  envoy, 
sent  from  Delhi  to  confer  with  him  on  the  subject,  demurred  to  the  transfer,  he 
dismissed  him  most  unceremoniously  and  at  once  advanced  with  an  army  to 
Shahdara  on  the  Hindan,  only  six  miles  from  the  capital.  Here,  in  bravado, 
he  was  amusing  himself  in  the  chase,  accompanied  by  only  his  personal  retinue, 
when  he  was  surprised  by  a  flying  squadron  of  the  enemy  and  put  to  death. 
His  army  coming  leisurely  up  behind,  under  the  command  of  his  son  Jawaliir 
Sinh,  was  charged  by  the  Mughals,  bearing  the  head  of  Siiraj  Mall  on  a  horse- 
man's lance  as  their  standard,  the  first  indication  to  the  son  of  his  father's 
death.  The  shock  was  too  much  for  the  Jats,  who  were  put  to  flight,  but  still 
continued  for  three  months  hovering  about  Delhi  in  concert  with  Holkar. 
This  was  in  17(i4."r 

In  spite  of  this  temporary  discomfiture,  the  Jats  were  now  at  the  zenith 
of  their  power  ;  and  Jawaliir  had  not  been  a  year  on  the  throne  when  he  re- 
solved to  provoke  a  quarrel  with  the  Raja  of  Jaypur.  Accordingly,  without 
any  previous  intimation,  he  marched  his  troops  through  Jaypur  territory 
with  the  ostensible  design  of  visiting  the  holy  lake  of  Pushkara.  There  his 
vanity  was  gratified  by  the  sovereign  of  Marwar,  Raja  Bijay  Sinh,  who  met 
him  on  terms  of  brotherly  equality  ;  but  he  received  warning  from  Jaypur 
that  if  he  passed  through  Amber  territory  on  his  return,  it  would  be  considered 
a  hostile  aggression.  As  this  was  no  more  than  he  expected,  he  paid  no  regard 
fo  the  caution.  A  desperate  conflict  ensued  ou  his  homeward  route  (1765 
A.D.),  which  resulted  in  the  victory  of  the  Kachhwahas,  but  a  victory  accom- 
panied with  the  death  of  almost  every  chieftain  of  note.  Soon  after,  Jawaliir 
Sinh  was  murdered  at  Agra,  at  the  instigation,  as  is  supposed,  of  the  Jaypur 
Raja. 

Siiraj  Mall  had  left  five  sons,  viz.,  Jawaliir  Sinh,  Rate  Sinh,  Naval  Sinh, 
and  Ranjit  Sinh,  and  also  an  adopted  son,  Eardeva  Bakhsh,  whom.be  is  said 
to  have  picked  up  in  the  woods  one  day  when  hunting.  On  the  death  of 
-Jawaliir,  iiatn  succeeded,  buthis  rule  was  of  very  short  duration.     A  pretended 


*  A  magnificent  cenotaph  was  erected  by  Jawaliir  binh  in  honour  of  his  fattier  ou  the  mar- 
gin of  the  Kusuin  Sarovar,  an  artificial  lake  a  short  distauce  from  Gobardhan,  and  will  be  des- 
cribed in  connection  with  that  town. 


THE    MAHRATTAS.  41 

alchemist  from  Brinda-ban  had  obtained  large  sums  of  money  from  the 
credulous  prince  to  prepare  a  process  for  the  transmutation  of  the  meaner 
metals  into  gold.  When  the  day  for  the  crucial  experiment  arrived  and  detec- 
tion had  become  inevitable,  he  assassinated  his  victim  and  fled.* 

His  brother,  Naval  Sinh,  succeeded,  nominally  as  guardian  for  his  infant 
nephew,  Kesari,  but  virtually  as  Raja.  The  Mahrattas  had  now  (1768)  reco- 
vered from  the  disastrous  battle  of  Panipat,  and,  re-asserting  their  old  claim 
to  tribute,  invaded  first  Jaypur  and  then  Bharat-pur,  and  mulcted  both  territo- 
ries in  a  very  considerable  sum.  They  then  entered  into  an  understanding 
with  the  Delhi  Government  which  resulted  in  the  restoration  of  Shah  Alain  to 
his  ancestral  capital.  But  as  the  only  line  of  policy  which  they  consistently 
maintained  was  the  fomentation  of  perpetual  quarrels,  by  which  the  strength 
of  all  parties  in  the  State  might  be  exhausted,  they  never  remained  long  faith- 
ful to  one  side  ;  and,  in  the  year  1772,  we  find  them  fighting  with  the  Jats 
against  the  Imperialists.  Naval  Sinh,  or,  according  to  some  accounts,  his 
brother  and  successor,  Ranjit  Sinh,  laid  claim  to  the  fort  of  Ballabhgarh  held  by 
another  Jat  chieftain.  The  latter  applied  to  Delhi  for  help  and  a  force  was 
despatched  for  his  relief;  but  it  was  too  weak  to  resist  the  combined  armies  of 
Sindhia  and  Bharat-pur,  and  was  driven  back  in  disorder.  The  Mahrattas 
then  pushed  on  to  Delhi ;  but  finding  the  Commander-in-Chief,  Niyaz  Khan, 
ready  to  receive  them,  they,  with  incomparable  versatility,  at  once  made  terms 
with  him  and  even  joined  him  in  an  expedition  to  Rohilkhand. 

Meanwhile,  the  Jilts,  thus  lightly  deserted,  espoused  the  cause  of  Najaf  s 
unsuccessful  rival,  Zabita  Khan.  But  this  was  a  most  ill-judged  move  on  their 
part :  their  troops  were  not  only  repulsed  before  Delhi,  but  their  garrison  was 
also  ejected  from  Agra.f  which  they  had  held  for  the  last  13  years  since  its 
occupation  by  Suraj  Mall  after  the  battle  of  Panipat  in  17G1.  From  Agra  the 
Vazir  Najaf  Khan  hastily  returned  in  the  direction  of  the  capital,  and  found 
Ranjit  Sinh  and  the  Jats  encamped  near  Hodal.  Dislodged  from  this  position, 
they  fell  back  upon  Kot-ban  and  Kosi,   which  they  occupied  for  nearly  a  fort- 

*  It  was  probably  this  Ratn  Sinh,  for  whom  was  commenced  the  large  cbhattri  near  the 
Madan  Mohan  temple  at  Brinda-ban,  where  it  is  still  to  be  seen  in  its  unfinished  state,  as  left  at 
the  time  of  his  sudden  death. 

t  The  commander  of  the  Jat  garrison  in  Agra  was  Dan  Sahay,  brother-in-law  (sala)  of 
Na^al  Sinh. 

11 


42  BATTLE   OF   BARSA'NA,    1775  AD. 

night,  and  then  finally  withdrew  towards  Dig  ;  but  at  Barsana  were  overtake! 
by  the  Vazir  and  a  pitched  battle  ensued.    The  Jut  infantry,  5,000  strong,  wen 
commanded  by  Smnroo,  or,  to  give  him  his  proper  name,   Walter  Reinhard,  an 
adventurer   who  had    first  taken   service  under  Ran  jit's   father,   Suraj   Mall.' 
The  ranks  of  the  Imperialists  were  broken  by  bis  impetuous  attack,  and  the  Juts, 
feeling  assured  of  victory,  were  following  in  reckless  disorder,  when  the  enemy 
rallied  from  their  sudden  panic,  turned  upon  their  pursuers,  who  were  too  si 
fcered  to  offer  any  solid  resistance,   and  effectually  routed  them.     They  contriv- 
ed, however,  to  secure  a  retreat  to  Dig,f  while  the  town  of  Barsana,  which  was 
then  a  very  wealthy  place,  was  given  over  to  plunder,  and  several  of  the  stately 
mansions  recently  erected   almost  destroyed  in  the  search   for  bidden  treasure. 


*  He  was  a  native  of  the  Electorate  of  Treves  and  came  out  to  India  as  a  carpenter  in   the 
French  navy.   After  serving  under  several  native  chiefs,  but  staying  with  none  of  them  long,  he 
joined  one  Gregory,  an  Armenian,  who  was  high  in  the  favour  of  Mir  Kasim,  the  Nawabof  Bengal. 
It  was  after  the   fall  of  Mongir   that   he  did  his   employer  the  base  service  of  putting  to  death  all 
the  English  prisontrs  who  had  l>een  collected  at  l'atna  ;  a  deed  for  which  his  name  will  ever  be 
held  in  abhorrence.    He  next  joined  the   Bharat-pui   chief,  and  from  him  finally  went  over  to 
Najaf   Khan,  from  whom  he  received  a   grant  of  the  pargana  of  Sardhana,  then  valued  at 
six  lakhs  a  year,  and  to  whom  he  remained  faithful  for  the  rest  of  his  life.    He  died  in 
17?8.  and  was  buried  in  the  cemetery  at  Agra,  where  is  also  a  church  that  he  built,  now  disused, 
adjoining  the  new  cathedral.     The  Begum,  who  had  livid  with  him  (she  is  said    to  have   been 
originally  a  Kagrniri  dancing  girl)  was  recognized  as  his  widow  and  succeeded  to   all  his  estate. 
In  1781  she  was  received  into  the  Catholic  Church,  and  in  17'.t2  married  a  French  adventurer,  a 
M.  Le  Yaisseau.     He,  however,  inade  himself  so  unpopular  that  her  people  revolted,  under   the 
leadership  of  a  son  of  Reinhard's,  Zafar-yab  Khun.    By  an  artifice,  that  she  practised  upon  her  hus- 
band, the  latter  was  induced  to  commit  suicide,  and  the  disturbance  was  soon  after  quelled  by  the 
interventi'  n  of  one  of  her.  old  servants,  the  famous  George  Thomas.     In  1802  Zafar-ydb  died, 
having  a  daughter,  whom  the  Begam  gave  in  marriage   to  a  Mr.  Dyce,  an  officer  in  her  army. 
The  issue  was  a  son  and  two  daughters,  of    whom  the   one  married  Captain  Kose  Troup,  the  other 
the  Marquis  of  Briona.     The  son,  David  Ochterlony  Dyce  Sombre,  wai  adopted  by  the  Begam,  an  1 
on  her  de-.th  in  is:;u,  succeeded  to  the  estate.    He  married  Mary  Anne,  the  daughter   of  VI  — 
count  St.  Vincent,  and  die!  at  Paris,  in  1851.    His  widow,  in  1802,  married  the  Hon'ble  George  C. 
Weld  Forester,  who  has  now  succeeded  his  brother  as  third  Baron  Forester.     The  Begam  by  her 
will  left   to    the   Catholic   Cathedrals    of    Calcutta,    Bombay,    Madras,    and    Agra,   Rs.    32,000 
i:s.  31800,  Rs.  31,000,  and    Rs.  28,700,  respectively ;  to  the  Sardhana   Cathedral   which    she 
herself  had  built,  Rs.  95,000  ;  to  the  school  or  .seminary  there,  called  St.  John's  College,  Rs.  05  Coo. 
to  the  poor  of  the  place  Rs  47,800,  and  to  the  Merath  Chapel,  also  of  her  foundation,  Rs.  12,50(1; 
The  administration  of  the  Sardhana  endowments  has  for  several  years  past  formed  the  aubject  of 
a  dispute  between  the  Roman  Catholic  Bishop  of   Agra,  who  had  for  some  time  acted  us  solo 
trustee,  and  Lady  Forester,  who,  as  the  Begam's  legal   representative,  claims  to  act  as  a  trustee 
also:   until  it  is  settled  the  interest  on  the  money  cannot  be  drawn. 

t  According  to  local  tradition,  Naval  Sinh  died  some  20  days  after  the  battle  of  Barsana 


SIEGE  OF  AGRA,   1738   A.D.  43 

Dig  was  not  reduced  till  March  of  the  following  year,  1776,  the  garrison  escap- 
ing to  the  neighbouring  castle  of  Kumbhir.  The  value  of  the  spoil  taken  is 
said  to  have  amounted  to  six  lakhs  of  rupees.  The  whole  of  the  country  als< 
was  reduced  to  subjection,  and  it  was  only  at  the  intercession  of  the  Rani 
Kishori,  the  widow  of  Siiraj  Mall,  that  the  conqueror  allowed  Eanjit  Sinh  to 
retain  the  fort  of  Bharat-pur  with  an  extent  of  territory  yielding  an  annual 
income  of  nine  lakns. 

In  1782,  the  great  minister,  Najaf  Khan,  died  ;   and  in   1786   Sindhia, 
who  had  been  recognized  as  his  successor  in  the  administration  of  the  empire, 
proceeded  to  demand  arrears  of  tribute  from  tin:  Rajputs  of  Jaypur.     His  claim 
was  partly  satisfied  ;  but  finding  that  he  persisted  in  exacting  the  full  amount, 
the  Rajas  of  Jaypur,   Jodh-pur,   and  Udav-pur,  joined  by  other  minor  chiefs, 
organized  a  formidable   combination  against  him.     The  armies  met  at   Lai 
and  a  battle  ensued  which  extended   over  three  days,   but  without  any  decisive 
result,  till  some  14,000  of  Sindhia's  infantry,  who  were  in  arrears  of  pay,  went 
over  to  the  enemy.     In  consequence  of  this  defection,   the  Mahrattas   fell  back 
upon  the  Jats  and  secured  the  alliance  of  Ranjit  Sinh  by  the  restoration  of  Dig, 
which  had  been  held  by  the  Emperor  since  its  capture  by  Najaf  Khan  in  1776, 
and  by  the  cession  of  eleven  parganas  yielding  a  revenue  of  ten  lakhs  of  rupees. 
The  main  object  of  the  new  allies  was  to  raise  the  siege  of  Agra,   which  was 
then  being  invested  by  Ismail  Beg,  tic  Imperial  captain,  in  concert  with  Zab 
Khan's  son,   the  infamous   Ghulam  Kadir.     In  a  battle  that   took  place  near 
Fatihpur  Sikri,  the  Jats  and   Mahrattas  met  a  repulse,   and  were   driven  back 
upon  Bharat-pur  ;  but  later  in  the  same  year  1788,   being  reinforced   by  troo 
from  the  Dakkhin  under  Rami  Khan,  a  brother  of  the  officer  in  command  of 
the  besieged  garrison,  they  finally  raised  the  blockade,  and  the  province  of  Agra 
ao-ain  acknowledged  Sindhia  as  its  master. 

Ghularn  Kadir  had  previously  removed  to  Delhi  and  was  endeavouring 
to  persuade  the  Emperor  to  break  off  intercourse  with  the  Mahrattas.  Failinc- 
in  this,  he  dropped  all  disguise  and  commenced  firing  upon  the  palace,  and 
having  in  a  few  days  taken  possession  of  the  city,  he  indulged  in  the  most 
brutal  excesses,  and  after  insulting  and  torturing  his  miserable  and  defencele^ 
sovereign  in  every  conceivable  way,  completed  the  tragedy  by,  at  last,  with  his 
own  dagger,  robbing  him  of  bis  eye-sight.  Sindhia,  who  had  before  been 
urgently  summoned  from  Mathura,  one  of  his  favourite  residences,  on  hearing 
of  these  horrors,  sent  a  force  to  the  relief  of  the  city.     Ghulam  Kadir,  who 


a  EXECUTION  OF  GHULXM  KXD1R  AT  MATHURX. 

atrocities  had  disgusted  all  his  adherents,  fled  to  Merath,  and  endeavouring  io 
escape  from  there  at  night  alone  on  horseback,  fell  into  a  well  from  which  he 
was  unable  to  extricate  himself.  There  he  was  found  on  the  following  morn- 
ing by  a  Brahman  peasant  by  name  Bliikha,  who  had  him  seized  and  taken  to 
the  Mahratta  camp.  Thence  he  was  despatched  to  Sindhia  at  Mathura,  who 
first  sent  him  through  the  bazar  on  an  ass  with  his  head  to  the  tail,  and  then 
had  him  mutilated  of  all  his  members  one  by  one,  his  tongue  being  first  torn 
out,  and  then  his  eyes,  and  subsequently  his  nose,  ears  and  hands  cut  off.  _  In 
this  horrible  condition  he  was  despatched  to  Delhi  ;  but  to  anticipate  his  death 
from  exhaustion,  which  seemed  imminent,  he  was  hanged  on  a  tree  by  the  road- 
side. It  is  said  that  his  barbarous  treatment  of  the  Emperor,  for  which  he 
suffered  such  a  condign  penalty,  was  in  revenge  for  an  injury  inflicted  upon 
him  when  a  handsome  child  by  Shah  Alam,  who  converted  him  into  a  haram 
page. 

It  was  in  1803  that  Mathura  passed  under  British  rule  and  became  a  mili- 
tary station  on  the  line  of  frontier,  which  was  then  definitely  extended  to  the 
Jamuna.  This  was  at  the  termination  of  the  successful  war  with  Daulac  Rao 
Sindhia  ;  when  the  independent  French  State,  that  had  been  established  by 
Perron,  and  was  beginning  to  assume  formidable  dimensions,  had  been  extin- 
guished by  the  fall  of  Aligarh  ;  while  the  protectorate  of  the  nominal  sovereign 
of  Delhi,  transferred  by  the  submission  of  the  capital,  invested  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Company  with  the  prestige  of  Imperial  sanction.  At  the  same  time 
a  treaty  was  concluded  with  Ranjit  Sinh,  who  with  5,000  horse  had  joined 
General  Lake  at  Agra  and  thereby  contributed  to  Sindhia's  defeat.  In  return 
for  this  service  he  received  a  part  of  the  districts  of  Kishangarh,  Kathawar, 
Rewiiri,  Gokul  and  Sahar. 

In  September  of  the  following  year  Mathura  was  held  for  a  few  days  by  the 
troops  of  Holkar  Jasavant  Rao  ;  but  on  the  arrival  of  reinforcements  from  Agra, 
was  re-occupied  by  the  British  finally  and  permanently.  Meanwhile,  Holkar 
had  advanced  upon  Delhi,  but  the  defence  was  so  gallantly  conducted  by 
Ochterlony  that  the  assault  was  a  signal  failure.  His  army  broke  up  into  two 
divisions,  one  of  which  was  pursued  to  the  neighbourhood  of  Farrukhabad, 
and  there  totally  dispersed  by  General  Lake  ;  while  the  other  was  overtaken  by 
General  Fraser  between  Dig  and  Gobardhan  and  defeated  with  great  slaughter. 
In  this  latter  engagement  the  brilliant  victory  was  purchased  by  the  death  of 
the  officer  in  command,  who  was  brought  into  Mathura  fatally  wounded,  and 


TREATY  WITH  BHARAT-PUR,   1805   AD.  45 

survived  only  a  few  days.     He  was  buried  in  the  Cantonment  Cemetery,  where 
a  monument*  is  orected  to  his  memory  with  the  following  inscription  :  — 

"  Sacred  to  the  memory  of  Major-General  Henry  Fraser,  of  His  Majesty's  nth  Regiment  -: 
Foot,  who  commanded  the  British  Army  at  the  battle  of  Deig  on  the  13th  of  November,  1804, 
ml  liy  his  judgment  and  valour  achieved  an  important  and  glorious  victory.  He  died  in  con- 
sequence of  a  wound  he  received  when  leading  on  the  troops,  and  was  interred  here  on  the  a.itb 
of  November,  1804,  in  the  40th  year  of  his  age.  The  army  lament  his  loss  with  the  deepest 
sorrow  ;  his  country  regards  his  heroic  conduct  with  grateful  admiration  ;  history  will  record 
his  fame  and  perpetuate  the  glory  of  his  illustrious  deeds." 

Holkar,  who  had  fled  for  refuge  to  the  fort  of  Bharat-pur,  was  pursued 
by  General  Lake  and  his  surrender  demanded  ;  but  Ranjit  refused  to  give 
him  up.  The  fort  was  thereupon  besieged  ;  Ranjit  made  a  memorable  defence, 
and  repelled  four  assaults  with  a  loss  to  the  besiegers  of  3,000  men,  but  finally 
made  overtures  for  peace,  which  were  accepted  on  the  4th  of  May,  1805.  A 
new  treaty  was  concluded,  by  which  he  agreed  to  pay  an  indemnity  of  twenty 
lakhs  of  rupees,  seven  of  which  were  subsequently  remitted,  and  was  guaran- 
teed in  the  territories  which  ho  held  previously  to  the  accession  of  the  British 
Government.     The  parganas  granted  to  him  in  1803  were  resumed. 

Ranjit  died  that  same  year,  leaving  four  sons, — Randhir,  Baladeva, 
Harideva,  and  Lachhman.  He  was  succeeded  by  the  eldest,  Randhir,  who 
died  in  1822,  leaving  the  throne  to  his  brother,  Baladeva. t  After  a  rule  of 
about  18  months  he  died,  leaving  a  son,  Balavant,  then  six  years  of  age.  He 
was  recognized  by  the  British  Government,  but  his  cousin,  Durjan  Sal,  who 
had  also  advanced  claims  to  the  succession  on  Randhir's  death,  rose  up  against 
him  and  had  him  cast  into  prison.  Sir  David  Ochterlony,  the  Resident  at 
Delhi,  promptly  moved  out  a  force  in  support  of  the  rightful  heir,  but  their 
march  was  stopped  by  a  peremptory  order  from  Lord  Amherst,  who,  in 
accordance  with  the  disastrous  policy  of  non-interference  which  was  then  in 
vogue,  considered  that  the  recognition  of  the  heir-apparent  during  the  life  of 
his  father  did  not  impose  on  the  Government  any  obligation  to  maintain  him 
in  opposition  to  the  presumed  wishes  of  the  chiefs  and  people.  Vast  prepara- 
tions were  made,  with  the  secret  support  of  the  neighbouring  Rajput  and 
Mahratta  States,  and  at  last,  when  the  excitement  threatened  a  protracted  war, 
the  Governor-General  reluctantly  confirmed  the  eloquent  representations  of 


*  To  judge  from  the  extreme  clumsiness  both  of  the  design  and  execution,  the  irregular 
spacing  of  the  inscription,  and  the  quaint  shape  of  some  of  the  letters,  this  must  have  been  one 
of  the  very  first  attempts  of  a  native  mason  to  work  on  European  instructions. 

t  Randhir  Siuh  and  Baladeva  Sinh  are  commemorated  by  two  handsome  chhattries  on  the 
margin  of  the  Mauasi  Ganga  at  Gobardhan. 

12 


46  STORMING   OF   BHARAT-PUR,    1826   A.D. 

Sir  Charles  Metcalfe  and  consented  to  the  deposition  of  the  usurper.  After 
a  siege  that  extended  over  nearly  six  weeks,  Bharat-pur  was  stormed  by  Lord 
Combermere  on  the  18th  of  January,  1826.  Durjan  Sal  was  taken  prisoner 
to  Allahabad,  and  the  young  Maharaja  established  on  the  throne  under  the 
regency  of  his  mother  and  the  superintendence  of  a  political  agent.*  He 
died  in  1853  and  was  succeeded  by  his  only  son,  Jasavant  Singh,  the  present 
sovereign,  who  enjoys  a  revenue  of  about  Its.  21,00,000  derived  from  a  territory 
of  1,974  square  miles  in  extent,  with  a  population  of  650,000. 

With  1801  began  a  period  of  undisturbed  peace  and  rapid  growth  of  pros- 
perity for  the  city  of  Mathura,  which  in  1832  was  made  the  capital  of  a  new 
district,  then  formed  out  of  parts  of  the  old  districts  of  Agra  and  Sa'dabad  ; 
nor  does  any  event  claim  notice  till  we  come  down  to  the  year  1857.  It  was 
on  the  14th  of  May  in  that  eventful  year  that  news  arrived  of  the  mutiny  at 
Merath.  Mr.  Mark  Thornhill,  who  was  then  Magistrate  and  Collector  of  the 
district,  withGlmlam  Husain  as  Deputy  Collector,  sent  an  immediate  requisition 
for  aid  to  Bharat-pur.  Captain  Nixon,  the  political  agent,  accompanied  by 
<  'haudhari  Rata  Sinn,  chief  of  the  five  Sardars,  and  Gobardhan  Sinh,  the 
Faujdar,  came  with  a  small  force  to  Kosi  on  the  northern  border  of  the  district 
and  there  stayed  for  a  time  in  readiness  to  check  the  approach  of  the  Mewaris 
of  Gurgaon  and  the  other  rebels  from  Delhi.  Mr.  Thornhill  had  meanwhile 
removed  to  Chhata,  a  small  town  on  the  high-road  some  eight  miles  short  of 
Kosi,  as  being  a  place  which  was  at  once  a  centre  of  disaffection,  and  at  the 
same  time  possessed  in  its  fortified  sarue  a  stronghold  capable  of  long  resistance 
against  it.  The  first  outbreak,  however,  was  at  Mathura  itself.  The  sum  of 
money  then  in  the  district  treasury  amounted  to  rather  more  than  5i  lakhs, 
and  arrangements  had  been  made  for  its  despatch  to  Agra,  with  the  exception 
of  one  lakh  kept  in  reserve  for  local  requirements.  The  escort  consisted  of  a 
company  of  soldiers  from  the  cantonments,  supported  by  another  company 
which  had  come  over  from  Agra  for  the  purpose. t     The  chests  were  being  put 

*  The  Iiani  of  Balavaat  Sinh  was  a  native  of  Dhadhu  in  the  Sa'dabad  pargana,  where  in 
a  garden  with  a  double  chhaitri  erected  by  her  in  memory  of  two  of  her  relatives. 

f  There  were  present  at  the  time  Mr.  Elliot  Colvin.  the  son  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor, 
xhu  had  been  sent  fro  n  Agra  to  supersede  Mr.  Clifford,  laid  up  by  severe  fever ;  Lieutenant 
( rraham,  one  of  the  officers  of  the  Treasury  Guard  ;  Mr.  Joyce,  the  head  clerk,  and  two  of  his 
ibordinates,  by  name  Hashman,  As  they  werecutotf  from  the  civil  station  by  the  rebels,  who 
c  ccupied  fie'  intermediate  ground,  they  made  their  way  into  the  city  to  the  Seth,  by  whom  they 
were  helped  on  to  Mr.  Thornhill's  camp  at  Chhata.  Mr.  Nicholls,  the  Chaplain,  with  his  w  n, 
and  child  and  a  Native  Christian  nurse,  took  refuge  in  the  Collector's  house,  and  wailed  there 
for  some  time  in  hopes  of  being  joined  by  the  others  ;  but  ou  hearing  that  the  jail  was  broken 
open,  they  lied  to  Agra. 


OUTBREAK  OF  THE  MUTINY,    1857   A.D.  47 

on  the  carts,  when  one  of  the  stibadars  suddenly  called  out  '  hoshiydr,  sipdhi,' 
'  look  alive,  my  man,'  which  was  evidently  a  preconcerted  signal  ;  and  at  onco 
a  shot  was  fired,  which  killed  Lieutenant  Burlton,  commandant  of  the  escort, 
dead  on  the  spot.*  The  rebels  than  seized  the  treasure,  together  with  the  pri- 
vate effects  of  the  residents  in  the  station,  which  were  also  ready  to  be  trans- 
ported to  Agra,  and  went  off  in  a  body  to  the  Magistrate's  Court-house,  which 
they  set  on  fire,  destroying  all  the  records,  aud  then  took  the  road  to  Delhi. 
But  first  they  broke  open  the  jail  and  carried  all  the  prisoners  with  them  as  far 
as  the  city,  where  they  got  smiths  to  strike  off  their  fetters.  Besides  Lieutenant 
Burlton,  one  of  the  treasury  officials  also  was  killed.  An  attempt  was  made  to 
check  the  rebel  body  as  it  marched  through  Chhata,  but  it  was  quite  ineffectual, 
and  on  the  31st  of  May  they  entered  the  towii  of  Kosi.  There,  after  burning 
down  the  Customs  bungalow  and  pillaging  the  police-station,  they  proceeded  to 
plunder  the  tahsili.  But  some  Rs.  150  was  all  they  could  find  in  the  treasury, 
and  most  of  the  records  also  escaped  them.  The  townspeople  and  most  of  the 
adjoining  villages  remained  well-affected  to  the  Government  ;  and  subsequently, 
as  a  reward,  one  year's  revenue  demand  was  remitted  and  a  grant  of  Rs.  50 
made  to  each  headman.  Mr.  Thoruhill  and  the  other  Europeans  with  him  now 
determined  to  abandon  their  position  at  Chhata  and  return  to  Mathura,  where 
they  took  refuge  in  the  city  in  the  house  of  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand.  While  there 
a  report  came  that  the  Jats  had  set  up  a  Raja,  one  Devi  Sinn,  at  Raya,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Jamuna.  His  reign  was  of  no  long  continuance,  for  the  Kota 
Contingent,  which  happened  to  be  on  the  spot  at  the  time,  seized  and  hanged 
him  with  little  ceremony.  But  as  soon  as  this  was  accomplished,  they  them- 
selves mutinied  ;  and  Mr.  Thoruhill,  who  had  accompanied  them  to  Raya,  had 
to  make  a  hasty  flight  back  to  Mathura,  bringing  some  small  treasure  in  tin- 
buggy  with  him. 

On  the  6th  of  July,  the  mutineers  of  Montr  and  Niinach,  on  their  retreat 
from  Agra,  entered  the  city.  In  anticipation  of  their  arrival,  Mr.  Thornhill, 
disguised  as  a  native  and  accompanied  by  a  trusty  jamadar,  Dilawar  Khan, 
started  to  flee  to  Agra.  When  they  reached  Aurangabad,  only  some  four 
miles  on  the  way,  they  found  the  whole  country  on  both  sides  of  the  road  in 


*  The  site  of  the  old  Court-house  is  now  utterly  out  of  the  beaten  track  aud  is  all  over- 
grown with  dense  vegetation,  among  which  may  be  seen  a  plain  but  very  substantial  stoue  table 
tomb,  with  the  following  inscription :  "  Sacred  to  the  memory  of  Lieutenant  F.  H.  C.  Burlton, 
67th  Native  Infantry,  who  was  shot  by  a  detachment  of  his  regiment  and  of  the  11th  Native 
Infantry  near  this  spot  on  the  30th  of  May,  1857.  This  tomb  is  erected  by  his  brother 
officers." 


THE  EEBELS  IN  MATHURA". 

the  possession  of  the  rebels.  The  men  whom  the  Seth  had  despatched  as 
m  escort  took  fright  and  decamped  ;  but  the  jamadar,  by  his  adroit  answers 
to  all  enquiries,  was  enabled  to  divert  suspicion  and  bring  Mr.  Thornhill  safely 
through  to  Agra.  On  the  suppression  of  the  disturbances,  he  received,  as  a 
reward  for  his  loyalty,  a  small  piece  of  land  on  the  Brinda-ban  road,  just  out- 
side Mathura,  called  after  the  name  of  a  Bairagi  who  had  once  lived  there, 
Dudhadhari. 

Though  the  rebels  stayed  (wo  days  in  Mathura  before  they  passed  on  to 
Delhi,  the  city  was  not  given  up  to  general  plunder,  partly  in  consequence  of 
the  prudent  management  of  Seth  Mangi  Lai,  who  levied  a  contribution,  accord- 
ing to  their  means,  on  all  the  principal  inhabitants.  At  this  time  Seth  Lakh- 
mi  Chand  was  at  Dig,  but  the  greater  part  of  his  establishment  remained 
behind  and  rendered  Government  the  most  valuable  assistance  by  the  des- 
patch of  intelligence.  Order  in  the  city  was  chiefly  maintained  by  Mir  Imdad 
Ali  Khan,  tahsildar  of  Kosi,  who  had  been  specially  appointed  Deputy  Col- 
lector. 

On  the  2Gth  of  September,  the  rebels,  in  their  retreat  from  Delhi,  again 
issed  through  Mathura.  Their  stay  on  this  occasion  lasted  for  a  week,  and 
creat  oppression  was  practised  on  the  inhabitants,  both  here  and  in  the  neigh- 
bouring town  of  Brinda-ban.  They  were  only  diverted  from  general  pillage 
by  the  influence  of  one  of  their  own  leaders,  a  subadar  from  Nimach,  by  name 
Hira  Sinh,  who  prevailed  upon  them  to  spare  the  Holy  City.  For  a  few  days 
there  was  a  show  of  regular  government ;  some  of  the  chief  officers  in  the 
Collector's  court,  sueh  as  the  Sadr  Kanungo,  Rahmat-ullah,  the  Sarishtadar, 
Manohar  Lai,  and  Wazir  Ali,  one  of  the  muharrirs,  were  taken  by  force  and 
compelled  to  issue  the  orders  of  the  new  administrators ;  while  Maulvi  Karamat 
Ali  was  proclaimed  in  the  Jama  Masjid  as  the  Viceroy  of  the  Delhi  Emperor. 
It  would  seem  that  he  also  was  an  involuntary  tool  in  their  hands,  as  he  was 
subsequently  put  on  his  trial,  but  acquitted.  He  is  since  dead.  It  is  said  that 
during  their  stay  in  the  city  the  rebels  found  their  most  obliging  friends 
among  the  Mathuriya  Chaubes,  who,  perhaps,  more  than  any  others,  have  grown 
rich  and  fat  under  the  tolerance  of  British  rule.  After  threatening  Brinda-ban 
with  their  cannon  and  levying  a  contribution  on  the  inhabitants,  they  moved 
uway  to  Hathras  and  Bareli.  Mir  Imdad  Ali  and  the  Seth  returned  from 
Bharat-pur;  and  in  October  Mr.  Thornhill  arrived  from  Agra  with  a  company 
of  troops,  which  in  the  following  month  he  marched  up  to  Chhata.  There  the 
rebel  zamindars  had  taken  possession  of  the  fortified  sarde,  and  one  of  its 


SUPPRESSION   OF  THE  MUTINY.  49 

bastions  had  to  be  blown  up  before  an  entry  could  be  effected:  at  the  same  time 
the  town  was  set  on  fire  and  partially  destroyed,  and  twenty-two  of  the  lead- 
ing men  were  shot.  A  few  days  previously,  Mir  Imdad  Ali  with  Nathu  Lai, 
tahsildar  of  Sahtir,  had  gone  up  into  the  Kosi  pargana  and  restored  order  among 
the  Giijars  there,  who  alone  of  all  the  natives  of  the  district  had  been  active 
promoters  of  disaffection.  While  engaged  in  their  suppression,  Imdad  Ali 
received  a  gun-shot  wound  in  the  chest,  but  fortunately  it  had  no  fatal  result. 
He  is  now  Deputy  Collector  of  Muradabad,  with  a  special  additional  allowance 
of  Rs.  150  per  mensem,  and  has  been  made  a  C.S.I.  By  the  end  of  November 
general  tranquillity  was  restored  ;  but  it  was  not  till  July,  1858,  that  the 
treasury  was  transferred  from  the  Seth's  house  in  the  city  to  the  Police  lines  in 
the  civil  station.*  In  Christmas  week  of  the  following  year,  1859,  the  Viceroy 
held  a  Darbar,  in  which  many  honours  were  conferred  upon  different  individuals, 
and  in  particular  the  ten  villages,  which  the  Gujars  had  forfeited  by  their  open 
rebellion,  were  bestowed  upon  Raja  Gobind  Sinh  of  Hiithras,  in  acknowledg- 
ment of  his  distinguished  loyalty  and  good  services.  The  value  of  this  grant 
has  been  largely  diminished  by  the  persistent  lawlessness  of  the  ejected  Gujars, 
who  have  always  sullenly  resented  the  loss  of  their  estates. 

"Here  it  remained  till  after  the  completion,  in  1861,  of  the  new  Court-house  and  district 
offices,  which,  with  important  results  to  archaeological  research,  as  will  hereafter  be  shown,  were 
rebuilt  ou  a  new  site. 


13 


CHAPTER    III. 

THE  STORY  OF  KRISHNA,  THE  TUTELARY  DIVINITY  OF  NATHURA'. 

Of  all  the  sacred  places  in  India,  none  enjoys  a  greater  popularity  than  the 
capital  of  Braj,  the  holy  city  of  Mathuni.  For  nine  months  in  the  year  festival 
follows  upon  festival  in  rapid  succession,  and  the  ghats  and  temples  are  daily 
thronged  with  new  troops  of  way-worn  pilgrims.  So  great  is  the  sanctity  of 
the  spot  that  its  panegyrists  do  not  hesitate  to  declare  that  a  single  day  spent  at 
Mathuni  is  more  meritorious  than  a  lifetime  passed  at  Banaras.  All  this  cele- 
brity is  due  to  the  fact  of  its  being  the  reputed  birth-place  of  the  demi-god 
Krishna ;  hence  it  must  be  a  matter  of  some  interest  to  ascertain  who  this  famous 
hero  was,  and  what  were  the  acts  by  which  he  achieved  immortality. 

The  attempt  to  extract  a  grain  of  historical  truth  from  an  accumulation  of 
mythological  legend  is  an  interesting,  but  not  very  satisfactory,  undertaking : 
there  is  always  a  risk  that  the  theorist's  kernel  of  fact  may  be  itself  as  imaginary 
as  the  accretions  which  envelop  it.  However,  reduced  to  its  simplest  elements, 
the  story  of  Krishna  runs  as  follows  : — At  a  very  remote  period,  a  branch  of 
the  great  Jadav  clan  settled  on  the  banks  of  the  Jamuna  and  made  Mathuni 
their  capital  city.  Here  Krishna  was  born.  At  the  time  of  his  birth,  Ugrasen, 
the  rightful  occupant  of  the  throne,  had  been  deposed  by  his  own  son,  Kansa, 
who,  relying  on  the  support  of  Jarasandha,  King  of  Magadha,  whose  daughter 
he  had  married,  ruled  the  country  with  a  rod  of  iron,  outraging  alike  both  o-ods 
and  men.  Krishna,  who  was  a  cousin  of  the  usurper,  but  had  been  brought  up 
in  obscurity  and  employed  in  the  tending  of  cattle,  raised  the  standard  of  revolt, 
defeated  and  slew  Kansa,  and  restored  Ugrasen  to  the  throne  of  his  ancestors. 

All  authorities  lay  great  stress  on  the  religious  persecution  that  had  prevail- 
ed under  the  tyranny  of  Kansa,  from  which  fact  it  has  been  surmised  that  he 
was  a  convert  to  Buddhism,  zealous  in  the  propagation  of  his  adopted  faith;  and 
that  Krishna  owes  much  of  his  renown  to  the  gratitude  of  the  Bnihmans  who 
under  bis  championship,  recovered  their  ancient  influence.  If,  however  1000 
B.  C.  is  accepted  as  the  approximate  date  of  the  Great  War  in  which  Krishna 
took  part,  it  is  clear  that  his  contemporary,  Kansa,  cannot  have  been  a  Bud- 
dhist, since  the  founder  of  that  religion,  according  to  the  now  most  fenerally 
accepted  chronology,  died  in  the  year  477  B.  C,  being  then  about 60  years  of  ao-e. 


THE  HISTORICAL  KRISHNA.  51 

Possibly  lie  may  have  been  a  Jaini,  for  the  antiquity  of  that  religion*  is  now 
thoroughly  established  ;  it  has  even  been  conjectured  that  Buddha  himself  was  a 
disciple  of  Mahavira,  the  last  of  the  Jaini  Tirthankaras.f  Or  the  struggle  may 
have  been  between  the  votaries  of  Siva  and  Vishnu  ;  in  which  case  Krishna,  the 
apostle  of  the  latter  faction,  would  find  a  natural  enemy  in  the  King  of  Kash- 
mir, a  country  where  Saivism  has  always  predominated.  On  this  hypothesis, 
Kansa  was  the  conservative  monarch,  and  Krishna  the  innovator:  a  position 
which  has  been  inverted  by  tbe  poets,  influenced  by  the  political  events  of  their 
own  times. 

To  avenge  the  death  of  his  son-in-law,  Jarasandha  marched  an  army  against 

Mathura,  and  was  supported  by  tbe  powerful  king  of  some  western  country. 

who  is  thence  styled  Kala-Yavana :  for  Yavana  in  Sanskrit,  while  it  corresponds 

originally  to  the  Arabic  Yiindn  (Ionia)  denotes  secondarily — like  Vildi/at  in  the 

modern  vernacular — any  foreign,  and   specially  any  western,   country.     The 

actual  personage  was   probably  tbe   King  of  Kashmir,  Gonanda   I.,   who  is 

known  to  have  accompanied  Jarasandha  ;  though  the  description   would   be 

more  applicable  to  one  of  the  Bactrian  sovereigns  of  the  Panjab.     It  is  true  thej 

had  not  penetrated  into  India  till  some  hundreds  of  years  after  Krishna  :  but 

their  power  was  well  established  at  the  time  when  the  Mahabharat  was  written 

to  record  his  achievements :  hence  the  anachronism.     Similarly,  in  the  Bhagavat 

Purana,  which  was  written  after   the   Muhammadan  invasion,  the  description 

of  the  Yavana  king  is  largely  coloured   by  the  author's  feelings  towards  the 

only   western  power  with  which  he    was  acquainted.      Originally,    as   above 

stated,  the  word  denoted  the  Greeks,  and  the   Greeks  only.f     But  the  Greeks 

were  the  foremost,  the  most  dreaded  of  all  the  Mlechhas  (i.  e.,  Barbarians)  and 

thus  Yavana  came  to  be  applied  to  the  most  prominent  Mlechha    power  for  the 

time  being,  whatever  it  might  happen  to  be.     When  the  Muhammadans  trod  in 

the  steps  of  the  Greeks,  they  became  the  chief  Mlechhas,  and  they  also   were 

consequently  styled  Yavanas. 

*  The  oldest  Jain  inscription  that  has  as  yet  been  discovered  is  one  from  the  hill  Indra- 
giri  at  Sravana  Belgola  in  the  South  of  India.  It  records  an  emigration  of  Jainis  from  Ujayin 
under  the  leadership  of  Swiimi  Bhadra  Bahu,  accounted  the  last  of  the  Sruta  Kevalis,  who  was 
accompanied  by  Chandragupta,  King  of  Pataliputra.  As  the  inscription  gives  a  list  of  Bhadra 
Bahu's  successors,  it  is  clearly  not  contemporary  with  the  events  which  it  records;  but  it  may 
be  inferred  from  the  archaic  form  of  tbe  letters  that  it  dates  from  the  third  century  B.  C. 

f  More  recent  research,  however,  has  revealed  the  fact  that  the  Gotania  Swimi,  who  was 
Mahavira's  pupil,  was  not  a  Ksbatriya  by  caste,  as  was  Sakya  Muni,  the  Buddha,  but  a  Brahman 
of  the  well-known  Gautama  family,  whose  personal  name  was  lndra-hhuti. 

%  This,  however,  is  stoutly  denied  by  Dr.  Kajendra  Lai  Mittra.     See  his  IndvAryans. 


32  1EGKNDARY    AUTHORITIES. 

Krishna  eventually  found  it  desirable  to  abandon  Mathura,  and  withthe  whole 
clan  of  Yadavs  retired  to  the  Bay  of  Kachh.     There  he  founded  the   flourishing 
city  of  Dwaraka,  which  at  some  later  period  was  totally    submerged  in  the  sea. 
While  he  was  reigning  at  Dwaraka,  the  great  war  for  the  throne  of  Indrapras- 
tha  (Delhi)  arose  between  the  five  sons  of  P;indu  and   Durjodhan,   the  son   of 
Dhritarashtra.     Krishna  allied  himself  with  the  Pandav   princes,  who  were  his 
cousins  on  the  mother's  side,  and  was  the  main  cause  of  their  ultimate  triumph.. 
Before  its  commencement  Krishna  had  invaded  Magadha,   marching  by  a  cir- 
cuitous route  through  Tirhiit  and  so  taking  Jarasandha  by  surprise :  his  capital 
was  forced  to  surrender,  and  he  himself  slain   in  battle.     Still,  after  his  death, 
Kama,  a  cousin  of  Krishna's  of  illegitimate  birth,  was   placed  on  the  throne  of 
Mathura  and  maintained  there  by  the  influence  of  the  Kauravas,  Krishna's  ene- 
mies :  a  clear  proof  that  the  hitter's  retirement  to  Dwaraka  was  involuntary. 

Whether  the  above  narrative  has  or  has  not  any  historical  foundation,  it  is 

certain  that  Krishna  was  celebrated  as    a  gallant  warrior  prince  for  many  ages 

before  he  was  metamorphosed  into  the  amatory  swain  who  now,  under  the  title 

of  Kanhaiya,  is  worshipped  throughout  India.     He  is  first  mentioned  in  the 

Mahabharat,   the  most   voluminous  of  all  Sanskrit  poems,  consisting   in   the 

printed  edition  of  91,000  couplets.     There  he  figures  simply  as  the   King  of 

Dwaraka  and  ally  of  the  Pandavs  ;  nor  in  the  whole  length  of  the  poem,  of  which 

he  is  to  a  great  extent  the  hero,  is  any  allusion   whatever   made  to  his   early 

life,  except  in  one  disputed  passage.     Hence  it  may  be  presumed  that  his  boyish 

frolics  at,  Mathura  and  Brinda-ban,  which  now  alone  dwell  in  popular  memory, 

are  all  subsequent  inventions.     They  are  related   at  length   in  the  Harivansa, 

which  is  a  comparatively  modern  sequel  to  the   Mahabharat,*   and  with  still 

greater  circumstantiality  in  some  of  the  later  Puranas,  which  probably  in  their 

present  form  date  no  further  back  than  the  tenth  century  after  Christ.     So  rapid 

has  been  the  development  of  the  original  idea  when  once  planted  in  the  congenial 

soil  of  the  sensuous  East,  that  while  in  none  of  the  more  genuine  Puranas, 

even  those  specially  devoted  to  the  inculcation  of  Vaishnava  doctrines,  is  so 

much  as  the  name  mentioned  of  his  favourite  mistress,  Radha:  she  now  is  jointly 

enthroned  with  him  in  every  shrine  and  claims  a  full  half  of  popular  devotion. 

Among  ordinary  Hindus  the  recognized  authority  for  his  life  and  exploits   is 


*  Though  many  episodes  of  later  date  have  beeu  interpolated,  the  composition  of  the  main 
body  of  the  Mahabharat  may  with  some  confidence  be  referred  to  the  second  or  third  century 
before  Christ. 


w 

P- 

»1 

CD 

-3 

en' 

P 

M1 

B 

II 

P 

o 

CD 

<3 

P 

H 

E5" 

CD 

CG 

a 

B 

w 

Q 

o 

p 

c^ 

t-f 

B 

_      II 

P 

W      hj 

C   o   2. 
B    i-s    «. 

crt-           CT* 

Pv 

B 

II 

ITT 

p> 

B 

to  — 

a* 

rr 

a 

«-T 

W 

,B" 


CQ 


B 
P 


£ 

TO 

p 
i 

on 

C 

"    P- 

- 

o- 

■'. 

B* 

EP 

p~ 

—  II 

d 

p 

B 

p 

<     < 

p      ii 

t> 

a       <       So 

3 

P            CD 

*~  . 

O  — 3<3  -5  

— 

1           P           P 

p 

W       §•       ?• 

p 

H 

P 

»-«  > 

V! 

P 

00 

<1 

c?i= 

1  o* 

B     fj 

a-  S 

CD    s. 

h*      CO 

_     B" 

©     CD 

^s. 

?s 

F"B 

gon? 

cL  o 

s 

B"  -^ 

B 

o 

p 

P 

t^d 

H 

B 

— 

P 

B 

- 

_n 

CD 

Q, 

M 

"  ~ 

*> 

CD 

P 

s 

CO 

<! 

p 

B 

P 

B" 

p 

£ 

e 

-. 

a 


P? 


•4 

P* 


CD 

B 

CD 


CO 


9 

o 

ar> 

P 

pi 

o 
►*» 

O 


^ 


£'      >5 


3 


00 


cr* 

JS 

p 

"3 

g2 
p  s; 

8 

s* 

B*  t» 

o 

05      '"'J 

<■— 

P    c* 

w    B- 
rt-  CD 

s 

E'co 

b  a 

0Q  T3 

5- 

O    CD 

2? 

t-< 

-»B 

•4 

p 

<3 

gCD 

a. 

P 
B 

^£ 

<5 

p 

s"S" 

S 

a   a 

Cto 

09 

i   ocj 

«»» 

g| 

-3  - 

fcs 

P* 

P     03 

00 

cr 

C3 

S 

<< 

CD 

B 

C-*. 

to 

p 

►1 

CD 

a 

B 

P 

0Q 

c+- 

B- 

P 

3 

P 

1>  '—.. 


X  D  2  ^ 

n    3    ™  -a 

§^ 

3  < 


*  •-; 


^    m'Oq 

W2  = 


"S  ='2 

s    y    t 


£8? 

»  "  £ 

h   a 

p     O 


S 
o 

- 

c 

2.  P  < 

3 

a 


a 

a 


B>  CL  rr> 

a  2.  5" 

so        0q 

<'^2, 

E  I  & 

o"2  g4 

0Q     £>P- 

<^    "^    ^ 

2  g.8 

S^P3 


o 

iJ 

^ 

™  * 

"' 

p*  O 

c- 

.  c 

o 

*-t-    1 — 1 

P 

©  c- 

fr  m 

- 

3.  o 

g  2 

§  1 

e-*- 

ct- 

3    <-' 

.( 

a" 

-. 

jo    o 

5" 

o 

>-*-> 

St.  3 

tt     Q 

f 

3    ci- 

9 

c»- 

P      1 

GQ 

I      ' 

O 

to    o 

B 

3 


w 

1    g"- 

v«!  P 

g—  I 


CL        P 


B" 
P 

fl 


-7- 

B 

B" 


"  OCP 

«,  2:  ■* 
gB  8. 

PT    ~  W 

B?g 

>-•        a: 
3  B- 

*      E 
SJP     p 

o 

(-. 

o 

w 

pr 

3 

5" 


o       o 
-s       <  - 
p       p 
pr-  rr 
-•      p 


o 
:■■ 
II 


O 

B" 


P 


B-  CD 

3! 

—  : 
■'I 
t    ~ 


»       I 

1 — '     1 

p 

^     1 

§ 

p 

CJ 

H 

05 

to 

S3 

P  _ 
B 

P  . 

-  a> 
B 

c* 

P 

D 

0 

t^O 

W 

5" 
aq 

l-^i  — . 

»3 

o 

P     g 

3"  jc 

P 

p 

p  p 

-      B 

p 

B 

s 

B"1 

p 

P 

*• 

c_» 

» 

p 

-^ 

B  09 

05 

B- 

O 

p       r- 


> 


■F— Ef  — £.- 
p       cr      = 


- 
.s1 


p 

B- 


P^        cc         B 


:  - 

^  . 

p  g; 

a?  n 

p  CO 

<  2 

»  3 


r- 
p. 

- 
p 


— 


o. 
B 

a. 
2 


56   §: 


o 
S 


fa 


r- 

a 

Si 


a 
S 


Co 

o 


<3 


>, 


1 


THE  TYRANNY   OF  KANSA.  53 

the  Bhagavat  Purana,*  or  rather  its  tenth  Book,  which  has  been  translated  into 
every  form  of  the  modern  vernacular.  The  Hindi  version,  entitled  the  Prei  I 
Sagar,  is  the  one  held  in  most  repute.  In  constructing  the  following  legend 
of  Krishna,  in  his  popular  character  as  the  tutelary  divinity  of  Mathura,  the 
Vishnu  Purana  has  been  adopted  as  the  basis  of  the  narrative,  while  many 
supplementary  incidents  have  been  extracted  from  the  Bhagavat,  and  occasional 
references  made  to  the  Harivansa. 

In  the  days  when  Kama  was  king  of  Ajodhya,  there  stood  near  the  bank  of 
the  Jamuna  a  dense  forest,  once  the  stronghold  of  the  terrible  giant  Madhu, 
who  called  it  after  his  own  name,  Madhu-ban.     On  his  death  it  passed  into  the 
hand  of  his  son,  Lavana,  who  in  the  pride  of  his  superhuman  strength  sent  an 
insolent  challenge  to  Rama,  provoking  him  to  single  combat.     The  god-like 
hero  disdained  the  easy  victory  for  himself,  but,  to  relieve  the  world  of  such  an 
oppressor,  sent  his  youngest  brother,  Satrughna,  who  vanquished  and  slew  the 
giant,  hewed  down  the  wood  in  which  he  had  entrenched  himself,  and  on  its 
sitet  founded  the  city  of  Mathura.     The  family  of  Bhoja,  a  remote  descendant 
of  the  great  Jadu,  the  common  father  of  all  the  Jadav  race,  occupied  the  throne 
for  many  generations.     The  last  of  the  line  was  King  Ugrasen.     In  his  house 
Kansa  was  born,  and  was  nurtured  by  the  king  as  his  own  son,  though  in  truth 
he  had  no  earthly  father,  but  was  the  great  demon  Kalanemi  incarnate.     Aa 
soon  as  he  came  to  man's  estate  he  deposed  the  aged  monarch,  seated  himself 
>n  the  throne,  and  filled  the  city  with  carnage  and  desolation.     The  priests  and 
sacred  cattle  were  ruthlessly  massacred  and  the  temples  of  the  gods  defiled 
with  blood.     Heaven  was  besieged  with  prayers  for  deliverance  from  such  a 
monster,  nor  were  the  prayers  unheared.     A  supernatural  voice  declared  to 
Kansa  that  an  avenger  would  be  born  in  the  person  of  the  eighth  son  of 
his  kinsman,    Vasudeva.      Now,  Vasudeva  had  married  Devaki,  a  niece  of 
King  Ugrasen,  and  was  living  away  from  the  court  in  retirement  at  the  hill 
of  Gobardhan.      In  the  hope  of  defeating  the  prediction,  Kansa  immediately 
summoned  them  to  Mathura  and  there  kept  them  closely  watched.  $     From 

*  The  Bh&gavat  is  written  in  a  more  elegant  style  than  any  of  the  other  Puranas,and  is 
traditionally  ascribed  to  the  grammarian  Bopadeva,  who  flourished  at  the  Court  of  Hemadri, 
Rr,.ja  of  Devagiri  or  Daulatabad,  in  the  twelfth  or  thirteenth  century  after  Christ. 

|  The  present  Madhu-ban  is  near  the  village  of  Maholi,  some  five  miles  from  Mathura  and 
from  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna.  The  site,  however,  as  now  recognized,  must  be  very  ancient,  since 
it  is  the  ban  which  has  given  its  name  to  the  village  ;  Maholi  being  a  corruption  of  the  original 
form,  Madhupuri. 

t  The  site  of  their  prison-house,  called  the  Kara-grah,  or  more  commonly  Janm-bhumi,  t>  e., 
'■  birth-place,'  is  still  marked  by  a  email  temple  in  Mathura  near  the  Potara-knnd. 

14 


54  THE   BIRTH    CF    KRISHXA. 

year  to  year,  as  each  successive  child  was  born,  it  was  taken  and  delivered  to 
the  tyrant,  and  lay  him  consigned  to  death.  When  Devaki  became  pregnant 
for  the  seventh  time,  the  embryo  was  miraculously  transferred  to  the  womb  of 
Kohini,  another  wife  of  Vasudeva,  living  at  Gokul,  on  the-  opposite  bank  of  the 
Jamuna,  and  a  report  was  circulated  that  the  mother  had  miscarried  from  the 
effects  of  her  long  imprisonment  and  constant  anxiety.  The  child  thus  marvel- 
lously preserved  was  first  called  Sankarshana,*  but  afterwards  received  the 
name  of  Balanim  or  Baladcva,  under  which  he  has  become  famous  to  all 
posterity. 

Another  year  elapsed,  and  on  the  eighth  of  the  dark  fortnight  of  the  month 
of  Bhadonf  Devaki  was  delivered  of  her  eighth  son,  the  immortal  Krishna. 
Vasudeva  took  the  babe  in  his  arms  and,  favoured  by  the  darkness  of  the  night 
and  the  direct  interposition  of  heaven,  passed  through  the  prison  guards,  who 
were  charmed  to  sleep,  and  fled  with  his  precious  burden  to  the  Jamuna.  It 
was  then  the  season  of  the  rains,  and  the  mighty  river  was  pouring  down  a 
wild  and  resistless  flood  of  waters.  But  he  fearlessly  stepped  into  the  eddying 
torrent  :  at  the  first  step  that  he  advanced  the  wave  reached  the  foot  of  the 
child  slumbering  in  his  arms  ;  then,  marvellous  to  relate,  the  waters  were  stilled 
at  the  touch  of  the  divine  infant  and  could  rise  no  higher,}  and  in  a  moment 
of  time  the  wayfarer  had  traversed  the  torrent's  broad  expanse  and  emerged  in 
safety  on  the  opposito  shore. §  Herej  he  met  Nanda,  the  chief  herdsman  of 
Gokul,  whose  wife,  Jasoda,  at  that  very  time  had  given  birth  to  a  daughter, 
no  earthly  child,  however,  save  in  semblance,  but  the  delusive  power  Joganidr.'i. 
Vasudeva  dexterously  exchanged  the  two  infants  and,  returning,  placed  the 
female  child  in  the  bed  of  Devaki.  At  once  it  began  to  cry.  The  guards 
rushed  in  and  carried  it  off  to  the  tyrant.  He,  assured  that  it  was  the  very 
child   of  fate,   snatched  it  furiously  from  their  hands  and  dashed   it  to  the 

*  Signifying  •  extraction,' ;'.  e.,  from  his  mother's  womb.  The  word  is  also  explained  to  mean 
'drawing  furrows  with  the  plough,'  and  would  thus  be  paralleled  by  Balarama's  other  names  of 
Halayudha,  Haladhara,  and  Ilalabhrit. 

t  On  this  day  is  celebrated  the  annual  festival  in  honour  of  Krishna's  birth,  called  Janm 
Ashtami. 

%  This  incident  is  popularly  commemorated  by  a  native  toy  called  '  Vasudeva  Katora  '  ot 
which  i;rcat  numbers  are  manufactured  at  Mathura.  It  is  a  brass  cup  with  the  figure  of  a  man  iu 
it  carrying  a  child  at  his  side,  and  is  so  contrived  that  when  water  is  poured  into  it  it  cannot  rise 
above  the  child's  foot,  but  is  then  carried  off  by  a  hidden  duet  and  runs  out  at  the  bottom  til! 
the  cup  is  empty. 

The  landing-place  is  still  shown  at  Gokul  and  called  'Utt  .rcsvar  Ghat.' 


KP.ISHKA  AT  GOKUL,  55 

ground  :  but  how  great  his  terror  when  he  sees  it  rise  resplendent  in  celestid 
beauty  and  ascend  to  heaven,  there  to  be  adored  as  the  great  goddess  Di 
Kansa  started  from  his  momentary  stupor,  frantic  with  rage,  and  cursing  the 
gods  as  his  enemies,  issued  savage  orders  that  every  one  should  be  put  to  death 
who  dared  to   offer  them  sacrifice,   and  that  diligent  search  should  be  made 
for  all  young  children,  that  the  infant  son  of  Devaki,  wherever  concealed, 
might  perish  amongst  the  number.     Judging  these  precautions  to  be  sufficient, 
and  that  nothing  further  was  to  be  dreaded    from  the  parents,  he  set  Vasudeva 
and  Devaki  at  liberty.     The  former  at   once   hastened  to   see  Nanda,  who  had 
come  over  to  Mathura  to  pay  his  yearly   tribute  to  the  king,  and  after  congra- 
tulating him  on  Jasoda's  having  presented  him  with  a  son,  begged  him  to  take 
back  to  Gokul  Rohini's  boy,  Balaram,  and  let  the  two  children  be  brought  np 
together.     To  this  Nanda  gladly  assented,  and  so  it  came  to  pass   that  the  I 
brothers,  Krishna  and  Balaram,  spent  the  days  of  their  childhood  tog.    ' 
Gokul,  under  the  care  of  their  foster-mother  Jasoda. 

They  had  not  been  there  long,  when  one  night  the  witch  Piitana,  hove  : 
about  for  some  mischief  to  do  in  the  service  of  Kansa,  saw  the  babe  Krishna 
lying  asleep,  and  took  him  up  in  her  arms  and  began  to  suckle  him  with  her 
own  devil's  milk.  A  mortal  child  would  have  been  poisoned  at  the  first  drop, 
but  Krishna  drew  the  breast  with  such  strength  that  her  life's  blood  was  drain- 
ed with  the  milk,  and  the  hideous  fiend,  terrifying  the  whole  country  of  Braj  with 
her  groans  of  agony,  fell  lifeless  to  the  ground.  Another  day  Jasoda  had  gone 
down  to  the  river-bank  to  wash  some  clothes,  and  had  left  the  child  asl 
under  one  of  the  waggons.  Ho  all  at  once  woke  up  hungry,  and  kicking  out 
with  his  baby  foot  upset  the  big  cart,  full  as  it  was  of  pans  and  pails  of  milk. 
When  Jasoda  came  running  back  to  see  what  all  the  noise  was  about,  she 
found  him  in  the  midst  of  the  broken  fragments  quietly  asleep  again,  as  if 
nothing  had  happened.  Again,  one  of  Kansa's  attendant  demons,  by  name 
Trinavart,  hoping  to  destroy  the  child,  came  and  swept  him  off  in  a  whirlwind, 
but  the  child  was  too  much  for  him  and  made  that  his  last  journey  to  Braj.f 

The  older  the  boy  grew,  the  more  troublesome  did  Jasoda  find  him ;  he 
would  crawl  about  everywhere  on  his  hands  and  knees,  getting  into  the  cattle- 
sheds  and  pulling  the  calves  by  their  tails,  upsetting  the  pans  of  milk  and  whey, 
sticking  his  fingers  into  the  curds  and  butter,  and   daubing  his  face  and  clothes 

*  The  scene  of  this  transformation  is  laid  at  the  Jog  Ghat  in  Mathura,  so  called  from  the 
child  Joganidra. 

f  The  event  is  commemorated  by  a  small  cell  at  Mahaban,  in  which  the  demon  whirlwind 
is  represented  by  a  pair  of  enormous,  wings  overshadowing  the  infant  Krishna. 


55  RRISKNA  AT  BRINDX-BAN. 

all  over;  and  one  day  she  got  so  angry  with  him  that  she  put  a  cord  round  his  waist 
and  tied  him  to  the  great  wooden  mortar*  while  she  went  to  look  after  her  house- 
hold affairs.  No  sooner  was  her  back  turned  than  the  child,  in  his  efforts  to  get 
loose,  dragged  away  with  him  the  heavy  wooden  block  till  it  got  fixed  between  two 
immense  Arjun  trees  that  were  growing  in  the  court-yard.  It  was  wedged  tight 
only  for  a  minute,  one  more  pull  and  down  came  the  two  enormous  trunks  with 
a  thundering  crash.  Up  ran  the  neighbours,  expecting  an  earthquake  at  least, 
and  found  the  village  half  buried  under  the  branches  of  the  fallen  trees,  with 
the  child  between  the  two  shattered  stems  laughing  at  the  mischief  he  had 
caused,  t 

Alarmed  at  these  successive  portents,  Nanda  determined  upon  removing  to 
some  other  locality  and  selected  the  neighbourhood  of  Brinda-ban  as  affording 
the  best  pasturage  for  the  cattle.  Here  the  boys  lived  till  they  were  seven 
years  old,  not  so  much  in  Brinda-ban  itself  as  in  the  copses  on  the  opposite  bank 
of  the  river,  near  the  town  of  Mat ;  there  they  wandered  about,  merrily  disport- 
ing themselves,  decking  their  heads  with  plumes  of  peacocks'  feathers,  string- 
ing long  wreaths  of  wild  flowers  round  their  necks  and  making  sweet  music 
with  their  rustic  pipes.f  At  evening-tide  they  drove  the  cows  home  to  the  pens, 
and  joined  in  frolicsome  sports  with  the  herdsmen's  children  under  the  shade 
of  the  great  Bhandir  tree.§ 

But   even   in   their   new    home   they   were  not  secure  from  demoniacal 
ression.     When  they  had  come  to  five  years  of  age,  and  were  grazing  their 

*  From  this  incident  Krishna  derives  his  popular  name  of  Damodar,  from  dam  a  cord,  and 
udar,  the  body.  The  mortar,  or  nlukhula,  is  generally  a  solid  block  of  wood,  three  or  four  feet 
high,  hollowed  out  at  the  top  into  the  shape  of  a  basin. 

f  The  traditionary  scene  of  all  these  adventures  is  laid,  not  at  Gokul,  as  might  have  been 
anticipated,  but  at  Mahaban,  which  is  now  a  distinct  town  further  inland.  There  are  shown  the 
jugal  arjun  k:  ihaur,  '  or  site  of  the  two  Arjun  trees,'  and  the  spots  where  Putana,  Trinavart, and 
Sakatasur,  or  the  cart  demon  (for  in  the  Bhagavat  the  cart  is  said  to  have  been  upset  by  the 
'.itirveution  of  an  evil  spirit),  met  their  fate.  The  village  of  Koila,  on  the  opposite  bank,  is 
said  to  derive  its  name  from  the  fact  that  the  '  ashes'  from  Putana's  funeral  pile  floated  down 
there;  or  that  Vasudeva,  when  crossing  the  river  and  thinking  he  was  about  to  tink,  called  out 
for  some  one  to  take  the  child,  saying  '  Koi  le,  koi  le.' 

t  From  these  childish  sports,  Krishna  derives  his  popular  names  of  Dan-mdli,  '  the  wearer 
of  a  chaplet  of  wild  flowers,'  and  Bansi-dluir  and  Murli-dhar,  '  the  flute-player.'  Hence,  too,  the 
strolling  singers,  who  frequent  the  fairs  held  on  Krishna's  fete  days,  attire  themselves  in  high- 
crowned  caps  decked  with  peacocks'  feathers. 

§  The  Bhiindir-ban  is  a  dense  thicket  of  ber  and  other  low  prickly  shrubs  in  the  hamlet  of 
Chhihiri,  a  little  above  Mat.  In  the  centre  is  an  open  space  with  a  small  modern  temple  and 
well.    The  Bhandir  bat  is  an  old  tree  a  few  hundred  yards  outside  the  grove. 


trauma's  submission.  .37 

cattle  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna  the  demon  Bachhasur  made  an  open  onset 
against  them.*  When  he  had  received  the  reward  of  his  temerity,  the  demon 
Bakasur  tried  the  efficacy  of  stratagem.  Transforming  himself  into  a  crane  of 
gigantic  proportions  he  perched  on  the  hill-side,  and  when  the  cowherd's  child- 
ren came  to  gaze  at  the  monstrous  apparition,  snapped  them  all  up  one  alter  fchi 
other.  But  Krishna  made  such  a  hot  mouthful  that  he  was  only  too  glad  to 
drop  him  ;  and  as  soon  as  the  boy  set  his  feet  on  the  ground  again,  he  seized 
the  monster  by  his  long  bill  and  rent  him  in  twain. 

On  another  day,  as  their  playmate  Toshf  and  some  of  the  other  children 
were  rambling  about,  they  spied  what  they  took  to  be  the  mouth  of  a  great  chasm 
in  the  rock.  It  was  in  truth  the  expanded  jaws  of  the  serpent-king  Aghasur, 
and  as  the  boys  were  peeping  in  he  drew  a  deep  breath  and  sucked  them  all 
down.  But  Krishna  bid  them  be  of  good  cheer,  and  swelled  his  body  to  such 
a  size  that  the  serpent  burst,  and  the  children  stept  out  upon  the  plain  un- 
injured. 

Again,  as  they  lay  lazily  one  sultry  noon  under  a  Kadamb  tree  enjoj 
their  lunch,  the  calves  strayed  away  quite  out  of  sight.|     In  fact,  the  jealous 
god  Brahma  had  stolen  them.     When  the  loss  was  detected,  all  ran  off  in  differ- 
ent directions  to  look  for  them  ;  but  Krishna  took  a  shorter  plan,  and  as  .-- 
as  he  found  himself  alone,  created  other  cattle  exactly  like  them  to  take  their 
place.     He  then  waited  a  little  for  his  companions'  return  ;  but  when  no  signs 
of  them  appeared,  he  guessed,  as  was  really  the  case,  that  they  too  had  been  stol 
by  Brahma ;  so  without  more  ado  he  continued  the  work  of  creation,  and  call- 
ed  into  existence  another  group  of   children  identical  in  appearance  with  the 
absentees.     Meanwhile,  Brahma  had  dropped  off  into  one  of  his  periodical  dozes, 
and  waking  up  after  the  lapse   of  a  year,  chuckled  to  himself  over  the  for- 
lorn condition  of  Braj,  without  cither  cattle  or  children.     But  when  he  got. 
there  and  began  to  look  about  him,  he  found  everything  just  the  same  as  before  : 
then  he  made  his  submission  to  Krishna,  and  acknowledged  him  to  be  his  lord 
and  master. 

One  day,  as  Krishna  was  strolling  by  himself  along  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna, 
he  came   to  a  creek  by  the   side    of  which  grew   a   tall  Kadamb  tree.      He 


*  This  adventure  gives  its  name  to  the  Bachh-ban  near  Sehi. 

f  Hence  the  name  of  the  village  Tosh  in  the  Mathura  pargana. 

X  The  scene  of  this  adventure  is  laid  at  Khadira-ban,  near  lihaira.     The  kftadira  is  a  species 
of  acacia.    The  Sanskrit  word  assumes  in  Prakrit  the  form  hhmra. 

15 


58  KBISHNA'S  DEFEAT  OF  THE   SERPENT   KA'LIYA. 

climbed  the  tree  and  took  a  plunge  into  the  water.  Now,  this  recess  was  the 
haunt  of  a  savage  dragon,  by  name  Kaliya,  who  at  one  started  from  the  depth, 
coiled  himself  round  the  intruder,  and  fastened  upon  him  with  his  poisonous 
fangs.  The  alarm  spread,  and  Nanda,  Jasoda  and  Balaram,  and  all  the  neigh- 
bours came  running,  frightened  out  of  their  senses,  and  found  Krishna  stiD  and 
motionless,  enveloped  in  the  dragon's  coils.  The  sight  was  so  terrible  that  all 
stood  as  if  spell-bound  ;  but  Krishna  with  a  smile  gently  shook  off  the  serpent's 
folds,  and  seizing  the  hooded  monster  by  one  of  his  many  heads,  pressed 
it-  down  upon  the  margin  of  the  stream  and  danced  upon  it,  till  the  poor 
wretch  was  so  torn  and  lacerated  that  his  wives  all  came  from  their  watery 
cells  and  threw  themselves  at  Krishna's  feet  and  begged  for  mercy.  The 
dragon  himself  in  a  feeble  voice  sued  for  pardon  ;  then  the  beneficent  divinity 
not  only  spared  his  life  and  allowed  him  to  depart  with  all  his  family  to  the 
island  of  Ramanak,  but  further  assured  him  that  be  would  ever  thereafter  bear 
upon  his  brow  the  impress  of  the  divine  feet,  seeing  which  no  enemy  would 
dare  to  molest  him.'' 

After  this,  as  the  two  boys  were  straying  with  their  herds  from  wood  to 
wood,  they  came  to  a  large  palm-grove  (tal-ban),  where  they  began  shaking 
the  trees  to  bring  down  the  fruit.  Now,  in  this  grove  there  dwelt  a  demon, 
by  name  Dhenuk,  who,  hearing  the  fruit  fall,  rushed  past  in  the  form  of  an 
ass  and  gave  Balaram  a  flying  kick  full  on  the  breast  with  both  his  hind  legs. 
But  before  his  legs  could  again  reach  the  ground,  Balaram  seized  them  in  his 
powerful  grasp,  and  whirling  the  demon  round  his  head  hurled  the  carcase 
on  to  the  top  of  one  of  the  tallest  trees,  causing  the  fruit  to  drop  like  rain. 
The  bovs  then  returned  to  their  station  at  the  Bhiindir  fig-tree,  and  that 
very  night,  while  they  were  in  Bhadra-banf  close  by,  there  came  on  a 
violent  storm.  The  tall  dry  grass  was  kindled  by  the  lightning  and  the 
whole  forest  was  in  a  blaze.  Off  scampered  the  cattle,  and  the  herdsmen  too, 
but  Krishna  called  to   the  cowards  to  stop  and  close  their  eyes  for  a  minute. 

*  One  of  the  ghats  at  Brinda-ban  is  named,  in  commemoration  of  this  event,  Eali-mardan, 
or  Kali-dah,  and  the,  or  rather  u,  Kadanib  tree  is  etill  shown  there. 

f  Bliadra-ban  occupies  a  high  point  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  some  three  miles 
above  Mat.  With  the  usual  fate  of  Hindi  words,  it  is  transformed  in  the  official  map  of  the 
district  into  the  Persian  Bahddur-ban,  Between  it  and  Bhandir-ban  is  a  large  straggling  wood 
called  mekh-ban.  This,  it  is  said,  was  open  ground,  till  one  day,  many  years  ago,  some  great 
man  encamped  there,  and  all  the  stakes  to  which  his  horses  had  been  tethered  took  root  and 
grew  up. 


balara'm.  .">9 

When  they  opened  them  again,  the  cows  wore  all  standing  in  their  pens, 
and  the  moon  shone  calmly  down  on  the  waving  l'orest  trees  and  rustling 
reeds. 

Another  day  Krishna  and  Balaram  wore  running  a  race  up  to  the  Bhandir 
tree  with  their  playmate  Sridama,  when  the  demon  Pralamba  came  and  asked  to 
make  a  fourth.  In  the  race  Pralamba  was  beaten  by  Balaram,  and  so,  accord- 
ing to  the  rules  of  the  game,  had  to  carry  him  on  his  bar!;  from  the  goal  to 
the  starting-point.  No  sooner  was  Balaram  on  his  shoulders  than  Pralamba 
ran  off'  with  him  at  the  top  of  his  speed,  and  recovering  his  proper  diabolical 
form  made  sure  of  destroying  him.  But  Balaram  soon  taught  him  differently, 
and  squeezed  him  so  tightly  with  his  knees,  and  dealt  him  such  cruel  blows  on 
the  head  with  his  fists,  that  his  skull  and  ribs  were  broken,  and  no  life  left  in 
the  monster.  Seeing  this  feat  of  strength,  his  comrades  loudly  greeted  him 
with  the  name  of  Balaram,  '  Rama  the  strong,'*  which  title  he  ever  after 
retained. 

But  who  so  frolicsome  as  the  boy  Krishna  ?  Seeing  the  fair  maids  of  Braj 
performing  their  ablutions  in  the  Jamuna,  he  stole  along  the  bank,  and  picking 
up  the  clothes  of  which  they  had  divested  themselves,  climbed  up  with  them 
into  a  Kadamb  tree.  There  ho  mocked  the  frightened  girls  as  they  came 
shivering  out  of  the  water  ;  nor  would  he  yield  a  particle  of  vestment  till  all 
had  ranged  before  him  in  a  row,  and  with  clasped  and  uplifted  hands  most 
piteously  entreated  him.  Thus  the  boy-god  taught  his  votaries  that  submis- 
sion to  the  divine  will  was  a  more  excellent  virtue  even  than  modesty.t 

At  the  end  of  the  rains  all  the  herdsmen  began  to  busy  themselves  in  pre- 
paring a  great  sacrifice  in  honour  of  Indra,  as  a  token  of  their  gratitude  for 
the  refreshing  showers  he  had  bestowed  upon  the  earth.  But  Krishna,  who 
had  already  made  sport  of  Brahma,  thought  lightly  enough  of  Indra's  claims 

*  Balaram,  under  the  name  of  Belus,  is  described  by  Latin  writers  as  the  Indian  Hercules 
and  said  to  be  one  of  the  tutelary  divinities  of  Mathura.  Patanjali  also,  the  celebrated  Gram- 
marian, a  native  of  Gonda  in  Oudli,  whose  most  probable  date  is  150  B.  C,  clearly  refers  to 
Krishna  as  a  divinity  and  to  Kansa's  death  at  his  hands  as  a  current  tradition,  both  popular  and 
ancient  ;  the  events  in  the  hero's  life  forming  the  subject  of  different  poems,  from  which  he 
quotes  lines  or  parts  of  lines  as  examples  of  grammatical  rules.  Thus,  whatever  the  date  of  the 
eighteen  Puranas,  as  we  now  have  them,  Pauranik  mythology  and  the  local  cultus  of  Krishna 
and  Balaram  at  Mathura  must  be  of  higher  antiquity  than  has  been  represented  by  some  Euro- 
pean scholars. 

t  This  popular  incident  is  commemorated  by  the  Chir  Ghat  at  Siyara  ;  chir  meaning  clothes. 
The  same  name  is  frequently  given  to  the  Chain  Ghat  at  Brinda-ban,  which  is  also  so  called  iu 
the  Vraja-bhakti-vildsa,  written  1553  A.D. 


CO  KEISUNA    AT   GOBARDJIAX. 

and  said  to  Nanda  : — "  Tho  forests  where  we  tend  our  cattle  cluster  round  si 
foot  of  the  hills,  and  it  is  the  spirits  of  the  hills  that  we  ought  rather  to 
worship.  They  can  assume  any  shapes  they  please,  and  if  we  slight  them,  will 
surely  transform  themselves  into  lions  and  wolves  and  destroy  both  us  and  our 
herds."  The  people  of  Braj  were  convinced  by  these  arguments,  and  taking 
all  the  rich  gifts  they  had  prepared,  set  out  for  Gobardhan,  where  they  solemnly 
circumambulated  the  mountain  and  presented  their  offerings  to  the  new  divi- 
tity.  Krishna  himself,  in  the  character  of  the  mountain  gods,  stood  forth  on 
the  highest  peak  and  accepted  the  adoration  of  the  assembled  crowd,  while  a 
fictitious  image  in  his  own  proper  person  joined  humbly  in  the  ranks  of  tin 
devotee 

When  Indra  saw  himself  thus  defrauded  of  the  promised  sacrifice,  he  was 
very  wrath,  and  summoning  the  clouds  from  every  quarter  of  heaven,  bid  them 
all  descend  upon  Braj  in  one  fearful  and  unbroken  torrent.  In  an  instant 
the  sky  was  overhung  with  impenetrable  gloom,  and  it  was  only  by  the  vivid 
flashes  of  lightning  that  the  terrified  herdsmen  could  see  their  houses  and  cattle 
beaten  down  and  swept  away  by  the  irresistible  deluge.  The  ruin  was  but 
for  a  moment  ;  with  one  hand  Krishna  uprooted  the  mountain  from  its  base, 
and  balancing  it  on  tho  tip  of  his  finger  called  all  the  people  under  its  cover. 
There  they  remained  secure  for  seven  days  and  nights  and  the  storms  of  In- 
dra beat  harmlessly  on  the  summit  of  the  uplifted  range  :  while  Krishna  stood 
erect  and  smiling,  nor  once  did  his  finger  tremble  beneath  the  weight.  When 
Indra  found  his  passion  fruitless,  the  heavens  again  became  clear  ;  the  people 
of  Braj  stepped  forth  from  under  Gobardhan,  and  Krishna  quietly  restored  it 
to  its  original  site.  Then  Indra,  moved  with  desire  to  behold  and  worship  tin 
incarnate  god,  mounted  his  elephant  Airavata  and  descended  upon  the  plains  of 
Braj.  There  he  adored  Krishna  in  his  humble  pastoral  guise,  and  saluting 
him  by  the  new  titles  of  Upendra*  and  Gobind  placed  under  his  special 
protection  his  own  son  the  hero  Arjun,  who  had  then  taken  birth  at  Indra- 
prasthain  the  family  of  Pandu. 

*  The  title  Upeudra  was  evidently  conferred  upon  Krishna  before  the  full  development  oi 
the  Vaishnava  School  ;  for  however  Pauranik  writers  may  attempt  to  explain  it,  the  only  gram- 
matical meaning  of  the  compound  is  'a  lesser  Indra.'  As  Krishna  has  long  been  considered 
much  the  greater  go  J  of  the  two,  the  title  h;;s  fallen  into  disrepute  and  is  now  seldom  used. 
Similarly  with  '  Gobind';  its  true  meaning  in  not,  as  implied  in  the  text,  '  the  Indra  of  cows,' 
I  ut  simply  '  a  finder,  or  '  tender  of  cows,'  from  the  root  '  vid.'  The  Hindus  themselves  prefer  to 
explain  Upendra  as  meaning  simply  Indra's  younger  brother,'  Vishnu,  in  the  dwarf  incarnation, 
i  ag  been  born  as  the  son  of  Kasyapa,  who  was  also  Indra's  father. 


KRISHNA  AND  THE  GOPfS.  fit 

When  Krishna  had  completed  his  twelfth  year,  Nanda,  in  accordance  with 
a  vow  that  he  had  made,  went  with  all  his  family  to  perform  a  special  devotion 
at  the  temple  of  Devi.  At  night,  when  they  were  asleep,  a  huge  boa-con- 
strictor laid  hold  of  Nanda  by  the  toe  and  would  speedily  have  devoured  him  ; 
but  Krishna,  hearing  his  foster-father's  cries,  ran  to  his  side  and  lightly  set  his 
foot  on  the  great  serpent's  head.  At  the  very  touch  the  monster  was  trans- 
formed and  assumed  the  figure  of  a  lovely  youth  ;  for  ages  ago  a  Ganymede  of 
heaven's  court  by  name  Sudarsan,  in  the  pride  of  beauty  and  exalted  birth,  had 
vexed  the  holy  sage  Angiras,  when  deep  in  divine  contemplation,  by  dancing 
backwards  and  forwards  before  him,  and  by  his  curse  had  been  metamorphosed 
into  a  snake,  in  that  vile  shape  to  expiate  his  offence  until  the  advent  of  the 
gracious  Krishna. 

Beholding  all  the  glorious  deeds  that  he  had  performed,  the  maids  of  Braj 
could  not  restrain  their  admiration.  Drawn  from  their  lonely  homes  by  the 
low  sweet  notes  of  his  seductive  pipe,  they  floated  around  him  in  rapturous 
love,  and  through  the  moonlight  autumn  nights  joined  with  him  in  the  circling 
dance,  passing  from  glade  to  glade  in  ever  increasing  ecstasy  of  devotion.  To 
whatever  theme  his  voice  was  attuned,  their  song  had  but  one  burden — his  per- 
fect beauty  ;  and  as  they  mingled  in  the  mystic  maze,  with  eyes  closed  in  the 
intensity  of  voluptuous  passion,  each  nymph  as  she  grasped  the  hand  of  her 
partner  thrilled  at  the  touch,  as  though  the  hand  were  Krishna's,  and  dreamed 
herself  alone  supremely  blest  in  the  enjoyment  of  his  undivided  affection. 
Radha,  fairest  of  the  fair,  reigned  queen  of  the  revels,  and  so  languished  in  the 
heavenly  delights  of  his  embraces,  that  all  consciousness  of  earth  and  self  was 
obliterated.* 

One  night,  as  the  choir  of  attendant  damsels  followed  through  the  woods 
the  notes  of  his  wayward  pipe,  a  lustful  giant,  by  name  Sankhehiir,  attempted 
to  intercept  them.  Then  Krishna  showed  himself  no  tirnorous  gallant,  but  cast- 
ing crown  and  flute  to  the  ground  pursued  the  ravisher,  and  seizing  him  from 
behind  by  his  shaggy  hair,  cut  off  his  head,  and  taking  the  precious  jewel 
which  he  had  worn  on  his  front  presented  it  to  Balaram. 


*  Any  sketch  of  Krishna's  adventures  would  be  greatly  defective  which  contained  no  allusion 
to  his  celebrated  amours  with  the  Gopis,  or  milkmaids  of  Braj.  it  is  the  one  incident  in  his 
life  upon  which  modern  Hindu  wi iters  love  to  lavish  all  the  resources  of  their  eloquence.  Yet 
in  the  original  authorities  it  occupies  a  no  more  prominent  place  in  the  narrative  than  that  which 
has  been  assigned  it  above.  Iu  pictorial  representations  of  the  '  circular  dance'or  Basmandal, 
whatever  the  number  of  the  Gopis  introduced,  so  often  is  the  figure  of  Krishna  repeated.  Thus 
each  Gopi  can  claim  him  as  a  partner,  while  3gain,  in  the  centre  of  the  circle,  he  stands  iu  la^er 
form  with  his  favourite  Kadha. 

1G 


<32  KRISHNA'S    COMBAT  WITH  THE    BULL    ARISHTA. 

Yet  once  again  was  the  dance  of  love  rudely  interrupted.     The  demon 
Arishta,  disguised  as  a  gigantic  bull,  dashed  upon  the  scene  and  made  straight 
for  Krishna.     The  intrepid  youth,  smiling,  awaited  the  attack,  and  seizing  him 
by  the  horns  forced  down  his  head  to  the  ground;  then  twisting  the  monster's 
neck  as  it  had   been  a  wet  rag,  he  wrenched  one  of  the  horns  from  the  socket 
and  with  it  so  belaboured  the  brute  that  no  life  was  left  in  his  body.     Then  all 
the  herdsmen  rejoiced;  but  the  crime  of  violating  even  the  semblance  of  a  bull 
could  not  remain  unexpiated.     So  all  the  sacred  streams  and  places  of  pilgrim- 
age, obedient  to  Krishna's   summons,  came  in  bodily  shape  to  Gobardhan  and 
poured  from  their  holy  urns  into  two  deep  reservoirs  prepared  for  the  occasion.* 
There  Krishna  bathed,  and  by  the  efficacy  of  this  concentrated  essence  of  sanc- 
tity was  washed  clean  of  the  pollution  he  had  incurred. 

When  Kansa  heard  of  the  marvellous  acts  performed  by  the  two  boys  at 
Brindii-ban  he  trembled  with  fear  and  recognized  the  fated  avengers,  who  had 
eluded  all  his  cruel  vigilance  and  would  yet  wreak  his  doom.  After  pondering 
for  a  while  what  stratagem  to  adopt,  he  proclaimed  a  great  tournay  of  arms, 
making  sure  that  if  they  were  induced  to  come  to  Mathuni  aud  enter  the  lists  as 
combatants,  they  would  be  inevitably  destroyed  by  his  two  champions  Chanur 
aud  Mushtika.  Of  all  the  Jadav  tribe  Akrur  was  the  only  chieftain  in  whose 
integrity  the  tyrant  could  confide  :  he  accordingly  was  despatched  with  an 
invitation  to  Nanda  and  all  his  family  to  attend  the  coming  festival.  But  though 
Akriir  started  at  once  on  his  mission,  Kansa  was  too  restless  to  wait  the  result : 
the  demon  Kesin,  terror  of  the  woods  of  Brinda-ban,  was  ordered  to  try  his 
strength  against  them  or  ever  they  left  their  home.  Disguised  as  a  wild  horse, 
the  monster  rushed  amongst  the  herds,  scattering  them  in  all  directions.  Krishna 
alone  stood  calmly  in  his  way,  and  when  the  demoniacal  steed  bearing  down 
upon  him  with  wide-extended  jaws  made  as  though  it  would  devour  him,  he 
thrust  his  arm  down  the  gaping  throat  and,  with  a  mighty  heave,  burst  the 
huge  body  asunder,  splitting  it  into  two  equal  portions  right  down  the  back 
from  nose  to  tail.f 


*  These  are  the  famous  tanks  of  Radhu-kund,  which  is  the  next  village  to  Gobardhan  ;  while 
Aring,  a  contraction  for  Arishta-gauw,  is  the  scene  of  the  combat  with  the  bull. 

t  There  are  two  ghats  at  Brinda-ban  named  after  this  adventure  :  the  first  Kcsi  Ghat,  where 
the  monster  was  slain  ;  the  second  Chain  Ghat,  where  Krishna  '  rested'  and  bathed.  It  is  from 
this  exploit,  according  to  Tauranik  etymology,  that  Krishna  derives  his  popular  name  of  Kesava. 
The  name,  however,  is  more  ancient  than  the  legend,  and  ;signifies  Bimply  the  long-haired, 
'  crinitus,'  or  radiant,  an  appropriate  epithet  if  Krishna  be  taken  for  the  Indian  Apollo. 


Krishna's  return  to  mathura'.  63 

All  unconcerned  at  this  stupendous  encounter,  Krishna  returned  to  his 
childish  sports  and  was  enjoying  a  game  of  hlind-rnan's  buff,  when  the  demon 
Byom.isur  came  up  in  guise  as  a  cowherd  .and  asked  to  join  the  party.  After 
a  little,  he  proposed  to  vary  the  amusement  by  a  turn  at  wolf-and-goats,  and 
then  lyino-  in  ambush  and  transforming  himself  into  a  real  wolf  he  fell  upon 
the  children,  one  by  one,  and  tore  them  in  pieces,  till  Krishna,  detecting  his 
wiles,  dragged  him  from  his  cover  and,  seizing  him  by  the  throat,  beat  him  to 
death. 

At  this  juncture,  Akrur*  arrived  with  his  treacherous  invitation:  it  was  at 
once  accepted,  and  the  boys  in  high  glee  started  for  Mathura,  Nanda  also  and 
all  the  village  encampment  accompanying  them.  Just  outside  the  city  they 
met  the  king's  washerman  and  his  train  of  donkeys  laden  with  bundles  of 
clothes,  which  he  was  taking  back  fresh  washed  from  the  river-side  to  the 
palace.  What  bettor  opportunity  could  be  desired  for  country  boys,  who  had 
never  before  left  the  woods  and  had  no  clothes  fit  to  wear.  They  at  once  made 
a  rush  at  the  bundles  and,  tearing  them  open,  arrayed  themselves  in  the  finery 
just  as  it  came  to  hand,  without  any  regard  for  fit  or  colour;  then  on  they  went 
again,  laughing  heartily  at  their  own  mountebank  appearance,  till  a  good  tailor 
called  them  into  his  shop,  and  there  cut  and  snipped  and  stitched  away  till  he 
turned  them  out  in  the  very  height  of  fashion  :  and  to  complete  their  costume, 
the  mdli  Sudaina  gave  them  each  a  nosegay  of  flowers.  So  going  through  the 
streets  like  young  princes,  there  met  them  the  poor  hump-backed  woman 
Kubja,  and  Krishna,  as  he  passed,  putting  one  foot  on  her  feet  and  one  hand 
under  her  chin,  stretched  out  her  body  straight  as  a  dart.f 

In  the  court-yard  before  the  palace  was  displayed  the  monstrous  bow,  the  test 
of  skill  and  strength  in  the  coming  encounter  of  arms.  None  but  a  giant  could 
bend  it ;  but  Krishna  took  it  up  in  sport,  and  it  snapped  in  his  fingers  like  a  twig. 
Out  ran  the  king's  guards,  hearing  the  crash  of  the  broken  beam,  but  all  perished 
at  the  touch  of  the  invincible  child  :  not  one  survived  to  tell  how  death  was  dealt. 

When  they  had  seen  all  the  sights  of  the  city,  they  returned  to  Nanda,  who 
had  been  much  disquieted  by  their  long  absence,  and  on  the  morrow  repaired 
to  the  arena,  where  Kansa  was  enthroned  in  state  on  a  high  dais  overlooking 


*  Akrur  is  the  name  of  a  hamlet  betwsen  Mathura  and  Brinda-ban. 

t  "Kubja's  well"  in  Mathura  commemorates  this  event.  It  is  on  the  Delhi  road,  a  little 
beyond  the  Katra.  Nearly  opposite,  a  carved  pillar  from  a  Buddhist  railing  has  been  set  up  and 
is  worshipped  as  Parrati. 


04  THE   DEATH    OF    KANSA. 

the  lists.  At  the  entrance  they  were  confronted  by  the  savage  elephant  Kuvala- 
yapida,  upon  whom  Kansa  relied  to  trample  them  to  death.  But  Krishna,  after 
sporting  with  it  for  a  while,  seized  it  at  last  by  the  tail,  and  whirling  it  round 
his  head  dashed  it  lifeless  to  the  ground.  Then,  each  bearing  one  of  its  tusks, 
the  two  boys  stepped  into  the  ring  and  challenged  all  comers.  Chanur  was 
matched  against  Krishna,  Mushtika  against  Bahrain.  The  struggle  was  no 
sooner  begun  than  ended  :  both  the  king's  champions  were  thrown  and  rose 
no  more.  Then  Kansa  started  from  his  throne,  and  cried  aloud  to  his  guards 
to  seize  and  put  to  death  the  two  rash  boys  with  their  father  Vasudeva — for  his 
sons  he  knew  they  were  — and  the  old  King  Ugrasen.  But  Krishna  with  one 
bound  sprung  upon  the  dais,  seized  the  tyrant  by  the  hair  as  he  vainly  sought 
to  fly,  and  hurled  him  down  the  giddy  height  into  the  ravine  below.*  Then 
they  dragged  the  lifeless  body  to  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  and  there  by  the 
water's  edge  at  last  sat  down  to  'rest,'  whence  the  place  is  known  to  this  day 
as  the  '  Visrant'  Ghat.t  Now  that  justice  had  been  satisfied,  Krishna  was  too 
righteous  to  insult  the  dead  ;  he  comforted  the  widows  of  the  fallen  monarch, 
and  bid  them  celebrate  the  funeral  rites  with  all  due  form,  and  himself  applied 
the  torch  to  the  pyre.  Then  Ugrasen  was  reseated  on  his  ancient  throne,  and 
Mathura  once  more  knew  peace  and  security. 

As  Krishna  was  determined  on  a  lengthened-stay,  he  persuaded  Nan  da  to 
return  alone  to  Brind;i-ban  and  console  bis  foster-mother  Jasoda  with  tidings  of 
his  welfare.  He  and  Balaram  then  underwent  the  ceremonies  of  caste-initia- 
tion, which  had  been  neglected  during  their  sojourn  with  the  herdsmen  ;  and, 
after  a  few  days,  proceeded  to  Ujjayin,  there  to  pursue  the  prescribed  course 
of  study  under  the  Kasya  sage  Sandipani.  The  rapidity  with  which  they 
mastered  every  science  soon  betrayed  their  divinity  ;  and  as  they  prepared  to 
leave,  their  instructor  loll  at  their  feet  and  begged  of  them  a  boon — namely,  the 
restoration  of  his  son,  who  had  been  engulfed  by  the  waves  of  the  sea  when  on 
a  pilgrimage  to  Prabhasa.  Ocean  was  summoned  to  answer  the  charge,  and 
taxed  the  demon  Panchajana  with  the  crime.  Krishna  at  once  plunged  into 
the  unfathomable  depth  and  dragged  the  monster  lifeless  to  the  surface.     Then 


*  Kansa's  Hill  and  the  Rang-Bhumi,  or  'arena,'  with  an  image  of  IiangCBvar  Maliadeva, 
where  the  bow  was  broken,  the  elephant  killed  and  the  champion  wrestlers  defeated,  are  still  sacred 
sites  immediately  outside  the  city  of  Mathura,  opposite  the  new  dispensary. 

f  The  Visrant  Ghat,  or  Resling  Gluit,  is  the  most  sacred  spot  in  all  Mathura.  It  occupies 
the  centre  of  the  river  frost,  and  is  thus  made  a  prominent  object,  though  it  has  no  special 
architectural  beauty. 


JARA'SANDHA's  SIEGE  OF   MATHtRA'.  (J5 

with  Balaram  lie  invaded  the  city  of  the  dead  and  claimed  from  Jama  the 
Brahman's  son,  whom  they  took  back  with  them  to  the  light  of  day  and 
restored  to  his  enraptured  parents.  The  shell  in  which  the  demon  had  dwelt 
(whence  his  title  Sankhasur)  was  ever  thereafter  borne  by  the  hern  as  his 
special  emblem*  under  the  name  of  Panchajanya. 

Meanwhile,  the  widows  of  King  Kansa  had  fled  to  Magadha,  their  native 
land,  and  implored  their  father,  Jarasandha,  to  take  up  arms  and  avenge  theii 
murdered  lord.  Scarcely  had  Krishna  returned  to  Mathura  when  the  assem- 
bled hosts  invested  the  city.  The  gallant  prince  did  not  wait  the  attack  ;  but, 
accompanied  by  Balaram,  sallied  forth,  routed  the  enemy  and  took  Jarasan- 
dha prisoner.  Compassionating  the  utterness  of  his  defeat,  they  allowed  him 
to  return  to  his  own  country,  where,  unmoved  by  the  generosity  of  his  victors, 
•he  immediately  began  to  raise  a  new  army  on  a  still  larger  scale  than  the  pre- 
ceding, and  again  invaded  the  dominions  of  Ugrasen.  Seventeen  times  did 
Jarasandha  renew  the  attack,  seventeen  times  was  he  repulsed  by  Krishna. 
Finding  it  vain  to  continue  the  struggle  alone,  he  at  last  called  to  his  aid  King 
K:ila-yavana,t  who  with  his  barbarous  hordes  from  the  far  west,  bore  down 
upon  the  devoted  city  of  Mathura.  That  very  night  Krishna  bade  arise  on 
the  remote  shore  of  the  Bay  of  Kachh  the  stately  Fort  of  Dvvaraka,  and 
thither,  in  a  moment  of  time,  transferred  the  whole  of  his  faithful  people  :  the 
first  intimation  that  reached  them  of  their  changed  abode  was  the  sound  of  the 
roaring  waves  when  they  woke  en  the  following  morning.  He  then  returned 
to  do  battle  against  the  allied  invaders  ;  but  being  hard  pressed  by  the  barba- 
rian king,  he  fled  and  took  refuge  in  a  cave,  where  the  holy  Muehkunda  was 
sleeping,  and  there  concealed  himself.  "When  the  Yavana  arrived,  he  took  the 
sleeper  to  be  Krishna  and  spurned  him  with  his  foot,  whereupon  Muehkunda 
awoke  and  with  a  glance  reduced  him  to  ashes. $     But  meanwhile  Mathura  had 

*  The  legend  has  been  invented  to  explain  why  the  sankha,  or  conch-shell,  is  employed  as  a 
religious  emblem:  the  simpler  reason  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  of  its  constant  nse  as  an  auxi- 
liary to  temple  worship.  In  consequence  of  a  slight  similarity  in  the  name,  this  incident  is  popu- 
larly connected  with  the  village  of  Sonsa  in  the  Mathura  pargana,  without  much  regard  to  the 
exigencies  of  the  narrative,  since  l'rabhasa,  where  1'anchajana  was  slain,  is  far  away  on  the 
shore  of  the  Western  Ocean  in  Gujarat. 

f  The  soul  of  Kala-yavana  is  Bupposed  in  a  second  birth  to  have  animated  the  body  of  the 
tyrannical  Aurangzeb. 

X  The  traditional  scene  of  this  event  is  laid  at  Muchkund,  a  lake  three  miles  to  the 
west  of  Dholpur,  where  two  bathing  fairs  are  annually  held  :  the  one  in  May,  the  other  at  the 
beginning  of  September.  The  lake  has  as  many  as  114  temples  on  its  banks,  though  none  are 
of  great  antiquity.     It  covers  an  area  of  41  acres  and  lies  in  a  natural  hollow  of  great  depth, 

17 


66  KRISHNA   AT   DWA'RAKA*. 

fallen  into  the  hands  of  Jarasandha,  who  forthwith  destroyed  all  the  palaces 
and  temples  and  every  memento  of  the  former  dynasty,  and  erected  new  build- 
ings in  their  place  as  monuments  of  his  own  conquest.* 

Thenceforth  Krishna  reigned  with  great  glory  at  Dwaraka  ;  and  not  many 
days  had  elapsed  when,  fired  with  the  report  of  the  matchless  beauty  of  the 
princess  Rukmini,  daughter  of  Bhishmak,  king  of  Kundina  in  the  country 
of  Vidarbha,  he  broke  in  upon  the  marriage  feast,  and  carried  her  off  before 
the  very  eyes  of  her  betrothed,  the  Ghanderi  king  Sisupal.f  After  this  he 
contracted  many  other  splendid  alliances,  even  to  the  number  of  sixteen  thou- 
sand and  one  hundred,  and  became  the  father  of  a  hundred  and  eighty  thou- 
sand sons.t  In  the  Great  War  he  took  up  arms  with  his  five  cousins,  the 
Pandav  princes,  to  terminate  the  tyranny  of  Duryodhau  ;  and  accompanied 
by  Bhima  and  Arjuna,  invaded  Magadha,  and  taking  Jarasandha  by  surprise, 
put  him  to  death  and  burnt  his  capital  :  and  many  other  noble  achievements 
did  he  perform,  which  are  written  iu  the  chronicles  of  Dwaraka  ;  but  Mathura 
saw  him  no  more,  and  the  legends  of  Mathura  are  ended. 

To  many  persons  it  will  appear  profane  to  institute  a  comparison  between 
the  inspired  oracles  of  Ghristianity  and  the   fictions  of  Hinduism.     But  if  we 

filled  in  the  rains  by  the  drainage  of  the  neighbourhood  and  fed  throughout  the  year  by  a  num- 
ber of  springs,  which  hare  their  source  iu  the  surrounding  sand-stone  hills.  The  local  legend 
is  that  Raj;i  Muchkund,  after  a  long  and  holy  life,  desired  to  find  rest  in  death.  The  gods  de- 
nied his  prayer,  but  allowed  him  to  repose  for  centuries  in  sleep  and  decree!  that  any  one  who 
disturbed  him  should  be  consumed  by  fire.  Krishna,  in  his  flight  from  Kala-yavana,  chanced 
to  paBS  the  place  where  the  Raja  slept  and,  without  disturbing  him,  threw  a  cloth  over  his  face 
and  concealed  himself  close  by.  Soon  after  arrived  Kila-yavana,  who,  concluding  that  the 
sleeper  was  the  enemy  he  sought,  rudely  awoke  him  and  was  iustantly  consumed.  After  this 
Krishna  remained  with  the  Raja  tor  some  days  and  finding  that  no  water  was  to  be  had  nearer 
than  the  Chambal,  he  stamped  his  foot  and  so  caused  a  depression  in  the  rock,  which  immedi- 
ately filled  with  water  and  now  forms  the  lake. 

*  As  Magadha  became  the  great  centre  of  Buddhism,  and  indeed  derives  its  latter  name 
of  Bihar  from  the  numerous  Viharas,  or  Buddhist  monasteries,  which  it  contained,  its  king  Ja- 
rasan.iha  and  his  son-iu-law  Kansa  have  been  described  by  the  orthodox  writers  of  the  Maha* 
bh.irat  and  Sri  Bhagavat  with  all  the  animus  they  felt  against  the  professors  of  that  religion, 
though  in  reality  it  had  not  come  into  existence  till  BO;ne  400  years  after  Jarasandha 's  death. 
Thus  the  narrative  of  Krishna's  retreat  to  Dwaraka  and  the  subsequent  demolition  of  Hindu 
Mathura,  besides  its  primary  signification,  represents  also  in  mythological  language  the  great 
historical  fact,  attested  by  the  notices  of  contemporary  travellers  and  the  results  of  recent  an- 
tiquarian research,  that  for  a  time  Brahmanism  was  almost  eradicated  from  Central  India  and 
Buddhism  established  as  the  national  religion. 

t  Sisupal  was  first  cousin  to  Krishna;  his  mother,  Srutadcvi,  being  Vasudeva's  sister. 

X  These  extravagant  numbers  are  merely  intended  to  indicate  the  wide  diffusion  and  power 
of  the  great  Jadava  (vulgarly  Jadou)  clan, 


CONNECTION   OF   KRISHNA   WITH   CHRIST.  67 

fairly  consider  the  legend  as  above  sketched,  and  allow  for  a  slight  element  or* 
the  grotesque  and  that  tendency  to  exaggerate  which  is  inalienable  from 
Oriental  imagination,  we  shall  find  nothing  incongruous  with  the  primary  idea 
of  a  beneficent  divinity  manifested  in  the  flesh  in  order  to  deliver  the  world 
from  oppression  and  restore  the  practice  of  true  religion.  Even  as  regards  the 
greatest  stumbling-block,  viz.,  the  '  Panchadyaya,'  or  five  chapters  of  the  Bhaga- 
vat,  which  describe  Krishna's  amours  with  the  Gopis,  the  language  is 
scarcely,  if  at  all,  more  glowing  and  impassioned  than  that  employed  in  '  the 
song  of  songs,  which  is  Solomon's;'  and  if  theologians  maintain  that  the  latter 
must  be  mystical  because  inspired,  how  can  a  similar  defence  be  denied  to  tho 
Hindu  philosopher?  As  to  those  wayward  caprices  of  the  child-god,  for  which 
no  adequate  explanation  can  be  assigned,  the  Brahman,  without  any  deroga- 
tion from  his  intellect,  may  regard  them  as  the  sport  of  the  Almighty,  the 
mysterious  dealings  of  an  inscrutable  Providence,  styled  in  Sanskrit  termino- 
logy mdyd,  and  in  the  language  of  Holy  Church  sapientia — sapientia  ludens 
Omni  tempore,  ludens  in  orbe  terrarum. 

Attempts  have  also  been  made  to  establish  a  definite  and  immediate 
connection  between  tho  Hindu  narrative  and  at  least  the  earlier  chapters  of 
S.  Matthew's  Gospel.  But  I  think  without  success.  There  is  an  obvious  simi- 
larity of  sound  between  the  names  Christ  and  Krishna  ;  Herod's  massacre  of 
the  innocents  may  be  compared  with  the  massacre  of  the  children  of  Mathura 
by  Kansa  ;  the  flight  into  Egypt  with  the  flight  to  Gokul  ;  as  Christ  had  a 
forerunner  of  supernatural  birth  in  the  person  of  S.  John  the  Baptist,  so  had 
Krishna  in  Balaram  ;  and  as  tho  infant  Saviour  was  cradled  in  a  manger  and 
first  worshipped  by  shepherds,  though  descended  from  the  royal  house  of 
Judah,  so  Krishna,  though  a  near  kinsman  of  the  reigning  prince,  was  brought 
up  amongst  cattle  and  first  manifested  his  divinity  to  herdsmen.*  The  infer- 
ence drawn  from  these  coincidences  is  corroborated  by  an  ecclesiastical  tradi- 
tion that  the  Gospel  which  S.  Thomas  the  Apostle  brought  with  him  to  India 

♦Hindu  pictures  of  the  infant  Krishna  in  the  arms  of  his  foster-mother  Jasodd,  with  a 
glory  encircling  the  heads  both  of  mother  and  child  and  a  background  of  Oriental  scenery, 
might  often  pass  for  Indian  representations  of  Christ  and  the  Madonna.  Professor  Weber 
has  written  at  great  length  to  argue  a  connection  between  them.  But  few  Bcenes  (as  remarked 
by  Dr.  Kajendralala  Mitra)  could  be  more  natural  or  indigenous  in  any  country  than  that  of  a 
woman  nursing  a  child,  and  in  delineating  it  in  one  country  it  is  all  but  utterly  impossible  to 
design  something  which  would  not  occur  to  other  artists  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  The 
relation  of  original  and  copy  in  such  case  can  be  inferred  only  from  the  details,  the  technical 
treatment,  general  arrangement  and  style  of  execution;  and  in  these  respects  there  is  no  simU 
larity  between  the  Hindu  painting  and  the  Byzantine  Madonna  quoted  by  Professor  Weber. 


68  SIMILARITY  OF  NAMES. 

was  that  of  S.  Matthew,  and  that  when  his  relics  were  discovered,  a  copy  of  it 
was  found  to  have  been  buried  with  him.  It  is  further  to  be  noted  that  the 
special  Vaislmava  tenets  of  the  unity  of  the  Godhead  and  of  salvation  by  faith 
are  said  to  have  been  introduced  by  Narada  from  the  Sweta-dwipa,  an 
unknown  region,  which  if  the  word  be  interpreted  to  mean  '  White-man's  land,' 
might  well  be  identified  with  Christian  Europe.  It  is,  on  the  other  hand, 
absolutely  certain  that  the  name  of  Krishna,  however  late  the  full  development 
of  the  legendary  cycle,  was  celebrated  throughout  India  long  before  the  Chris- 
tian era  ;  thus  the  only  possible  hypothesis  is  that  some  pandit,  struck  by  the 
marvellous  circumstances  of  our  Lord's  infancy  as  related  in  the  Gospel,  trans- 
ferred them  to  his  own  indigenous  mythology,  and  on  account  of  the  similarity 
of  name  selected  Krishna  as  their  hero.  It  is  quite  possible  that  a  new  life  of 
Krishna  may  in  this  way  have  been  constructed  out  of  incidents  borrowed 
from  Christian  records,  since  we  know  as  a  fact  of  literary  history  that  the 
converse  process  has  been  actually  performed.  Thus  Fr.  Beschi,  who  was  in 
India  from  1700  to  1742,  in  the  hope  of  supplanting  the  Kamayana,  composed, 
on  the  model  of  that  famous  Hindu  epic,  a  poem  of  8,615  stanzas  divided  into 
30  cantos,  called  the  Tembavani,  or  Unfading  Garland,  in  which  every  adven- 
ture, miracle  and  achievement  recorded  of  the  national  hero,  Rama,  was  elabo- 
rately paralleled  by  events  in  the  life  of  Christ.  It  may  be  added  that  the 
Harivansa,  which  possibly  is  as  old*  as  any  of  the  Vaishnava  Puranas,  was 
certainly  written  by  a  stranger  to  the  country  of  Braj  ;|  and  not  only  so,  but 
it  further  shows  distinct  traces  of  a  southern  origin,  as  in  its  description  of  the 
exclusively  Dakkini  festival,  the  Punjal:  and  it  is  only  in  the  south  of  India  that 

*  It  is  quoted  by  Biruni  (born  970,  died  1038  A.  D.)  as  a  standard  authority  in  his  time. 

t  The  proof  of  this  statement  is  that  all  his  topographical  descriptions  are  utterly  irrecon- 
cilable with  facts.  Thus  lie  mentions  that  Krishna  and  Balarama  -were  brought  up  at  a  spot 
selected  by  Nanda  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna  near  the  hill  of  Gobardhan  (Canto  61).  Now. 
Gobardhau  is  some  fifteen  miles  from  the  river  ;  and  the  neighbourhood  of  Gokula  and  Mahaban, 
which  all  other  written  authorities  and  also  ancient  tradition  agree  in  declaring  to  hare  been  the 
scene  of  Krishna's  infancy,  is  several  miles  further  distant  from  the  ridge  and  on  the  other  side 
of  the  Jamuna.     Again,  Tal-ban  is  described  (Canto  79)  as  lying  north  of  Gobardhan  — 

^f^TrT  rfrlT  CRT      l*Q  rTT^H    S^rl 

It  is  south-east  of  Gobardhan  and  with  the  city  of  Mathura  between  it  and  Brinda-ban,  though 
in  the  Bluigavat  it  is  said  to  be  close  to  the  latter  town.  8o  also  Bhandir-ban  is  represented 
iu  the  Harivansa  as  being  on  the  same  side  of  the  river  as  the  Kali-Jlardan  Ghat,  being  in  reality 
nearly  opposite  to  it. 


EARLY  INDIAN   CHRISTIANITY.  69* 

a  Brahman  would  be  likely  to  meet  with  Christian  traditions.  There  the  Church 
has  had  a  continuous,  though  a  feeble  and  struggling  existence,  from  the  very 
earliest  Apostolic  times*''  down  to  the  present  :  and  it  must  he  admitted  that 
there  is  no  intrinsic  improbability  in  supposing  that  the  narrative  ot  the  Gospel 
may  have  exercised  on  some  Hindu  sectarian  a  similar  influence  to  that  which 
the  Pentateuch  and  the  Talmud  had  on  the  founder  of  Islam.  Nor  are  the 
differences  between  the  authentic  legends  of  Judaism  and  the  perversions  of  them 
that  appear  in  the  Kuran  very  much  greater  than  those  which  distinguish  the 
life  of  Christ  from  the  life  of  Krishna.  But  alter  all  that  can  be  urged  there 
is  no  historical  basis  for  the  supposed  connection  between  the  two  narratives, 
which  probably  would  never  have  been  suggested  but  for  the  similarity  of 
name.  Now,  that  is  certainly  a  purely  accidental  coincidence  ;  for  Christos  is 
as  obviously  a  Greek  as  Krishna  is  a  Sanskrit  formation,  and  the  roots  from 
which  the  two  words  are  severally  derived  are  entirely  different. 

The  similarity  of  doctrine  is  perhaps  a  yet  more  curious  phenomenon,  and 
Dr.  Lorinser,  in  his  German  version  of  the  Bhagavad  Gita,  which  is  the  most 

*  According  to  Eusebius,  the  Apostle  who  visited  India  was  not  Thomas,  but  Bartholomew 
There  is,  however,  no  earlier  tradition  to  confirm  the  latter  name  ;  while  the'  Acts  of  S.  Thomas' — 
though  apocryphal— are  mentioned  by  F.piphanius,  who  was  consecrated  Bishop  of  Salamis  about 
3GS  A.D.,  and  are  attributed  by  Photiua  to  Lucius  Charinas,  by  later  scholars  to  Bardesanes  at  the 
end  of  the  second  century.  Anyhow,  they  are  ancient,  and  as  it  would  hare  been  against  the 
writer's  interest  to  contradict  established  facts,  the  probability  is  that  his  historical  ground- 
work— S.  Thomas'  visit  to  India — is  correct.  That  Christianity  still  continued  to  exist  there, 
after  the  time  of  the  Apostles,  is  proved  by  the  statement  of  Eusebius  that  Pantanus,  the  teacher 
of  Clemens  Alexandrious,  visited  the  country  in  the  second  century  and  brought  backwi.h 
him  to  Alexandria  a  copy  of  the  Hebrew  Gospel  of  S.  Matthew.  S.  Chrysostom  also  speaks  of  a 
translation  into  the  Indian  tongue  of  a  Gospel  or  Catechism  ;  a  Metropolitan  of  Persia  and  India 
attended  the  Council  of  Nice  ;  and  the  heresiarch  Mani,  put  to  death  about  272  A.D.,  wrote  an 
Epistle  to  the  Indians.  Much  stress,  however, must  not  be  laid  on  these  latter  facts,  since  India 
in  early  times  was  a  term  of  very  wide  extent.  According  to  tradition  S.  Thomas  founded  seven 
Churches  iu  Malabar,  the  names  of  which  are  given  and  are  certainly  old  ;  and  in  the  sixth  cen- 
tury, Cosmas  Indico-pleustes,  a  Byzantine  monk,  speaks  of  a  Church  at  Male  (Malabar)  with  a 
Bishop  in  the  town  of  Kalliena  (Kalyin)  who  had  been  conscecrated  in  Persia.  The  sculptured 
crosses  which  S.  Francis  Xavierand  other  Catholic  Missionaries  supposed  to  be  relics  of  S.  Thomas 
have  Pahlavi  inscriptions,  from  the  character  of  which  it  is  surmised  that  they  arc  not  of  earlier 
date  than  the  seventh  or  eighth  century.  The  old  connection  between  Malabar  and  Edessa  is  proba- 
bly to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  S.  Thomas  was,  as  Eusebius  and  other  ecclesiastical  iiistorians 
describe  him,  the  Apostle  of  Edessa,  while  Pahlavi,  which  is  an  Aramean  dialect  of  Assyria,  may 
well  have  been  known  and  used  as  far  north  as  that  city,  since  it  was  the  language  of  the  Persian 
Court.  From  Antioch,  which  is  not  many  miles  distant  from  ancient  Edessa,  and  to  which  the 
E  lessa  Church  was  made  Bubject,  the  Malabar  Christians  have  from  a  very  early  period  received 
their  Bishops. 

18 


70  CONNECTION   BETWEEN   CHRIST   AND   KRISHNA    IMAGINARY. 

authoritative  exponent  of  Vaishnava  tenets,  has  attempted  to  point  out  that  it 
contains  many  coincidences  with  and  references  to  the  New  Testament.  As 
Dr.  Muir  has  very  justly  observed,  there  is  no  doubt  a  general  resemblance 
between  the  manner  in  which  Krishna  asserts  his  own  divine  nature,  enjoins 
devotion  to  his  person  and  sets  forth  the  blessing  which  will  result  to  his  votaries 
from  such  worship  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  language  of  the  fourth  Gospel  on 
the  other.  But  the  immediate  introduction  of  the  Bible  into  the  explanation  of 
the  Bhagavad  Gita  is  at  least  premature.  For  though  some  of  the  parallels  are 
curious,  the  ethics  and  the  religion  of  different  peoples  are  not  so  different 
from  one  another  that  here  and  there  coincidence  should  not  be  expected  to 
be  found.  Most  of  the  verses  cited  exhibit  no  very  close  resemblance  to  Biblical 
texts  and  are  only  such  as  might  naturally  have  occurred  spontaneously  to  an 
Indian  writer.  And  more  particularly  with  regard  to  the  doctrine  of '  faith' 
bhakti  may  be  a  modern  term,  but  sraddha,  in  much  the  same  sense,  is  found 
even  in  the  hymns  of  the  Rig  Veda. 

A  striking  example  of  the  insufficiency  of  mere  coincidence  in  name  and 
event,  to  establish  a  material  connection  between  the  legends  of  any  two 
reigions,  is  afforded  by  the  narrative  of  Buddha's  temptation  as  given  in  the 
Lalita  Vistara.  In  all  such  cases  the  metaphysical  resemblance  tends  to  prove 
the  identity  of  the  religious  idea  in  all  ages  of  the  world  and  among  all  races 
of  mankind  ;  but  any  historical  connection,  in  the  absence  of  historical  proof,  is 
purely  hypothetical.  The  story  of  the  Temptation  in  the  fourth  Chapter  of 
S.  Matthew's  Gospel,  which  was  undergone  after  a  long  fast  and  before  the 
commencement  of  our  Lord's  active  ministry,  is  exactly  paralleled  by  the  cir- 
cumstances of  Buddha's  victory  over  tho  assaults  of  the  Evil  One,  after  he  had 
completed  his  six  years  of  penance  and  before  he  began  his  public  career  as  a 
national  Reformer.  But  the  Lalita  Vistara  is  anterior  in  date  to  the  Christian 
revelation,  and  therefore  caunot  have  borrowed  from  it  ;  while  it  is  also  certain 
that  the  Buddhist  legend  can  never  have  reached  S.  Matthew's  ears,  and  there- 
fore any  connection  between  the  two  narratives  is  absolutely  impossible.  My 
belief  is  that  all  the  supposed  connection  between  Christ  and  Krishna  is  equally 
imaginary. 


CHAPTER    I  V. 

THE  BRAJ-MANDAL,   TIIE   BAN-JXTKA,   AND   THE   HOLI. 

Not  only  the  city  of  Mathuni,  but  with  it  the  whole  of  the  western  half  oi'ili 
district,  has  a  special  interest  of  its  own  as  the  birth-place  and  abiding  home  of 
Vaishnava  Hinduism.  It  is  about  42  miles  in  length,  with  an  average  breadth 
of  30  miles,  and  is  intersected  throughout  by  the  river  Jamuna.  On  the  risrht 
bank  of  the  stream  are  the  parganas  of  Kosi  and  Ghhata — so  named  after  their 
principal  towns — with  the  home  pargana  below  them  to  the  south  ;  and  on  the 
left  bank  the  united  parganas  of  Mat  and  Noh-jhil,  with  half  the  pargana  of 
Maha-ban  as  far  east  as  the  town  of  Baladeva.  This  extent  of  country  is  almost 
absolutely  identical  with  the  Braj-mandal  of  Hindu  topography  ;  the  circuit  of 
84  kos  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Gokul  and  Brinda-ban,  where  the  divine 
brothers  Krishna  and  Balaram  grazed  their  herds. 

The  first  aspect  of  the  country  is  a  little  disappointing  to  the  student  of  San- 
skrit literature,  who  has  been  led  by  the  glowing  eulogiums  of  the  poets  to  antici- 
pate a  second  vale  of  Tempe.  A  similarly  unfavourable  impression  is  generally 
produced  upon  the  mind  of  any  chance  traveller,  who  is  carried  rapidly  alono- 
the  dusty  high-road,  and  can  scarcely  see  beyond  the  hideous  strip  of  broken 
ground  which  the  engineers  reserve  on  either  side,  in  order  to  supply  the 
soil  required  for  annual  repairs.  As  this  strip  is  never  systematically  levelled, 
but  is  dug  up  into  irregular  pits  and  hollows,  the  size  and  depth  of  which  are 
determined  solely  by  the  requirements  of  the  moment,  the  effect  is  unsightly 
enough  to  spoil  any  landscape.  The  following  unflattering  description  is  that 
given  by  Mons.  Victor  Jacquemont,  who  came  out  to  India  on  a  scientific 
mission  on  behalf  of  the  Paris  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  passed  through 
Agra  and  Mathura  on  his  way  to  the  Himalayas  in  the  cold  weather  of  1829-30. 
"  Nothing,"  he  writes,  "  can  be  less  picturesque  than  the  Jamuna.  The  soil  is 
sandy  and  the  cultivated  fields  are  intermingled  with  waste  tracks,  where  scarce- 
ly anything  will  grow  but  the  Capparis  aphi/lla  and  one  or  two  kinds  of 
zysyphus.  There  is  little  wheat  ;  barley  is  the  prevailing  cereal,  with  peas, 
sesamum,  and  cotton.  In  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  the  villages  the 
Tamarix  articulata  gives  a  little  shade  with  its  delicate  foliage,  which  is  super- 
latively graceful  no  doubt,  but  as  melancholy  as  that  of  the  pine,  which  it 
strangely  resembles.  The  villages  are  far  apart  from  one  another  and  present 
■every  appearance  of  decay.     Most  of  them  are  surrounded   by  strong  walls 


72  CHARACTER   OF   THE   SCENERY. 

flanked  with  towers,  but  their  circuit  often  encloses  only  a  few  miserable  cot- 
tages." After  a  lapse  of  50  years  the  above  description  is  still  fairly  appli- 
cable. The  villages  are  now  more  populous  and  the  mud  walls  by  which  fchej 
were  protected,  being  no  longer  required,  have  been  gradully  levelled  with  tho 
ground.  But  the  general  features  remain  unchanged.  The  soil,  being  poor 
and  thin,  is  unfavourable  to  the  growth  of  most  large  forest  trees  ;  the  mango 
and  shisham,  the  glory  of  the  lower  Dual),  are  conspicuously  absent,  and  their 
place  is  most  inadequately  supplied  by  the  nim,  fards,  and  various  species  ul 
the  tig  tribe.  For  the  same  reason  the  dust  in  any  ordinary  weather  is  deep 
on  all  tho  thoroughfares  and,  if  the  slightest  air  is  stirring,  rises  in  a  dense  cloud, 
and  veils  tho  whole  landscape  in  an  impenetrable  haze.  The  Jamuna,  the  one 
great  river  of  Braj,  during  eight  months  of  the  year  meanders  sullenly,  a  mere 
rivulet,  between  wide  expanses  of  sand,  bounded  by  monotonous  flats  of  arable 
land,  or  high  banks,  which  the  rapidly  expended  force  of  contributory  torrents  has 
cracked  and  broken  into  ugly  chasms  and  stony  ravines,  naked  of  all  vegetation. 

As  the  limits  of  Braj  from  north  to  south  on  one  side  are  defined  by  the 
high  lands  to  the  east  of  the  Jamuna,  so  are  they  on  the  other  side  by  the  hill 
ranges  of  Bharat-pur;  but  there  are  few  peaks  of  conspicuous  height  and  the 
general  outline  is  tame  and  unimpressive.  The  villages,  though  large,  are  meanly 
built,  and  betray  the  untidiness  characteristic  of  Jats  and  Giijars,  who  form  the 
bulk  of  the  population.  From  a  distance  they  are  often  picturesque,  being 
built  on  the  slope  of  natural  or  artificial  mounds,  and  thus  gaining  dignity 
by  elevation.  But  on  nearer  approach  they  are  found  to  consist  of  labyrinths  of 
the  narrowest  lanes  winding  between  the  mud  walls  of  large  enclosures,  which 
are  rather  cattle-yards  than  houses.  At  the  base  of  the  hill  is  ordinarily  a 
broad  circle  of  meadow  land,  studded  with  low  trees,  which  afford  grateful 
-hide  and  pasturage  for  the  cattle  ;  while  the  large  pond,  from  which  the  earth 
was  dug  to  construct  the  village  site,  supplies  them  throughout  the  year  with 
water.  These  natural  woods  commonly  consist  of  pilu,  cJthonkar,  and  hadamb 
trees,  among  which  are  always  interspersed  clumps  of  hard  with  its  leafless 
evergreen  twigs  and  bright-coloured  flower  and  fruit.  Tho  pasendit,  pdpri, 
ami,  hingot,  'join!:,  barna,  and  dim  also  occur,  but  less  frequently  ;  though  the 
last-named,  the  Sanskrit  dhava,  at  Barsana  clothes  the  whole  of  the  hill-side. 
At  sun-rise  and  sun-set  the  thoroughfares  are  all  but  impassable,  as  the  strag- 
gling herds  of  oxen  and  buffaloes  leave  and  return  to  the  homestead:  for  in  the 
straitened  precincts  of  an  ordinary  village  arc  stalled  every  night  from  500  or 
600  to  1,000  head  of  cattle,  at  least  equalling,  often  outnumbering,  the  human, 
population. 


THE   SCENERY   AT   ITS   BEST. 


The  general  poverty  of  the  district  forms  the  motif  of  the  following  popular 
Hindi  couplet,  in  which  Krishna's  neglect  to  enrich  the  land  of  his  birth  with 
any  choicer  product  than  the  karil,  or  wild  caper,  is  cited  as  an  illustration  of 
his  wilfulness: 


^1T  ^W  X^^H  sift       If  ^r#T    TJTTl  I 
5FT^    *1    WW    cfifT       S2T  Sal  3H  TTlff  1! 

which  may  be  thus  done  into  English  : 

Krishna,  you  see,  will  never  lose  his  wayward  whims  and  vapours  ; 
For  Kabul  teeu:B  with  luscious  fruit,  while  Braj  boasts  only  capers. 

In  the  rains  however,  at  which  season  of  the  year  all  pilgrimages  are  made, 
the  Jamuna  is  a  mighty  stream,  a  mile  or  more  broad;  its  many  contributory 
torrents  and  all  the  ponds  and  lakes,  with  which  the  district  abounds,  are  filled  to 
overflowing;  the  rocks  and  hills  are  clothed  with  foliage,  the  dusty  plain  is  trans- 
formed into  a  green  sward,  and  the  smiling  prospect  goes  far  to  justify  the  warm- 
est panegyrics  of  the  Hindu  poets,  whose  appreciation  of  the  scenery,  it  must  be 
remembered,  has  been  further  intensified  by  religious  enthusiasm.  Even  at  all 
seasons  of  the  year  the  landscape  has  a  quiet  charm  of  its  own  ;  a  sudden  turn  in 
the  winding  lane  reveals  a  grassy  knoll  with  stone-built  well  and  overhanging 
pipal;  or  some  sacred  grove,  where  gleaming  tufts  of  karil  and  the  white-blossomed 
ariisa  weed  are  dotted  about  between  the  groups  of  weird  pilu  trees  with  their 
clusters  of  tiny  berries  and  strangely  gnarled  and  twisted  trunks,  all  entangled 
in  a  dense  undergrowth  of  prickly  her  and  tens  and  chhonkar:  while  in  the  centre, 
bordered  with  flowering  oleander  and  nivdra,  a  still  cool  lake  reflects  the  modest 
shrine  and  well-fenced  bush  of  tulsi  that  surmount  the  raised  terrace,  from  which 
a  broad  flight  of  steps,  gift  of  some  thankful  pilgrim  from  afar,  leads  down  to 
the  water's  edge.  The  most  pleasing  architectural  works  in  the  district  are  the 
large  masonry  tanks,  which  are  very  numerous  and  often  display  excellent  tasti 
in  design  and  skill  in  execution.  The  temples,  though  in  some  instances  of 
considerable  size,  are  all,  excepting  those  in  the  three  towns  of  Mathura, 
Brinda-ban  and  Gobardhan,  utterly  devoid  of  artistic  merit. 

To  a  very  recent  period  almosttho  whole  of  this  large  area  was  pasture  and 
woodland  and,  as  we  have  already  remarked,  many  of  the  villages  an'  .-till 
environed  with  belts  of  trees.  These  are  variously  designated  as  ghana,  jhdri, 
r.akhyu,  ban,  or  khandi*  and  are  often  of  considerable  extent.     Thus,  the  Koki- 

*  When  the  last  term  is  used,  the  name  of  the  most  prevalent  kind  of  tree  is  always  added, 
as  for  instance  Itadamb-hhandi, 

19 


74  LOCALIZATION   OF   LEGENDS. 

Ia-ban  at  Great  Bathan  covers  723  acres  ;  the  rakliya  at  Kamar  more  than 
1,000;  and  in  the  contiguous  villages  of  Pisaya  and  Karahla  the  rakliya  and 
kadamb-khandi  together  amount  to  nearly  as  much.  The  year  of  the  great 
famine,  1838  A.  D.,  is  invariably  given  as  the  date  when  the  land  began  to  be 
largely  reclaimed  ;  the  immediate  cause  being  the  number  of  new  roads  which 
were  then  opened  out  for  the  purpose  of  affording  employment  to  the  starving 
population. 

Almost  every  spot  is  traditionally  connected  with  some  event  in  the  life  of 
Krishna  or  of  his  mythical  mistress  Badha,  sometimes  to  the  prejudice  of  an 
earlier  divinity.  Thus,  two  prominent  peaks  in  tbe  Bharat-pur  range  are  crowned 
with  the  villages  of  Nand-ganw  and  Barsana  :  of  which  the  former  is  venerated 
as  the  home  of  Krishna's  foster-father  Nanda,  and  the  latter  as  the  residence 
of  Badha's  parents,  Vrisha-bhanu  and  Kirat.*  Both  legends  are  now  as  impli- 
citly credited  as  the  fact  that  Krishna  was  born  at  Mathura  ;  while  in  reality, 
the  name  Nand-ganw,  the  sole  foundation  for  the  belief,  is  an  ingenious  substi- 
tution for  Nandisvar,  a  title  of  Maha-deva,  and  Barsana  is  a  corruption  of 
Brahma-sanu,  the  hill  of  Brahma.  Only  the  Giri-raj  at  Gobardhan  was,  accord- 
in  or  to  the  original  distribution,  dedicated  to  Vishnu,  the  second  person  of  the 
tri-murti,  or  Hindu  trinity;  though  now  he  is  recognized  as  the  tutelary  divi- 
nity at  all  three  hill-places.  Similarly,  Bhau-ganw,  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
Jamuna,  was  clearly  so  called  from  Bhava,  one  of  the  eight  manifestations  of 
Siva  ;  but  the  name  is  now  generally  modified  to  Bhay-ganw,  and  is  supposed 
to  commemorate  the  alarm  {Ohay)  felt  in  the  neighbourhood  at  the  time  when 
Nanda,  bathing  in  the  river,  was  carried  off  by  the  god  Varuna.  A  masonry 
landing-place  on  the  water's  edge  called  Nand-Ghat,  with  a  small  temple,  dat- 
ing only  from  last  century,  are  the  foundation  and  support  of  the  local  legend. 
Of  a  still  more  obsolete  cultus,  viz.,  snake-worship,  faint  indications  may  be 
detected  in  a  few  local  names  and  customs.  Thus,  at  Jait,  on  the  highroad  to 
Delhi,  there  is  an  ancient  five-headed  Naga,  carved  in  stone,  by  the  side  of  a 
small  tankt  which  occupies  the  centre  of  a  low  plain  adjoining  the  village.  It 
stands  some  four  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  ground,  while-  its  fail  was  sup- 
posed to  reach  away  to  the  Kali-mardan  Ghat  at  Brinda-ban,  a  distance  of  seven 
miles.     A  slight  excavation  at  the  base  of  the  figure  has,   for  a  few  years  at 

*  Kirat  is  the  only  name  popularly  known  in  the  locality  ;  in  the  Padma  Purana  it  appears 
in  its  more  correct  form  as  Kirttida:  in  the  Brahma  Vaivarta  she  is  called  Kalavati.  Iv  may  also 
be  mentioned  that  Vrisha-bhanu  is  always  pronounced  Brikh-bhan. 

t  This  tank  was  re-excavated  as  a  famine  relief  work  in  the  year  187S  at  a  cost  of  lis.  0,787. 


EXPLANATION  OP  LOCAL  NOMENCLATURE.  75 

least,  dispelled  the  local  superstition.  So  again,  at  the  village  of  Paigiinv,  a 
grove  and  lake  called  respectively  Pai-ban  and  Pai-ban-kund  are  the  scene  of 
an  annual  fair  known  as  the  Barasi  Ndga  ji  mcla.  This  is  now  regarded  more 
as  the  anniversary  of  the  death  of  a  certain  Mahant;  but  in  all  probability  it 
dates  from  a  much  earlier  period,  and  the  village  name  would  seem  to  be 
derived  from  the  large  offerings  of  milk  (payas)  with  which  it  is  usual  to  pro- 
pitiate the  Naga,  or  serpent-god. 

Till  the  close  of  the  lGth  century,  except  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  one 
great  thoroughfare,  there  was  only  here  and  there  a  scattered  hamlet  in  the 
midst  of  unreclaimed  woodland.  The  Vaishnava  cultus  then  first  developed 
into  its  present  form  under  the  influence  of  Rupa  and  Sanatana,  the  celebrated 
Bengali  Gosains  of  Brinda-ban  ;  and  it  is  not  improbable  that  they  were  the 
authors  of  the  Brahma  Vaivarta  Parana,*  the  recognized  Sanskrit  authority  for 
all  the  modern  local  legends.  It  was  their  disciple,  Narsiyan  Bhatt,  who  first 
established  the  Ban-jatra  and  Ras-lila,  and  it  was  from  him  that  every  lake  and 
grove  in  the  circuit  of  Braj  received  a  distinctive  name,  in  addition  to  the  some 
seven  or  eight  spots  which  alone  are  mentioned  in  the  earlier  Puranas.  In  the 
course  of  time,  small  villages  sprung  up  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  different  shrines 
bearing  the  same  name  with  them,  though  perhaps  in  a  slightly  modified  form. 
Thus  the  khadira-han,  or  '  acacia  grove,'  gives  its  name  to  the  village  of  Khaira; 
and  the  anjan  polJtar,  on  whose  green  bank  Krishna  pencilled  his  lady's  eye- 
brows with  anjan,  gives  its  name  to  the  village  of  Ajnokh,  occasionally  written 
at  greater  length  Ajnokhari.  Similarly,  when  Krishna's  home  was  fixed  at 
Nand-ganw  and  Radha's  at  Barsana,  a  grove  half-way  between  the  two  hills 
was  fancifully  selected  as  the  spot  where  the  youthful  couple  nsed  to  meet  to 
enjoy  the  delights  of  love.  There  a  temple  was  built  with  the  title  of  Radha- 
Raman,  and  the  village  that  grew  up  under  its  walls  was  called  Sanket,  that  is, 


*  The  Brahma  Vaivarta  Purana  is,  as  all  critics  admit,  an  essentially  modern  composition, 
and  Professor  Wilson  has  stated  his  belief  that  it  emanated  from  the  sect  of  the  Vallabhacharis, 
or  Gosains  of  Gokul.  Their  great  ancestor  settled  there  about  the  year  1489  A.  D.  The  popular 
Hindi  authority  for  Radha's  Life  and  Loves  is  the  Braj  Bilas  of  Braj-vasi  Das.  The  precise  date 
of  the  poem,  sambat  1800,  corresponding  to  1743  A.  D.,  is  given  in  the  following  line— 

gp=m  Jem  titim  tjjct  sit^t 

so         -o 

Another  work  of  high  repute  is  the  Sir  Sagar  of  Sur  Das  Ji  (one  of  the  disciples  of  the 
great  religious  teacher  Ramauand)  as  edited  and  expanded  by  Krishninand  Vyasa. 


76  OLD   LOCAL  NAMES. 

'place  of  assignation.*  Thus  we  may  readily  fall  in  with  Hindu  prejudices, 
and  admit  that  many  of  the  names  on  the  map  are  etymologically  connected  with 
events  in  Krishna's  life,  and  yet  deny  that  those  events  have  any  real  connec- 
tion with  the  spot,  inasmuch  as  neither  the  village  nor  the  local  name  had  any 
existence  till  centuries  after  the  incidents  occurred  which  they  are  supposed  to 
commemorate. 

The  really  old  local  names  are  almost  all  derived  from  the  physical 
character  of  the  country,  which  has  always  been  celebrated  for  its  wide  extent  of 
pasture  land  and  many  herds  of  cattle.  Thus  Gokul  means  originally  a  herd  of 
kine  ;  Gobardhan  a  rearer  of  kine  ;  Mat  is  so  called  from  mat,  a  milk-pail  :  and 
Dadhigunw  (contracted  into  Dah-ganw)  in  the  Kosi  pargana,  from  dadhi,  'curds.' 
Thus,  too,  '  Braj'  in  the  first  instance  means  '  a  herd,'  from  the  root  vraj,  '  ro 
go,'  in  allusion  to  the  constant  moves  of  nomadic  tribes.  And  hence  it  arises 
that  in  the  earliest;  authorities  for  Krishna's  adventures,  both  Vraja  and  Gokula 
are  used  to  denote,  not  the  definite  localities  now  bearing  those  names,  but  any 
chance  spot  temporarily  used  for  stalling  cattle  ;  inattention  to  this  archaism 
has  led  to  much  confusion  in  assigning  sites  to  the  various  legends.  The  word 
'  Mathura'  also  is  probably  connected  with  the  Sanskrit  root  math,  'to  churn  ;' 

*  The  temple  dedicated  to  Radha  Rauian,  which  was  built  by  Rup  Ram,  of  Barsana,  is  in 
precisely  the  same  style  as  the  one  at  Nand-ganw,  though  ou  rather  a  smaller  scale.  The  exterior 
has  an  imposing  appearance,  and  is  visible  from  a  considerable  distance,  but  there  is  nothing 
worth  seeing  inside,  the  workmanship  being  of  a  clumsy  description,  and  the  whole  of  the  clois- 
tered court-yard  crowded  with  the  meanest  hovels.  There  is,  however,  a  pretty  view  from  the  top 
of  the  walls.  The  original  shrine,  which  Rup  Ram  restored,  is  ascribed  to  Todar  Mall,  Akbar's 
fiinou3  minister.  The  little  temple  of  Bihari  (otherwise  called  Sija,  Mahal),  built  by  a 
Raja  of  Bardwan,  seems  to  be  accounted  much  more  sacred.  It  stands  in  a  walled  garden, all 
overgrown  with  hins  jungle,  in  which  is  a  high  J/iuld  with  several  baitkaks  and  other  holy  spots 
marked  by  inscribed  commemorative  tablets  set  up  by  one  of  Sindhia's  Generals  (as  at  Paitha  and 
other  places  in  the  neighbourhood)  in  sambat  1885.  It  is  here,  on  the  occasion  of  any  jdtra,  that 
ths  spectacles  of  Krishna's  marriage  is  represented  as  a  scene  in  the  Ras  Lila.  The  Krishna-kund 
is  a  large  sheet  of  water,  fifty  yards  square,  with  masonry  steps  on  one  of  its  sides.  In  the 
village  are  three  large  and  handsome  dwelling-houses,  built  in  the  reign  of  Siiraj  Mall,  by  one  of 
his  officials,  Jauhari  Mall  of  Fatihabad,  and  Baid  to  have  been  reduced  to  their  present  ruinous 
condition  by  the  succeeding  occupant  of  the  Bharat-pur  throne,  the  Raja  Jawahir  Sinh.  The 
Vihvala-kuud  is  a  few  hundred  yards  from  the  village  on  the  road  to  Karahla.  It  is  of  stone,  and 
has  on  its  margin  a  temple  of  Devi,  built  by  a  Maharaja  of  Gwalior.  The  Douian-bau  is  within 
the  boundaries  of  Nand-ganw,  but  is  about  the  same  distance  from  that  town  as  it  is  from  Bijwari 
and  Sanket.  It  is  a  very  pretty  spot,  of  the  same  character  as  Pisaya,  and  of  considerable  extent ; 
the  name  being  always  explained  to  mean  '  the  double  wood,'  as  if  a  corruption  of  do  van.  At 
either  extremity  is  a  large  pond  embosomed  in  the  trees,  the  one  called  Puran-inasi,  '  the  full 
moon,'  theother  Rundki  jhuudki,  'jingle  jingle.'    A  few  lields  beyond  is  the  Kamal-pur  grove. 


MYTHOLOGICAL   DERIVATIONS.  77 

the  churn  forming  a  prominent  feature  in  all  poetical  descriptions  of  the  local 
scenery.     Take,  for  example,  the  following  lines  from  the  Harivansa,  33'J5  : — 

cf3JFH5TTSHi|?T         3fqH5^I5^m*   I 

n^R^RXfT^ll       Sfpfjqi  ^HrJ^R   II 

"  A  fine  country  of  many  pasture-lands  and  well-nurtured  people,  full  ot 
ropes  for  tethering  cattle,  resonant  with  the  voice  of  the  sputtering  churn,  and 
flowing  with  butter-milk  ;  where  the  soil  is  ever  moist  with  milky  froth,  and 
the  stick  with  its  circling  cord  sputters  merrily  in  the  pail  as  the  girls  spin  it 
round." 

And,  again,  in  section  73  of  the  same  poem — 

gijTj  =q  f5TCRJ!J      HJRTSKlif^Tl  il 

"  In  homesteads  gladdened  by  the  sputtering  churn." 

In  many  cases  a  false  analogy  has  suggested  a  mythological  derivation- 
Thus,  all  native  scholars  see  in  Mathura  an  allusion  to  Madhu-mathan,  a  title  of 
Krishna.  Again,  the  word  Bathan  is  still  current  in  some  parts  of  India  to 
designate  a  pasture  ground,  and  in  that  sense  has  given  a  name  to  two  exten- 
sive parishes  in  Kosi  ;  but  as  the  term  is  not  a  familiar  one  thereabouts,  a 
legend  was  invented  in  explanation,  and  it  was  said  that  here  Balarama  '  sat 
down'  (baithen)  to  wait  for  Krishna.  The  myth  was  accepted  ;  a  lake  imme- 
diately outside  the  village  was  styled  Bal-bhadra  kund,  was  furnished  with  a 
handsome  masonry  ghat  by  Riip  Ram,  the  Katara  of  Barsana,  and  is  now  regard- 
ed as  positive  proof  of  the  popular  etymology  which  connects  the  place  with 
Balarama.  Of  Rup  Ram,  the  Katara,  further  mention  will  be  made  in  connec- 
tion with  his  birth-place,  Barsana.  There  is  scarcely  a  sacred  site  in  the  whole 
of  Braj  which  does  not  exhibit  some  ruinous  record,  in  the  shape  of  temple  or 
tank,  of  his  unbounded  wealth  and  liberality.  His  descendant  in  the  fourth 
degree,  a  worthy  man,  by  name  Lakshman  Das,  lives  in  a  corner  of  one  of  his 
ancestor's  palaces  and  is  dependent  on  charity  for  his  daily  bread.  The  present 
owners  of  many  of  the  villages  which  Riip  Ram  so  munificently  endowed 
are  the  heirs  of  the  Lala  Babu,  of  whom  also  an  account  will  be  given 
further  on. 

2.0 


78  EXTENT   OF    THE   BRAJ-MANDAL. 

In  the  VaraM  Parana,  or  rather  in  the  interpolated  section  of  that  work 
known  as  the  Mathura  Mahatmya,  the  Mathura  Mandal  is  described  as  twenty 
yqjanas  in  extent. 

xhi  3^  ^t:  ^tht  iram  s^mcil.:  u 

"  My  Mathura  circle  is  one  of  twenty  yojanas ;  by  bathing  at  any  place 
therein  a  man  is  redeemed  from  all  his  sins." 

And  taking  the  yojana  as  7  miles  and  the  kos  as  If  mile,  20  yqjanas  would 
be  nearly  equal  to  84  kos,  the  popular  estimate  of  the  distance  travelled  by  the 
pilgrims  in  performing  the  Pari-krama,  or  '  perambulation'  of  Braj.  It  is  pro- 
bable that  if  an  accurate  measurement  were  made,  this  would  be  found  a  very 
rough  approximation  to  the  actual  length  of  the  way  ;  though  liberal  allowance 
must  be  made  for  the  constant  ins  and  outs,  turns  and  returns,  which  ultimately 
result  in  the  circuit  of  a  not  very  wide-spread  area.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  the  number  81,  which  in  ancient  Indian  territorial  divisions  occurs  as  fre- 
quently as  a  hundred  in  English  counties,  and  which  enters  largely  into  every 
cycle  of  Hindu  legend  and  cosmogony,  was  originally  selected  for  such  general 
adoption  as  being  the  multiple  of  the  number  of  months  in  the  year  with  the 
number  of  days  in  the  week.  It  is  therefore  peculiarly  appropriate  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Braj  Mandal  ;  if  Krishna,  in  whose  honour  the  perambulation  is 
performed,  be  regarded  as  the  Indian  Apollo,  or  Sun-God.  Thus,  the  magnifi- 
cent temple  in  Kashmir,  dedicated  to  the  sun  under  the  title  of  Martand,  has  a 
colonnade  of  exactly  84  pillars.* 

It  is  sometimes  said  that  the  circle  originally  must  have  been  of  wider  extent 
than  now,  since  the  city  of  Mathura,  which  is  described  as  its  centre,  is  more 
than  30  miles  distant  from  the  most  northern  point,  Kotban,  and  only  six  from 
Tarsi  to  the  south  ;  and  Elliot  in  his  glossary  quotes  the  following  couplet  as 
fixing  its  limits  : — 

frl   cJT^ct  f cl  %H15   3cl  gTJ|q  5RT  Ufa  II 

g-31  %ITTCt  ifiTS  *I  *^T  TT^  WW  II 

SO 

"  On  one  side  Bar,  on  another  Sona,  on  the  third  the  town  of  Surasen  ; 
these  are  the  limits  of  the  Braj  Chaurasi,  the  Mathura  circle.'* 

*  Mr.  Fergusson,  iii  his  Indi'ln  Architecture,  doubtB  whether  this  temple  was  ever  really  dedi- 
cated to  the  sua.  In  so  doing  he  only  betrays  his  wonted  linguistic  ignorance.  Martand  is  not, 
as  he  supposes,  simply  a  place-name,  without  aDy  known  connotation,  hut  is  the  actual  dedi- 
cation title  of  the  temple  itself. 


THE  RXs-LIXX  79 

According  to  tliw  authority  the  area  has  been  diminished  by  one  half  ;  as 
Bar  is  in  the  Aligarh  district,  Sona,  famous  for  its  hot  sulphur  spring*,  is  in 
Gur-ganw  ;  while  the  '  Surasen  ka  ganw'  is  supposed  to  be  Batesar,*  a  place  of 
some  note  on  the  Jamuna  and  the  scene  of  a  large  horse  fair  held  on  the  full 
moon  of  Kartik.  It  might  equally  mean  any  town  in  the  kingdom  of  Mathura, 
or  even  the  capital  itself,  as  King  Ugrasen,  whom  Krishna  restored  to  the 
throne,  is  sometimes  styled  Surasen.  Thus,  too,  Arrian  mentions  Mathura  as 
a  chief  town  of  the  Suraseni,  a  people  specially  devoted  to  the  worship  of  Her- 
cules, who  may  be  identified  with  Balarama  :  and  Manu  (II.,  19)  clearly  in- 
tends Mathura  by  Surasenaf  when  he  includes  that  country  with  Kuru-kshetra, 
Panchala  and  Matsya,  in  the  region  of  Brahmarshi,  as  distinguished  from 
Brakmavarta.  But  though  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  circle  is  sometimes 
drawn  with  a  wider  circumference,  as  will  be  seen  in  tho  sequel  to  this  chapter, 
still  it  is  not  certain  which  of  the  two  rests  upon  the  better  authority.  In  any 
case,  the  lines  above  quoted  cannot  be  of  great  antiquity,  seeing  that  they  con- 
tain the  Persian  word  hadd;%  and,  as  regards  the  unequal  distances  between 
the  city  of  Mathura  and  different  points  on  the  circumference,  it  has  only  to 
be  remembered  that  the  circle  is  an  ideal  one,  and  any  point  within  its  outer 
verge  may  be  roughly  regarded  as  its  centre. 

As  the  anniversary  of  Krishna's  birth  is  kept  in  the  month  of  Bhadon,  it  is 
then  that  the  perambulation  takes  place,  and  a  series  of  melas  is  held  at  the  dif- 
ferent woods,  where  the  rds-lild  is  celebrated.  This  is  an  unwritten  religious 
drama,  which  represents  the  most  popular  incidents  in  the  life  of  Krishna,  and 
thus  corresponds  very  closely  with  the  miracle  plays  of  mediasval  Christendom. 
The  arrangement  of  the  performances  forms  the  recognized  occupation  of  a 
class  of  Brahmans  residing  chiefly  in  the  villages  of  Karahla  and  Pisaya  who 
are  called  Rasdharis  and  have  no  other  profession  or  means  of  livelihood.  The 
complete  series  of  representations  extends  over  a  month  or  more,  each  scene 

*  Father  Tieffenthaler,  in  his  Geography  of  India,  makes  the  following  mention  of  Batesar : — 
"Lieu  celebre  et  bien  bati  sur  le  Djemna,  28  milles  d'Agra.  Une  multitude  de  peuple  B'y 
rassemble  pour  se  laver  dans  ce  fleuve  et  pour  celebrer  une  foire  en  Octoljre.  On  rend  un  culte 
ici  dans  beaucoup  de  temples  batis  but  le  Djemna,  a  Mahadeo  taut  revert1  de  tout  l'univers 
adonne  a  la  luxure;  car  Mahadeo  est  le  Priape  des  anciens  qu'encensent,  ah  quelle  honte!  toutes 
les  nations." 

%  It  is  however  possible,  though  I  think  improbable,  that  had  may  here  stand  for  the  Sanskrit 
lirada,  a  lake. 


80  THE    BAN-JA'TRA. 

being  acted  on  the  very  spot  with  which  the  original  event  is  traditionally  con- 
nected. The  marriage  scene,  as  performed  at  Sanket,  is  the  only  one  that 
I  have  had  the  fortune  to  witness  :  with  a  garden-terrace  for  a  stage,  a  grey  stone 
temple  for  back-ground,  the  bright  moon  over  head,  and  an  occasional  flambeau 
that  shot  a  flickering  gleam  over  the  central  tableau  framed  in  its  deep  border 
of  intent  and  sympathizing  faces,  the  spectacle  was  a  pretty  one  and  was  marked 
by  a  total  absence  of  anything  even  verging  upon  indecorum.  The  cost  of 
the  whole  perambulation  with  the  performances  at  the  different  stations  on  the 
route  is  provided  by  some  one  wealthy  individual,  often  a  trader  from  Bombay 
or  other  distant  part  of  India  ;  and  as  he  is  always  accompanied  by  a  large 
gathering  of  friends  and  retainers,  numbering  at  least  200  or  300  persons,  the 
outlay  is  seldom  less  than  lis.  5,000  or  Ks.  (5,000.  The  local  Gosain,  whom  he 
acknowledges  as  his  spiritual  director,  organizes  all  the  arrangements  through 
one  of  the  Rasdharis,  who  collects  the  troupe  (or  mandali  as  it  is  called)  of 
singers  and  musicians,  and  himself  takes  the  chief  part  in  the  performance, 
declaiming  in  set  recitative  with  the  mandaliiov  chorus,  while  the  children  who 
personate  Rad'ha  and  Krishna  act  only  in  dumb  show. 

The  number  of  sacred  places,  woods,  groves,  ponds,  wells,  hills,  and 
temples— all  to  be  visited  in  fixed  order — is  very  considerable  ;  there  are 
generally  reckoned  five  hills,  eleven  rocks,  four  lakes,  eighty-four  ponds, 
and  twelve  wells  ;  but  the  twelve  bans  or  woods,  and  the  twenty-four  upaban.s 
or  groves,  are  the  characteristic  feature  of  the  pilgrimage,  which  is  thence 
called  the  Ban-Jatra.  The  numbers  12  and  24  have  been  arbitrarily  selected 
on  account  of  their  mystic  significance  ;  and  few  of  the  local  pandits,  if 
required  to  enumerate  either  group  offhand,  would  be  able  to  complete  the 
total  without  some  recourse  to  guesswork.  A  little  Hindi  manual  for  the 
guidance  of  pilgrims  has  been  published  at  Mathura  and  is  the  popular 
authority  on  the  subject.  The  compiler,  however  great  his  local  knowledge  and 
priestly  reputation,  has  certainly  no  pretensions  to  accuracy  of  scholarship. 
His  attempts  at  etymology  are,  as  a  rule,  absolutely  grotesque,  as  in  the 
two  sufficiently  obvious  names  of  Khaira  (for  Khadira)  and  Sher-garh  (from 
the  Emperor  Sher  Shah),  the  one  of  which  he  derives  from  khedna,  '  to 
drive  cattle,'  and  the  other,  still  more  preposterously,  from  sihara,  <a  marriage 
crown.'  The  list  which  he  gives  is  as  follows,  his  faulty  orthography  in  some 
of  the  words  being  corrected  : — 

The  12  Bans  :  Madhu-ban,  Tal-ban,  Kumud-ban,  Bahula-ban,  Kam-ban 
Khadira-ban,  Brinda-ban,  Bhadra-ban,  Bhandir-ban,  Bel-ban,  Loha-ban  and 
Maha-ban. 


MADHU-BAN.  <sl 

The  24  Upabans  :  Grokul,  Gobardhan,  Barsana,  Nand-ganw,  Sanket,  Para- 
madra,  Aring,  Sessai,  Mat,  Uncha-ganw,  Khel-ban,  Sri-kund,  Gandharv-ban, 
Parsoli,  Bilcbiu,  Bachh-ban,  Adi-badri,  Karahla,  Ajnokh,  Pisaya,  Kokila-ban, 
Dadbi-ganw,  Kot-ban,  and  Raval. 

This  list  bears  internal  evidence  of  some  antiquity  in  its  want  of  close 
correspondence  with  existing  facts  ;  since  several  of  the  places,  though  retaining 
their  traditionary  repute,  have  now  nothing  that  can  be  dignified  with  the  name 
cither  of  wood  or  grovo  ;  while  others  are  known  only  by  the  villagers  in  the 
immediate  neighbourhood  and  have  been  supplanted  in  popular  estimation  by 
rival  sites  of  more  easy  access  or  greater  natural  attractions. 

Starting  from  Mathura,  the  pilgrims  made  their  first  halt  at  Madhu-ban, 
in  the  village  of  Maboli,  some  four  or  five  miles  to  the  south-west  of  the  city. 
Here,  according  to  the  Puranas,  Rama's  brother,  Satrughna,  after  hewing  down 
the  forest  stronghold  of  the  giant  Madhu,  founded  on  its  site  the  town  of 
Madhu-puri.  All  native  scholars  regard  this  as  merely  another  name  for 
Mathura,  regardless  of  the  fact  that  the  locality  is  several  miles  from  the  river, 
while  Mathura  has  always,  from  the  earliest  period,  been  described  as  situate 
on  its  immediate  bank.  The  confusion  between  the  two  places  runs  apparently 
through  the  whole  of  classical  Sanskrit  literature;  as,  lor  example,  in  the 
Harivansa  (Canto  95)  we  find  the  city  founded  by  Satrughna  distinctly  called, 
not  Madhu-puri,  but  Mathura,  which  Bhima,  the  king  of  Gobardhan,  is  repre- 
sented as  annexing : — 

^TTT^rlXIT^I  UTJI^rW^    ^   II 

"  When  Sumitra's  delight,  prince  Satrughna,  had  killed  Lavana,  he  cut- 
down  the  forest  of  Madhu,  and  in  the  place  of  that  Madhu-ban  founded  the 
present  city  of  Mathura*  Then,  after  Rama  and  Bharata  had  left  the  world, 
and  the  two  sons  of  Sumitra  had  taken  their  place  in  heaven,  Bhima,  in  order 
to  consolidate  his  dominions,  brought  the  city,  which  had  formerly  been  inde- 
pendent, under  the  sway  of  his  own  family." 

2L 


82  BAHPLA-BAK. 

Some  reminiscence  of  the  ancient  importance  of  Maholi  would  seem  to  have 
long  survived  ;  for  though  so  close  to  Mathura,  it  was,  in  Akbar's  time  and 
for  many  years  subsequently,  the  head  of  a  local  division.  By  the  sacred 
wood  is  a  pond  called  Madhu-kund  and  a  temple  dedicated  to  Krishna  under 
his  title  of  Ohatur-bhuj,  where  an  annual  mela  is  held  on  the  11th  of  the  dark 
fortnight  of  Bhadon. 

From  Maholi,  the  pilgrims  turn  south  to  Tal-ban,  '  the  palm  grove,'  where 
Balarama  was  attacked  by  the  demon  Dhcnuk.  The  village  in  which  it  is 
situated  is  called  Tarsi,  probably  in  allusion  to  the  legend  ;  though  locally  the 
name  is  referred  only  to  the  founder,  one  Tara  Chand,  a  Kachhwaha  Thakur, 
who  in  quite  modern  time  moved  to  it  from  Satoha,  a  place  a  few  miles  off  on 
the  road  to  Gobardhan.  They  then  visit  Kumud-ban,  '  of  the  many  water-lilies,' 
in  Uncha-ganw,  and  Bahula-ban  in  Bathi,  where  the  cow  Bahula,  being  seized 
by  a  tiger,  begged  the  savage  beast  to  spare  her  life  for  a  few  minutes,  while  she 
went  away  and  gave  suck  to  her  little  one.  On  her  return,  bringing  the  calf 
with  her,  the  tiger  vanished  and  Krishna  appeared  in  his  stead  ;  for  it  was  the 
<rod  himself  who  had  made  this  test  of  her  truthfulness.  The  event  is  comme- 
morated  by  the  little  shrine  of  Bahula  Clue,  still  standing  on  the  margin  of  the 
Krishna-kund.*  They  next  pass  through  the  villages  of  Tos,  Jakhin-ganw, 
and  Mukharai,  and  arrive  at  Radha-kund,  where  are  the   two  famous  tanks 

*  The  village  of  Bathi,  has  long  been  held  mu;ifi,  by  the  Gurus  of  the  Raja  of  Bharatpur, 
for  the  use  of  the  temple  of  Sita  Ram,  of  which  they  are  the  hereditary  mahants.  The  shrine 
stands  within  the  walls  of  the  village  fort,  built  by  Mahant  Ram  Kishan  Das  in  the  time  of  Su- 
raj  Mall.  The  first  zamindars  were  Kalais,  but  more  recently  Brahman';  and  Kachhwahas.  They 
have  sold  8  biswas  of  their  estate  to  the  muifidar,  which  have  now  been  made  a  separate  mahal. 
The  sacred  grove  of  Bahula-ban.  from  which  the  place  derives  its  name  (originally  Bahulavati) 
is  separated  from  the  village  by  a  large  pond,  which  has  three  broad  flights  of  masonry  steps  in 
front  of  the  little  cell  called  the  Go  Maudir.  In  this  is  a  bas-relief  of  the  famous  cow  and  its 
calf  with  their  divine  protector.  Close  by  is  a  modern  temple  of  liadha  Krishan  or  Bihari  Ji. 
On  the  other  side  of  the  water  is  a  ruinous  temple  in  the  old  style  of  architecture,  dedicated  to 
Murli  Manohar,  with  a  sikhara  of  curvilinear  outline  over  the  god,  and  a  mandap  with  three 
open  arches  on  either  side  to  serve  as  the  nave.  The  buildings  in  the  fort  are  of  substantial  cha- 
racter and  comprise,  besides  the  temple  and  ordinary  domestic  offices,  a  court-room  with  stone 
arcades,  the  roof  of  which  conmands  a  very  extensive  view  of  the  country  round  as  far  as  Ma- 
thura, Brindaban,  and  Nandgawn.  The  front  of  the  temple  of  Sita  Ram  is  an  interesting  and 
successful  specimen  of  architectural  eclecticism  ;  the  pillars  being  thoroughly  Hindu  in  their 
proportions,  but  with  capitals  of  semi-Corinthian  design  ;  not  unlike  some  early  adaptations  of 
,  Greek  models  found  in  the  ruined  cities  of  the  Euzufzai.  The  Gosain  belongs  to  the  Sri  Sam- 
pradiiya.  The  ban  is  one  of  the  stations  of  the  Bau-jatia,  and  the  mela  is  held  in  it  on  Bhadon 
.badi  12. 


CHAXDRA-SAROVAR.  83 

prepared  for  Krishna's  expiatory  ablution  after  he  had  slain  the  hull  Arishta.* 
Thence  they  pass  on  to  Gobardhan,  scene  of  many  a  marvellous  incident,  and 
visit  all  the  sacred  sites  in  its  neighbourhood  ;  the  village  of  Basai,  where  the 
two  divine  children  with  their  foster-parents  once  came  and  dwelt  (basde)  ;  the 
Kallol-kund  by  the  throve  of  Arin£  ;  Madhuri-kund  ;  Mor-ban,  the  haunt  of  the 
peacock,  and  Chandra-sarovar,  '  the  moon  lake  ;'  where  Brahma,  joining  with 
the  Gopfs  in  the  mystic  dance,  was  so  enraptured  with  delight  that,  all  uncon- 
scious of  the  fleeting  hours,  he  allowed  the  single  night  to  extend  over  a  period 
of  six  months.  This  is  at  a  village  called  Parsoli  by  the  people,  but  which 
appears  on  the  maps  and  in  the  revenue-roll  only  as  Muhammad-pur.  The 
tank  is  a  fine  octagonal  basin  with  stono  ghats,  the  work  of  Raja,  Nahar  Sinh 
of  Bharat-pur.  After  a  visit  to  Paitha,f  where  the  people  of  Braj  'came  in' 
(paithd)  to  take  shelter  from  the  storms  of  Indra  under  the  uplifted  range, 
they  pass  along  the  heights  of  the  Giri-raj  to  Anyor,|  '  the  other  side,'  and  so  by 
many  sacred  rocks,  as  Sugandhi-sila,  Sinduri-sila,  and  Sundar-sila,  with  its 
temple  of  Gobardhan-nath,  to  Gopal-pur,  Bilchhu,  and  Ganthauli,  where  the 
marriage  'knot'  {gdnth)  was  tied,  that  confirmed  the  union  of  Radha  and 
Krishna. 

*  Aring,  which  is  on  the  road  from  Mathura  to  Gobardhan,  and  only  a  few  miles  distant  from 
Rridha-kund,  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  place  where  the  bull  was  slain,  and  to  have  derived  is 
name,  originally  Arishta-ganw,  fro'n  the  event. 

f  At  Paitha  the  original  temple  of  Chatur-bhuj  is  said  to  have  been  destroyed  by  Aurangzeb. 
Its  successor,  which  also  is  now  in  ruins,  was  probably  built  on  the  old  foundations,  as  it  com- 
prised a  nave,  choir,  and  sacrarium,  each  of  the  two  latter  cells  being  surmounted  by  a  sihhara. 
It  thus  bore  a  general  resemblance  to  the  temples  of  Akbar's  reign  at  Brinda-ban.  The  nave 
is  unroofed,  aud  both  the  towers  partly  demolished  ;  what  remains  perfect  is  only  of  brick  and 
quiteplain  and  unornamented.  It  stands  in  the  kadamb-khandi  (107  bighas).  which  spreads  over 
the  low  ground  at  the  foot  of  the  village  Kliera  ;  its  deepest  hollows  forming  the  Narayan 
Sarovar,  which  is  only  a  succession  of  ponds  with  here  and  there  a  flight  of  masonry  steps. 
A  cave  is  shown,  which  is  believed  to  reach  the  whole  way  to  Gobardhan,  and  to  be  the  one  that 
the  people  of  Braj  went  into  (paitha)  to  save  themselves  from  the  wrath  of  Indra.  On  the  road 
to  Gohardhan  near  Parsoli  is  the  Moha-ban,  and  in  it  a  lingam  called  Mohesvar  Mahadeva,  that  is 
said  to  be  simk  an  immense  depth  in  the  ground,  and  will  never  allow  itself  to  be  covered  over. 
Several  attempts  have  been  made  to  build  a  temple  over  it ;  but  whenever  the  roof  began  to  he  put 
on,  the  walls  were  sure  to  fall  in  This  and  several  other  of  the  sacred  6ites  in  the  neighbourhood 
are  marked  by  inscribed  tablets  set  up  last  century  by  an  officer  under  Sindhia. 

J  Here  aTe  two  ancient  temples  dedicated  to  Gobind  Deva  and  Baladeva,  and  a  sacred  tank, 
called  Gobiud  kund,  ascribed  to  Rani  Padmavati,  the  waters  of  which  are  supposed  lo  be  very 
efficacious  in  the  cure  of  leprosy.  The  Pind-dan,  or  offerings  to  the  dead,  in  the  ceremonials  of 
the  Sraddh,  have  as  much  virtue  here  as  even  at  Gaya.  There  are  40  acres  of  woodland.  The 
original  occupants  are  said  to  have  been  Krrars.  After  the  mutiny  the  village  was  conferred 
for  a  time  onChaudhari  Daulat  Sinh,  but  eventually  restoted  to  the  existing  zamindir. 


84  barsXna. 

Then,  following  the  line  of  frontier,  the  pilgrims  arrive  at  K;im-ban,  now 
the  head-quarters  of  a  tahsili  in  Bharat-pur  territory,  39  miles  from  Mathura, 
with  the  Luk-luk  cave,  where  the  boys  played  blind-man's  buff ;  and  Aghasur's 
cave,  where  the  demon  of  that  name  was  destroyed  ;  and  leaving  Kanwaro- 
ganWj  enter  again  upon  British  ground  near  the  village  of  Uncha-ganw,  with 
its  ancient  temple  of  Baladeva.  High  on  the  peak  above  is  Barsana,  with  its 
series  of  temples  dedicated  to  Larliji,  where  Radha  was  brought  up  by  her 
parents,  Brikhhbhan  and  Kirat  ;  and  in  the  glade  below,  Dohani-kund  near 
Chaksauli,  where  as  Jasoda  was  cleansing  her  milk-pail  (dohani)  she  first  saw 
the  youthful  pair  together,  and  vowed  that  one  day  they  should  be  husband  and 
wife.  There  too  is  Preni  Sarovar,  or  love  lake,  where  first  the  amorous  tale 
was  told  :  and  Sankari  Khor,  '  the  narrow  opening  '  between  the  hills,  where 
Krishna  lay  in  ambush  and  levied  his  toll  ot  milk  on  the  Gopis  as  they  came 
in  from  Gahvarban,  the  '  thick  forest'  beyond.  Next  are  visited  Sanket,  the 
place  of  assignation  :  Rithora,  home  of  Chandra vali,  Badha's  faithful  attendant  : 
and  Nand-ganw,  long  the  residence  of  Nanda  and  Jasoda,  with  the  great  lake 
Pan-Sarovar  at  the  foot  of  the  hill,  where  Krishna  morning  and  evening  drove 
his  foster-father's  cattle  to  water  [pan):  Next  in  order  come  Karahla,*  with 
its  fine  kadamb  trees  ;  Kamai,  where  one  of  Ktidha's  humble  friends  was 
honoured  by  a  visit  from  her  lord  and  mistress  in  the  course  of  their  rambles  : 
Ajnokh,t  where  Krishna  pencilled  his  lady's  eyebrows  with  anjan  as  she 
reclined  in  careless  mood  on  the  green  sward  :   and  Pisaya,}  where  she  found 


*  Karahla,  or,  as  it  is  often  spelt,  Karhela,  is  locally  derived  from  har  hilna,  the  movements 
of  the  hands  in  the  rds-Uld.  At  the  Tillage  or  Little  Marna,  a  pond  bears  the  same  name — kar- 
heli-kund — which  is  there  explained  as  harm  hilna,  equivalent  to  pap  mochan.  But  in  the  Mainpuri 
district  is  a  large  town  called  Karhal — the  same  word  in  a  slightly  modified  form — where  neither 
of  the  above  etymologies  could  hold.  The  name  is  more  probably  connected  with  a  simple  natural 
feature,  viz.,  the  abundance  of  the  hard  plant  at  each  place. 

t  Ajnokb,  or,  in  its  fuller  form,  Ajnokhari,  is  a  contraction  for  Anjan  Pokhar,  'the  anjan 
lake.' 

t  Bhdhho  pisdyo  is,  in  the  language  of  the  country,  a  common  expression  for  'hungry  and 
thirsty.'  But  most  of  these  derivations  are  quoted,  not  for  their  philological  value,  but  as  show- 
ing how  thoroughly  the  whole  country  side  is  impregnated  with  the  legends  of  Krishna,  when 
some  allusion  to  him  is  detected  in  every  village  name.  In  the  Vraja-biiakti  vihlsa  l'isayo  is 
called  Pipasa-vana;  but  it  would  seem  really  to  be  a  corruption  oipaxaiya.  it  is  one  of  the  most 
picturesque  spots  in  the  whole  district,  beirg  of  very  great  extent,  and  in  the  centre  consisting  of 
a  series  of  open  glades  leading  one  into  the  other,  each  encircled  with  a  deep  belt  of  magnificent 
kadamb  trees,  interspersed  witli  a  few  specimens  of  thepdpri,  pasendu,  dhdk  and  sahora,  of  lower 
growth.  These  glades,  which  are  often  of  such  regular  outline  that  they  scarcely  seem  to  be  of 
natural  formation,  art  popularly  known  as  the  bdvan  cltauk  or   '52  courts,'  though  they  are  not. 


CONTINUATION   OF   THE   PILGRIMAGE.  85 

him  fainting  with  (  thirst,'  and  revived  him  with  a  draught  of  water.  Then 
still  bearing  due  north  the  pilgrims  come  to  Khadira-ban,  '  the  acacia  grove," 
in  Khaira;  Kumar-bam  and  Javak-ban  in  Jau,  where  Krishna  tinged  his  lady's 
feet  with  the  red  Javak  dye,  and  Kokila-ban,  ever  musical  with  the  voice  of 
'the  cuckoo' ;  and- so  arrive  at  the  base  of  Charan  Pahar  in.  Little  Bathan,  the 
favoured  spot,  where  the  minstrel  god  delighted  most  to  stop  and  play  his 
Mute,  and  where  Indra  descended  from  heaven  on  his  elephant  Airavata,  to  do 
him  homage,  as  is  to  this  day  attested  by  the  prints-  of  the  divine  '  feet'  charan, 
impressed  upon  the  rock. 

Thev  then  pass  on  through  Padhi-gamv,  where  Krishna  stayed  behind  to 
divert  himself  with  the  milk-maids,  having  sent  Baladeva  on  ahead  with  the  cows 
to  wait  for  him  at  Bathan  :  and  so  reach  Kot-ban,  the  northernmost  point  of 
the  perambulation.  The  first  village  on  the  homeward  route  is  Sessai  (a  hamlet 
of  Hathana),  where  Krishna  revealed  his  divinity  by  assuming  the  emblems  of 
Narayan  and  reclining  under  the  canopying  heads  of  the  great  serpent  Sesha, 
of  whom  Baladeva  was  an  incarnation  ;  but  the  vision  was  all  too  high  a  mysterj 
for  the  herdsmen's  simple  daughters,  who  begged  the  two  boys  to  doff  such  fan- 
tastic guise  and  once  more,  as  they  were  wont,  join  them  in  the  sprightly  dance.* 
Then,  reaching  the  Jamuna,  at  Khel-ban  by  Shergarh,f  where  Krishna's  tem- 
ples were,  decked  with  '  the  marriage  weath'  (sihara),  they  follow  the  course  of 
the  river  through  Bihar-ban  in  Pir-pur,  and  by  Chirghat  in  the  village  of  Siyara, 
where  the  frolicsome  god  stolef  the  bathers'  '  clothes'  (clrir),  and  arrive  at  Nand- 
ghat.  Here  Nanda,  bathing  one  night,  was  carried  off  by  the  myrmidons  of  the 
sea-god  Varuna,  who  had  long  been  lying  in  wait  for  this  very  purpose,  since 

really  bo  many.  They  all  swarm  with  troops)  of  monkeys.  On  the  eastern  border  the  jungle  is 
of  more  ordinary  character,  with  rigged  pilu  and  renja  trees  and  karil  bushes  ;  but  to  the  west, 
where  a  pretty  view  is  obtained  of  the  temple-crowned  heights  of  Bars;ina  in  the  distance,  almost 
every  tree  is  accompanied  by  a  stem  of  the  ami,  which  here  grows  to  a  considerable  height  and 
scents  the  whole  air  with  its  masses  of  flower,  which  both  in  perfume  aud  appearance  much 
resemble  the  English  honeysuckle.  Adjoining  the  village  is  a  pond  called  Kishori-kund  and  two 
temples,  visited  by  the  Ban-jatra  pilgrims,  Bhadon  sudi  9. 

*  According  to  the  Vishnu  Purina,  this  transformation  was  not  effected  for  the  benefit  of 
the  Gopis,  but  was  a  vision  vouchsafed  to  Akrur  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna  the  day  he  fetched 
the  boys  from  Brinda-ban  to  attend  the  tourney  at  Mathura. 

f  This  is  a  curious  specimen  of  perverted  etymology,  illustrating  the  persistency  with  which 
Hindus  and  Muhammadans  each  go  their  own  way  and  ignore  the  other's  existence.  The  town 
unqestionably  derives  its  name  from  a  large  fort,  of  which  the  ruins  still  remain,  built  by  the 
Emperor  Sher  Shah. 

X  In  the  Vishnu  Puiana  this  famous  incident  is  not  mentioned  at  all. 

22 


86  THE  NARI-SEMRI  FAIR. 

their  master  knew  that  Krishna  would  at  once  follow  to  recover  his  foster-father, 
and  thus,  the  depths  of  ocean,  too,  no  less  than  earth,  would  be  gladdened  with 
the  vision  of  the  incarnate  deity.  The  adjoining  village  of  Bhay-ganw  derives 
its  name  from  the  'terror'  (bhay)  that  ensued  on  the  news  of  Nanda's  disappear- 
ance. The  pilgrims  next  pass  throngh  Bachh-ban,  where  the  demon  Bach- 
hi'isur  was  slain;  the  two  villages  of  Basai,  where  the  Gopis  were  first 'subdued' 
(bas-di)  by  the  power  of  love  ;  Atas,  Nari-semri,*  Chhatikra,  and  Akriir,  where 
Kansa's  perfidious  invitation  to  the  contest  of  arms  was  received;  and  wend 
their  way  beneath  the  temple  of  Bhatrond,  where  one  day,  when  the  boys' stock 
of  provisions  had  run  short,  some  Brahmans'  wives  supplied  their  wants,  though 
the  husbands,  to  whom  application  was  first  made,  had   churlishly  refused."f  So 

*  A  large  fair,  called  the  Nau  Durga,  is  held  at  the  village  of  Nari-Semri  during   the  dark 
fortnight  of  Chait.  the  commencement  of  the  Hindu  year.     The  same   f«  stival   is   a'so  celebrated 
at  Sanchauli  in  the  Kobi  pargana  and  at  Xagar-Kot   in  Gtii-gSnw,  though  not   on  precisely  the 
same  days.     The  word  Semri  is  a  corruption  of    Syaniala-k:,  with   reference  to  the  ancient  shrine 
of  Devi,  who  has  Syatnala  for  one  of   her  names  (compare  ximikn,   'an   ant-hill,'    for  syamikaX 
The  present  temple  is  a  small  modern  budding,  with  nothing  at   all  noteworthy  about  it.    It 
stands  on  the  margin  of  a  fine  large  piece  of  water,  and   in  connection   with   it   are  two  small 
dharmsdlas,  lately  built  by  pilgrims  from  Agra.     A  much  larger   building  for  the  same  purpose 
was  commenced  by  a  baniya  before  the  mutiny,  but  the  work  was  stopt  by  his  death.     The  offer- 
ings ordinarily  amount  to  at  least  Es.  2,000  a  year,  and  are  enjoyed   in  turn  by  three  groups  of 
shareholders,  »«.,  the  zamindars  of  Sernri  old  village,  of  Birja-ka-nagara  and   of  Devi  Sinh-ka- 
nagara,  to  each  of  whom  a  turn  conies  every  third  year.     They  had  always  spent  the  whole  of  the 
money  on  their  own  private  uses,  but  at  my  suggestion  they  all  agreed  to  give  an  annual  sum  of 
Rs   150  to  expend  on  conservancy  during  the   fair   time  and  on   local   improvements.     The  first 
work  to  have  bi  en  taken  in  hand  was  the  completion  of  the  baniya's  rest-house.     I  estimated  the 
cost  at  Kb.  1,050  and  had  begun  to  collect  bricks  and  stone  and   mortar,   when  my  transfer  from 
the  district  took  place,  and  the  project  immediately  fell  through.    If   the   work   had   once   been 
started,  the  pilgrims  would  have  gladly  contributed  to  it ;  and  in  addition  to  the  dharmsdla,  which 
was  of  very  substantial  construction,  so  far  as  it  had  gone,  there  would  soon  have  been  a  masonry 
ghat  to  the  pond  and  a  plantation  of  trees  round  about  the  temple.    But  Dii<  aliier  visum  e.-l.    The 
principal  fair  begins  on  the  new  moon  of  Chait  and  lasts  for  nine  days    On  the  sixth  there  is  a  very 
large  gathering  at  the  rival  shrine  of  the  same  goddess  at  Sanchauli  :  but  during  all  the   remain- 
der of  the  time  the  Agra  and  Delhi  road  is  crowded  day  and  night  with  foot  passengers  and  vehi- 
cles of  every  description.     Fortunately  none  of  the  visitors  for  religious  purposes  stay  more  than 
a  few  hours:  and  thus,  though  it  is  the  most  popular  melfi  in  the  whole  district,   there   is   never 
any  very  great  crowd  at  any  one   particular  time,  for  as  one  set  of   people   comes,   another  goes. 
Special  days  are  even  assigned  to  particular  castes  and  localities:  thus  the  Agra  people  have   one 
day,  the  Jadons  of  the  neighbourhood  another,  the  Gauruas  a  third,  and  so  on.     The  second   fair 
is  held  on  the  Akh-tij,  the  third  day  of  the  bright  fortnight  of  Baiaakh. 

t  To  commemorate  the  event,  a  fair  called  the  Bhatmela  is  held  on  the  spot  on  the  full 
moon  of  Kartik.  Compare  the  Btory  of  David  repulsed  by  the  churlish  Nabal,  but  afterwards 
succoured  by  his  wife  Abigail. 


IOHA-BAN.  87 

thoy  arrive  at  Brinda-ban,  where  many  a  sacred  ghat  and  venerable  shrine  claim 
devout  attention. 

The  pilgrims  then  cross  the  river  and  visit  the  tangled  thickets  of  Bel-ban 
in  Jahangi'r-pur;  the  town  of  Mat  with  the  adjoining  woods  of  Bhadra-ban, 
scene  of  the  great  conflagration,  and  Bhandir-ban,  where  the  son  of  Rohini 
first  received  his  distinctive  title  of  Bala-rama,  i.e.,  Rama  the  strong,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  prowess  he  had  displayed  in  vanquishing  the  demon  Pralamba  ; 
Dangoli,  where  Krishna  dropt  his  '  staff  (dang)*  and  the  fair  lake  of  Man- 
sarovar,f  scene  of  a  fit  of  lover's  'pottishness'  (man).  Then  follow  the  villages 
of  Piparauli,  with  its  broad  spreading  pipal  trees;  Loha-ban,  perpetuating  the 
defeat  of  the  demon  LohasurJ  ;  Gopalpur,  favourite  station  of  the  herdsmen,  and 
Raval,  where  Radius  mother,  Kirat,  lived  with  her  father,  Surbhan,  till  she  went 
to  join  her  husband  at  Barsana.     Next  comes  Burhiya-ka-khera,   home  of  the 

*  The  name  Dingoli   is  really  derived  ftom  the  position  of  the  village  on  the   '  liiuii  rivir 
hank,'  which  is  also  called  dang. 

f  The  name  is  probably  derived  from  the  tree  lodha  01-  lodhra.  The  demon  slain  by  Krishna 
is  styled  Loha-jangha  in  late  local  Sanskrit  literature,  but  apparently  is  not  mentioned  at  all  in  any 
ancient  work.  Here  is  a  pond  called  Krishna-kund,  and  a  temple  of  Gopinath,  built  in  the  old 
style  with  a  shrine  and  porch,  each  surmounted  by  a  siihttra,  the  one  over  the  god  being  much 
the  higher  of  the  two.  The  doorways  have  square  lintels  and  jambs  of  stone  witli  a  band  of 
carving.  The  date  assigned  to  the  bnilding  is  1712,  which  is  probably  not  far  from  correct. 
Outside  is  the  lower  part  of  a  red  sandstone  figure  set  in  the  ground,  called  Lohasur  Daitya,  the 
upper  part  much  worn  by  the  knives  and  mattocks  that  are  sharpened  upon  it.  Here  are  made 
offerings  of  iron  (/«/«i)  which  become  the  perquisite  of  a  family  of  Maha  Brahmans  living  in 
Mathura.  The  Sanadh  Brahman  at  the  temple  has  only  the  offerings  that  are  made  specially 
there.  About  the  Krishna-kund  is  a  Kadamb-khandi  of  rather  stunted  growth,  and  some  very 
fine  pipal  trees.  Immediately  under  the  roots  of  one  of  them  is  a  small  well,  called  Gop  kua, 
■which  always  has  water  in  it,  though  the  pond  dries  up  in  the  month  of  Jeth.  Over  it  is  a 
stone  rudely  carved  with  two  figures  said  to  represent  Gopis.  A  small  shrine  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  kund  has  beeu  erected  over  some  sculptures  of  no  great  antiquity,  which  were  found 
in  the  pond.  I  arranged  with  the  Goktil  Gosiins  to  have  the  ban  planted  with  trees,  which 
when  grown  up  would  be  a  great  boon  to  the  pilgrims.  They  were  getting  ou  well  when  I  left, 
but  probably  no  further  care  will  now  be  taken  for  their  maintenance. 

J  The  M.in-s  irovar  on  the  borders  of  Piini-ganw  is  a  lake  of  no  great  depth  or  extent  and  in 
the  hot  weather  most  of  it  dries  up.  Lakhrni  Das,  a  Gosain  of  the  Ridha  Ballabh  persuasion, 
owns  the  whole  of  the  village  and  has  a  little  hermitage  on  the  bank,  prettily  situated 
in  the  midst  of  some  venerable  jaman  trees,  the  remains  of  an  old  garden,  said  to  have 
beeu  planted  by  a  Raja  of  Ballabh-garh,  to  whom  is  also  ascribed  a  chhalln,  with  a  ribbed 
stone  roof.  There  are  two  small  and  plain  modern  shrines,  one  of  which  was  built  by  Mohani, 
the  Rani  of  Suraj  Mall,  who  is  commemorated  by  the  Ganga  Mohan  Kiatj  at  Brinda-ban. 
The  adjoining  ghana,  or  wool,  spreads  over  several  hundreds  of  acres  and  is  quite  differ- 
ent in  character  from  any  other  in  Braj,  the  trees  being  all,  with  scarcely  an  exception,   babul, 


88  END    OF   THE   PILGRIMAGE. 

old  dame  whose  son  had  taken  in  marriage  Radha's  companion,  Manvati.  The 
fickle  Krishna  saw  and  loved,  and  in  order  to  gratify  his  passion  undisturbed, 
assumed  the  husband's  form.  The  unsuspecting  bride  received  him  fondly  to 
her  arms  ;  while  the  good  mother  was  enjoined  to  keep  close  watch  below  and, 
if  any  one  came  to  the  door  pretending  to  be  her  son  by  no  means  to  open  to 
him,  but  rather,  if  he  persisted,  pelt  him  with  brick-bats  till  he  ran  away.  So 
the  honest  man  lost  his  wife  and  got  his  head  broken  into  the  bargain. 

After  leaving  the  scene  of  this  merry  jest,  the  pilgrims  pass  on  to  Bandi- 
sanw,  a  name  commemorative  of  Jasoda's  two  faithful  domestics, Bandi  and  Anan- 
di,  and  arrive  at  Baladeva,  with  its  wealthy  temple  dedicated  in  honour  of  that 
divinity  and  his  spouse,  Revati.  Then,  beyond  the  village  of  Hathaura,  are  the 
two  river  landing-places,  Ckinta-baran,  '  the  end  of  doubt,'  and  Brahnianda, 
'creation,'  ghat.  Here  Krishna's  playmates  came  running  to  tell  Jasodd  that 
the  naughty  boy  had  filled  his  mouth  with  mud.  She  took  up  a  stick  to 
punish  him,  but  he,  to.  prove  the  story  false,  unclosed  his  lips  and  showed  her 
there,  within  the  compass  of  his  baby  cheeks,  the  whole  'created'  universe  with 
all  its  worlds  and  circling  seas  distinct.  Close  by  is  the  town  of  Maha-ban 
famous  for  many  incidents  in  Krishna's  infancy,  where  he  was  rocked  in  the 
cradle,  and  received  his  name  from  the  great  pandit  Garg,  and  where  he  put 
to  death  Pritana  and  the  other  evil  spirits  whom  Kansa  had  commissioned  to 
destroy  him.  At  Gokul,  on  the  river-bank,  are  innumerable  shrines  and  tem- 
ples dedicated  to  the  god  under  some  one  or  other  of  his  favourite  titles,  Madan 
Mohan,  Madhava  Rae,  Brajesvara,  Gokul-nath,  Navanit-priya,  and  Dwaraka-nath: 
and  when  all  have  been  duly  honoured  with  a  visit,  the  weary  pilgrims  finally 
recross  the  stream  and  sit  down  to  rest  at  the  point  from  which  they  started, 
the  Visrant  Ghat,  the  holiest  place  in  the  holy  city  of  Mathura. 


remja,  or  chlionkar,  three  kindred  species  of  acacia.  Part  of  it  lies  within  the  borders  of- 
Arua  and  Piparauli  ;  but  by  far  the  greater  part  is  in  lJani-ganw  and  is  the  property  of  the 
Maharaja  of  Bharatpur,  who  has  frequently  bcem  tempted  to  sell  the  timber  and  convert  it 
into  firewood.  It  is  much  to  be  hoped  that  he  will  always  withhold  his  consent  from  an 
act  which  would  destroy  all  the  beauty  of  the  scene  and  be  so  offensive  to  the  religious 
sentiments  of  his  fellow  Hindus.  There  are  no  relics  of  antiquity,  nor  indeed  could  there 
be  ;  for  both  lake  and  wood  are  all  in  the  k'iddnr,  or  alluvial  land,  which  at  no  very 
distant  period  must  have  been  the  bed  of  the  Jamuua  ;  it  is  still  flooded  by  it  in  the  rains. 
Though  a  legend  has  been  invented  to  connect  the  place  with  Kadha  and  Krishna,  the  name  as 
originally  bestowed  probably  bore  reference  to  the  Miinasa  lake  on  Mount  Kailas  in  the  Ilirna- 
lay  as,  sacred  to  Mahadeva. 


rXdhX's  homes,  .  89 

As  may  be  gathered  from  the  above  narrative,  it  is  only  the  twelve  bans 
that,  as  a  rule,  are  connected  with  the  Pauranik  legends  of  Krishna  and  Bala- 
nima,  and  these  are  all  specified  by  name  in  the  Mathura  Mahatmya.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  twenty-four  upabans  refer  mainly  to  Radha's  adventures,  and 
have  no  ancient  authority  whatever  Of  the  entire  number,  only  three  were,  till 
quite  recent  times,  places  of  any  note,  viz.,  Gokul,  Gobardhan,  and  Radha-kund, 
and  their  exceptional  character  admits  of  easy  explanation:  Gokul,  in  all  classi- 
cal Sanskrit  literature,  is  the  same  as  Maha-ban,  which  is  included  among  the 
bans ;  Gobardhan  is  as  much  a  centre  of  sanctity  as  Mathuni  itself,  and  is  only 
for  the  sake  of  uniformity  inserted  in  either. list  ;  while  Radha-kund,  as  the 
name  denotes,  is  the  one  primary  source  from  which  the  goddess  derives  her 
modern  reputation.  It  is  now  insisted  that  the  parallelism  is  in  all  respects 
complete;  for,  as  Krishna  has  four  special  dwelling-places,  Mathura,  Malm-ban, 
Gobardhan,  and  Nand-ganw,  so  has  Puidha  four  also  in  exact  correspondence, 
viz.,  Brinda-ban,  Raval,*  Radha-kund,  and  Barsana. 

The  perambulation,  as  traced  in  the  foregoing  sketch,  is  the  one  ordinarily 
performed,  and  includes  all  the  most  popular  shrines;  but  a  far  more  elaborate 
enumeration  of  the  holy  places  of  Braj  is  given  in  a  Sanskrit  work,  existing 
only  in  manuscript,  entitled  Vraja-bhakti-vilasa.  It  is  of  no  great  antiquity, 
having  been  compiled,  in  the  year  1553  A.D.,  by  the  Narayan  Bhatt,  who  has 
been  already  mentioned.!  He  is  said  to  have  been  a  resident  of  Uncha-ganw  near 
Barsana,  but  he  describes  himself  as  writing  at  Sri-kund,  i.  e.,  Radha-kund.  It 
is  divided  into  13  sections  extending  over  108  leaves,  and  is  professedly  based 
on  the  Paramahansa  Sanhita.     It  specifies  as  many  as  133  bans  or  woods,  91  on 

*  Rival  is  still  included  in  the  perambulation  of  Gokul,  and  till  the  foundation  of  the  new 
temple  of  Larli  Ji  at  Barsana  was  a  much  more  popular  place  of  pilgrimage  than  it  is  now. 
Probably  the  whole  of  old  Rival  has  been  washed  away  by  the  Jamuni,  and  a  similar  fate 
threatens  before  long  to  overtake  the  present  temple  of  Larli  Ji,  built  by  Kushil,  Seth,  in  the 
early  part  of  this  century.  The  river  wall,  by  which  it  was  protected,  has  already  in  great 
measure  fallen.  The  Pujiri,  Chhote  Lai,  has  a  sanad  dated  the  20th  year  of  Muhammad  Shah 
(1739  A.D.)  in  which  the  Vazir  Karm-ud-din  Khan  assigns  Rup  Chand,  the  then  Pujiri,  one 
rupee  a  day  for  his  support  from  the  revenues  of  the  Mahi-ban  tahsil.  There  is  a  garden  sur- 
rounded by  a  substantial  wall,  from  the  top  of  which  there  is  a  good  view  of  the  City  and 
Cantonments  of  Mathura.  In  its  centre  is  a  pavilion  with  stone  arcades  in  the  same  style  as 
the  temple  and  built  by  the  same  Seth.  About  one-half  of  the  village  land  is  cut  up  by  ravines 
and  unculturable.  Some  years  ago  there  used  to  be  a  ferry  here  and  a  large  colony  of  boatmen, 
wh  )  were  all  thrown  out  of  employ  when  the  feny  was  closed  and  a  pontoon  bridge  substituted 
for  the  old  bridge  of  boats  between  Malhuri  and  Hansganj. 

f  The  colophon  of  the  Vraja-bhakti-vilasa  runs  as  follows  :  — Srirnad  Bhaskar-atmaja-Nari- 
yana  Bhatta-virachite  Vraja-bhakti-vilase  Paramahansa-sanhitodaharane  Vraja-Mahitmya-niru 
pane  Vana-yitra-prasange  Vraja-yatra-prasangike  trayodasV  dhyayah. 

23 


90  THE   YRAJA-BHAKTI-VILASA. 

the  right  bank  of  the  Jamnna  and  42  on  the  left,  and  groups  them  under  differ- 
ent heads  as  follows: — 

I.—  The  12  Bans  :  1,  Maha-ban  ;  2,  Kiimya-ban ;  3,  Kokila-ban  ;  4,  Tal-ban; 
5,  Kumud-ban  ;  6,  Blmndir-ban  ;  7,  Chhatra-ban  ;*  8,  Khadira-ban  ;9,  Loha- 
ban,  10,  Bhadra-ban  ;  11,  Bahula-ban  ;  12,  Vilva-ban,  i.  e.,  Bel-ban. 

II. — The  12  Upabans:  1,  Brahma-ban;  2,  Apsara-ban  ;  3,  Vihvala-ban  ; 
4,  Kadamb-ban  ;  5,  Svarna-ban ;  6,  Surabhi-ban  ;  7,  Prem-ban  ;■(•  8,  Mayiira, 
i.e.,  Mor-ban  ;  9,  Manengiti-ban ;  10,  Sesha-saiyi-ban  ;  11,  Narada-ban  ;  12, 
Paramananda-ban. 

III.— The  12  Prati-bans:  1,  Ranka-ban;  2,  Varta-ban;  3,  Karahla;  4, 
Kamya-ban  ;  5,  Anjana-ban  ;  6,  Kama-ban  ;  7,  Krishna-kshipanaka  ;  8,  Nanda- 
prekshana  ;  9,  Indra-ban;  10,  Siksha-ban  ;  11,  Chandravati-ban;  12,  Lohaban.f 

IV. — The  12  Adhi-bans:  1,  Mathura;  2,  Radha-kund;  3,  Nanda-grama.; 
4,  Gata-sthana  ;  5,  Lalita-grama  ;  (!,  Brisha-bhanu-pur  ;§  7,  Gokul ;  8,  Baladeva  ; 
9,  Gobardhan  ;  10,  Java-ban  ;  11,  Brinda-ban;  12,  Sanket. 

V.— The  5  Sevya-bans;  VI.  the  12  Tapo-bans;  VII.  the  12  Moksha-bans; 
VIII.  the  12  Kama-bans  ;  IX.  the  12  Artha-bans  ;  X.  the  12  Dharma-bans  ; 
XI.  the  12  Siddhi-bans — all  of  which  the  reader  will  probably  think  it  unne- 
cessary to  enumerate  in  detail. 

To  every  ban  is  assigned  its  own  tutelary  divinity;  thus  Halayudha 
(Baladeva)  is  the  patron  of  Maha-ban  ;  Gopimith  of  Kam-ban ;  Nata-vara  of 
Kokila-ban  ;  Damodar  of  Tal-ban  ;  Kesava  of  Kumud-ban  ;  Sridhara  of  Bhandir- 
ban ;  Hari  of  Chhatra-ban;  Narayan  of  Khadira-ban;  Hayagriva  of  Bhadra- 
ban  ;  Padma-nabha  of  Bahula-ban  ;  JanardaJia  of  Bel-ban  ;  Adi-vadrisvara  of 
Paramananda  ;  Paramesvara  of  Kam-ban  (prati-ban)  ;  Jasoda-nandan  of  Naiul- 
ganw;  Gokulchandrama  of  Gokul  ;Murlidhar  of  Karahla  ;  Lila-kamala-lochana 
of  Hasya-ban  ;  Lokesvara  of  Upahara-ban  ;  Lankadhipa-kula-dhvansi  of  Jahnu- 
ban;  and  Srishatsilankshyana  of  Bhuvana-ban. 

*  Chhatra-ban  represents  the  town  of  Chhata.  The  only  spot  mentioned  in  conned  ion  with 
it  is  the  Suraj-kund,  a  pond  which  still  exists  and  bears  the  same  name,  but  is  not  now  held 
in  much  regard. 

t  Surabhi-ban  adjoins  Gobardhan.     Near  Prem-ban  is  the  l'rem-Barovar. 

t  The  one  Loha-ban  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river  is  described  as  the  scene  of  the  destruction 
of  Jaiiirandha's  armies;  the  other,  on  ihe  left  bank,  is  more  correctly  styled  Loha-jungha-ban. 

§  Bi  isha-bhauu-pur  is  intended  ub  the  Sanskrit  original  of  Barsana,  but  incorrectly  so. 


THE   HOU.  91 

The  four  last-named  woods  are  given  as  the  limits  of  the  Braj  Mandal  in 
the  following  sloka,  and  it  is  distinctly  noted  that  the  city  of  Mathura  is  at  the 
same  distance,  viz.,  21  kos,  from  each  one  of  them  : — 

The  Pandits,  who  were  asked  to  reconcile  these  limits  with  those  mentioned 
in  the  Hindi  couplet  previously  quoted,  declared  Hasya-ban  in  the  east  to  be 
the  same  as  Barhadd  in  Aligarh:  Upahara-ban  in  the  west  as  Sona  in  Gurganw- 
Jahnu-ban  to  the  south  the  same  as  Siirasen-ka-ganw,  or  Batesar;  and  Bhuvana- 
ban  to  the  north,  Bhiikhan-ban  near  Shergarh.  The  identification  is  probably 
little  more  than  conjectural ;  but  a  superstition,  which  is  at  once  both  comparatively 
modern  and  also  practically  obsolete,  scarcely  deserves  a  more  protracted  inves- 
tigation than  has  already  been  bestowed  upon  it. 

Next  to  the  Ban-jatra,  the  most  popular  local  festvity  is  the  Holi,  which  is 
observed  for  several  days  in  succession  at  different  localities.  Several  of  the  usages 
are,  I  believe,  entirely  unknown  beyond  the  limits  of  Braj,  even  to  the  people  of 
the  country  ;  and,  so  far  as  I  could  ascertain  by  enquiries,  they  had  never  been 
witnessed  by  any  European.  Accordingly,  as  the  festival  fell  unusually  early 
in  1877,  while  the  weather  was  still  cool  enough  to  allow  of  a  mid- day  ride  without 
serious  inconvenience,  I  took  advantage  of  the  opportunity  thus  afforded  me  and 
made  the  round  of  all  the  principal  villages  in  the  Chhata  and  Kosi  parganas  where 
the  rejoicings  of  the  Phiil  Dol,  for  so  these  Hindu  Saturnalia  are  popularly  termed, 
are  celebrated  with  any  peculiarities,  visiting  each  place  on  its  special  fete-day. 
The  following  is  an  account  of  what  I  saw : — 

Feb.  22nd,  Barsdna,  the  Ramjila  Holi. — In  the  middle  of  the  town  is  a 
small  open  square,  about  which  are  grouped  the  stately  mansions  and  temples 
built  by  the  great  families  who  resided  here  during  the  first  half  of  the  18th 
century.  A  seat  in  the  balcony  over  the  gateway  of  the  house  still  occupied 
by  the  impoverished  descendants  of  the  famous  Katara,  Riip  Ram,  the  founder 
of  Barsana's  short-lived  magnificence,  commands  a  full  view  of  the  humours 
of  the  crowd  below.  The  cheeriness  of  the  holiday-makers  as  they  throng  the 
narrow  winding  streets  on  their  way  to  and  from  the  central  square,  where 
they  break  up  into  groups  of  bright  and  ever-varying  combinations  of  colour  ; 
with  the  buffooneries  of  the  village  clowns  and  the  grotesque  dances  of  the 
lusty  swains,  who  with  castanets  in  hand  caricature  in  their  movements  the 
conventional  graces  of  the  Indian  ballet-girl, 


92  SHAM   FIGHT   AT   BARSXNA. 

Crispum  sub  crotalo  docta  movere  lalus, 

all  make  up  a  sufficiently  amusing  spectacle ;  but  these  are  only  interludes 
and  accessories  to  the  great  event  of  the  day.  This  is  a  sham  fight  between 
the  men  from  the  neighbouring  village  of  Nand-gadw  and  the  Barsana  ladies, 
the  wives  of  the  Gosains  of  the  temple  of  Larli  Ji,  which  stands  high  on  the 
crest  of  the  rock  that  overlooks  the  arena.  The  women  have  their  mantles 
drawn  down  over  their  faces  and  are  armed  with  long  heavy  bambus,  with 
which  they  deal  their  opponents  many  shrewd  blows  on  the  head  and  shoulders. 
The  latter  defend  themselves  as  best  they  can  with  round  leather  shields  and 
stags'  horns.  As  they  dodge  in  and  out  amongst  the  crowd  and  now  and 
again  have  their  flight  cut  off  and  are  driven  back  upon  the  band  of  excited 
viragoes,  many  laughable  incidents  occur.  Not  unfrequently  blood  is  drawn, 
but  an  accident  of  the  kind  is  regarded  rather  as  an  omen  of  good  fortune  and 
has  never  been  known  to  give  rise  to  any  ill-feeling.  Whenever  the  fury  of 
their  female  assailants  appears  to  be  subsiding,  it  is  again  excited  by  the  men 
shouting  at  them  snatches  of  the  following  ribald  rhymes.  They  are  not 
worth  translation,  since  they  consist  of  nothing  but  the  repetition  of  the 
abusive  word  sdld,  applied  to  every  person  and  thing  in  Barsana.  That  town 
being  the  reputed  home  of  Radhtl,  the  bride,  its  people  are  styled  her  brothers  ; 
while  the  Nand-ganw  men  account  themselves  the  brothers  of  Krishna,  the 
bridegroom:  — 

H=I  HIT    eTCSRalTT  TT^=ITT  HTT  I 
^IT^T^    HIcU  HTT  ^  3THH3TT  » 

^pnfaxri  ^?rc  sbstc  hit  %  hjthihstt  i 

lm  3|t    H=*fl  HTT  ^IT  qrTUcin;  || 
SITU  clifraT  HWl  HT*  HTT  HpqHelTT  I 
TSKcRrl  %1T  TiafTITI   STT   c^i   HrTHIcIIT   II 
ctT^ra't  VlTHitslK  *IIT  fl!JTOTI^T5IIT  I 
mjZ  HSIFIT  Hclll  HIT  ^T^T  ^^W    HIT  II 
^IFITXtrT  Hl^TUrl  HIT  HIT  *sW  milT  I 
WmiT  N^TT  HIT  H?I  THT7T  HTT  II 


THE   HOLI   BONFIKE   AT  FBXLEN.  93 

Feb.  23rd,  Nand-gdnw.— Another  sham  fight,  as  on  tho  preceding  day, 
only  with  the  characters  reversed  ;  the  women  on  this  occasion  being  tho 
wives  of  the  Gosains  of  the  Nand-ganw  temple,  and  their  antagonists  the 
men  of  Barsana.  The  combatants  are  drawn  up  more  in  battle-array,  instead 
of  skirmishing  by  twos  and  threes,  and  rally  round  a  small  yellow  pennon  that 
is  carried  in  their  midst  ;  but  the  show  is  less  picturesque  in  its  accessories, 
being  held  on  a  very  dusty  spot  outside  the  town,  and  was  more  of  a  Phallic 
orgie. 

Feb.  21th,  the  Holi.  Phdlen. — Hero  is  a  sacred  pond  called  Prahlad- 
kund,  and  the  fact  of  its  having  preserved  its  original  name  gives  a  clue, 
as  in  so  many  parallel  cases,  to  the  older  form  of  the  name  now  borne  by  the 
village.  Local  pandits  would  derive  the  word  phdlen  from  the  verb  phdrna, 
"  to  tear  in  pieces,''  with  a  reference  to  the  fate  of  Prahlad's  impious  father, 
Iliranya-Kasipu  :  but  such  a  formation  would  be  contrary  both  to  rule  and  to 
experience,  and  the  word  is,  beyond  a  doubt,  a  corruption  of  Prahlada-grama. 

Arriving  at  the  village  about  an  hour  before  sunset,  I  found  a  crowd  of 
some  5,000  people  closely  packed  in  the  narrow  spaces  on  the  margin  of  the 
pond  and  swarming  over  the  tops  of  the  houses  and  the  branches  of  all  the 
trees  in  the  neighbourhood.  A  large  bonfire  had  been  stacked  half-way 
between  the  pond  and  a  little  shrine  dedicated  to  Prahlad,  inside  which  the 
Khera-pat,  or  Panda,  who  was  to  take  the  chief  part  in  the  performance  of  the 
day,  was  sitting  tell«%  his  beads.  At  6  p.  M.  the  pile  was  lit,  and,  being  com- 
posed of  the  most  inflammable  materials,  at  once  burst  into  such  a  tremendous 
blaze  that  I  felt  myself  scorching,  though  the  little  hillock  where  I  was  seated 
was  a  good  many  yards  away.  However,  the  lads  of  the  village  kept  on 
running  close  round  it,  jumping  and  dancing  and  brandishing  their  lathis, 
while  the  Panda  went  down  and  dipped  in  the  pond  and  then,  with  his 
dripping  pagri  and  dhoti  on,  ran  back  and  made  a  feint  of  passing  through 
the  fire.  In  reality  he  only  jumped  over  the  outermost  verge  of  the  smoul- 
dering ashes  and  then  dashed  into  his  cell  again,  much  to  the  dissatisfaction 
of  the  spectators,  who  say  that  the  former  incumbent  used  to  do  it  much 
more  thoroughly.  If  on  the  next  recurrence  of  the  festival  the  Panda  shows 
himself  equally  timid,  the  village  proprietors  threaten  to  eject  him,  as 
an  impostor,  from  the  land  which  he  holds  rent-free  simply  on  the  score  of  his 
being  fire-proof. 

Feb.  28th,  Kosi*—  After  sitting  a  little  while  at  a  nach  of  the  ordinary 
character,  given,  by  one  of  the  principal  traders  in  the  town,  I  went  on  to  see 

24 


94  THE    HOLI  AT  KOSI. 

the  chaupdis,  or  more  special  Holi  performances,  got  up  by  the  different  bodies 
of  Jat  zamindars,  each  in  their  own  quarter  of  the  town.  The  dancers,  exclu- 
sively men  and  boys,  are  all  members  of  the  proprietory  clan,  and  are 
all  dressed  alike  in  a  very  high-waisted  full- skirted  white  robe,  reaching  to 
the  ankles,  called  a  jhagd,  with  a  red  pagri,  in  which  is  set  at  the  back  of  the 
head  a  long  tinsel  plume, kalangi,  to  represent  the  peacock  feathers  with  which 
Krishna  was  wont  to  adorn  himself  as  he  rambled  through  the  woods.  The 
women  stand  at  one  end  of  the  court-yard  with  their  mantle  drawn  over  their 
faces  and  holding  long  lathis,  with  which,  at  a  later  period  of  the  proceedings, 
they  join  in  the  Holi  sports.  Opposite  them  are  the  bandsmen  with  drums, 
cymbals  and  timbrels,  and  at  their  back  other  men  with  sticks  and  green 
twigs,  which  they  brandish  about  over  their  heads.  The  space  in  the 
middle  is  circled  by  torch-bearers  and  kept  clear  for  the  dancers,  who  are 
generally  six  in  number,  only  one  pair  dancing  at  a  time.  Each  performer, 
in  the  dress  as  above  described,  has  a  knife  or  dagger  in  his  right  hand  and 
its  scabbard  in  his  left.  At  first,  darting  forward,  they  make  a  feint  of  thrust- 
ing at  the  women  or  other  spectators,  and  then  pointing  the  knife  to  their  own 
breast  they  whirl  round  and  round,  generally  backwards,  the  pace  growing 
faster  and  more  furious  and  the  clash  of  the  band  louder  and  louder,  till  at 
last  they  sink  down,  with  their  flowing  robe  spread  out  all  round  them,  in 
a  sort  of  curtsey,  and  retire  into  the  back  ground,  to  be  succeeded  by  another 
pair  of  performers.  After  a  pair  of  men  comes  a  pair  of  boys,  and  so  on 
alternately  with  very  little  variation  in  the  action.  Between  the  dances  a 
verse  or  two  of  a  song  is  sung,  and  at  the  end  comes  the  Holi  khelna.  This  is 
a  very  monotonous  performance.  The  women  stand  in  a  line,  their  faces 
veiled,  and  each  with  a  lathi  ornamented  with  bands  of  metal  and  gaudy 
pendents,  like  the  Bacchantes  of  old  with  the  thyrsus,  and  an  equal  number 
of  men  oppose  them  at  a  few  yards'  interval.  The  latter  advance  slowly  with 
a  defiant  air  and  continue  shouting  snatches  of  scurrilous  song  till  they  are 
close  upon  the  women,  who  then  thrust  out  their  lathis,  and  without  uttering 
a  word  follow  them  as  they  turn  their  back  and  retreat  to  their  original  stand- 
ing-place. Arrived  there,  they  let  the  women  form  again  in  line  as  they  were 
at  first  and  then  again  advance  upon  them  precisely  as  before,  and  so  it 
goes  on  till  their  repertory  of  songs  is  exhausted,  or  they  have  no  voice  left 
to  sing  them.  To  complete  my  description  I  here  give  some  specimens 
of  these  sdkhis  or  verses,  and  have  added  notes  to  all  the  words  that  seemed 
likely  to  require  explanation.  They  are  many  of  them  too  coarse  aud  at  the 
same  time  too  stupid  to  make  it  desirable  for  me  to  translate  them  in  full. 


HOLI  SONGS.  95 

=P*T  XT7T1  ^1  ^Jfl  I 

g|  5i«R  H  W  s*i*|ziT  ^TT^ftTTrl  ^ifl  II  <t  II 

N, 

1T^*T  ^ft  TTTTU  I 

NO 

Iw  tTk  spsn  ^  is  in  ^i?r  hm  s^itt  n 
^tt  gfa  ^i  f  n  1 1  5ia  a  irare  ^rct  i 
%r  ijt  are*  h  *mf\  %jjt1  sircnft  ^t^t  muft  h 

^fa  1TTITT  31  *3T3T  rTTJ   ofm  ^J}  ll6  II  *   II 

Tl^  $til  3^inff  *r  *(  I 

li   3*1  WW   %5T  ^  ^iq  If  XJ^TtI  ^  *I5R  si  II  ?  II 

fi*3T=R  %  5R  ^lf       5*3»lfa  §  Ufa  I 

W^T     ^TUsl     ^tT^i       *3K  Ufa  f^T^f  snn  I 
5J3T=R   ^   ^"^2^       ^T^TT^T  -*ZJ\m  II  l|  II 

tt^  5iw  srel  wt  I 

li  3M  ^  ^Tlf  SRlD  3JH  irfl^T  W  II  £  II 

JT^  ^TIH  %^  lT<t  I 

SIT  3T   FT  SRclI    sr  ^T#  'StRl  *HRi  %tCt  II 

rTT^T  5R3JT    ffiTO   ^H    ojj^    SN1    ^'iR    5r7T  %lff  II 
3^cT  ti^i^  ^n^r  w  3T3T  Sis*  TUHX.  ^T^O  II  ^  II 


1.  Krishna  says  to  Udho  :     Ask  her  if  she  will  come.    She  set  the  kardhi  on  the  Are  the  firBt 

thing  in  the  evening  and  will  slip  out  at  midnight. 

2.  Jabi,  then:  jaycgi  laj  tihdri.    you  will  be  put  to  shame. 

3.  Dilyiri,  sadness. 

6.  Whether  you  give  or  whether  vou  refnse 

7.  Apni  apni  jori,  in  pairs,  two  and  two  :  morchang,  or  mohchang,  a  Jew'B-narp.     Gdgar,  ajar: 

GAori  for  ghdli,  mixed. 


96  HOLI  SONGS. 

tiT^i  %  ira  TjRT  ^Tl   l»PTO  ^  f^SiRl  II 
StT^J  TfraT  S3W  S^RT  I 

W  ^m  T5RT  efr^  3i'f^  I 

*^  ^T  WW,  §  T,|  *^  srasjjfi  ^3.1??  I!  10  n 

5fa  ^  JITIT  U^falTT  win  ^R  utt^  t^tl  'I  St  D 

5fd  w  *ara  s^rut  xRttf  i^ra  crr^r  5gn^  n 

5?T^3  ^^T  ^  ^  TU^T  *f.U^  ~H  II  <R  I! 

sJSJ^im^  §i  33?  SPFF  W  SIT  V*  W^  SjiTT  I) 
SJSii  Fi^  5IST  S?TT  Ulrli  31*5  FR  ^i  3^tj  II  t?  II 

531  ^fJT  Q^  %mX  cfi^ST  5^5  %K  TP3T  *ITfT  II  18  II 


8.  Kautian  for    'faun  sd ;  Adna,  clothes ;  garix  d,  a  pot. 

9.  I'ija,  for  i>ijiye  dl.ar. 

10.  A'u/,  happiness  . 

11,  Baiyin,  for  fcdn/i,  arm. 

12.  Khaela,  au  ornament  that  hangs  percent  from  the  elbow. 

13,  Muhero,  a  mess  of  rice  aud  sour  milk. 


HOLI  SONGS.  9T 

fq  JT?^SR  7K\  ^7T?T  tRTT^T  *l  m  ^W^  ^TT  mm  ^TT  II  RM   II 

rT  of  efiifT  fftff  STOra*  5T»ft  ^^  ^  ^  1  3Tf  2(TT  H  II   15   II 

£fi=l  R^i^r  TAX  "3%  ^T^I  I 

JlKl^  %T^T  H^T^T^T  TreXTT^  fa^  =KT^T  fll^t  II   1©  H 

%Tfi    Wr\   XT  Tim  T.m  33if!  I 

in  j*%?\  mj  traT  t^^^it  i  fi  ^t  %m  ^z  ^iff  n  tc  n 

^JT  ^ITTl^cin  3JW  XW\  WTrft  I 

nT3t  ins^  il  *si3i%  fi  ^fT  ^ii  jtCt  ItKt  II  qa  II 

March  1st,  Kosi. — Spend  an  hour  or  two  in  the  afternoon  as  a  spectator 
of  the  Holi  sports  at  the  Goinati-Kund.  Each  of  the  six  Jut  villages  of  the 
Denda  Pal*  has  two  or  more  chaupdis,  which  come  up  one  after  the  other  in  a 
long  procession,  stopping  at  short  intervals  on  the  way  to  dance  in  the  manner 
above  described,  but  several  at  a  time  instead  of  in  single  pairs.  One  of  the 
performers  executed  a  pas  de  seul  mounted  on  a  daf,  or  large  timbrel,  which  was 
supported  on  the  shoul  lers  of  four  other  men  of  his  troupe.  Bands  of  mummers 
(or  twangs)  were  also  to  be  seen,  oneset  attired  as  Muhammadan  fakirs;  another 
(ghdyalon  led  sivdng)  as  wounded  warriors,  painted  with  streaks,  as  it  were  of 
blood,  and  with  sword-blades  and  daggers  so  bound  on  to  their  neck  and  arms 

15.  St/ahi,  a  woman's  dopaita. 
Jliagd,  a  man's  dre6S. 

16.  Adhbar,  in  the  middle. 

Bard,  an  ornament  worn  by  women  on  the  elbow. 

17.  Suk,  the  planet  Venus,  which  is  regarded  as  auspicious  . 
Chalan,  the  same  as  the  more  common  gauna. 

18.  Jori,  for  zori,  zabrdasti. 
Jam,  lust,  passion. 

19.     Dyaus,  the  day-time. 
Khaddna,  a  clay  pit. 
*  Any  subdivision  of  a  Jat  clan  is  called  a  Pal,  and  the  town  of  Kosi  is  the  centre  of  one 
such  sub-division,  which  is  known  as  the  Denda  Pal. 

25 


SS  THE  HOLANGA  MELA.' 

and  other  parts  of  the  body  that  they  seemed  to  be  transfixed  by  them.  Some 
long  iron  rods  were  actually  thrust  through  their  protruded  tongue  and  their 
cheeks,  and  in  this  ghastly  guise  and  with  drawn  swords  in  their  hands,  with 
which  they  kept  on  dealing  and  parrying  blows,  the  pair  of  combatants  peram- 
bulated the  crowd. 

March2nd. — At  2  p.m.  ride  over  toBathen  for  the  Holanga  mela,  and  find  a 
place  reserved  for  me  on  a  raised  terrace  at  the  junction  of  fourstreets  in  the  cen- 
tre of  the  village.  Every  avenue  was  closely  packed  with  the  densest  throng, 
and  the  house-tops  seemed  like  gardens  of  flowers  with  the  bright  dresses  of  the 
women.  Most  of  them  were  Jats  by  caste  and  wore  their  distinctive  costume,  a 
petticoat  of  coarse  country  stuff  worked  by  their  own  hands  with  figures  of  birds, 
beasts,  and  men,  of  most  grotesque  design,  and  a  mantle  thickly  sewn  all  ovei 
with  discs  of  talc,  which  flash  like  mirrors  in  the  sun  and  quite  dazzle  the 
sight.  The  performers  in  the  chaupdi  could  scarcely  force  their  way  through  tin- 
crowd,  much  loss  dance,  but  the  noise  of  the  band  that  followed  close  at  their 
heels  made  up  for  all  shortcomings.  There  was  a  great  deal  of  singing,  of  a 
very  vociferous  and  probably  also  a  very  licentious  character  ;  but  my  ears 
were  not  offended,  for  in  the  general  din  it  was  impossible  to  distinguish  a 
single  word.  Handfuls  of  red  powder  (abir)  mixed  with  tiny  particles  of 
glistening  talc  were  thrown  about,  up  to  the  balconies  above  and  down  on  the 
heads  of  the  people  below,  and  seen  through  this  atmosphere  of  coloured 
cloud,  the  frantic  gestures  of  the  throng,  their  white  clothes  and  faces  all 
stained  with  red  and  yellow  patches,  and  the  great  timbrels  with  bunches  of 
peacocks'  feathers,  artifical  flowers  and  tinsel  stars  stuck  in  their  rim,  borne 
above  the  players'  heads  and  now  and  again  tossed  up  high  in  the  air,  com- 
bined to  form  a  curious  and  picturesque  spectacle.  After  the  music  came  a 
posse  of  rustics  each  bearing  a  rough  jagged  branch  of  the  prickly  acacia, 
stript  of  its  leaves,  and  in  their  centre  one  man  with  a  small  yellow  pennon  on 
a  long  staff,  yellow  being  the  colour  appropriate  to  the  Spring  season  ami  the 
God  of  Love.  The  whole  party  slowly  made  its  way  through  the  village  to  an 
open  plain  outside,  where  the  crowd  assembled  cannot  have  numbered  less 
than  15,000.  Here  a  circular  arena  was  cleared  and  about  a  hundred  of  the 
Bathen  Jatnis  were  drawn  up  in  a  line,  each  with  a  long  bambu  in  her  hands, 
and  confronting  them  an  equal  number  of  the  bough-men  who  are  all  from  the 
neighbouring  village  of  Jan.  A  sham  fight  ensued,  the  women  trying  to  beat 
down  the  thorny  bushes  and  force  their  way  to  the  flag.  A  man  or  two  got  a 
cut  in  the  face,  but  the  most  perfect  good  humour  prevailed,  except  when  an 


VEESES  BY  StfR  D^g.  99 

outsider  from  some  other  village  attempted  to  join  in  the  play  ;  he  was  at  once 
hustled  out  with  kicks  and  blows  that  meant  mischief.  The  women  were 
backed  up  by  their  own  husbands,  who  stood  behind  and  encouraged  them  by 
word,  but  did  not  move  a  hand  to  strike.  When  it  was  all  over,  many  of  the 
spectators  ran  into  the  arena  and  rolled  over  and  over  in  the  dust,  or  streaked 
themselves  with  it  on  the  forehead,  taking  it  as  the  dust  hallowed  by  the  feet 
of  Krishna  and  the  Gopis. 

The  forenoon  had  been  devoted  to  the  recitation  of  Hindi  poems  appro- 
priate to  the  occasion.  I  was  not  on  the  spot  in  time  enough  to  hear  any  of 
this,  but  with  some  difficulty  I  obtained  for  a  few  days  the  loan  of  the  volume 
that  was  used,  and  have  copied  from  it  three  short  pieces.  The  actual  M.S.  is 
of  no  greater  antiquity  than  1776  A.  D.,  the  colophon  at  the  end,  in  the  curious 
mixture  of  Sanskrit  and  Hindi  affected  by  village  pandits,  standing  thus  : 

Sambat  1852  Bhadrapad  audi  2  dwitiya,  rabibdr,  likhitam  idam  pustakam, 
Sri  Gopdl  Das  CJiaran-Pahari*-madhye  parhan  drthi  Sri  Seva  Das  Bari 
Bathain  vdsi : 

but  probably  many  successive  copies  have  been  made  since  the  original   was 
thumbed   to    pieces.     The    first   stanzas,    which   are    rather   prettily    worded, 
ire,   or  at  least  profess  to  be,  the   composition  of  the  famous  blind  poet   Stir 
•Das. 

II  ^  II 
=3HT^T<3  l^R  3TgJR  Rif  ^JTT  VZ  tR  II 

^urc*i  wix  zOk^k  *z%feM  Ck  m  ii 

HTW^f  Cm  ^J7^T  XKUT^  *\?m  WR  ^  II 


*  Charan-Fahfiri    is  the  name  of  a  small   detacheil  rock,  of  the  same  character  as  the 
Bharat  pur  range,  that  crop*  up  above  the  grouml  in  the  village  of  Little  Buthen. 


100  VERSES  BY  DXMODAR  DXS. 

*rc  urn?*  faf^snir  ra^srai  ^  vy  5?r  ^  " 

"  Thy  ways  are  past  knowing,  fall  of  compassion,  Supreme  Intelligent 
unapproachable,  unfathomable  beyond  the  cognizance  of  the  senses,  movin 
in  fashion  mysterious. 

"  A  lion,  most  mighty  in  strength  and  courage,  dies  of  hunger  ;  a  snake 
fills  his  belly  without  labour  and  without  exertion. 

"  Now  a  straw  sinks  in  the  water,  now  a  stone  floats  :  he  plants  an  ocean 
in  the  desert,  a  flood  fills  it  all  round. 

"  The  empty  is  filled,  the  full  is  upset,  by  his  grace  it  is  filled  again  ;  the 
lotus  blossoms  from  the  rock  and  fire  burns  in  the  water. 

"  A  king  becomes  a  beggar  and  again  a  beggar  a  king  with  umbrella 
over  his  head  :  even  the  guiltiest  (says  Sur  Das)  in  an  instant  is  saved,  if  the 
Lord  helps  him  the  least." 

The  second  piece,  in  a  somewhat  similar  strain,  is  by  Damodar  Das  : 

II  V$  II 

^1  37^11  T^t  f%^  "^T3i  TISnTrl  ^flff  tJc^T  II 
^5  tR-J^T  JJ7SU  $T  W^T  srm  ^TTf  WIT  I 
T3R  T5^  =?ScI  HrJT^  ^T^T  §TO  ^^^T  II 

Translation, 

"Come,  my  soul,  adore  Nand-lala  (i.  c,  Krishna),  whether  living  in  the 
house  or  in  the  woods  (i.  e.,  whether  a  man  of  the  world  or  a  hermit),  there  is 
no  other  help  to  lay  hold  of. 

"  The  Veda,  the  Pun'mas,  and  the  Law  declare  that  nothing  is  better  than 
this  ;  every  day  honour  increases  four-fold,  like  the  moon  in  its  degrees.. 


THE    DIVINITIES    COMMEMORATED   AT   THE    HOLI.  101 

"  Who  has  wealth  ?  who  has  house  and  fortune  ?  who  has  son  and  wife  ? 
says  Damodar,  nought  will  remain  secure  in  the  world  :  it  is  gone  in  a 
moment." 

The  third  piece,  an  encomium  of  the  blooming  Spring,  is  too  simple  to 
require  any  translation  : 

^TT  WT  II 

7m&  craft  ^cFT  a^T^R  ^3^  XR3  TEST  I 
^3^  ^T^f  ^^^  S«T  TflTft  mrf  r\  *&\c\^  II 


^^^  3TH  5|cJIT3  SWSiITT  ^TCFI  =ra^  ^m^  I 

5^  wz  srI  ^rafteRT  fl^fi  iwra  g?i  11 

qg^ft  oJT%  ^T^  »5im3  5FTra5T  li  f  H  II 

The  only  divinities  who  are  now  popularly  commemorated  at  the  Holi 
Festival  are  Radha,  Krishna,  and  Balarama  ;  but  its  connection  with  them 
can  only  be  of  modern  date.  The  institution  of  the  Ban-jatra  and  the 
Ras-lila,  and  all  the  local  legends  that  they  involve  is  (as  has  been  already 
stated)  traceable  to  one  of  the  Brinda-ban  Gosains  at  the  beginning  of  the  17th 
century  A.  D.  The  fact,  though  studiously  ignored  by  the  Hindus  of  Mathuni, 
is  distinctly  stated  in  the  Bhakt-mala,  the  work  which  they  admit  to  be  of 
paramount  authority  on  such  matters.  But  the  scenes  that  I  have  described 
carry  back  the  mind  of  the  European  spectator  to  a  far  earlier  period  and  are 
clearly  relics,  perhaps  the  most  unchanged  that  exist  in  any  part  of  the  world, 
of  the  primitive  worship  of  the  powers  of  nature  on  the  return  of  Spring.  Such 
were  the  old  English  merry-makings  on  May  Day  and,  still  more  closely  paral- 
lel the  Phallic  orgies  of  Imperial  Rome  as  described  by  Juvenal.  When  I  was 
listening  to  the  din  of  the  village  band  at  Bathen,  it  appeared  to  be  the  very 
scene  depicted  in  the  lines — 

Plangebant  alias  proceris  tympana  palmis, 
Aut  tereti  tenuis  tinnitus  asre  ciebant ; 
Multis  raucisonos  efflabant  cornua  bombos, 
Barbaraque  horribili  stridebat  tibia  canta. 
26 


102  GREEK   AND   ROMAN   PARALLELS   TO   THE  HOLI. 

Or,  again,  in  the  words  of  Catullus — 

Leve  tympanum  remugit,  cava  cymbala  recrepant, 
Ubi  sacra  sancta  acutis  ululatibus  agitant, 
Quatiuntque  terga  tauri  teneris  cava  digitis: 
while  the  actors  in  the  chaupdi  with  dagger  in  hand  recalled  the  pictures  of  the 
G'orybantes  or  Phrygian  priests  of  Cybele,  the  very  persons  to  whom  the  poet 
refers.     In  Greece  the  Indian  Holi  found  its  equivalent  in  the  Dionysia,  when 
the  phallus,  the  symbol  of  the  fertility  of  nature,  was  borne  in  procession,  as  it 
now  is  here,  and  when  it  was  thought  a  disgrace  to  remain  sober.     In  like 
manner  the  Gosains  and  other  actors  in  the  Indian  show  are  quite  as  much 
inspired  in  their  frenzied  action  by  their  copious  preliminary  libations  as  by  the 
excitement  of  the  scene  and  the  barbarous  music  of  the  drums,  cymbals,  and 
timbrels  that  accompany  them. 


CHAPTER    V. 

THE   BUDDHIST   CITY   OF   MATHURA'   AND    ITS   ANTIQUITIES. 

Apart  from  its  connection  with  the  deified  Krishna,  the  city  of  Mathura  has 
been  a  place  of  note  from  the  most  distant  antiquity.  In  Buddhist  times  it 
was  one  of  the  centres  of  that  religion,  and  its  sacred  shrines  and  relics  at- 
tracted pilgrims  even  from  China,  two  of  whom  have  left  records  of  their  travels. 
The  first,  by  name  Fa  Hian,  spent,  as  he  informs  us,  three  years  in  Western 
Asia,  visiting  all  the  places  connected  with  events  in  the  life  of  the  great  teacher 
or  of  his  immediate  successors  ;  his  main  object  being  to  collect  authentic 
copies  of  the  oldest  theological  texts  and  commentaries,  to  take  back  with  him 
to  his  own  country.  Commencing  his  journey  from  Tibet,  he  passed  succes- 
sively through  Kashmir,  Kabul,  Kandahar,  and  the  Panjab,  and  so  arrived  in 
Central  India,  the  madliya-des  of  Hindu  geographers.  Here  the  first  kingdom 
that  he  entered  was  Mathura,  with  its  capital  of  the  same  name  situate  on  the 
bank  of  the  Jamuna.  All  the  people  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest  were  staunch 
Buddhists,  and  maintained  that  they  had  been  so  ever  since  the  time  of  Sakya 
Muni's  translation.  This  statement  must  be  accepted  with  considerable  reserve, 
since  other  evidence  tends  to  show  that  Hinduism  was  the  prevalent  religion 
during  part  of  the  interval  between  Buddha's  death  and  Fa  Hian's  visit,  which 
was  made  about  the  year  400  A.  D.  He  assures  us,  however,  that  many  of 
the  ecclesiastical  establishments  possessed  copper  plates  engraved  with  the  ori- 
ginal deeds  of  endowment  in  attestation  of  their  antiquity.  In  the  capital — 
where  he  rested  a  whole  month — and  its  vicinity,  on  the  opposite  banks  of  the 
river,  were  twenty  monasteries,  containing  in  all  some  3,000  monks.  There 
were,  moreover,  six  relic-towers,  or  stiipas,  of  which  the  most  famous  was  the 
one  erected  in  honour  of  the  great  apostle  Sari-putra.  The  five  other  stiipas 
are  also  mentioned  byname  ;  two  of  them  commemorated  respectively  Ananda, 
the  special  patron  of  religious  women,  and  Mudgala-putra,  the  great  doctor  of 
Samddhi  or  contemplative  devotion.  The  remaining  three  were  dedicated  to 
the  cultus  of  the  Abhi-dharma,  the  Sutra,  and  the  Vinaya  divisions  of  the 
sacred  books,  treating  respectively  of  Metaphysics,  Beligion,  and  Morality, 
and  known  in  Buddhist  literature  by  the  collective  name  of  the  Tri-pitaka 
or  '  three  baskets.' 


104  HWEN  THSANG's  DESCRIPTION  OF  MATHCRA". 

Some  200  years  later,  Hwen  Thsang,  another  pilgrim  from  the  Flowery- 
Laud,  was  impelled  by  like  religious  zeal  to  spend  sixteen  years,  from  62i)  to 
G45  A.D.,  travelling  throughout  India.  On  his  return  to  China,  he  compiled, 
by  special  command  of  the  Emperor,  a  work  in  twelve  Books  entitled  '  Memoirs 
of  Western  Countries,'  giving  succinct  geographical  descriptions  of  all  the 
kingdoms,  amounting  in  number  to  128,  that  he  had  either  personally  visited, 
or  of  which  he  had  been  able  to  acquire  authentic  information.  After  his  death, 
two  of  his  disciples,  wishing  to  individualize  the  record  of  their  master's  adven- 
tures, compiled  in  ten  Books  a  special  narrative  of  his  life  and  Indian  travels. 
This  has  been  translated  into  French  by  the  great  Orientalist,  Mons.  S.  Julien. 
Mathurd  is  described  as  being  20  li,  or  four  miles  in  circumference,  and  as  con- 
taining still,  as  in  the  days  of  Fa  Hian,  20  monasteries.  But  the  number  of 
resident  monks  had  been  reduced  to  2,000,  and  five  temples  had  been  erected  to 
Brahmanical  divinities  ;  both  facts  indicating  the  gradual  decline  of  Buddhism. 
There  were  three  stupas,  built  by  King  Asoka,  and  many  spots  were  shown 
where  the  four  former  Buddhas  hud  left  the  marks  of  their  feet.  Several  other 
Mitpas  were  reverenced  as  containing  relics  of  the  holy  disciples  of  Sakya  Muni, 
viz.,  Sari-putra,  Mudgalayana,  Purna-maitrayani-putra,  Upali,  Ananda,  Rahula, 
Manjusri,  and  other  Bodhi-satwas.  Every  year  (he  writes)  in  the  months  of 
the  three  long  fasts  (the  first,  fifth,  and  ninth)  and  on  the  six  monthly  fasts  the 
religious  assemble  in  crowds  at  these  stupas,  and  make  their  several  offerings 
at  the  one  which  is  the  object  of  their  devotion.  The  followers  of  Abhi-dharma 
offer  to  Sari-putra,  and  those  who  practise  contemplation  (dht/una)  to  Mudgal- 
ayana.  Those  who  adhere  to  the  Sutras  pay  their  homage  to  Purna-maitra- 
yani-putra  ;  those  who  stud}-  the  Vinaya  honour  Upali  ;  religious  women 
honour  Ananda  ;  those  who  have  not  yet  been  fully  instructed  (catechumens) 
honour  Rahula  ;  those  who  study  the  Maha-yana  honour  all  the  Bodhi-satwas.* 
Banners  enriched  with  pearls  float  in  the  air,  and  gorgeous  umbrellas  are 
grouped  in  procession.  Clouds  of  incense  and  constant  showers  of  flowers 
obscure  the  sight  of  the  sun  and  moon.  The  king  and  his  ministers  apply 
themselves  with  zeal  to  the  practice  of  meritorious  Avorks.  Five  or  six  li — i.e., 
about  a  mile  and  a  quarter— to  the  east  of  the  town  is  a  monastery  on  a  hill, 
the  sides  of  which  have  been  excavated  to  allow  of  the  construction  of  cells. 
The  approach  is  by  a  ravine.  It  is  said  to  have  been  built  by  the  venerable 
Upagupta.     In  its  centre  may  be  seen  a  stupa  which  encloses  some  nail-parings 

*  A  BoJhi-Batwa  is  defined  as  a  being  who  haB  arrived  at  Buprenie  wisdom  (iuaVii),  and  yet 
consents  to  remain  as  a  creature  (sadoo)  for  the  good  of  men. 


IMPORTANCE  OF  MATHURA'  IN  BUDDHA'S  LIFETIME.  105 

of  the  Tathagata.  At  a  hill  to  the  north  of  this  monastery  is  a  cave  in  the 
rock,  twenty  feet  high  and  thirty  feet  broad,  where  had  been  collected  an 
immense  number  of  little  bambu  spikes,  each  only  four  inches  long.  When  a 
married  couple,  whom  the  venerable  Upagupta  had  converted  and  instructed, 
obtained  the  rank  of  Arhat,  *  he  added  a  spike.  But  he  took  no  note  of  other  per- 
sons, even  though  they  had  attained  the  same  degree  of  sanctity.  Twenty-four 
or  25  li  to  the  south-east  of  this  cave  was  a  large  dry  tank  with  a  stiipa  by  its 
side,  where  it  was  said  that  one  day  as  Buddha  was  pacing  up  and  down,  he  was 
offered  some  honey  by  a  monkey,  which  he  graciously  told  him  to  mix  with  water 
and  divide  among  the  monks.  The  monkey  was  so  charmed  at  the  condescension 
that  he  forgot  where  he  was,  and  in  his  ecstasy  fell  over  into  the  tank  and  was 
drowned :  as  a  reward  for  his  meritorious  conduct,  when  he  next  took  birth,  it 
was  in  human  form.  A  little  to  the  north  of  this  tank  was  a  wood  with  seyeral 
stt'ipas  to  mark  the  spots  that  had  been  hallowed  by  the  presence  of  the  four 
earlier  Buddhas,  and  where  1,250  famous  teachers  of  the  law,  such  as  Sari- 
putra  and  Mudgala-putra,  had  given  themselves  up  to  meditation.  When  the 
Tathagata  (he  adds)  lived  in  the'world,  he  often  travelled  in  this  kingdom,  and 
monuments  have  been  erected  in  every  place  where  he  expounded  the  law. 

The  Lalita  Vistara,  which  is  the  oldest  and  most  authentic  record  that  the 
Buddhists  possess,  gives  a  most  elaborate  account  of  Ssikya  Muni's  early 
adventures,  and  of  the  six  years  of  preliminary  penance  and  seclusion  that  he 
spent  in  the  woods  of  Uruvilva  (now  Buddh  Gaya)  before  he  commenced 
his  public  ministry  ;  but  the  narrative  terminates  abruptly  with  his  departure 
for  Bamiras,  which  was-  the  first  place  to  which  he  betook  himself  after 
he  had  attained  to  the  fulness  of  perfect  knowledge.  There  is  no  equally 
trustworthy  and  consecutive  record  of  the  second  and  more  important  half  o£ 
his  life — the  40  years  which  he  spent  in  the  promulgation  of  his  new  creed — and 
it  is  therefore  impossible  to  say  at  what  period  he  paid  those  frequent  visits  to 
Mathura  of  which  Hwen  ,  Thsang  speaks.  There  is,  however,  no  reason  to 
doubt  that  they  were  paid  ;  for  the  place  was  one  of  much  importance  in  his 
time  and,  like  every  other  new  teacher,  it  was  the  great  centres  of  population 
that  he  laboured  most,  to  influence.  In  Beal's  translation  of  the  Chinese  ver- 
sion of  the  Abhinishkramana  Sutra  we  find  Mathura  styled  the  capital  of  all 
Jambu-dwipa,  and  on  that  account  it  was  one  of  the  first  suggested  as  a  fit 
place  for  Buddha  to  take  birth  in.  He  rejected  it,  however,  on  the  ground  that 
the  king  by  whom  it  was  ruled,  a  powerful  monarch,  Subahu  by  name,  was  a 


*  Aa  Arhat  is  a  saint  who  lias  attained  to  the  fourth  grade  in  the  scale  of  perfection. 

27 


106  TIRST  DISCOVERY   OF  BUDDHIST   REMAINS. 

heretic.  The  objections  to  other  large  cities  were,  either  that  the  king's  pedi- 
gree had  some  flaw  ;  or  that  he  was  a  Brahman,  not  a  Kshatriya  by  caste  ; 
or  that  he  had  already  a  large  family  ;  or  that  the  people  were  insubordinate 
and  self-willed.  Bananas  and  Ujaiyin  were  considered  unworthy  for  a  similar 
reason  as  Mathura,  viz.,  that  at  the  former  there  were  four  heretical  schools  of 
philosophy,  and  that  the  king  of  the  latter  did  not  believe  in  a  future  state. 
The  use  of  the  word  '  heretical '  is  to  be  noted,  for  it  clearly  indicates  that 
Buddha  did  not  intend  to  break  entirely  with  Hinduism  ;  or  rather,  like  the 
English  '  Eeformers '  of  the  16th  century,  and  Dr.  Dollinger  and  his  "old  Catho- 
lics" on  the  continent  of  Europe  at  the  present  day,  or  Balm  Kesav  Chandra 
Sen  in  Calcutta,  or,  in  short,  like  all  subverters  of  established  systems,  he  found 
it  politic  to  disguise  the  novelty  of  his  theories  by  retaining  the  old  terminology, 
and  thus  investing  them  with  the  prestige  of  a  spurious  antiquity. 

In  consequence  of  the  changes  in  religion  and  the  long  lapse  of  time,  the 
whole  of  the  ancient  Buddhist  buildings  described  by  the  Chinese  pilgrims  had 
been  overthrown,  buried,  and  forgotten,  till  quite  recently,  when  some  fragments 
of  them  have  been  again  brought  to  light.  The  first  discovery  was  made  by 
( reneral  <  'unningham,  in  1853,  who  noticed  some  capitals  and  pillars  lying  about 
within  the  enclosure  of  the  Katra,  the  site  of  the  Hindu  temple  of  Kesava 
Deva.  A  subsequent  search  revealed  the  architrave  of  a  gateway  and  other 
sculptures,  including  in  particular  a  standing  figure  of  Buddha,  three  and-a- 
half  feet  high,  which  was  found  at  the  bottom  of  a  well,  with  an  inscription 
at  its  base  recording  the  gift  of  the  statue  to  the  '  Yasa  Vihara,'  or  '  Convent 
of  Glory,'  which  may  be  taken  as  the  name  of  one  of  the  Buddhist  establish- 
ments that  had  existed  on  the  spot.  The  date  of  the  presentation  was  recorded 
in  figures  which  could  not  be  certainly  deciphered.'* 

A  far  more  important  discovery  was  made  in  1860,  in  digging  the  foun- 
dation of  the  Magistrate  and  Collector's  new  court-house.  The  site  selected  for 
this  building  was  an  extensive  mound  overhanging  the  Agra  road  at  the  en- 
trance to  the  civil  station.  It  had  always  been  regarded  as  merely  the  remains 
of  a  series  of  brick-kilns,  and  had  been  further  protected  against  exploration 
by  the  fact  that  it  was  crowned  by  a  small  mosque.  This  was,  for  military 
reasons,  blown  down  during  the  mutiny ;  and  afterwards,  on  clearing  away  the 
rubbish  and  excavating  for  the  new  foundations,  it  was  found  to  have  been 
erected,  in  accordance  with  the  common  usage  of  the  Muhammadan  conquerors, 
upon  the  ruins  of  a  destroyed  temple.     A  number  of  Buddhist  statues,  pillars, 

*  Tiiis  ttatue  was  oue  of  those  removed  by  Dr.  l'luyfair  to  the  Museum  at  Agra. 


Darvasuj  IttL  tUa 
Hans-gwij 


JolW 


ENVIRONS 

MATHUKA 


Vasje> 


106 


■oUactcr's  Edi'je- 


Note.— This  sketch  has  been  drawn  by  eye  only,  and  makes  no  claim  to  absolute  accuracy  j  but  it 
is  correct  enough  to  be  useful  for  visitors. 


DATE  OP  THE   INSCRIPTIONS.  107 

and  basso-relievos,  were  disinterred  ;  and  the  inscriptions,  as  partially  deci- 
phered, would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  mound  was  occupied  by  several  dif- 
ferent monasteries  ;  three  of  which,  according  to  General  Cunningham,  bon 
the  names  of  Sarrghamittra-sada  Yiliara,  Huvishka  vihara,  and  Kundokhara,' 
or  as  it  may  he  read,  Kmida-Suka  Vihara.  On  the  pedestal  of  a  sealed  figure 
was  found  recorded  the  first  half  of  a  king's  name,  Vasu  ;  the  latter  part 
was  broken  away,  but  the  lacuna  should  probably  he  supplied  with  the  word 
'  deva,"  as  a  group  of  figures  inscribed  with  the  name  of  King  Vasudeva 
and  date  87  was  discovered  in  1871  at  a  neighbouring  mound  called 
the  '  Kankali  tila.'  The  most  numerous  remains  were  portions  of  stone  railine 
of  the  particular  type  used  to  enclose  Buddhist  shrines  and  monuments.  The 
whole  were  made  over  to  the  Agra  museum,  where  the  railings  were  roughly  put 
together  in  such  a  way  as  to  indicate  the  original  arrangement.  The  entire 
collection  has  since  been  again  removed  elsewhere,  I  believe  to  Allahabad ;  but 
as  there  is  no  proper  building  for  their  reception  there,  nobody  appears  to 
know  anything  about  them,  and  it  is  very  much  to  be  regretted  that  they  were 
ever  allowed  to  be  taken  from  Mathura.  Many  of  the  pillars  were  marked 
with  figures  as  a  guide  to  the  builder  ;  and  thus  we  learn  that  one  set,  for  they 
were. of  various  sizes,  consisted  of  at  least  as  many  as  129  pieces.  There  were 
also  found  three  large  seated  figures  of  Buddha,  of  which  two  were  full,  the 
third  a  little  less  than  life-size  ;  and  the  bases  of  some  30  large  columns.  It  was 
liiefly  round  these  bases  that  the  inscriptions  were  engraved.  One  of  the  most 
noticeable  fragments  was  a  stone  hand,  measuring  a  foot  across  the  palm,  which 
must  have  belonged  to  a  statue  not  less  than  from  20  to  24  feet  in  height. 

Most  of  the  sculptures  were  executed  in  common  red  sandstone  and  were 
of  indifferent  workmanship,  in  every  way  inferior  to  the  specimens  more 
recently  discovered  at  other  mounds  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  most  artistic 
was  the  figure  of  a  dancing-girl,  rather  more  than  half  life-size,  in  a  tolerably 
natural  and  graceful  attiiude.f  Like  the  so-called  figure  of  Silenus,  discovered 
by  James  Prinsep  in  1836,  of  which  a  detailed  description  will  be  given  fur- 
ther on,  it  was  thought  that  it  might  have  been  the  work  of  a  Greek  artist. 
This  conjecture,  though  I  do  not  accept  it  myself,  involves  no  historical  diffi- 
culty, since  in  the  Yuga-Purana  of  the    Gargi-Sanhita,  written  about  the  yea* 

*  It  must  be  admitted  that  Kundokhara,  i.e.,  Kunda-pushkara,  is  a.  very  questionable  com- 
pound, since  the  two  members  of  which  it  is  composed  would  bear  each  precisely  the  same 
meaning. 

t  Two  representations  of  this  figure  are  given  in  Cunningham's  Archaeological  Survey, 
Vol.  I.,  page  240. 


108  mathurX  conquered  by  the  greeks. 

50  B.  C,  it  is  explicitly  stated  that  Mathura  was  reduced  by  the  Greeks,  and  that 
their  victorious  armies  advanced  into  the  very  heart  of  Hindustan,  even  as  far 
as  Patali-putra.     The  text  is  as  follows: — - 

clef;  ^T^irWT^RJ   tt^T^T^   TTZTCfrreiT  i 

"  Then  those  hateful  conquerors.,  the  Greeks,  after  reducing  Saketa,*  tli- 
country  of  Panchala  and  Mathura,  will  take  Kusuma-dhvaja  (Patali-putra)  ; 
and  when  Pushpa-pura  (i.  e.,  Patali-putra)  is  taken,  every  province  will  assuredly 
become  disordered." 

In  close  proximity  to  the  mound  where  the  antiquities,  which  we  have  des- 
cribed above  were  discovered  is  a  large  walled  enclosure,  called  the  Damdama, 
for  some  years  past  occupied  by  the  reserves  of  the  district  police,  but  originally 
one  of  a  series  of  sanies  erected  in  the  time  of  the  Delhi  Emperors  along  the 
road  between  the  two  royal  residences  of  Agra  and  Delhi.  Hence  the  adjoin- 
ing hamlet  derives  its  name  of  Sarae  Jamalpur  ;  and  for  the  sake  of  conver- 
nience,  when  future  reference  is  made  to  the  mound,  it  will  be  by  that  title. 
As  it  is  at  some  distance  to  the  south-east  of  the  katra,  the  traditional  site  of 
ancient  Mathura,  and  so  far  agrees  with  the  position  assigned  by  Hwen  Thsang 
to  the  stupa  erected  to  commemorate  Buddha's  interview  with  the  monkey, 
there  is  plausible  ground  for  identifying  the  two  places.  The  identification  is 
confirmed  by  the  discovery  of  the  inscription  with  the  name  Kundo-khara  or 
Kundasuka  ;  for,  whichever  way  the  word  is  read,  it  would  seem  to  contain  a 
reference  to  a  tank  (Jmnda),  and  a  tank  was  the  characteristic  feature  of  Hwen 
Thsang's  monkey  stupa.  It  at  first  appears  a  little  strange  that  there  should 
be,  as  the  inscriptions  lead  us  to  infer,  four  separate  monasteries  on  one  hill, 
but  General  Cunningham  states  that  in  Parma,  where  Buddhism  is  still  the 
national  religion,  such  juxtaposition  is  by  no  means  uncommon. 

*  The  siege  of  Saketa  is  ascertained  to  have  taken  place  early  in  the  reign  of  Menander, 
who  ascended  the  throne  in  the  year  144  B.  C,  Pushpa-mitra  being  at  that  time  King  of  Patali- 
putra.     The  Girgi   Sanhita  is  an  ancient  and  extremely  rare  work,  of  which  only  five  M.SS  — 
all   apparently   imperfect— are  as  yet  known   to   be   in  existence.     Three  are   in    European 
libraries  ;  one  belongs  to  Dr  Kern,  who  was  the  first  to  call  attention  to  the  work  in  the  Preface 

to  his  edition  of  Varaha  Mihira's  ljrihat  Sanhita,   in   which   it  is  frequently   quoted;   and 

the  fifth  haB  been  recently  discovered  by  Or.  B.uhler. 


THE   VIKRAMA'DITYA   ERA.  109 

Transcripts  and  translations  of  many  of  these  inscriptions  have  been  since 
made  by  different  scholars  and  have  been  published  by  General  Cunningham  in 
Volume  III.  of  his  Archaeological  Survey  ;  but  they  are  for  the  most  part  of  a 
very  tentative  character  and  leave  much  room  for  uncertainty,  both  as  regards 
reading  and  interpretation.*  They  are  all  brief  votive  records,  giving  only  the 
name  of  the  obscure  donor,  accompanied  by  some  stereotyped  religious  formula. 
The  dates,  which  it  would  be  specially  interesting  to  ascertain,  are  indicated  by 
figures,  the  value  of  which  has  been  definitely  determined ;  but  the  era  to  which 
they  refer  is  still  matter  of  dispute.  Dr.  Rr.jendra-lala  Mitra  has  consistently 
maintained  from  the  first  that  it  is  the  Saka  era,  beginning  from  76  A.  D. ;  and 
if  so,  the  series  ranges  between  120  and  206  A.  D.  But  the  era  intended 
might  also  be  that  of  Vikramaditya,  or  of  the  Seleucida?,  or  of  Buddha's 
Nirvana,  or  of  the  particular  monarch  whose  name  is  specified. 

Before  the  discovery  of  these  and  similar  inscriptions,  the  history  of  India, 
from  the  invasion  of  Alexander  the  Great  to  that  by  Mahmud  of  Ghazni,  was 
almost  an  absolute  blank,  in  which  however  the  name  of  Vikramaditya,  the  repu- 
ted founder  of  the  era  still  most  in  vogue  among  Hindus,  enjoyed  such  universal 
celebrity  that  it  seemed  impossible  for  any  question  to  be  raised  regarding 
him.  This  solitary  stand-point  has  completely  given  way  under  the  weight 
of  modern  researches,  and  not  only  Vikramaditya's  paramount  sovereignty, 
but  even  his  existence,  is  now  denied,  and  that  by  disputants  who  will  scarcely 
find  a  single  other  matter  on  which  to  agree.  Mr.  Fergusson  writes  t  ''  No 
authentic  traces  exist  of  any  king  bearing  the  name  or  title  of  Vikramaditya 
having  lived  in  the  first  century  before  Christ  ;  nor" — though  here  his  assertion 
will  be  disputed — "  has  it  been  possible  to  point  to  any  event  as  occurring  B.  C. 
56,  which  was  of  sufficient  importance  to  give  rise  to  the  institution  of  an  era 
for  its  commemoration."  Similarly,  Professor  Bhau  Daji,  of  Bombay,  declared 
that  he  knew  of  no  inscription,  dated  in  this  Sambat,  before  the  eleventh  cen- 
tury of  the  Christian  era  ;  and,  though  this  appears  to  be  carrying  incredulity 
a  little  too  far,  General  Cunningham,  upon  whose  accuracy  every  reliance  can 
be  placed,  says  that  the  earliest  inscription  of  the  Vikramaditya  era,  that  he 
has  seen,  bears  date   811,  that  is   A.   D.   754.     Now,    if  the  era  was  really 

*  It  may  be  hoped  that  Dr.  Hoernle  of  the  Calcutta  Madrasa  will  at  some  time  find  leisure  to 
revise  and  translate  the  whole  series  of  these  early  inscriptions.  There  is  no  one  in  India,  or  even 
among  European  scholars,  who  is  equally  qualified  for  the  task  by  his  knowledge  of  Sanskrit, 
of  literary  Vrakrit  and  of  the  modern  vernacular,  which  last  is  often  of  the  greatest  service  in 
supplying  parallel  examples  of  colloquial  usage.  His  corrected  readings  of  the  inscriptions  from, 
the  Bhaihat  stupa,  as  published  in  the   Indian  Antiquary,  are  a  triumph  of  scholarly  ingenuity. 

28 


110  KANISHKA,   KING    OF   KASHMIR. 

established  before  the  birth  of  Christ,  it  is  difficult  to  understand  why  it  should 
have  lain  so  long  dormant  and  then  have  become  so  curiously  revived  and  so 
generally  adopted. 

Various  solutions  of  the  difficulty  have  been  attempted.  It  has  been 
definitely  ascertained  that  the  title  Vikramaditya  was  borne  by  a  king  Sri 
Harsha,  who  reigned  at  Ujaiyin,  in  the  first  half  of  the  sixth  century  A.  J)., 
and  General  Cunningham  conjectures  with  some  probability  that  it  was  he 
who  restored  the  general  use  of  the  old  era  (which  had  been  to  a  great  extent 
superseded  by  the  introduction  of  the  Saka  era  in  70  A.  D.)  and  made  it 
his  own,  simply  by  changing  its  name  to  that  which  it  now  bears.  The  king 
by  whom  it  was  really  established  about  the  year  57  B.  C.  he  conceives  to  have 
been  the  Indo-Scythian  Kanishka. 

This  is  a  personage  who  as  yet  scarcely  figures  at  all  in  histories  intended 
for  'the  general  reader  ;  but  it  is  certain  that  he  was  one  of  the  greatest  sover- 
eigns that  ever  held  sway  in  Upper  India  and,  if  not  the  first  to  introduce  Bud- 
dhism, was  at  least  the  one  who  definitely  established  it  as  the  state  religion. 
The  Sanskrit  Chronicle,  entitled  the  Raja-Tarangini,  mentions  among  the 
successors  of  the  great  Asoka,  in  the  latter  half  of  the  century  immediately 
preceding  the  birth  of  Christ,  three  kings  of  foreign  descent  named  Hushka 
(or  Huvishka),  Jushka,  and  Kanishka.  The  later  Muhammadau  writers 
represent  them  as  brothers  :  but  it  is  not  so  stated  in  the  original  text,  the 
words  of  which  are  simply  as  follows  :— 

<o     no 

vim  T,}^mm  hut  nmi:  3iraRJH!ia  i 

i(  There,  too,  the  three  kings,  Hushka,  Jushka,  and  Kanishka,  bom 
of  Turushka  descent,  monarchs  of  eminent  virtue.  In  their  exalted  reign  a 
great  part  of  the  region  of  Kashmir  was  occupied  by  peripatetic  Buddhist 
ascetics." 

Their  dominions  are  known  to  have  included  Kabul,  Kashmir,  and  the 
Panjab  ;  and  recently  discovered  inscriptions  imply  that  their  sway  extended 
thence  as  far  south  as  Mathura.  It  is  true  that  many  of  the  religious  buildings 
in  holy  places  have  been  founded  by   foreign  princes,  who   had    no  territorial 


CONNECTION   BETWEEN   MATHURA'   AND  KASHSlfR.  HI 

connection  with  the  neighbourhood  ;  but  there  seems  to  have  been  some  special 
bond  of  union  between  Mathura  and  Kashmir.  Incredible  as  it  has  been  deemed 
by  most  geographers,  it  is  yet  within  the  range  of  possibility,  as  pointed  out 
by  Professor  Wilson,  that  Ptolemy  intended,  by  the  close  similarity  of 
names,  to  indicate  a  connection  between  Kaainjpta  vtro  ras  tov  Bt,od o-nvu koI  toO 
"2,ai>ho/3a\  kcll  tov  PoaBtos  -ny/ds — that  is,  Kasperia,  or  Kashmir,  at  the 
sources  of  the  Vitasta,  the  Chandra-bhaga,  and  the  Ravi— and  the  Kash- 
peircei,  dwelling  lower  down  on  the  Vindhva  range  and  the  banks  of  the 
Jamuna,  one  of  whose  chief  towns  was  Mathura.  For,  further,  Ptolemy  repre- 
sents ?;'  wavlwov  X<I/pa  '  the  country  of  Pandu,'  as  lying  in  the  neigbour- 
hood  of  the  Vitasta,  or  Jhelam  ;  while  Arrian,  quoting  from  Megasthenes,  says 
it  derived  its  name  from  Pandoea,  the  daughter  of  Hercules,  the  divinity 
specially  venerated  by  the  Suraseni  on  the  Jamuna.  Thus,  as  i.t  would  seem,  he 
identifies  Mathura,  the  chief  town  of  the  Suraseni,  with  Pandoea.  Balarama, 
one  of  its  two  tutelary  divinities,  may  be  certainly  recognized  as  Belus,  the 
Indian  Hercules  ;  while,  if  wo  allow  for  a  little  distortion  of  the  original 
legend,  Pritha,  another  name  of  Kunti,  the  mother  of  the  Pandavas  and  sister 
of  Krishna  and  Balarama's  father,  Vasudeva,  may  be  considered  the  native 
form  which  was  corrupted  into  Pandosa. 

In  historical  illustration  of  the  same  line  of  argument,  it  may  be  remarked 
that  Gonauda  I.,  the  king  of  Kashmir  contemporary  with  Krishna,  is  related 
(Raja-Tarangini,  I.,  59)  to  have  been  a  kinsman  of  Jarasandha  and  to  have 
assisted  him  in  the  siege  of  Mathura.*  He  was  slain  there  on  the  bank  of  the 
Kalindi,  i.e.,  the  Jamuna,  by  Balarama.  His  son  and  successor,  Damodara,  a 
few  years  later,  thinking  to  avenge  his  father's  death,  made  an  attack  on  a  party 
of  Krishna's  friends,  as  they  were  returning  from  a  wedding  at  Gandhara  near 
the  Indus,  but  himself  met  his  death  at  that  hero's  hands.  The  nest  occupant 
of  the  throne  of  Mathura  in  succession  to  Jarasandha  was  Kama,  the  faithful 
ally  of  the  Kauravas,  against  whom  the  great  war  was  waged  by  Krishna  and 
the  Pandavas.     Gonanda  II.,  the  son  of  Damodara,  was  too  young  to  take  any 


"  Gonauda,  the  king  of  Kashmir,  having  been  summoned  by  bis  relation,  Jarasandha,  to  his 
assistance,  besieged  with  a  mighty  army  Krishna's  city  of  Mathura." 


112  INSCRIPTIONS    OF    KANISHKA    AND    HUVISHKA. 

part  in  the  protracted  struggle ;  but  the  reigning  houses  of  Mathura  and  Kash- 
mir acknowledged  a  common  enemy  in  Krishna,  and  the  fact  appears  to  have 
conduced  to  a  friendly  feeling  between  the  two  families,  which  lasted  for  many 
generations.  Thus  we  read  in  the  Raja-Tarangini  (IV.,  512)*  that  when 
Jayapida,  who  reigned  over  Kashmir  at  the  end  of  the  eighth  century  after 
Christ,  built  his  new  capital  of  Jayapura,  a  stately  temple  was  founded  there 
and  dedicated  to  Mahsideva  uuder  the  title  of  Achesvara,  by  Acha,  the  son-in- 
law  of  Pramoda,  the  king  of  Mathura.  f 

Three  inscriptions  have  been  found  bearing  the  name  of  Kanishka.f  Of 
these  one  is  dated  9,  another  28  ;  in  the  third  the  year  has  unfortunately  been 
broken  away.  The  memorials  of  his  successor,  the  Maharaja  Huvishka,§  are 
more  numerous,  and  the  dates  range  from  33  to  50.  In  one  instance,  however, 
the  gift  is  distinctly  made  to  the  king's  Vihara,  which  does  not  necessarily 
imply  that  the  king  was  still  living  at  the  time  ;  and  the  same  may  have  been 
the  intention  of  the  other  inscriptions  ;  since  the  grammatical  construction  of 
the  words,  which  give  the  king's  name  and  titles  in  the  genitive  case,  is  a  little 
doubtful,  the  word  upon  which  they  depend  not  being  clearly  expressed. 
Huvishka  was  succeeded  by  Vasudeva,  who,  notwithstanding  his  purely  Indian 
name,  must  be  referred  to  the  same  dynasty,  since  ordinarily  he  is  honoured 
with  the  same  distinctive  titles,  Maharaja  Rdjatirdja  Devaputra ;  and  for 
Devaputra  is  in  one  legend  substituted  Shdhi,  by  which  the  Indo-Scythian 
Princes  were  specially  distinguished.  On  gold  coins,  moreover,  his  name  is 
given  in  Greek  characters,  Bazodeo. 

irsrarr:  jmis^  ^urnm  h^tctch:  i 

•f  I  have  not  been  able  to  trace  king  Pramoda's  name  elsewhere.  He  may  have  been  one  of 
the  seven  Naga  (or,  according  to  another  MS.,  Mauna)  princes,  whom  the  Vayu  Purana  men- 
tions as  destined  to  reign  over  Mathura — 

umi  ^  tjfi  ?izri  ^t*TT  ^fT^fl^rl  HJJ  §  1 

-Li  <t  ' 

"  The  seven  Nagas  will  possess  the  pleasant  city  of  Mathura." 
X  On  his  coins  his  name  appears  in  the  form  Kanerki. 
§  On  coins  the  name  Huvishka  is  given  as  Ooerki. 


THE  ERA   OF  THE  SELEUCID.E.  113 

In  an  article  contributed  to  the  Indian  Antiquary  for  1881  Dr.  Oldenberg 
of  Berlin  seeks  to  identify  the  great  Kanishka,  not,  as  General  Cunningham  has 
done,  with  the  mythical  Vikramaditya,  but  with  the  founder  of  the  Saka  era  in 
78  A.D.,  thus  supporting  the  same  chronological  theory  as  Dr.  Mitra.  The 
Kuskana  dynasty,  to  which  Kanishka  belonged,  seems  to  have  first  established 
itself  about  24  B.C.  in  the  person  of  Hermaens.  The  coins  of  this  Prince,  in 
which  he  is  styled  Basilevs  Soter,  are  well  known  to  numismatists,  as  also  are 
those  of  his  three  successors,  who  bear  the  barbarous  names  of  Kozulokad- 
phises,  Kozolakadaphes  and  Ooemakadphises.  The  Chinese  speak  of  this  dynasty 
as  of  great  power  in  India  in  159  A.D.,  but  after  the  death  of  Vasudeva  c.  178 
A.D.  it  rapidly  declined  and  was  altogether  extinguished  about  the  year  of  our 
era  220.  After  a  century  of  darkness,  regarding  which  nothing  is  known,  the 
Guptas  rose  to  power  in  319  A.D.  and  held  the  throne,  for  five  generations, 
till  about  480  A.D.,  when  they  were  deposed  by  the  Vallabhis,  who,  however, 
continued  to  date  events  by  the  same  era  as  their  predecessors.  The  Satrapas 
or  Kshatrapas,  who  are  commemorated  by  an  inscription  at  Mathura,  dated  in 
the  reign  of  the  Satrap  Saudasa,  probably  employed  a  local  era  of  their  own 
dynasty.  This  appears  to  have  been  founded  in  Gujarat  about  100  A.D.  and 
to  have  continued  in  power  for  three  centuries,  when  it  was  overthrown  by 
the  Guptas. 

Mr.  Thomas,  the  celebrated  numismatist,  has  broached  a  theory  that  the 
era  intended  is  that  of  the  Seleucidaj,  which  commenced  on  the  last  of  Octo- 
ber, 310  B.  C.  The  long  interval  of  time  between  this  date  and  either  the 
Vikramaditya  or  the  Saka  initial  year  would  seem  to  render  his  hypothesis 
altogether  untenable,  as  being  utterly  subversive  of  accepted  chronology. 
But  from  such  an  inscription  as  that  of  Kanishka  with  the  date  Sambat  9  he 
does  not  deduce  the  year  303  B.  C.  (that  is  312-9),  but  rather  supposes  that 
as  we  ourselves  ordinarily  write  75  for  1875,  so  the  Indo-Scythians  wrote  9 
for  309  ;  and  thus  Sambat  9  might  correspond  with  the  year  3  B.C.  A 
curious  confirmation  of  this  view  may  be  observed  in  the  fact  that  the  inscrip- 
tions, in  which  the  dates  range  from  9  to  98,  employ  a  division  of  the  year 
into  the  three  seasons,  Grishma,  Varsha,  and  Hemanta — that  is  to  say,  the  hot 
weather,  the  rains  and  the  winter ;  and  the  day  is  specified  as  (for  example) 
the  11th  of  the  4th  month  of  the  particular  season.  In  only  one  of  the 
Mathura  inscriptions  is  the  date  above  a  hundred,  viz.,  135  ;  and  here  the 
division  of  time  is  according  to  the  Hindu  Calendar  still  in  use,  the  particular 
month  named  being  Pushya,     Hence  it  may  be  inferred  that  this  inscription 

29 


114  THE   ERA    OF   THE   INSCRIPTIONS   AN   UNSOLVED    MYSTERY. 

belongs  to  an  entirely  different  series  and  may  very  probably  refer  to  the 
Saka  era. 

The  Seleucidan  era  is  obionsly  one  that  might  have  recommended  itself 
to  a  dynasty  of  mixed  Greek  descent  ;  but  another  that  might  with  equal  or 
even  greater  probability  have  been  employed  is  the  Kashmffian  era  used  by 
Kalhana  in  the  last  three  books  of  his  Raja-Tarangini,  and  which  is  still  familiar 
to  the  Brahmans  of  that  country.  It  is  otherwise  called  the  era  of  the  Sap- 
tarshis  and  dates  from  the  secular  procession  of  Ursa  Major,  Chaitra  sudi  1  of 
the  2Gth  year  of  the  Kali-yuga,  3076  B.C.  It  is  known  to  be  a  fact  and  is 
not  a  mere  hypothesis  that  when  this  era  is  used,  the  hundreds  are  generally 
omitted.  The  chronological  difficulties  involved  in  these  inscriptions  seem 
therefore  almost  to  defy  solution;  for  the  era  may  commence  either  in  March, 
3076  B.C.,  or  in  October,  312  B.C.,  or  in  57  B.C.,  or  in  78  A.D.  There  is 
further  a  difficulty  in  considering  that  any  one  era  can  be  intended  ;  for  one 
inscription  has  been  found,  dated  47,  mentioning  Huvishka  as  king,  while 
two  others  bearing  Vasudeva's  name  are  dated  respectively  44  and  83,  which 
would  thus  make  Vasudeva  at  once  the  predecessor  and  the  successor  of 
Huvishka.  The  simplest  way  of  meeting  this  difficulty  would  be  to  refer  the 
figures  to  the  year  of  the  king's  reign,  and  a  small  fragment  of  an  inscrip- 
tion that  I  found  in  the  Jamalpur  mound  bears  the  words... shkasya  rdji/a- 
samvatsare  28  Hemant  3  div.,  of  which  the  most  obious  translation  would 
be    '  On   the  day   of  the  third  winter  month   of  the  28th  year  of  the 

reign  of  Kanishka'  (as  the  name  it  would  seem  must  have  been).  Nor 
need  any  difficulty  be  occasioned  by  the  use  of  the  word  Sambat  to 
denote  the  year  of  a  monarch's  reign.  For  though  modern  practice  resi 
tricts  the  term  exclusively  to  the  Vikramaditya  era,  such  was  not  always  the 
case  :  witness  the  inscription  on  the  temple  of  Gobind  Deva  at  Brinda-ban — 
Sambat  34  Sri  Sakabandh  Akhar  Shah  raj — '  in  the  34th  year  of  the  reign  of 
the  Emperor  Akbar.'  But  the  height  to  which  the  figures  run  is  fatal  to  this 
theory,  and  a  final  solution  to  the  mystery  has  yet  to  be  sought. 

About  half-a-mile  due  west  of  the  Jamalpur  mound  is  a  small  one  on  the 
edge  of  the  Circular  Road,  where  I  found  the  lower  extremities  of  two  large 
seated  figures,  in  red  sandstone  :  the  one  a  Buddha,  with  an  inscription  at  the 
base,  of  which  the  only  words  legible  are  :  varsha  mdse  2  divas  6,  '  on  the  6th 
day  of  the  2nd  month  of  the  rains.'  The  other  is  almost  a  facsimile  of  a 
sculpture  figured  at  page  36  of  Mr.  Oldham's  Memoir  of  Ghazipur,  among 
the  antiquities  found  at  a  place  called   Aonrihar.     It  is   well  executed   and 


RECENT   DISCOVERIES   AT   THE   JAMA'LPIjR   MOUND.  115 

represents  a  woman  with  her  left  hand  clasping  an  infant  in  her  lap.  One 
foot  rests  on  an  elaborately  ornamented  stool,  the  other  is  doubled  under  her 
body.  There  are  five  small  accessory  figures,  one  in  front  and  two  on  either 
side  at  the  back. 

Between  this  mound  and  Jamalpur  is  an  extensive  ridge,  which  I  spent  some 
days  in  exploring,  but  found  nothing  of  interest.  The  most  likely  place  in  this 
immediate  neighbourhood  that  yet  remains  to  be  examined  is  a  mound  at  the 
back  of  the.  jail  and  within  its  outer  precincts.  I  brought  away  one  figure 
from  it.  Close  by  is  an  enormous  pit  out  of  which  earth  was  taken  to  con- 
struct the  mud  walls  of  the  enclosure.  As  this  is  objectionable  from  a  sanitary 
point  of  view  as  well  as  unsightly,  prison  labour  might  with  advantage  be 
employed  in  levelling  the  mound  and  using  the  earth  to  fill  up  the  pit ;  by  which 
means  two  objects  would  be  obtained. 

After  my  transfer  from  the  district,  the  Jamalpnr  mound,  which  had 
so  often  been  explored  before  with  valuable  results,  was  completely  levelled, 
at  a  cost  of  Its.  7,236,  the  work  having  been  sanctioned  by  Government 
as  a  famine  relief  operation.  A  largo  number  of  miscellaneous  sculptures 
was  discovered,  of  which  I  have  received  no  definite  description.  But  the 
more  prominent  object  is  a  life-size  statue  of  Buddha,  which  is  very  finely 
executed  and,  when  found,  was  in  excellent  preservation,  though  unfortunately 
broken  in  two  pieces  by  a  fracture  just  above  the  ankles.*  On  the  base  is  an 
inscription  in  Tali  characters,  of  which  a  transcript  has  been  sent  me  by 
a  clever  native  draughtsman.     I  decipher  it  as  follows  : — 

"  Deyadharmayam  Sakya-bhikshu  Yasa-dittasya.  Yad  atra  punyam,  tad 
bhavatu  mata-pitrok  sukka  rya  pdddliya  yatam  cha  sarvva-satv-anuttarajnana- 
vaptaye." 

I  have  probably  misread  some  of  the  letters  printed  in  italics,  for  as  they 
stand  they  yield  no  sense.     The  remainder    I  translate  as  follows  : 

"  This  is  the  votive  offering  of  the  Buddhist  monk  Yasa-ditta.  If  there 
is  any  merit  in  it,  may  it  work  for  the  good  of  his  father  and  mother  and 
for  the  propagation  of  perfect  knowlege  throughout  the  world." 

*  The  face  of  this  statue  was  a  really  beautiful  piece  of  sculpture,  of  far  more  artistic 
character  than  in  auy  other  figure  that  has  yet  been  discovered.  However,  not  the  slightest 
care  was  taken  to  preserve  it  from  injury;  and  the  nose  was  soon  broken  off,  either  by  some 
bigoted  iconoclastic  Muhamuiadan,  or  by  some  child  in  the  mere  spirit  of  mischief.  The 
disfigurement  is  irreparable,  aud  that  it  should  have  been  allowed  to  occur  is  not  very  creditable 
to  the  local  authorities. 


116  INSCRIPTIONS   FROM  THE  JAMA'LPUR  MOl'ND* 

In  Sanskrit  the  primary  meaning  of  dei/a-dharma  is  '  the  duty  of  giving  ;' 
but  in  Pali  it  ordinarily  stands  for  'the  gift'  itself.  The  literal  signification 
of  tho  monks'  name,  Yasa-ditta  is  '  Resplendent  with  glory'  ;  ditto,  being 
the  Pali,  Prakrit,  or  Hindi  form  of  the  Sanskrit  dipta,  by  a  rule  of  Vararuchi's, 
under  which  tho  example  given  is  sutta  (the  modern  sotci)  for  supta.  Vdpti, 
'  the  propagation,'  is  from  the  root  vap,  to  sow  ;  from  which  also  comes  the 
Hindi  word  bap,  a  father,'  like  the  Latin  sator  from  sero. 

A  second  inscription  of  some  length  commences  with  the  words  Mahd- 
rdja,v/a  Devaputrasya  Huvishkasya  Samvatsare  51  Hemanta  mdsa  1  div.  ..., 
but  I  have  not  been  able  to  read  further,  as  the  only  transcript  that  I  have 
received  is  a  very  imperfect  one.  A  great  number  of  fragmentary  sculptures 
of  different  kinds  were  also  discovered,  as  I  understand,  and  some  of  them 
have  been  photographed  for  General  Cunningham,  who  spent  several  days  at 
Mathura  for  the  purpose  of  exmamining  them.  An  account  may  possibly 
appear  in  some  future  volume  of  his  Archaeological  Survey  ;  but  already  four 
years  have  elapsed  and  not  a  sign  has  been  made. 

After  General  Cunningham's  visit  a  third  inscribed  slab  was  found  of  which 
a  transcript  was  made  and  sent.  It  begins  with  the  word  siddham ;  then  appa- 
rently followed  the  date,  but  unfortunately  there  is  here  a  flaw  in  the  stone, 
After  the  flaw  is  the  word  etasya*  The  second  line  begins  with  Bhagavat. 
In  the  third  line  is  the  name  Mathura ;  at  the  end  of  the  sixth  line  mdtapi- 
troh  ;  in  the  middle  of  the  seventh  line  lhavatu  sarvva. 

Incidental  allusion  has  already  been  made  to  the  Kankali,  or,  as  it  is  occa- 
sionally called,  the  Jaini  Tila.f  This  is  an  extensive  mound  on  the  side  of  the 
Agra  and  Delhi  road,  between  the  Bharat-pur  and  Dig  gates  of  the  city.    A  frag- 

*  The  word  following  etasya  begins  with  the  letters  pu — the  remainder  being  defaced — 
and  was  probably  purvai/e.  This  phrase  etasya  purvatje  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  these  in- 
scriptions and  is  translated  by  General  Cunningham  'on  this  very  date'.  I  do  not  think  it 
can  bear  such  a  meaning.  It  might  be  literally  rendered  'after  this;'  but  it  is  really  an 
expletive  like  the  Hindi  ilgc,  or  occasionally  the  Sanskrit  tad-anantaram,  with  which  an  Indian 
correspondent  generally  begius  a  letter— after  the  stereotyped  complimentary  exordium — and 
which,  in  the  absence  of  full  stopB  and  capital  letters,  serves  to  indicate  a  transition  to  a  new 
subject. 

t  By  the  roadside,  between  the  Kankali  Tila  and  the  Siva  Tal,  there  is  a  handsome  chhatri 
built  in  1873,  in  memory  of  Chaubc  Genda,  Purohit  to  the  Raja  of  Jhalrti-pattan.  It  was 
intended  to  add  a  rest-house  ;  but,  in  consequence  of  a  complaint  made  by  the  District  Engineer, 
the  design  was  abandoned  and  the  chhatri  itself  has  never  been  thoroughly  completed.  The 
building  is  so  ornamental  that  I  hoped  an  encroachment  of  a  few  inches  on  to  the  side  of  the 
road  might  have  been  pardoned,  but  my  suggestion   to  that  effect   was  summarily  scouted. 


THE   KANKAll   TfLA.  117 

ment  of  a  carved  Buddhist  pillar  is  set  up  in  a  mean  little  shed  on  its  summit  and 
does  duty  for  the  goddess  Kankali,  to  whom  it  is  dedicated.  A  few  years  ago, 
the  hill  was  partially  trenched,  when  two  colossal  statues  of  Buddha  in  his 
character  of  teacher  were  discovered.  They  are  each  seven  and-a-half  feet  in 
height,  and  are  probably  now  in  the  Allahabad  museum.  Whatever  else  was  found 
was  collected  on  the  same  spot  as  the  remains  from  the  Jamalpur  mound,  and 
it  is  therefore  possible  (as  no  accurate  note  was  made  at  the  time)  that  some  of 
the  specimens  referred  to  the  latter  locality  were  not  really  found  there  ;  but 
there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  inscriptions,  and  this  is  the  only  point  of  any 
importance.  Further  excavations  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  several  muti- 
lated statues  of  finer  stone  and  superior  execution,  and  it  was  thought  that 
many  more  might  still  remain  buried  ;  as  the  adjoining  fields  for  a  considerable 
distance  were  strewn  with  fragments  applied  to  all  sorts  of  vile  purposes.  A 
large  figure  of  an  elephant— unfortunately  without  its  trunk — standing  on  the 
capital  of  a  pillar  and  in  all  respects  similar  to  the  well-known  example  at  San- 
kisa,  but  of  much  coarser  work,  was  found  in  1871  in  a  neigbouriug  garden. 
On  the  front  of  the  abacus  is  engraved  an  inscription  with  the  name  of  King 
Huvishka  and  date  '  Sambat  39.'  Another  inscription,  containing  the  name  of 
King  Kanishka,  with  date  '  Sambat  9,'  was  discovered  the  same  day  on  the 
mound  itself  below  a  square  pillar  carved  with  four  nude  figures,  one  on  each 
face.  This  is  of  special  interest,  inasmuch  as  nude  figures  are  always  con- 
sidered a  distinctive  mark  of  the  Jain  sect,  which  was  supposed  to  be  a  late 
perversion  of  Buddhism  ;  an  opinion,  however,  which  most  scholars  have  now 
abandoned.  Mahavira  the  21th  and  last  of  the  great  Jinas  died  in  526  B.C., 
while  the  Nirvana,  or  death,  of  Buddha,  the  founder  of  the  rival  faith,  has 
finally  been  determined  as  having  taken  place  in  477  B.C.  Indeed,  it  was  sug- 
gested by  Colebrooke,  though  further  research  would  seem  to  have  disproved 
the  theory,  that  Buddha  was  actually  a  disciple  of  Mahavira's. 

Among  other  sculptures  found  here  while  I  was  in  the  district  may  be 
mentioned  the  Hollowing  : — ■ 

1st. — A  life-size  seated  figure  with  an  elaborately  carved  nimbus  and  long 
hair  flowing  over  the  shoulders  and  down  the  back.  The  head  is  lost.  2nd. — 
A  teacher  of  the  law  standing  between  two  tiers  of  small  figures  seated  in  the 
attitude  of  contemplation,  with  a  Caliban-like  monster  sprawling  over  the  top 
of  the  canopy  above  his  head.  The  arms  and  feet  of  the  principal  figure  are 
missing :  but  with  this  exception  the  group  is  in  good  preservation  and  is  well 
executed.     3rd. — A  spandril  of  a  doorway  carved  with  the  representation  of  a 

30 


11$  SCULPTURES   FOUKD    AT   THE    KANKA'LI   TTLA. 

triumphal  column  with  a  bell  capital  surmounted  by  winged  lions  supporting 
the  figure  of  an  elephant.  The  reverse  has  an  ornamental  border  enclosing  a 
short  inscription  in  which  the  name  of  the  donor  is  given  as  Mugali-putra. 
4th.—  A  chaumukhi,  or  pillar  of  four  (headless)  Buddhas,  seated  back  to  bark, 
well  executed  in  fine  white  stone.  5th. — A  chaumukhi.  of  four  standing  nude 
figures,  roughly  carved  in  coarse  red  sandstone.  6th.—  A  pair  of  columns, 
iH  feet  high,  characteristically  carved  with  three  horizontal  bands  of  conven- 
tional foliage  and  festoons,  which  are  slightly  suggestive  of  a  classic  model. 
1th. — A  cross-bar  of  a  Buddhist  railing  with  a  sculptured  medallion  on  either 
side.  8th. — A  small  seated  figure  with  six  persons  standing  in  a  line  below, 
three  on  each  side  of  a  chakra  which  they  are  adoring.  There  is  an  inscription 
in  one  line  as  follows  : — 

Siddham.  Jivikasya  datta  SJiikshusya  viharasya  ; 

Which  I  would  translate  thus  :     '  May  it  prosper  ;  the  gift  of  Jivika,  a 
mendicant,  for  the  monastery." 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  no  definite  line  of  foundation  has  ever  bee] 
brought  to  light  nor  any  large  remains  of  plain  masonry  superstructure  :  but  only 
a  confused  medley  of  broken  statues  without  even  the  pedestals  on  which  they 
must  have  been  originally  erected.  This  suggests  a  suspicion  that  possibly 
there  never  was  a  temple  on  the  site,  but  that  the  sculptures  were  brought 
from  different  places  in  the  neighbourhood  and  here  thrown  into  a  pit  by  the 
Muhammadans  to  be  buried.  They  clearly  belong  to  two  very  different  periods. 
The  more  ancient  are  roughly  carved  in  coarse  red  sandstone  and.  whenever 
there  is  any  lettering,  it  is  in  Pali  ;  the  more  modern  display  much  higher 
artistic  skill,  are  executed  in  much  finer  material,  and  all  the  inscriptions  are  in 
the  Nagari  character,  one  being  apparently  dated  in  the  twelfth  century  after 
Christ.  But  upon  the  whole  I  conclude  that  the  discovery  of  no  foundations 
in  situ  is  rather  to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  mound  has  long  served  as  a 
quarry,  and  that  bricks  and  small  blocks  of  stone,  being  more  useful  for  ordinary 
building  purposes,  would  all  be  removed,  when  cumbrous  and  at  the  same  time 
broken  statues  might  be  left  undisturbed. 

It  is  possible  that  here  may  have  stood  the  Upagupta  monastery,  mentioned 
by  Hwen  Thsang.  As  there  is  no  trace  of  any  large  tank  in  ii^  immediati 
]  roximity,  it  was  more  probably  the  site  of  a  monastery  than  of  a  stiipa.  For  a 
tank  was  almost  a  necessary  concomitant  of  the  latter  :  its  excavation  sup]  lying 
the  em  Hi  for  the  construction  of  the  mound,  in  the  centre  of  which  the  relics 
were  deposited.     Hence  a  different  procedure  has  to  be  adopted  in  exploring  a 


THE   UPAGUPTA   MONASTERY.  11" 

mound  believed  to  have  been  a  stupa  from  what  would  be  followed  in  other 
cases.  Unless  the  object  be  to  discover  the  relics,  it  is  ordinarily  a  waste  of 
labour  to  cut  deep  into  its  centre  ;  for  the  images  which  surmounted  it  must 
have  fallen  down  outside  its  base,  where  they  have  been  gradually  buried  by 
the  crumbling  away  of  the  stupa  over  them  and  will  be  found  at  no  great  depth 
below  the  surface.  But,  in  the  case  of  a  temple  or  monastery,  the  mound  is 
itself  the  ruined  building  ;  if  Muhammadans  were  the  destroyers,  it  was 
generally  utilized  as  the  substructure  of  a  mosque.  The  Upagupta  monas- 
tery, it  is  true,  is  said  to  have  comprised  a  stupa  also,  but  it  would  appeal-  from 
the  way  in  which  it  is  mentioned  to  have  been  comparatively  a  small  one  :  it 
may  well  have  formed  the  raised  centre  of  the  Kankali  Tila,  into  which  I  dug 
and  found  nothing. 

But  whatever  the  purpose  of  the  original  buildings,  it  i<  clear  that  the  hill 
was  frequented  as  a  religious  site  tor  upwards  of  a  thousand  years.  Some  of 
the  statues  are  unmistakeably  Buddhist  and  about  coeval  with  the  institution 
of  Christianity  ;  while  others  are  as  clearly  Jain  and  one  of  these  is  dated 
Sambat  1134.  Either  the  Jains  succeeded  the  Buddhists  in  the  same  way  as 
Protestants  have  taken  the  place  of  Catholics  in  our  English  Cathedrals  ;  or 
the  two  rival  sects  may  have  existed  together,  like  Greek  and  Latin  Christians 
in  the  holy  places  of  Jerusalem. 

Hwen  Thsang  describes  the  Upagupta  monastery  as  lying  to  the  east  of 
the  town  and  the  Kankali  Tila  is  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  katra,  which  was 
certainly  the  centre  of  the  old  Buddhist  city,  the  local  tradition  to  that  effect 
having  been  confirmed  by  the  large  number  of  antiquities  recently  found  in  its 
neighbourhood.  The  only  difficulty  in  so  considering  it  arises  from  the  fact 
that  Mathura  has  at  all  times  been  represented  as  standing  on  the  bank  of 
the  Jamuna,  while  the  katra  is  nearly  a  mile  away  from  it.  Popularly,  this 
objection  is  removed  by  an  appeal  to  the  appearance  of  the  ground,  which  has 
evidently  been  affected  by  fluvial  action,  and  also  by  the  present  habits  of  the 
river,  which  is  persistent  in  endeavouring  to  desert  its  present  channel  in  favour 
of  one  still  more  to  the  east.  The  stream,  it  is  said,  may  have  so  worked  its 
way  between  the  natural  hills  and  artificial  mounds  that  the  temples,  which 
once  stood  on  its  east  bank,  found  themselves  on  the  west,  while  those  that 
were  originally  on  the  western  verge  of  the  river  were  eventually  left  far  in- 
land. This  was  the  view  taken  by  Tavcrnier  more  than  two  centuries  ago,* 
who  was  so  far  influenced  by  the  popular  tradition  and  the  appearance  of  the 

*  The  edition  from  which  I  translate  was  published  at  Faria  in  1577, 


120  tavernier's  mention  of  the  old  course  of  the  river. 

country  as  to  assert  positively,  not  only  that  the  course  of  the  river  haci 
changed,  but  that  the  change,  had  taken  place  quite  recently.  His  words  are 
as  follows:— "At  Cheka  Sera"  (by  which  he  must  intend  the  Shahganj  sarae, 
then  recently  built)  "  may  be  seen  one  of  the  largest  pagodas  in  all  India.  Con- 
nected with  it  is  a  hospital  for  monkeys,  not  only  for  those  that  are  ordinarily 
on  the  spot,  but  also  for  any  that  may  come  from  the  surrounding  country, 
and  Hindus  are  employed  to  feed  them.  This  pagoda  is  called  Matura,  and 
was  once  held  in  much  greater  veneration  by  the  heathen  than  it  is  now  ; 
the  reason  being  that  the  Jamuna  used  to  flow  at  its  foot,  and  so  the 
Hindus,  whether  natives,  or  strangers  who  had  come  from  a  distance  on  a 
pilgrimage  for  purposes  of  devotion,  had  facilities  for  bathing  in  the  river 
both  before  they  entered  the  pagoda  and  also  before  eating  when  they  went 
away.  For  they  must  not  eat  without  bathing,  and  they  believe  that  their 
sins  are  best  effaced  by  a  dip  in  flowing  water.  But  for  some  years  past 
the  river  has  taken  a  turn  to  the  north,  and  now  flows  at  the  distance  of  a 
Jcos  or  more  ;  whence  it  comes  about  that  the  shrine  is  less  frequented  by  pil- 
grims than  it  used  to  be." 

The  third  of  the  principal  Buddhist  sites  is  the  vicinity  of  the  katra.  Here, 
at  the  back  of  the  temple  of  Bhiitesvar  Mahadeva,  is  rather  a  high  hill  of  very 
limited  area,  on  the  top  of  which  stood,  till  removed  by  the  writer,  a  Buddhist 
pillar  of  unusually  large  dimensions.  It  is  carved  in  front  with  a  female 
figure,  nearly  life-size,  bearing  an  umbrella,  and  above  her  head  is  a  grotesque 
bas-relief  representing  two  monkeys,  a  bird,  and  a  misshapen  human  dwarf. 
Immediately  opposite  the  temple  is  a  large  ruinous  tank,  called  Balbhadra 
Kund,  with  a  skirting  wall,  into  which  had  been  built  up  some  good  specimens 
of  the  cross-bars  of  a  Buddhist  railing.  From  an  adjoining  well  was  recovered 
a  plain  pillar  neasuring  four  feet  seven  inches  in  height  by  eleven  inches  in 
breadth,  carved  in  front  merely  with  two  roses.  The  elliptical  holes  in  the  sides 
of  the  pillar  were  too  large  for  the  cross-bars,  which  must  have  belonged  to  a 
smaller  range.  They  measure  only  one  foot  three  inches  in  length,  and  are 
enriched  with  various  devices,  such  as  a  rose,  a  lotus,  some  winged  monster, 
&c.  These  were  eleven  in  number  :  four  of  the  most  perfect  were  taken  away 
by  General  Cunningham,  the  rest  are  still  in  situ.  Built  into  the  verandah 
of  a  chavpdl  close  by  were  five  other  Buddhist  pillars  of  elaborate  design  and 
almost  perfect  preservation.  It  is  said  that  there  was  originally  a  sixth,  which 
some  years  ago  was  sent  down  to  Calcutta  ;  there  it  has  been  followed  by  two 
more  ;    the  remaining  three  were  left,  by  the  writer,  for  the  local  museum, 


ANTIQUITIES   FOUND  AT   THE   BALBHADRA  KUND.  121 

where  possibly  they  may  now  have  been  placed.  They  are  each  four  feet  four 
inches  in  height  and  eleven  inches  broad  ;  the  front  is  carved  with  a  standing 
female  figure,  wiiose  feet  rest  upon  a  crouching  monster.  In  an  upper  com- 
partment, divided  off  by  a  band  of  Buddhist  railing,  are  two  demi-figures,  male 
and  female,  in  amorous  attitudes,  of  very  superior  execution.  On  one  pillar 
the  principal  figure  is  represented  as  gathering  up  her  drapery,  in  another  as 
painting  her  face  with  the  aid  of  a  mirror,  and  in  the  third  as  supporting  with 
one  hand  a  wine-jar  and  in  the  other,  which  hangs  down  by  her  side,  holding 
a  bunch  of  grapes.  Each  of  these  figures  is  entirely  devoid  of  clothing  :  the 
drapery  mentioned  as  belonging  to  one  of  them  is  simply  being  gathered  up 
from  behind.  They  have,  however,  a  profusion  of  ornaments — karas  on  the 
ankles,  a  belt  round  the  waist,  a  mohan  mala  on  the  neck,  kam-phuls  in  the 
ears,  and  bdju-banJ,  chiiri,  and  pahunehi  on  the  arms  and  wrists.  There  are  also 
three  bas-reliefs  at  the  back  of  each  pillar  ;  the  subject  of  one  is  most  grossly 
indecent  ;  another  represents  Buddha's  mother,  Maya  Devi,  with  the  sal  tree 
under  which  she  gave  birth  to  her  son.  A  fragment  of  a  pillar  from  one  of 
the  smaller  concentric  circles  of  this  same  set  was  at  some  time  sent  to  Labor, 
and  is  now  to  be  seen  in  the  museum  there. 

General  Cunningham,  in  his  Archaeological  Report,  has  identified  the 
Upagupta  monastery  with  the  Yasa  Vihara  inside  the  katra  ;  but  in  all 
probability  he  would  not  now  adhere  to  this  theory.  At  the  time  when 
he  advanced  it,  he  had  never  visited  the  Kankali  Tila,  and  was  also  under 
the  impression  that  the  Fort  had  always  been,  as  it  now  is,  the  centre 
of  the  city.  Even  then,  to  maintain  his  theory,  he  was  obliged  to  have 
recourse  to  a  very  violent  expedient  and  in  the  text  of  the  Chinese  pilgrim 
alter  the  word  '  east'  to  '  west,'  because,  he  writes,  "  a  mile  to  the  east  would 
take  us  to  the  low  ground  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  where  no  ruins 
exist ;"  forgetting  apparently  Fa  Hian's  distinct  statement  that  in  his  time 
there  were  monasteries  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  and  being  also  unaware 
that  there  are  heights  on  the  left  bank,  at  Isapur*  and  Mahaban,  where  Bud- 
dhist remains  have  been  found.  The  topographical  descriptions  of  the  two 
pilgrims  may  be  reconciled  with  existing  facts  without  any  tampering  with 
the   text  of  their  narrative.     Taking  the  katra,   or  the   adjoining   shrine   of 

*  At  Isapur,  almost  facing  the  Visrant  Ghat  is  the  Duvasa  tila,  a  high  mound  of  artificial 
formation,  with  some  modern  buildings  on  its  summit,  enclosed  within  a  bastioned  wall,  part  of 
■which  has  been  lately  restored.  A  small  nude  Btatue  of  a  female  figure  has  been  found  here,  and 
there  are  also  the  remains  of  a  bduli  constructed  of  large  blocks  of  red  Bandstone  fitted  together 
without  cement  and  therefore  probably  of  early  date. 

31 


"i22  LINE    OF  THE   OLD    CITY   "WALL. 

Bhiitesvar,  as  the  omphalos  of  the  ancient  city  and  the  probable  site  of  the 
great  stupa  of  Sariputra,  a  short  distance  to  the  east  will  hring  us  to  the 
Kankali  Tiki,  i.  e.,  the  monastery  of  Upagupta  ;  the  Jamalpur  mound  has 
already  been  identified  with  the  monkey  stupa  ;  while  some  mounds  to  the 
north,  that  will  shortly  be  mentioned,  may  have  been  "  the  stiipas  of  the  four 
earlier  Buddhas  and  other  great  teachers  of  the  law." 

Close  at  the  back  of  the  Balbhadra  Kund  and  the  katra  is  a  range  of  hills 
of  considerable  elevation,  commonly  called  dhtil  hot,  literally  '  dust-heaps,'  the 
name  given  to  the  accumulation  of  refuse  that  collects  outside  a  city,  and  so 
corresponding  precisely  to  the  Monte  Testaccio  at  Borne.  Some  of  these  are, 
however,  clearly  of  natural  formation  and  probably  indicate  the  old  course  of 
the  Jamuna  or  its  tributaries.  Others  are  the  walls  of  the  old  city,  which  in 
places  are  still  of  great  height.  They  can  be  traced  in  a  continuous  line  from 
the  Rangesvar  Mahadeo  on  the  Kans  ka  tiki  outside  the  Holi  gate  of  new 
Mathura,  across  the  Agra  road,  to  the  temple  of  Bluitesvar,  and  thence  round 
by  an  orchard  called  the  Uthaigira  ka  bagh,  where  the  highest  point  is  crowned 
by  a  small  Bairagi's  cell,  at  the  back  of  Ivesav  Dev  and  between  it  and  tlie  Seth  s 
Chaurasi  temple,  to  the  shrine  of  Gartesvar,  'the  God  of  the  Moat,'  and  so  on 
to  the  Mahavidya  hill  and  the  temple  of  Gokarnesvar  near  the  Sarasvati  Sangam. 

At  the  distance  of  about  a  mile  to  the  south-west  of  these  ancient  ram- 
parts, at  the  junction  of  the  boundaries  of  the  township  of  Mathura  and  the  vil- 
lages of  Bakirpur  and  Giridharpur,  is  a  group  of  some  twelve  or  fourteen  cir- 
cular mounds,  commonly  known  as  the  Chauwara  mounds,  from  a  rest-house 
that  once  stood  thei'e  ;  Chauwdva  and  Chaupdl  being  different  forms  of  the  same 
word,  like  gopdla  and  gwala.  They  are  strewn  with  fragments  of  brick  and 
stone  and  would  seem  all  to  have  been  stiipas.  As  they  are  to  the  north  of  the 
Jamalpur  mound,  they  may  with  great  probability  be  identified  with  the  stupas 
described  by  Hwen  Thsang  as  lying  to  the  north  of  the  monkey  tank  and  mark- 
ing the  spots  that  had  been  hallowed  by  the  presence  of  the  1,250  famous 
teachers  of  the  law. 

In  the  year  1868,  the  new  road  to  Sonkh  was  carried  through  one  of  these 
mounds,  and  in  the  centre  was  disclosed  a  masonry  ceil  containing  a  small  gold 
reliquary,  the  size  and  shape  of  a  pill-box.  Inside  was  a  tooth,  the  safe-guard 
of  which  was  the  sole  object  of  box,  cell,  and  hill ;  but  it  was  thrown  away  as 
of  no  value.  The  box  was  preserved  on  account  of  the  material  and  has  been 
given  to  the  writer  by  Mr.  Hind  the  district  engineer,  whose  workmen  had 
discovered  it. 


THE  CnAUWA'RA  MOUNDS.  123 

Another  mound  was,  as  I  am  informed,  examined,  by  General  Cunningham 
in  1872,  when,  on  sinking  a  well  through  its  centre,  he  found,  at  a  depth  of  13i 
feet  from  the  summit,  a  small  steatite  relic  casket  imbedded  in  a  mass  of  un- 
burnt  bricks.  Here  I  found  subsequently  the  head  of  a  colossal  figure  of  very 
Egyptian  cast  of  features  with  a  round  hole  in  its  forehead,  in  which  was  once 
set  a  ruby  or  other  precious  stone.  The  lower  part  of  a  large  seated  Buddha 
was  also  unearthed  with  an  inscription  in  the  Pali  character  on  the  ledge 
beneath,  of  which  the  first  three  words  read  Mahdmjasi/a  Devaputrasya  Huvish- 
kasya,  i.  e.,  'of  the  great  king,  the  heaven-born  Huvishka,'  followed  by  the  date 
sam  33,  gri  1,  di  8,  'the  8th  day  of  the  1st  summer  month  of  the  33rd  year.' 
The  remainder  has  not  been  deciphered  with  any  certainty.  I  found  also  seve- 
ral cross-bars  and  uprights  of  Buddhist  rails  of  different  sizes  and  a  great  number 
of  small  fragments  of  male  and  female  figures,  animals,  grotesques,  and  decora- 
tive patterns,  showing  that  the  sculptures  here  must  have  been  far  more  varied 
in  design  than  at  most  of  the  other  sites.  One  of  the  uprights  has  a  well-executed 
and  decently  draped  figure  of  a  dancing-girl,  with  the  right  hand  raised  and 
two  fingers  placed  upon  her  chin.  The  lower  part  of  the  post  has  been  broken 
away,  carrying  with  it  her  feet  and  the  third  of  the  three  groups  at  the  back.  Of 
tin-  two  groups  that  remain,  the  upper  one  represents  two  seated  figures,  appa- 
rently a  teacher  and  his  disciple,  with  two  attendants  standing  in  the  back-ground, 
and  has  a  single  line  of  inscription  below,  recording  the  donor's  name.  The 
second  group  shows  a  sacred  tree,  enclosed  with  the  conventional  rails,  and  a 
pilgrim  on  either  side  approaching  in  an  attitude  of  veneration.  The  only 
other  sculpture  deserving  special  notice  is  a  small  bas-relief  that  represents  a 
capacious  throne  resembling  a  garden  chair  of  rustic  wood-work,  with  a  foot- 
stool in  front  of  it  and  some  drapery  spread  over  the  seat,  on  which  is  placed 
a  relic  casket.  In  the  back-ground  are  two  figures  leaning  over  the  high  back 
of  the  chair.  Their  peculiarly  furtive  attitude  is  characteristic  of  the  style  ; 
almost  every  group  includes  one  or  more  figures  peeping  over  a  balcony,  or  a 
curtain,  or  from  behind  a  tree.  On  this  stone  was  found  a  copper  coin  so  much 
corroded  that  no  legend  was  visible,  but  bearing  in  its  centre  a  running  figure, 
which  was  the  device  employed  both  by  Kanishka  and  Huvishka.  I  had  gteal 
hopes  of  discovering  another  inscription  here,  as  I  had  picked  up  a  small  frag- 
ment with  the  letters  ,  that  is,  'Budhanam,'  cut  very  clear  and  deep ;  but 
my  search  was  unsuccessful.  Digging  in  the  field  some  twenty  paces  from 
the  base  of  the  mound,  I  came  upon  the  original  pavement  only  two  or  three 
feet  below  the  surface,  with  three  large  square  graduated  pedestals,  ranged  in 
close  line,  one  overthrown,  the  other  two  erect.     A  capital,  found  by  General 


124      DISCOVERY   OF  THE   COUNTERPART   OF  COLONEL  STACEy's   '  SILENUS.' 

Cunningham  in  1872,  measuring  3ft.  X  2  X  2,  and  carved  with  four  winged  lions 
and  bulls  conjoined,  probably  belonged  to  one  of  the  pillars  that  had  surmount- 
ed these  pedestals.  Thay  have  been  put  in  the  local  museum,  together  with  the 
antiquities  above  described  and  the  knee  of  a  colossal  statue  found  by  General 
Cunningham  in  sinking  the  well  through  the  centre  of  the  mound.  A  large  dry 
tank,  adjoining  the  mound,  is  proved  to  be  also  of  Buddhist  construction,  as  I  had 
anticipated  ;  for  I  found  in  one  of  the  mounds  on  its  margin  a  broken  stone 
inscribed  with  the  letters  jU.\l  that  is,  'Danain  Chh.' 

Between  the  Kankali  Tila  and  these  Chauwara  mounds,  all  the  fields  are 
dotted  with  others,  so  close  together  and  so  much  worn  by  time  that  they  can  scarcely 
be  distinguished  from  the  natural  level  of  the  ground.  One  that  I  searched, 
after  an  exploration  extending  over  several  days,  yielded  nothing  beyond  a 
few  arabesque  fragments  and,  at  a  depth  of  six  feet  below  the  surface,  a  small 
pediment  containing  in  a  niche,  flanked  by  fabulous  monsters  and  surmounted 
by  the  mystic  wheel,  a  figure  of  Buddha,  canopied  by  a  many-headed  serpent 
and  seated  on  a  lion  throne.  A  mound  immediately  adjoining  the  pillar  that 
marks  the  boundary  of  the  township  of  Mathura  and  the  villages  of  Maholi 
and  Pali-khera,  lying  due  south  of  the  Kankali  Tila  and  east  of  the  Girdhar- 
pur  mound,  has  yielded  a  strange  squat  figure  of  a  dwarf,  three  feet  nine 
inches  high  and  two  feet  broad,  of  uncertain  antiquity  ;  and  at  another  mound, 
just  outside  the  Pali-khera,  village  site,  I  came  upon  the  counter-part  of  Colo- 
nel Stacey's  so-called  Silenus,  which  he  found  in  183(3  and  placed  in  the  Asiatic 
Society's  Museum  in  Calcutta,  where  it  still  is.  A  full  description  of  this 
curious  sculpture  will  be  given  in  another  chapter.  On  further  excavating  the 
mound,  in  which  I  found  it,  I  discovered  in  situ  three  bell-shaped  bases  of  large 
columns  at  13  feet  distance  from  one  another,  at  the  three  corners  of  a  square  ; 
the  fourth  had  completely  disappeared.  In  clearing  the  space  between  them  I 
came  upon  some  small  figures  of  baked  clay,  glazed,  of  a  bluish  colour,  similar 
in  character  to  the  toys  still  sold  at  Hindu  fairs  ;  also  a  few  small  fragments 
of  carved  stone  and  some  corroded  pieces  of  metal  bangles.  According  to 
village  tradition  this  khera  was  the  fort  of  a  demon,  Nonasur  ;  the  exploration 
proves  it  to  have  been  a  Buddhist  site;  it  adjoins  a  temple  court,  of  the  early 
part  of  the  17th  century,  now  occupied  by  a  married  Bairagi  as  an  ordinary 
dwelling-house.  Close  by,  on  the  border  of  the  hamlet  of  Dhan  Sinh,  is  a 
small  Buddhist  rail  (now  reverenced  as  the  village  Devi)  with  the  usual  figure  of 
Buddha's  mother  under  the  sal  tree  on  its  front,  and  three  roses  at  the  back. 
A  few  paces  further  on  is  the  central  portion  of  a  very  large  Buddhist  pillar, 
with  a  head  on  either  side,  the  exact  counter-part  of  one  that  I  extracted  from 
the  Chhatthi  Palna  at  Mahaban. 


TITE  THREE  SUCCESSIVE   SITES   OF  THE   CITT.  125 

The  hill  known  as  the  Kans  ka  Tila  just  outside  the  south,  or,  as  it  is  called, 
the  Holi  Gate  of  the  city,  is  supposed  to  be  the  one  from  the  summit  of  which 
the  tyrant  of  that  name  was  tumbled  down  by  Krishna.  General  Cunningham 
suggests  that  this  might  be  one  of  the  seven  great  sttipas  mentioned  by  the 
Chinese  pilgrims,  and  adds  that  oh  the  north  of  the  city  there  are  two  hills  still 
bearing  the  names  of  Anand  and  Vinayaka,  titles  which  they  specify.  But  in 
this  it  appears  that  he  was  misinformed,  as  no  such  localities  can  be  traced. 
Of  the  hills  to  the  north  of  Mathura,  the  most  conspicuous  are  the  Kailas  and 
Mahal*  or  Jaysinhpu-ra  khera,  sometimes  called  the  Ganes  from  the  Ghat  of  that 
name  which  is  immediately  below  it.  An  Anant  tirtha,  easily  to  be  confounded 
with  Anand,  is  noted  in  the  Mathura  Mahatraya  ;  and  the  fact  that  Vinayaka, 
besides  its  Buddhist  meaning,  is  also  an  epithet  of  Ganes,  may  have  given  rise 
to  an  error  in  the  other  name.  The  Kans  ka  Tila  certainly  appears  to  be  pri- 
marily of  natural  formation  and  hence  to  have  been  selected  as  the  river 
boundary  of  the  old  city  wall.  The  whole  country,  indeed,  has  been  broken  up 
into  heights  and  hollows  of  indefinite  number  and  extent  :  but  most  ancient 
Buddhist  sites  must  be  looked  for  at  a  greater  distance  from  the  river  and  out- 
side the  modern  city,  in  what  is  now  open  country  at  the  back  of  the  katra, 
and  in  the  direction  of  Maholi,  the  ancient  Madhu-puri,  where  the  aboriginal 
Madhu  held  his  court.  Subsequently  to  his  defeat,  the  Aryan  city  was 
built  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  present  Katra  and  the  temple  of  Bhiitesvar  ; 
and,  being  the  seat  of  the  new  Government,  it  appropriated  in  a  special  way 
the  name  which  formerly  had  denoted,  not  the  capital,  but  the  whole  extent  of 
territory.  This  view  is  confirmed  by  observing  that,  philologically,  '  Mathura  ' 
appears  a  more  fitting  name  for  a  country  than  for  a  city,  and  one  that  could 
be  applied  to  the  latter  only  inferentially.  The  present  city  is  the  third  in 
order  and  has  for  its  centre  the  Fort ;  as  the  second  had  the  temple  of  Bhutesvar, 
and  the  first  the  grove  of  Madhu-ban.  Thus,  speaking  generally,  the  further 
we  move  back  from  the  city  in  the  direction  of  Maholi,  the  older  will  probably 
be  the  date  of  any  antiquities  that  may  be  discovered. 

*  So  called  from  a  dwelliag-kouse  that  was  built  there  by  Sawae  Jay  Sink. 


32 


CHAPTER    VI. 

THE   HINDU   CITY   OF   MATHURX. 

On  the  decline  of  Buddhism,  Mathura  acquired  that  character  for  sanctity 
which  it  still  retains,  as  the  reputed  birth-place  of  the  deified  Krishna.  Or,, 
more  probably,  the  triumph  of  Buddhism  was  a  mere  episode,  on  the  conclu- 
sion of  which  the  city  recovered  a  character  which  it  had  before  enjoyed  at  a, 
much  earlier  period  ;  for  it  may  be  inferred  from  the  language  of  the  Greek 
geographers  that  Bxahrnanism  was  in  their  time  the  religion  of  the  country,, 
while  Hindu  tradition  is  uniform  in  maintaining  its  claims  both  to  holiness  and, 
antiquity.  Thus  it  is  represented,  as  the  second  of  the  capitals  of  the  Lunar 
race,  which  were  in  succession  Prayag,  Mathura,  Knsasthali,  and  Dwaraka : 
and  in  the  following  well-known  couplet  it  is  ranked  among  the  seven  sanc-^ 
tuaries  of  Hindustan  : — 

Kasi  Kanti  cha  Mdydkhya  twayedhyi  Dwaravatyapi 
Mathuravantika  chaita  sapta  puryo  tra  mokshadah. 

"Kasi  (i.e.,  Banaras),  Kanti  (probably  Kanchi),  Maya  {i.e.,. Haridwar)^ 
with  Ayodhya,  Dwaravati,  Mathura,  and  Avantikii,  are  the  seven  cities  of. 
salvation." 

At  the  present  day  it  has  no  lack  of  stately  edifices,  with  which,  as  described 
of  old  in  the  Harivansa,  "  it  rises  beautiful  as  the  cresent  moon  over  the  dark 
stream  of  the  Jamuna  ;*  but  they  are  all  modern.  The  neighbourhood  is 
crowded  with  sacred  sites,  which  for  many  generations  have  been  reverenced' 
as  the  traditionary  scenes  of  Krishna's  adventures  ;  but,  thanks  to  Muhammadan- 
intolerance,  there  is  not  a  single  building  of  any  antiquity  cither  in  the  city  itselt 
or  its  environs.  Its  most  famous  temple — that  dedicated  to  Kesava  Deva — was 
destroyed,  as  already  mentioned,  in  1669,  the  eleventh  year  of  the  reign  of  the 
ienoclastic  Aurangzeb.  The  mosque  erected  on  its  ruins  is  a  building  of  little 
architectural  value,  but  the  natural  advantages  of  its  lofty  and  isolated  position 
render  it  a  striking  feature  in  the  landscape.  The  so-called  katra,  in  which  it 
stands,  a  place  to  which  frequent  allusion  has  been  made  in  the  previous  chapter, 
is  an  oblong  enclosure,  like  a  sarde,  104  feet  in  length  by  653  feet  in  breadth. 
In  its  centre  is  a  raised  terrace,  172  feet  long  and  86  feet  broad,  upon  wnicl 

*  ^^^TTrfi^IIJT  ZJ*RTrfirJ3Tfri?IT  II    Uariyansa,  3,J0O. 


TEMPLE  OF  KESAVA  DEVA  IN  1650  A.  D;  127 

now  stands  the  mosque,  occupying  its  entire  length,  but  only  60  feet  of  its 
breadth.  About  five  feet  lower  is  another  terrace,  measuring  286  feet  by  268. 
There  may  still  be  observed,  let  into  the  Muhammadan  pavement,  some  votive 
tablets  with  Nagari  inscriptions,  dated  Sambat  1713  and  1720,  corresponding 
to  1656  and  1663  A.  D.  In  the  latter  year  the  temple  attracted  the  notice  of 
the  traveller  Bernier,  who  writes  : — "  Between  Delhi  and  Agra,  a  distance  of 
fifty  or  sixty  leagues,  there  are  no  fine  towns  ;  the  whole  road  is  cheerless  and 
uninteresting  ;  nothing  is  worthy  of  observation  but  Mathura,  where  an  an- 
cient and  magnificent  pagan  temple  is  still  to  be  seen."  The  plinth  of  tho 
temple-wall  may  be  traced  to  this  day  at  the  back  of  the  mosque  and  at  right 
angles  to  it  for  a  distance  of  163  feet  ;  but  not  a  vestige  of  the  superstruc- 
ture has  been  allowed  to  remain. 

The  following  description  of  this  famous  building  is  given  by  Tavernier, 
who  visited  it  about  the  year  1650.  He  writes  : — "  After  the  temples  of  Jagre- 
nath  and  Banarous,  the  most  important  is  that  of  Matura,  about  18  kos*  from 
Agra  on  the  road  to  Delhi.  It  is  one  of  the  most  sumptuous  edifices  in  all 
India,  and  the  place  where  there  used  to  be  formerly  the  greatest  concourse  of 
pilgrims  ;  but  now  they  are  not  so  many,  the  Hindus  having  gradually  lost 
their  previous  veneration  for  the  temple,  on  account  of  the  Jamuna,  which 
used  to  pass  close  by,  now  having  changed  its  bed  and  formed  a  new  channel 
half  a  league  away.  For,  after  bathing  in  the  river,  they  lose  too  much  time 
in  returning  to  the  temple,  and  on  the  way  might  come  across  something  to 
render  them  unclean. 

"  The  temple  is  of  such  a  vast  size  that,  though  in  a  hollow,  one  can  see  it  five 
or  six  kos  off,  the  building  being  very  lofty  and  very  magnificent.  The  stone 
used  in  it  is  of  a  reddish  tint,  brought  from  a  large  quarry  near  Agra.  It  splits 
like  our  slate,  and  you  can  have  slabs  15  feet  long  and  nine  or  ten  broad  and  only 
some  six  inches  thick  ;  in  fact,  you  can  split  them  just  as  you  like  and  according 
to  your  requirements,  while  you  can  also  have  fine  columns.  The  whole  of  the 
fort  at  Agra,  the  walls  of  Jehanabad,  the  king's  palace,  and  some  of  the 
houses  of  the  nobles  are  built  of  this  stone.  To  return  to  the  temple. — It  is  set 
on  a  large  octagonal  platform,  which  is  all  faced  with  cut  stone,  and  has  round 
about  it  two  bands  of  many  kinds  of  animals,  but  particularly  monkeys,  in  relief  ; 

*  Here  he  states  the  distance  correctly  ;  but  in  another  place  he  gives  the  Btages  from  Delhi 
to  Agra  as  follows  :— "  From  Delhi  to  Badelpoura,  8  Ao.« ;   from  Badelpoura  to  l'clwel  ki  sera, 
18  ;  from  Pelwel  ki  sera  to  Cot  ki  sera  (Kosi)  15  ;  from  Cot  ki  sera  to  Chcki  sera  (Mathura, « Cheki' 
standing  for  'Shihki')  16;  from  Cheki  sera  to  Goodki  sera,  5 ;   from  Gooki  sera  to  Agra. 
One  stage  must  have  been  oaiitted  at  the  end. 


128  TEMPLE  OF   KESAVA   DEVA  IX   1650  A.  D. 

the  one  band  being  only  two  feet  off  the  ground  level,  the  other  two  feet  from 
the  top.  The  ascent  is  by  two  staircases  of  15  or  16  steps  each  ;  the  steps 
being  only  two  feet  in  length,  so  that  two  people  cannot  mount  abreast.  One  of 
these  staircases  leads  to  the  grand  entrance  of  the  temple,  the  other  to  the  back 
of  the  choir.  The  temple,  however,  occupies  only  half  the  platform,  the  other 
half  making  a  grand  square  in  front.  Like  other  temples,  it  is  in  the  form  of  a 
cross,  and  has  a  great  dome  in  the  middle  with  two  rather  smaller  at  the  end. 
Outside,  the  building  is  covered  from  top  to  bottom  with  figures  of  animals, 
such  as  rams,  monkeys,  and  elephants,  carved  in  stone  :  and  all  round  there  are 
nothing  but  niches  occupied  by  different  monsters.  In  each  of  the  three  towers 
there  are,  at  every  stage  from  the  base  to  the  pinnacle,  windows  five  or  six  feet 
high,  each  provided  with  a  kind  of  balcony  where  four  persons  can  sit.  Each 
balcony  is  covered  with  a  little  vault,  supported  some  by  four,  others  by  eight 
columns  arranged  in  pairs  and  all  touching.  Round  these  towers  there  are  yet 
more  niches  full  of  figures  representing  demons  ;  one  has  four  arms,  another 
four  legs ;  some,  human  heads  on  bodies  of  horned  beasts  with  long  tails  twining 
round  their  thighs.  There  are  also  many  figures  of  monkeys,  and  it  is  quite 
shocking  to  have  before  one's  eyes  such  a  host  of  monstrosities. 

"  The  pagoda  has  only  one  entrance,  which  is  very  lofty,  with  many  columns 
and  images  of  men  and  beasts  on  either  side.  The  choir  is  enclosed  by  a  screen 
composed  of  stone  pillars,  five  or  6  inches  in  diameter,  and  no  one  is  allowed 
inside  but  the  chief  Brahmans,  who  make  use  of  a  little  secret  door  which  I  could 
not  discover.  When  in  the  temple,  I  asked  some  of  the  Brahmans  if  I  could 
see  the  great  Ram  Ram,  meaning  the  great  idol.  They  replied  that  if  I  would 
give  them  something,  they  would  go  and  ask  permission  of  their  superior  :* 
which  they  did  as  soon  as  I  had  put  in  their  hands  a  couple  of  rupees  After 
waiting  about  half  an  hour,  the  Brahmans  opened  a  door  on  the  inside  in  the 
middle  of  the  screen — outside,  the  screen  is  entirely  closed — and,  at  about  15  or 
16  feet  from  the  door,  I  saw,  as  it  were,  a  square  altar,  covered  with  old  gold 


*  Regarding  the  veneration  paid  to  the  head  of  the  temple.  Tavemier,  in  another  place, 
relates  the  following  anecdote  : — "  While  I  was  at  Agra,  in  the  year  16-42,  a  very  odd  thing  hap- 
pened. A  Hindu  hroker  in  Dutch  employ,  by  name  Voldas,  some  SO  or  so  years  of  age,  received 
tidings  of  the  death  of  the  chief  Brahman,  that  is  to  say,  the  high  priest  of  the  temple  of 
Mathura.  He  at  once  went  to  the  head  of  the  office  and  begged  him  to  take  his  accounts  and 
finish  them  off,  for  as  his  high  priest  was  dead  he  wished  to  die  too,  that  he  might  serve  the  holj- 
man  in  the  other  world.  Directly  his  accounts  had  been  inspected,  he  got  into  his  carriage 
together  with  some  relations  who  followed  him,  and  as  he  had  taken  nothing  cither  to  eat  or 
drink  since  the  news  had  reached  him,  he  died  on  the  road,  without  ever  expressing  a  wish 
for  any  food." 


ANTIQUITY  OF  TIIE    SITE.  120 

and  silver  brocade,  and  on  it  the  great  idol  that  they  call  Ram  Earn.  The  head 
only  is  visible  and  is  of  very  black  marble,  with  what  seemed  to  be  two  rubies 
for  eyes.  The  whole  body  from  the  neck  to  the  feet  was  covered  with  an 
embroidered  robe  of  red  velvet  and  no  arms  could  be  seen.  There  were  two 
other  idols,  one  on  either  side,  two  feet  high,  or  thereabouts,  and  got  up  in  the 
■same  style,  only  with  white  faces  ;  these  they  Called  Becchor.  I  also  noticed  in 
the  temple  a  structure  15  or  16"  feet  square,  and  from  12  to  15  feet  high, 
covered  with  coloured  clothes  representing  all  sorts  of  demons.  This  structure 
was  raised  on  four  little  wheels,  and  they  told  me  it  was  the  moveable  altar 
on  which  they  set  the  great  god  on  high  feast  days,  when  he  goes  to  visit  the 
other  gods,  and  when  they  take  him  to  the  river  with  all  the  people  on  their 
chief  holiday." 

From  the  above  description,  the  temple  Would  seem  to  have  been  crowded 
with  coarse  figure-sculptures,  and  not  in  such  pure  taste  as  the  somewhat  older. 
temple  of  Govind  Deva  at  Brinda-ban  ;  but  it  must  still  have  been  a  most 
sumptuous  and  imposing  edifice,  and  we  cannot  but  detest  the  bigotry  of  the 
barbarian  who  destroyed  it.  At  the  time  of  its  demolition  it  had  been  in  exist- 
ence only  some  fifty  years,  but  it  is  certain  that  an  earlier  shrine,  or  series  of 
shrines,  on  the  same  site  and  under  the  same  dedication,  had  been  famous  for 
many  ages.     Thus  it  is  said  in  the  Varaha  Purana— 

Na  Kesava  samo  deva  na  Mathura  sarno  dvija, 
"  No  god  like  Kesava,  and  no  Brahman  like  a  Mathuriya  Chaube.  " 

In  still  earlier  times  the  site  now  wrested  by  the  Muhammadans  from  the 
Hindus  had  been  seized  by  the  Hindus  themselves  to  the  prejudice  of  another 
religion,  as  is  attested  by  the  Buddhist  remains  which  we  have  already  describ- 
ed as  found  there. 

With  regard  to  the  change  in  the  course  of  the  stream,  all  engineers  whom 
I  have  consulted  are  unanimous  in  declaring  that  the  main  channel  of  the 
Jamuna  can  never  in  historic  time  have  been  at  the  foot  of  the  temple,  as 
Tavernier  imagined.  The  traces  of  fluvial  action,  which  he  observed,  are 
uumistakeable,  but  they  date  from  the  most  remote  antiquity.  This,  however, 
need  not  occasion  any  difficulty  :  for,  as  Madhu-puri,  the  first  capital,  was 
established  at  a  point  which  clearly  the  Jamuna  could  never  have  reached,  there 
is  no  improbability  in  supposing  that  the  second  capital  also,  though  much 
nearer  the  stream,  was  not  actually  on  its  bank.  The  temples  which  Fa  Hian 
mentions  as  being  on  the  other  side  of  the  river  were  probably  situate  at  Isapur 
and  Maha-ban.     It  is  also  to  be  noted  that  a  tributary  stream,  the  bed  of  which 

33 


130  THE   ANCIENT   IMAGE   NOW   AT  NXTH-DWA'RA. 

is  now  partly  occupied  by  the  Delhi  road,  did  certainly  flow  past  the  katra.  This 
being  joined,  at  the  point  still  called  the  Sangam,  or  '  confluence, '  by  another 
considerable  water-course  from  the  opposite  direction,  fell  into  the  channel  now 
crossed  by  the  Seth's  bridge,  and  so  reached  the  Jarnuna. 

In  anticipation  of  Aurangzeb's  raid,  the  ancient  image  of  Kesava  Deva 
was  removed  by  Ram  Raj  Sinh  of  Mewar,  and  was  set  up  on  the  spot  where, 
as  they  journeyed,  the  wheels  of  the  chariot  sank  in  the  deep  sand  and  refused 
to  be  extricated.  It  happened  to  be  an  obscure  little  village,  then  called  Siarh, 
on  the  Bansis,  22  miles  north-east  of  Udaypur.  But  the  old  name  is  now  lost 
in  the  celebrity  of  the  temple  of  Nath  Ji,  '  the  Lord,"  which  gives  its  designation 
to  the  town  of  Nath-dwara,  which  has  grown  up  round  it.*  This  is  the  most 
highly  venerated  of  all  the  statues  of  Krishna.  There  are  seven  others  of  great 
repute,  which  also  deserve  mention  here,  as  a  large  proportion  of  them  came 
from  the  neighbourhood  of  Mathura,  viz.,  Nava-nita,  which  is  also  at  Nath-dwara ; 
Mathura-nath  at  Kota  ;  Dwaraka-nath  at  Kankarauli,  brought  from  Kanauj  ; 
Bal  Kishan  at  Surat,  from  Maha-ban  ;  Bitthal-nath  or  Pandu-rang  at  Kota, 
from  Banaras  ;  Madan  Mohan  from  Brinda-ban  ;  and  Gokul-nath  and  Goknl 
chandrama,  both  from  Gokul.  These  two  last  were  at  Jaypur  till  a  few  years 
ago,  when,  in  consequence  of  the  Maharaja's  dislike  to  all  the  votaries  of 
Vishnu,  they  were  removed  to  Kam-ban  in  Bharat-pur  territory.  In  all  pro- 
bability before  very  long  they  will  be  brought  back  to  their  original  homes. 

At  the  back  of  the  katra  is  the  modern  temple  of  Kesava  Deva,  a  cloistered 
quadrangle  of  no  particular  archtectural  merit  and,  except  on  special  occasions. 

*  It  is  described,  iu  the  lately  published  report  of  the  Indian  Survey  Department,  as  "a 
large  walled  city  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Bands  river.  On  the  north-east  and  south  it  is  surround- 
ed by  hills,  but  to  the  west,  across  the  river,  which  here  takes  a  very  sharp  bend,  it  is  fairly 
open.  It  has  the  reputation  of  being  an  enormously  wealthy  city,  which  I  have  no  doubt  is 
true,  as  it  is  a  great  place  of  pilgrimage  ;  every  pilgrim  giving  what  he  can  as  an  offering  at  the 
shriue  of  Srinath.  Amongst  the  more  valuable  presents  given  to  the  Brahmans,  are  elephants 
and  cattle  ;  large  herds  of  the  latter  graze  on  the  hills  to  the  east  of  the  city,  where  there  is  a 
regular  cattle  farm  surrounded  by  a  high  wall  and  guarded  by  sepoys  ;  the  cows  in  milk  receive 
a  daily  ration  of  grain,  all  sorts  mixed,  which  is  boiled  in  an  immense  iron  caldron.  About 
two  years  ago  the  Mahant,  or  head  Go^ain,  of  Nath-dwara,  became  troublesome,  ignoring  all 
orders  of  the  Darbar,  and  otherwise  misconducted  himself  to  such  an  extent  (hat  it  was  found 
necessary  to  send  a  force  against  him.  It  was  supposed  that  he  would  resist,  but  on  seeing  some 
gunB  commanding  his  city,  he  gave  in  ;  he  was  banished  to  Mathui  a  and  his  sou  allowed  to  take 
his  place;  but  at  the  same  time  300  sepoys,  under  the  orders  of  a  Kamdar,  appointed  by  the 
Darbar,  were  stationed  there  toensure  his  good  behaviour.  Even  now  it  is  a  place  rather  to  be 
avoided,  as  the  Brahmans  are  a  very  independent  set  and  apt  to  he  insolent  on  very  small 
provoca'ion.  All  fishing  and  shooting  is  strictly  prohibited  within  the  ground  belonging  to 
this  city. 


THE   POTAIU   KUKD.  131 

little  frequented,  in  consequence  of  its  distance  from  the  main  town.  It  is 
supported  by  an  annual  endowment  of  Its.  1,027,  the  rents  of  the  village  of 
Undi  in  the  Chhata  pargana.  Close  by  is  a  very  large  quadrangular  tank  of 
solid  masonry,  called  the  Potara-kund,  in  which,  as  the  name  denotes,  Krish- 
na's '  baby  linen'  was  washed.  There  is  little  or  no  architectural  decoration, 
but  the  great  size  and  massiveness  of  the  work  render  it  imposing,  while  the 
effect  is  much  enhanced  by  the  venerable  trees  which  overhang  the  enclosing 
wall.  Unfortunately,  the  soil  is  so  porous  that  the  supply  of  water  is  rapidly 
absorbed,  and  in  every  season  but  the  rains  the  long  flights  of  steps  are  drv  to 
their  very  base.  Its  last  restoration  was  made,  at  considerable  cost,  in  1850,  by 
the  Kamdar  of  the  Gwaliar  Raj.  It  might  now  be  easily  filled  from  the  canal. 
A  small  cell  on  the  margin  of  the  tank,  called  indifferent!  v  Kara-grab.,  'the 
prison-house, '  or  Janm-bhumi,  '  the  birth-place, '  marks  the  spot  where  Yasu- 
deva  and  Devaki  were  kept  in  confinement,  and  where  their  son  Krishna  was 
born.  The  adjoining  suburb,  in  its  name  Mallpura,  commemorate-,  it  is  said, 
Ivansa's  two  famous  mallas,  i.  e.,  '  wrestlers, '  Chanura  and  Mushtika.  At  the 
back  of  the  Potara-kund  and  within  the  circuit  of  the  Dhul-kot,  or  old  ramparts 
of  the  city,  is  a  very  large  mound  (where  a  railway  engineer  had  a  house 
before  the  Mutiny)  which  would  seem  to  have  been  the  site  of  some  large  Bud- 
dhist establishment.  It  is  strewn  with  broken  bits  of  stone  and  fragments  of 
sculpture,  and  I  found  in  particular  two  large  but  headless  and  armless  and  other- 
wise mutilated  figures  of  Buddha  seated  and  fully  clothed.  In  this  respect  they 
agreed  with  all  the  figures  found  in  this  particular  neighbourhood,  as  also  in 
the  position  of  the  han'ds,  which  are  not  crossed  on  the  feet,  but  the  right  is 
raised  in  admonition,  while  the  left  rests  on  the  thigh.  At  the  Kankali  tila  the 
statues  are  mostly  nude  ;  and  at  the  Jamalpur  mound  they  are  more  commonly 
standing  than  seated. 

In  connection  with  the  discovery  of  Buddhist  antiquities,  allusion  has  already 
been  made  to  the  temple  of  Bhutesvar  Mahadeva,  which  overlooks  the  old  and 
ruinous  Balbhadra-kund.  In  its  present  form  it  is  a  quadrangle  of  ordinary 
character  with  pyramidal  tower  and  cloister  built  by  the  Mahrattas  towards  the 
end  of  last  century.  The  site  has  probably  been  occupied  by  successive  reli- 
gious buildings  from  most  remote  antiquity,  and  was  at  one  time  the  centre  of 
the  town  of  Mathura,  which  has  now  moved  away  from  it  more  than  a  mile  to 
the  east.  In  the  earlier  days  of  Brahmanism,  before  the  development  of  the 
Krishna  cultus,  it  may  bo  surmised  that  Bhutesvar  was  the  special  local 
divinity.  There  are  in  Braj  three  other  shrines  of  Mahadeva,  which  are  also  of 
high  traditional   repute  in  spite  of  the  meanness  of  their  modern  accessories, 


1-32  THE  BAL-BHADRA  KUND. 

viv.,  Kamesvar  at  Kama,  Chakresvar  at  Gobardban,  and  Gopesvar  at  Brinda* 
ban.  A  mela  is  held  by  the  Balbhadra-kund  on  the  full  moon  of  Sravan,  the 
feast  of  the  Saliino.  The  pond  was  partially  cleaned  out  and  repaired  as  a  relict 
work  during  the  late  famine,  and,  as  the  Aring  navigation  channel  terminates 
in  a  reservoir  close  by,  there  will  now  be  no  difficulty  in  keeping  it  always  filled 
with  water.  This  branch  of  the  canal  has  a  length  of  eight  or  nine  miles, 
with  two  locks,  one  at  Ganesra,  the  other  immediately  opposite  the  Chaurasi 
temple.  For  some  little  distance  it  runs  directly  under  the  Dhiil-kot,  or  old 
city  wall. 

Of  the  many  little  shrines  that  cluster  about  the  Balbhadra-kund,  one  is 
dedicated  to  Balarama  under  his  title  of  Dau-ji,  '  the  elder  brother  ;'  another 
to  Ganes,  and  a  third  to  Nar-Sinha,  '  the  man-lion,'  the  fourth  incarnation 
of  Vishnu.  According  to  the  legend,  there  was  an  impious  king,  by  name 
Hiranya  Kasipu,  who  claimed  universal  sovereignty  over  all  powers  on  earth, 
in  heaven,  and  hell.  No  one  had  the  hardihood  to  oppose  him,  save  his  own 
son,  the  pious  prince  Prahlad,  who  was  for  ever  singing  the  praises  of  the 
great  god  Vishnu.  "  If,"  said  the  king,  "  your  god  is  everywhere  present, 
let  him  now  show  himself  in  this  pillar  which  I  strike."  At  the  word  the 
pillar  parted  in  twain  and  revealed  the  god  in  terrible  form,  half  lion  half 
man,  who  seized  the  boastful  monarch  and  tore  him  in  pieces  and  devoured  him. 

In  an  adjoining  orchard  called  the  Kazi's  Bagh  is  a  small  modern  moscpie, 
and  in  connection  with  it  a  curious  square  building  of  red  sand-stone.  It  now 
encloses  a  Mubammadan  tomb,  and  in  all  probability  was  originally  constructed 
for  that  purpose,  though  it  has  nothing  Saracenic  about  it  and  is  a  good 
specimen  of  the  pure  Hindu  style  of  architecture,  with  characteristic  columns  and 
square  architraves  supported  on  brackets  instead  of  arches.  Similarly,  almost  all 
the  oldest  buildings  that  now  remain  in  and  about  the  city  are  houses  or  tombs, 
that  were  constructed  for  Muhammadans  by  Hindus  and  in  purely  Hindu  style. 
At  the  present  day  all  the  new  buildings  are  intended  for  Hindu  use,  but 
their  architectural  forms  have  been  greatly  modified  by  Mubammadan  influ- 
ences. 

After  leaving  the  great  entrance  to  the  katra,  the  Dehli  road  passes  a  ma- 
sonry well*  called  '  Kubja's'  in  commemoration  of  tho  miracle  which  Krishna 
wrought  in  straightening  the  hump-backed  maiden  who  met  him   there.     The 


*  Immediately  opposite  the  well  a  fragment  of  a  sculptured  Buddhist  pillar  has  beeu  set  up,  and 
receives  religious  honours  as  representing  the  Hindu  goddess  Devi. 


SHRINE  OF  GOKARNESVAR.  133 

tan  to  the  right  loads  into  the  city  by  the  Brinda-ban  gate,  under  the  Ambarisha 
hill,  and  past  the  Shahganj  sarae,  which  has  a  once  handsome,  but  now  sadly 
ruinons,  stone  front.  In  the  Muliainmadan  burial-ground,  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  street,  is  a  fine  large  stone  Chhattri,  similar  to  the  one  near  the  Idgah  at 
Maha-bau,  which  commemorates  Ali  Khan,  the  local  Governor  of  that  town.  It 
is  probably  of  the  reign  of  Akbar,  and  is  said  to  cover  the  ashes  of  a  certain 
Khwaja.  Nearer  the  roadside  is  an  unfinished  square  stone  building  with  very 
eleo-aut  tracery,  which  is  said  to  have  been  commenced  as  the  monument 
of  some  grandee  of  Darbhanga.  The  handsome  bridge  which  here  crosses  the 
natural  water-course  known  as  the  Sarasvati  Sangam,  or  '  confluence  of  the 
Sarasvati,'  was  built  by  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand  in  1849. 

To  the  right  of  it  is  a  temple  of  Mahadeva,  which  forms  a  very  conspicuous 
object.  It  was  built  in  the  year  1850  by  Ajudhya  Prasad  of  Lucknow,  and 
the  court-yard  is  in  the  debased  style  of  architecture  for  which  that  city  is  no- 
torious. Close  by  is  a  walled  garden  with  another  temple  to  the  same  divinity 
and  a  much  frequented  stone  ghat  on  the  river-bank,  all  constructed  at  the  cost 
of  Sri  Gopal,  the  head  of  tbe  money-changers  in  the  city,  who  is  now  represent- 
ed by  his  son  Radha  Krishan.  Round  the  garden  wall  on  the  inner  side  are 
frooms  for  the  accommodation  of  pilgrims,  the  arches  being  filled  in  with  doors 
and  panels  of  reticulated  tracery,  in  wood.  A  daily  distribution  of  grain  is  here 
■made  to  the  poor.  The  adjoining  hill  is  called  Kailas,  and  on  its  slope  is  the 
shrine  of  Gokarnesvar,  who  is  represented  as  a  giant  seated  figure,  with  enormous 
eyes  and  long  hair  and  beard  and  moustaches.  In  one  hand  is  what  appears  to 
be  a  wine  cup,  in  the  other  some  flowers  or  grapes.  The  stone  is  much  worn. 
The  figure  is  certainly  of  great  antiquity  and  might  have  been  originally  intend- 
ed to  represent  some  Indo-Scythian  king.  In  a  niche  in  the  wall  are  two  small 
statues,  about  1£  foot  high,  called  by  the  Brahmans  Sati  and  Parvati.  They 
really  are  both  well  executed  and  early  figures  of  Buddha,  seated  and  preaching. 
One  has  lost  the  right  hand.  In  the  same  set  of  buildings  is  the  tomb  of  Gauta- 
ma Rishi.  Now,  Gokarna  is  the  name  of  a  place  near  the  Malabar  coast  where 
Bhagirath  practised  austerities  before  he  brought  down  the  Ganges  from 
heaven,  and  Gotama  (not  Gautama)  is  the  author  of  some  of  the  hymns  in 
the  Rig  Veda  $  so  that  both  names  might  be  connected  with  Hinduism ;  but 
•both  are  also  Buddhist,  and  this  fact,  combined  with  the  existence  of  unmis- 
takeably  Buddhist  sculptures  on  the  spot,  may  be  taken  as  proof  that  this  is 
one  of  the  old  Buddhist  sites.  Gautama,  it  need  scarcely  be  said,  is  one  of  the 
■commonest  names  of  Buddha  himself,  and  Gokarnesvar  is  one  of  the  eight  great 
Vita-ragas,  or  passionless  deified  saints. 

34 


134  TIIE   SARASVATI   KUND. 

Immediately  under  the  bridge  is  a  shrine  hearing  the  singular  name  of 
Gargi  S&rgi,  or  as  it  is  sometimes  called  the  Great  and  Little  Pathawari. 
They  are  said  to  have  been  the  two  wives  of  Gokarn,  who  when  translated 
to  heaven  became  the  equal  of  Mahadeva.  The  mantra  to  be  repeated  in  honour 
of  the  younger  lady  runs  as  follows  : — 

WR  3T3  ^TK  S^T  re^5TTO?ft  il 

"  Honour  to  thee,  0  divine  Sargi,  the  Rishi's  beautiful  wife,  happy  mother; 
beneficent  incarnation  of  Gauri,  ever  bestowing  success." 

Here  are  several  other  groups  of  rude  vermilion-stained  stones,  some  in. 
the  open,  some  housed  in  shrines  of  their  own,  which  do  duty  for  Bhairav, 
Sitala  Devi,  and  Masani.  Two  fragments  are  of  Buddhist  type  :  one  a  rail,  the 
other  a  sculpture  of  Maya  Devi  standing  under  a  pillar  with  bell-shaped  capi- 
tal. Opposite  the  Kailas  hill,  across  the  road,  is  an  open  plain,  where  the 
sports  of  the  Earn  Lila  are  celebrated  on  the  festival  of  the  Dasahara.  Close 
by  is  a  tank  called  the  Sarasvati-kund,  measuring  125  feet  square.  Owing  to 
some  fault  in  the  construction,  it  is  almost  always  dry,  and  the  adjoininc  build- 
ings have  also  rather  a  ruinous  and  deserted  appearance.  "We  learn,  however 
from  the  following  inscription,  which  is  on  a  tablet  over  the  entrance  to  the 
temnle,  that  the  last  restoration  was  completed  so  recently  as  the  year  1846  : 

3Scli  <g#    T$    rJTUrl  ^qZJT  ^JM  Wfffl    SnlFFST  7JO    q^    go   <j£0?  || 

The  above,  which  exhibits  several  peculiarities,  both  in  style  and  phraseo- 
logy, may  be  rendered  as  follows  : — "  Baladeva  Gosain,  resident  of  the  Da- 
savatar  Gali  of  Mathura,  the  devoted  servantofthe  venerable  contemplative  ascetic 
the  right  reverend  Swami  Paramhans,  thoroughly  restored  from  ruin  the  Saras- 
vati-kund, and  built  this  new  tomple  and  iu  due  form  set. up  a  god  in  it.    His  agents 


THE   TEMrLE   OF   MAHX   VIDTX    DEVI.  .135 

were  Chhote  Lai  and  Mannii  Lai,  Samidhs ;  the  head  of  the  works  Chunni  : 
the  cost  Rs.  2,735.  Kiirtik  audi  13th,  Sambat  1903."  TheSwaini's  actual  name 
was  Narayan,  and  his  disciple,  Baladeva,  was  a  foundling  whom  he  picked  up 
in  the  street.     Both  were  Pandits  of  high  local  repute. 

At  no  great  distance  is  the  temple  of  Maha  Vidya,  Devi.  The  original  image 
with  that  dedication  is  said  to  have  been  set  up  by  the  Pandavas  ;  the  present 
shrine,  a  Sikhara  of  ordinary  character  in  a  small  quadrangle,  was  built  by  the 
Peshwa  towards  the  end  of  last  century.  The  hill  upon  which  it  stands  is  ascended 
by  flights  of  masonry  steps  between  30  and  40  in  number.  At  the  foot  is  a  small 
dry  tank,  completely  overgown  with  a  dense  jungle  of  her,  pUu,  and  kins.  In  the 
court-yard,  which  occupies  the  entire  plateau,  is  a  karil  tree  said  to  be  of  enormous 
age,  under  which  were  to  be  seen,  among  other  fragments,  a  Buddhist  pillar 
carved  with  the  figure  of  Maya  Devi  under  the  sal-tree,  and  a  square  stone  box 
with  a  seated  Buddha  on  each  of  its  four  sides.  Two  melas  are  held  here  on 
the  8th  of  the  light  fortnight  of  Chait  and  Kuwar.  This  again,  like  Gokarnesvar, 
is  unquestionably  one  of  the  old  Buddhist  sites,  with  its  name  still  unchanged  ; 
for  Mahavidya  or  Vidya  Devi  is,  strictly  speaking,  a  Buddhist  goddess. 

The  Jaysinh-pura  Khera,  which  overlooks  the  Sarasvati  Sangam  and  is  sepa- 
rated by  a  deep  ravine  from  the  Mahavidya  hill,  is  of  great  extent  and  has  been 
tunnelled  all  over  in  search  for  bricks.  Several  Buddhist  sculptures  have  been 
found  at  different  timeo  and  collected  at  a  shrine  of  Chamund  Devi,  which  is 
immediately  under  the  khera  at  the  back  of  Seth  Mangi  Lai's  new  garden, 
whence  I  brought  away  some  of  the  best  for  the  museum.  Across  the  road, 
under  Jay  Sinh's  old  palace,  I  found,  in  the  bed  of  the  river,  near  the  ghat 
erected  by  one  of  Sindhia's  generals  and  hence  called  the  Senapati's,  a  draped. 
Buddhist  figure  of  the  earliest  period,,  with  a  Pali  inscription  at  the  base,  so 
much  obliterated  by  the  washermen,  who  had  used  it  for  beating  linen  upon, 
that  only  a  few  letters  here  and  there  were  legible.  The  figure  had  lost  both 
head  and  hands,  but  was  otherwise  in  good  preservation; 

At  several  of  the  holy  places,  as  we  have  had  occasion  to  remark,  a  large  tank 
forms  one  of  the  principal  features  ;  but  the  only  one  that  can  be  called  a  success 
is  the  Siva  tal,  not  far  from  the  Kankali  tila.  This  is  a  spacious  quadrangular 
basin  of  great  depth  and  always  well  supplied  with  water.  It  is  enclosed  in 
high  boundary  wall  with  corner  kiosques  and  a  small  arched  doorway  in  the- 
centre  of  three  of  its  sides.  On  the  fourth  side  is  the  slope  for  watering  cattle 
or.  '  go-ghat,'  with  two  memorial  inscriptions  facing  each  other,  the  one  in. 


136  THE   SIVA  TXL. 

Sanskrit,  the  other  in  Persian  ;  from  which  we  learn  that  the  tank  was  con* 
structed  by  order  of  Raja  Patni  Mall  (of  Banaras)  in  the  year  1807  A.D.  :— 

ssfm^TTTjTUjrgFf  m^ri  ^mm^t  fajw 

rlWIr^lTf%ra:  firlT  Tw  vzwi  Iff  ^  TT^lf^: 

"  In  the  holy  circuit  of  Mathnra,  reverenced  by  the  gods,  pure  home  of  the 
Votaries  of  Siva,  is  a  sacred  place,  whose  virtues  are  told  in  the  Varaha  Parana, 
inaccessible  by  men  save  through  the  efficacy  of  virtuous  deeds  performed  in  a 
previous  state  of  existence  ;  chief  of  all  sacred  places,  giver  of  special  graces  : 
a  pellucid  lake,  whose  praises  no  length  of  time  would  suffice  fully  to  tell.  After 
a  careful  survey  and  employing  the  best  of  architects,  who  adorned  it  with 
tracery  of  varied  design,  the  ceremony  of  its  donation  was  performed  by  Raja 
Patni  Mall  through  the  Brahmans,  causing  gladness  like  that  which  arises  from 
the  touch  of  the  foot  of  Vishnu,  rejoicing  even  the  gods.  In  the  year  of  the 
(4)  oceans,  the  (6)  members,  the  (8)  elephants,  and  the  (solitary)  moon  (that  is, 
Sambat  1804)  on   Friday,  the  10th  of  the  light  fortnight  of  the  month  Jeth." 

cyli-e     JU    «..».*••    ^>  tj^^/^i  ^'j    *  |»^£  iJ-M^l  C^y*  f^~  lj*'  u^^u*^ 

"  He  is  the  one  who  is  asked  for  help  and  who  is  constantly  worshipped.  The 
famous  remains  of  this  ancient  shrine  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mathnra,  the 
place  of  pilgrimage  from  all  six  quarters,  have  now  been  renewed.     When  the 


< 

ID 
I 
H 
< 


< 

< 

> 


UJ 

I 
h 


R/JA  TATNI   MALL.  L37 

old  buildings  of  the  Siva  tal  were  restored  by  that  generous  and  benevolent 
founder,  the  goal  of  good  deeds,  the  b'estower  of  benefits  on  all  the  people  of  the 
world,  the  centre  of  public  gratitude,  Raja  Patni  Mall,  Bahadur,  fountain  of 
excellent  virtue  ;  then  the  year  pf  its  construction — for  the  remembrance  of  all 
the  world — was  found  to  be  1222.  Thought  (or  the  poet  Zaka)  suggested  the 
following  tarikk  according  to  the  abjad  reckoning   [illegible]   water  of  life." 

The  design  and  execution  are  both  of  singular  excellence  and  reflect  the  high- 
est  credit  on  the  architect  whom  he  employed  ;  the  sculptured  arcades,  which  pro- 
ject far  into  the  centre  of  the  basin  and  break  up  the  long  flights  of  steps  into 
three  compartments  on  each  side,  being  especially  graceful.     The  place  is  visited 
by  a  large  number  of  bathers   from  the   neigbourhood   every   morning   and  is 
the  scene  of  an  annual  mela  held  on  the  11th  of  the  dark  fortnight  of  the  month 
Bhadon.     Outside  the  enclosure  is  a  small  temple  in  the  same  style  of  architec- 
ture dedicated  to  Mahadeva  under  the  title  of  Achalesvar.     In  the  Manoharpur 
quarter  oi  the  city  is  a  large  temple  of  this  Raja's  foundation,  bearing  the  title 
of  Dirgha  Vishnu.     The  name  is  unusual  and  refers   to  the 'gigantic' stature 
which  the  boy  Krishna  assumed  when  he  entered  the  arena  to  fight  with  Kansa's 
champions,  Chanura  and    Mushtika.     The  Raja's  dwelling-house  is  still  stand- 
ing, on  the  Nakarchi  tila,  and  was  recently   occupied  for  a  time  as  a  normal 
school  for  the  training  of  female   teachers.     He  is  further  commemorated   by 
another  small  shrine  near  the  Holi  gate  of  the  city,  which  he  rebuilt  in  honour 
of  Vira-bhadra,  the  terrible  being  created  by  Siva  and  Devi  in  their  wrath,   to 
disturb  the  sacrifice  of  Daksha,  a  ceremony  to  which  they  had  not  been  invited. 
His  great  ambition  was  to  rebuild   the  ancient  temple  of  Kesava  Deva,  and 
with  this  view  he  had  gradually  acquired  a  considerable  part  of  the  site.     But 
as  some  of  the  Muhammadans,  who  had  occupied  the  ground  for  nearly  two 
centuries,  refused  to  be  bought  out  and  the  law  upheld    them  in  their  refusal, 
he  was  at  last,  and  after  great  expense  had  been  incurred,  reluctantly  obliged 
to  abandon  the  idea.     Should  a  stranger  visit  the  tank  early  in  the  morning 
and  enquire  of  any  Hindu  he  meets  there  by  whom  it  was  constructed,  he  will 
find  considerable  difficulty  in  eliciting  a  straightforward  answer.     The   Raja, 
it  is  said,  was  a  man  of  such  delicate   constitution  that  he  never  could  take  at 
one  time  more  than  a  very  few  morsels  even  of  the  simplest  food  ;  hence  arises  a 
belief  that  any  one,  who  mentions  him  by  name  the  first  thing  in  the   morning, 
will,  like  him,  have  to  pass  the  day  fasting. 

From  the  katra,  the  centre  of  all  the  localities  which  we  have  hitherto  been 
describing,  a  fine  broad  road  has   been  carried  through  the  high  ridge,  which 

35 


138  INSCRIPTION   FOUND   NEAR   THE   MANOIURPUR    MOSQUE; 

appears  to  have  been  at  one  time  part  of  the  mediaeval  city  wall,  down  to  the 
ed<-re  of  the  river.  On  the  right-hand  side  is  the  stone-cutters'  quarter  with  the 
small  old  temple  of  Bankhandi  Mahiideva,  near  which  is  a  high  mound,  lying  back 
from  the  main  streets  between  the  dispensary  and  the  kotwali,  and  now  crown- 
ed by  a  ruinous  little  shrine  dedicated  to  Bihari ;  from  this  I  brought  a  Bud- 
dhist pillar,  bearing  the  figure  of  a  dancing-girl,  with  a  leonine  monster  at  her 
feet  and  over  her  head  a  group  representing  a  teacher  of  the  law  seated  under  an 
umbrella  addressing  an  audience  often  persons.  To  the  left  of  the  road  is  the 
suburb  of  Manoharpur,  with  a  mosque  which,  as  we  learn  from  the  following 
inscription  over  the  centre  arch,  was  erected  hi  the  year  1158  Hijri,  i.  e.  1745 
A.D.,  during  the  reign  of  Muhammad  Shah  : — 


o 


•■•;    &-.  .    -  ,  '  S      /       '   ^_-)     kJ 

"  In  the  reign  of  Shah  Muhammad  Shah,  Abdurrashid  built  this  mosque  : 
thought  suggested  the  tdrikh,  '  He  built  a  beautiful  mosque.'  ''  [A.  H.  1158  ;• 
or  A.D.  1745]. 

From  an  adjoining  street,  where  it  had  been  built  up  into  a  mud  wall,  I 
removed  to  the  museum  a  stone  fragment  of  exceptional  interest.     It  is  only  a 
small  headless  seated  nude  figure  and,  to  judge  from  the  style  of  the  sculpture 
and  the  ill-formed  letters  in  the  Pali  inscription  at  the  base,  is  of  no  very 
great  antiquity.     Under  it  is  a  row  of  six.  standing  figures,  three  on  either 
side  of  a  central  chukra.     The  inscription  records  nothing   whatever  beyond 
the  date,  but  this  is  given  both   in  words    and    figures  as  follows  :  Samnatsare 
sapta  panydse  57  hemanta  tritiye  divase  trayadasc   asya   purvayam,    that  is   to 
say    '  in  tin;  year  fifty-seven   (57)  on  the  thirteenth   day   of  the    third   winter 
month.'     It  is  curious  in  two  ways  :   first,  because  it  definitely  fixes,  beyond 
any    possibility    of    doubt,    the    value  of    the  symbol  representing  50  ;    and 
secondly,  because  if  the  date  is    really  the    year   57  of    the  same    era  as    that 
employed    in  the    inscriptions  of  Kanishka  and  Huvishka,    it   is    the    earliest 
unmistakeable  Jaina  figure  yet  found  in  the  neighbourhood.     The  computation 
by  seasons  certainly  favours  the  idea  of  antiquity  and  the  argument  for  its 
modern  date,  derived  from  the  character  of  the  sculpture  and  of  the  lettering, 
may  be  deceptive  ;  for  at  any  period  different  styles  both  of  carving  and  writing 
may  exist  simultaneously  ;  yet  probably  the  solution  of  the  difficulty  is  to  be 
found  in  Mr.  Thomas's  theory  already  mentioned,  according  to  which  the  date 
is  not  given  in  full,  hut  specifies  only  the  year  of  the  century,  omitting  the 
century  itself,  as  being  at  the  time  well  known. 


THE  PONTOON  BRIDGE.  1S9 

Tn  the  streets  are  many  broken  Buddhist  pillars  and  other  sculptures.     Tho- 
road  was  constructed  in  the  collectorate  of  Mr.  Best,  and  in  the  progress  of  the 
work  a  column  was  found  bearing  an  inscription  in  some  ancient  character  ;  to 
reduce  the  size  of  the  stone,  the  inscribed  face  was  ruthlessly  cut  away,  and  it 
was  then  converted  into  a  buttress  for  a  bridge.     As  it  approaches  the  river,  the 
road    opens    out  into    a   fine   square,    with    graceful   arcades  of  carved  stone. 
These  are  the  property  of  the  Maharaja  of  Bharat-pur  and  Gosain  Purushottam 
Lai,   and,  though  ordinarily   they   have  rather  a  deserted  appearance,  on  the 
©casion  of  any  great  local  festival  they  let  for  as  much  as  Rs.  2  to  3  each  a 
day-     On  the  other  side  of  the  square  opposite  the  road'  is  a  pontoon  bridge, 
which  was  opened  for  traffic  in  1870.     The  tolls  were  farmed  for  the  large  sum 
of  Rs.  40,500  a  year:  whence  it  is  obvious  that  any  reasonable  outlay  incurred 
in  its  construction- would' soon  have  been  repaid.    But,  unfortunately,  everything 
was  sacrificed  to  a    false   economy  ;   it  was  made  so  narrow  that  it  could  not 
allow  of  two  carts  passing,  and  so  weak  that  it  could  not  bear  even  a  single  cart 
if  heavily  laden.     Thus  it  was   no  sooner   opened  than  it  broke  down  ;  and 
repairs  were  in  constant  progress,  till  the- night  of  the  13th  of  August,  1871, 
when  it  was  completely  swept  away  by  a  heavy  flood.     It  was  immediately  re- 
constructed ;  but  it  is  impossible  that  it  should  ever  present  a  satisfactory  ap- 
pearance, while  at  the  same  time  its  cost  has  been  excessive.     It  may  be  hoped 
that  it  will,  before  many  years  are  over,  be  superseded  by  a  masonry  bridge  in 
connection  wath  the  railway,  which  at  present  pays  for  its  use  a  fixed  annual 
sum  of  Rs.  4,044  :  its  original  value  having  been  put  at  Rs.  1,15,566. 

The  city  stretches  for  about  a  mile  and-a-half  along  the  right  bank  of 
the  Jamuna,  and  from  the  opposite  side  has  a  very  striking  and  picturesque 
appearance,  which  is  owing  not  a  little  to  the  broken  character  of  the  ground  on 
which  it  is  built.  AVere  it  not  for  this  peculiarity  of  site,  the  almost  total 
absence  of  towers  and  spires  would  be  felt  as  a  great  drawback  ;  for  all  the 
large  modern  temples  have  no  sikharas,  as  are  usually  seen  in  similar  edifices, 
but  are  simple  cloistered  quadrangles  of  uniform  height.  The  only  exceptions- 
are  the  lofty  minarets  of  the  Jama  Masjid  on  the  one  side,  and  the  campanile  of 
the  English  Church  seen  through  the  trees  in  the  distance  below. 

Looking  up  the  stream,  the  most  prominent  object  is  the  old  Fort,  or  rather 
its  massive  sub-structure,  for  that  is  all  that  now  remains,  called  by  the  people 
Kans-ka-kila.  Whatever  its  legendary  antiquity,  it  was  rebuilt  in  historical 
times  by  Raja  Man  Sinh  of  Jaypur,  the  chief  of  the  Hindu  princes  at  Akbar's 
Court.  At  a  later  period  it  was  the  occasional  residence  of  Man  Siuh's  still  more- 
famous  successor  on  the  throne  of  Amber,  the  great  astronomer  Sawai  Jay 


140  SAW^E   JAY   SINH   OF    AMBER. 

Sinh,  who  commenced  his  long  reign  of  44  years  in  1&99  A.D.     Till  the  day 
of  his  death  he  was  engaged  in  almost  constant  warfare,  but  is  less  known  to  pos- 
terity by  his  military  successes,  brilliant  though  they  were,  than  by  his  enlight- 
ened civil  administration  and  still  more  exceptional  literary  achievements.     At 
the  outset  he  made  a  false  move ;  for  in  the  war  of  succession  that  ensued  upon 
the  death  of  Aurangzeb,  he  attached  himself  to  prince  Bedar  Bakht  and  fought 
by  his  side  in  the  fatal  battle  of  Dhol-pur.     One  of  the  firsb  acts  of  Shah  Alam, 
on  his  consequent  elevation  to  the  throne,  was  to  sequester  the  principality  of 
Amber.     An  Imperial  Governor  was  sent  to  take  possession,  but  Jay  Sinh  drove 
him  out  sword  in  hand,  and  then  formed  a  league  with  Ajit  Sinh  of  Marwar  for 
mutual  protection.     From  that  day  forward  he  was  prominently  concerned  in  all 
the  troubles  and  warfare  of  that  anarchic  period,  but  never  again  on  the  losing 
side.     In  1721,  ho  was  appointed  Governor  of  the  Province  of  Agra  and  later  of 
Malwa  ;  but  he  gradually  loosened  his  connection  with  the  Court  of  Delhi,  from 
a  conviction  that  the  dissolution  of  the  Muhammadan  empire  was  inevitable,  and 
concluded  terms  with  the  Mahrattas.     At  his  accession,  Amber  consisted  only  of 
the  three  parganas  of  Amber,  Deosa,  and  Barsao,  as  the  Shaikhawats  had  made 
themselves  independent  and  the  western  tracts  had  been  attached  to  Ajmer. 
He  not  only  recovered  all  that  his  ancestors  had  lost,  but  further  extended  his 
frontiers  by  the  reduction  of  the  Bargtijars  of  Dcoti  and  Rajaur  and  made  his 
State  worthy  to  be  called  the  dominious  of  a  Raja— a  title  which  he  was  the 
first  of  his  line  to  assume.     The  new  capital,  which  lie  founded,  he  called  after 
his  own  name  Jaypur,  and  it  is  still  to  the  present  day  the  only  native  city  in 
India  built  upon  a  regular  plan  ;  the  only  one  also,  it  must  unfortunately 
be  added,   in  which  the  street  architecture  is  absolutely  bad  and  systematically 
false  and  pretentious  ;  though  it  is  the  fashion  for  Anglo-Indians  to  admire  it. 
He  is  said  to  have  been  assisted  in  the  execution  of  his  design  by  an  architect 
from  Bengal. 

In  consequence  of  his  profound  knowledge  of  astronomy,  he  wasentrusted  by 
Muhammad  Shah  with  the  reformation  of  the  calendar.  To  ensure  that  amount 
of  accuracy  which  he  considered  the  small  instruments  in  ordinary  use  must 
always  fail  to  command,  he  constructed  observatories  with  instruments  of  his 
own  invention  on  a  gigantic  scale.  One  of  these  was  on  the  top  of  the  Mathura 
Fort,  the  others  at  Delhi,  Jaypur,  Ujaiyin,  ami  Banaras.  His  success  was 
so  signal  that  he  was  able  to  detect  errors  in  the  tables  of  De  la  Hire,  which 
had  been  communicated  to  him  by  the  King  of  Portugal.  His  own  tables  wore 
completed  in  172.S  and  are  those  still  used  by  native  astronomers.     He  died 


THE   MATHURX   OBSERVATORY.  Ml 

in  1743.  His  voluminous  correspondence  is  said  by  Tod*  still  to  exist  and 
his  acts  to  be  recorded  in  a  miscellaneous  diary  entitled  Kalpadruma  and  a 
collection  of  anecdotes  called  the  Eksau  nau  <jun  Jay  Sink  M. 

The  whole  of  the  Mathura  observatory  has  now  disappeared.  A  little  be- 
fore the  mutiny  the  buildings  were  sold  to  the  great  Government  contractor, 
Joti  Prasad,  who  destroyed  them  for  the  sake  of  the  materials.  Certainly,  they 
had  ceased  to  be  of  any  practical  use  ;  but  they  were  of  interest,  both  in  the 
history  of  science  and  as  a  memorial  of  one  of  the  most  remarkable  men  in 
the  long  line  of  Indian  sovereigns  and  their  inconsiderate  demolition  is  a 
matter  for  regret.  The  old  hall  of  audience,  which  is  outside  the  actual  Fort, 
is  a  handsome  and  substantial  building  divided  into  three  aisles  by  ranges  of 
red  sand-stone  pillars.  Soon  after  the  mutiny  it  was  converted  into  a  school 
and,  in  order  to  render  it  as  unsightly  as  such  Government  buildings  ordinarily 
are,  the  front  arches  were  all  blocked  up  with  a  mud  wall  which  concealed 
every  trace  of  them.  Quite  by  an  accident  I  discovered  their  existence  and,  after 
opening  them  out  again,  filled  in  their  heads  with  iron  bars  set  in  a  wooden 
frame  and  the  lower  part  with  a  slight  masonry  wall,  thus  preserving  all  the 
architectural  effect  without  any  sacrifice  of  convenience. 

About  the  centre  of  the  river  front  is  the  most  sacred  of  all  the  ghats, 
marking  the  spot  where  Krishna  sat  down  to  take  '  rest '  after  he  had  slain 
the  tyrant  Kansa  and  hence  called  the  '  Visrant'  Ghat.  The  small  open  court 
has  a  series  of  marble  arches  facing  the  water,  which  distinguishes  it  from  all  the 
other  landing-places  ;  and  on  the  other  three  sides  are  various  buildings  erected 
at  intervals  during  the  last  century  and-a-half  by  several  princely  families  ; 
but  none  of  them  possesses  any  architectural  beauty.  The  river  here  swarms 
with  turtles  of  an  enormous  size,  which  are  considered  in  a  way  sacred,  and 
generally  receive  a  handful  or  two  of  grain  from  every  visitor.  Close  by  is  a 
natural  water-course,  said  to  have  been  caused  by  the  passage  of  Kansa's 
giant  body,  as  it  was  dragged  down  to  the  river  to  be  burnt,  and  hence  called 
the  '  Kans  Khar/  The  following  lines  in  the  Vishnu  Purana  are  alleged  in 
support  of  the  tradition  : — 

"  By  the  trailing  body  of  Kansa,  with  its  prodigious  weight,  a  channel  was 
made  as  by  the  rush  of  a  mighty  stream.  " 

*  From  whom  all  the  facts  in  the  above  narrative  of  Jay  Sinn's  life  are   borrowed, 

36 


142  THE  visrXnt  gha't. 

It  is  now  arched  over,  like  the  Fleet  river  in  London*  and'for  many  years 
formed  one  of  the  main  sewers  of  the  town  ;  a  circumstance  which  possibly  did 
not  affect  the  sanctity,  but  certainly  detracted  somewhat  from  the  material 
purity  of  this  favourite  bathing  place.  It  is  now  being  closed,  as  it  was 
ihxoueht  to  have  contributed  not  a  little  to  the  abnormal  sickness  which  has 
lately  prevailed  in  the  city. 

Wite  reference  to  this  spot  a  story  is  told  in  the  Bhakt  Mala,  of  Kesav 
Bhatt,  one  of  the  most  celebrated  of  the  Vaishnava  teachers.  After  spreading 
his  doctrines  through  all  the  chief  cities  of  India  and  demolishing  every 
argument  that  the  most  learned  Pandits  could  bring  against  him,  he  was  him- 
self unable  to  reply  to  the  questions  put  him  by  Chaitanya,  though  at  the  time 
a  child  only  seven  years  of  age.  Thereupon  he  abandoned  the  career  of  a 
controversialist  and  retired  to  his  native  country  Kashmir,  where  he  remained 
in  solitude,  absorbed  in  humble  and  devout  meditation,  till  roused  to  action 
by  news  of  the  tyranny  that  prevailed  at  Mathura.  For  the  Muhammadans 
had  set  up  a  diabolical  engine  at  the  Visrant  Ghat,  which  perforce  circumcised 
every  Hindu  who  went  there  to'  bathe.  Hearing  this,  he  gathered  together 
a  thousand  of  his  disciples  and  on  arriving  at  Mathura,  went  straight  to  the 
spot,  where  the  Governor's  myrmidons  set  upon  him  and  thought  to  bring  him 
too  under  the  yoke  of  Islam.  But  he  broke  the  engine  in  pieces  and  threw  it 
into  the  river.  An  army  was  then  sent  against  him,  but  not  a  man  of  it 
escaped  ;  for  he  slew  the  greater  number  with  the  sword  and  the  rest  were  dri- 
ven into  the  Jamuna  and  drowned. 

For  this  legend  it  is  possible  there  may  be  some  slight  historical  foundation  ; 
the  next  to  be  told  can  at  the  best  be  regarded  as  only  a  pious  fiction.  It  is 
given  in  the  Mathura  Mahatmya,  or  Religious  Chronicle  of  Mathura,  which 
is  an  interpolation  on  the  Varaha  Purana,  though  of  sufficient  extent  to  be 
itself  divided  into  29  sections.  After  expatiating  in  the  most  extravagant 
terms  on  the  learning,  piety  and  other  virtues  of  the  Mathuriya  Chaubes, 
and  the  incomparable  sanctity  of  the  city  in  which  they  dwell,  it  briefly 
enumerates  the  twelve  Vanas,  or  woods,  that  are  included  in  the  perambulation 
of  the  land  of  Braj,  and  then  at  greater  length  describes  the  principal  shrines 
which  the  pilgrim  is  bound  to  visit  in  the  capital  itself.  As  a  rule,  no  attempt 
is  made  to  explain  either  the  names  borne  by  the  different  holy  places,  or  the 
origin  of  their  reputed  sanctity;  but  their  virtue- is  attested  by  the  recital  of 
some  of  the  miracles,  which  have  been  worked  through  their  supernatural 
influence,  such  as  the  following  : — ■ 


-< 

z> 
I 

< 

2 


< 

T 
C3 


-< 

DC 
CO 


LLl 

X 

I- 


THE  VISR^KT  GII^T.  143; 

"  Once  upon  a   time   there  was  a  Brahman  living  at  Ujjaiyin,  who  neg- 
lected all  his  religious   duties,    never  bathed,  never  said  a  prayer,  never  went 
near  a  temple.     One  night,  when  out  with  a  gang  of  thieves,  he   was  surprised 
by  the  city  watchmen,  and   in  running  away  from  them  fell  down  a  dry  well 
and   broke  his   neck.     His   ghost  was  doomed  to  haunt  the  place,  and  was  so 
fierce  that  it  would   tear  to   pieces   and  devour   every  one  who  came  near  it. 
This  went  on  for  many  years,  till  at  last  one  day  a  band  of  travellers  happened 
to   pitch  their  tents  by  the  well,  and  among  their  number  was  a  very  holy  and 
learned  Brahman.     So  soon  as  he  knew  how  the  neighbourhood  was  afflicte  I, 
he  had  recourse  to  his  spells  and  compelled  the  evil  spirit  to  appear  before  him. 
Discovering,  in   the  course  of  his  examination,  that  the  wretched  creature  had 
in  his  lifetime  been  a  Brahman,  he  was  moved  with  pity  for  him  and  promised 
to   do  all  in  his  power  to  alleviate  his  sentence.     Whereupon  the  ghost  begged 
him  to  go  straight  to   Mathura,  and  bathe  on  his  behalf  at  the  Visrant  Ghat, 
1  for,'  said  he,  '  I  once  in  my  life  went  into  a  temple  of  Vi-hnu,  and  heard  the 
priest   repeat  this  holy  name  and  tell  it<  wondrous  saving  power.'     The  Brah- 
man had   often  bathed   there  and   readily   agreed  to  transfer  the  merit  of  on" 
such  ablution.     The  words  of  consent   had  no  sooner  passed  his  lips  than  the 
guilty  soul  was  absolved  from  all  further  suffering."* 

*  To  a  devout  Hindu,  who  believes   that  Krishna  was  an  incarnation  of  the  Deity,  and  that 
he  hallowed  with  his  presence  the  place  now  called  the  Visrant  Ghat,  there  is  no  intrinsic  ab- 
surdity in  the  legend  as  above  quoted.     It  can  be  paralleled  in  all  its  particulars  by  manv  that 
have  been  recorded  for  the  edification  of  the  faithful  by  canonized  saints  of  the  Church.     That 
the  merit  of  good  deeds  can  be  transferred — the  point  upon  which  the  story  mainly    turns  is   a 
cardinal  Catholic  doctrine;   and    as  to  the  dying  in  Bin  and  yet  being  saved  through  the  efficacy 
of  a  formal  act  of  devotion,  take  the  following  example  from  the  page-:  of  Ci.  Alphonsus  Liguori  :  — 
"  A  certain  Canon  was  reciting  some  prayers  in  honour  of  the  Divine  Mother,  and,  whilst  doing 
so,  fell  into  the  river  Seine  and  was  drowned.     Being  in  mortal  sin,  the  devils  came  to  take 
him  to  hell.     In  the  same  moment  Mary  appeared  and  said,  'How  do  you  dare  to  take  possession 
of  one  who  died  in  the  act  of  praising  me  ?  '     Then  addressing  herself  to  the  sinner,  she  sail, 
« Now  change  thy  life  and  nourish  devotion  to  my  Conception.'    He  returned  to  life  and  became 
a  Keligious."    Here  the  concluding  words  correspond  precisely  with  the  finale  of  the  story  of 
the  barber  Tinduk,  as  told  on  the  next  page.    In  short,  the  Hindu  in  his  ideas  of  divine  worship, 
of  the  religious  life,  of  the  efficacy  cf  faith  and  good  works,  of  the  earnest  sympathy  of  the 
Divine  Being  with  human  distress,  and  His  occasional  miraculous  intervention  for  its  relief,  falls 
little,  if  at  all,  short  of  Catholic  truth.    Unhappily  he  has  no  clear  perception  of  the  true  God  to 
whom  the  devotion,  which  he  understands  so  well,  should  alone  be  paid  :  yet  for  all  this  draw- 
back, Hinduism  remains  in  one  aspect  divine,  which  is  more  than  can  be  said  either  of  Islam 
or  of  Protestantism.     They  are  both  essentially  human  inventions  in  direct  antagonism  to  the 
truth,  while  Hinduism  is  a  genuine  natural  religion,  which  only  needs  to  be  sustained  aud  com- 
pleted by  Revelation.    Thus  S.   Augustine  says   of  the  heathen  of  old  :   "  Res  ipsa  qua;  nunc 


144  THE   TWENTY-FOUR   GHXTS. 

On  the  other  Side  of  this  sacred  spot,  a  number  of  minor  ghats  stretch  Up  and 
down  the  river,  those  to  the  north  being  called  the  uttar  kot  and  those  to  the 
south  the  dakshin  kot.  They  are  invariably  represented  as  twenty-four  in  all, 
twelve  in  either  set  ;  but  there  is  a  considerable  discrepancy  as  to  the  parti- 
cular names.  The  following  list  was  supplied  by  a  Pandit  of  high  local  repute, 
Makhan  Misr,  a  Gaur  Brahman,  from  whose  extensive  library  of  manuscripts  I 
was  able  to  procure  almost  every  Sanskrit  work  that  I  had  occasion  to  consult. 

To  the  north  :  Ganes  Ghat  ;  Manasa  Ghat ;  Dasasvamedha  Ghat,  under  the 
hill  of  Ambarisha  ;  Chakra-tirtha  Ghat  ;  Krislma-Ganga  Ghat,  with  the  shrine 
of  Kalinjaresvar  Mahadeva  ;  Som-tirtha  Ghat,  more  commonly  called  Vasudeva 
Ghat  or  Shaikh  Ghat  ;  Brahmalok  Ghat  ;  Ghantabharan  Ghat  :  Dhara-patan 
Ghat  ;  Sangaman-tirtha  Ghat,  otherwise  called  Vaikunth  Ghat  ;  Nava-tirtha 
Ghat  ;  and  Asikunda  Ghat. 

To  the  south  :  Avimukta  Ghat  ;  Visranti  Ghat  ;  Prag  Ghat  ;  Kankhal 
Ghat  ;  Tinduk  Ghat  ;  Siirya  Ghat  ;  Chinta-mani  Ghat  ;  Dhfuva  Ghat ;  Rishi 
Ghat  ;  Moksha  Ghat  ;  Koti  Ghat  ;  and  Buddh  Ghat. 

The  more  common  division  is  to  include  the  Avimukta  Ghat  in  the  first, 
set,  from  which  the  Manasa  is  then  omitted  ;  to  except  the  Visrant  Ghat  alto- 
gether from  the  number  of  the  twenty-four  ;  and  to  begin  the  second  series 
with  the  Balabhadra  and  the  Jog  Ghat.  By  the  former  of  these  two  are  the 
Satghara  or  '  seven  chapels,'  commemorating  Krishna's  seven  favourite  titles, 
and  the  shrine  of  Gata  Sram  or  '  ended  toil.'  The  Jog  Ghat  is  supposed  to 
mark  the  spot  where  Joga-Nidra,  the  infant  daughter  of  Nanda  and  Jasoda, 
whom  Vasudeva  had  substituted  for  his  own  child  Krishna,  was  dashed  to  the 
ground  by  Kansa  and  thence  in  new  form  ascended  to  heaven  as  the  goddess 
Durga.  Between  it  and  the  Piiig  Ghat  (where  is  the  shrine  of  Beni  Madho) 
is  one  of  more  modern  date  called  Sringar  Ghat,  with  two  temples  dedicated 
respectively  to  Pipalesvar  Mahadeva  and  Batuk-nath  :  by  Prag  Ghat  is  also 
the  shrine  of  Ramesvar  Mahadeva.  Two  other  ghats  occupy  far  more  con- 
spicuous sites  than  any  of  the  above,  but  are  included  iu  no  list,  as  being 
devoid  of  any  legendary  reputation.     The  first  bears  the  name  of  Sami  Ghat, 

Christiana  religio  nuncupatur,  erat  apud  antiquos,  uec  defuit  ab  initio  generis  humani  quouBque 
Christ  us  veuiret  in  earue,  nude  vera  religio,  quoe  jam  erat,  ccepit  appellari  Christiana."  It  is  upon 
this  principle  that  the  Church  has  admitted  into  the  calendar,  among  her  canonized  saints, 
certain  worthies  of  the  old  dispensation,  such  as  the  Machabees,  with  reference  to  whom  S.  Gregory 
Nazianzen,  in  a  sermon  preached  on  their  feast  day,  declares  it  to  be  a  pious  opinion  "  ueminem 
corum,  qui  ante  christi  adventum  martyrio  consumuiati  Bunt,  id  sine  fide  in  Christum  consequi 
potuisse." 


THE   TWENTY-FOUR   GHA'TS.  145 

not,  as  might  be  Supposed,  a  corruption  of  swdmi,  but  of  Sdmhne,  l  opposite,'  as 
it  faces  the  main  street  of  the  city,  where  is  a  mansion  of  carved  stone  built  by 
the  famous  Rup  Ram,  Katara,  of  Barsana.  The  second  is  the  Bengali  Ghat,  at 
the  foot  of  the  pontoon  bridge  and  close  to  a  large  house,  the  property  of  the 
Raja  of  Jhalra-patfcan.  It  is  so  called  from  having  been  built  by  the  Gosain  of 
the  temple  of  Gobind  Deva  at  Brinda-ban,  the  head  of  the  Bengali  Vaishnavas, 
who  has  a  residence  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  street.  The  end  of  the  ghat  adjoining 
the  Raja  of  Jhalra-pattan's  house  has  been  left  unfinished,  as  the  right  to  the 
<*round  forms  the  subject  of  ;;  dispute  between  the  Raja  and  the  Gosain. 

Most  of  the  ghats  refer  in  their  names  to  well-known  legends  and  are  of  no 
special  historical  or  architectural  interest.  The  list  is  appropriately  headed 
by  one  dedicated  to  Ganes,  the  god  invoked  at  the  commencement  of  every 
undertakin ■■-  ;  the  second  and  third  are  both  sacred  to  Siva — the  one  com- 
memorating  the  Manasa  lake,  a  famous  place  of  pilgrimage  on  mount  Kailas 
in  the  Himalayas  ;  the  other  the  Dasasvamedh  Ghat,  the  holiest  spot  in  Siva's 
city  of  Banaras.  The  fourth  or  Chakra-tirtha,.  with  the  hill  of  Ambarisha, 
refers  to  Vishnu's  magic  discus,  chakra,  with  which  he  defended  his  votary 
Ambarisha  against  the  assaults  of  the  Sivite  Durvasas.  The  hill  is  between 
60  and  70  feet  high,  and  according  to  popular  rumour  there  is  in  the  centre 
of  it  a  cave  containing  an  enormous  treasure.  I  did  not  expect  to  discover 
this,  but  as  General  Cunningham  had  told  me  of  a  gold  coin  of  Apollodotus 
that  had  been  found  there,  I  got  some  men  to  dig,  thinking  it  not  unlikely 
something  might  turn  up.  The  only  reward  for  my  trouble  was  a  small 
fragment  of  Buddhist  sculpture  representing  a  devotee  under  a  niche  with 
the  rail  pattern  below  and  the  capitals  of  the  pillars  of  Indo-Ionic  type.  This 
however  was  sufficient  proof  of  the  great  antiquity  and  also  of  the  Buddhist 
oceupation  of  the  mound. 

The  temple  of  Mahadeva  at  the  Ganga  Krishan  Ghat  has  some  very  rich  and 
delicate  reticulated  stone  tracery,  and  all  the  work  about  this  ghat  is  exception- 
ally good,  both  in  design  and  execution.  It  was  done,  a  little  before  the  mutiny, 
under  the  immediate  superientendence  of  the  Brahman  then  in  charge  of  the 
shrine,  Baladeva  Byas  by  name.  The  title  Kalinjaresvar  would  seem  to  be  a 
mistake  for  Kalindisvar  :  Kalindi  being  a  name  of  the  Jamuna,  which  takes  its 
rise  in  the  Kalinda  range.  A  little  above  the  ghat  is  an  old  red  stone  chhattri, 
which  has  a  singularly  graceful  finial. 

A  little  below  the  Sami  Ghat  is  a  small  mosque  and  group  of  tombs  com- 
memorating a  Muhammadan  saint,   Makhdiim   Shah  Wilayat,  of  Hirat.     The 

37 


146  THE   TWENTY-FOUR   GHXTS. 

tombs  date  apparently  from  the  sixteenth  century  and  the  architecture  is  in 
all  its  details  so  essentially  of  Hindu  design  that,  were  it  not  for  the  word 
'  Allah'  introduced  here  and  there  into  the  sculptured  decorations,  there  would 
be  nothing  to  distinguish  them  from  Hindu  chhattris.  The  Muhammadans 
call  this  the  Shaikh  Ghat,  while  the  Hindus  maintain  that  the  word  is  not 
Shaikh,  but  Shesh,  the  name  of  the  thousand-headed  serpent  that  forms 
Vishnu's  couch  and  canopy.  This  is  probable  enough,  for  the  final  cerebral 
sibilant  is  vulgarly  pronounced  and  indeed  often  written  as  the  guttural 
kh.  After  long  dispute  between  the  two  parties  as  to  who  should  have 
the  privilege  of  rebuilding  the  ghat,  the  work  was  taken  in  hand  in  1875 
by  Vilayat  Husain,  the  Seth's  house  agent,  who  also  added  a  mosque  and 
gave  no  little  offence  thereby.  He  died  in  1871),  leaving  one  minaret  of  the 
mosque  still  unfinished. 

The  word  Ghantabharan  (which  would  be  derived  from  glianta,  'a  bell. 
and   hharan,  'bearing,')    is    in   the  Vraj-bhakti-vilas  perhaps   more  correctly 
written  Ghantabhan,  bhan  meaning  '  sound.'     The  allusion  is   to   the   bell,   by  ■ 
the  ringing  of  which  Vishnu  is   roused  from  his  four  months'   slumber  on  the 
11th  of  the  month  Kartik. 

The  name  Dkarapatan  (from  dhard,  '  a  stream,,'  and  patan,  '  falling,')  pro- 
bably referred  primarily  to  the  position  of  the  ghat,  which  is  on  a  projecting 
point  where  it  bears  the  full  force  of  the  '  fall  of  the  stream.'  But  in  the  Mahat- 
mya  it  is  explained  by  the  following  legend  : — "  Once  upon  a  time,  a  woman, 
whose  home  was  on  the  bank  of  tbe  Gauges,  came  on  a  pilgrimage  to  Mathura 
aud  arrived  there  on  the  12th  of  Kartik.  As  she  was  stepping  into  a  boat  near 
tlie  place  where  now  is  the  Dhara-patan  Ghat,  she  fell  over  and  was  drowned. 
By  virtue  of  this  immersion  in  the  sacred  flood,  she  was  born  again  in  an  exalted 
position  as  the  daughter  of  the  king  of  Banaras,  and,  under  the  name  of  the  Rani 
Pivari,  was  married  to  Kshatra-dhanu,  the  king  of  Sunishtra,  by  whom  she 
had  seven  sons  and  five  daughters.  Upon  one  occasion  when  the  royal  pair 
were  comparing  notes,  it  came  to  light  that  he  too  had  undergone  a  very  simi- 
lar experience  :  for,  originally  he  had  been  a  wild  savage  who  had  come  over 
to  Mathura  from  the  Naimisha  forest  and  was  crossing  the  Jamuna  with  his 
shoes  balanced  on  the  top  of  his  head,  when  they  fell  off  into  the  water.  He 
dipped  down  to  recover  them  and  was  swept  away  by  the  torrent  and 
drowned.  Every  stain  of  sin  being  thus  washed  out  of  his  body,  when  he  again 
took  birth  it  was  no  longer  as  a  barbarous  Nishadha,  or  wild  man  of  the  woods, 
but  as  a  noble  Kshatriya  king." 


THE   DHRUVA   TfLA..  147 

Dhruva  who  gives  a  name  to  one  of  the  most  southern  of  the  ghats  was, 
according  to  the  legend,  the  son  of  a  king  by  name  Uttana-pada.  Indignant 
at  the  slights  put  upon  him  by  his  stepmother,  he  left  his  father's  palace  to  make 
a  name  for  himself  in  the  world.  By  the  advice  of  the  seven  great  Rishis, 
Marichi,  Atri,  Angiras,  Pulastya,  Kratu,  Pulaha,  and  Vasishta,  he  repaired  to 
Madhu-ban  near  Mathura,  and  there,  absorbed  in  the  contemplation  of  Vishnu, 
continued  for  seven  years  a  course  of  the  severest  penance.  At  last  the  god 
appeared  to  him  in  person  and  promised  to  grant  him  any  boon  he  might  desire. 
His  request  was  for  a  station  exalted  above  every  station  and  which  should  en- 
dure for  ever  ;  whereupon  he  was  translated  to  heaven  as  the  polar  star  togethei 
with  his  mother  Suniti. 

On  the  Dhruva  tSa,  or  hill  at  the  back  of  the  ghat,  is  a  small  temple,  built 
Samhat  189A,  in  place  of  an  older  shrine,  of  which  the  ruins  remain  close  by, 
dedicated  to  Dhruva  Ji.  Here  I  found  a  set  of  Buddhist  posts,  with  the  cross 
rails  and  top  bar  all  complete,  cut  out  of  a  single  slab  of  stone,  measuring  two 
feet  two  inches  square.  The  Pujuris,  or  priests  in  charge,  by  name  Damodar 
Das  and  Chhote  Lai,  belong  to  the  Sanakadi  or  Nimbarak  Sampradaya  of 
Vaishnavas,  and  produce  a  manuscript  pedigree  in  Sanskrit  in  proof  of  their 
direct  spiritual  descent  from  Kesava  Bhatt,  one  of  Niinbarak's  successors,  who 
is  regarded  as  the  head  of  the  secular,  or  Grihastha,  sub-division  of  the  sect,  as 
his  brother-in-law,  Hari  Vyasa,  was  of  the  celibate,  or  Virakta,  order.  In 
the  temple  are  figures  of  Radha  Krishan,  whom  the  Nimbaraks  have  adopted 
as  their  special  patrons.  The  list  of  superiors,  or  Guru-parampara,  as  it  is 
called,  runs  as  follows  : — 

I.— 1  Hansavatar  ;  2  Sanakadi  ;  3  Narada;  4  Nimbarak  Swami:  all  deified 
characters. 

II.— 1  Srinivasacharya  ;  2  Biswacharya  ;  3  Purushottam  ;  4  Bilasa  ;  5 
Sariipa  ;  6  Madhava ;  7  Balbhadra  ;  8  Padma  ;  9  Syama  ;  10  Gopala ;  11  Kri- 
pala  ;  12  Deva  :  all  distingushed  by  the  title  of  Acharya. 

HI.— 1  Sundar  Bhatt ;  2  Padma-nabha  ;  3  Sri  Rama-chandra  ;  4  Baman  ; 
5  Sri  Krishna  ;  6  Padmakara  ;  7  Sravan  ;  8  Bhuri  ;  9  Madhava  ;  10  Syama  ; 
11  Gopala  ;  12  Sn-bal,  or  Balbhadra ;  13  Gopinath  ;  14  Kesava  ;  15  Gangal  ; 
16  Kesava  Kashmiri ;  17  Sri  Bhatt ;  18  Kesava  Bimani  :  all  bearing  the  title 
of  Bhatt. 

IV.— 1  Giridhar  Gosain  ;  2  Ballabh  Lai  ;  3  Mukund  Lai ;  4  Nand  Lai ;  5 
Mohan  Lai  ;  6  Rain  Ji  Lai  ;  7  Manu  Lai  ;  8  Radha  Lai  ;  9  Kanhaiya  Lai  ;  and 
10  Damodar  Das  :  all  bearing  the  title  of  Gosain. 


148  THE  SATI   BL'RJ. 

The  Nimbaraks  have  also  a  temple  at  Brindaban,  dedicated  to  Rasak 
Bihari,  and  some  account  of  their  tenets  will  be  given  in  connection  with  that 
town.  Their  distinguishing  sectarial  mark  consists  of  two  white  perpendicular 
Streaks  on  the  forehead  with  a  black  spot  in  the  centre.  The  natural  parents  of 
their  founder  are  said  to  have  been  named  Aruna  Risfbi  and  Jayanti. 

The  Tinduk  Ghat,  according  to  the  Mahatmya,  is  so  called  after  a  barber 
who  lived  at  Kampilya,  the  capital  of  Panchala,  in  the  reign  of  King  Devadatta. 
After  losinc  all  his  family,  he  came  to  live  at  Mathura  and  there  practised  such 
rigorous  austerities  and  bathed  so  constantly  in  the  sanctifying  stream  of  the 
•Tamuna,  that  after  death  he  took  birth  once  more  as  a  high-caste  Brahman. 

The  legend  of  the  Asikunda  Ghat  is  told  on  this  wise : — A  pious  king,  by 
name  Sumati,  had  started  on  a  pilgrimage,  but  died  before  he  was  able  to  com- 
plete it.  His  son,  Vimati,  on  succeeding  to  the  throne,  was  visited  by  the  sage 
Narad,  who,  at  the  time  of  taking  his  departure,  uttered  this  oracular  sentence  : 
'  A  pious  son  settles  his  father's  debts.'  After  consulting  with  his  ministers, 
the  prince  concluded  that  the  debt  was  a  debt  of  vengeance,  which  he  was 
bound  to  exact  from  the  places  of  pilgrimages,  which  had  tempted  his  father  to 
undertake  the  fatal  journey.  Accordingly,  having  ascertained  that  every  holy 
place  paid  an  annual  visit  in  the  season  of  the  rains  to  the  city  of  Mathura,  he 
assembled  an  army  and  marched  thither  with  full  intent  to  destroy  them  all. 
They  fled  in  terror  to  Kalpa-grama  to  implore  the  aid  of  Vishnu,  who  at  last 
yielded  to  their  entreaties,  and  assuming  the  form  of  a  boar  joined  in  combat 
with  King  Vimati  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna  and  slew  him.  In  the  fray,  the 
point  of  the  divine  sword,  ia,si,,  snapped  off  and  fell  to  the  ground  ;  whence  the 
ghat  to  this  day  is  called  Asi-kuuda  Ghat,  and  the  plain  adjoining  it  Varahu 
Kshetra,  or  '  the  field  of  the  boar.' 

Before  finally  leaving  the  river-side,  one  other  building  claims  a  few  words 
viz.,  '  the  Sati  Burj.'  This  is  a  slender  quadrangular  tower  of  red  sand-stono 
commemorating  the  self-sacrifice  of  some  faithful  wife.  According  to  the  best 
authenticated  tradition,  she  is  said  to  have  been  the  queen  of  Raja  Bihar  Mai 
of  Jaypur  and  the  mother  of  the  famous  Raja  Bhagavan  Das,  by  whom  the 
monument  was  erected  in  the  year  1570  A.D.  It  has,  as  it  now  stands,  a  total 
height  of  55  feet  and  is  in  four  stories:  the  lowest  forms  a  solid  basement ;  the 
second  and  third  are  lighted  by  square  windows  and  are  supplied  with  an  inter- 
nal staircase.  The  exterior  is  ornamented  with  rude  bas-reliefs  of  elephants 
and  other  devices,  but -is  in  a  very  ruinous  condition.     The  tower  was  originally 


< 

cr 
D 

I 

< 


DC 

D 
DO 


(- 
< 

LU 

X 

I- 


THE   TUVER-SIDE.  ]  19 

of  much  greater  height ;  but  all  the  upper  part  was  destroyed,  it  is  said,  1>\- 
Aurangzeb.  The  exceedingly  ugly  and  incongruous  plaster  dome,  which  now 
surmounts  the  building,  was  apparently  added  about  the  beginning  of  the  pre- 
sent century.  It  no  doubt  helps  to  preserve  what  yet  remains  of  the  original 
work,  but  it  sadly  detracts  from  its  architectural  effect.  I  had  hoped  that  the 
reigning  Maharaja  might  be  induced  to  undertake  the  complete  restoration  of 
this  interesting  family  monument,  and  if  the  matter  had  been  properly  repre- 
sented to  him,  lie  would  in  all  probability  have  consented  to  do  so.  It  is  not  at 
all  likely  that  anything  will  be  done  now  ;  but  the  design  that  I  had  prepared 
may  be  thought  worthy  of  preservation.  No  small  amount  of  time  and  thought, 
was  bestowed  upon  it  :  and  I  hoj>e  that  architects  will  consider  it  both  a 
pleasing  objeot  in  itself  and  also  a  faithful  reproduction  of  the  destroyed 
original. 

At  the  time  when  it  was  built,  that  is,  at  the  end  of  the  16th  century,  it 
may  be  presumed  that,  the  city  of  Mathura  occupied  its  old  position  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  katra,  and  that  the  river-bank  was  used  as  the  ordinary 
place  for  the  cremation  of  the  dead.  Several  cenotaphs  of  about  the  same 
period  still  remain,  being  mostly  in  old  Hindu  style,  with  brackets  of  good 
and  varied  design.  The  two  largest  bear  the  dates  1638  and  1715  Sambat, 
coresponding  to  1 5 S 1  and  1638  A.D.  They  had  all  been  taken  possession  of 
by  the  Chaubes.  who  blocked  up  the  arches  with  mud  or  rough  brick-work 
and  converted  them  into  lodging-houses,  which  they  rented  to  pilgrims.  In 
1875  I  had  them  all  opened  out  when  widening  and  paving  the  street  along  the 
river-bank.  This  work  was  left  unfinished,  but  enough  had  been  done  to  ren- 
der the  street,  though  still  narrow,  the  most  picturesque  in  the  city.  Many 
of  the  ghats  had  been  repaired,  while  the  removal  of  a  number  of  obstructions 
had  opened  out  a  view  not  only  of  the  river  but  also  of  the  houses  and  temples 
on  the  land  site.  Some  of  these  are  very  graceful  specimens  of  architecture, 
in  particular  the  house  of  Purnshottam  Lai,  the  Gokul  Gosain,  close  to  the 
Bengali  ghat,  which  has  a  most  elaborate  facade  and  a  balcony  displaying  a 
great  variety  of  patterns  of  reticulated  tracery. 

Immediately  below  the  last  of  the  ghats  and  opposite  (lie  Sadr  Bazar, 
which  has  a  population  of  some  6,000  souls  and  forms  a  small  town  by  itself, 
entirely  distinct  both  from  the  city  and  the  European  quarter,  are  two  large 
walled  gardens  on  the  river-bank.  One  of  these,  called  the  Jamuna  bagh,  is 
the  property  of  the  Seth.  It  is  well  kept  up  and  contains  two  very  handsome 
chhattris,  or  cenotaphs,  iu  memory  of  Parikh  Ji,  the  founder  of  the  family,  and 

m 


150  COLONEL   SUTHERLAND. 

Mani  Ram,  his  successor.  The  latter,  buffi;  in  the  year  of  the  chauranawe 
famine,  1837  A.D.,  is  of  exceedingly  beautiful  and  elaborate  design  :  perhaps 
the  most  perfect  specimen  ever  executed  of  the  reticulated  stone  tracery,  for 
which  Mathura  is  famous.  It  has  been  purposely  made  a  little  lower  and 
smaller  then  the  earlier  monument,  the  eaves  of  which  at  one  corner  complete- 
ly overhang  it.  The  adjoining  garden,  which  may  be  of  even  greater  extent,, 
has  a  small  house  and  enclosed  court-yard,  in  the  native  style,  on  the  bank  of 
the  river,  and,  in  the  centre,  an  obelisk  of  white  stone  raised  on  a  very  high  and 
substantial  plinth  of  the  same  material  with  the  following  inscription  :  "  Erect- 
ed to  the  memory  of  Robert  Sutherland,  Colonel  in  Rlaharaj  Daulat  Rao  Scin- 
dia's  service,  who  departed  this  life  on  the  20th  July,  1804,  aged  36  years. 
Also  in  rememberance  of  his  son,  C.  P.  Sutherland  (a  very  promising  youth), 
who  died  at  Hindia  on  the  14th  October,  1801,  aged  3  years.  "  The  monu- 
ment is  kept  in  repair  by  the  grandson,  Captain  S.  S.  Sutherland,  of  the 
Police  Department.  Colonel  Sutherland  was  the  officer  whom  De  Boigne,  on 
his  retirement  in  1795,  left  in  command  of  the  brigade  stationed  at  Mathuni,  one 
of  three  that  he  had  raised  in  the  service  of  Madho  Ji  Sindhia.  The  Mahratta 
Commander-in-Chief,  who  also  had  his  head-quarters  at  Mathura,  was  at  that 
time  one  Jagu  Bapu,  who  was  probably  the  Senapat  of  whom  local  tradition 
still  speaks.  In  1797  he  was  superseded  by  Perron,  to  whom  Daulat  Rao 
had  given  the  supreme  command  of  all  his  forces  and  who  thereupon  establish- 
ed himself  at  Kol,  as  virtual  sovereign  of  the  country.  In  the  following  year 
he  discharged  Sutherland  for  intriguing  with  the  other  Mahratta  chiefs,  but  not 
long  after  he  recovered  his  post  through  the  interest  of  his  father-in-law, 
Colonel  John  Hessing,  to  whose  memory  is  erected  the  very  fine  monument  in 
the  Catholic  cemetry  at  Agra,  which  Jacquemont  considered  superior  to  the  Taj. 
In  1813  Sutherland,  like  the  other  British  officers  in  Sindhia's  service, 
received  a  pension  from  the  Government,  but  he  lived  only  one  year  to  enjoy 
it. 

On  a  rising  ground  in  the  very  heart  of  the  city  stands  the  Jama  Masjid, 
erected  in  the  year  1661  A.D.,  by  Abd-un-Nabi  Khan,  the  local  Governor. 
The  following  inscription  seems  very  clearly  to  indicate  that  it  was  erected  on 
the  ruins  of  a  Hindu  temple  : — 

I^JJ  liJj.*-»  i_— Jj  l_£>;«!  J^  ti-AJyA  *  il*J|j  ^iJt^iK  vjCJU  sU  &f)U 
L>j  t\Sl~..*  ^yj\  Uj  Si.  ^lik^XAJI^^  jl  iS  *  JUL.-  .|jj|  ei~-|  ^WJ  <dJ|j.*2aj 
l^ijtj  u^i.?  Jfh^i  6  J^sJI/:^  Jy*^  ^'M    *      ft   sJU^i^      ..»'  iJ.jl  OjSU-^    (;iO^*i 


z 

LXJ 

o 

< 


\- 

UJ 

05 

LU 

I 
h 


I 

Q- 
< 

H 
O 

z 

HI 

o 


AED-UN-NABl'S   MOSQUE.-  l&l 

1.  In  the  reign  of  Shah  Alamgir  Muhiuddia  Walmillah,  the  king  of 
the  world,  Aurangzeb,  who  is  adorned  with  justice, 

2.  The  lustre  of  Islam  shone  forth  to  the  glory  of  God  ;  for  Abd-un-Nabi 
Khan  built  this  beautiful  mosque. 

3.  This  second  '  Holy  Temple'  caused  the  idols  to  bow  down  in  worship. 
You  will  now  see  the  true  moaning  of  the  text, '  Truth  came  and  error  vanished. 
['Koran,  XVII.  83'.] 

4.  Whilst  I  searched  for  a  tdriJch,  a. voice  came  from  blissful  Truth, 
ordering  me  to  say  '  Abd-un-Nabi  Khan  is  the  builder  of  this  beautiful 
mosque.'     A.II.  1071,  or  1660-61. 

ota|        .Uu(,j     lii^L     Jo     f*.     \c:U    *  iiUi;  ^.jL&  ,*--«ts.  <isuw»  ^v>| 

1.  l\lay  this  Jama  Masjid  of  majestic  structure  shine  forth  for  ever  like 
the  hearts  of  the  pious  ! 

2.  Its  roof  is  high  like  aspirations  of  love ;  its  court-yard  is  wide  like 
the  arena  of  thought.  * 

The  founder  is  first  mentioned  by  tho  Muhammadan. historians  as  fighting, 
on  the  side  of  Dara  Shikoh  at  the  battle  of  Samogarh  in  1(>58.  About  a 
week  after  the  defeat,  he  joined  Aurangzeb  and  was  immediately  appointed 
faujdar  of  Itawa.  This  office  he  retained  only  till  the  following  year,  when 
he  was  transfered  to  Sirhind  and  thence,  after  a  few  months,  to  Mathura. 
Here  he  remained  from  August,  1660,  to  May,  1068,  when,  as  we  have  already 
mentioned,  he  met  his  death  at  Sahora,  a  village  in  the  Maha-ban  pargana 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Jamuna,  while  engaged  in  quelling  a  popular 
dmeute.  The  author  of  the  Maasir-i-Alamgiri  says  of  him: — "  He  was  an 
excellent  and  pious  man,  and  as  courageous  in  war  as  successful  in  his  admin- 
istration. He  has  left  a  mosque  in  Mathura  as  a  monument,  which,  for  a  long 
time  to  come,  will  remind  people  of  him.  Muhammad  Anwar,  his  nephew, 
received  from  His  Majesty  a  mourning  dress  of  honour ;  but  the  property  of 
the  deceased  lapsed  (according  to  custom)  to  the  State,  and  the  Imperial 
Mutasaddis   reported   it   to    be    93,000    gold    muhrs,    13,00,000    rupees,    and 

*  For  this  and  other  translations  from,  the  Persian  I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  the 
late  Mr.  Blochmann,  whose  immense  fund  of  information  was  always  at  the  service  of  all 
eaquirers,  and  whose  untimely  death  is  an  irreparable  loss  to  the  Calcutta  Branch  of  the.  Asiatic 
Society,  of  which  he  was  for  many  years  the  Secretary. 


152  EARTHQUAKE  OF  1803  A.  D. 

14,50,000  rupees'  worth  of  property."  The  architecture  of  his  mosque  is  not 
of  particularly  graceful  character,  but  there  are  four  lofty  minarets,  and  as 
these  and  other  parts  of  the  building  were  originally  veneered  with  bright- 
coloured  plaster  mosaics,  of  which  a  few  panels  still  remain,  it  must  at  one 
time  have  presented  a  brilliant  appearance.* 

It  was  greatly  injured  by  an  earthquake  which  took  place,  strange  to  say, 
in  1803,  the  very  year  in  which  the  country  was  first  brought  under  British 
rule.  The  following  account  of  this  most  exceptional  event  is  copied  from 
pages  57  and  58  of  '  The  Asiatic  Annual  Register '  for  1804  :  — 

Dreadful  Earthquake. 

Mathurd,  September  24,  1803. 

"  On  the  night  between  the  31st  August  and  the  1st  of  September,  at 
half-an-hour  after  midnight,  a  severe  shock  of  an  earthquake  was  felt  at  this 
place,  which  lasted  for  many  minutes  and  was  violent  beyond  the  memory  of 
man.  Probably  not  a  living  creature  in  the  place  but  was  roused  from  his 
slumbers  by  the  alarm  and  felt  its  effects.  Many  of  the  pucka  buildings 
were  cast  down  and  zans'.nas,  hitherto  unassailed  by  violence  were  deserted, 
and  their  fair  inhabitants  took  refuge  in  the  streets  and  in  the  fields,  seek- 
ing protection  with  men,  whose  visages  it  would  otherwise  have  disgraced 
them  to  behold.  The  night  was  calm  and  enjoyed  the  full  influence  of  a 
bright  moon. 

"  In  the  morning  very  extensive  fissures  were  observed  in  the  fields,  which 
had  been  caused  by  the  percussion  of  the  night  before,  through  which  water 
rose  with  great,  violence  and  continues  to  run  to  the  present  date,  though  its 
violence  has  gradually  abated.  This  has  been  a  great  benefit  to  the  neighbour- 
ing ryots,  as  they  were  thence  enabled  to  draw  the  water  over  their  parched 
fields. 


*  Father  Tieft'enthaller,  who  visited  Mathura  in  1745,  after  meutioniug  the  two  mosques, 
says  that  Abd-un-Nabi  was  a  convert  from  Hinduism,  a  statement  for  which  there  seems  to  be 
no  authority.  He  describes  the  mosaics  as  "  un  ouvrage  plombe  en  diverscs  eouleurs  et  incruste 
i  la  manure  dont  sont  vernis  les  poeles  in  Allemagne."  "  La  ville,"  he  says,  "  est  entoure  d'une 
levee  de  terre,  et  obeit  aujourdhui  an  Djit.  Auparavant  elle  etait  sous  lea  ordrea  du  Raja  di 
Djepour  a  qui  I'empereur  Mogo)  en  avait  confie  le  gouvernement :"  i.  e.,  Raja  Jay  Sinh,  who 
died  1743.  He  goes  on  to  describe  the  streets  as  narrow  and  dirty  and  most  of  the  buildings 
as  in  ruins;  the  fort  very  large  and  massive,  like  a  mountain  of  hewn  stone,  with  an  observa- 
tory, which  was  only  a  feeble  imitation  of  the  one  at  Jaypur,  but  with  the  advantage  of  being 
much  bitter  raised.  The  only  other  spot  that  he  particularises  is  the  Viarant  ghat.  Jaeque- 
mont's  description  is  in  very  similar  terms :  be  Bays  :  "  The  streets  are  the  narrowest,  the  crook- 
edest,  the  steepest  aud  dirtiest  that  1  have  ever  seen.'' 


ABD-UN-NABI   THE   FOUNDER   OF   MODERN   MATHTRA'.  153 

"  The  principal  mosque  of  the  place,  erected  on  an  eminence  by  the 
famous  Ghazi  Khan,  as  a  token  of  his  triumph  over  the  infidelity  of  the  Hindus, 
has  been  shattered  to  pieces,  and  a  considerable  part  of  the  dome  was  swallowed 
up  during  the  opening  of  the  earth. 

"Several  slighter  shocks  have  since  occurred,  but  I  do  not  hear  they  have 
occasioned  any  further  damage."* 

The  above  description  certainly  exaggerates  and  also  to  some  extent  mis- 
represents the  effects  of  the  shock  upon  the  mosque.  The  gateway  was  cracked 
from  top  to  bottom,  the  upper  part  of  one  of  the  great  minarets  was  thrown 
down  and  one  of  the  little  corner  kiosques  of  the  mosque  itself  was  also  destroyed, 
but  the  dome  was  uninjured.  In  1875  the  Sa'dabad  family  started  a  sub- 
scription for  the  repairs  of  the  building  and  over  Rs.  5,000  were  collected. 
This  sum  I  expended  on  the  restoration  of  the  fallen  minaret  andkiosque  and  of 
the  two  hujras  or  alcoves  at  the  sides  of  the  court-yard.  Several  of  the  shops 
that  disfigured  the  approaches  were  also  bought  up  and  demolished.  As  soon 
as  I  left,  the  work  came  to  a  standstill. 

The  mosque  now  appears  out  of  place  as  the  largest  and  most  conspicuous 
edifice  in  what  is  otherwise  a  purely  Hindu  city,  and  there  is   also  every  rea- 
son to  suppose  that  it  was  founded  on  the  ruins  of  a  pagan  temple.     But  at 
the  same  time  it  should  be  observed  that  all  the  buildings  by  which  it  is  now 
surrounded  are  of  more  modern  date  than  itself.     It  was  not  planted  in  the 
midst  of  a  Hindu   population  ;  but  the  city,  as  we  now  see  it,  has  grown  up 
under  its  shadow.     Old  Mathura  had  been  so  often  looted  and   harried  by  the 
Muhammadans  that,  as  has   been  noted  in   other   parts   of  this  work,   it  had 
actually   ceased  to  exist  as  a  city  at  all.     It  was  a  place  of  pilgrimage,  as  it 
had   ever  been  ;  there  were  saraes  for  the    accommodation  of  travellers  and 
ruins  of  temples  and  a  few  resident  families  of  Brahmans  to  act   as  cicerones, 
living  for  the  most  part  in  the  precincts  of  the  great  temple  of  Kesava  Deva,  or 
still  further  away  towards  Madhuban  ;   but  it  was  as  much  a  scene  of  desolation 
as  Goa  with  its  churches  and  convents  now  is,  and  on  the  spot  where  the  pre- 
sent Mathura  stands  there  was  no  town  till   Abd-un-Nabi  founded    it.     The 
whole  of  the   land  was  in  the  possession    of  Muhammadans.     The  ground, 
which  he  selected  as  the  site  of  his  mosque,  he  purchased  from  some  butchers, 
and  the   remainder  he  obtained  from  a  family  of  Kazis,  whose  descendants 
still  occupy  what  is   called  the  Kushk  Mahalla,  one  of  the  very  few  quarters 

*  For  the  knowledge  of  thiB  curious  letter  I  am  indebted  to  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  A.  Constable, 
of  the  Oudh  and  Rohilkhand  Railway,  who  sent  me  a  copy  of  it. 

39 


154  PROPRIETORY   RIGHTS   IN   THE   CITY. 

of  the  city  that  are  known  by  a  Persian  name.  They  continued  to  be  regard- 
ed as  the  zamindars  of  the  township  till  the  time  of  the  Juts,  when  Saiyid 
Bakir,  their  then  head,  quarrelled  with  the  local  governor,  and  being  afraid 
of  the  consequences  made  over  all  his  rights  to  some  Chaubes  and  others. 
When  the  English  Government  took  possession,  the  Chaubes'  title  was  alone 
recognized  and  the  first  settlement  was  made  with  one  of  their  number,  Shio 
Lai,  as  mukaddam.  A  claim  was  brought  forward  by  Imam  Bakhsh,  a  son  of 
the  Saiyid  abovenamed,  but  he  died  before  it  could  bo  heard,  and  the  suit  thus 
faHing  through  has  never  since  been  revived.  In  1812,  the  then  Ghaube  land- 
holders, Bishna,  Ajita,  Shio  Lai,  Ghisa  and  Jwala,  styling  themselves  mukad- 
dams,  made  over  their  rights  to  the  Lala  Babu,  who  engaged  to  pay  them  Rs.  150 
a  year  and  5  per  cent,  on  his  collections.  The  area  so  transferred,  according 
to  the  settlement  of  1841,  was  only  568  bighas  11  biswas  ;  but  in  the  revision 
of  records  the  Lala  Babu's  widow  had  herself  entered  as  owner  of  every  rood 
of  land,  excepting  only  such  as  was  or  had  been  rent-free,  and  the  agreement 
was  with  her  as  sole  zamindar  of  the  township  of  Mathura.  On  the  strength 
of  this  she  claimed  to  exercise  over  the  whole  city  the  same  rights  that  a 
zamindar  can  claim  in  any  petty  village  ;  but,  after  oft>renewed  litigation, 
these  extravagant  claims  have  been  set  aside,  and  by  the  new  settlement  the 
property  of  her  heirs  is  shown  as  a  separate  thok,  the  muafi  and  resumed  muafi 
grants  forming  another,  while  the  Jamuna  sands,  used  for  melon  cultiva- 
tion, all  nazul  lands  and  the  streets  and  city  generally  are  shown  as  Govern- 
ment property.* 

From  the  mosque  as  a  central  point  diverge  the  main  thoroughfares,  lead- 
ing respectively  towards  Brinda-ban,  Dig,  Bharat-pur.f  and  the  civil  station. 
They  are  somewhat  broader  than  is  usual  in  Indian  cities,  having  an  average 
breadth  of  24  feet,  and  were  first  opened  out  at  the  instance  of  Mr.  E.  F. 
Taylor  hi  1843.  A  number  of  houses  were  demolished  for  the  purpose,  but, 
in  every  instance,  all  claim  to  compensation  was  waived.  Seth  Lakhmi 
(Jhand's  loss,  thus  voluntarily  sustained  for  the  public  good,  was  estimated  at 
a  lakh  of  rupees,  as  he  had  recently  completed  some  handsome  premises, 
which  had  to  be  taken  down  and  rebuilt. 


*  Vide  a  report  on  the  Proprietory  Rights  claimed  by  the  heirs  of  the  Lala  Babu,  drawn 
up  by  Mr.  Whiteway,  Settlement  Utfieer,  in  1875. 

•f  Close  to  the  mosque  on  the  left-hand  si.io  of  the  Bhsrat-pur  gate  bazar  is  a  high  hill  with 
very  stefp  ascent,  all  built  over.  On  the  summit,  which  is  called  Sit.ila  ghat,  may  be  seen  many 
fragments  of  Bu-idhist  pillars  and  bas-reliefs,  and  an  armless  seated  figure,  the  size  of  life. 


THE   CITY   STREETS.  155 

These  streets  have  now,  throughout  their  entire  length  and  breadth,  been 
paved  by  the  municipality  with  substantial  stone  flags  brought  from  the  Bharat- 
pur  quaries.*  The  total  cost  has  been  Rs.  1,38,663.  Many  of  the  towns- 
people and  more  particularly  the  pilgrims,  who  go  about  barefooted,  are  by  no 
means  pleased  with  the  result  ;  for  in  the  winter  the  stone  is  too  cold  to  be 
pleasant  to  tread  upon,  while  in  the  summer  again,  even  at  sunset,  the  streets 
do  not  cool  down  as  they  used  to  do  aforetime,  but  retain  their  heat  through 
the  greater  part  of  the  night.  As  is  the  custom  in  the  East,  many  mean  tumble 
down  hovelsf  are  allowed  here  and  there  to  obtrude  themselves  upon  th>- 
view  ;  but  the  majority  of  the  buildings  that  face  the  principal  thoroughfares 
are  of  handsome  and  imposing  character.  With  only  two  exceptions  all  have 
been  erected  during  the  seventy  years  of  British  rule.  The  first  of  the  two 
exceptional  buildings  is  a  large  red  sandstone  house,  called  Chaube  Ji  ka  Burj, 
which  may  be  as  old  as  the  time  of  Akbar.  The  walls  are  divided  into  square 
panels,  in  each  of  which,  boldly  carved  in  low  relief,  is  a  vase  filled  with  flowers, 
executed  in  a  manner  which  is  highly  effective,  but  which  has  quite  gone  out  of 
fashion  at  tho  present  day,  when  pierced  tracery  is  more  appreciated.  The 
second  is  a  temple  near  the  turn  to  the  Sati  Burj.  This  is  remarkable  for  along 
balcony  supported  on  brackets  quaintly  carved  to  represent  elephants.  Many 
of  these  had  been  built  up  with  masonry,  either  by  the  Hindus  to  protect  the 
animal  form  from  iconoclastic  bigotry,  or  else  by  the  Muhammadans  themselves 
to  conceal  it  from  view.     This  unsightly  casing  was  at  last  removed  in  1875. 

In  all  the  modern  buildings,  whether  secular  or  religious,  the  design  is 
of  very  similar  character.  The  front  is  of  carved  stone  with  a  grand  central 
archway  and  arcades  on  both  sides  let  out  as  shops  on  the  ground  floor.  Storey 
upon  storey  above  are  projecting  balconies  supported  on  quaint  corbels,  the 
arches  being  filled  in  with  the  most  minute  reticulated  tracery  of  an  infinite 
variety  of  pattern,  and  protected  from  the  weather  by  broad  eaves,  the  under- 
surface  of  which  is  brightly  painted.  One  of  the  most  noticeable  buildings  in 
point  of  size,  though  the  decorations  perhaps  are  scarcely  so  elegant  as  in  some 
of  the  latter  examples,  is  the  temple  of  Dwarakadhis,  founded  by  the  Gwaliar 
treasurer,  Parikh  Ji,  and  visited  in  1825  by  Bishop  Heber,  who  in  his  journal 
describes  it  as   follows  .■ — "  In  the  centre,  or  nearly  so,  of  the  town,   Colonel 

•  This  important  work  was  commenced  in  November,  1857. 

t  As  an  indication  that  many  of  the  houses  are  not  of  the  most  substantial  construction.it 
may  be  observed  that,  after  three  days  of  ex.  tptionally  heavy  rain  in  the  month  of  August,  1873  , 
aB  many  as  6  OOD  were  officially  reported  to  have  come  down;  14  persons,  chiefly  children,  having 
been  crushed  to  death  under  the  ruins. 


156  THE  SETH'S  TEEPLE  OF  DWXRAKXDHIS. 

Penny  took  us  into  the  court  of  a  beautiful  temple  or  dwell'ng-house,  for  it 
seemed  to  be  designed  for  both  in  one,  lately  built  and  not  yet  quite  finished, 
by  Gokul  Pati  Sinh,  Sindhia's  treasurer,  and  who  has  also  a  principal  share  in 
a  great  native  banking-house,  one  branch  of  which  is  fixed  at  Mathura.  The 
building  is  enclosed  by  a  small  but  richly  carved  gateway  with  a  flight  of  steps 
which  leads  from  the  street  to  a  square  court,  cloistered  round,  and  containing 
in  the  centre  a  building,  also  square,  supported  by  a  triple  row  of  pillars,  all 
which,  as  well  as  the  ceiling,  are  richly  carved,  painted,  and  gilt.  The  effect 
internally  is  much  like  that  of  the  Egyptian  tomb,  of  which  the  model  was 
exhibited  in  London  by  Belzoni  ;  externally,  the  carving  is  very  beautiful.  The 
cloisters  round  were  represented  to  me  as  the  intended  habitations  of  the  Brah- 
mans  attached  to  the  fane  ;  and  in  front,  towards  the  street,  were  to  be  apart- 
ments for  the  founder  on  his  occasional  visits  to  Mathura."  To  show  how  differ- 
ently the  same  building  sometimes  impresses  different  people,  it  may  be  men- 
tioned that  Jaequemont,  only  four  years  later,  describes  the  temple  as  like  no- 
thing but  a  barrack  or  cotton  factory  :  but  possibly  he  may  have  seen  it  soon 
after  the  festival  of  the  Diwali,  when,  according  to  barbarous  Hindu  custom, 
the  whole  of  the  stone  front  is  beautified  with  a  thick  coat  of  whitewash.  This 
gentleman's  architectural  ideas  were,  however,  a  little  peculiar.  Thus  he  says, 
of  the  Jama  Masjid  at  Agra,  that  the  bad  taste  of  the  design  and  the  coarseness 
of  the  materials  are  good  reason  for  leaving  it  to  the  ravages  of  time  ;  that  the 
tomb  of  Itimad-ud-daula  is  in  the  most  execrable  taste  ;  that  the  Taj,  though 
pretty,  cannot  be  called  elegant ;  and  that  the  only  building  in  Agra  which  is 
really  a  pure  specimen  of  oriental  architecture  is  the  tomb  of  Colonel  Hessing 
in  the  Catholic  cemetery,  the  work  of  '  a  poor  devil'  called  Latif.  His  theolo- 
gical views  would  seem  to  have  been  equally  warped,  for  in  another  place  he 
thus  expresses  himself.- — "  Of  all  the  follies  and  misfortunes  of  humanity,  reli- 
gion is  the  one  which  is  the  most  wearisome  and  the  least  profitable  to  study."' 

The  Dwarakadhis  temple  has  always  been  in  the  hands  of  the  Vallabha- 
eharyas,  the  sect  to  which  the  founder  belonged.  It  is  now  administered  by 
the  Grosain  who  is  the  hereditary  lord  of  the  much  older  and  yet  wealthier  shrine 
with  the  same  name  at  Kankarauli  in  Udaypur  (see  page  130).  Hitherto  the 
expenses  of  the  Mathura  establishments  have  been  defrayed  by  annual  grants 
from  the  Seth's  estate;  but  the  firm  has  lately  made  an  absolute  transfer  to  the 
Gosain  of  landed  property  yielding  an  income  of  Rs.  2-5,000 ;  thus  religiously 
carrying  out  the  intention  of  their  ancestor,  though  in  so  doing  they  further  the 
interests  of  a  sect  not  a  little  antagonistic  to  the  one  of  which  they  themselves 
are  members. 


< 

CI 

Z> 
I 
I- 
< 


UJ 
< 


LU 

I 
h 


THE   HOLI    GATE.  157 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  street  is  the  palace  of  the  princes  of  Bharat-pur. 
The  lofty  and  highly  enriched  entrance  gateway  was  added  by  Raja  Ralavant 
Sinh,  and  the  magnificent  brass  doors  by  the  present  Raja.  Close  by  is  the 
mansion  of  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand,  built  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  1,00,000.  The  latest  of 
the  architectural  works  with  which  the  city  is  decorated,  and  one  of  the  most 
admirable  for  elegance  and  elaboration,  is  a  temple  near  the  Chhata  Bazar  built 
by  Deva  Chand  Bohra,  and  completed  only  at  the  end  of  the  year  1871.  What- 
ever other  buildings  there  are  of  any  note  will  be  found  enumerated  in  the  list 
at  the  end  of  the  next  chapter.  In  most  cases  the  greatest  amount  of  finish  has 
been  bestowed  upon  the  street  front,  while  the  interior  court  is  small  and  con- 
fined ;  and  the  practice  of  having  only  a  single  gate  both  for  entrance  and  exit 
occasions  great,  and  sometimes  dangerous,  crowding  on  high  feast  days.  It  is, 
as  before  remarked,  a  peculiarity  of  the  Mathura  temple  architecture  to  have  no 
tower  over  the  seat  of  the  god. 

If  the  new  city  was  ever  surrounded  by  walls,  not  a  vestige  of  them  now 
remains,  though  the  four  principal  entrances  are  still  called  the  Brinda-ban,  Dig, 
Bharat-pur,  and  Holi  gates.  The  last-named  is  the  approach  from  the  Civil 
Station,  and  here  a  lofty  and  elaborately  sculptured  stone  arch  has  been  erected 
over  the  roadway,  in  accordance  with  an  elegant  design  in  the  local  style,  sup- 
plied by  Yusuf,  the  municipal  architect,  a  man  of  very  excepiional  tasto  and 
ability.  As  the  work  was  commenced  at  the  instance  of  the  late  Mr.  Bradford 
Hardinge,  who  was  for  several  years  Collector  of  the  district,  and  took  a  most 
lively  interest  in  all  the  city  improvements,  it  is  named  in  his  honour*  '  tho 
Hardinge  arch,"  though  it  is  not  very  often  so  called.  Since  his  death,  it  has  been 
surmounted  by  a  cupola,  which  was  intended  at  some  future  time  to  receive  a 
clock,  with  four  corner  kiosquas,  the  cost  of  these  additions  being  Rs.  3,493. 
Two  shops  in  uniform  style  were  also  built  in  1875,  one  on  either  side,  at  a 
further  cost  of  Rs.  1,<521,  in  order  to  receive  and  conceal  the  ponderous  staged 
buttresses,  which  the  engineers  in  the  Public  Works  Department  had  thought  it 
necessary  to  add.  The  expenditure  on  the  gate  itself  was  Rs.  8,617,  making 
a  total  of  Rs.  13,731. 

As  may  be  inferred  from  the  above  remarks  stone-carving,  the  only  indi- 
genous art  of  which  Mathura  can  boast,  is  carried  to  great  perfection.  All  the 
temples  afford  specimens  of  elegant  design  in  panels  of  reticulated  tracery 
[j'ili),  as  also  do  the  chhatris  of  the  Seth's  family  in  the  Jamuna  bagh.     The 

*  The  littic  marble  tablet,  on  which  the  name  has  been  inscribed  iu  the  straightest  and  most 
uncompromising  Kom  n  capitals,  is  a  conspicuous  disfignrement  and  looks  exactly  like  an  auction 
ticket.    The  Engineer  who  inserted  it  cannot  have  had  much  of  an  eye  for  harmony  oi  effect. 

40 


158  LOCAL  MANUFACTURES. 

only  other  specialities  are  of  very  minor  importance.  One  is  the  manufac- 
ture of  little  brass  images,  which,  though  of  exceedingly  coarse  execution,  com- 
mand a  large  sale  among  pilgrims  and  visitors,  especially  the  religious  toy 
called  Vasudeva  Katora  (described  at  page  54);  the  other  the  manufacture 
of  paper.  This  is  made  in  three  sizes.  The  smallest,  which  is  chiefly  in  demand, 
is  called  Man-Sinhi  and  varies  in  price,  according  to  quality,  from  Rs.  1-8  to 
Rs.  2-6  a  fjaddi  or  bundle ;  the  medium  size,  called  Bichanda,  sells  for  Rs.  4  a 
g-addi ;  and  the  larger  size,  called  Syalkoti,  for  Rs.  10.  The  factories  are  some 
100  in  number  and  can  turn  out  in  the  course  of  the  day  -150  gaddis,  every 
ftaddi  containing  10  dastas  of  24  takhtas,  or  sheets,  each.  There  is  also  a 
kind  of  string  made  which  is  much  appreciated  by  natives.  It  is  chiefly  used 
for  lowering  lotas,  the  ordinary  brass  drinking  cups  of  the  country,  into  wells 
to  draw  water  with.  The  price  is  about  three  or  four  anas  for  40  yards.  A 
coloured  variety  is  made  for  temple  use. 


CHAPTER    VII. 

The  City  of  Mathura'  {concluded)  :  its  European  institutions  and 

MUSEUM. 

A  light  railway,  on  the  metre  gauge,  29i  miles  in  length,  which  was  opened 
for  traffic  on  the  19th  of  October,  1875,  now  connects  the  city  with  thi 
East  India  Line,  which  it  joins  at  the  Hathras  Road  station.,  The  cost  was 
Rs.  9,55,868,  being  about  Rs.  30,000  a  mile,  including  rolling  stock  and  every- 
thing else.  Of  this  amount  Rs.  3,24,100  were  contributed  by  local  shareholders, 
and  the  balance,  Rs.  6,31,763,  came  from  Provincial  Funds.  Interest  is 
guaranteed  at  the  rate  of  4  per  cent,  per  annum,  with  a  moiety  of  the  surplus 
earnings  that  may  at  any  time  be  realized.  The  line  has  proved  an  unques- 
tionable success  and  its  yearly  earnings  continue  to  show  a  steady  increase.  But 
the  principal  shareholders — including  the  Seth,  who  invested  as  much  as  a  lakh 
and-a-half  in  it — were  certainly  not  attracted  by  the  largeness  of  the  pecuniary 
profit ;  for  12  per  cent,  is  the  lowest  return  which  Indian  capitalists  ordina- 
rily receive  for  their  money.  They  were  entirely  influenced  by  a  highly  com- 
mendable public  spirit  and  a  desire  to  support  the  local  European  authorities, 
who  had  shown  themselves  personally  interested  in  the  matter.*  The  ultimate 
success  of  the  line  has  now  been  secured  by  its  junction  with  the  Rajputana 
State  Railway.  The  distance  being  only  some  25  miles,  the  earthwork  was  car- 
ried out  during  the  late  famine,  and  the  scheme  is  now  completed  but  for  the 
bridge  over  the  Jamuna.  In  the  design  that  has  been  supplied  there  are  12 
spans  of  98  feet  each,  with  passage  both  for  road  and  railway  traffic  and  two 
foot-paths,  at  an  estimated  cost  of  Rs.  3,00,000.  As  the  receipts  from  tolls 
on  the  existing  pontoon  bridge  are  about  Rs.  45,000  per  annum,  even  a  larger 
expenditure  might  safely  be  incurred.  Cross  sections  of  the  river  have  been 
obtained,  and  a  series  of  borings  taken,  which  show  a  flood  channel  of  1,000 
feet  and  clay  foundations  underlying  the  sand  at  33  feet.  The  site  is  in  every 
way  well  suited  for  the  purpose  and  presents  no  special  engineering  difficulties ; 
but  the  construction  of  so  large  a  bridge  must  necessarily  be  a  work  of  time,  and 
before  it  is  completed  it  is  probable  that  the  line  will  have  been  extended  from 
its  other  end,   the  Hathras  terminus,  to  Farukhabad  and  so  on  to  Cawnpur,  the 

*  Next  to  the  Seth — longo  intervallo — the  largest  number  of  shares  were  taken  up  by  my- 
self;  for  at  that  time  I  never  expected  to  be  moved  from  the  district. 


160  THE  MATHURA'  municipality. 

groat  centre  of  the  commerce  of  Upper  India.  As  yet,  the  line  labours  under  very 
serious  disadvantages  from  being  so  very  short  and  from  the  necessity  of 
breaking  bulk  at  the  little  wayside  station  of  Mendu,  the  Hathras  Road  junc- 
tion. Consequently,  traders  who  have  goods  to  despatch  to  Hathras  find  it 
cheaper  and  more  expeditious  to  send  them  all  the  way  by  road,  rather  than 
to  hire  carts  to  take  them  over  the  pontoon  bridge  and  then  unlade  them  at 
the  station  and  wait  hours,  or  it  may  be  days,  before  a  truck  is  available  to 
carry  them  on.  Thus  the  goods  traffic  is  very  small,  and  it  is  only  the  passen- 
gers who  make  the  line  pay.  These  are  mostly  pilgrims,  who  rather  prefer  to 
loiter  on  the  way  and  do  not  object  to  spending  two  hours  and  fifty  minutes 
in  travelling  a  distance  of  21)^  miles.  As  the  train  runs  along  the  side  of  the 
road,  there  are  daily  opportunities  for  challenging  it  to  a  race,  and  it  must  be 
a  very  indifferent  country  pony  which  does  not  succeed  in  beatino-  it. 

The  Municipality  has  a  population  of  55,7u'3,  of  whom  10,00(>  are  Muham- 
madans.  The  annual  income  is  a  little  under  Rs.  00,000  ;  derived,  in  the  absence 
of  any  special  trade,  almost  exclusively  from  an  octroi  tax  on  articles  of  food 
the  consumption  of  which  is  naturally  very  large  and  out  of  all  proportion  to  the 
resident  population,  in  consequence  of  the  frequent  influx  of  huge  troops  of  pil- 
grims. The  celebrity  among  natives  of  the  Mathura  peri,  a  particular  kind  of 
sweetment,  also  contributes  to  the  same  result.  Besides  the  permanent  main- 
tenance of  a  large  police  and  conservancy  establishment,  the  entire  cost  of  pav- 
ing the  city  streets  has  been  defrayed  out  of  municipal  funds,  and  a  fixed  pro- 
portion is  anually  allotted  for  the  support  of  different  educational  establish- 
ments. 

The  High  School,  a  large  hall  in  a  very  un-Oriental  style  of  architecture. 
was  opened  by  Sir  William  Muir  on  the  21st  January,  1870.  It  was 
erected  at  a  cost  of  Hs.  13,000,  of  which  sum  Rs.  2,000  were  collected  by 
voluntary  subscription,  Rs.  3,000  were  voted  by  the  municipality,  and  the 
balence  of  Rs.  8,000  granted  by  Government.*  The  City  Dispensary,  imme- 
diately opposite  the  Kans-ka-tila  and  adjoining  the  Munsif's  Court,  has 
accommodation  for  20  in-door  patients  ;  there  is  an  ordinary  attendance  per 

*  The  School,  Court-house,  and  Trotestant  Church  are — fortunately,  as  I  think — the  only  local 
buildings  of  any  importance,  in  the  construction  of  which  the  Public  Works  Department  has  bad 
any  hand.  I  have  never  been  able  to  understand  why  a  large  and  costly  staff  of  European  en<*i- 
mcrs  should  be  kept  up  at  all,  except  for  Bueh  Imperial  undertakings  as  Railways,  Military  Roads 
air  I  Canals.  The  finest  buildings  in  the  country  date  from  before  our  arrival  in  it,  and  the  descend- 
ants of  the  men  who  designed  and  executed  them  are  still  employed  by  the  natives  themselves  for 
their  temples,  tanks,  palaces,  and  mosques.  If  the  Government  utilized  the  same  agency,  there 
would  be  a  great  saving  in  cost  and  an  equal  gain  in  artistic  result. 


-< 
<r 

X 
I- 
< 


I-- 

cr 
< 

UJ 

I 
a 

LLl 

o 
< 

0) 

UJ 

I 


I 

O 

en 
D 

I 

O 

O 

_1 

o 
I 
h 
< 

o 


THE   CATHOLIC   CHURCH.  101 

diem  of  50  applicants  for  out-door  relief,  and  it  is  in  every  respect  a  well -mana- 
ged and  useful  institution. 

The  Cantonments,  which  are  of  considerable  extent,  occupy  some  broken  and 
undulating  ground  along  the  river-side  between  the  city  and  the  civil  lines. 
In  consequence  of  the  facilities  for  obtaining  an  abundant  supply  of  grass  in  the 
neighbourhood,  they  are  always  occupied  by  an  English  cavalry  regiment.  The 
barracks  are  very  widely  scattered,  an  arrangement  which  doubtless  is  attended 
with  some  inconveniences,  but  is  apparently  conducive  to  the  health  of  the  troops, 
for  there  is  no  station  in  India  where  there  is  less  sickness* — a  happy  result,  which 
is  also  due  in  part  to  the  dryness  of  the  climate  during  the  greater  part  of  the 
year  and  the  excellence  of  the  natural  drainage  in  the  rains. 

The  English  Church,  consecrated  by  Bishop  Dealtry  in  December,  1856,  is 
in  a  nondescript  style  of  architecture,  but  has  a  not  inelegant  Italian  campanile, 
which  is  visible  from  a  long  distance.  The  interior  has  been  lately  enriched  by 
a  stained-glass  window  in  memory  of  a  young  officer  of  the  10th  Hussars,  who 
met  his  death  by  an  accideut  while  out  pig-sticking  near  Shergarh. 

The  adjoining  compound  was  for  many  years  occupied  by  a  miserably 
mean  and  dilapidated  shed,  which  was  most  appropriately  dedicated  to 
St.  Francis,  the  Apostle  of  Poverty,  and  served  as  a  Catholic  Chapel.  This  was 
taken  down  in  January,  1874,  and  on  the  18th  of  the  same  month,  being  the 
feast  of  the  Holy  Name,  the  first  stone  was  laid  of  the  new  building,  which  bears 
the  title  of  the  Sacred  Heart.  The  ground-plan  and  general  proportions  arc  in 
accordance  with  ordinary  Gothic  precedent,  but  all  the  sculptured  details, 
whether  in  wood  or  stone,  are  purely  Oriental  iu  design.  The  carving  in  the 
tympanum  of  the  three  doorways,  the  tracery  in  the  windows,  both  of  the  aisles 
and  the  clerestory,  and  the  highly  decorated  altar  iu  the  Lady  Chapel,  may  all 
be  noted  as  favourable  specimens  of  native  art.  The  dome  which  surmounts 
the  choir  is  the  only  feature  which  I  hesitate  to  pronounce  a  success,  as  seen 
from  the  outside ;  its  interior  effect  is  very  good.  I  originally  intended  it  to 
be  a  copy  of  a  Hindu  sikhara,  such  as  that  of  the  temple  of  Madan  Mohan  at 
Briudaban  ;  but  fearing  that  this  might  prove  an  offence  to  clerical  prejudices, 
I  eventually  altered  it  into  a  dome  of  the  Russian  type,  which  also  is  distinctly 
of  Eastern  origin  and  therefore  so  far  in  keeping  with  the  rest  of  the  building. 
As  every  compromise  must,  it  fails  of  being  entirely  satisfactory. 

The  eastern  half  of  the  Church,  consisting  of  the  apse,  choir,  and  two 
transepts,  was  roofed  in  and  roughly  fitted  up  for  the  celebration  of  Mass  by 

*  Occasional}'/  it  has  so  happened  that  erery  single   ward  in  the  hospital  has  been  empty. 

41 


162  OPENING    OF  THE  CATHOLIC   CHURCH. 

All  Saints'  Day,  1874,  only  nine  months  after  the  work  had  been  commenced. 
The  nave  and  aisles  were  then  taken  in  hand,  and  on  the  recurrence  of  the 
same  feast,  two  years  later,  in  1876,  the  entire  edifice  was  solemnly  blessed  by 
the  Bishop  of  Agra.  On  that  occasion  the  interior  presented  a  very  striking 
appearance,  the  floor  being  spread  with  handsome  Persian  carpets,  and  a  profu- 
sion of  large  crystal  chandeliers  suspended  in  all  the  inter-columniations  ;  while 
the  Bishop's  throne  of  white  marble  was  surmounted  by  a  canopy  of  silk  and 
cloth  of  gold  ;  magnificent  baldaciiinos,  also  of  gold  embroidery,  were  suspend- 
ed above  the  three  altars,  and  the  entire  sanctuary  was  draped  from  top  to  bot- 
tom with  costly  Indian  tapestry.  These  beautiful  accessories,  several  thousands 
of  rupees  in  value,  were  kindly  lent  by  the  Seths,  the  Raja  of  Hathras  and 
other  leading  members  of  the  Hindu  community,  many  of  whom  had  also  assist- 
ed with  handsome  pecuniary  donations.  As  a  further  indication  of  their  liberal 
sentiments,  they  themselves  attended  the  function  in  the  evening — the  first 
public  act  of  Christian  worship  at  which  the)r  had  ever  been  present — and  ex- 
pressed themselves  as  being  much  impressed  by  the  elaborate  ceremonial  and  the 
Gregorian  tones,  which  latter  they  identified  with  their  own  immemorial  Vedic 
chants.  In  consequence  of  my  transfer  from  the  district,  the  building,  though 
complete  in  essentials,  will  ever  remain  architecturally  unfinished.  The  west- 
ern facade  is  flanked  by  two  stone  stair-turrets  (one  built  at  the  cost  of  Lala 
Syam  Sundar  Das)  which  have  only  been  brought  up  to  the  level  of  the  aisle 
roof,  though  it  was  intended  to  raise  them  much  higher  and  put  bells  in  them. 
There  were  also  to  have  been  four  kiosques  at  the  corners  of  the  dome,  for  the 
reception  of  statues,  but  two  only  have  been  executed ;  the  roof  of  the  transepts 
was  to  have  been  raised  to  a  level  with  that  of  the  nave,  and  the  plain  parapet 
of  the  aisles  would  have  been  replaced  by  one  of  carved  stone.  The  High  Altar, 
moreover,  is  only  a  temporary  erection  of  brick  and  plaster.  I  was  at  work  up- 
on the  Tabernacle  for  it,  when  I  received  Sir  George  Couper's  orders  to  go ;  and 
naturally  enough  they  were  a  great  blow  to  me.  The  total  cost  had  been 
lbs.  18,100. 

In  the  civil  station  most  of  the  houses  are  large  and  commodious  and,  being 
the  property  of  the  Seth,  the  most  liberal  of  landlords,  are  never  allowed  to 
offend  the  eye  by  falling  out  of  repair.  One  built  immediately  after  the  mutiny 
for  the  use  of  the  Collector  of  the  district  is  an  exceptionally  handsome  and  sub- 
stantial edifice.  The  Court-house,  as  already  mentioned  on  page  106,  was  com- 
pleted in  the  year  1861,  and  has  a  long  and  rather  imposing  facade;  but  though 
it  stands  at  a  distance  of  not  more  than  100  yards  from  the  high  road,  the 
ground  in  front  of  it  has  been  so  carelessly  planted   that  a  person,  who   had  no 


THE      MUSEUM 


COMMENCEMENT   OF  THE    MUSEUM.  163 

professional  business  to  take  him  there,  might  live  within  a  stone's  throw  for 
years  and  never  be  aware  of  its  existence.     In  immediate  proximity  are  the  offi- 
ces of  the  Tahsildar,  a  singularly  mean  and  insignificant  range   of  buildings,  as 
if  purposely  made  so  to  serve  for  a  fcil   to  another  building  which  stands  in 
.•aine  enclosure. 

This  is  now  used,  or  (as  perhaps  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say)  at  the 
time  of  my  leaving  the  district  was  intended  to  be  used,  as  a  Museum.  It  was 
commenced  by  Mr.  Thornhill,  the  Magistrate  and  Collector  of  the  district,  who 
raised  the  money  for  the  purpose  by  public  subscription,  intending  to  make  of 
it  a  rest-house  for  the  reception  of  native  gentlemen  of  rank,  whenever  they  had 
occasion  to  visit  head-quarters.  Though  close  to  the  Courts,  which  would  be  a 
convenience,  it  is  too  far  from  the  bazar  to  suit  native  tastes,  and  even  if  it  had 
been  completed  according  to  the  original  design,  it  is  not  probable  that  it  would 
ever  have  been  occupied.  After  an  expenditure  of  lis.  30,000,  the  work  wa 
interrupted  by  the  mutiny.  When  order  had  been  restored,  the  new  Collector, 
Mr.  Best,  with  a  perversity  by  no  means  uncommon  in  the  records  of  Indian 
local  administration,  set  himself  at  once,  not  to  complete,  but  to  mutilate,  his 
predecessor's  handiwork.  It  was  intended  that  the  building  should  stand  in  ex- 
tensive grounds  of  its  own,  where  it  would  certainly  have  had  a  very  pleasing 
architectural  effect  ;  but  instead  of  this  the  high  road  was  brought  immediately 
in  front  of  it,  so  as  to  cut  it  off  entirely  from  the  new  public  garden  ;  the  offices 
of  the  Tahsildar  were  built  on  one  side,  and  on  the  other  was  run  up,  at  a  most 
awkward  angle,  a  high  masonry  wall  ;  a  rough  thatched  roof  was  thrown  over 
its  centre  court ;  doorways  were  introduced  in  different  places  where  they  were 
not  wanted  and  only  served  as  disfigurements,  and  the  unfortunate  building 
was  then  nick-named  "  Thornhill's  Folly"  and  abandoned  to  utter  neglect. 

It  remained  thus  till  1874,  when  the  idea  of  converting  it  into  a  Museum 
received  the  support  of  Sir  John  Strachey,  who  sanctioned  from  provincial 
funds  a  grant-in-aid  of  lis.  3,500.  The  first  step  taken  was  to  raise  the  centre 
court  by  the  addition  of  a  clerestory,  with  windows  of  reticulated  stone  tracery, 
and  to  cover  it  with  a  stone  vault,  in  which  (so  far  as  constructional  peculiari- 
ties are  concerned)  I  reproduced  the  roof  of  the  now  ruined  temple  of  Harideva, 
at  Gobardhan.  The  cost  amounted  to  Its.  5,336.  A  porch  was  afterwards 
added  at  a  further  outlay  of  Rs.  8,494  ;  but  for  this  I  am  not  responsible.  It  is 
a  beautiful  design,  well  executed,  and  so  far  it  reflects  great  credit  on  Yusuf, 
the  Municipal  architect ;  but  it  is  too  delicate  for  an  exterior  facade  on  the  side 
of  a  dusty  road.  Something  plainer  would  have  answered  the  purpose  as  well, 
besides  having  a  more  harmonious  effect.     After  my  transfer,  operations  at  once 


164  ITS   ARCHITECTURAL   CHARACTER. 

came  to  a  stand-still  and  the  valuable  collection  of  antiquities  I  had  left  behind 
me  remained  utterly  uncared  for,  till  I  took  upon  myself  to  represent  the 
matter  to  the  local  Government.  I  was  thereupon  allowed  to  submit  plans  and 
estimates  for  the  completion  of  the  lower  story  by  filling  in  the  doors  and  win- 
dows, without  which  the  building  could  not  possibly  be  used,  and  my  proposals 
were  sanctioned.  When  I  last  visited  Mathura,  the  work  had  made  good 
progress,  and  I  believe  has  now  been  finished  for  some  time  ;  but  many  of 
the  most  interesting  sculptures  are  still  lying  about  in  the  compound  of  my  old 
bungalow. 

Though  the  cost  of  the  building  has  been  so  very  considerable,  nearly 
Es.  44,000,  it  is  only  of  small  dimensions  ;  but  the  whole  wall  surface  in  the 
central  court  is  a  mass  of  geometric  and  flowered  decorations  of  the  most  artis- 
tic character.  The  bands  of  natural  foliage — a  feature  introduced  by  Mr.  Thorn- 
hill's  own  fancy — are  very  boldly  cut  and  in  thernselvei  decidedly  handsome 
but  they  are  not  altogether  in  accord  with  the  conventional  designs  of  native 
style  by  which  they  are  surrounded. 

The  following  inscription  is  worked  into  the  cornice  of  the  central  hall  :  — 

l)l!j«a*«ijj i_5atJ;}>'*;5'  <*^*  (J^^*  ^fr-  *  u:^*,*'5  ;  *>s~«»j  ^&*  ■=£*"]  ^>\  (J'****] li33^ 
&  j.^ao  ^=5  ij.j     a  i^t^jj.jj.i'.^.^a  law  #  jC-d    i_jU».!y|    o.y^  ,W.*J  $    ^s    ';; 

U>;  ^j*^- 1 i-i-j  jj^J    rfJ  lOjjy*  "^  y^«  *     «g^  l*i  A-i;^^.-!  i  i2*$y&  jC*d  ^J  •=■> 

,»*«•**   I  A  0 1  i^w  JUas   IMC  ii- 

"  The  State  having  thought  good  to  promote  the  ease  of  its  subjects,  gave 
intimation  to  the  Magistrate  and  Collector,  ;  who  then,  by  the  co-operation  of 
the  chief  men  of  Mathura,  had  this  house  for  travellers  built  with  the  choicest 
carved  work.*  Its  doors  and  walls  are  polished  like  a  mirror  ;  in  its  sculpture 
every  kind  of  flower-bed  appears  in  view  ;  its  width  and  height  were  assigned 
in  harmonious  proportion  ;  from  top  to  bottom  it  is  well  shaped  and  well 
balanced.     It  may  very  properly  be  compared  to  the  dome  of  Afrasyab,  or  it  may 

*  Upon  the  word  munubbat,  which  is  used  here  to  denote  arabesque  carving,  the  late  Mr. 
Blocumunn  communicated  the  following  note:— "The  Arabic  nabata  means  'to  plant,'  and  the 
intensive  form  of  the  verb  has  either  the  same  signification  or  that  of  'causing  to  appear  like 
plants' :  hence  munabbat  comes  to  mean  '  traced  with  flowers,'  and  may  be  compared  with  mus- 
hajjar,  '  caused  to  appear  like  trees,'  which  is  the  word  applied  to  silk  with  tree-patterns  on 
ii,"  like  the  more  common  '  biita-ddr.' 


ORDINARY   FATE   OF   ANCIENT   INSCRIPTIONS.  105 

justly  bo  styled  the  palace  of  an  emperor.  One  who  saw  its  magnificence 
(or  the  poet  Shaukat  on  seeing  it)  composed  this  tarikh,  so  elegant  a  rest-houso 
makes  even  the  flower  garden  envious. " 

As  the  building  afforded  such  very  scant  accommodation,  I  proposed  to 
make  it  not  a  general,  but  simply  an  architectural  and  antiquarian  museum, 
arranging  in  it,  in  chronological  series,  specimens  of  all  the  different  styles  that 
have  prevailed  in  the  neighbourhood  from  the  reign  of  the  Indo-Scythian  K.i- 
nishka,  in  the  century  immediately  before  Christ,  down  to  the  Victorian  period 
which  would  be  illustrated  in  perfection  by  the  building  itself. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  it  is  high  time  for  some  such  institution  to  bo 
established  ;  for  in  an  ancient  city  like  Mathura  interesting  relics  of  tho  past, 
even  when  no  definite  search  is  being  made  for  them,  are  constantly  cropping 
up  ;  and  unless  there  is  some  easily  accessible  place  to  which  they  can  be  con- 
signed for  custody,  they  run  an  imminent  risk  of  being  no  sooner  found  than 
destroyed.  Inscriptions  in  particular,  despite  their  exceptional  value  in  the 
eyes  of  the  antiquary,  are  more  likely  to  perish  than  anything  else,  since  they 
have  no  beauty  to  recommend  them  to  the  ordinary  observer.  Tims,  us  already 
mentioned,  a  pillar,  the  whole  surface  of  which  is  said  to  have  been  covered 
with  writing,  was  found  in  18(!0  in  making  a  road  on  the  site  of  the  old  city 
wall.  There  was  no  one  on  the  spot  at  the  time  who  took  any  interest  in  such 
matters,  and  the  thrifty  engineer,  thinking  such  a  fine  large  block  of  stone  ought 
not  to  be  wasted,  had  it  neatly  squared  and  made  into  a  buttress  for  a  bridge. 
Another  inscribed  fragment,  which  had  formed  the  base  of  a  large  seated  statue, 
had  been  set  up  by  a  subordinate  in  the  Public  "Works  Department  to  protect  a 
culvert  on  the  high  road  through  cantonments,  from  which  position  I  rescued  it. 
It  bears  the  words  Ma/idrajasya  Deva-putrasya  Humshkasya  rdjya  sam.  50 
lie  3  di  2,  and  is  of  value  as  an  unquestionably  early  example  of  the  same 
symbol,  which  in  tho  inscription  of  doubtful  age  given  at  page  138  is 
explained  in  words  as  denoting  '  fifty.'  A  third  illustration  of  official  indiffer- 
ence to  archaeological  interests,  though  here  the  culprit  was  not  an  engineer, 
but  the  Collector  himself,  is  afforded  by  the  base  of  a  pillar,  which,  after  it 
had  been  accidentally  dug  up,  was  plastered  and  whitewashed  and  imbedded 
in  one  of  the  side  pillars  of  the  Tahsili  gateway,  where  I  re-discovered  it, 
when  the  gateway  was  pulled  down  to  improve  the  approach.  The  words  are 
cut  in  bold  clear  letters,  which  for  the  most  part  admit  of  being  deciphered  with 
certainty,  as  follows:  Ayam  kumbliaka  ddnam  bhikshunam  Survyasya  Buddha- 

mkshitasya  clia  prakitakdnam.     Anantyam(!)  deya  dharmma  pa nam. 

Sarvasa  prakitakdnam  arya  dakshitaye  bhavatu.     The  purport  of  this  would  be: 

42 


166  the  pa'li-khera  sculpture. 

"  This  base  is  the  gift  of  the  mendicants  Surya  and  Buddha-rakshita,  pra7iita- 
kas.  A  religious  donation  in  perpetuity.  May  it  be  in  every  way  a  blessing  to 
the  prahitakas."  A  question  has  been  raised  by  Professor  Kern,  with  reference 
to  another  inscription,  in  which  also  a  bhikshu  was  mentioned  as  a  donor,  on 
the  score  that  a  mendicant  was  a  very  unlikely  person  to  contribute  towards 
the  expenses  of  any  building,  since,  as  he  says,  '  monks  have  nothing  to  give 
awav,  all  to  receive.'  But  in  this  particular  instance  the  reading  and  meaning 
are  both  unmistakeably  clear,  nor  is  the  fact  really  at  all  inconsistent  with 
Hindu  usage.  In  this  very  district  I  can  point  to  two  large  masonry  tanks, 
costing  each  some  thousands  of  rupees,  which  have  been  constructed  by  men- 
dicants, bairagis,  .nit  (if  alms  that  they  had  in  a  long  course  of  years  begged  for 
the  purpose.  The  word  prahitaka,  if  I  am  right  in  so  reading  it,  is  of  doubtful 
signification.  It  might  mean  either  '  messenger'  or  '  committee-man  ;'  a  com- 
missioner or  a  commissionaire. 

The  other  inscriptions  have  for  the  most  part  been  already  noticed  in  the 
preceding  chapters,  when  describing  the  places  where  they  were  found. 

As  a  work  of  art,  the  most  pleasing  specimen  of  sculpture  is  the  Yasa-ditta 
statue  of  Buddha,  noticed  at  page  115  ;  but  archteologically  the  most  curious 
object  in  the  collection  is  certainly  the  large  carved  block  which  I  discovered  at 
Palikhera  in  the  cold  weather  of  1873-74.  On  one  side  is  represented  a  group 
of  six  persons,  the  principal  figure  being  a  man  of  much  abdominal  development, 
who  is  seated  in  complete  nudity  on  a  rock,  or  low  stool,  with  a  large  cup  in 
in  his  hand.  At  his  knee  is  a  little  child  ;  two  attendants  stand  at  the  back  ;  and 
in  the  front  two  women  are  seen  approaching,  of  whom  the  foremost  bears  a 
cup  and  the  second  a  bunch  of  grapes.  Their  dress  is  a  long  skirt  with  a 
shorter  jacket  over  it  ;  shoes  on  the  feet  and  a  turban  on  the  head.  The  two 
cups  are  curiously  made  ;  the  lower  end  of  the  curved  handle  being  attached 
to  the  bottom  of  the  stem  instead  of  the  bowl.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the 
block  the  same  male  figure  is  seen  in  a  state  of  helpless  intoxication,  supported 
on  his  seat  from  behind  by  two  attendants,  the  one  male,  the  other  female. 
By  his  right  knee  stands  the  child  as  before,  and  opposite  him  to  the  left  was 
apparently  another  boy,  of  somewhat  larger  growth,  but  this  figure  has  been 
much  mutilated.  The  male  attendant  wears  a  mantle,  fastened  at  the  neck  by 
a  fibula  and  hanging  from  the  shoulder  in  vandyked  folds,  which  are  ven 
suggestive  of  late  Greek  design. 

The  stone  on  which  these  two  groupsare  carved  measures  three  feet  ten  inches 

in  height,  three  feet  in  breadth  and  one  loot  lour  inches  in  thickness,  and  the  top 


INTENTION    OF   THE   SCt'LPTURE.  167 

has  been  scooped  out  so  as  to  form  as  it  were  a  shallow  circular  basin.  A  block,  of 
precisely  the  same  dimensions  ami  carved  with  two  similar  groups,  was  discovered 
somewhere  near  Mathura,  the  precise  locality  not  having  been  placed  on  record, 
by  Colonel  Stacy  in  the  year  L836,  who  deposited  it  in  the  <  lalcutta  museum,  where 
it  still  is.  His  idea  was  that  the  principal  figure  represented  Silenus,  that  the 
sculptors  were  Bactrian  Greeks,  and  that  their  work  was  meant  to  be  a  tazza,  or 
rather  a  pedestal  for  the  support  of  a  tazza  or  large  sacrificial  vase.  These 
opinions  were  endorsed  by  James  Prinsep,  and  have  prevailed  to  the  present 
day.  I  believe  them  however  to  be  erroneous,  though  not  unnaturally  suggest- 
ed by  a  general  resemblance  to  some  such  a  picture  as  is  given  in  Woolner's 
Pygmalion  of — 

"  Weak-kneed  Si'e  iub  puffin?,  on  both  sides 
Uph  lil  by  grinning  slaves,  who  plied  the  cup 
Wherein  two  nymphs  squeezed  juice  of  dusky  grapes." 

Of  the  two  groups  on  the  Stacy  stone  one  represents  the  drunkard  after  he 
has  drained  the  cup,  and  is  almost  identical  with  that  above  described.     The 
other   exhibits   an   entirely  different  scene  in  the   story,    though  some  of  the 
characters  appear  to  be  the  same.     There  are  four  figures— two  male  and  two 
female — standing  under  the'shade  of  a  tree  with  long  clusters  of  drooping  flow- 
ers.    The  first  figure  to  the  right  is  a  female  dressed  in  a  long  skirt  and  upper 
jacket,  with   a  narrow  scarf  thrown  over  her  arms.     Her  right  hand  is  grasped 
by  her  male  companion,  who  has  his  left  arm  round  her  neck.     He  is  entirely 
naked,  save   for  a   very  short  pair  of  drawers  barely  reaching  to  the  middle  of 
the  thigh,  and  a  shawl  which  may  be  supposed  to  hang  loosely  at  his  back,  but 
in  front  shows  only  the  ends  tied  loosely  in  a  knot  under  his  chin.     Behind  him 
and   with  her  back  to  his  back  is  another  female  dressed  as  the  first,  but  with 
elaborate  bangles  covering  nearly  half  the  fore-arm.     Her  male  companion 
seems  to  be  turning  away  as  if  on  the  point  of  taking  his  leave.     He  wears  light 
drawers  reaching  to  the  ankles  and  a  thin  muslin  tunic,  fitting  close  to  the  body 
and  terminating  a  little  below  the  knees.     On  the  ground  at  the  feet  of  each  of 
the  male  figures  is  a  covered  cup. 

As  to  the  names  of  the  personages  concerned  and  the  particular  story  which 
the  sculptor  intended  to  represent,  I  am  not  able  to  offer  any  suggestion.  Pro- 
bably, when  Buddhist  literature  has  been  more  largely  studied,  the  legend  thus 
illustrated  will  be  brought  to  light.  The  general  purport  of  the  three  scenes 
appear  to  me  unmistakeable.  In  the  first  the  two  male  conspirators  are  per- 
suading their  female  companions  to  take  part  in  the  plot,  the  nature  of  the  plot 
being  indicated  by  the   two   cups  at  their  feet.     In  the  second  the  venerable 


Il58  NATIONALITY   OF   THE   SCULPTORS. 

ascetic  has  been  seduced  by  their  wiles  into  tasting  the  dangerous  draught;  one 
of  the  two  cups  is  in  his  hand,  the  other  is  ready  to  follow.  In  the  third  one, 
of  which  there  are  two  representations,  the  cups  have  been  quaffed,  and  he  is 
reeling  from  their  effects. 

Obviously  all  this  has  nothing  to  do  with  Silenus  ;  the  discovery  of  the 
second  block,  which  supplies  the  missing  scene  in  the  drama,  makes  it  quite 
clear  that  some  entirely  different  personage  is  intended.  The  tazza  theory  may 
also  be  dismissed  ;  for  the  shallow  bason  at  the  top  of  the  stone  seems  to  be 
nothing  more  than  the  bed  for  the  reception  of  a  round  pillar.  A  sacrificial 
vase  was  a  not  uncommon  offering  among  the  Greeks  ;  and  if  the  carving  had 
been  shown  to  represent  a  Greek  legend,  there  would  have  been  no  great 
improbability  in  supposing  that  the  work  had  been  executed  for  a  foreigner 
who  employed  it  in  accordance  with  his  own  national  usage.  But  in  dedicat- 
ing a  cup  to  one  of  his  own  divinities,  he  would  not  decorate  it  with  scenes  from 
Hindu  mythology  ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  offering  of  a  cup  of  such 
dimensions  to  any  monastery  or  shrine  on  the  part  of  a  Buddhist  is  both 
unprecedented  and  intrinsically  improbable. 

Finally,  as  to  the  nationality  of  the  artist.  The  foliage,  it  must  be  ob- 
served, is  identical  in  character  with  what  is  seen  on  many  Buddhist  pillars  found 
in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  and  generally  in  connection  with  figures  of  Maya 
Devi  ;  whence  it  may  be  presumed  that  it  is  intended  to  represent  the  sal  tree, 
under  which  Buddha  was  born,  though  it  is  by  no  means  a  correct  representa- 
tion of  that  tree.  The  other  minor  accessories  are  also,  with  one  exception,  either 
clearly  Indian,  or  at  least  not  strikingly  un-Indian  :  such  as  the  earrings  and 
bangles  worn  by  the  female  figures  and  the  feet  either  bare  or  certainly  not  shod 
with  sandals  :  the  one  exception  being  the  mantle  of  the  male  attendant  in 
the  drunken  scene.  Considering  the  local  character  of  all  the  other  accessories,  I 
find  it  impossible  to  agree  with  General  Cunningham  in  ascribing  the  work  to  a 
foreign  artist,  "  one  of  a  small  body  of  Bactrian  sculptors,  wdio  found  employ- 
ment among  the  wealthy  Buddhists  at  Mathura,  as  in  later  days  Europeans  were 
employed  under  the  Mughal  emperors.  "  The  thoroughly  Indian  character  of 
the  details  seems  to  me,  as  to  Br.  Mitra,  decisive  proof  that  the  sculptor  was  a 
native  of  the  country  ;  nor  do  I  think  it  very  strange  that  he  should  represent 
one  of  the  less  important  characters  as  clothed  in  a  modified  Greek  costume,  since 
it  is  an  established  historical  fact  that  Mathura  was  included  in  the  Bactrian 
Empire,  and  the  Greek  style  of  dress  cannot  have  been  altogether  unfamiliar  to 
him.  The  artificial  folds  of  the  drapery  were  probably  borrowed  from  what  he 
saw.on  coins. 


, 


1.      BACCHANAL    AN     SCULPTURE     FROM      PALI-KHERA 


2.      BACCHANALIAN      SCULPTURE      FROM      PALI-KHERA. 


OTHER   BACCHANALIAN    BOTJLPT1   I  IGtJ 

Ih  th'e  Hindu  Pantheon  tlie  only  personage  said  to  have  been  of  wine-bib- 
Biiig  propensities  is  Balar&ma  himself,  one  of  the  tutelary  divinities  of  Ma- 
th ura  ;  and  it  is  probably  he  who  was  intended  to  be  represented  by  a  second 
Bacchanalian  figure  included  in  the  museum,  collection.  This  is  a  mutilated 
statue  brought  from  the  village  of  Kukargama,  in  the  Sa'dabad  pargana.*  He 
stands  under  the  conventional  canopy  of  serpents'  heads,  with  a  garland  of 
wild-flowers  (ban-main)  thrown  across  his  body  ;  his  right  hand  is  raised  above 
his  head  in  wild  gesticulation  and  in  his  left  hand  he  holds  a  cup  very  similar 
to  the  one  shown  in  the  Pali-khera  sculpture.  His  head-dress  closely  resem- 
bles Krishna's  distinctive'  ornament,  the  mukut  ;  but  it  may  be  only  the  spiral 
coil  of  hair  observable  in  the  Sanchi  and  Amaravati  sculptures.  In  any  case, 
the  inference  must  not  be  presed  too  far  ;  for,  first,  the  hooded  snake  is  as  con- 
stant an  accompaniment  of  Sakya  Muni  as  of  Balarama  ;  and  secondly,  a  third 
sculpture  of  an  equally  Bacchanalian  character  is  unmistakeably  Buddhist. 
This  is  a  rudely  executed  figure  of  a  fat  little  fellow,  who  has  both  his  hands 
raised  above  his  hand,  and  holds  in  one  a  cup,  in  the  other  a  bunch  of  graj 
The  head  with  its  close  curling  hair  leaves  no  doubt  that  Buddha  is  the  person 
intended  ;  though  possibly  in  the  days  of  his  youth,  when  "  ho  dwelt  still  in  his 
palace  and  indulged  himself  in  all  carnal  pleasures."'  Or  it  might  be  a  cari- 
cature of  Buddhism  as  regarded  from  the  point  of  view  of  a  Brahmanical 
iscetic. 

*At  Kukargama  is  an  ancient  shrine  of  Kukar  Devi,  where  a  incla  is  held  on  the  festival 
of  the  Phul-dol,  Chait  badi  7.  Though  in  a  dilapidated  condition,  the  building  is  quite  a  modern 
cue,  a  small  dome  supported  on  plain  brick  arches;  but  on  the  floor,  which  is  raised  several  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  ground,  is  a  plinth,  4  feet  8  inches  square,  formed  of  massive  blocks  of  a 
hard  and  closely  grained  grey  stone.  The  mouldings  are  bold  and  simple,  like  what  may  be  seen 
in  the  oldest  Kashmir  temples.  One  side  of  the  plinth  is  imperfect  an  1  the  stone  has  also  been 
removed  from  the  centre,  leaving  a  circular  hollow,  which  the  villagers  think  was  a  well.  But 
more  probably  the  shrine  was  originally  one  of  Mahadeva,  an  1  this  was  the  bed  in  which  a 
round  lingam  had  been  set.  In  a  corner  of  the  building  were  two  mutilated  sculptures  of  similar 
design,  and  it  was  the  more  perfect  of  these  two  that  I  removed  to  Mathura.  A  sketch  of  it 
may  be  seen  in  Volume  XLIV.  of  the  Journal  of  the  Calcutta  Asiatic  Society's  Journal  for  ISTo. 
A  few  paces  from  the  shrine  is  a  small  brick  platform,  level  with  the  grouud,  which  is  said 
to  cover  the  grave  of  the  dog  (Kuhura)  from  whom  the  village  is  suppose  1  to  derive  its  name  : 
and  pc-r-ons  bitten  by  a  dog  are  brought  here  to  be  cured.  The  adjoining  pond  called  Kurha  (for 
Kuhum-ha)  is  said  to  have  been  constructed  by  a  Banjara.  Very  large  bricks  are  occasionally 
dug  up  out  of  it,  as  also  from  the  village  Khera  ;  one  measured  1  foot  5  inches  in  length  by  10 
inches  in  breadth  and  :s  in  thickness,  another  1  font  7  inc'ies  x  9  inches  x  2\  inches.  It  is  of 
interest  to  observe  that  on  the  west  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Cambay,  20  miles  south  of  Bhaonagar,- 
is  another  place  now  called  Kukar,  the  ancient  name  of  which,  as  appears  from  an  inscription 
found  there,  was.  Kokata;  but  the  derivation  is  uncertain.  The  old  Jit  zaminiars  are  Gahlot, 
or  Sisodiya,  Thakurs  from  Sahpau. 

43 


170  CORRUPTION  OF  BUDDHISM. 

However,   Buddhism  itself,   thoagh   originally   a   system  of  abstractions 
and    negations,    was    not    long    before    it  assumed    a  concrete    development. 
In    one   of   its    schools,    which    from   the  indecency  of  many   of  the   figures 
that  have  been  discovered  would  seem   to  have  been  very  popular  at  Ma- 
thura,  debauchery  of  the  most  degrading  description  was  positively  inculcat- 
ed  as    the    surest   means    for    attaining   perfection.     The  authority   for  theso 
abominable   doctrines,   which,   in  the  absence   of  literary   proof  might    have 
been  considered  an   impossible   outcome  of  such  teaching   as   that  of  Sakya 
Muni,  is  a  Sanskrit  composition  called   Tathdgata  Guhjnka,  or  Guhya  sama.' 
gha,    'the  collection  of  secrets,'  of  which  the  first  published  notice  is  thai 
given   by   Dr.  Rajendra   Lala   Mittra  in  the  introduction    to    his    edition    of 
the   Lalita  Vistara.     He   describes  it  as  having  all  the  characteristics  of  the 
worst  specimens  of  the  Hindu  Tantras.     The  professed  object,  in  either  case, 
is  devotion  of  the  highest  kind — absolute  and  unconditional — at  the  sacrifice 
of  all  worldly  attachments,  wishes,   and   aspirations  ;  but  in  working  it  out 
theories  are  indulged  in  and  practices  enjoined,  which  are  at  once   the  most 
revolting  and   horrible   that  human    depravity   could   imagine.     A   shroud  of 
mystery  alone  seems  to  prevent  their  true  character  from  being  seen  ;  but 
divested  of  it,  works  of  this  description  would  deserve  to  be  burnt  by  the  com- 
mon hangman.     Looking  at  them  philosophically,  the  great  wonder  is  that  a 
system  of  religion,  so  pure  and  so  lofty  in  its  aspirations  as  Buddhism,  could 
lie  made  to  ally  itself  with  such  pestilent  dogmas  and  practices.     Perfection  is 
described  as  attainable  not  by  austerity,  privations  and  painful  rigorous  obser- 
vances, but  by  the  enjoyment  of  all  the  pleasures  of  the  world,  some  of  which 
are   described   with  a  minuteness   of  detail  which   is   simply  revolting.     The 
figures  of  nude  dancing-girls  in   lascivious  attitudes  with  other  obscene  repre- 
sentations, that  occur  on   many  of  the   Buddhist   pillars   in  the  museum,  are 
clear  indications  of  the  popularity  which  this  corrupt  system  had  acquired  in 
the  neighbourhood.     The  two  figures  of  female  monsters,  each  with  a  child  in 
its  lap,  which   it  is  preparing  to  tear  in  pieces  ami  devour,  are  in  all   probabi- 
lity to  be  referred  to  the  same  school  :  though  they  appear  also  in  the  Hindu 
Tantras  and  under  the  same  name,  that  of  Dakini.     In  the  oldest  sculptures  the 
figures  are  all  decently  draped,  and  it  has  been  the  custom  to  regard  them 
only  as  Buddhist,  and  all  the  nude  or  otherwise  objectionable  representations 
as  Jaini.     But    this  is  an  error  arising  out  of  the  popular  Hindu  prejudice 
against  what  they  call  in  reproach  '  the  worship  of   the   naked  gods.'     The  on, 
cry  is  simply  an   interested   one  and  has  no  foundation  in  fact  :  for  though 
many  Hindu  temples,  especially  in  Bengal,  are  disfigured  by  horrible  obscenities, 


EARLIER   STYLES   OP   ARCHITECTURE.  171 

I  know  of  no  Jaini  templo  in  which  there  is  anything  to  shock  the  most 
sensitive  delicacy  ;  while  the  length  to  which  some  of  the  recognized  followers 
of  Buddha  could  go  in  the  deification  of  lust  has  been  sufficiently  shown  by 
Dr.  Mitra's  description  of  the  Guhya  samagha.  And  this,  it  should  be  added, 
though  hitherto  almost  unknown  to  European  students,  is  no  obscure  treatise, 
but  is  one  of  the  nine  most  important  works  to  which  divine  worship  is  con- 
stantly offered  by  the  Buddhists  of  Nepal. 

Of  the  different  styles  of  architecture  that  have  prevailed  in  the  district,  the 
memory  of  the  earliest,  the  Indo-Greek,  is  preserved  by  a  single  small  fragment, 
found  in  the  Ambarisha  hill,  where  a  niche  is  supported  by  columns  with  Ionic 
capitals.'  Of  the  succeeding  style,  the  Indo-Scythian,  there  are  a  few  actual 
architectural  remains  and  a  considerable  number  of  sculptured  representa- 
tions. No  complete  column  has  been  recovered  ;  but  the  plain  square  bases, 
cut  into  four  Mops,  found  at  the  Chauwara  mounds,  belong  to  this  period,  as 
also  the  bell-shaped  capital,  surmounted  by  an  inscribed  abacus  with  an  ele- 
phant standing  upon  it,  brought  from  a  garden  near  the  Kankali  tila.  It  is 
dated  the  year  39,  in  the  reign  of  Huvishka.  In  the  sculptures,  where  an 
arcade  is  shown,  the  abacus  usually  supports  a  pair  of  winged  linns,  crouch- 
ing back  to  back  ;  but  in  a  fragment  from  the  Kankali  tila,  where  the  column  i.s 
meant  for  an  isolated  one,  it.  bears  an  elephant.  In  this  last  example  the 
shaft  appears  to  be  round,  but  it  is  more  commonly  shown  as  octagonal.  The 
round  bases,  of  which  such  a  large  number  were  unearthed  from  the  Jamalpur 
mounds,  many  of  them  inscribed  with  the  names  of  the  donors,  would  seem 
to  have  been  used  for  the  support  of  statues.  The  name  by  which  they  are 
designated  in  the  inscriptions  is  Kumbhaka.  The  miniature  pediments,  carved 
as  a  diaper  or  wall  decoration,  show  that  the  temple  fronts  presented  the  same 
appearance  as  in  the  Nasik  caves.  This  was  peculiarly  the  Buddhist  style  and 
died  with  the  religion  to  whose  service  it  had  been  dedicated.  After  it  came 
the  mediaeval  Brahmanic  style,  which  was  prevalent  all  over  Upper  India  in 
the  time  of  Prithi  Raj  and  the  Muhamnradan  conquest.  In  this  the  bell- 
shaped  capital  appears  as  a  vase  with  masses  of  dependent  foliage  at  its  four 
corners.  These  have  not  only  a  very  graceful  effect,  but  are  also  of  much 
constructional  significance,  since  they  counteract  the  weakness  which  would 
otherwise  have  resulted  from  the  attenuation  of  the  vase  at  its  base  and  neck. 
The  shaft  itself  frequently  springs  from  a  similar  vase  set  upon  a  moulded 
base.  In  early  examples,  as  in  a  pair  of  columns  from  the  Kankali  tila  and 
a  fragment  from  Shergarh,  the  shaft  has  a  central  band  of  drooping  lily-like 
flowers,   with  festoons  dependent  from  them.     Later  on,  instead  of  the  band 


172  THE    BOIiECTIC    STYLE    OF  THE    lC'I'H  •  CEKTCJHTv 

a  frrotesque  face  is  introduced,  with  the  moustaches  prolonged  into  fanciful 
arabesque  continuations,  and  strings  of  pearls  substituted  for  the  festoons, 
or  a  knotted  scarf  is  grasped  in  the  teeth  and  bangs  half  down  to  the  base  with 
a  bell  attached  to  its  end.  <  tecasionally  the  entire  shaft  or  some  one  of  its  faces 
is  enriched  with  bands  of  foliage.  Probably  for  the  sake  of  securing  greater 
height,  a  second  capital  was  added  at  the  top,  either  in  plain  cushion  shape, 
or  carved  into  the  semblance  of  two  squat  monsters  supporting  the  architrave 
on  their  head  and  upraised  hands.  For  still  loftier  buildings  it  was  the  prac- 
tice to  set  two  columns  of  similar  character  one  on  the  other,  crowning  the 
uppermost  with  the  detached  capital  as  above  described ;  and  afterwards  it 
became  the  fashion  to  make  even  short  columns  with  a  notch  in  the  middle,  so 
as  to  give  them  the  appearance  of  being  in  two  pieces.  Examples  of  this 
peculiarity  may  be  seen  in  the  Chhatthi  Palna  at  Maha-ban  and  the  Dargah 
at  Noh-jhil.  The  custom,  which  prevailed  to  a  very  late  period,  of  varying 
the  shape  of  a  shaft  by  making  it  square  at  bottom,  then  an  octagon,  and  then 
polygonal,  is  probably  of  different  origin  and  was  only  a  device  for  securing 
an  appearance  of  lightness. 

From  about  the  year  1200  A.D.  the  architectural  history  of  Mathura  is  an 
absolute  blank  till  the  middle  of  the  16th  century,  when,  under  the  beneficent 
sway  of  the  Emperor  Akbar,  the  eclectic  style,  so  characteristic  of  his  own 
religious  views,  produced  the  magnificent  series  of  temples,  which  even  in  their 
ruin  arc  still  to  be  admired  at  Brinda-ban.  The  temple  of  Radha  Ballabh,  in  that 
town,  built  in  the  next  reign,  that  of  Jahangir,  is  the  last  example  of  the  style. 
Its  characteristic  note  can  scarcely  be  defined  as  the  fusion,  but  rather  as  the 
parallel  exhibition  of  the  Hindu  and  Muhammadan  method.  Thus  in  a  facade 
one  story,  or  one  compartment,  shows  a  succession  of  multifoil  saracenic  arches, 
while  above  and  below,  or  on  either  side,  every  opening  is  square-headed  with 
the  architrave  supported  on  projecting  brackets.  The  one  is  purely  Muham- 
madan, the  other  is  as  distinctly  Hindu  ;  yet,  without  any  attempt  made  to 
disguise  the  fact  beyond  the  judicious  avoidance  of  all  exaggerated  peculiarities 
in  either  style,  the  juxta  position  of  the  two  causes  no  sentiment  of  incongruity. 
If  in  any  art  it  were  possible  to  revive  the  dead,  or  if  it  were  in  human  nature 
ever  to  return  absolutely  upon  the  past,  this  style  would  seem  to  be  the  one  for 
our  architects  to  copy.  But  simple  retrogression  is  impossible.  Every  period 
has  an  environment  of  its  own,  which,  however  studiously  ignored  in  artificial 
imitations,  must  have  its  effect  in  any  spontaneous  development  of  the  artistic 
faculty.  The  principle,  however,  is  as  applicable  as  ever,  though  it  will  deal  with 
altered  materials  and  be  manifested  in  novel  phenomena.     Indian  architecture, as 


5 
3 
UJ 
<fi 

3 

< 

3 
I 
H 
< 


UJ 


3 

o> 

Z 
< 

u. 
o 

0. 
3 
O 
cc 
o 


THE   JXT   STYLE   OF   AliCniTECTUKZ.  173 

now  in  vogue  at  Mathura,  is  the  result  of  Muhammadan  influences  working  upon 
a  Hindu  basis.  The  extraordinary  power  that  resulted  from  the  first  introduc- 
tion of  the  new  element  is  all  but  exhausted  ;  the  system  requires  once  more  to 
be  invigorated  from  without.  A  single  touch  of  genius  might  restore  it  to  more 
than  all  its  pristine  activity  by  wedding  it  to  the  European  Gothic,  to  which  it 
has  a  strong  natural  affinity.  The  product  would  be  a  style  that  would  satisfy 
all  the  practical  requirements  of  modern  civilization,  and  at  the  same  time 
display  the  union  of  oriental  and  western  idea,  in  a  concrete  form,  which  both 
nationalities  could  appreciate.  The  combination  of  dome  and  spire,  the  dream' 
of  our  last  great  Gothic  architect,  but  which  he  died  without  accomplishing, 
would  follow  spontaneously  ;  and  Anglo-Indian  architecture,  no  longer  a  bye- 
word  for  Philistinism  and  vulgarity,  might  spread  through  the  length  and 
breadth  of  the  empire  with  as  much  success  as  Indo-Greek  art  in  the  days  of 
Alexander,  or  Hindu-Saracenic  art  in  the  reign  of  Akbar. 

The  eclecticism  of  the  last-named  period,  which  has  suggested  the  above 
remarks,  was  followed  by  the  Jat  style,  of  which  the  best  examples  are  the 
tombs  and  palaces  erected  by  Suraj  Mall,  the  founder  of  the  Bharatpur  dynasty, 
and  his  immediate  successors.  In  these  the  arch  is  thoroughly  naturalized  ; 
the  details  are  also  in  the  main  dictated  by  Muhammadan  precedent,  but  they 
are  carried  out  with  much  of  the  old  Hindu  solidity  and  exuberance  of  fanci- 
ful decoration.  The  arcade  of  the  Ganga  Mohan  Kunj  at  Brinda-ban  is  a 
very  fine  specimen  of  this  style  at  its  best.  In  later  buildings,  as  in  those 
on  the  bank  of  the  Manasi  Ganga  at  Gobardhan,  the  mouldings  are  shallower 
and  the  wall-ornamentation  consists  of  nothing  but  an  endless  succession  of 
niches  and  vases  repeated  with  wearisome  uniformity.  The  Baugala,  or  ob- 
long alcove,  with  a  vaulted  roof  of  curvilinear  outline,  is  always  a  prominent 
feature  iu  this  style  and  is  introduced  into  some  part  of  every  facade.  From 
the  name  it  may  be  inferred  that  it  was  borrowed  from  Bengal  and  was  pro- 
bably intended  as  a  copy  of  the  ordinary  cottage  roof  made  of  bent  bainbus. 
It  does  not  appear  in  Upper  India  till  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb  ;  the  earliest 
example  in  Mathura  being  the  alcoves  of  the  mosque  built  by  Ahd-un- 
Nabi  in  1661  A.D. 

The  style  in  vogue  at  the  present  day  is  the  legitimate  descendant  of  tho 
above,  and  differs  from  it  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  Perpendicular  differs- 
from  Decorated  Gothic.  It  has  greater  lightness,  but  less  freedom  :  more  elabora- 
tion in  details,  but  less  vigour  in  conception.  The  panelling  of  the  walls  and 
piers  is  often  filled  in  with  extremely  delicate  arabesques  of  intricate  design  ; 

44 


174  THE    STYLE   OF   ARCHITECTURE    NOW   IN    VOGUE. 

but  the  effect  is  scarcely  in  proportion  to  the  labour  expended  upon  them  ;  for 
the  work  is  too  slightly  raised  and  too  minute  to  catch  the  eye  at  any  distance. 
Thus  the  first  impression  is  one  of  flatness  and  a  want  of  accentuation  ;  artis- 
tic defects  for  which  no  refinement  of  detail  can  adequately  compensate.  The 
pierced  tracery,  however,  of  the  screens  and  balconies  is  as  good  in  character 
as  in  execution.  The  geometrical  patterns  are  old  traditions  and  can  be  classi- 
fied under  a  few  well-defined  heads,  but  they  admit  of  almost  infinite  modi- 
fications under  skilful  treatment.  They  are  cut  with  great  mathematical  nicety, 
the  pattern  being  drawn  on  both  sides  of  the  slab,  which  is  half  chiselled 
through  from  one  side  and  then  turned  over  and  completed  from  the  other. 
The  temples  that  line  both  sides  of  the  High  Street  in  the  city,  the  monument 
to  Seth  Mani  Rain  in  the  Jamuna  bagh  and  the  porch  of  the  museum  itself 
are  fine  specimens  of  the  style,  and  are  conclusive  proofs  that,  in  Mathura  at 
all  events,  architecture  is,  to  this  day,  no  mere  galvanized  revival  of  the  past, 
but  is  still  a  living  and  progressive  art.  If  a  model  of  some  one  of  the  best 
and  most  typical  buildings  in  each  of  the  late  styles  were  added  to  the 
museum  collection  of  antiquities,  as  was  my  intention,  the  series  would  give 
•  a  complete  view  of  the  architectural  history  of  the  district,  from  which  a 
student  would  be  able  to  gather  much  instruction.  A  specimen  of  modern 
official  architecture  (?),  as  conceived  by  our  Engineers  in  the  Public  Works 
Department,  should  further  be  placed  in  juxtaposition  with  them,  as  a  model 
also,  but  a  model  of  everything  to  be  avoided. 

Immediately  opposite  the  museum  is  the  Public  Garden,  in  which  the  museum 
itself  ought  to  have  been  placed.  It  contains  a  considerable  variety  of  choice 
trees  ami  shrubs,  but  unfortunately  it  has  not  been  laid  out  with  much  taste, 
and  its  area  is  too  large  to  be  kept  in  good  order  out  of  the  funds  that  are 
allowed  for  its  maintenance.  It  was  extended  a  few  years  ago,  so  as  to  include 
the  site  of  a  large  mound  and  tank.  The  former  was  levelled  and  the  latter 
filled  up.  During  the  progress  of  the  work  a  number  of  copper  coins  were  dis- 
covered, which  may  very  possibly  have  been  of  the  same  date  as  the  adjoining 
Buddhist  monastery  ;  but  being  of  no  intrinsic  value,  there  was  no  one  on  the 
spot  who  cared  to  preserve  them.  A  little  further  on  is  the  Jail,  constructed 
on  the  approved  radiating  principle,  and  sufficiently  strong  under  ordinary 
circumstances  to  ensure  the  safe-guard  of  native  prisoners,  though  an  European 
would  probably  find  its  walls  not  very  difficult  either  to  scale  or  breakthrough. 
This  exhausts  the  list  of  public  institutions  and  objects  of  interest ;  whence  it 
may  be  rightly  inferred  that  the  English  quarter  of  Mathura  is  as  dull 
and  common-place  as    most  other  Indian   stations.     Still,  in  the  rains  it  has  a 


GOVERNORS  OF  MATHURA'  IN  THE  17TH  CENTURY.  175 

pleasant  park-like  appearance  with  its  wide  expanse  of  green  sward,  reserved 
for  military  uses  from  the  encroachments  of  the  plough  ;  its  well-kept  roads 
with  substantial  bridges  to  span  the  frequent  ravines  ;  and  the  long  avenues 
of  trees  that  half  conceal  the  thatched  and  verandahed  bungalows  that  lie 
behind,  each  in  its  own  enclosure  of  garden  and  pasture  land  ;  while  in  the 
distant  back-ground  an  occasional  glimpse  is  caught  of  the  broad  stream  of  the 
Jamuna. 


NOTES  ON  CHAPTER  VII. 
I.— 'List  of  Governors  of  Mathura'  in  the  17th  Century. 

1629.  Mirza  Isa  Tarkhan  ;  who  gave  his  name  to  the  suburb  of  Isa- 
pur  (now  more  commonly  called  Hans-ganj),  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the 
river. 

1636.  Murshid  Kuli  Khan,  promoted,  at  the  time  of  his  appointment,  to 
be  commander  of  2,000  horse,  as  an  incentive  to  be  zealous  in  stamping  out 
idolatry  and  rebellion.  From  him  the  suburb  of  Murshid-pur  derives  its 
name. 

1630.  Allah  Virdi  Khan.  After  holding  office  for  three  years,  some 
disloyal  expressions  to  which  he  had  given  utterance  were  reported  to  the  emperor, 
who  thereupon  confiscated  his  estates  and  removed  him  to  Delhi. 

1642.  Azam  Khan  Mir  Muhammad  Bakir,  also  called  Irsidat  Khan.  He 
is  commemorated  by  the  Azam-abad  Sarae,  which  he  founded  (see  page  31), 
and  by  the  two  villages  of  Azam-pur  and  Bakir-pur.  He  came  of  a  noble 
family  seated  at  Sawa  in  Persia,  and  having  attached  himself  to  the  service  of 
Asaf  Khan  Mirza  Jafar,  the  distinguished  poet  and  courtier,  soon  after  became 
his  son-in-law  and  was  introduced  to  the  notice  of  the  Emperor  Jahangir.  He 
thus  gained  his  firsr  appointment  under  the  Crown  ;  but  his  subsequent  promo- 
tion was  due  to  the  influence  of  Yamin-ud-ilaula,  Asaf  Khan  IV.,  the  father  of 
Mumtaz  Mahall,  the  favourite  wife  of  Shahjahan.  On  the  accession  of  that 
monarch  he  was  appointed  commander  of  5,000,  and  served  with  distinction  in 
the  Dakhiu  in  the  war  against  the  rebel  Khan  Jahan  Lodi  and  in  the  opera- 
tions against  the  Nizam  Shahi's  troops.  In  the  fifth  year  of  the  reign,  he  was 
made  Governor  of  Bengal  in  succession  to  Kasiin  Khan  Juwaini.  Three 
years  later  he  was  transferred  to  Allahabad,  but  did  not  remain  there  long, 
bein"'  moved  in  the  very  next  year  to  Gujarat,  as  Subadar.  In  the  twelfth  year 
of  Shahjahan  his  daughter  was  married  to  prince  Shuja,  who  had  by  her  a  son 
named   Zain-ul-abidin.     From   1642  to  1645  he  was  Governor  of  Mathur&,  but 


176 


THE    CITY    MADALLAS. 


in  the  latter  year,  as  he  did  not  act  with  sufficient  vigour  against  the  Hindu 
malcontents,  his  advanced  age  was  made  the  pretext  for  transferring  him  to 
Bihar.  Three  years  later  he  received  orders  for  Kashmir  ;  but  as  he  objected 
to  the  cold  climate  of  that  country  he  was  allowed  to  exchange  it  for  Jaun-pnr, 
where  he  died  in  1648,  at  the  age  of  7(3.  He  is  described  in  the  Naasir-ul- 
I'mara  as  a  man  of  most  estimable  character,  but  very  harsh  in  his  mode  of 
collecting  the  State  revenue.  Azamgarh,  the  capital  of  the  district  of  that  name 
in  the  Banaras  Division,  was  also  founded  by  him. 

1645.  Makramat  Khan,  formerly  Governor  of  Delhi. 

1658.  Jafar,  son  of  Allah  Virdi  Khan. 

1659.  Kasim  Khan,  transferred  from  Muradiibad,  but  murdered  on  his 
way  down. 

1660.  Abd-un-Nabi,  founder  of  the  Jama  Masjid  (see  page  150). 

1668.  Saft-Shikan  Khan.     Fails  in  quelling  the  rebellion. 

1669.  Hasan  Ali  Khan.     During  his  incumbency  the  great  temple  of 
Kesava  Deva  was  destroyed. 

1676.     Sultan  Kuli  Khan, 


II. — Names  of  the  City  Quarters,  or  Mahallas. 


1  Mandavi  Rani. 

20 

2  Bair&g-pura. 

21 

3  Khirki  Bisati. 

22 

4  Naya-bas. 

23 

5  Arjun-pura. 

24 

6  Tek-narnaul. 

25 

7  Gali  Seru  Kasera. 

26 

8  Gali  Ravaliya. 

27 

9  Gali  Ram-pal. 

28 

10  Tek  Rami  Khati. 

29 

11  Gali   Mathura  Me- 

30 

gha. 

31 

12  Bazar  Ohauk. 

32 

13  Gali  Bhairon. 

O  9 

66 

14  Gali  Thathera. 

34 

15  Lai  Darwaza. 

35 

16  Gali  Lohiva. 

36 

17   Gali  Nanda. 

37 

18  Teli-para 

38 

19  Tila  Chaubc. 

39 

Brindaban  Darwaza, 

Gher  Gobindi. 
Gali  Gopa  Shah. 
Shah-ganj  Darwaza 
Halan-ganj. 
Chakra  Tirath. 
Krishan  Ganga. 
Go-ghat. 
Kans  k;'i  kila. 
Hanuman  tila, 
Zer  masjid. 
Kushk. 
^;imi  Ghat. 
Makhdiim  Shah. 
Asi-kunda  Ghat. 
Visrant  Ghat. 
Kans-khar. 
Gali  Dasavatar. 
Gor-para 
Gosain  (J hat. 


40  Kil-math. 

41  Syam  Ghat. 

42  Ram  Ghat. 

43  Ramji-dwara. 

44  Bihari-pura. 

45  Ballabh  Ghat. 

46  Maru  Gali. 

47  Bengali  Ghat. 

48  Kala  Mahal. 
•19  Chuna  kankar. 

50  Chamarhana. 

51  Gopal-pura. 

52  Sarai  Raja  Bha- 

dauria. 

53  Sengal-pura. 

54  Chhonkar-para, 

55  Mir-ganj. 

56  Holi  Darwaza. 

57  Sitala  Gali. 

58  Kampu  Ghat. 


PRINCIPAL   BUILDINGS   IN   THE    CITY   OF   MATHTHA'. 


177 


II. — Names  of  the  City  Quarters  or 

Mauallas — {concluded). 

39 

Dharmsala       Raja 

76"   Gujarhana. 

/      93  Manik  chauk. 

Awa  (built  by  Raj6 

77  Roshan-ganj. 

94  Gaja  Paesa. 

Pitambar  Sinh). 

78  Bhar-kigali. 

95  Ghati  Bitthal  Rae. 

60 

Dhruva  Ghat. 

79  Kliii-ki  Dalpat  Rao. 

96  Sitala  Ghati. 

i;i 

Dhruva  ti'la. 

80  Taj-pura. 

97  Nakarchi  tila. 

62 

Bal  tila. 

81  Chaubachcha. 

98  Guiar  Ghati. 

63 

Bar.'i  Jay  Kam  Das. 

82  Sat  Ghara. 

99  Gali  Kalal. 

til 

General-ganj. 

83  Chhathi  Bazar. 

100  Kaserat. 

65 

Anta-parfi 

84  Gali  Pathakan. 

101  Gali  Durga  Chand. 

66 

Gobind-ganj. 

85    Mandar  Parikh 

Ji. 

102  Bazaz.i. 

67 

( Ihhagan-purai 

86   Kazi-para. 

103  Mandavi  Ghiya. 

68 

Santokh-pura. 

87  Nava    Bazar    (from 

104  Gali  Dhiisaron  ki. 

69 

Chhah  kathauti. 

Mr.  Thorn  ton's  time). 

105  Manohar-pura. 

70 

Kotwali. 

88  Ghati    chikne    r 

>at- 

106    Ka~-ai-]iara. 

71 

Bharatpur  Darwaza. 

haron  ki. 

107  Kesopura, 

72 

Lala-gnnj. 

89  Gali  Gotawala. 

108  Mandavi  Ram  D 

73 

Sitala  Paesa. 

90  Gata  sram. 

109  Matiya  Darwaza. 

74 

Maholi  Pol. 

91  Ratn  kund. 

110  Dig  Darwaza. 

7.5 

Nagra  Paesa. 

92  Chhonka-par.'i. 

Ill  Mahalla  khakroban. 

III. — Principal  Buildings  in  the  City  of  Mathura'. 

1.  Hardinge  Arch,  or  Holi  Darwaza,  forming  the  Agra  gate  of  the  city, 
erected  by  the  municipality  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  13,731. 

2.  Temple  ofRadha  Kishan,  founded  by  Deva  Chand,  Bohra,  of  Tenda- 
Khera  near  Jabalpur,  in  1870-71.     Cost  Rs.  40,000.     In  the  Chhata  Bazar. 

3.  Temple  of  Bijay  Gobhid,  in  the  Satghara  Mahalla,  built  in  1867  by 
Rijay  Ram,  Bohra,  of  Dattia,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  65,000. 

4.  Temple  of  Bala  Deva,  in  the  Khans-khar  Bazar,  built  in  1865  by  Kush- 
ali  Ram,  Bohra,  of  Sher-garh,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  25,000. 

5.  Temple  of  Bhairav  Nath,  in  the  Lobars'  quarter,  built  by  Bishan  Lai, 
Khattri,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  10,000.  It  is  better  known  by  the  name  of  Sarvar 
Sultan,  as  it  contains  a  chapel  dedicated  in  honor  of  that  famous  Muhammadan 
saint,  regarding  whom  it  may  be  of  interest  to  subjoin  a  few  particulars.  The 
parent  shrine,  situate  in  desert  country  at  the  mouth  of  a  pass  leading  into 
Kandahar,  is  served  by  a  company  of  some  1,650  priests  besides  women  and 
children  ;  who,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  grant  from  Government  yielding 
an  annual  income  of  only  Rs.  350,  are  entirely  dependent  for  subsistence  on  the 
charity  of  pilgrims.  The  shrine  is  equally  reverenced  by  Hindus,  Sikhs,  and 
Muhammadaus,  and  it  is  said  to  be  visited  in  the  course  of  a  year  by  as  many 

45 


178  PRINCIPAL   BUILDINGS   IN   THE    CITY    OF   MATuTr.X. 

as  200,000  people  of  all  castes  and  denominations,  who  come  chiefly  frdm  the 
Panjab  and  Sindh.  The  saint  in  his  lifetime  was  so  eminent  for  his  universal 
benevolence  and  liberality  (whence  his  title  of  sakki)  that  he  is  believed  still 
to  retain  after  death  the  power  and  will  to  grant  every  petition  that  is  present- 
ed to  him.  A,t  the  large  fair  held  in  February,  March  and  April,  the  shrine  is 
crowded  with  applicants,  many  of  whom  beg  for  aid  in  money.  As  the  shrine 
is  poor  and  supported  by  charity,  this  cannot  be  given  on  the  spot  ;  but  the 
petitioner  is  told  to  name  some  liberal-minded  person,  upon  whom  an  order  is 
then  written  and  sealed  with  the  great  seal  of  the  temple  and  handed  to  the 
applicant.  When  presented  by  him  to  the  person,  on  whom  it  was  drawn,  it  is 
not  unfrequently  honoured.  Such  a  parwiina,  drawn  on  one  Muhammad  Khan 
Afghan,  was  found  on  the  fakir  Nawab  Shah,  who  in  1871  made  a  murderous 
attack  on  the  Secretary  of  the  Labor  Municipality.  A  report  on  the  peculiar 
circumstances  of  the  case  was  submitted  to  Government,  and  it  is  from  it  that 
the  above  sketch  has  been  extracted  in  explanation  of  the  singular  fact  that  a 
Muhammadan  saint  has  been  enthroned  as  a  deity  in  a  Hindu  temple  in  the 
most  exclusive  of  ad  Hindu  cities. 

f!.  Ternple  of  G-ata-sram,  near  the  Visrant  Ghat,  built  by  Pran-nath 
Sastri,  at  a  cost  of  Es.  25,000,  about  the  year  1800. 

7.  Temple  of  Dwarakadhis  commonly  called  the  Setlvs  temple,  in  the 
Asikunda  Bazar,  built  by  P;irikh  Ji,  in  1815,  at  a  cost  of  Ks.  20,000. 

8.  House  of  the  Bharat-pur  Rajas,  with  gateway  added  by  the  late  Raja 
Balavant  Sinh. 

9.  House  of  Scth  Lakhmi  Chand,  built  in  1845  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  1,00,000. 

10.  Temple  of  Madan  Mohan,  by  the  Sami  Ghat,  built  by  Seth  Anant 
Ram  of  Chiiri  by  Ram-garb,  in  1859,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  20,000. 

11.  Temple  of  Gobardhan  Nath,  built  by  Seth  Kushal,  commonly  called 
Seth  Babti,  kamdar  of  the  Barodara  Raja,  in  1830. 

12.  Temple  of  Bihari  Ji,  built  by  Chhakki  Lai  and  Kanhaiya  Lai,  bankers 
of  Mhow  near  Nimach,  in  1850,  at  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  25,000,  by  the  Sami  Ghat  : 
has  a  handsome  court-yard  as  well  as  external  facade. 

13.  Temple  of  Gobind  Deva,  near  the  Nakarchi  tila,  built  by  Gaur  Sahay 
Mall  and  Ghan-Syam  Das,  his  son,  Seths  of  Chiiri,  in  1848,  with  their  resi- 
dences and  that  of  Ghau-Syam's  uncle,  Ramchandra,  adjoining. 

14.  Temple  of  Gopi-nath,  by  the  Sai.ii  Ghat,  built  by  Gulraj  and  Jagan- 
nath,  Seths  of  Chun,  in  18(>6,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  30,000. 


FESTIVALS  "OBSERVED    IN   MATRTRA'.  17'.' 

15.  Temple  of  Baladeva,  near  the  Hardinge  Arch,  built  by  Bala,  Ahir,  a 
servant  of  Seth  Lakhmi  <  'hand,  an  a  dwelling-house,  about  the  year  1820,  at  a 
cost  of  Rs.  50,000,  and  sold  to  Rae  Bai,  a  baniya's  wife,  who  converted  it 
into  a  temple. 

16.  Temple  of  Mohan  JSin  the  Satghara  Mahalla,  built  about  70  year-- 
ago  by  Kripa  Ram,  Bohra  :  more  commonly  known  as  Daukala  Kunj,  after 
the  Chaube  who  was  the  founder's  purohit. 

I  7.  Temple  of  Madan  Mohan,  in  the  Asikunda  Mahalla,  built  by  Dhanraj, 
Bohra,  of  Aligarh. 

18.  Temple  of  Gobardhan  Nath,  in  the  Kans-khar,  built  by  Devi  Das, 
Bohra,  of  Urai. 

19.  Temple  of  Dirgha  Vishnu,  by  the  street  leading  to  the  Bharat-pur 
gate,  built  by  Raja  Patni  Mall  of  Banaras. 

20.  The  Sati  Burj,  or  '  faithful  widow's  tower,'  built  by  Raja  Bhagavan 
Das  in  1570. 

21.  The  mosque  of  Abd-un-Nabi  Khan,  built  1662. 

22.  The  mosque  of  Aurangzeb,  built  1669,  on  the  site  of  the  temple  of 
Kcsava  Deva. 


IV. — Calendar  of  Festivals  observed  in  the  City  of  Mathura\ 

Chait  Sudi  [April  1-15). 
1 .     Chait  Sudi  8. — Durga  Ashtami.  Held  at  the  temple  of  Mahavidya  Devi. 
•>.     Chait  Sudi  9. — Ram  Navami.     Held  at  the  Ram  Ji  Dwara. 
Baisdkh  {April — May). 

3.  Baisdkh  Sudi  14. — Nar  Sinh  lila.  Held  at  Gor-para,  Manik  Chauk, 
and  the  temple  cf  Dwarakadhis. 

4.  Baisdkh  full  moon. — Perambulation  of  Mathuni,  called  Ban-bihar,  start- 
ing from  the  Visniut  Ghat;  tho  only  one  made  in  the  night. 

5.  Jeth  Sudi  10. — The  Jeth  Dasahara.  In  the  middle  of  tho  day,  bath- 
ino-  at  the  Dasasvamedh  Ghat  ;  in  the  evening  kite-flying  from  the  Gokarnes- 
var  hill. 

6.  Jeth  full  moon.— Jal-jatra,  All  the  principal  people  bring  the  water 
for  the  ablution  of  the  god  into  the  temples  on  their  own  shoulders  in  little 
silver  urns. 


ISO  FESTIVALS   OBSERVED    IN    MATnTIU. 

Asdrh  [June — July)\ 

7.  Asdrh  Sudi  2. — Rath-jatra. 

8.  Asdrh  Sudi  11.— Principal  perambulation  of  Mathura  and  Brinda-ban 
before  the  god  takes  his  four  months'  sleep  ;  called  jugal  jori  ki  parikramd. 
The  people  start  early  in  the  morning  either  from  the  Visrant,  or  some  other 
Ghat  nearer  their  home,  and  after  passing  by  the  Sarasvati  kund  continue 
their  way  for  about  a  mile  along  the  Delhi  road.  The  majority  then  make  a 
straight  cut  across  to  Brinda-ban,  while  the  others  go  on  first  to  the  Garur 
Gobind  shrine  at  Chhatikra.  This  is  the  longest  perambulation  made  and  is 
said  to  be  of  20  kos.  All  return  to  Mathura  the  same  day  ;  any  one  who  fails  to 
do  so  being  thought  to  lose  the  whole  benefit  of  his  pilgrimage. 

!>.  Asdrh  full  moon. — Byas-puno.  In  the  morning  the  Guru  is  formally 
reverenced  ;  in  the  evening  there  are  wrestling  matches,  and  the  Pandits 
assemble  on  the  hills  or  house-tops  for  the  ;  pavan  pariksha,'  or  watching  of 
the  wind  ;  from  which  they  predict  when  the  rains  will  commence  and  what 
sort  of  a  season  there  will  be.  When  tho  wind  is  from  the  north,  as  it  was  in 
1879,  it  is  thought  to  be  a  good  sign  ;  and  certainly  the  rain  that  year 
superabundant. 

Srdvan  (July — August). 

lOi  Srdvan  Sudi  3. —  Commonly  called  Tij  ka  mela.  Wrestling  matches 
near  the  temple  of  Bhiitesvar  Mahadeva. 

11.  Srdvan  Sudi  5. — The  Panch  Tirath  mela  begins.  A  pilgrimage  starts 
from  the  Visrant  Ghat  for  Madhu-ban  ;  proceeds  on  the  next  day  to  San- 
tanu  kund  at  Satoha  and  the  Gyan-bauli  near  the  Katra;  on  the  third  day  to 
Gokarnesvar  ;  on  the  fourth  to  the  shrine  of  Garur  Gobind  at  Chhatikra*  and 
on  the  fifth  to  the  Brahm  kund  at  Brinda-ban, 

12.  Srdvan  Sudi  11.— Perambulation  of  Mathura  and  Pavitra-dharan,  or 
offering  of  Brahmanical  threads  to  the  Tliakur. 

13.  Srdvan  full  moon. — The  Saluno  or  Raksha-bandhan.  Wrestling 
matches  in  different  orchards  near  the  temple  of  Bhutesvar. 

Bhddon  (August — September). 

14.  Bhddon  Badi  8.—  Janni  Ashtami ;  Krishna's  birthday.  A  fast  till 
midnight. 


*  Chhatikra,  on  the  Dehli  road,   was  founded  by  Maim,  Jam.i,  mid   Ror,  three  Kachwahas, 

who  are  said  to  have  come  from  Rjl  fourteen  geuerations,   i.e.,   about   300   years   ago.     Their 


FESTIVALS    OBSERVED    IK    MATHURA*.  181 

15.  Bhdilon  Sudi  11. — A  special  pilgrimage  to  Madhu-ban,  Tal-ban,  and 
Kumud-ban.     The  general  Ban-jatra  also  commences  and  lasts  for  15  days. 

16.  Bhddon  Sudi  14. — The  Anant  Chaudas.  The  Pairaki,  or  swimming 
festival,  is  held  every  Thursday  in  Sravan  and  Bhadon,  but  the  principal  day 
is  the  last  Thursday  before  the  Anant  Chaudas,  when  there  is  a,  very  great 
concourse  of  people,  occupying  the  walls  of  the  old  fort  and  all  the  river-side 
ghats.  Then"  is  no  racing  :  but  the  swimmers,  almost  all  of  whom  have  with 
them  large  hollow  gourds,  or  inflated  skins  for  occasional  support,  perform 
a  variety  of  strange  antics  in  the  water  ;  while  some  are  mounted  upon 
grotesque  structures  in  the  shape  of  horses,  or  peacocks,  or  different  kinds  of 
carriages.  The  scene,  which  is  an  amusing  one,  is  best  witnessed  from  a  barge 
towed  up  the  stream  to  the  highest  ghat  near  Jaysinghpura,  where  the  swim- 
mers start,  and  allowed  to  drop  down  with  the  current  to  the  pontoon  bridge. 
About  sunset  there  is  a  rude  display  of  fireworks  accompanied  with  much 
smoke  and  noise  ;  but  the  swimmers  remain  in  the  water  some  two  or  three 
hours  longer,  when  the  proceedings  terminate  with  music  and  dancing  in  the 
streets  of  the  city. 

Kuvdr  ( September — October). 

17.  Kuvdr  llnli  8. — Perambulation  of  the  city  followed  by  five  days'  festi- 
vities, during  which  it  is  customary  to  make  a  great  number  of  little  pewter 

descendants  now  retain  only  1 i  biswa,  the  rest  having  been  sold  to  the  mahant  of  the  temple  of  Syam 
Sundar  at  Brinda-ban,  who  is  also  muafidar.  They  say  that  the  name  of  the  place,  when  their 
ancestors  first  occupied  it,  was  the  same  as  now,  and  that  it  refers  to  the  six  (chlta)  sakhis,  or 
companions  of  Kadha,  whose  gupt  bhavan,  or  unseen  abode,  is  one  of  the  sites  visited  by  pilgrims. 
Another  local  explanation  of  the  name  is  that  it  refers  to  the  six  villages,  each  of  which  had  to 
cede  part  of  its  land  to  form  the  Kachhwahds'  new  settlement.  There  is  a  rakhya,  wherein  the 
trees  are  chiefly  kadambs  of  small  growth,  though  old,  mixed  with  dhak,  nirn,  karil,  and  hins, 
and  in  it  is  a  highly  venerated  shrine,  dedicated  to  Garur  Gobind.  The  present  building,  which 
is  small  and  perfectly  plain,  enshriaes  a  black  stone  image  of  the  god  Gobind  mounted  on  Garur. 
Close  by  is  a  cave  with  a  longish  flight  of  winding  steps  simply  dug  in  the  soil,  but  no  one  can 
penetrate  to  the  end  on  account  of  the  fleas  with  which  the  place  swarms.  On  Sivan  Sudi  8. 
during  the  panch  lirat/t  ki  mela,  the  temple  is  visited  by  the  largest  number  of  pilgrims.  There 
is  a  second  fair  on  the  day  after  the  Holi,  and  a  third  on  the  full  moon  of  Jetli.  The  revenue  of 
the  village  all  goes  to  the  temple  of  Syam  Sundar  at  Brinda-ban.  The  local  shrine  Inn  no  endow- 
ment. In  a  field  immediately  adjoining  the  homestead  are  some  fragments  of  Buddhist  rails. 
These  were  probably  brought  from  the  Gobind-kund,  about  a  mile  away,  where  some  ancient 
building  irust  once  have  stood.  For  digging  the  foundations  of  the  small  masonry  ghat  there, 
20  years  or  so  ago,  it  is  said  that  some  large  sculptures  were  discovered  ;  but  as  they  were  muti- 
lated, no  one  took  the  trouble  to  remove  them.  I  told  Kurha — the  Pujari— to  let  me  know  when 
the  tank  was  dry  enough  to  allow  of  excavations  being  made,  but  I  left  the  district  before  any 
such  opportunity  occurred. 

46 


182  FESTIVALS    OBSERVES    IN    JfATHURA'. 

figures  called  sdnjhi,  representing  Krishna  and  the  GopiS,  in  whose  honour 
also  there  are  performances,  all  through  the  night,  of  the  Ras  dance. 

18.  Kuvdr  Sudi  8. — Meghnad  Lila,  or  representation  of  the  death  of  Ba- 
van's  son  Megh-nad".  This  is  the  first  of  the  three  great  days  of  the  Ram 
Lila,  which  is  held  on  the  open  plain  near  the  temple  of  Mahavidya.  The 
entire  series  of  performances,  which  commences  from  the  new  moon,  includes 
most  of  the  leading  events  in  the  Biimayaua,  such  as  the  tournament,  the 
defeat  of  Taraka,  the  departure  into  exile,  Bharat's  expedition  to  Chitra-kiit, 
the  mutilation  of  Surpa-nakha,  the  rape  of  Sita,  the  meeting  with  Sugriv,  and 
the  building  of  the  bridge.  A  separate  day  is  assigned  to  each  incident,  but  the 
first  six  or  seven  acts  of  the  drama  are  not  invariably  the  same,  and  it  is  only 
on  the  8th,  9th,  and  10th  days  that  many  people  assemble  to  see  the  show. 

19.  Kuvdr  Sudi  9. — Kumbhakaran  Lila,  with  representation  of  the  death 
of  Ravan's  brother,  Kumbhakaran. 

20.  Kuvdr  Sudi  10. — Last  day  of  the  Dasahara,  with  representation  of 
Rama's  final  victory  over  Ravan.  Though  this  fete  attracts  a  large  concourse  of 
people,  the  show  is  a  very  poor  one  and  the  display  of  fireworks  much  inferior 
to  what  may  be  seen  in  many  second-rate  Hindu  cities. 

21.  Kuvdr  Sudi  11. — Bharat  Milap.  A  platform  is  erected  in  the  street 
under  the  Jama  Masjid,  on  which  is  enacted  a  respresentation  of  the  meeting  at 
Ajudhya  between  Prince  Bharat  and  Rama,  Sita  and  Lakshman,  ou  their  re- 
turn from  their  wanderings.  For  the  whole  distance  from  that  central  spot 
to  the  Holi  Gate  not  only  the  thoroughfare  itself,  but  all  the  balconies  and 
tops  of  the  houses  are  crowded  with  people  in  gay  holiday  attire  ;  and  as  the 
fronts  of  all  the  principal  buildings  are  also  draped  with  party-coloured  hang- 
ings, and  the  shops  dressed  up  to  look  their  best,  the  result  is  a  very  picturesque 
spectacle,  which  is  more  pleasing  to  the  European  eye  than  any  other  feast  in 
the  Hindu  calendar  ;  the  throng,  however,  is  so  dense  that  it  is  rather  a 
hazardous  matter  to  drive  a  carriage  through  it. 

22.  Kuvdr  full  moon — Sarad-puno.  Throughout  the  night  visits  ace  paid 
to  the  different  temples. 

Kdiiik  (October — November). 

23.  Kdrtik  neio  moon— Diwali,  or  Dip-dan — feast  of  lamps. 

24.  Kdrtik  Sutli  1. — Anna-kut.  The  same  observances  as  at  Gobardhan, 
but  on  a  smaller  scale. 


FESTIVALS   OBSERVED   IN    MATIIURA'.  183 

25.  Kdrtik  Sitdi — Dhobi-maran  Lila.  Held  near  the  Brinda-ban  gate  to 
commemorate  Krisbna'a  spoliation  of  Kansa's  washerman. 

2G.  Kdrtik  Sudi  8. — Gocharan,  or  pasturing  the  cattle.  Held  in  tho 
evening  at  the  Gopal  Bagh  on  the  Agra  Eoad, 

27.  Kdrtik  Sudi  9.— Akhay-Navami.  The  second  great  perambulation  of 
the  city,  beginning  immediately  after  midnight. 

28.  Kdrtik  Sudi  10. — Kans  badh  ka  mela,  at  the  Rangesvar  Mahadeva, 
Towards  evening,  a  large  wicker  figure  of  Kans  is  brought  out  on  to  the  road, 
when  two  boys,  dressed  to  represent  Krishna  and  Baladeva,  and  mounted  either 
on  horses  or  an  elephant,  give  the  signal,  with  the  staves  all  wreathed  with 
flowers  that  they  have  iu  their  hands,  for  an  assault  upon  the  monster. 
In  a  few  minutes  it  is  torn  to  shreds  and  tatters  by  the  Chaubes  and  a  proces- 
sion is  then  made  to  the  Visrant  Ghat. 

22.  Kdrtik  Sudi  11. — Deotthan.  The  awakening  of  the  god  from  his  four 
months'  slumber.     A  similar  perambulation  as  on  Asarh  (Midi  1 1. 

Mdgh  (January — February) . 
30.     Magh  Sudi  5.— Basant  Panchami.     The  return  of  spring ;  correspond- 
ing to  the  English  May-day. 

Phdlgun  (February — March). 
31     Phdlgun  full  moon. — The  Holi,  or  Indian  saturnalia. 
Chait  badi  (March  15— DO). 

32,  Chait  Badi  1. — Gathering  at  tho  temple  of  Kesava  Deva. 

33.  Chait  Badi  5.— Phul-dol.  Processions  with  flowers  and  music  ami 
dancing. 


CHAPTER    VIII, 

brinda-ban  and  the  vaishnava  reformers. 

Some  six  miles  above  Mathura  is  a  point  where  the  right  bank  of  the  Jamun4 
assumes  the  appearance  of  a  peninsula,  owing  to  the  eccentricity  of  the  stream, 
which  first  makes  an  abrupt  turn  to  the  north  and  then  as  sudden  a  return  upon 
its  accustomed  southern  course.  Here,  washed  on  three  of  its  sides  by  the 
sacred  flood,  stands  the  town  of  Brinda-ban,  at  the  present  day  a  rich  and 
prosperous  municipality,  and  for  several  centuries  past  one  of  the  most  holy 
places  of  the  Hindus.  A  little  higher  up  the  stream  a  similar  promontory 
occurs,  and  in  both  cases  the  curious  formation  is  traditionally  ascribed  to  the 
resentment  of  Baladeva.  He,  it  is  said,  forgetful  one  day  of  bis  habitual 
reserve,  and  emulous  of  his  younger  brother's  popular  graces,  led  out  the 
Gopis  for  a  dance  upon  the  sands.  But  he  performed  his  part  so  badly,  that 
the  Jamuna  could  not  forbear  from  taunting  him  with  his  failure  and  recom- 
mending him  never  again  to  exhibit  so  clumsy  an  imitation  of  Krishna's  agile 
movements.  The  stalwart  god  was  much  vexed  at  this  criticism  and,  taking 
up  the  heavy  plough  which  he  had  but  that  moment  laid  aside,  he  drew  with 
it  so  deep  a  furrow  from  the  shore  that  the  unfortunate  river,  perforce,  fell  into 
it,  was  drawn  helplessly  away  and  has  never  since  been  able  to  recover  its 
original  channel. 

Such  is  the  local  rendering  of  the  legend  ;  but  in  the  Puranas  and  other 
early  Sanskrit  authorities  the  story  is  differently  told,  in  this  wise ;  that  as 
Balarama  was  roaming  through  the  woods  of  Brinda-ban,  he  found  concealed 
in  the  cleft  of  a  kadamb  tree  some  spirituous  liquor,  which  he  at  once  con- 
sumed with  his  usual  avidity.  Heated  by  intoxication  he  longed,  above  all 
things,  for  a  bathe  in  the  river,  and  seeing  the  Jamuna  at  some  little  distance, 
he  shouted  for  it  to  come  near.  The  stream,  however,  remained  deaf  to  his 
summons  ;  whereupon  the  infuriated  god  took  up  his  ploughshare  and  breaking 
down  the  bank  drew  the  water  into  a  new  channel  and  forced  it  to  follow 
wherever  he  led.  In  the  Bhagavata  it  is  added  that  the  Jamuna  is  still  to  be 
seen  following  the  course  along  which  she  was  thus  dragged.  Professor  Wilson, 
in  his  edition  of  the  Vishnu  Purana,  says,  "  The  legend  probably  alludes  to 
the  construction  of  canals  from  the  Jamuna  for  the  purpose  of  irrigation  ;  and 
the  works  of  the  Muhammadans  in  this  way,  which  are  well  known,  were  no 
Ion lii  proceded  by  similar  canals  dug  by  the  order  of  Eindo  princes."    Upon  this 


THE    ROAD    BETWEEN    MATni'RA'    AND    BRINDA'-BAN.  1S5 

suggestion  it  may  be  remarked,  first,  that  in  Upper  India,  with  the  sole  excep- 
tion of  the  canal  constructed  by  Firoz  Shah  (1351-1388  A.D.)  for  the  supply  of 
the  city  of  Hisar,  no  irrigation  works  of  any  extent  are  known  ever  to  have  been 
executed  either  by  Hindus  or  Muhammadans  :  certainly  there  are  no  traces  of 
any  such  operations  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Brinda-ban  ;  and  secondly,  both 
legends  rrpn -nit  the  Jamuna  itself  as  diverted  from  its  straight  course  into  a 
single  winding  channel,  not  as  divided  into  a  multiplicity  of  streams.  Hence 
it  may  more  reasonably  be  inferred  that  the  still  existing  involution  of  the  river 
is  the  sole  foundation  for  the  myth. 

The  high   road  from   Mathura  to  Brinda-ban  passes  through  two  villages, 
Jay-sinh-pur  and  Ahalya-ganj,   and  about  half  way  crosses  a  deep  ravine  by  a 
bridge  that  bears  the  following  inscription  : — Sri.    Pul  Banwdyd  MaMrdj  Dex 
mukh  Bdld-bai  Sahib  beti  Mahdrdj  M&dho  Ji  Saindhiya  Bahadur  Ki  ne  marfat 
KhazdncM  Mdnik  Chand  ki,  Jisukh  kdrkun,  ffumdshta  Mahtdb  Rde  ne  sambat  1890, 
mahina  asdrh  badi  10  guruvdsare.     Close  by  is  a  masonry  tank,  quite  recently 
completed,  which  also  has  a  commemorative    inscription  as  follows:     Taldb 
banw&yd  Laid  Kishan  Ldl  beta  Fakir   Chand  Sahukdr,  jdt  Dhusar,  Rahnewala 
Dilli  ke  ne,  sambat  1929  mutabik  san  1872  Tsvi.     That  the  bridge  should  have 
been  built  by  a  daughter  of  the  Maharaja  of  Gwaliar  and  the  tank  constructed 
by  a  banker  of  Delhi,  both  strangers  to  the  locality,  is  an  example  of  the  benefits 
which  the  district  enjoys  from  its  reputation  for  sanctity.     As  the  road  between 
the  two  towns  is  always  thronged   with  pilgrims,  the  number  of  these  costly 
votive  offerings  is  sure  to  be  largely  increased  in  course  of  time  ;  but  at  present 
the  country  on  either  side   has  rather  a  waste  and  desolate  appearance,  with 
fewer  gardens  and  houses  than  would  be  expected  on  a  thoroughfare  connecting 
two  places  of  such  popular  resort.     An  explanation  is  afforded  by  the  fact  that 
the  present  road  is  of  quite  recent  construction.     Its  predecessor  kept  much  closer 
to  the  Jamuna,  lying  just   along  the  khddar  lands — which  in  the  rains   form 
part  of  the  river  bed — and  then  among  the  ravines,  where  it  was  periodically 
destroyed  by  the  rush  of  water  from  the  land.     This  is  now  almost  entirely 
disused  ;  but  for  the  first  two  miles  out  of  Brindaban  its  course  is  marked  by 
lines  of  trees  and  several  works  of  considerable  magnitude.     The  first  is  a  large 
garden  more  than  40  bighas  in  extent,  surrounded  by  a  masonry  wall  and  sup- 
plied with  water  from  a  distance  by  long  aqueducts.*     In  its  centre  is   a  stone 
temple   of  some  size,  and   among  the  trees,  with  which  the  grounds  are  ever- 

*  By  some  extraordinary  misconception  Dr.  Hunter  in  his  Imperial  Gazetteer  speaks  of  this 
garden  aqueduct  as  if  it  were  an  elaborate  system  of  works  for  supplying  the  whole  town  with 
drinking-water; 

47 


18G  ETYMOLOGY   OF   BITAT-ROND   AND    BIUXDA'-BAN. 

crowded,  some  venerable  specimens  of  the  khirni  form  an  imposing  avenue. 
The  garden  bears  the  name  of  Kushal,  a  wealthy  Seth  from  Gujarat,  at  whose 
expense  it  was  constructed,  and  who  also  founded  one  of  the  largest  temples 
in  the  city  of  Mathura.  A  little  beyond,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  way,  in  a 
piece  of  waste  ground,  which  was  once  an  orchard,  is  a  large  and  handsome 
bduli  of  red  sand-stone,  with  a  flight  of  57  steps  leading  down  to  the  level  of 
the  water.  This  was  the  gift  of  Ahalya  Bai,  the  celebrated  Mahratta  Queen  of 
Indor,  who  died  in  1795.  It  is  still  in  perfect  preservation,  but  quite  unused. 
Further  on,  in  the  hamlet  of  Akriir,  on  the  verge  of  a  cliff  overlooking  a  wide 
expanse  of  alluvial  land,  is  the  temple  of  Bhat-rond,  a  solitary  tower  containing 
an  image  of  Bihari  Ji.  In  front  of  it  is  a  forlorn  little  court-yard  with  walls 
and  entrance  gateway  all  crumbling  into  ruin.  Opposite  is  a  large  garden 
of  the  Seth's,  and  on  the  roadway  that  runs  between,  a  fair,  called  the  Bhat-mela, 
is  held  on  the  full  moon  of  Kartik  ;  when  sweetmeats  are  scrambled  among  the 
crowd  by  the  visitors  of  higher  rank,  seated  on  the  top  of  the  gate.  The  word 
Bhat-rond  is  always  popularly  connected  with  the  incident  in  Krishna's  life 
which  the  mela  commemorates — how  that  he  and  his  brother  Balaram  one  day, 
having  forgotten  to  supply  themselves  with  provisions  before  leaving  home,  had 
to  borrow  a  meal  of  rice  {bhdt)  from  some  Brahmans'  wives — but  the  true 
etymology  (though  an  orthodox  Hindu  would  regard  the  suggestion  as  heretical) 
refers,  like  most  of  the  local  names  in  the  neighbourhood,  merely  to  physi- 
cal phenomena,  aud  Bhat-rond  maybe  translated  'tide-wall,'  or  'break- 
water.' 

Similarly,  the  word  Brinda-ban  is  derived  from  an  obvious  physical  feature, 
and  when  first  attached  to  the  spot  signified  no  more  than  the  '  tulsi  grove  ;' 
brindd  and  tulsi  being  synonymous  terms,  used  indifferently  to  denote  the  sacred 
aromatic  herb  known  to  botanists  as  Ocymum  sanctum.  But  this  explanation 
is  tar  too  simple  to  find  favour  with  the  more  modern  and  extravagant  school 
of  Vaishnava  sectaries  ;  and  in  the  Brahma  Vaivarta  Purana,  a  mythical  per- 
sonage has  been  invented  bearing  the  name  of  Vrinda.  According  to  thai. 
spurious  composition  (Brah.  Vai,  v.  iv.  2)  the  deified  Radha,  though  inhabit- 
ing the  Paradise  of  Goloka,  was  not  exempt  from  human  passions,  and  in  a  fit 
of  jealousy  condemned  a  Gopa  by  name  Sridama  to  descend  upon  earth  in  the 
form  of  the  demon  Sankhachura.  He,  in  retaliation,  sentenced  her  to  become 
a  nymph  of  Brinda-ban  and  there  accordingly  she  was  born,  being,  as  was 
supposed,  the  daughter  of  Kedara,  but  in  reality  the  divine  mistress  of  Krishna  : 
and  it  was  simply  his  love  for  her  which  induced  the  god  to  leave  his  solitary 
throne  in  heaven  and  become  incarnate.     Hence  in  the  following  list  of  Radha's 


THE   TOWN    OP   BRINDA-BAN   QUITE   MOriERX.  187 

titles,  as  given   by  the  same  authority  (Brah.  Vai.,  v.  iv.  17),  there  are  three 
which  refer  to  her  predilection  for  Brinda-ban  : — 

RdrUut,  Riiscxniri.  HasuriWnu,  Rdxikesvari, 
Krishna-pranddhikd,  Krishna-priyd,  KrisJina-sicariipini, 
Krishnd,  1  rinddvani,  Vrindd,  Vrinddvana-vinodini} 
Chanddvati,  <  'hdndra-kdntd,  Sata-chandra-nihhdnand) 
A  rishna- vdmdnga-sambhiHtd,  Paramdnanda-rilpini* 

In  the  Padma  Purana,  Radha's  incarnation  is  explained  in  somewhat  differ- 
ent fashion;  thai  Vishnu  being  enamoured  of  Vrindd,  the  wife  of  Jalandhara, 

the  gods,  in  their  desire  to  cure  him  of  Ids  guilty  passion,  begged  of  Lakshmi 
the  gift  of  certain  seeds.  These,  when  sown,  came  up  as  the  tulsi,  mdlati  and 
dhdtri  plants,  winch  assumed  female  forms  of  such  beauty  that  Vishnu  on  seeing 

them  lost  all  regard  for  the  former  object  of  his  affections. 

There  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  Brinda-ban  was  ever  the  seat  of  any 
large  Buddhist  establishment ;  and  though  from  the  very  earliest  period  of  Brah- 
manical  history  it  has  eiy'oyed  high  repute  as  a  sacred  place  of  pilgrimage,  it 
is  probable  that  for  many  centuries  it  was  merely  a  wild  uninhabited  jungle,  a 
description  still  applicable  to  Bhandir-ban,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  a 
spot  of  equal  celebrity  in  Sanskrit  literature.  Its  most  ancient  temples,  four 
in  number,  take  us  back  only  to  the  reign  of  our  own  Queen  Elizabeth;  the 
stately  courts  that  adorn  the  river  bank  and  attest  the  wealth  and  magnificence 
of  the  Bharat-pur  Rajas,  date  only  from  the  middle  of  last  century;  while  the 
space  now  occupied  by  a  series  of  the  largest  and  most  magnificent  shrines  ever 
erected  in  Upper  India  was,  fifty  years  ago,  an  unclaimed  belt  of  wood-land  and 
pasture-ground  for  cattle.  Now  that  communication  has  been  established  with 
the  remotest  parts  of  India,  every  year  sees  some  splendid  addition  made  to 
the  artistic  treasures  of  the  town  ;  as  wealthy  devotees  recognize  in  the  stability 
and  tolerance  of  British  rule  an  assurance  that  their  pious  donations  will  be 
completed  in  peace  and  remain  undisturbed  in  perpetuity. 

"When  Father  Tieffenthaler  visited  Brinda-ban,  in  1754,  he  noticed  only  one 
long  street,  but  states  that  this  was  adorned  with  handsome,  not  to  say  magnifi- 
cent, buildings  of  beautifully  carved  stone,  which  had  been  erected  by  different 
Hindu  Rajas  and  nobles,  cither  for  mere  display,  or  as  occasional  residences,  or 
as  embellishments  that  would  be  acceptable  to  the  local  divinity.     The  absurdity 


*  "  Ridha,  queen  of  the  dance,  constant  at  the  dance,  queen  of  the  dancer  ;  dearer  than 
Krishna's  life,  Krishna's  delight,  Krishna's  counter-part;  Krishna,  Brinda,  Brinda-ban  born, 
sporting  at  Brinda-ban  ;  moon-like  spouse  of  the  moon-like  go.l,  with  face  bright  as  a  hundred 
moons  ;  created  as  the  left  half  of  Krishna's  body,  incarnation  of  heavenly  bliss." 


1  SS  MONS.   JACQUEMONT's   DESCRIPTION    OF   BRTNDA'-BAN; 

of  people  coming  from  long  distances  merely  for  the  sake  of  (lying  on  holy 
ground,  all  among  the  monkeys — which  he  describes  as  a  most  intolerable 
nuisance — together  with  the  frantic  idolatry  that  he  saw  rampant  all  around,  and 
the  grotesque  resemblance  of  the  Bairagis  to  the  hermits  and  ascetics  of  the  ear- 
lier ages  of  Christianity,  seem  to  have  given  the  worthy  missionary  such  a  shock 
that  his  remarks  on  the  buildings  are  singularly  vague  and  indiscriminating. 

Mons.  Victor  Jacquemont'  who  passed   through  Brinda-ban  in  the  cold 
weather  of  1829-30,  has  left  rather  a  fuller  description.     Ho  says,     "This  is  a 
very  ancient  city,  and  I  should  say  of  more  importance  even  than  Mathura.     It 
is  considered  one  of  the  most  sacred  of  all  among  the   Hindus,  an  advantage 
which  Mathura,  also  possesses,  but  in  a  less  degree.     Its  temples  are  visited  by 
multitudes  of  pilgrims,  who  perform  their  ablutions  in  the  river  at  the  differ- 
ent ghats,  which  arc  very  fine.     All  the  buildings  are  constructed  of  red  sand- 
stone, of  a  closer  grain  and  of  a  lighter  ami  less  disagreeable  colour  than  that 
used  at  Agra  :  it  comes  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Jaypur,  a  distance  of  200 
miles.     Two  of  these  temples  have  the  pyramidal  form  peculiar  to   the  early 
Hindu  style,  but  without  the  little  turrets  which  in  the  similar  buildings  at 
Benares  seem  to  spring  out  of  the  main  tower  that  determines  the  shape  of 
the  edifice.     They  have  a  better  effect,  from  being  more  simple,  but  are  half 
in  ruins."     (The  temples  that  he  means  are  Madan  Mohan  and  Jugal  Kishor). 
"  A  larger  and  more  ancient  ruin  is  that  of  a  temple  of  unusual  form.     The 
interior  of  the  nave  is  like  that  of  a  Gothic  church  ;  though  a  village  church 
only,  so  far  as  size  goes.     A  quantity  of  grotesque  sculpture  is  pendent  from  the 
dome,  and  might  be  taken  for  pieces  of  turned  wood.*     An  immense  number  of 
bells,  large  and  small,  are  carved  in  relief  on  the  supporting  pillars  and  on  the 
walls,  worked  in  the  same  stiff  and  ungainly  style.     Many  of  the  independent 
Rajas  of  the  west,  and  some  of  their  ministers   (who  have  robbed  them  well  no 
doubt)  are  now  building  at  Brinda-ban  in  a  different  style,  which,  though  less 
original,  is  in  better  taste,  and  are  indulging  in  the  costly  ornamentation  of 
pierced  stone  tracery.     Next  to  Benares,  Brinda-ban  is  the  largest  purely  Hindu 
city  that  I  have  seen.     I  could  not  discover  in  it  a  single  mosque.     Its  suburbs 
are  thickly  planted  with  fine  trees,  which  appear  from  a  distance  like  an  island 
of  verdure  in  the  sandy  plain."     (These  are  the  large  gardens  beyond  the  tem- 
ple of  Madan  Mohan,  on  the  old  Delhi  road.)     "  The  Doab,  which  can  be  seen 


*  The  description  of  the  temple  of  Gobind  Deva  in  Thornton's  Gazetteer  contains 
the  following  sentence,  which  had  often  puzzled  me.  He  says: — "From  the  vaulted  roof 
depend  numerous  idols  rudely  carved  in  wood. "  He  has  evidently  misunderstood  Mons. 
Jacquemont's  meaning,  who  referB  not  to  any  idols,  but  to  the  curious  quasi-pendentives,  like  fir- 
;anes,  that  ornament  the  dome. 


CHAUTTAHLE   ENDOWMENTS    OF   BRINDJSi-BAN.  180 

from  the 'top  of'ths  temples,  stretching  away  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Jamuna 
i.s  still  barer  than  the  country  0ii  'I'"  right  bank.' 

At  the  present  time  there  are  within  the  limits  of  the  municipality  about  a 
thousand  temples,  including,  of  course,  many  which,  strictly  speaking,  are  mere- 
ly private  chapels,  and  thirty-two  ghats  constructed  by  different  princely  bene- 
factors.     The  tanks  of  reputed  sanctity  are  only   two  in  number.     The  first  is 
the  Brahm  Kuad  at  the  back  of  the  Seth's  temple  ;  it  is  now  in  a  very  ruinous 
condition,  and  the  stone  kiosques  at   its  four  corners  have  in  part  fallen,  in  part 
been  occupied  by  vagrants,  who  have  closed  up  the  arches  with  mud  walls  and 
converted  them  into  dwelling-places.     I  had  begun  to  effect  a  clearance  and  make 
arrangements  for  their  complete  repair  when  my  transfer  took  place  and  put  an 
immediate  stop  to  this  and  all  similar  improvements.     The  other,  called  Goviud 
Kund,   is   in   an   out-of-the-way  spot    near    the   Mathura    road.      Hitherto   it 
had  been  little  more  than  a  natural  pond,  but  has  latclj'   been   enclosed   on 
all  four  sides  with  masonry  walls  and  flights  of  steps,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  30,000, 
by   Chaudharani   Kali   Sundari  from   Rajshahi   in   Bengal.     To  these  may  be 
added,  as  a  third,  a  masonry  tank  in  what  is  called  the  Kewar-ban.     This  is  a 
grove  of  pipal,  gular,  and  kadamb  trees  which  stands  a,  little  off  the  Mathura 
road  near  the  turn  to  the  Madaa  Mohan  temple.     It  is  a  halting-place  in  the 
Banjatra,  and  the  name  is  popularly  said  to  be  a  corruption  of  Tdn  vdrl,    l  who 
lit  it  ?'    with  reference  to  the    forest  conflagration,  or  davdnal,  of  which   the 
traditional  scene  is  more  commonly  laid  at  Bhadra-ban,  on  the  opposite  bank 
of  the  river.     There  is  a  small  temple  of  Davanal  Bihari,   with  a  cloistered 
court-yard  for  the  reception  of  pilgrims.     The  Gosain  is  a   Nimbarak.     A 
more    likely  derivation  for  the   name  would  be  the  Sanskrit  word   kaivalya, 
meaning  final  beatitude.      Adjoining  the  ban  is  a  large  walled  garden,  belonging 
to  the  Tehri  Raja,  which  has  long  been  abandoned  on  account  of  the  badness 
of  the  water.     The  peacocks  and  monkeys,  with  which  the  town  abounds,  enjoy 
the  benefit  of  special  endowments  bequeathed  by  deceased  Rajas  of  Kota  ami 
Bharat-pur.     There  are  also  some  fifty  chhattras,  or  dole-houses,  for  the  distri- 
bution of  alms  to  indigent  humanity,  and  extraordinary  donations  are  not  unfre- 
quently  made  by  royal  and  distinguished  visitors.     Thus  the  Raja  of  Datia,  a 
few  years  ago,  made  an  offering  to  every  single  shrine  and  every  single  Brahman 
that  was  found  in  the  city.     The  whole  population  amounts  to  21,000,  of  which 
the  Brahmans,  Bairagis  and  Vaishnavas  together  make  up  about  one  half.     In 
the  time  of  the  emperors,  the  Muhammadans  made  a  futile  attempt  to  abolish 
the  ancient  name,  Brinda-ban,  and  in  its  stead  substitute  that  of  Muminabad  ; 
but  now,  more  wisely,  they  leave  the  place  to  its  own  Hindu  name  and  devices  and 

4S 


IDA  THE    HTXDt5 'REFORMERS. 

keep  themselves  as  clear  of  it  as  possible.  Thus,  besides  an  occasional  official, 
there  are  in  Brinda-ban  no  followers  of  the  prophet  beyond  only  some  fifty  fami- 
lies, who  live  close  together  in  its  outskirts  and  an*  all  of  the  humblest  order, 
such  as  oilmen,  lime-burners  and  the  like.  They  have  not,  a  single  public 
mosque  nor  even  a  karbala  in  which  to  deposit  the  tombs  of  Hasan  and  Husain 
on  the  feast  of  the  Muharram,  but  have  to  bring  them  into  Mathura  to  be 
interred. 

It  is  still  customary  to  consider  the  religion  of  the  Hindus  as  a  compact 
system,  which  has  existed  continuously  and  without  any  material  change  ever 
since  the  remote  and  almost  pre-historic  period  when  it  finally  abandoned  the 
comparatively  simple  form  of  worship  inculcated  by  the  ritual  of  the  Vedas. 
The  real  facts,  however,  are  far  different.  So  far  as  it  is  possible  to  compare 
natural  with  revealed  religion,  the  course  oi  Hinduism  and  Christianity  has 
been  identical  in  character  ;  both  were  subjected  to  a  violent  disruption,  which 
occurred  in  the  two  quarters  of  the  globe  nearly  simultaneously,  and  which  is 
still  attested  by  the  multitude  of  uncouth  fragments  into  which  the  ancient 
edifice  was  disintegrated  as  it  fell.  In  the  west,  the  revival  of  ancient  litera- 
ture and  the  study  of  forgotten  systems  of  philosophy  stimulated  enquiry  into 
the  validity  of  those  theological  conclusions  which  previously  had  been  unhesi- 
tatingly accepted — from  ignorance  that  any  counter-theory  could  be  honestly 
maintained  by  thinking  men.  Similarly,  in  the  east,  the  Muhammadan  inva- 
sion and  the  consequent  contact  with  new  races  and  new  modes  of  thought 
brought  home  to  the  Indian  moralist  that  his  old  basis  of  faith  was  too  narrow  : 
that  the  division  of  the  human  species  into  the  four  Manava  castes  and  an  outer 
world  of  barbarians  was  too  much  at  variance  with  facts  to  be  accepted  as  satis- 
factory, and  that  the  ancient  inspired  oracles,  if  rightly  interpreted,  must  dis- 
close some  means  of  salvation  applicable  to  all  men  alike,  without  respect  to 
colour  or  nationality.  The  professed  object  of  the  Reformers  was  the  same  in 
Asia  as  in  Europe — to  discover  the  real  purpose  for  which  the  second  Person 
of  the  Trinity  became  incarnate  ;  to  disencumber  the  truth,  as  He  had  revealed 
it,  from  the  accretions  of  later  superstition  ;  to  abolish  the  extravagant  preten- 
sions of  a  dominant  class  and  to  restore  a  simpler  and  more  severelv  intellec- 
tual form  of  public  worship.*  In  Upper  India  the  Tyranny  of  tin'  Mahamma- 
dans  was  too  tangible  a  fact  to  allow  of  the  hope,  or  even  the  wish,  that  the  con- 
querors and  conquered  could  ever  coalesce  in  one  common  faith  :  but  in  the 

*•  Thus,  as  it  may  be  interesting  to  note,  the  r.ralitua  Sum  ,  i  of  I  le  pre.s  nt  day  is  no  i-olated 
movement,  but  only  the  most  modern  of  a  long  scries  o£  similar  reactions  against  current  Buoer- 
fctitiona. 


MODERN    HINDUISM.  UU 

Dakhin  and  the  remote  regions  of  Eastern  Bengal,  to  which  the  sword  of  Islam 
had  scarcely  extended,  and  where  no  inveterate  antipathy  had  been  created,  the 
contingency  appeared  less  improbable.  Accordingly,  it  was  in  those  parts  of 
India  that  the  great  teachers  of  the  reformed  Vaishnava  creed  first  meditated 
and  reduced  to  system  those  doctrines,  which  it  was  the  one  object  of  all  their 
later  life  to  promulgate  throughout  Hindustan.  It  was  their  ambition  to  elabo- 
rate a  scheme  so  broad  and  yet  so  orthodox  that  it  might  satisfy  the  require- 
ments of  the  Hindu  and  yet  not  exclude  the  Muhammadan,  who  was  to  be  ad- 
mitted on  equal  terms  into  the  new  fraternity  ;  all  mankind  becoming  one  great 
family  and  every  caste  distinction  being  utterly  abolished. 

Hence  it  is  by  no  means  correct  to  assert  of  modern  Hinduism  that  it  is 
essentially  a  non-proselytizing  religion;  accidentally  it  has  become  so,  but  only 
from  concession  to  the  prejudices  of  the  outside  world  and  in  direct  opposition 
to  the  tenets  of  its  founders.  Their  initial  success  was  necessarily  due  to  their 
intense  zeal  in  proselytizing,  and  was  marvellously  rapid.  At  the  present  day 
their  followers  constitute  the  more  influential,  and  it  may  be  even  numerically 
the  larger  half  of  the  Plindu  population:  but  precisely  as  in  Europe  so  in 
India  no  two  men  of  the  reformed  sects,  however  immaterial  their  doctrinal 
differences,  can  be  induced  to  amalgamate;  each  forms  a  new  caste  more 
bigoted  and  exclusive  than  any  of  those  which  it  was  intended  to  supersede, 
while  the  founder  has  became  a  deified  character,  for  whom  it  is  necessary  to 
erect  a  new  niche  in  the  very  Pantheou  he  had  laboured  to  destroy.  The 
only  point  upon  which  all  the  Vaishnavas  sects  theoretically  agree  is  the  rever- 
ence with  which  they  profess  to  regard  the  Bhagavad  Gita  as  the  authoritative  ex- 
position of  their  creed.  In  practice  their  studies — if  they  study  at  all — are  direct- 
ed exclusively  to  much  more  modern  compositions,  couched  in  their  own  verna- 
cular, the  Braj  Bhilsha,.  Of  these  the  work  held  in  highest  repute  by  all  the 
Brinda-ban  sects  is  the  Bhakt-mala,  or  Legends  of  the  Saints,  written  by 
Nabha  Ji  in  the  reign  of  Akbar  or  Jahangir.  Its  very  first  couplet  is  a 
compendium  of  the  theory  upon  which  the  whole  Vaishnava  reform  was  based  : 

Bkakt-bhakti-Bhagavant-guru,  chatura  mini,  vapu  ek  : 

which  declares  that  there  is  a  divinity  in  every  true  believer,  whether  learned 
or  unlearned,  and  irrespective  of  all  caste  distinctions.  Thus  the  religious 
teachers  that  it  celebrates  are  represented,  not  as  rival  disputants — which  their 
descendants  have  become — but  as  all  animated  by  one  faith,  which  varied  only 
in  expression  ;  and  as  all  fellow-workers  in  a  common  cause,  viz.,  the  moral  and 
spiritual  elevation  of  their  countrymen.     Nor  can  it  be  denied  that  the  writing 


192  THE  bhakt  mXlX. 

•of  many  of  the -actual  leaders  of  the  movement  are  instinct  with  a  spirit  of 
asceticism  and  detachment  from  the  world  and  a  sincere  piety,  which  are  very 
different  from  the  ordinary  outcome  of  Hinduism.  But  in  no  case  did  this 
catholic  simplicity  last  for  more  than  a  single  generation.  The  great  teacher 
had  no  sooner  passed  away  than  his  very  first  successor  hedged  round  his  little 
band  of  followers  with  new  caste  restrictions,  formulated  a  series  of  narrow 
dogmas  out  of  what  had  been  intended  as  comprehensive  exhortations  to  holiness 
and  good  works  ;  and  substituted  for  an  interior  devotion  and  mystical  love — 
which  were  at  least  pure  in  intent,  though  perhaps  scarcely  attainable  in  practice 
by  ordinary  humanity — an  extravagant  system  of  outward  worship  with  all  the 
sensual  accompaniments  of  gross  and  material  passion. 

The  Bhakt-mala,  though  an  infallible  oracle,  is  an  exceedingly  obscure  one. 
and  requires  a  practised  hierophant  for  its  interpretation.  It  gives  no  legend 
at  length,  but  consists  throughout  of  a  series  of  the  briefest  allusions  to  legends, 
which  are  supposed  to  be  already  well-known.  Without  some  such  previous 
knowledge  the  poem  is  absolutely  unintelligible.  Its  concise  notices  have 
therefore  been  expanded  into  more  complete  lives  by  different  modern  writers, 
both  in  Hindi  and  Sanskrit.  One  of  these  paraphrases  is  entitled  the  Bhakt 
Siudhu,  and  the  author,  by  name  Laksliman,  is  said  to  have  taken  great  pains 
to  verify  his  facts.  But  though  his  success  may  satisfy  the  Hindu  mind,  which 
is  constitutionally  tolerant  of  chronological  inaccuracy,  he  falls  very  far  below 
the  requirements  of  European  criticism.  His  work  is  however  useful,  since  it 
gives  a  number  of  floating  traditions,  which  could  otherwise  be  gathered  only 
from  oral  communications  with  the  Gosains  of  the  different  sects,  who,  as  ;i 
rule,  are  very  averse  to  speak  on  such  matters  with  outsiders. 

The  four  main  divisions,  or  Sampradayas,  as  they  are  called,  of  the  reformed 
Yaishnavas  are  the  Sri  Vaishnava,  the  Nirnbarak  Yaishnava,  the  Madhva 
Vaishnava,  and  the  Vishnu  Swami.  The  last  sect  is  now  virtually  extinct  ; 
for  though  the  name  is  occasionally  retained,  their  doctrines  were  entirely  re- 
modelled in  the  sixteenth  century  by  the  famous  Gokul  Gosain  Vallabhucluirya, 
after  whom  his  adherents  are  ordinarily  styled  either  Vallabhacharyas  or 
Gokulastha  Gosains.  Their  history  and  tenets  will  find  more  appropriate  place 
in  connection  with  the  town  of  Gokul,  which  is  still  their  head-quarters. 

The  Sri  Sampradaya  was  altogether  unknown  at  Brinda-ban  till  quite  re- 
cently, when  the  two  brothers  of  Seth  Lakhmi  Ohand,  after  abjuring  the  Jaini 
faith,  were  enlisted  in  its  ranks,  and  by  the  advice  of  the  Guru,  who  had  re- 
ceived their  submission,  founded  at  enormous  cost  the  great  temple  of  Bang  Ji. 


< 

< 

Q 

z 

CO 


_l 

CL 

H 


T 
h- 
LU 
CO 

LU 

I 
I- 


TWOFOLD  DIVISION  OF  THE  snr  samit.apXya.  i:>,: 

It  is  the  most  ancient  and  the  most  respectable  of  the  four  reformed  Vaishnava 
communities,  and  is  based  on  the  teaching  of  Ramanuja,  who  flourished  in  the 
11th  or  12th  century  of  the  Christian  era.  The  whole  of  his  life  was  spent  in 
the  Dakliin,  where  he  is  said  to  have  established  no  less  than  Tim  monasteries, 
of  which  the  chief  were  al  K&nchi  and  Sri  Ranga.  The  standard  authorities 
for  his  theological  system  are  certain  Sanskrit  treatise.-  of  his  own  composition 
entitled  the  Sri  Bh&shya,  Gita  Bhashya,  Vedartha  Sangraha,  Vedanta  Pradipa 
and  Vedanta  Sara.  All  the  more  popular  works  are  composed  in  the  dialects 
of  the  south,  and  the  establishment  at  Brinda-ban  is  attended  exclusively  by 
foreigners,  (he  rites  and  ceremonies  there  observed  exciting  little  interest  among 
the  Hindus  of  the  neighbourhood,  who  are  quite  ignorant  of  their  meaning. 
The  sectarial  mark  by  which  the  Sri  Vaishnavas  may  be  distinguished  consists 
of  two  white  perpendicular  streaks  down  the  forehead,  joined  by  a  cross  line  at 
the  root  of  the  nose,  with  a  streak  of  red  between.  Their  child'  dogma,  called 
A  isishthadwaita,  is  the  assertion  that  Vishnu,  the  one  Supreme  God,  though 
invisible  as  cause,  is  as  effect,  visible  in  a  secondary  form  in  material  creation. 

They  differ  in  one  marked  respect  from  the  mass  of  (he  people  at  Brinda- 
ban,  in  that  they  refuse  to  recognise  Radha  as  an  object  of  religious  adoration, 
In  this  they  arc  in  complete  accord  with  all  the  older  authorities,  which  either 
illy  ignore  her  existence,  or  regard  her  simply  as  Krishna's  mistress  and 
Rukmini  as  his  wife.  Their  mantra  or  formula  of  initiation,  corresponding  to  the 
Innomine  Patris,  &c,  of  Christian  Baptism,  is  said  to  be  Om  R&m&yanarnflh,  that 
is,  '  Om,  reverence  to  Rama.'  This  Sampradaya  is  divided  into  two  sects,  the 
Tenkalai  and  the  Vadakalai.  They  differ  on  two  points  of  doctrine,  which 
however  arc  considered  of  much  less  importance  than  what  seems  to  outsiders  a 
very  trivial  matter,  viz.,  a  slight  variation  in  the  mode  of  making  the  sectarial 
mark  on  the  forehead.  The  followers  of  the  Tenkalai  extend  its  middle  line 
a  little  way  down  the  nose  itself,  while  the  Vadakalai  terminate  it  exactly  at 
the  bridge.  The  doctrinal  points  of  difference  are  as  follows  :  the  Tenkalai 
maintain  that  the  female  energy  of  the  god-head,  though  divine,  is  still  a  finite 
creature  that  serves  only  as  a  mediator  or  minister  {purusfta-kdra)  to  introduce 
the  soul  into  the  presence  of  the  Deity  ;  while  the  Vadakalai  regard  it  as 
infinite  and  uncreated,  and  in  itself  a  means  (upai/a)  by  which  salvation  can 
be  secured.  The  second  point  of  difference  is  a  parallel  to  the  controversy 
between  the  Calvinists  and  Arminians  in  the  Christian  Church.  The  Vada- 
kalai, with  the  latter,  insist  on  the  concomitancv  of  the  human  will  in  the  work 
of  salvation,  and  represent  the  soul  that  lays  hold  of  God  as  a  young  monkey 
which   grasps    its   mother   in   order   to  be  conveyed  to  a  place  of  safety.     The 

49 


194  THF,    NlJIl'.XUAK    VAtSHNAVAS. 

Tenkalai,  on  the  contrary,  maintain  the  irresistibility  of  divine  grace  and  tile 
utter  helplessness  of  the  soul,  till  it  is  seized  and  carried  off  like  a  kitten  by  its 
mother  from  the  danger  that  threatens  it.  From  these  two  curious  but  apt 
illustrations  the  one  doctrine  is  known  as  the  mankata  U&hora-nydya,  the  other  as 
the  marjalctrkishora-wyaya  :  that  is  to  say  '  the  young  monkey  theory,'  or  'the 
kitten  theory.'  The  habitues  of  the  Seth's  temple  are  all  of  the  Tenkalai  persua- 
sion. 

The  Nimbarak  Vaishnavas,  as  mentioned  in  a  previous  chapter,  have  one 
of  their  oldest  shrines  on  the  Dhruva  hill  at  Mathura.  laterally  interpreted,  the 
word  Nimbarak  means  'the  sun  in  a  nim  tree  ;'  a  curious  designation,  which  is 
explained  as  follows.  The  founder  of  the  sect,  an  ascetic  by  name  Bhaskara- 
charya,  had  invited  a  Bairagi  to  dine  with  him  and  had  prepared  everything 
for  his  reception,  but  unfortunately  delayed  to  go  and  fetch  his  guest  till  after  sun- 
set. Now,  the  holy  man  was  forbidden  by  the  rules  of  his  order  to  eat  except  in 
the  day-time  and  was  greatly  afraid  that  he  would  be  compelled  to  practise  an 
unwilling  abstinence  :  but  at  the  solicitation  of  his  host,  the  sun-god,  Suraj 
Narayan,  descended  upon  the  nim  free,  under  which  the  repasl  was  spread,  and 
continued  beaming  upon  them  fill  the  claims  of  hunger  were  fully  satisfied. 
Thenceforth  the  saint  was  known  by  the  name  of  Nimbarka  or  Nimbaditya. 
His  special  tenets  are  little  known  ;  for.  unlike  the  other  Sampradayas,  his 
followers  fso  far  as  can  be  ascertained)  have  no  special  literature  of  their  own> 
either  in  Sanskrit  or  Hindi ;  a  fact  which  they  ordinarily  explain  by  saying  that  all 
their  books  were  burnt  by  Aurangzeb,  the  conventional  bite  noire  of  Indian 
history,  who  is  made  responsible  for  every  act  of  destruction.  Host  of  the 
solitary  asci  tie.;  who  have  their  little  hermitages  in  the  different  sacred  groves, 
with  which  the  district  abounds,  belong  to  the  Nimbarak  persuasion.  Many  of 
them  are  pious,  simple-minded  men,  leading  such  a  chaste  and  studious  life, 
that  it  may  charitably  be  hoped  of  them  that  in  the  eye  of  God  they  are 
Christians  "by  the  baptism  of  desire,  i.  e.,  according  to  S.Thomas  Aquinas,  by 
the  grace  of  having  the  will  to  obtain  salvation  by  fulfilling  the  commands  of 
God,  even  though  from  invincible  ignorance  they  know  not  the  true  Church. 
The  one  who  has  a  cell  in  the  Kokila-ban  assured  me  that  tin-  distinctive  doc- 
trines of  his  sect  were  not  absolutely  unwritten  (as  i.-.  ordinarily  supposed),  but 
are  comprised  in  ten  Sanskrit  couplets  that  form  the  basis  of  a  commentary  in 
as  many  thousands.  One  of  his  disciples,  a  very  intelligent  and  argumentative 
theological  student,  gave  me  a  sketch  of  his  belief  which  may  be  here  quoted 
a-  a  proof  that  the  esoteric  doctrines  of  the  Vaishnavas  generally  have  little  in 
lommon  with   the  gross   idolatry   which  the   Christian    Missionary  is  too  often 


THE   CREED   OF   THE   NIJir.A'RAK    VATSTIN'AVAS.  195 

content  to  demolish  as  the  equivalent  of  Hinduism.  So  far  is  this  from  heing 
the  case,  that  many  of  their  dogmas  are  not  only  ol  an  eminently  philosophical 
character,  bul  arc  also  much  less  repugnant  to  Catholic  truth  than  either  tho 
colourless  abstractions  of  the  Brahma  Samaj,  or  the  defiant  materialism  into 
which  the  greater  part,  of  Europe  is  rapidly  lapsing. 

Tims  their  doctrine  of  salvation  by  faith  is  thought  by  many  scholars  to  have 
been  directly  borrowed  from  the  Gospel ;  while  another  article  in  their  creed, 
which  is  less  known,  but  is   equally  striking    in    its    divergence    from   ordinary 
Hindu  sentiment,  is  the  continuance  of  conscious  individual  existence  in  a  future 
world,  when  the  highest  reward  of  the  good  will  be,  not  extinction,  hut  the  en- 
joyment   of  tin'  visible  presence  of  the  divinity,  whom   they   have   faithfully 
served  while  on  earth  :  a  stale  therefore  absolutely  identical  with  heaven,  as  our 
theologians  define  it.     The  one  infinite  and  invisible  God,  who  is  the  only  real 
existence,  is,  they  maintain,  the  only  proper  object  of  man's  devoul  contemplar  ' 
tion.    13  ut  as  the  incomprehensible  is  utterly  beyond  the  reach  of  human  faculties, 
lie   is  partially  manifested    for  our   behoof  in   the  book  of  creation,  in  which 
natural  objects  are  the  letters  of  the  universal   alphabel  and    express   the   senti- 
ments of  the  Divine  Author.      A  printed  page,  however,  conveys  no  meaning  to 
anyone  hut  a  scholar,  and  i<  liable  to  lie    misunderstood    even  by  him  ;  so,  too, 
with  the  book  of  the  world.     Whether  the  traditional   scenes  of   Krishna's 
adventures  have  been  rightly  determined  is  a  matter  oi'  little  consequence,  if  only 
a  visit  to  them  excites  the  believer's  religious  enthusiasm.      The  places  at-'  mere 
symbols  of  no  value  in  themselves  :  tin.'  idea  they  convey  is  the  direct  emanation 
from  the  spirit  of  the  author.     But  it  may  be  equally  well  expressed  by  different 
types  ;  in  the  same  way  as  two  copies  of  a  book  may  be  word  for  word  the 
same  in  sound  and   sense,  though    entirely  different  in  appearance,  one  being 
written  in  Nagari,  the  other  in  English  characters.     To  enquire  into   the  cause 
of  the  diversity  between  the  religious  symbols  adopted  by  diffei  ?nt  nationali- 
ties may  be  an  interesting  study,  but  is  not  one  that  can  affect  the  basis  of  faith. 
And  thus  it  matters  little  whether  Radha  and  Krishna  were  ever  real  personages  ; 
the  mysteries  of  divine  love,  which  they  symbolize,  remain,  though  the  symbols 
disappear  ;  in  tho   same  way  as  a  poem  may  have   existed  long  before  it  was 
committed  to  writing,  and  may  be  remembered  long   after  the  writing  has  been 
destroyed.     The  transcription  is  a  relief  to  the   mind  ;  but  though  obviously 
advantageous  on  the  whole,  still  in  minor  points  it  may  rather  have  the  effect  of 
stereotyping  error  :  for  no  material  form,  however  perfect  and  semi-divine,  can 
ever   be   created   without   containing   in    itself  an  element  of  deception  ;  its 
appearance  varies  according  to  the  point  of  view  and  the  distance  from  which. 


196  THE  MADHVA   VAISHNAVAS. 

it  is  regarded.  It  is  to  convictions  of  this  kind  that  must  be  attributed  the 
utter  indifference  of  the  Hindu  to  chronological  accuracy  and  historical  research. 
The  annals  of  Hindustan  date  only  from  its  conquest  by  the  Muharnmadans  — 
a  people  whose  faith  is  based  on  the  misconception  of  a  fact,  as  the  Hindus" 
is  on  the  corrupt  embodiment  of  a  conception.  Thus  the  literature  of  the 
former  deals  exclusively  with  events  ;  of  the  latter  with  ideas. 

At  Bathi  another  Bairagi  of  the  same  Sampradayaj  by  name  Gobardhan 
Das,  who  knew  most  of  the  Bhagavad  Gita  by  heart,  told  me  that  their  chief 
seat  was  at  Salimabad  in  Jodhpur  territory,  where  the  Gosain  had  a  complete 
library  of  the  literature  of  the  sect.  He  quoted  some  of  the  books  by  name, 
the  Siddhanta  Batnanjali,  the  Girivajra,  the  Ratna-mala,  the  Setukti,  the  Jahna- 
vi,  and  the  Ratna-manjusha  ;  but  he  could  not  specify  the  authors,  or  give  any 
definite  information  as  to  their  contents.  Neither  could  he  give  a  clear  expla- 
nation of  any  difference  of  doctrine  between  his  own  sect  and  the  Sri  Vaishnavas. 
Like  Ram  Das,  the  Pandit  at  Kokila-ban,  the  great  point  on  which  he  insisted 
was  that  all  visible  creation  is  a  shadow  of  the  Creator  and  is  therefore  true  in 
a  measure,  though  void  of  all  substantial  and  independent  existence.  A  view 
which  is  aptly  represented  by  the  lines  :  — 

"  The  -mi,  (he  moon,  the  stars,  the  seas,  the  hills  and  the  plains? 
Are  not  these,  0  soul,  the  vision  of  him  who  reigns  ? 
Is  not  the  vision  He  ?  tho'  He  be  not  that  which  He  seems  ? 
Dreams  are  true  while  they  last,  and  do  we  not  live  in  dreams  ? 
All  we  have  power  to  see  is  a  straight  staff  bent  in  a  pool  :" 

the  illustration  given  in  the  last  line  being  the  very  one  which  these  Hindu 
dreamers  most  frequently  bring  forward. 

The  Madhva  Vaishnavas  form  a  scattered  and  not  very  numerous  commu- 
nity, and  none  of  their  temples,  either  at  Brinda-ban  or  elsewhere  in  the  district, 
are  of  any  note.  Their  founder,  Madhvacharya,  was  a  native  of  Southern 
India,  born  in  the  year  1199  A.  D.  The  temple  where  he  ordinarily  resided  is 
still  in  existence  at  a  place  called  LTdipi.  Here  he  had  set  up  a  miraculous  image 
of  Krishna,  made  with  the  hero  Arjun's  own  hands,  which  had  been  casually 
thrown  as  ballast  into  a  ship  from  Dwaraka,  which  was  wrecked  on  the  Malabar 
coast.  He  is  said  to  have  been  only  nine  years  of  age  when  he  composed  the 
Bhasha  or  commentary  on  the  Gita,  which  his  disciples  accept  as  of  divine 
authority.  Their  distinctive  doctrine  is  the  assertion  of  an  essential  Duality 
(Dwaita)  between  the  Jivatma,  or  principle  of  life,  and  the  Paramatma,  or 
Supreme  Being.     Their  scctarial  mark  consists  of  two  perpendicular  white  lines 


TIIE   BENGALI   VAISHNAVAS.  197 

down  the  forehead,  joined  at  the  root  of  the  nose  and  with  a  straight  black 
streak  between,  terminating  in  a  round  mark  made  with  turmeric. 

In  addition  to  these  four  original  Sampradayas,  then'  are  three  schools  of 
more  modern  origin,  called  respectively  Bengali,  orGauriya  Vaishnavas,  liadha 
Vallabhis  and  the  disciples  of  Swdmi  Hari  Das. 

The  first-named  community  has  had  a  more  marked  influence  on  Brinda-ban 
than  any  of  the  others,  since  it  was  ( 'haitanya,  the  founder  of  the  sect,  whoso 
immediate  disciples  were  its  first  temple  builders.     He  was  born  at  Nadiya  in 
Bengal,  in  1485  A.  D.,  and  in  his  youth  is  said  to  have  married  a  daughter  of 
VallabMcharya.     However  that  may  be,  when  he  had  arrived  at  the  age  of  24 
he  formally  resigned  all  connection  with  secular  and  domestic  affairs  and  com- 
menced his  career  as  a  religious  teacher.     After  spending  six  years  in  pilgrim- 
ages between  Mathura  and  Jagannath,  he  finally  settled  down  at  the  latter  place, 
where,  in  1527  A.D.,  being  then  only  42  years  old,  he  disappeared  from  (he 
world.     There  is  reason  to  believe  that  he  was  drowned  in  the  sea,  into  which 
he  had  walked  in  an  ecstasy,  mistaking  it  for  the  shallow  waters  of  the  Jamuna, 
where  he  saw,  in  a  vision,  Krishna  sporting  with  the  Gopis.     His  life  and 
doctrines  are  recorded  in  a  most  voluminous  Bengali  work  entitled  Chaifcanya 
Charitiimrita,  composed  in  1590  by  one  of  his  disciples,  Krishna  Das.     Two  of 
his  colleagues,  Adwaitanand  and  Nityanand,  who,  like  himself,  are  styled  Maha 
Prabhus,  presided  over  his  establishments  in  Bangal  ;   while  other  six  Gosains 
settled  at  Brinda-ban.    Apart  from  metaphysical  subtleties,  which  naturally  have 
but  little  hold  on  the  minds  of  the   populace,  the  special  tenet  of  the  Bengali 
Vaishnavas  is  the  all-sufficiency  of  faith  in  the  divine  Krishna;  such  faith  being 
adequately   expressed  by  the  mere  repetition  of  his  name  without  any  added 
prayer  or  concomitant  feeling  of  genuine  devotion.     Thus  roughly  stated,  the 
doctrine  appears  absurd;  and  possibly  its  true  bearing  is  as  little  regarded  by 
many  of  the  more  ignorant  among  the  Vaishnavas    themselves  as  it  is  by  the 
majority  of  superficial  outside  observers.    It  is,  however,  a  legitimate  deduction 
from  sound  principles  .•  for  it  may  be  presumed  that  the  formal  act  of  devotion 
would  never  have  been  commenced  had  it  not  been  prompted  at  the  outset  by 
a  devotional  intention,  which  intention  is  virtually  continued  so  long  as  the  act 
is  in  performance.     And  to  quote   from  a  manual  of  a  purer  faith,  "  it  is  not 
necessary  that  the  intention  should  be  actual  throughout ;  it  is  sufficient  if  we 
pray  in  a  human  manner;  and  for  this  only  a  virtual   intention  is  required; 
that  is  to  say,  an  intention  which  has  been  actual  and  is  supposed  to  continue, 
although,  through  inadvertence  or  distraction,  we  may  have  lost  sight  of  it." 

50 


198  THE  brindX-ban  gosXins. 

The  sectorial  mark  consists  of  two  white  perpend icular  streaks  down  the 
forehead,  united  at  the  root  of  the  nose  and  continued  to  near  the  tip.  Another 
characteristic  is  the  use  of  a  rosary  of  108  beads  made  of  the  wood  of  the  tulsi. 

The  recognized  leaders  of  the  Brinda-ban  community  were  by  name  Riipa 
and  Sanutana,  the  authors  of  several  doctrinal  commentaries  and  also,  as  is  said, 
of  the  Mathura  Mahatmya.  With  them  were  associated  a  nephew,  named 
Jiva,  wdio  founded  the  temple  of  Radha  Damodar,  and  Gopal  Bhatt,  founder  of 
the  temple  of  Radha  Raman,  together  with  some  others  of  less  note,  whose 
names  vary  in  different  lists.*  In  the  Bhakta  Mala  they  are  enumerated  as 
follows  : — 


XllWi  ^U3R  XliR  WZ  ^^T:  f%cl  5T^I   I 


<z.    0 


^!R5=lf?  ^JT^T^  "^IT'3i^ra  HWT*TH  W'l  STRTT   I 


f  mzw  tifas^i  ^  ^ra-^TfT  ir  ^m 


*The  Tuzuk  mentions  another  famous  Gosain  of  somewhat  later  date,  1619  A.  D.,  by  name 
Jadu-Kup,  who  came  from  Ujjaiyin  to  Mathura,  and  who  had  been  visited  both  by  Akbar  and 
Jahangir. 

•f  Hasldmat  would  be  literally  'a  plum  in  the  palm  of  the  hand,'  that  is  to  say,  a  little 
thing  completely  in  one's  grasp.  A  similar  phrase  occurs  in  the  Kam;iyana  of  Tulsi  Das,  Book  I., 
30.  Kartal-gat  dmalak  samdn. 


the  ra'dha'  vallabhis.  199 

Translation. 

"  Sri  Riipa  and  Sanatan  and  Sri  Jiva  Gosain  wore  as  a  deep  lake  filled  with 
water  of  devotion.  With  (hem  prayer  was  ever  ripe  and  in  season  and  never 
bitter  to  the  taste.  Firmly  fixed  at  Brinda-ban,  full  of  devotion  to  the  feet  of 
the  dual  god,  with  their  hands  writing  hooks  and  with  their  soul  fixed  on  the 
formless  idea,  they  held  in  their  grasp  all  the  essence  of  divine  love,  able  to 
resolve  the  mysteries  of  the  scriptures,  worshippers  of  the  all-blissful,  ever 
staunch  in  faith.  Sri  Rupa  and  Sanatan  and  Sri  Jiva  Gosain  were  as  a  deep 
lake  filled  with  water  of  devotion. 

"  These  are  they  who  met  together  at  Brinda-ban  and  tasted  all  its  sweet- 
ness. Gopal  Bhatt,  who  beautified  the  temple  of  Radha  Raman  with  all  that 
he  possessed  ;  Hrishikes  and  Bhagavan  Das  and  Bithal-vipul,  that  ocean  of 
grace  :  Jagannath  of  Thanesar  ;  the  great  sage  Loknath  ;  Madhu  and  Sri 
Rang  ;  the  two  Pandits  named  Krishan  Das,  who  had  mastered  Hari  in  all  his 
parts  ;  Ghamandi,  servant  of  Jugal  Kishor,  and  Bhiigarbha,  the  rigid  ascetic. 
These  are  they  who  met  together  at  Brinda-ban  and  tasted  all  its  sweetness." 

The  founder  of  the  Radha  Vallabhis  was  by  name  Hari  Vans.     His  father, 
Vyasa,  was  a  Gaur  Brahman  of  Deva-ban  in  the  Saharanpur  district,  who  had 
long  been  childless.     He  was  in  the  service  of  the  Emperor  and  on  one  occa- 
sion was  attending  him  on  the  march  from  Agra,  when  at  last  his   wife,    Tara, 
gave  birth  to  a  son  at  the  little  village  of   Bad,  near  Mathura,   in  the  Sambat 
year  1559.     In  grateful  recognition  of  their  answered  prayers,  the  parents 
named  the  child  after  the  god  they  had  invoked,  and  called  him  Hari  Vans,  i.e., 
Hari's  issue.     "When  he  had  grown  up,   he  took  to  himself  a  wife,  by  name 
Rukmini,  and  had  by  her  two  sons  and  one  daughter.     Of  the  sons,  the  elder, 
Mohan  Chand,  died  childless  ;  the  descendants  of  the  younger,   Gopinath,  are 
still  at  Devaban.     After  settling  the  daughter  in  marriage,  he   determined  to 
abandon  the  world  and  lead  the  life  of  an  ascetic.     With  this  resolution  he  set 
out  alone  on  the  road  to  Brinda-ban  and  had  reached  Charthaval,   near  Hodal, 
when  there  met  him  a  Brahman,  who  presented  him  with  his  two  daughters  and 
insisted  upon  his  marrying  them,  on  the  strength  of  a  divine  command,  which 
he  said  he  had  received  in  a  vision.     He  further  gave  him  an  image  of  Krishna 

*  In  the  above  passage  the  words  underlined  are  proper  names. 


200  THE   GOSXlN   HARI   VANS. 

with  the  title  of  Radha  Vallabh,  which  on  his  arrival  at  Brinda-ban  was  set  np 
by  Hari  Vans  in  a  temple  that  he  had  founded  between  the  Jugal  and  the 
Koliya  ghats  on  the  bank  of  the  Jam  una.  Originally  he  had  belonged  to  the 
Madhvacharya  Sampradaya  and  from  them  and  the  Nimbaraks,  who  also  claim 
him,  his  doctrine  and  ritual  were  professedly  derived.  But  in  consequence  of 
the  mysterious  incident,  by  which  he  had  been  induced  to  forego  his  intention 
of  leading  a  celibate  life  and  take  to  himself  two  now  wives  ;  or  rather  in  con- 
sequence of  his  strong  natural  passions,  which  he  was  unable  to  suppress  and 
therefore  invented  a  fiction  to  excuse,  his  devotion  was  all  directed  not  to 
Krishna  himself,  except  in  a  very  secondary  degree,  but  to  his  fabled  mistress 
Radha,  whom  he  deified  as  the  goddess  of  lust.  So  abominable  a  system  was 
naturally  viewed  at  first  with  no  little  amazement,  as  is  clear  from  the  language 
of  the  Bhakt  Mala,  which  is  as  follows  : — 

II  *T^  II 

^liRcraTTqii  *T3R  srt  fim  san  stra  srrfa  w  u 

SRoi^f^T    ZHm  r\%\w\  cRTrT  W3T  II 

Tkva  TWa  tff  3T3  ^R^ZT    3^3  ^rl^irj  || 

sstlK^^^fif  WT5R  5RT  fffl  3?irT  ^T3i  oJTR  1  II 
Translation  of  the  text  of  K\bha  Jr. 

"  The  Grosain  Sri  Hari  Vans  :  who  can  understand  all  at  once  his  method 
of  devotion?  with  whom  the  feet  of  blessed  Radha  were  the  highest  object  of 
worship  ;  a  most  staunchrsouled  devotee  ;  who  made  himself  the  page  in  wait- 
ing on  the  divine  pair  in  their  bower  of  love  ;  who  gloried  in  the  enjoyment  of 
the  remnants  of  all  that  was  offered  at  their  shrine  ;  a  servant  who  never  pleaded 
obligation  or  dispensation  :  a  votary  of  incomparable  zeal.  Account  him  blessed 
who  follows  in  the  path  of  Vyasa's  greal  son,  the  Gosain  Sri  Hari  Vans  ;  who 
can  understand  all  at  once  his  method  of  devotion  ?" 

In  the  gloss,  or  supplement  of  Priya  Das,  composed  in  the  year  Sunbat 
1709,  the  same  sentiment  is  expanded  and  a  reference  made  to  the  legend  of 
the  Brahman  and  his  two  daughters. 


HIS    DEVOTION   TO    RXDHX.  201 

II    2MT    H 

sfr5T3fT  fftn  ^T3i  5HUR*!    *I3T   <5fR 
Trail  fl^T^  TTT^t  UTS?  ffOU  T<2JT! 3f  I 

3^  Zfi)  fftlT^fg  ^SFf  T3ig  mf 5   I 
fara  ilT  fa^l  ^5  ^TT  HR^R  fwaf 

f%m  fa^i  ara  Hg  f^^T  ^1  *tt|^  I 

TTTJ5  =qTT*  ^3  TT%5F  faf^  ^flJfi 
fan  ^vn*T  IK^raT  5l  "3TTf^g  I 

ml  3^txr  §fiT  sriw  s^t  ^ttt  ^tt 

3^3>"T  %IT  =TTl  U^  SIH  WR^  I 

cRWl  it^  ^TTrl  XfW  ~R^m    H    ^IRsf  I 
Tlfa=fiT^*WT?T  ^raT  ^T  T^T^T  st 

3l|  fa^R  gtraTC  c^I^q  fq^TT 
T33T  *fe  f%R  f^T  HT^  ^TJT  ^T  I 
fafa  T3^l  TH  TT4  HT^tT  3tT  m^T  3T 

JT^  TIT  ^5RH  3ifl  ^RTlti  ^tt  cfi^ 

^1  UH  flT5  ^if  ^TT  flf  ^m  ^T  II 
51 


202  THE  TEMPLE  OF  EXDhX-VALLABH. 

Translation. 

"  Would  you  kuow  the  one  point  in  a  thousand  of  Sri  Hit  Ji's  ways  ?  he 
adored  Radha  first  and  after  her  Krishna.  A  most  strange  and  unnatural 
fashion,  that  none  could  even  faintly  comprehend  save  by  his  favour.  He  obli- 
terated all  distinction  between  obligation  and  dispensation  ;  his  beloved  was  in 
his  heart :  he  lived  only  as  her  servant,  singing  the  praises  of  the  divinity 
night  and  day.  All  the  faithful  know  his  many  edifying  and  holy  actions  ; 
why  tell  and  repeat  them,  since  they  are  famous  already. 

"  He  left  his  home  and  came  ;  his  passion  for  Radha  anil  Krishna  had  so 
grown  :  but  you  must  know  Hari  had  given  an  order  to  a  wealthy  Brahman  : 
'  Bestow  your  two  daughters  in  marriage,  taking  my  name,  and  know  that  their 
issue  shall  be  famous  throughout  the  world.  By  their  means  my  worship  shall 
spread  among  my  faithful  people,  a  path  for  the  pathless,  of  high  renown.' 
Obedient  to  the  loving  order  he  went  home  ;  the  delight  of  all  was  past  telling, 
for  it  was  more  than  the  mind  could  even  conceive.  Radha's  dear  spouse  gave 
the  gracious  command  :  '  Publish  abroad  my  worship  and  the  delights  of  my 
sylvan  abode.'  He  drank  in  with  his  very  eyes  the  essence  of  bliss  and  gave 
it  to  every  client  who  supported  the  cause  of  the  female  divinity.  Night  and 
day  imbibing  the  honeyed  draught  of  sweet  song  and  cherishing  it  in  his  soul, 
with  no  thought  but  for  Syama  and  Syarn.  How  is  it  possible  to  declare  such 
incomparable  merit  ?  the  soul  is  enraptured  at  the  sound  more  than  at  that  of 
any  other  name." 

By  his  later  wives  he  had  two  sons,  Braj  Chand  and  Krishan  Chand,  of  whom 
the  latter  built  a  temple  to  Radha  Mohan,  which  is  still  in  the  possession  of  his 
descendants.  The  former  was  the  ancestor  of  the  present  Gosains  of  the  temple 
of  Radha  Vallabh,  the  chief  shrine  of  the  sect.  This  was  built  by  one  of  his 
disciples,  a  Kayath  named  Sundar  Das,  who  held  the  appointment  of  treasurer 
at  Delhi.  One  of  the  pillars  in  the  front  gives  the  date  as  Sambat  1683.  An 
earlier  inscription,  of  1641,  was  noticed  by  Professor  Wilson,  but  this  would 
seem  to  have  been  over  the  gateway  leading  into  the  outer  court,  which  since 
then  has  fallen  down  and  been  removed.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  street  is  a 
monument  to  the  founder,  which  however  the  present  generation  of  Gosains 
are  too  ungrateful  to  keep  in  repair.  They  are  the  descendants  of  Braj  Chand's 
four  sons,  Sundar-Bar,  Radha  Ballabh  Das,  Braj-Bhukhan  and  Nagar  Bar  Ji  ; 
and  the  heads  of  the  four  families  so  derived  are  now  Daya  Lai,  Mauohar 
Ballabh,  Sundar  Lai  and  the  infant  son  of  Kanhaiya  Lai. 


the  rXdhX-sudhX-nidhi.  203 

Hari  Vans  was  himself  the  author  of  two  poems  ;  the  one,  the  Chaurdsi  Pada, 
or  '  84  Stanzas,'  in  Hindi  ;  the  other  the  Rddhd  Surf/id  Nidhi,  or  '  Treasury 
of  Radha's  Delights,'  in  170  Sanskrit  couplets.  The  latter,  though  not  much 
read,  is  held  in  great  esteem  and,  regarded  solely  as  a  piece  of  highly  impas- 
sioned erotic  verse,  it  is  a  spirited  and  poetic  composition.  There  is  a  good 
Hindi  commentary  upon  it  by  one  Bansidhar,  dated  Sambat  1820.  As  MSS. 
are  scarce  and  Sanskritists  may  like  to  see  a  specimen  of  the  text,  I  subjoin  the 
first  25  and  the  last  couplet  in  the  original,  followed  by  a  translation:— 

II  ^T5R  II 

1  O  "00  ^  n£>  s*j 

^3W5RTOI^ra^r!Sli|R  fi  TTf^^T^TJUT^Ri  *RXjm  II  3  II 

Cfl  nO  n^  nO  n*>  <J 

SrlTOinf  cl§*n3§^rc*M  TT^TIWT^Wl  T3SaRr<4R*lf^T  B  c  || 


204  the  bXdhX-sudhX-nidhi. 

cmzjv.  sfi^T^  flfarTT  wu  3^pg^^T3^WR|f^rf  Tfa^sari:  n  qq  II 

?r«i  fif!^  HMT^ig^  ?1  ^TOUH  SR3T  ^^fa^^^Tci  II  18  II 

gig  ^c^nm  ^ftrfTWTmr  ^f1T52^^  ^  ^fw  wm  n  qy  n 

nO      NO  s*>  ^  ^> 

HT    ^T^^^ft^SW^:  THrlT    qR^^FT    TTT    IWT^tHt  II   q<=  II 

sO  no  so  X  nO  °  nO-O 


THE  rXdiiX-stjdh^-nidhi.  205 

STTlfaifi   clef  gpJ^T  HoRTIT^j    Tl'Sgjm  WJfqTR  T^Irin^rT^  II  ^  II 

x  nO  o  ^*         o  x 

t3^HlTTfcI3i^T%^T?WlT    TT^frm^  7W  H^TSra-.gKSTT  II  ^  « 

S3 

^rl^TvSa  5R^5B^51Tr^I  TflXTrlT  ^TC  II   1  Q  0  li 
f%*!^rU  ^ITrSTO^raifafa:  ^HIW  II  o  || 

NO  G-         >. 

Translation. 

1.  "  Hail  to  the  home  of  Vrisha-bluinu's  daughter,  by  whom  once  and  again 
even  Madhn-suclan — whose  ways  are  scarce  intelligible  to  the  greatest  sages — ■ 
was  made  happy,  as  she  playfully  raised  the  border  of  her  robe  and  fanned  hirn 
with  its  delicious  breeze. 

2.  "Hail  to  the  majesty  of  Vrisha-bhanu's  daughter,  the  holy  dust  of  whose 
lotus  feet,  beyond  the  conception  of  Brahma,  Siva  and  the  other  gods,  is  alto- 
gether supcrnaturally  glorious,  and  whose  glance  moistened  with  compassion 
is  like  a  shower  of  the  refined  essence  of  all  good  things. 

3.  "  I  call  to  mind  the  dust  of  the  feet  of  Radhika,  a  powder  of  infinite 
virtue,  that  incontinently  and  at  once  reduces  to  subjection  the  great  power,  that 
was  beyond  the  ken  even  of  Brahma,  Rudra,  Sukadeva,  Nurada,  Bhishnia  and 
the  other  divine  personages. 

4.  "  I  call  to  mind  the  dust  of  the  feet  of  Radhika,  which  the  noble  milk- 
maids placed  upon  their  head  and  so  attained  an  honour  much  desired  by  the 

52 


206  THE   RA'DHX-SUDHX-NIDHr. 

votaries  of  the  god  with  the  peacock  crest,  dust  that  like  the  cow  of  heaven  yields 
the  fullness  of  enjoyment  to  all  who  worship  with  rapturous  emotion. 

5.  "  Glory  to  the  goddess  of  the  bower,  who  with  an  embrace  the  quintes- 
sence of  heavenly  bliss,  like  a  bountiful  wave  of  ambrosia,  sprinkled  and  restored 
to  life  the  son  of  Nanda,  swooning  under  the  stroke  of  Love's  thousand  arrows. 

6.  "  When  will  there  visit  us  that  essence  of  the  ocean  of  delight,  the  face 
of  Radha  with  sweet  coy  glances,  bewildering  us  with  the  brilliance  of  ever 
twinkling  sportive  play,  a  store-house  of  every  element  of  embodied  sweetness  ? 

7.  "  When  shall  I  become  the  handmaid  to  sweep  the  court-yard  of  the 
bower  of  love  for  the  all-blissful  daughter  of  Vrisha-bhanu,  among  whose  servants 
oft  and  again  every  day  are  heard  the  soft  tones  of  the  peacock-crested  god? 

8.  "  0  my  soul,  leave  at  a  distance  all  the  host  of  the  great,  and  affection- 
ately hie  to  the  woods  of  Brindii-ban  :  here  Radha's  name  is  as  a  flood  of  nectar 
on  the  soul  for  the  beatification  of  the  pious,  a  store-house  of  all  that  is  divine. 

9.  "  When  shall  I  hear  the  voice  of  blessed  Radha,  that  fountain  of  delights 
crying  'Nay,  Nay,'  with  knitted  brows,  as  some  gallant  suitor,  fallen  at  her  feet, 
begs  for  the  rapturous  joy  of  her  embrace  ? 

10.  "  When,  oh  when,  will  Radhika  show  me  favour,  that  incarnation  of 
the  fullness  of  the  ocean  of  perfect  love,  the  marvellous  glory  of  the  glistening 
splendour  of  whose  lotus  feet  was  seen  among  the  herdsmen's  wives  ? 

11.  "When  shall  I  attain  to  the  blissful  vision  of  the  golddess  of  the- 
blooming  bowers  of  the  woods  of  Brinda-ban,  her  eyes  all  tremulous  with  love, 
and  the  different  members  of  her  body  like  the  waves  of  an  overflowing  ocean 
of  delight  ? 

12.  "0  queen  of  Brinda-ban,  I  betake  me  to  thy  lotus  feet,  fraught  with 
the  honeyed  flood  of  love's  ambrosia,  which  planted  in  Madhu-pati's  heart, 
assuaged  by  their  grateful  coolness  the  fierce  fever  of  desire. 

13.  "  Fain  would  my  soul  loiter  in  the  woods  sacred  to  Radha's  loves, 
where  the  sprays  of  the  creepers  have  been  plucked  by  Radha's  hands,  where  the 
fragrant  soil  blossoms  with  Radha's  footprints,  and  where  the  frequent  birds 
are  madly  garrulous  with  Radha's  praises. 

14.  "  When,  0  daughter  of  Vrisha-bhanu,  shall  I  experience  the  conceit 
induced  by  excess  of  voluptuous  dalliance,  I  your  handmaid,  charged  with  the 
message,  '  Come  and  enjoy  Krishna's  dainties, '  and  answered  with  the  smile, 
'  Only  stay,  friend,  till  night  comes.' 


THE   RtonX-SUDH^-NIDHI.  207 

15.  "  Ah  !  when  shall  I  behold  Radha,  with  downcast  eyes,bashfully  steal- 
ing a  distant  "-lance  at  the  moon-like  orb  of  the  face  of  the  lord  of  lovers,  as  she 
trips  with  twinkling  feet,  all  graceful  in  her  movements,  to  the  music  of  her 
own  bangles  ? 

16.  "  When,  0  Radha,  will  you  fall  asleep,  while  my  hands  caress  your 
feet,  after  I  have  tenderly  bathed  you  and  fed  you  with  sweet  things,  wearied 
with  your  vigil  through  a  night  of  dalliance  in  the  inmost  bower,  in  the 
delicious  embrace  of  your  paragon  of  lovers  ? 

17.  "  0  that  the  ocean  of  wit,  the  singular  ocean  of  love's  delights,  the 
ocean  of  tenderness,  the  ocean  of  exuberant  pitifulness,  the  ocean  of  loveliness, 
the  ocean  of  ambrosial  beauty  and  grace,  the  ocean  of  wantonness,  blessed 
Radhika,  would  manifest  herself  in  my  soul ! 

18.  "0  that  the  daughter  of  Vrisha-bhanu,  looking  up  all  tremulous  and 
glistening  in  every  limb  like  the  flowering  champa,  would  clasp  me  in  her  arms, 
charmed  by  my  chanted  praises  of  Syam-sundar,  as  she  listens  for  the  sound  of 
his  pipe  ! 

19.  "  Blessed  Radhika,  cool  me  with  the  multiplicity  of  love  that  breathes 
in  the  swan-like  melody  of  the  girdle  that  binds  your  loins  reddened  with 
dalliance,  and  in  the  tinkling  of  the  bangles,  like  the  buzzing  of  bees,  clustered 
round  your  sweet  lotus  feet. 

20.  "  Blessed  Radhika,  wreathed  with  the  surge  of  a  Ganges  wave  of 
heavenly  dalliance,  with  lovely  lotus  face  and  navel  as  a  whirl  in  the  stream, 
hastening  on  to  the  confluence  with  Krishna,  that  ocean  of  sweetness,  draw 
near  to  me. 

21.  "  When,  0  blessed  Radhika,  shall  I  rest  upon  my  head  your  lotus  feet, 
Govind's  life  and  all,  that  ever  rain  down  upon  the  faithful  abundant  torrents 
of  the  honeyed  flood  of  the  ocean  of  perfect  love  ? 

22.  "  When,  0  Radha,  stately  as  an  elephant  in  gait,  shall  I  accompany 
you  to  the  bower  of  assignation  to  show  the  way,  bearing  divinely  sweet  sandal 
wood  and  perfumes  and  spices,  as  you  march  in  the  excitement  of  love's  rapture? 

23.  "  0  blessed  Radha,  having  gone  to  some  secluded  slope  of  the 
Jamuna  and  there  rubbing  with  fragrant  unguents  your  ambrosial  limbs,  the  very 
life  of  Love,  when  shall  I  see  your  prince  of  lusty  swains,  with  longing  eyes, 
mounted  on  some  high  kadamb  tree  ? 


208  the  chaurXsi  pada. 

24.  "When,  0  blessed  Radhika,  shall  I  behold  your  heavenly  face,  clustered — 
as  if  with  bees — with  wanton  curls,  like  some  lotus  blossoming  in  a  lake  of 
purest  love,  or  a  moon  swelling  an  ocean  of  enjoyment,  an  ocean  of  delight. 

25.  "  Ah  !  the  name  of  Radlni,  perfection  of  loveliness,  perfection  of  delight, 
sole  perfection  of  happiness,  perfection  of  pity,  perfection  of  honeyed  beauty 
and  grace,  perfection  of  wit,  perfection  of  the  rapturous  joys  of  love,  perfection 
of  all  the  most  perfect  that  my  soul  can  conceive  ! 

170.  "  0  ye  wise,  if  there  be  any  one  desirous  of  transcendental  happiness, 
let  him  fill  the  pitcher  of  his  ears  and  drink  in  this  panegyric,  called  the  JRasa- 
sudhd-nidhi,  or  '  Treasury  of  Love's   delights." 

The  Hindu  poem,  the  Chaurdsi  Pada,  is  much  more  popular,  and  most  of 
the  Gosains  know  at  least  some  of  its  stanzas  by  heart.  There  is  a  commentary 
upon  it  by  Lok-nath,  dated  Sambat  1855,  and  another  in  verse,  called  the  Rahasya 
artha-nirujiana  by  Rasik  Lai,  written  in  Sambat  1734.  Neither  of  the  two, 
however,  is  of  much  assistance  to  the  student  ;  all  the  simple  passages  being 
paraphrased  with  wearisome  prolixity,  while  real  difficulties  are  generally  skip- 
ped.    I  subjoin  the  text  and  translation  of  the  first  12  stanzas: — 

TW  PWW  II 

II  %  II 

ill!  %T?  ^T^T  SnT  %l|  W\k  Wll 
wt  ^TT%  inf  T4l|  T4t!  5nT  T3TTT  I 
Wirt  m  W3rfl  3T*  XZHTSi  ^hlR  *j 
12JRI  VFXTT  ^TW  AK    ^R3i   cUT  I 

at  ^t  r\^  ir  vm  r  infw  fnxr 

^TR  3UfS3i  THHI  TflrW  flfli  WIT  I 
^ll    liH    Si*!     ^cTCJTR    ^?R  II 


THE  chaurXsi  pada.  209 

II  3  II 
Jiti^  Trains,  ff  ttt?  ruift  ^  upt  ^  5W1  srr  srw^t  n 

if    ssRmfllRBi^r  ^^R  §=Irl  WlfT  TTTVJSRRSr^ln  W^l  JlaPTITi^Rt  II 

II  5  II 

am  *w  ^t^  ts  Fias  *Kci  sre  Itaf!  ^mura  i 

w^s.  twI  fairer  rasm  'srasRicjfsT  ^^ira  jjrt  <*?t^*t?t  i 

v3  ^  O 

%  sTiti  rrircsj  sr  JT3^n  Tm  *i  ^q  sfa  wfe  mwz  s^  » 

vSCn 

II  8  II 


^TST  ^T  S^rfl  FITT  ^SR  ^T^5  W^T  fas^  ^fJTO5&  *H3rI  *Ttr§  ?f  j 
^\^  ST^cT  ^  §*IR*T  ERTfal  T^^fofifl  ^*U  3^    ^P3i  H^  I! 
^fa*    m^5R  ^g  fa^cl  g??p    3ig  f%T    ^TJTrf   gfafT  J?T^T  £f  ^ 
5&W  ^R  33K  TTUrT  Efi^    ^    ^R    3*R  3g=T   ^UTrT  51=1  ^  || 

gnitlT  ^ttH  rifc  u^3  THrrrT  =€ft  =ra  rail  ^rirr  f%l  sci  etc  } 

II   %  II 
=35^  JWTcl  ?mfflf3*  *i  *TC  cRTJcl  fllffl  1^  ^TTT^T  3T  I 

*  NO  S3  N3 

^T^^rin  ^w*m  vioiflt  *&ik  Fi3f%  xm  *Rcf  ^r=if%  u*  I! 

=K^  Steffi*  TT%Irl  HMT^f^  *TCcRT2J  ^Tl^TH  VJTJTCTC  | 

NO  NO  NO  "NO 

THITT  JTO  %  3RT  Wficl  f^cjrl  =3rR  TSTfflf*!I  Vtt  3R  II 

sum  ^m  'sriit  nfsci  sr^i  jtr  ^tft  jm  wxn  mmx  I 

W  »snflrJlRsi^-  Tim  UtTIR  *TT?^  ^fa  HT  3<1  R^TrfT  It.: 

53, 


210  THE  CHAUE^SI  PADA, 

ii  S  n 

5RH  ^c\T  ^^rfl  TPTOT  «1TTW  m^rT  ^T^  %TT|   *R  I 

so  SO  "" 

3^ojffF  ^§ra   3*  *IR   ^I*   T*m  JTl^  ^*l   ^  H 

VO  so        so 

s3T  ^trg^  t%TH  ^3  ^3H3  ^  i^  I 


ii  xm  T^TT3?T  II 

W^\  R^lTSffl  ^rt  ^^Mtu*  ^=Tr  M^ITCT  I 

si»  ^a  ^ii 

^jffl  *5Rim  ^SRTTJT  TIT^T*  ?RR  ^Wcl  *TfTFt  tlT  %ffl  || 

so  so  SO  cs  t> 

ra3*r  xfiT3*f  TMlra  Rfflri  ^rc  ^^^^^ttit  ^  ind  i 

>o  Cs 

%TB^T  TSTCFni  ^R  *PR^   rTT^^  ^JW  Rafael  *tl€  II 

so 

m^R  ure  hkw  tr  trcra^  tTm  ^t^t  brit^  m;  ^tCt  i 

?TK  ^fTJT  WaT  5R5if  TRTfT    HT^I  *^R  ^T^rT    Itft  II 

!Rs3*  nsjfi:  R^fTRi  ^^r^t   raw  ras^  ttr^cT  w€t  I 
fgg^  tt^t^  h^t?  u^Tfari  ftra  htM^st  orti  ri  tCt  ii 

^m    %ffl    =I=g^rarJ    *fR    STR    ^T^rlTfafsR    3;UfI    3K%rfr  I 

<■  so  so  so 

%    stiff  elf  R=I3I  cfiTcl  5fir<RH  1RET    ^TXl  JTT^igf^    ^l6  II 


II  c  || 

Will    ^m  m    ?R    ^?5R    Cl    I 

^SoTft    ^cKJcl    TJR?f    *TS    RT^m*  TWR  HT5R  d  II 

r^t  trcrtj  s33r!  Tfi^^mm  i^'cwf  ^ti^  gn  s^ci  ^f^  ^t  ft  i 


THE  CHAURXSI  PAD A.  211 

II  5.  II 
*ira  mm^i  ra^R  ift  itwh  f%5Frs3  f%g  tt€t  i 

JT^T    ^Tf«R    IW    ^M    TRJ3R    Jim    fWR    f^Kl  II 

^Tt^  t%%^t  «rofm  ^ti^t  us^rft  ^m  re?:  ^r<t  i 

S3 

II  1.0  || 
=Ftrl  Sif?I  5F3  Trra    ^TTf ^^    jf^S  if^ 

&j'm  wzv  fiiirc  sjthCt  Jj^JTrrrc 

sO  CO  s3 

ir  w  3;tifd  iR^m  ^tm  f^m^t  wiw  ^tt^ 

^TK  ^R3;m  UUU  51  if  3TfT  II 

S3 

II  11  II 
Tm^  w,^{  sF^rafr  TraTlR  firos^r 

S3  s3 

TT5RRW  SRHSefa  ^fT5   -STTW^t  I 

S3 

^fTT5  JR7  ^51  TT^ZI  ?1SrT  SlfjRT  I 

v  S3CS  S3  cs 

llTWsm  del  ^R^T  W51IW=fi  I 

S3 


212  THE  chaubXsi  pada. 

fifi3Ii?ra3?Rf%cT  sfa  ^T^fT  fqit  ^1?  ^ 

j*pt  sfici  afcms  nm^  sRim^t  I 

flTl^TR  STOrf  TTR  tl^cl  ^T^  ^fl^T  IK 
tqSTaTcI  ^m  ^f^T  ^5H  *m*RT  I 


S3 


%ono  <a 

n  ^  ii 

=3^T1  TTT^I^  ST^IT5*  m  flrl  TTUH^R 

SO  NO 

so 

so  Cs  Cs 

SJloIrl    i-M^H  UTT^T    ^RT3=ft  I 

On  so 

gretsre:  f%^2  ^it  inwrai*im  Hit 

Cs 

SSRSWH3  USUI  ^1  =Jm  tf^sft  I 

s*>  vO 

NO 

fci^rew  Wai  ifiof  ^5T  hiFhr  ^rara^  i^f^ 

so     sO>  S3  so 

so 

Translation  of  the  first  twelve  Stanzas  of  the  ChaurXsi  pada. 

I .  "  Whatever  my  Beloved  doeth  is  pleasing  to  me  ;  and  whatever  is  pleasing 
to  me,  that  my  Beloved  doeth.  The  place  where  I  would  be  is  in  my  Beloved's 
eyes  ;  and  my  Beloved  would  fain  be  the  apple  of  my  eyes.  My  Love  is  dearer 
to  me  than  body,  soul,  or  life  ;  and  my  Love  would  lose  a  thousand  lives 


TOE  chaueXsi  pada.  213 

for   me.     Rejoice,  Sri  Hit   Hari  Vans  !  the  loving  pair,  one   dark,  one  fair,  are 
like  two  cygnets  ;  tell  me  who  can  separate  wave  from  water  ?* 

II.  "  0  my  Beloved,  has  the  fair  spoken  ?  this  is  surely  a  beautiful  night  : 
the  lightning  is  folded  in  the  lusty  cloud's  embrace.  0  friend,  where  is  the 
woman  who  would  quarrel  with  so  exquisite  a  prince  of  gallants  ?  Rejoice,  Sri 
Hari  Vans !  dear  Radhika  hearkened  with  her  ears  and  with  voluptuous  emotion 
joined  in  love's  delights,  t 

III.  "At  day-break  the  wanton  pair,  crowned  with  victory  in  love's  conflict, 
were  all-exuberant.  On  her  face  are  frequent  beads  of  labour's  dew,  and  all 
the  adornments  of  her  person  are  in  disarray,  the  paint-spot  on  her  brow  is  all 
but  effaced  by  heat,  ami  the  straggling  curls  upon  her  lotus  face  resemble 
roaming  bees.  (Rejoice,  Sri  Hit  Hari  Vans  !)  her  eyes  are  red  with  love's 
colours  and  her  voice  and  loins  feeble  and  relaxed. 

IV.  "  Your  face,  fair  dame,  to-day  is  full  of  joy,  betokening  your  happi- 
ness and  delight  in  the  intercourse  with  your  Beloved.  Your  voice  is  languid 
and  tremulous,  your  cheeks  aflame,  and  both  your  weary  eyes  are  red  with 
sleeplessness  ;  your  pretty  tiluh  half  effaced,  the  flowers  on  your  head  faded, 
and  the  parting  of  your  hair  as  if  you  had  never  made  it  at  all.  The  Bounti- 
ful one  of  his  grace  refused  you  no  boon,  as  you  coyly  took  the  hem  of 
your  robe  between  your  teeth.  Why  shrink  away  so  demurely  ?  you  have 
changed  clothes  with  your  Beloved,  and  the  dark-hued  swain  has  subdued  you 
a-  completely  as  though  ho  had  been  tutored  by  a  hundred  Loves.  The 
garland  on  his  breast  is  faded,  the  clasp  of  his  waist-belt  loose  (Rejoice,  Sri 
Hit  Hari  Vans  !)  as  he  comes  from  his  couch  in  the  bower. 

V.  "  To-day  at  dawn  there  was  a  shower  of  rapture  in  the  bower,  where 
the  happy  pair  were  delighting  themselves,  one  dark,  one  fair,  bright  with  all 
gay  colours,  as  she  tripped  with  dainty  foot  upon  the  floor.  Great  Syam,  the 
glorious  lord  of  love,  had  his  flower  wreath  stained  with  the  saffron  dye  of  her 
breasts,  and  was  embellished  with  the  scratches  of  his  darling's  nails  :  she  too 
was  marked  by  the  hands  of  her  jewel  of  lovers.     The  happy  pair  in  an  ecstasy 

*  That  is  to  say,  it  is  nothing  strange  that  Radha  and  Krishna  should  take  such  mutual 
delight  in  one  another,  since  they  are  in  fact  one  and  are  as  inseparable  as  a  wave  and  the  water 
of  which  the  wave  is  composed. 

t  The  first  line  is  a  question  put  to  Krishna  by  one  of  Kadha's  maids,  asking  him  if  her  mis- 
tress had  promised  him  an  interview.  The  second  line  is  a  remark  whicli  she  turns  and  makes  to 
one  of  her  own  companions. 

54 


214  THE   CHAUR^SI  PADA. 

of  affection  make  sweet  song,  stealing  each  other's  heart  (Rejoice,  Sri  Hit  Hari 
Vans  !)  the  bard  is  fain  to  praise,  but  the  drone  of  a  bee  is  as  good  as  his  in- 
effectual rhyme. 

VI.  "  Who  so  clever,  pretty  damsel,  whom  her  lover  comes  to  meet, 
stealing  through  the  night  ?  Why  shrink  so  coyly  at  my  words  ?  Your 
eyes  are  suffused  and  red  with  love's  excitement,  your  bosom  is  marked  with 
his  nails,  you  are  dressed  in  his  clothes,  and  your  voice  is  tremulous.  (Rejoice, 
Sri  Hit  Hari  Vans  !)  Radha's  amorous  lord  has  been  mad  with  love. 

VII.  "  To-day  the  lusty  swain  and  blooming  dame  are  sporting  in  their 
pleasant  bower.  0  list !  great  and  incomparable  is  the  mutual  affection  of 
the  happy  pair,  on  the  heavenly*  plain  of  Brinda-ban.  The  ground  gleams 
bright  with  coral  and  crystal  and  there  is  a  strong  odour  of  camphor.  A 
dainty  couch  of  soft  leaves  is  spread,  on  which  the  dark  groom  and  his 
fair  bride  recline,  intent  upon  the  joys  and  delights  of  dalliance,  their  lotus 
cheeks  stained  with  red  streaks  of  betel  juice.  There  is  a  charming  strug- 
gle between  dark  hands  and  fair  to  loose  the  string  that  binds  her  skirt. 
Beholdiuo-  herself  as  in  a  mirror  in  the  necklace  on  Hari's  breast,  the  silly 
girl  is  troubled  by  delusion  and  begins  to  fret,  till  her  lover  wagging  his 
pretty  chin  shows  her  that  she  has  been  looking  only  at  her  own  shadow. 
Listening  to  her  honeyed  voice,  as  again  and  again  she  cries  '  Nay,  nay,' 
Lalita  and  the  others  take  a  furtive  peep  (Rejoice,  Sri  Hit  Hari  Vans!)  till 
tossing  her  hands  in  affected  passion  she  snaps  his  jewelled  necklet. 

VIII.  "  Ah,  red  indeed  are  your  lotus  eyes,  lazily  languishing  and 
inflamed  by  night-long  watch,  and  their  collyrium  all  faded.  From  your 
drooping  eyelids  shoots  a  glance  like  a  bolt,  that  strikes  your  swain  as  it 
were  a  deer  and  he  cannot  stir.  (Rejoice,  Sri  Hit  Hari  Vans  !)  0  damsel, 
voluptuous  in  motion  as  the  swan,  your  eyes  deceive  even  the  wasps  and  bees. 

IX.  "  Radha  and  Mohan  are  such  a  dainty  pair,  he  dark  and  beautiful 
as  the  sapphire,  she  with  body  of  golden  lustre  :  Hari  with  a  tilak  on  his 
broad  forehead  and  the  Fair  with  a  roll  streak  amidst  the  tresses  of  her 
hair  :  the  lord  like  a  stately  elephant  in  gait  and  the  daughter  of  Vrisha- 
bhanu  like  an  elephant  queen  :  the  damsel  in  a  blue  vesture  and  Mohan  in 
yellow  with  a  red  khaur  on  his  forehead  (Rejoice,  Sri  Hit  Hari  Vans  !) 
Radha's  amorous  lord  is  dyed  deep  with  love's  colours. 

X.  "  To-day  the  damsel  and  her  swain  take  delight  in  novel  ways. 
What  can  I   say  ?  they   are  altogether   exquisite  in   every  limb  ;   sporting 

Abhut,  not  created,  self-produced,  divine. 


the  chaurXsi  pada.  215 

together  with  arms  about  each  other's  neck  and  cheek  to  cheek,  by  such 
delicious  contact  making  a  circle  of  wanton  delight.  As  they  dance,  the 
dark  swain  and  the  fair  damsel,  pipe  and  drum  and  cymbal  blend  in  sweet 
concert  with  the  tinkling  of  the  bangles  on  her  wrists  and  ankles  and  the 
girdle  round  her  waist.  Sri  Hit  Hari  Vans,  rejoicing  at  the  sight  of  the 
damsels'  dancing  and  their  measured  paces,  tears  his  soul  from  his  body  and 
lays  them  both  at  their  feet. 

XL  "  The  pavilion  is  a  bright  and  charming  spot  ;  R&dha  and  Hari 
are  in  glistening  attire  and  the  full-orbed  autumnal  moon  is  resplendent  in 
the  heaven.  The  dark-hued  swain  and  nymph  of  golden  sheen,  as  they  toy 
together,  show  like  the  lightning's  flash  and  sombre  cloud.  In  saffron  ves- 
ture he  and  she  in  scarlet  ;  their  affection  deep  beyond  compare  ;  and  the 
air,  cool,  soft  and  laden  with  perfumes.  Their  couch  is  made  of  leaves  and 
blossoms  and  he  woos  her  in  dulcet  tones,  while  coyly  the  fair  one  repulse3 
his  every  advance.  Love  tortures  Mohan's  soul,  as  he  touches  her  bosom, 
or  waist-band,  or  wreath,  and  timorously  she  cries  'off,  off.'  Pleasant  is 
tho  sporting  of  the  glorious  lord,  close-locked  in  oft-repeated  embrace,  and 
like  an  earth-reviving  river  is  the  flood  of  his  passion. 

XII.  "  Come  Radhii,  you  knowing  one,  your  paragon  of  lovers  has 
started  a  dance  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna's  stream.  Bevies  of  damsels 
are  dancing  in  all  the  abandonment  of  delight  ;  the  joyous  pipe  gives  forth 
a  stirring  sound.  Near  the  Bansi-bat,  a  sweetly  pretty  spot,  where  the 
spicy  air  breathes  with  delicious  softness,  where  the  half-opened  jasmine  fills 
the  world  with  overpowering  fragrance,  beneath  the  clear  radiance  of  the 
autumnal  full  moon,  the  milkmaids  with  raptured  eyes  are  gazing  on  your 
glorious  lord,  all  beautiful  from  head  to  foot,  quick  to  remove  love's  every 
pain.  Put  your  arms  about  his  neck,  fair  dame,  pride  of  the  world,  and 
lapped  in  the  bosom  of  the  Ocean  of  delight,  disport  yourself  with  Syam  in 
his  blooming  bower." 

If  ever  the  language  of  the  brothel  was  borrowed  for  temple  use,  it  has 
been  so  here.  But,  strange  to  say,  the  Gosains,  who  accept  as  their  Gospel 
these  sensuous  ravings  of  a  morbid  imagination,  are  for  the  most  part  highly 
respectable  married  men,  who  contrast  rather  favourably,  both  in  sobriety 
of  life  and  intellectual  acquirements,  with  the  professors  of  rival  sects  that 
are  based  on  more  reputable  authorities.  Several  of  them  have  a  good  know- 
ledge of  literary  Hindi ;  but  their  proficiency  in  Sanskrit  is  not  very  high ; 
the  best  informed  among  them  being  unable  to  resolve  into   its  constituent 


216  OTHER   POEMS   BY   HARI   VANS'S   DISCIPLES. 

elements  ami  explain  the  not  very  recondite  compound  suduruha,  which  will  be 
found  in  the  second  stanza  of  the  Radha-sudhi. 

To  indicate  the  fervour  of  his  passionate  love  for  his  divine  mistress, 
Hari  Vans  assumed  the  title  of  Hit  Ji  and  is  popularly  better  known  by 
this  name  than  by  the  one  which  he  received  from  his  parents.  His  most 
famous  disciple  was  Vyas  Ji  of  Orchha,  of  whom  various  legends  are  report- 
ed. On  his  first  visit  to  the  Swami  he  found  him  busy  cooking,  but  at 
once  propounded  some  knotty  theological  problem.  The  sage  without  any 
hesitation  solved  the  difficulty,  but  first  threw  away  the  whole  of  the  food 
he  had  prepared,  with  the  remark  that  no  man  could  attend  properly  to  two 
things  at  once.  Vyas  was  so  struck  by  this  procedure  that  he  then  and 
there  enrolled  himself  as  his  disciple,  and  in  a  short  space  of  time  conceived 
•such  an  affection  for  Brinda-ban  that  he  was  most  reluctant  to  leave  it  even 
to  return  to  his  wife  and  children.  At  last,  however,  he  forced  himself  to 
go,  but  had  not  been  with  them  long  before  he  determined  that  they  should 
themselves  disown  him,  and  accordingly  he  one  day  in  their  presence  took 
and  ate  some  food  from  a  scavenger's  hand.  After  this  act  of  social  excom- 
munication he  was  allowed  to  return  to  Brinda-ban,  where  he  spent  the 
remainder  of  his  life  and  where  his  samc'ulh,  or  tomb,  is  still  to  be  seen. 

Another  disciple,  Dhruva  Das,  was  a  a  voluminous  writer  and  composed 
as  many  as  42  poems,  of  which  the  following  is  a  list:  1,  Jiv-dasa;  2,  Baid- 
gyan ;  3,  Man-siksha ;  4,  Brindaban-sat ;  5,  Bhakt-namavali ;  6,  Brihadbaman 
Puran  ;  7,  Khyal  Hulas  ;  8,  Siddkant  Bichar ;  !),  Priti-chovani ;  10,  Anand- 
ashtak;  11,  Bkajanashtak;  12,  Bhajan-kundaliya;  13,  Bhajan-sat;  14,  Sringar- 
:  15,  Man-sringar;  Hi,  Hit-sringar ;  17,  Sabha-mandal ;  18,  Bas-mukta- 
vali;  19,  Ras-hiravali ;  20,  Ras-ratnavali ;  21,  Premavali;  22.  SriPriyaJiki 
namavali;  23,  Rahasya-manjari ;  24,  Sukh-manjari ;  25,  Rati-manjari  ;  26, 
Nek-man  jari  :  27,  Ban-bihar;  28,  Ras-bihar ;  29,  Rang-hulas ;  30,  Rang- 
bihar:  31,  Rang-binod;  32,  Anand-dasa;  33,  Rahasya-lata  ;  34,  Anand-lata;  35, 
Anurag-lata;  36,  Prem-lata;  37,  Ras-anand ;  38,  Jugal-dhyan;  39,  Nirtya- 
bilas;40,  Dan-lila;  41,  Man-lila ;  42,  Braj-lila. 


Other  poems  by  different  members  of  the  same  sect  are  the  Sevak-bani, 
the  Ballabh-rasik  ki  bani  and  the  Guru-pratap,  by  Damodar  Das;  the  Hari- 
nam-mahima  by  Damodar  Swami:  the  Sri  Rap  Lai  Ji  ka  ashtaka,  by  Hit 
Ballabh  ;  and  the  Hari-nam-beli,  the  Sri  Lai  Ji  badhai  ami  the  Sri  Liirili  Juki 
badhai  by  Brinda-ban  Das. 


swXmi  hari  dXs.  217 

The  only  one  of  the  three  more  important  modern  schools  which  yet  remains 
to  be  mentioned  is  that  founded  by  Swami  Hari  Das.  The  Gosains,  his  des- 
cendants, who  now,  with  their  wives  and  children,  number  some  500  persons,  own 
one  of  the  most  conspicuous  of  the  modern  temples,  which  is  dedicated  to  Krishna 
under  his  title  of  Bihari  Ji,  or  in  more  popular  phrase  Banke  Bihari.  This  is 
not  only  their  head-quarters,  but  appears  to  be  the  only  temple  in  all  India  of 
which  they  have  exclusive  possession.  It  has  lately  been  rebuilt  at  a  cost  of 
Ks.  70,000 ;  a  sum  which  has  been  raised  in  the  course  of  13  years  by  the 
contributions  of  their  clients  from  far  and  near.  It  is  a  large  square  red  sand- 
stone block  of  plain,  but  exceedingly  substantial,  character,  with  a  very  effective 
central  gateway  of  white  stone.  This  has  yet  to  be  completed  by  the  addition 
of  an  upper  story ;  but  even  as  it  stands,  the  delicacy  of  its  surface  carving, 
and  the  extremely  bold  projection  of  its  eaves,  render  it  a  pleasing  specimen  of 
the  style  of  architecture  now  in  vogue  at  Brinda-ban — one  of  the  few  places  in 
the  civilized  world  where  architecture  is  not  a  laboriously  studied  reproduction 
of  a  dead  past,  but  a  still  living  art,  which  is  constantly  developing  by  a  process 
of  spontaneous  growth.  The  estate  is  divided  into  two  shares  or  bats,  according 
to  the  descent  of  the  Gosains.  Their  founder  was  himself  a  celibate;  but  his 
brother  Jagannath  had  three  sons,  Megh  Syam,  Murari  Das  and  Gopinath  Das, 
of  whom  the  third  died  childless,  the  other  two  being  the  ancestors  of  the  pre- 
sent generation.  As  is  usual  in  such  cases,  the  two  families  are  at  war  with 
one  another,  and  have  more  than  once  been  obliged  to  invoke  the  assistance  of 
the  law  to  prevent  a  serious  breach  of  the  peace.  Beyond  the  saintliness  of 
their  ancestor,  but  few  of  them  have  any  claim  to  respect,  either  on  account  of 
their  learning — for  the  majority  of  them  cannot  even  read — or  for  the  correct- 
ness of  their  morals.     There  are,  however,  two  exceptions  to  the  general  rule 

one  for  each  bat — in  the  person  of  the  Gosains  Jagadis  and  Kishor  Chand; 
both  of  whom  are  fairly  well  read,  within  the  narrow  limits  of  their  own  sec- 
tarian literature,  beyond  which  they  have  never  dreamed  of  venturing 

In  the  original  Bhakt-mala  of  Nabha  Ji,   the  stanza  referring  to  Hari  Das 
stands  as  follows: 

?^   I 
^ST^fefR  3gYcI  SRI  Tf%=R  ^1U  lR3ra  3iT  II 

55 


218  swXmi  hari  da's. 

»JttTFT  gTC  3T3  TW  3T7R  ^TSJT  <5TO  sfi  II 

3ITWft  3^TrI  ER  TRW  W^  ?K5T^  Sfil  II 

which  may  be  tlms  translated: 

"Tell  we  now  of  Hari  Das,  the  pride  of  Xsdhir,  who  sealed  the  list  of  the 
saints;  who,  bound  by  a  vow  to  the  perpetual  repetition  of  the  two  names  of 
Kunj-bihari,  was  ever  beholding  the  sportive  actions  of  the  god,  the  lord  of  the 
Gopis'  delights;  who  was  a  very  Gandharv  in  melodious  song  and  propitiated 
Syam  and  Syama,  presenting  them  with  tbe  daintiest  food  in  daily  sacrifice  and 
feeding  the  peacocks  and  monkeys  and  fish;  at  whose  door  a  king  stood  waiting 
in  hope  of  an  interview;  Hari  Das,  the  pride  of  Asdhfr,  who  sealed  the  list  of 
the  saints." 

This  is  followed  by  the  Gloss,  or  Supplement  of  Priya  Das: 

ifagmraf?  ^m  %tI  «mi  *rra  ml  1  11 

^IZTI  $ira  TOT  BJT^T  *tf?l  **=*  W3JT.  ofW 

^rczh  ^  tr^f^f  xii  tot  f%xr  "«mS  » 
onfall  Haifa  5B^t  h  tstoi  Hi^rariT 

si* 

*lf%5R  3^1TT  U3  *m^  STST^  II 

sO  -<i  NO  • 

fsfi^i  rra  mm  sref  ^t^t  fara  *tt?zt  ii 

which  may  be  thus  rendered: 

"  Who  can  tell  all  the  perfections  of  Sri  Swami  Hari  Das,  who  by  ever 
muttering  in  prayer  the  sacred  name  came  to  be  the  very  seal  of  devotion. 
Some  one  brought  him  perfume  that  ho  valued  very  highly;  he  took  and  threw 
it  down  on  the  bank;  the  other  thought  it  wasted.  Said  the  sage,  knowing  his 
thoughts:  'Take  and  show  him  the  god:'  he  slightly  raised  the  curtain;  all 


LEGENDS  OF  HARI   DA'S.  219 

was  drenched  with  perfume.     The  philosopher's  stone  he  cast  into  the  water, 
then  gave  instruction:  many  are  the  legends  of  the  kind." 

Probably  few  will  deny  that  at  least  in  this  particular  passage  the  disciple 
is  more  obscure  than  his  master;  and  the  obscurity,  which  is  a  sufficiently  pro- 
minent feature  in  the  English  translation,  is  far  greater  in  the  Hindi  text,  where 
no  indication  is  given  of  a  change  of  person,  and  a  single  form  answers  indiffer- 
ently for  every  tense  of  a  verb  and  every  case  of  a  noun.  The  Bhakt-Sindhu 
expands  the  two  stanzas  into  a  poem  of  211  couplets  and  supplies  a  key  to  all 
the  allusions  in  the  following  detailed  narrative  : 

Brahm-dhir,  a  Sanadh  Brahman  of  a  village  now  called  Haridaspur,  near 
Kol,  had  a  son,  Gyandhir,  who  entertained  a  special  devotion  for  Krishna  under 
his  form  of  Giridhari — '  the  mountain-supporter' — and  thus  made  frequent  pil- 
grimages to  the  holy  hill  of  Gobardhan.  On  one  such  occasion  he  took  to  him- 
self a  wife  at  Mathura,  and  she  in  due  time  bore  him  a  son,  whom  he  named  As- 
dhir.  The  latter  eventually  married  a  daughter  of  Ganga-dhar,  a  Brahman  of 
Raj  pur — a  small  village  adjoining  Brinda-ban — who  on  the  8th  of  the  dark  fort- 
night of  the  month  of  Bhadon  in  the  samba t  year  1441  give  birth  to  Hari  Das. 
Form  his  earliest  childhood  he  gave  indications  of  his  future  sanctity,  and  instead 
of  joining  in  play  with  other  children  was  always  engaged  in  prayer  and  religious 
meditation.  In  spite  of  his  parents'  entreaties  he  made  a  vow7  of  celibacy,  and  at 
the  age  of  25  retired  to  a  solitary  hermitage  by  the  Man  Sarovar,  a  natural  lake 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  opposite  Brinda-ban.  He  afterwards  removed 
to  the  Nidh-ban  in  that  town,  and  there  formally  received  his  first  disciple, 
Bithal-Bipul,  who  was  his  own  maternal  uncle.  His  fame  soon  spread  far  and 
wide,  and  among  his  many  visitors  was  one  day  a  Khattri  from  Delhi,  by  name 
Dayal  Das,  who  had  by  accident  discovered  the  philosopher's  stone,  which  trans- 
muted into  gold  everything  with  which  it  was  brought  in  contact.  This  he 
presented  as  a  great  treasure  to  the  Swami,  who  however  tossed  it  away  into  the 
Jamuna  ;  but  then  seeing  the  giver's  vexation,  he  took  him  to  the  margin  of  the 
stream  and  bade  him  take  up  a  handful  of  sand  out  of  the  water.  When  he 
had  done  so,  each  single  grain  seemed  to  be  a  facsimile  of  the  stone  that  had 
been  thrown  away  and,  when  tested,  was  found  to  possess  precisely  the  same 
virtue.  Thus  the  Khattri  was  made  to  understand  that  the  saints  stand  in  no 
need  of  earthly  riches,  but  are  complete  in  themselves  ;  and  he  forthwith  joined 
the  number  of  Hari  Das's  disciples. 

Some  thieves,  however,  hearing  that  the  sage  had  been  presented  with  the 
philosopher's  stone,  one  day  when  he  was  bathing,  took  the  opportunity  of 


220  LEGENDS   OF   HARI   DXS". 

stealing  his  sdlagrdm,  which  they  thought  might  be  it.  On  discovering  it  to  be 
useless  for  their  purpose,  they  threw  it  away  under  a  bush,  and  as  the  saint  in 
his  search  for  it  happened  to  pass  by  the  spot,  the  stone  itself  found  voice  to  tell 
him  where  it  lay.  From  that  time  forth  he  received  every  morning  by  mira- 
culous agency  a  gold  coin,  out  of  which  he  was  to  provide  the  temple-offerings 
(bho'/)  and  to  spend  whatever  remained  over  in  the  purchase  of  grain  wherewith 
to  feed  the  fish  in  the  Jamuna  and  the  peacocks  and  monkeys  on  its  banks. 

One  day  a  Kayath  made  him  an  offering  of  a  bottle  of  atar  worth  Rs.  1,000, 
and  was  greatly  mortified  to  see  the  Swami  drop  it  carelessly  on  the  ground,  so 
that  the  bottle  was  broken  and  the  precious  essence  all  wasted.  But  on  being 
taken  to  the  temple  he  found  that  his  gift  had  been  accepted  by  the  god,  for  the 
whole  building  was  fragrant  with  its  perfume. 

Again,  a  minstrel  at  the  court  of  the  Dehli  Emperor  had  an  incorrigibly 
stupid  son,  who  was  thereupon  expelled  in  disgrace.  In  his  wanderings  he 
happened  to  come  to  Brinda-bun,  and  there  threw  himself  down  on  the  road  to 
sleep.  In  the  early  morning  the  Swami,  going  from  the  Nidh-ban  to  bathe, 
stumbled  over  him,  and  after  hearing  his  story  gave  him  the  name  of  Tan-sen, 
and  by  the  mere  exercise  of  his  will  converted  him  at  once  into  a  most  accom- 
plished musician.  On  his  return  to  Delhi,  the  Emperor  was  astonished  at  the 
brilliancy  of  his  performance,  and  determined  himself  to  pay  a  visit  to  Brinda-ban 
and  see  the  master  under  whom  he  had  studied.  Accordingly,  when  he  was 
next  at  Agra,  he  came  over  to  Mathura,  and  rode  out  as  far  as  Bhat-rond — 
half-way — whence  he  proceeded  on  foot  to  the  Nidh-ban.  The  saint  received 
his  old  pupil  very  graciously,  but  took  no  notice  of  his  royal  companion,  though 
he  knew  perfectly  well  who  he  was.  At  last,  as  the  Emperor  continued  beg- 
ging that  ho  might  be  of  some  service,  he  took  him  to  the  Bihari  ghat  close  by, 
which  for  the  nonce  appeared  as  if  each  one  of  its  steps  was  a  single  precious 
stone  set  in  a  border  of  gold  ;  and  there  showing  him  one  step  with  a  slight  flaw 
in  it,  asked  him  to  replace  it  by  another.  This  was  a  work  beyond  the  capacity 
even  of  the  great  Emperor,  who  thereupon  contented  himself  with  making  a 
small  endowment  for  the  support  of  the  sacred  monkeys  and  peacocks  and  then 
went  his  way  after  receiving  a  most  wearisome  amount  of  good  advice. 

No  further  incident  is  recorded  in  the  life  of  Hari  Das,  the  date  of  whose 
death  is  given  as  Sambat  153-7.  He  was  succeeded  as  Mahant  by  his  uncle 
Bithal-Bipul  ;  and  he  by  Bihari  Das.  The  latter  was  so  absorbed  in  enthu- 
siasm that  a  Sarasvat  Brahman,  of  PanjaW  extraction,  by  name  Jagannath, 
was   brought   over   from  Kol  to  administer  the  affairs  of  the  temple  ;  and  after 


THE    DATE    OF    FIARI    DA'S.  221 

his  death   the   succession  was  continued  through  several  other  names,  which  it 
seems  unnecessary  to  transcribe. 

Thus  far  the  narrative  of  the  Bhakt-Sindhu  ;  which,  it  will  be  seen,  affords 
an  explanation  of  the  obscure  allusions  in  the  Bhakt-Mala  to  the  two  presenta- 
tions of  the  atar  and  the  philosopher's  stone,  the  daily  feeding  of  the  monkeys 
and  peacocks  and  the  Emperor's  visit.  In  other  matters,  however,  it  is  not  at 
all  in  accord  with  the  traditions  accepted  by  the  Swami's  descendants  ;  for  they 
say  that  he  was  not  a  Sanadh  by  caste,  but  a  Sarasvat ;  that  his  family  came  not 
from  Kol  or  Jalesar,  but  from  Uchch  near  Multan,  and  that  he  lived  not  four 
centuries  ago,  but  at  the  most  only  three.  It  would  seem  that  the  author  of  the 
Bhakt-Sindhu  was  the  partisan  of  a  schism  in  the  community,  which  occurred 
about  50  years  or  so  ago,  and  that  he  has  moulded  his  facts  accordingly  ;  for 
the  Jajiannath  whom  he  brings  over  from  Kol  is  not  named  in  a  genuine  list 
of  the  Mahants,  which  will  be  given  hereafter.  That  he  is  utterly  at  fault  in 
his  dates,  Sambat  1441 — 1537,  is  obvious  at  a  glance  ;  for  the  Emperor  who 
visited  Brinda-ban  was  certainly  Akbar,  and  he  did  not  ascend  the  throne  till 
Sambat  1612.  It  is  true  that  Professor  Wilson,  in  his  Religious  Sects  of  the 
Hindus,  where  he  mentions  Hari  Das,  describes  him  as  a  disciple  and  faithful 
companion  of  Chaitanya,  who  was  born  in  1485  and  died  in  1527  A.  D.  But 
although  Hari  Das  had  imbibed  the  spirit  of  Chaitanya's  teaching,  I  know  of 
no  ground  for  maintaining  that  there  was  any  personal  intercourse  between  the 
two  ;  had  it  been  so,  that  fact  would  scarcely  have  escaped  record  in  the  Bhakt- 
Mala  or  some  one  of  its  modern  paraphrases.  Moreover,  I  have  by  me  a  small 
pothi  of  6S0  leaves,  which  gives  a  complete  list  of  all  the  Mahants  and  their 
writings  from  the  founder  down  to  the  date  of  the  MS.,  which  is  Sambat  1825. 
The  list  is  as  follows  :  Swami  Hari  Das,  Bithal  Bipul,  Biharini  Das,  Nagari 
Das,  Saras  Das,  Naval  Das,  Narhar  Das,  Rasik  Das,  and  Lalit-Kishori,  other- 
wise called  Lalit-mohani  Das.  Allowing  20  years  for  each  incumbency,  which 
is  rather  a  high  average,  since  only  an  elderly  man  would  be  elected  for  the  post, 
the  date  of  Hari  Das's  death  is  thrown  back  only  as  far  as  Sambat  1665.  His 
writings,  moreover,  are  not  more  archaic  in  style  than  the  poems  of  Tulsi  Das, 
who  died  in  Sambat  1680  ;  and  therefore  on  all  grounds  we  may  fairly  conclude 
as  an  established  fact  that  he  flourished  at  the  end  of  the  16th  ami  the  beinuniufl: 
of  the  17th  century  A.  D.,  in  the  reigns  of  the  Emperors  Akbar  and  Jahangir. 

Each  of  the  Mahants  named  in  the  above  list  is  described  as  being  the  dis- 
ciple of  his  immediate  predecessor,  and  each  composed  some  devotional  poems, 
which  are  known  as  sakhis,  chaubolas,  or  padas.  The  most  voluminous  writer 
is  Bihariui  Das,  whose  padas  occupy  G84  pages.     In  many  of  them  he  expresses 

56 


222  THE   POEMS   OF    BTHA'RINI   DA'S. 

the  intensity  of  his  mystical  devotion  in  terms  of  exaggerated  warmth,  which 
are  more  suggestive  of  an  earthly  than  a  divine  passion.  But  the  short  extract 
that  follows  is  of  a  different  character,  and  is  of  special  interest  as  confirming 
the  conclusion  already  stated  as  to  the  date  of  Hari  Das  ;  since  it  mentions  by  • 
name  both  the  Emperor  Akbar  and  also  the  death  of  his  famous  friend  Birbar, 
which  occurred  in  1590  A.D. 

II   TTJT  Ttlfl   II 

9if  T  Tlf  T  lJcT3i  ^T  II 

ssifa  ^tr  m  mm  urn  ?^  iffs  ^ci  ^  ft^tot  f^rg*  u 

Xti  ^otfcl   =J¥  M?rT  ^JT  31VR  =lf  «XT  cfTTorr   || 
7Kr\  Sm\  fllfr  ^  T%13IT  fiff^T  ^  ^ITf  sifi  'srasrr  l» 

T&rom  fazmn  *  m  <%wt.  tiq  Tins  t  ^t^  zktcit.  ii 

frlfW  ^  3rlfl  d^lt  *I^5l  1  TOTcI  #iR  %  ^T  II 
Tjm^  ^tTq  IRt^^H^  *?Rl  SUT5  T^nTc,  «2>3irl  q^r   It 

Translation. 
"  Why  boastest  thou  thyself,  0  mortal  man  ?  thy  body  shall  be  the  prey  of 
dogs  and  jackals,  though  without  shame  or  fear  thou  now  goest  delicately.  This 
is  known  throughout  the  world  to  be  the  end  of  all :  a  great  man  was  the  Brah- 
man Birbar,  yet  he  died,  and  at  his  death  the  Emperor  Akbar  was  sad  of  heart, 
nor  himself  longer  lived  nor  aught  availed.  When  gods  or  demons  breathe  out 
their  life,  Death  holds  them  in  his  maw,  suspended,  neither  here  nor  there,  but 
in  an  intermediate  state.  All  astray  and  swelling  with  pride,  on  whom  is  thy 
trust  ?  Adore  Hari's  blessed  lotus  feet ;  to  roam  and  wander  about  from  house 
to  house  is  all  vanity.  By  the  strong  aid  of  Hari  Das,  Biharini  Das  has  found 
and  laid  hold  of  the  Almighty." 

The  founder  of  the  sect  has  himself  left  only  two  short  poems,  filling  41 
leaves,  entitled  Sddhdran  Siddhdnt  and  Ris  he  pada.  The  former  is  here  given 
both  in  the  original  text  and  in  a  translation.     Most  of  the  habitues  of  the 

*  One  MS.  for  svasan  nikusat  reads  tras  ni/iasi  na  sukat. 

f  Rtmthna  has  the  same  meaning  as  the  more  common  term  jugdli  harnd,   'to  ruminate,' 
like  a  cow. 


the  sXdhXran  siddhXnt.  223 

temple  know  the  greater  part  of  it  by  heart,  though  I  have  ascertained  that  very 
few  of  them  have  more  than  the  vaguest  general  idea  of  the  meaning.  Even  the 
best-informed  of  the  Pujaris — Kishori  Chand — who  went  over  it  carefully  with 
me,  supplied  an  interpretation  of  some  passages  which  after  consulation  with 
other  Pandits  I  could  see  was  quite  untenable  and  was  obliged  to  reject.  The 
connection  of  ideas  and  the  grammatical  construction  are  often  so  involved  that 
it  is  highly  probable  my  version  may  still  be  not  altogether  free  of  errors, 
though  I  have  done  my  best  to  eliminate  them.  The  doctrine  inculcated  does 
not  appear  to  differ  in  any  essential  point  from  the  ordinary  teaching  of  the 
other  Vaishnava  sects  :  the  great  duties  of  man,  by  the  practice  of  which  he 
may  have  an  assured  hope  of  attaining  to  ultimate  salvation,  being  defined  as 
submission  to  the  divine  will,  detachment  from  the  world,  and  an  unquestioning 
faith  in  the  mystery  of  the  incarnation. 

II  o  ||  ^  sTt^WTI I^T^flrT  fTT^TT^m^ffT  T^cT  II  o  || 

ii  ^mriwra  II 

•ggiwr  wilt  cm  Tumii  r^iil  r^til  TTiacli  11  IK  II 

tiK  m  ^^  ura  wi  §m  3iiT  I\t^  ^  *fe  yfix.  ii 

^qn  ii  =*m^T  *twt  fswr  ^Tii  tit  ^R  slri  %i  cm  *wt  wft  n 

NO 

fq^TT  ^  aRW  ^1  rKTJTCTIT  *1T  Sf%^^I  tlficlT3?  ZiK   II    q    II 
^iTf^T  =ra  ^tfl  HI^lfT  fi m^  ^3  1T3  ^TTiHTfT  T^IFH  II 

mx  mszuinN  to^t  vuvtv  m  cfr  i  iRm  ii 

Sllfl  rW^i  fir!  rniH  rW  flcT  efiU  3S[  ^tr^TTR  II 

so  SO  so 

4Ttfft3T33t  ^rtfll  5IITTTl^^f%lTfT  JJRfaSi  ^T^TTR  II  *  II 
efic}^  ^[Sli  JFR  afl   s3rl  WcT  UI^  ^3  5RR  ^  ^fa^T  WJ  II 

Cv  C?  so 

sflrT  WTcT  mjr\  ^tf%  TTWT  ^ifl^I  T*^  HT  ^tf  II 

sO  so 

ifife  ^ro^i^^r  fgiT<r  rim  ^li^iT  S«I  §H  f?I3  Tlfl  ^  0 


224  THE  SXDHXRAN  SIDDHXKT. 

IK  W%T  iR  *T^T  ?5tf%  R  JJH  «TC  rR  ^T  II 

i%R  ^Ik  t^r  ctI^t  ra^ra?!  'smtii  n 
^r^jq^  ^fr  ^t=fft  ^t  xr^i  r^in  traifi  ii 

efiff  1R313  JTN  WT  '^T^  r^I  ^^  1  •SHTJ^^I  »   «  C 

Ii  ?pi  F?^T=T?T  II 

%  ir  ^t^t  ^  f%*TK^5n  ?trai  ^  s^rc^sfti  ^ifi  mfi  sfl  ti?  * 

liRsn  "sfl^  iftfasH  lit  qK55T  R  %T"p  II 

rTJITfi  TTTXtTSH^t  TOTTl  T3T%^  WW  JUR  5iT^  W  ^T"3  II 

5RT1  wTtSTS  WJT   afl^  ITT  rW  cli|  R  ^T^  II  ij   II 

ai5  ^ttoqn;  *f;t  11 

f%rl  R  ^Ic|  ^TI=T  ^RTra  1l\r\X  R  111  ^TIT^T  U 

R  TOt  5T5T  H^TSX.  R  WTW  ^"tfrTT  II 

Efifl  fR^ra  3RclT  T3TZIT  %T  f^l  §flPC  ^^  ^T  II  £  II 

ff  H  HT  9^  SRSJc'R^rai  *IT  ft^  3i  ^T*T  ^Jl  ffrl  ^  ^1^  qfllsl  II 

^  firr  gft^r  srr^rancnti  **ii  ^niii  ^it3  ^ni»T  » 

IR^I  flri  S^T  ir!r  TJT  TT^TS  II 

^T*  flrt  ^T  ^T  T*T  ^*TEf  T3R  Scft^T  II 

«RTW  1K3TO  Tlrl  5R1^  f^WRl^l    ^TC   R^Tl  ^l^T  "  s  » 

ffR^T  =^K  9»  «ra  II 

5EIT  Wll  c£IT  3"3TX[  ^m  ^J<R  TO   » 

g^j^ra  Ri^i^t  ^tt  ^t^  ^ra  11 

cfil  ^TITT^TH  f^^TT  3<TT  T5RT  f5TlT<1  Riff   *re  II  c  II 

^raK  ^raa;  i^rar  *fra  ^  ipr  ^TC  *fa  ^w^r^ra  u 

NO  -O  ^ 

tr  gztTT  at  ^rw  ite  ^^ra  II 


the  sXdhXran  siddhXnt.  225 

a>fg  ?R5ig  ^|  w\^  UTTO?}  ^  iff  ti  ^TTj  ^T^^'^ra  11  a  u 

m  Zfi^T  <*■%  ^fff   oII^Trf  'qSlfr  fa?*?*  I    cfiTO  || 
ClU  ^Wr\  oT^TTf  ^%  ^WT  *13T  l^rfT  5^1^   If 
3iTW  ^T1R3T?J  JTW^W  3RrTT  cR^T^T  fl|  II 
cl=T  cfi^  ^  ^?TfT   oT5T  ^Tcfct  ^d  ^ITO   II   10   || 
3^T  f  fa  FITTR  SRT  ^U^lfa  II 

swirl  ^tii  iR^^n^i  fqwr  ■st^fi  if  =n~ffa  II 

3)1  ^I1K5T^  cUIfT  TTOfil  ^olf^lITt  f^rU^fa    II  11    II 

^st^rIit  sr3i=rIt  if^mT^  wrei  ^Ti^ft  n 

TTI  5tT§H^rei  gift  ^WrR^T  ^R  rR  ^SR  ^  ift^TfJ  » 

sOTlfKSre^  ^W  ^TRT  ^^II^ITff  ^T  facl  dfl  m^T  ^TI^fT  II  Is?  I! 


II  U*I  SR53JH 


WTT^T^HTf  ^=1  *sR  II 


^RJT3  ^T3=m3  TTaW5  ^H  lif^T  fl  1*1  II 

^1  sntftsra  xtt  f%n  3tt^t  ntroiti^i  ^  ii  ib  n 

Hl|  Ttffa  ^  gift  %  gm5R=TtiT  vfari  ^tR  ^q'W  flCrlR^  gff  fl  II 
^ifa  ^  nifg^  3f  ii  ^SJUT  xffacl  J$T=R  3RI  "ssii  ^IT?  ^  elf  cl  II 
4sTr  lifl  wfaaR  %rt  3icT  §5f?f  T5^r  5RTJT  ^T^  ^m  tff  rl  II 

§fa  »!niK3T5  1J?K  Uffi  H  cfifs^  TT  5iR  t*  f  ^  WH  Ulcf  II  18  || 

57 


226  the  sAdhXran  siddhXnt. 

cTf^  ETC  S^JoRT  ^TW^n  II 

TTT^n  ^ITrT  TTlff  T^t  <T  ^TT  flTT,  HUW^  ^fl  RRT  ^TW^T  II 

sfiiR^ralf  ^iiff  fit  ^rail  *srra  w  xrj  ^jit]  t%r  cR}t  Ct  giw^ft  n  <w  n 

II  *PT  SRT^TT  II 
WS)  cJTfT  ST^  cfiR  T3tJT=frIll  IK  m*K  II 
f^fg  T5^r  =RcT  3^rrlll  alp*  TUT^IiT  WHX  II 

*tRj  wR^ra  ^rl  f%|II  *T1^T  STO^T^T  *n»TC  II  IS  II 

smrrcfim  srR  ^xfi  =ttti  ^u  2tt>i  ins  n 

f?^  of  ira  g^ri  ^i^^ifi  iiifT  ^T^r  fsR  ^T^i  II 

gRl  lR3m  Jflrl  ^T  <JWT  fsriTft  ^^  ^It  ^3  ^T35  II  1^  II 

^rm  ht  *t^»t  vr^  *rdn  ?m  rim  *tln  w^t^Ri  n 
^tw  urn  ^ifs  ^rRhIt  ?m  sol  srcwi  srct  n 

^ITfT  SItrl  %  bTtoI  ^i?(  RlWtl  iniiT  f%H  ^SXt  *T^Rt  II 

5RTW  1K5TO  ora  53m  facl^lii  31**11  *TT^  ii  tc  ii 

SfTFfT  ^  ^T^T  IK  fl^I  *  *R  3»TT   ^TrT  *15J  3TI5  II 

^ra  =3R%  W^l^^T  «  ^  SRIT  3>*h  ^TI5  II 

'cRUS  ifT=RH3  TI5W3  W3JT  ^PPC  Rp*TT5  II 

BRfl  55TlR2Tg  ^T«  ^THZWIT  SRT^I  ^*t  TOTTT3  II  IS.  II 

iingjj^tra  ifw£  lis  *nft  ^T3  ii 


THE    SiDIIA'RAN   SIDDHAXT.  227 

ER?1  J5niTT5ra  aJTTR  3T^  fifllfl  fl^ffl  ^  ^T21T3  II  '«  II 
Translation  of  the  SiddhXnta  of  SwA'mr  Hari  DXs. 

Rag  Bibhds. 

1.  "  0  Hari,  as  thou  disposest,  so  all  things  abide.  If  I  would  shape  my 
course  in  any  different  fashion,  tell  me  whose  tracks  could  I  follow.  If  I  would 
do  my  own  will,  how  can  I  do  it,  if  thou  boldest  me  back  ?  (The  lords  of  Sri 
Hari  Das  are  Syama,  and  Kunj-bihari).  Put  a  bird  in  a  cage,  and  for  all  its 
fluttering  it  cannot  get  away. 

2.  "  0  Bihari,  Biharini,  none  else  has  any  power  ;  all  depends  on  your 
grace.  Why  babble  of  vain  systems  of  happiness  ?  they  are  all  pernicious.  To 
him  who  loves  you,  show  love,  bestowers  of  happiness  (the  lords  of  Sri  Har  Das 
are  Syama  and  Kunj-bihari),  the  supporters  of  all  living  creatures. 

3.  "  At  times  the  soul  takes  flight  hither  or  thither  ;  but  it  finds  no  greater 
joy.  Discipline  it  in  every  way  and  keep  it  under,  or  you  will  suffer. 
Beautiful  as  a  myriad  Loves  is  Bihari  ;  and  Pleasure  and  all  delights  dwell  in 
his  presence  (the  lords  of  Sri  Hari  Das  are  Syama  and  Kimj-bihiiri)  be  ever 
contemplating  his  manifold  aspects. 

4.  "  Worship  Hari,  worship  Hari,  nor  desert  him  out  of  regard  for  thy 
mortal  body.  Covet  not,  covet  not  the  least  particle  of  wealth.  It  will  come 
to  you  unsought,  as  naturally  as  one  eyelid  droops  upon  the  other.  Says  Sri 
Hari  Das,  as  comes  death,  so  comes  wealth,  of  itself  (or  like  death,  so  is 
wealth — an  evil). 

Rag  BildvaU. 

5.  "  0  Hari,  there  is  no  such  destroyer  as  I  am,  and  no  such  restorer  as 
thou  art  :*  betwixt  me  and  thee  there  is  a  contest.  Whichever  wins  or  loses, 
there  is  no  breaking  of  the  condition.  Thy  game  of  illusion  is  wide-spead  in 
diverse  ways :  saints  are  bewildered  by  it  and  myriads  are  led  astray.  Says 
Hari  Das,  I  win,  thou  losest,  but  there  is  no  change  in  thy  love. 

*  For  a  similar  expression  of  the  same  sentiment  compare  the  following  lines  of  Siir  D.is; 
Mere pdpan  so,  Hari,  hari  hau— Main  garua,  turn  men  lial  tlwra,nthahMii pichimari  hau.  'OHari, 
you  are  vanquished  by  my  sinfulness ;  I  am  so  heavy  and  you  so  slight,  that  you  get  badly 
thrown.' 


228  the  sa'dhXran  siddha'nt. 

(?.  "  0  ye  faithful,  this  is  a  good  election  :  waver  not  in  mind  ;  enter  into 
yourselves  in  contemplation  and  be  not  stragglers.  Wander  not  from  house  to 
house,  nor  be  in  doubt  as  to  your  own  father's  door.  Says  Sri  Hari  Das,  what 
is  God's  doing,  is  as  fixed  as  Mount  Sumeru  has  become. 

7.  "  Set  your  affection  on  the  lotus-eyed,  in  comparison  with  whose  love 
all  love  is  worthless  ;  or  on  the  conversation  of  the  saints  :  that  so  the  sin  of 
your  soul  may  be  effaced.  The  love  of  Hari  is  like  the  durable  dye  of  the  mad- 
der ;  but  the  love  of  the  world  is  like  a  stain  of  saffron  that  lasts  only  for  two 
days.  Says  Hari  Das,  set  your  affection  on  Bfhari,  and  he  knowing  your  heart 
will  remain  with  you  for  ever. 

8.  "  A  straw  is  at  the  mercy  of  the  wind,  that  blows  it  about  as  it  will  and 
carries  it  whither  it  pleases.  So  is  the  realm  of  Brahma,  or  of  Siva,  or  this 
present  world.  Says  Sri  Hari  Das  :  this  is  my  conclusion,  I  have  seen  none 
such  as  Bihari. 

9.  "  Man  is  like  a  fish  in  the  ocean  of  the  world,  and  other  living  creatures 
of  various  species  are  as  the  crocodiles  and  alligators,  while  the  soul  like  the 
wind  spreads  the  entangling  net  of  desire.  Again,  avarice  is  as  a  cage,  and  the 
avaricious  as  divers,  and  the  four  objects  of  life  as  four  compartments  of  the  cage. 
Says  Hari  Das,  those  creatures  only  can  escape  whoever  embrace  the  feet  of  the 
son  of  bliss. 

10.  "  Fool,  why  are  you  slothful  in  Hari's  praises  ?  Death  goeth  about  with 
his  arrows  ready.  He  heedeth  not  whether  it  be  in  season  or  out  of  season,  but 
has  ever  his  bow  on  his  shoulder.  What  avail  heaps  of  pearls  and  other  jewels 
and  elephants  tied  up  at  your  gate  ?  Says  Sri  Hari  Das,  though  your  queen 
in  rich  attire  await  you  in  her  chamber,  all  goes  for  nothing  when  the  darkness 
of  your  last  day  draweth  nigh. 

11.  "  See  the  cleverness  of  these  people:  having  no  regard  for  Han's  lotus 
feet,  their  life  is  spent  to  no  purpose  ;  when  the  angel  of  death  comes  and 
encompasses  them  he  does  what  seemeth  him  good.  Says  Sri  Hari  Das  :  then  is 
he  only  found  long-lived,  who  has  taken  Kunj-bihari  to  his  soul. 

12.  "  Set  your  heart  upon  securing  his  love.  With  water-pot  in  hand  per- 
ambulate the  ways  of  Braj  and,  stringing  the  beads  of  your  rosary,  wander 
through  Brinda-ban  and  the  lesser  groves.  As  a  cow  watches  her  own  calf  and 
a  doc  its  own  fawns  and  has  an  eye  for  none  other  (the  lords  of  Sri  Hari  Das 
are  Syama  and  Kunj-bihari)  be  your  meditation  on  them  as  well  balanced  as 
a  milk-pail  on  the  head. 


the  sXdha'ran  siddha'nt.  229 

Rdfj  Kalydn. 

13.  "  All  is  Hari's  mere  sport,  a  mirage  pervading  the  universe  without 
either  germ  or  plant.     The  pride  of  wealth,  tho  pride  of  youth,  the  pride   i 
power,  are  all  like  the  crow  among  birds.     Says  Sri  Hari  Das,    know  this  of  a 
surety,  all  is  but  as  a  gathering  on  a  feast-day,  that  is  quickly  dispersed. 

14.  "0  sister,  how  happy  arc  the  docs  who  worship  the  lotus-eyed,  each  with 

her  own  lord.     Happy  too  tho  calves  that  drink  in  the  melody  of  his   pipe  in 

their  ears  as  in  a  cup  from  which  no  drop  can  be  spilt.     The  birds  too  are  like 

holy  men,   who  daily  do  him  service,  free   from  lust,  passion,   and  avarice. 

Hearken,  Sri  Hari  Das,  my  husband  is  a  difficulty  ;  he  will  not  let  me  go,  but 

holds  mo  fast. 

Rdg  Bardri. 

15.  "  0  friend,  as  I  was  going  along  the  road,  he  laid  hold  of  my  milk-pail 
and  my  dress  ;  I  would  not  yield  to  him  unless  he  paid  me  for  luck.  '  O 
clever  milk-maid,  you  have  bewitched  my  boy  with  the  lustre  of  the  go-rochan 
patch  on  your  forehead'  (0  lord  of  Sri  Hari  Das),  this  is  the  justice  we  get 
here  ;  do  not  stay  in  this  town,  pretty  one.* 

Rag   Kanlirau. 

16.  "  0  clever  Hari,  thou  makest  the  false  appear  true  ;  night  and  day  thou 
art  weaving  and  unweaving  :  thou  art  an  ocean  of  deceit.  Though  thou  afi'ectest 
the  woman  f  in  form  and  name,  thou  art  more  than  man.  Hearken  ye  all  to 
Hari  Das  and  know  of  a  truth  it  is  but  as  when  one  wakes  out  of  sleep. 

17.  "  The  love  of  the  world  has  been  tested  ;  there  is  no  real  accord.  See, 
from  the  king  to  the  beggar,  natures  differ  and  no  match  can  be  found.  The  days 
of  many  births  are  past  for  ever  ;  so  pass  not  thou.  Hearken  to  Hari  Das, 
who  has  found  a  good  friend  in  Bihari  ;  may  all  find  the  like. 

18.  "  People  have  gone  astray  ;  well  they  have  gone,  but  take  thy  rosary  and 
stray  not  thou.  To  leave  thy  own  lord  for  another  is  to  be  like  a  strumpet 
among  women.  Syama  declares :  those  men  rebel  against  me  who  prefer  another, 
and  those  too  (says  Hari  Das)  who  make  great  sacrifice  to  the  gods  and  per- 
form laboured  funeral  rites  for  departed  ancestors,  j 

*  In  two  of  the  three  MSS.  of  the  poem  that  I  have  consulted,  stanzas  14  and  15  are  omitted 
and  they  appear  clearly  to  he  an  interpolation  by  some  later  hand,  being  quite  out  of  keeping 
with  the  context.    They  must  be  regarded  as  a  dialogue  between  two  of  the  Gopis  and  Jasoda. 

f  In  this  stanza  it  is  the  god's  illusive  power,  or  Maya,  that  is  addressed,  rather  than  the  god 
himself. 

%  Thus  the  Vaishnavas,  when  they  perform  a  Sraddh,  do  not  repeat  the   names  of  their  owa 
ancestors,  but  substi'ute  the  names  of  Krishna,  Pradyumna,  and  Aniruddh. 

58 


230  THE  malt5k  dXsis. 

19.  "  Worship  Hari  from  the  heart  as  long  as  you  live  ;  all  thing3  else  are 
vain.  It  is  only  a  matter  of  four*  days,  what  need  of  much  baggage.  From 
pride  of  wealth,  from  pride  of  youth,  from  pride  of  power,  you  have  lost  your- 
self in  mere  village  squabbles.  Says  Hari  Das,  it  is  greed  that  has  destroyed 
you  ;  where  will  a  complaint  lie. 

20.  "  In  the  depth  of  the  delights  of  an  ocean  of  love  how  can  men  reach  a 
landing-place  ?  Admitting  his  helplessnessf  he  cries,  What  way  of  escape 
is  open  ?  No  one's  arrows  fly  straight,  for  all  his  boasting  in  street  and  market- 
place. Says  Sri  Hari  Das  :  know  Bihari  to  be  a  god  who  overlooks  all  defects 
in  his  votaries." 

The  Maliik  Dasis,  another  modern  sect  of  limited  importance,  have  one  of 
their  religious  houses  at  Brinda-ban,  with  a  temple  dedicated  to  Bam  Ji,  near 
the  Kesi  ghat.  Their  founder,  according  to  the  most  probable  tradition,  lived 
in  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb,  and  was  a  trader  by  occupation.  He  is  said  to  have 
written  a  Hindi  poem  called  the  Dasratna,  together  with  a  few  short  Sdkhis 
and  Padas  in  the  same  language  ;  but  no  specimen  of  his  composition  has  ever 
been  published,  nor  is  it  known  what,  if  any,  are  the  distinctive  tenets  of  the 
sect.  Probably,  they  will  be  found  to  differ  in  no  material  respect  from  the 
doctrines  of  faith  and  quietism  as  inculcated  by  Hari  Das  ;  though,  an  impor- 
tant practical  difference  consists  in  the  recognition  of  Bama,  rather  than  Krishna, 
as  the  incarnation  to  be  specially  worshipped.  I  had  intended  to  visit  their 
Guru  and  collect  from  him  the  materials  for  a  brief  sketch  of  their  history  and 
literature,  in  order  to  complete  this  chapter  ;  but  unfortunately  I  neglected  to 
do  so  while  at  Mathura,  and  have  now  lost  the  opportunity  of  supplying  the 
omission. 

Another  small  and  obscure  sect,  that  of  the  Pran-nathis,  is  again  one  of  the 
few,  of  whose  literature  Professor  Wilson,  in  his  essays  on  the  religion  of  the 
Hindus,  was  unable  to  furnish  a  specimen.  The  sect  has  a  single  representa- 
tive at  Mathura,  and  from  him,  before  I  loft,  I  obtained  a  copy  of  one  of  the 
poems  of  Pran-nath  himself. 

It  is  very  curious,  both  from  the  advanced  liberalism  of  its  theological  ideas 
and  also  from  the  uncouthness  of  the  lanffuage,  in  which  tho  construction  of 
the  sentences  is  purely   Hindi,  while  tho  vocabulary  is  mainly  supplied  from 

*  The  number  '  four  '  seems  to  be  an  allusion  to  the  four  stages  of  life  :  childhood,  youth, 
manhood,  and  old  age. 

t  The  word  btkaryau  is  doubtful  and  probably  corrupt,  though  given  in  all  three  MSS. 


THE   WORKS   OF   rRXN-NXTH.  231 

Persian  and  Arabic  sources.  The  writer,  a  Kshatriya  by  caste,  lived  at  the 
beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century,  and  was  under  the  special  patronage  of 
Chhattrasal,  the  famous  Raja  of  Panna  in  Bundelkhand,  who  is  commonly  said 
by  the  Muhammadans  to  have  been  converted  to  Islam,  though  in  reality  he 
only  went  as  far  as  Pran-nath,  who  endeavoured  to  make  a  compromise  between 
the  two  religions.  His  followers  are  sometimes  called  Dhamis,  from  Dhdm,  a 
name  of  the  supreme  spirit,  or  Parmatma,  and  like  the  Sikhs  and  several  of 
the  later  Hindu  sects  are  not  idolators,  so  far  that  they  do  not  make  or  rever- 
ence any  image  of  the  divinity,  but  if  they  have  any  temple  at  all,  the  only 
object  of  religious  veneration  which  it  contains  is  a  copy  of  the  works  of  the 
founder.  His  treatises,  which,  as  usual,  are  ail  in  verse,  are  fourteen  in  num- 
ber, none  of  them  of  very  great  length,  and  bear  the  following  titles  :— 1,  The 
book  of  Puis  ;  2,  of  Prakas  ;  3,  of  Shat-rit ;  4,  of  Kalas  ;  5,  of  Sanandh  ;  6,  of 
Kirantan  ;  7,  of  Khulasa  ;  8,  of  Khel-bat  ;  9,  of  Prakrama  Illahi  Dulhan  (an 
allegory  in  which  the  Church,  or  ;  Bride  of  God,'  is  represented  as  a  holy  city)  ; 
10,  of  Sugar  Singar  ;  11,  of  Bare  Singiir  ;  12,  of  Sidhi  Bhasa  ;  13,  of  Marafat 
Sagar  ;  14,  of  Kiyamat-nama.  The  shortest  is  the  last,  of  which  I  now  pro- 
ceed to  give  the  text,  followed  by  an  attempt  at  a  translation,  which  I  am 
afraid  is  not  altogether  free  from  error,  as  I  am  not  much  versed  in  Kuranic 
literature  and  may  have  misunderstood  some  of  the  allusions.  The  owner  of 
the  MS.,  Karak  Das  by  name,  though  professing  so  liberal  a  creed,  was  not  a 
particularly  enlightened  follower  of  his  master,  for  I  found  it  impossible  to 
convince  him  that  the  Isa  of  the  Kuran,  so  repeatedly  mentioned  by  Pran-nath, 
was  really  the  same  as  the  incarnate  God  worshipped  by  the  English.  Like 
most  of  the  Bairagis  and  Gosains  with  whom  I  have  talked,  his  idea  was  that 
the  fiery  and  impetuous  foreign  rulers  of  the  country  were  Suraj-bansis,  or 
descendants  of  the  sun,  and  that  the  sun  was  the  only  God  they  recognized,  as 
■was  evidenced  by  their  keeping  the  Sunday  holy  in  his  honour. 

But,  without  further  preface,  to  proceed  to  the  text  of  the  poem.     It  stands 
as  follows  :— 

n  #fK  ii 

^IrfTl         UTO3i         SFTfa        rWT^  W*  *%  33JH  II   1  II 

%t  *t%  ^ra  3*m  flrcsrc     *if  *wt  it  f  rank  u 

^WarRW        ^  Sfa       ^'HTC  ScO  WTST  ^T=R  II  ^  II 


232 


THE   KIYA'MAT-NXMA. 


m^  f5^  wreft  ^ren  y^i 

3T     HJ3T  WT^f    33    9T*fa 

^i  i^gi  tor  mm*  *ril 

^1^1    ^1H  sjTfl   ?i^ 

*?  in  ^ivi  forffi  5RTlt 
33    wuit!  g?R3»    rfra 

fll W^  ^ fit  =1^1 3U  ^ITrT 

o 

tr  ^t  §jfi«ffi  ^ti€t 


=3fR     tR5i7TI«RT  Ht?T3I^    II 
^cRT^  ^^T^t     U3im  II  3  II 

jrc  ni^T^    it€t    ^*i  ii 

?m  3iTf  T3id  5RT  ^Tl^  ^3  II  8  II 
RR^  eEJmcleRT  ^n% t  cfi^T  II 

t^tot     rtor     ^stI^i    ii  y  II 
nsf  ^sr  ^ii^    mfa  ii 

^  Rl^R  3^T     f%rl     ^fa    II  5  II 
rloT    l^Rc!  ^3T  ^TS     ?a  II 
Jrf^TTO   oJTcT    SiW^T^Tl    IIs  II 

NO 

x&m'i    strait    lii?    ir?  n 

WW    ^tT^T  SIT**    3^T  rllt  II  <=  I! 

m^^n  ?iwr  sr^  ^d  ii 

f^T  UT?reTt   5R3    •STHta  lie  II 
%I     ?IT    TT^T     *RTf#     =RW    II 
*RT3i|    W  ^T%3RT      Wc*       II  qo  || 
13  f^ra  RT^%T  3T^3i  5Rlt  II 

mi.  w£  Hit   w^   xjr    ii  ii  ii 

$  ^IR  3^1   T5^T  ^  II 

T1T3  ^  ^    3%   ^f  =3RT  II  <K  II 
5K    35m     Hi^R     rWTfT  II 
?^5Wf     fg^ITT     ^i  ^m    II  1?  II 
3^%Tf   ^11  ^TT      3^Tm  II 

T3f^T    T5^T  t^l  T%rT    T<a<l  II  18  II 


THE    KIYXMAT-NXMA. 


233 


%^      3fl$      f?R       ^15 

%i    3^     ^jij     ^tstti: 
era  ^3Tt^Tm  npiri    ^^ 

3^1    ^T^T5^fl    TT^T    tT? 
^T3JT    ^"STTWlcTO   $gt    «| 

NO 

tift  rrrr  sm    c?T1T^   ^^ 

no  ^  e» 

sra    viiimx:    5^5     f^^i 
rw    33r  ^rxi%  fer^r%  nit 

*ci  ^T    ^     fliCT^T     *mfa 

m:3TTFiT3j[^T^  ti?^t  nit 
%T     t^i      in;      sra* 

xji^n  Kim*    §t    =tor 

M*  5R?^ft  $^T5 


FIT      ^l3H3iT     *tfm    *T5T5  U 

%I  *TT1T  ¥1  T5  II  W  II 

it  ^T3JT  niT  ¥^T  STCTR  II  IS  II 

^i*i  f^^rm:  wi3  qTH^iw  ii 
^isn  mmT  ^ni*  sjfit  ii  i^  ii 
m  m\  5ftt  ?m  §tt  miMt^rer  n 

=rw  stain:  ^3t  ^  ^w  ii  v=  H 

^    ?W    1R3T   fe%  SRR  II 

O  so 

^ra   jft   $n:   ^t^w    rjj  ii  is  ii 

aifa      S^T      5*15      fe^  II 

f%RcF    rW    Jtff  ft     Zimifa  II  =?0  H 
so     so  so 

rim   frr   ^TW^  ^TITT  ^Tl  II 
%i    ^rbI    cfttsl    mxfjjfi  ii  ^  ii 

^Tm     iCT^TtlT      nfl^R  II 

fcRsft  srai  gjq^f  ^ttit  tra*  ii  ^  ii 

tlf       fSKrl     T^      ^t!  II 

%T     l=fitacT    Hl"^      ^fWT  II  ^  II 

^nrc    fl^%TPfTT^5R^^TrT  II 

C\  <0  S3 

^T^r^T^qf^TTnqTrTeTW  II  ^8  II 

^  m^i  %r    oii^  ^qi  ^ttt=t  ii 

5^5R?i«Rt       ^T^nT       5l1  ||  :?!}  || 
*reT3i     TT^sr    trsl     ^1  II 
ffi^fi    vTt   5fiT^3  ^^t;  ii  ss  a 

59 


234  THE 

?uf    m    fBTOfT      SR^sfiTsR*; 

5113  Sfil  HHI  ^^T  11$ 
STTl^    TSU    oTTT  3H;   Til 

NO 

ti  3T^  *i3  ^m  *"; 
<*iw   <*m^ft    sjw;    ^ 

3cl  ^f^rT  ^13  ^  3n$ 
31^T  ^IRR  Wt  3THR 
^ift  l^fl^cl  HRXficI   TU3^ 

T1TI    ^31=jTi     ^311     3^ 

<o  so  o 

3       TSTOI      rfret      T^TT 
^1      fxjf^     3^3       *JT 

ifc  3ci<i  nii^  iwt 
soRjq  fern  ^Ti^f  ^h^ito 

^cTl       TTItI     33      3iTR 

%K  ^1^  T%HR  fl  %I  T^^lt 
SU131     zmzfi     3^     ^ 


KIYA'MAT-NA^IA. 

flT5^    wren    ^Ci    *r=rc  ii  ^  ii 
S=T  ^^aTH^I  ^t4t    f^^3  II 

SO 

%T       *m9l        «t*       l*i  II  ^c  I) 

rll%    112J     WZ     33    ^T^  II 

gcj   =faTW    TJ?fl    eRt    cfill  II  =?£  II 

so 

T^T    ^T?!IJ=fit     ^T^T    WTW:  II 
5131     ^     T.W\     ^I?     ^pT    II  3°  II 
^T3    ^T*J      *T3l    1^    ¥lN  II 

so  so 

urai  si^  Tfi^i  $^   3?ra  n  31  ii 

cRTIT     5RT3      TZKVrl     ^>  || 
5T^f      SR1$     ^T^WIH    SflR  II  3?  II 
S^    ^11^^)1    1^1   m^TH  II 

g»T  ^xfTH    *p&jq   mr.   ^  u  3?  ii 
eR^in^i     it     ifc%    cm  n 

TJT^f      =5TC3     ^Cmif     3K  II  38  II 
rft^Rt      XRtST?;^       vRTTTT^Ti:  II 
^rl^3T     ^i     UTI     3rlT    II  3 U   II 
THTT     313    *1?    f%T3TT         II 
WI     ^TOcft      ?^     HI2J    II  3S  || 

Cs 

mn.  53j    ^  3^t^  ^m  ii  3s  ii 

5T    <TOT  ^31     ^Ilt      3^t     U 

SO 

^T5     3Hrl5RT     5Rlt$     %T$      II  3C  U 


the  kiya'mat-na'ma.  235 

^13   ^T%I?       %lt       ^m      3JJcT       33  3jWTt     %T       ^TI^H      II 


VO 


3^T§        HrJFicTfT^  snrafa       ^T%l  U§1  3iT    TrrjTH  II  ?£  II 

^«r?toi5rh      %tt    *rt     %t^     ii^t  ?ni^  r\vMm  mn  n 
^ft%      suit      W       sii^     rm  nj  filial  ^r^i're  n  «o  n 

T*T*cT         ^IoRi  ^ITW^        W?       ^xrx  T3WT  cffl^   ^  §ii|  || 

^  ft*3  1I3T^         11$       STTOrag  Silt  cf^I$         ||   81  || 

Translation. 

The  Day  of  Judgment. 

"  Go  tell  the  chosen  people  ;  arise  ye  faithful,  the  day  of  judgment  is  at  hand. 
I  speak  according  to  the  Kuran  and  make  my  declaration  before  you.  All  ye 
heads  of  the  chosen  people,  stand  up  and  attend.  The  Testament  ( Wasiyat- 
ndma)*  gives  evidence  :  Eleven  centuries  shall  he  completed  after  the  blessing 
of  the  world  by  the  Kuran  and  by  him  who  was  merciful  to  the  poor.  A  voice 
shall  come  from  the  tabernacle  and  Gabrielf  shall  take  them  to  the  appointed 
place.  For  three  days,  there  shall  be  gloom  and  confusion,  and  the  door  of  re- 
pentance shall  be  closed.  And  what  ?  shall  there  be  any  other  way  ?|  Nay, 
no  one  shall  be  able  to  befriend  his  neighbour. § 

"  Say  now  what  shall  be  the  duration  of  this  life,  and  what  the  clear  signs  of 
the  coming  of  the  last  day.  Christ  shall  reign  for  forty  years,  as  is  written  in 
the  28th  Sipara.  Hindus  and  Musalmans  shall  both  alike  bring  their  creed  to 
the  same  point.  And  what  shall  come  about,  when  the  Kuran  has  thus  been 
taken  away  ?  this  is  a  matter  which  I  would  have  you  now  attentively  con- 
sider. 

"  When  991  years  are  past,  then  the  Lord  Christ  will  come.  This  is  written 
in  the  11th  Sipara:     I  will  not  quote  a  word  wrongly. ||     The  spirit  of  God 

*  Wadyat-ndma  is,  I  believe,  a  general  name,  including  both  the  Kuran  and  the  Hadis,  which 
together  make  up  the  Muhammadan  rule  of  faith  ;  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  trace  the  parti- 
cular tradition,  to  which  reference  is  here  made,  as  specifying  the  exact  number  of  years  that 
are  to  elapse  before  Christ's  second  coming. 

t  Gabriel  is  accounted  God's  ordinary  messenger:  but  here,  I  should  rather  have  looked  for 
Israfil,  whose  duty  it  will  be  to  sound  the  trumpet  at  the  last  day. 

J  Iteves  may  possibly  stand  for  ravish. 
§  Khcs  is  for  khwesh,  '  a  kinsman.' 

I)  In  spite  of  this  emphatic  assertion,  the  quotation  would  appear  to  be  incorrect,  for  the 
llth  Sipara  contains  no  bucIi  prophecy. 


236  the  kiya'mat-na'ma. 

{i.e.,  Christ)  shall  be  clothed  in  vesture  of  two  different  kinds  ;  so  it  is  stated 
in  the  Kuran.  This  is  in  the  6th  Sipara  ;  whoever  doubts  me  may  see  it  there 
for  himself.  These  now  are  the  years  of  Christ,  as  I  am  going  to  state  in  de- 
tail. Take  ten,  eleven,  and  twelve  thirty  times  (that  it  is  say  10  +  11  + 12  X  30 
=990).  Then  Christ  shall  reign  40  years.  The  other  70  years  that  remain 
(after  990  +  40,  to  make  up  1,100)  are  for  the  bridge  Sirat.  The  saints  will 
cross  it  like  a  flash  of  lightning  ;  the  pious  with  the  speed  of  a  horse  ;  but  as 
for  the  merely  nominal  believers  who  remain,  for  them  there  are  10  kinds  of 
hell  ;*  the  bridge  Sirat  is  like  the  edge  of  a  sword,  they  fall  or  they  get  cut  in 
pieces — none  cross  over.  This  is  stated  in  the  Amiyat  Salum  ;  go  and  look  at 
it  carefully.  The  statement  is  clear,  but  your  heart  is  too  blind  to  see  it.  Christ 
stands  for  10,  f  the  Imam  for  11,  and  in  the  12th  century,  then  shall  be  the 
perfect  day-break.     This  is  written  in  the  Am  Sipara,  which  is  the  30th. 

"  When  Christ,  Muhammad,  and  the  Imam  are  come,  every  one  will  come 
and  bow  before  them.  But  you  should  see  not  with  the  eyes  of  the  body,  but, 
after  reflection,  with  the  eyes  of  the  soul.  Azazil  saw  in  person,  but  would  not 
bow  to  Adam.  Though  he  had  done  homage  times  without  number,  it  all  went 
for  nothing.  When  they  saw  his  pride,t  the  curse  was  pronounced  and  he 
became  an  outcast.  Then  Azazil  asked  a  boon :  '  Adam  has  become  my  enemy. 
I  will  pervert  the  ways  of  his  descendants  and  reign  in  the  hearts  of  them  all.' 
Thus  it  was  between  Adam  and  Azazil,  as  is  clearly  stated  in  the  8th  Sipara.  You 
take  after  him  in  sense,  but  what  can  you  do,  since  you  are  his  offspring.  You 
look  for  Dajjal  §   outside,  but  he  sits  at  your  heart,  according  to  the  curse. 

"  You  have  not  understood  the  meaning  of  the  above  ;  listen  to  me  now  with 
the  ears  of  the  spirit.  In  like  manner  as  He  has  always  come,  so  will  He  come 
again.  All  the  Prophets  have  been  of  Jewish  race — look  through  them  with 
the  eyes  of  the  soul— that  is,  they  have  sprung  from  the  midst  of  Hindus, 
whom  you  call  Kafirs.  Search  now  among  your  own  people  ;  the  Lord  ha3 
never  been  born  among  them.  The  races  whom  you  call  heathen  will  all 
be  sanctified  through  him.  The  Lord  thinks  scorn  of  no  man,  but  is  compas- 
sionate to  all  who  are  humble.  A  veil  is  said  to  bo  over  the  Lord's  face. 
What  ?  do  you  not  know  this  ?     By  the  veil  is  meant  '  among  Hindus  ;'  mere 

*  This  is  the  Hindu  computation ;  the  Muhanimadans  reckon  only  seven  hells, 
t  This    is  intended  to  explain  the  curious  calculation  given  ahove,  '  ten,  eleveD,  and  twelre 
multiplied  hy  thirty.' 

%  Ak&T  here  would  seem  to  stand  for  Ahavkdr. 

§  Dii/jdl,  here  the  spirit  of  evil  generally,  ia  properly  the  name  of  anti-Christ. 


THE  KIyXMAT-NA'MA.  237 

reading  Joes  not  convey  the  hidden  intention  ;  if  you  look  only  to  the  letter, 
how  can  you  grasp  the  spirit  ?  Thus  is  declared  the  glory  of  the  Hindus,  that 
the  last  of  the  Prophets  shall  be  of  them.  And  the  Lord  Christ,  that  great 
Prophet,  was  the  king  of  the  poor  Jews.  This  is  stated  in  the  5th  Sipara  ;  if 
you  do  not  believe  me,  go  and  examine  the  Kuran  yourself.  It  is  also  stated  in 
the  Hindu  books  that  Budh  Kalauki  will  assuredly  come.  When  he  has  come, 
he  will  make  all  alike  ;  east  and  west  will  both  be  under  him.  Some  one  will 
say,  '  will  both  be  at  once  ?'  this,  too,  I  will  clear  up,  explaining  the  intention 
to  the  best  of  my  ability  ;  without  a  guide  you  would  not  get  at  the  truth. 
Kalanki,  it  is  said,  will  be  on  a  horse — this  every  one  knows — and  astrologers 
say  that  Vijayabhinand  will  make  an  end  of  the  Kalijug.  Now,  the  Gospel  says 
that  Christ  is  the  head  of  all  and  that  he  will  come  and  do  justice.  The  Jews 
say  that  Moses  is  the  greatest  and  that  all  will  be  saved  through  him.  All 
follow  different  customs  and  proclaim  the  greatness  of  their  own  master.  Thus 
idly  qarrelling  they  fix  upon  different  names  ;  but  the  end  of  all  is  the  same, 
the  supreme  God.  Each  understands  only  his  own  language,  but  there  is 
no  real  difference  at  bottom.  All  the  scriptures  bear  witness  that  there  are 
different  names  in  different  languages  ;  but  truth  and  untruth  are  the  two  in- 
compatibles,  and  Maya  and  Brahm  have  to  be  distinguished  from  one  another. 
In  both  worlds  there  was  confusion  ;  some  walking  by  the  law  of  Hindu,  others 
by  the  law  of  Muhammadan  ceremonial.  But  knowledge  has  revealed  the  truth 
and  made  clear  both  heaven  and  earth  :  as  the  sun  has  made  manifest*  all  crea- 
tion and  harmonized  the  whole  world,  so  the  power  of  God  bears  witness  to 
God  ;  he  speaks  and  all  obey.  All  who  perform  acts  of  religious  worship  do 
them  to  the  Lord  ;  the  word  of  the  Most  High  has  declared  it  so.  It  is  writ- 
ten in  the  third  Sipara  that  he  opened  the  gates  of  the  highest  heaven. 

"  The  Lalit-ul-kadr  (or  night  of  power)  has  three  contentions  :  on  the  third 
dawn  the  judgment  will  commence.  The  spirits  and  angels  will  appear  in 
person,  for  it  was  on  that  night  that  they  descended:!  the  blessings  of  a 
thousand  months  descended  also.  The  chiefs  will  be  formed  into  two  compa- 
nies ;  God  will  give  them  his  orders  and  through  them  there  shall  be  salvation. 

*  For  Kheluya.  I  propose  to  read  Khulaya  ;  but  even  so  the  meaning  elicited  is  not  very 
satisfactory. 

t  The  allusions  are  to  the  chapter  of  the  Kuran  called  the  Siirat-ul-kadr,  which  is  as  follows : 
"  Verily  we  have  caused  the  Kuran  to  descend  on  the  night  of  power.  And  who  shall  teach  thee 
what  the  night  of  power  is  ?  The  night  of  power  exceedeth  a  thousand  months  ;  therein  descend 
the  angels  and  the  spirit  by  permission  of  their  Lord  in  erery  matter;  and  all  is  peace  till  the 
breaking  of  the  morn." 

60 


238  THE  byom  sjLr  of  bakhta'war. 

This  is  abundantly  attested  by  the  Kuran  ;  the  statement  is  in  the  Inn  anzal  nd 
chapter.  After  the  third  contention  will  be  the  dawn  ;  in  the  eleventh  cen- 
tury it  will  be  seen. 

And  what  is  written  in  the  first  Sipara  ?  You  must  have  seen  that.  They 
who  accept  the  text  kun*  are  to  be  called  true  believers.  Now,  if  any  one  is  a 
true  believer,  let  him  bear  witness  and  prove  the  fact.  Put  off  sloth  ;  be  vigi- 
lant ;  discard  all  pride  of  learning.  He  who  hears  with  perfect  faith  t  will 
be  the  first  to  believe.  Afterwards,  when  the  Lord  has  been  revealed,  all  will 
believe.  Heaven  and  hell  will  be  disclosed,  and  none  will  be  able  to  profit 
another.  Lay  your  soul  at  your  master's  feet  ;  this  is  what  Chhatrasal  tells 
you." 

From  the  doctrine  as  laid  down  by  Pran-Nath,  that  any  one  religion  is  as 
true  as  another,  it  is  easy  to  advance  to  the  conclusion  that  all  religions  are 
equally  false.  This  is  the  view  taken  in  the  '  Byom  Sar '  and  '  Suni  Sar,'  two 
short  poems  written  in  the  time  of  Thakur  Daya  Ram  of  Hathras,  by  one  of 
his  retainers,  named  Bakhtawar.  Their  purport  is  to  show  that  all  is  vanity 
and  that  nothing,  either  in  earth  or  in  heaven,  either  visible  or  invisible,  natural 
or  supernatural,  has  any  real  existence.  Several  of  the  lines  are  almost  literally 
translated  from  the  Sanskrit  Vedanta  Sara  of  Sadananda  Parivrajakaeharya, 
from  which  it  would  seem  that  the  author,  for  all  his  atheism,  did  not  contemplate 
any  pronounced  rupture  with  Hindu  orthodoxy.  He  can  scarcely  be  said  to 
have  founded  a  sect,  though  Professor  Wilson  speaks  of  his  followers  under  the 
name  of  Sunya-vadis  ;  but  in  every  age  of  Hinduism  there  have  been  a  few 
isolated  individuals,  such  as  Jabsili  and  Charvaka,  to  whom  such  notions  have 
recommended  themselves.  The  following  extracts  are  taken  from  a  manuscript 
in  the  possession  of  Raja  Hari  Narayan  Singh,  the  present  representative  of  the 
chief,  under  whose  patronage  the  poems  were  composed, 

Commencement  of  the  Byom  Sar. 

QjTsreR  jji  jcN  1  suit  qz.  It  35H     ^\ziwi  3?nm  si  m^r  a*ra  f^TC  h  '(  u 

^Tsm  3ST*ra  ni  ^qm  m.  ?mg     rnir  5,3  njrim  hr  $to  *tPt  ^  i§r?  ii  3  h 
Irr  %  ~z\  ^ra  1  t*pr  It  im^     sil  s^i  mrim  jjr  Tsrfa  fgrfizrr  It  ^  n  «  i| 

*The  text  kun  is  the  parallel  of  the  MoBaic  phrase,  "and  God  said  'let  there  be  light,' 
and  there  was  light." 

•f//a  -id-  Yahin,  'perfect  faith'  is  faith  without  seeing,  which  alone  is  meritorious;  for  all  who 
see  must  perforce  believe. 


THE   BTOM  S1&.  239 

wgnmi  5R  5bth  i  ?*ir  rn?f  cjh  c?n3  ^zngr  faiqr  55$  grift  antral  ^  h  i  ii 
jfr  ^r  §iTr  ^r  ft  ^mi  %r%  fsmj  ajra  ^tt  m^  ejr|iii  =?R*ig  %  wrr^  n  ^  11 
s&fa  ^q  ^c?  5rrfw  1  afrcff  %  *rf if     sin  ^Tqfe  ^  |f%q  ^ttt  ^Tq^n  5if%  ii  q  ii 

3tTt  3TSI  ^T  i5!  rlfl  ^351^  |  ^fa  ^"3  ^i  Silt  ^fl%S  qi^  ^r?^  ^3  II  £  II 
=5Tf^  ^3R  5pT  qTT^m  ^?T  qit%  3fTT?;  TOT|  ^  |R  qifa  |  l^FT  t^  ^|  gffT^H  ?0|| 
33  ^  3T3T  qTT^  1  igsf  H  ^T^r  qi%      *R3|^2RqTf^l5?r2»icFif^^|-%T%ii  ^|| 

qT^re  ^  ^qt  si  qraff  ^  fsricT     qra  m^\  :?rn*T'q  If  mli  ^F^  =i  ^  n  ^ » 

=5T?  ^T  STT^T  1  5F5  ^  1  ^f  IT?       ^f  H3R  ^  Tf  ?T  1  qT%  ^^t!  ST?  II  ^3  II 
"  This  book  is  called  the  Byom  Sar  and  contains  the  essence  of  the  Vedas, 
excogitated  by  Sri  Thakur  Daya  Ham.     Between  the  Jamuna  and  the  Sursari, 
(i.  e.,  the  Ganges)  stands  Hathras  in  the  midst,  in  the  holy  land  of  Antarbed, 
where  nought  ill  can  thrive.     There  Thakur  Daya  Ram  holds  undisturbed  sway, 
the  fame  of  whose  glory  has  spread  through  the  whole  universe — a  thorn  in  the 
breast  of  his  enemies,  a  root  of  joy  to  his  friends,  ever  growing  in   splendour 
like  the  crescent  moon.      One  Bakhtawar  came  and  settled  there  and  was  fa- 
voured by  the  Thakur,  who  recognized  his  fidelity.     Under  the  light  of  his 
gracious  countenance,  joy  sprung  up  in  his  soul  and  he  wrote  the  Science  of 
Vanity  for  the  enlightenment  of  the  understanding.     Be  assured  that  all  things 
are  like  the  void  of  heaven,  contained  in  a  void,  as  when  you  look  into  yourself 
and  see  your  own  shadow.     After  long  ruminating,  the  noble  Thakur  has  elicited 
the  cream  of  the  matter.     In  accordance  with  his  teaching,  I  publish  these 
thoughts.     Listen,  ye  men  of  sense,  to  my  array  of  arguments  ;  first  understand, 
then  reply.     The  beginning  of  all  things  is  in  hollowness,  hollow  is  also  the 
end  and  hollow  the  middle  ;  so  says  the  preacher.     The  highest,  the  lowest,  and 
the  mean  are  all  hollow  ;  so  the  wise  man  has  expounded.     From  nothing  all 
things  are  born  ;  in  nothing  all  things  perish  ;  even  the  illimitable  expanse  of 
gky  is  all  hollowness.     What  alone  has  no  beginning,  nor  will  ever  have  an  end, 
and  is  still  of  one  character,  that  is  vacuum." 

Specimens  of  the  Suni  Sdr. 

T%rl  2%T  fori  §^T1  31%       §3T1    1     S3    1^1      ^RT§  II 

*rafw  mm  *igf%  sra     ^m  *i  sw  f3i     wq  11  q  n 

^  "*&  ^O 


240  the  suni  sAnt 


s£»  .  O  sO  c*< 

*raf¥  tot  farair  rfi^ii     tt^tw  sw  vf?7  Ct  sfcn  n 

sO  ^>  sO  NO  Cs  Cv 


^r^ifw  ts;  ^ra  wr  %^T     ti^t  wt  3W  sfst  ^%fit  n  ?  n 

TI^TTl  ^5FT  ^I^J  m  3^T       S3T1    3i*    71^7   5RT  %^T  II 

Cs  Cs  '■O  C^ 

wi  5R^  st^j  ^t    otti     sum  ^  jre  %  m;crm  n  «  » 

SO  ^-  ^O 

"  All  that  is  seen  is  nothing  and  is  not  really  seen  ;  lord  or  no  lord  it  is  all 
one.  Maya  is  nothing  ;  Brahm  is  nothing  ;  all  is  false  and  delusive.  The 
world  is  all  emptiness  ;  the  egg  of  Brahma,  the  seven  dwipas,  the  nine  khands, 
the  earth,  the  heaven,  the  moon,  the  glorious  sun,  all,  all  are  emptiness  ;  so  are 
Brahma,  Vishnu,  and  Mahadeva  ;  so  are  Kurma  and  Seshnag.  The  teacher 
is  nothing,  the  disciple  nothing  ;  the  ego  and  the  non  ego  are  alike  nothing.  The 
temple  and  the  god  are  nought  ;  nought  is  the  worship  of  nought  and  nought 
the  prayer  addressed  to  nought  ;  so  know  they  who  are  enlightened  by  the 
influence  of  the  Guru." 

53v?T  5mrT  %1  WJT  33T5T       71^1     ^TT^  Tft     S3T    favWH  II 

^r*3  nn^i^T  fa^Tfu     331  tit  ^nm  rr3  Wr\j  11  q  11 
^rai  ^T3^r  ^fi  s^i     sw  ^fi  ti=t  ^  isn  11 

=5111     ^1T    UT^rTT     TJ^fT       tlrf^T  5H  ^    TT^T   3oiT  II  S  II 
ilT^^t^iJTH^HpIT       T1W    35TR  ^^Ff  *ffl    oTRJ  || 
flfl    ?KT     mZ    *t!     *T<?T       TT    3i^    3»3    ^TT  SR^  XfT^T  II  3  II 

O  NO         SO  sO      O 

^g  i?%  ^r^  are.  m  ml     ^ifs  ^^  ^  *r^  ^toi!  n 

$||  TI^  HTJ\Z  |  Vf  if  WSim  3STKFT  ^*R^  II  8  0 
"  The  whole  word  was  disconsolate,  but  is  now  gladdened  for  ever  by  the 
doctrine  of  Nihilism  :  it  is  plunged  in  joy  and  ecstatic  delight,  drunk  with  the 
wine  of  perfect  knowledge.  I  enunciate  the  truth  and  doubt  not  ;  I  know 
neither  prince  nor  beggar  ;  I  court  neither  honour  nor  reverence  ;  I  take  a 
friend  by  the  hand  and  seek  none  other  ;  what  comes  easily  I  accept  and  am 
contented  ;  a  palace  and  a  thicket  to  me  are  all  the  same  ;  the  error  of  mmeand 
thine  is  obliterated  ;  nothing  is  loss,  nothing  is  gain.  To  get  such  a  teacher  of 
the  truth  puts  an  end  to  the  errors  of  a  million  of  births.  Such  a  teacher  as 
has  now  been  revealed— the  incomparable  Thakur  Daya  Bam." 


CHAPTER  IX. 

ERINDA-BA.N  AND    ITS  TEMPLES. 

On  their  arrival  at  Brinda-ban,  the  first  shrine  which  the  Gosains  erected 
was  one  in  honour  of  the  eponymous  goddess  Brinda  Devi.  Of  this  no  traces 
now  remain,  if  (as  some  say)  it  stood  in  the  Seva  Kunj,  which  is  now  a  large 
walled  garden  with  a  masonry  tank  near  the  Ras  Mandal.  Their  fame  spread  so 
rapidly  that  in  1573  the  Emperor  Akbar  was  induced  to  pay  them  a  visit,  and 
was  taken  blindfold  into  tho  sacred  enclosure  of  the  Nidhban,*  where  such 
a  marvellous  vision  was  revealed  to  him,  that  he  was  fain  to  acknowledge  the 
place  as  indeed  holy  ground.  Hence  the  cordial  support  which  he  gave  to  tho 
attendant  Rajas,  when  they  expressed  their  wish  to  erect  a  series  of  buildings 
more  worthy  of  the  local  divinity. 

Tho  four  temples,  commenced  in  honour  of  this  event,  still  remain,  though  in 
a  ruinous  and  hitherto  sadly  neglected  condition.  They  bear  tho  titles  of 
Gobind  Deva,  Gopi-nath,  Jugal-Kishor  and  Madan  Mohan.  The  first  named  is 
not  only  the  finest  of  this  particular  series,  but  is  the  most  impressive  religious 
edifice  that  Hindu  art  has  ever  produced,  at  least  in  Upper  India.  The  body 
of  the  building  is  in  the  form  of  a  Greek  cross,  the  nave  being  a  hundred  feet 
in  length  and  the  breadth  across  the  transepts  the  same.  The  central  compart- 
ment is  surmounted  by  a  dome  of  singularly  graceful  proportions  ;  and  the  four 
arms  of  tho  cross  are  roofed  by  a  waggon  vault  of  pointed  form,  not,  as  is  usual 
in  Hindu  architecture,  composed  of  overlapping  brackets,  but  constructed  of 
true  radiating  arches  as  in  our  Gothic  cathedrals.  The  walls  have  an  average- 
thickness  of  ten  feet  and  are  pierced  in  two  stages,  the  upper  stage  being  a 
regular  triforium,  to  which  access  is  obtained  by  an  internal  staircase,  as  in  the 
somewhat  later  temple  of  Radha  Ballabh,  which  will  be  described  further  on. 
This  triforium  is  a  reproduction  of  Muhammadan  design,  while  the  work  both 
above  and  below  it  is  purely  Hindu,  t     It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the 

*  This  is  the  local  name  of  the  actual  Brinda  grove,  to  which  the  town  owes  its  origin.  The 
spot  so  designated  is  now  of  very  limited  area,  hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by  streets,  but  protected 
from  further  encroachment  by  a  high  maBonry  wall.  The  name  refers  to  the  nine  nidhis,  or 
treasures,  of  Kuvera,  the  god  of  wealth.  They  are  enumerated  as  follows  :  the  Padma,  Mahi- 
padma,  Sankha,  Makara,  Kachhapa,  Mukunda,  Naud;i,  Nila,  and  Kharva  ;  but  it  is  not  known  in 
what  precise  sense  each  separate  term  is  to  be  taken.  For  example,  Padnia  may  mean  simply 
a  '  lotus,'  or  again,  as  a  number,  '  10,000  millions,'  or  possibly,  '  a  ruby,' 

t  Thus  eclecticism,  which  after  all  is  only  natural  growth  directed  by  local  circumstances, 
has  for  centuries  past  been  the  predominant  characteristic  of  Mathura  architecture.    In  most  of 

61 


242  THE   TEMPLE   OF    GOBIND   DEYA. 

arches  are  decorative  only,  not  eonstructural  :  the  spandrels  in  the  head  might 
be — and,  as  a  fact,  for  the  most  part  had  been — struck  out,  leaving  only  the 
lintel  supported  on  the  straight  jambs,  without  any  injury  to   the  stability  of 
the  building.     They  have  been  re-inserted  in  the  course  of  the  recent  resto- 
ration.    At  the  east  entrance  of  the  nave  there  is  a  small  narthex  fifteen  feet 
deep ;  and  at  the  west  end,  between  two  niches  and  incased  in  a  rich  canopy  of 
sculpture,    a  square-headed   doorway   leads   into   the   choir,   a  chamber  some 
twenty  feet  by  twenty.     Beyond  this  was  the  sacrarium,*  flanked  on  either 
side  by  a  lateral  chapel  ;  each  of  these  three  cells  being  of  the  same  dimen- 
sions as  the  choir,  and  like  it  vaulted  by  a  lofty  dome.     The  general  effect  of 
the  interior  is  not  unlike  that  produced  by  Saint  Paul's  Cathedral  in  London. 
The  latter  building  has  greatly  the  advantage  in   size,   but  in  the  other,  the 
central  dome  is  more  elegant,  while  the  richer  decoration  of  the   wall  surface 
and  the  natural  glow  of  the  red  sandstone  supply  that  relief  and   warmth  of 
colouring  which  are  so  lamentably  deficient  in  its  western  rival. 

The  ground-plan  is  so  similar  to  that  of  many  Europeau  churches  as  to 
suggest  the  idea  that  the  architect  was  assisted  by  the  Jesuit  missionaries,  who 
were  people  of  considerable  influence  at  Akbar's  court  :  were  this  really  the 
case,  the  temple  would  be  one  of  the  most  eclectic  buildings  in  the  world,  having 
a  Christian  ground-plan,  a  Hindu  elevation,  and  a  roof  of  modified  Saracenic 
character.  But  the  surmise,  though  a  curious  one,  must  not  be  too  closely 
pressed;  for  some  of  the  temples  at  Khajurao,  by  Mahoba,  are  of  similar  design 
and  of  much  earlier  date  ;  nor  is  it  very  likely  that  the  Jesuits  would  have 
interested  themselves  in  the  construction  of  a  heathen  fane.  Such  action  on 
their  part,  supposing  them  to  have  taken  it,  would  find  a  parallel  in  the  persist- 
ency with  which  the  Duke  of  York  (afterwards  James  II.)  stood  out  for  the 
provision  of  two  side  chapels  in  Wren's  design  for  the  Protestant  cathedral  of 
St.  Paul's, — a  building  which  he  hoped  in  the  course  of  his  reign  to  recover  for 
the  Catholics. 

It  would  seem  that,  according  to  the  original  design,  there  were  to  have 
been  five  towers  ;  one  over   the  central   dome,   and    the  other   four  covering 

the  new  works  that  I  took  in  hand,  and  notably  in  the  Catholic  Church,  which  I  left  unfinished, 
I  conformed  to  the  genius  loci,  and  showed  my  recognition  of  its  principles,  not  by  a  servile 
imitation  of  older  examples,  but  rather  by  boldly  modifying  them  in  accordance  with  later  re- 
quirements, and  so  developing  novel  combinations. 

*  The  Sanskrit  terms  for  the  component  parts  of  a  temple  are— the  nave,  mandapa;  the  choir, 
antardla,  and  the  sacrarium  garbka  griha.  The  more  ordinary  Hindi  substitutes  are — for  the 
nave  sabhd,  and  for  the  choir,  jag-mohan  ;  while  majidir,  the  temple,  specially  denotes  the  sacra- 
rium, and  any  side  chapel  is  styled  a  mahall. 


z 
< 

CO 

~< 

Q 

z 

< 

> 

[J 

a 

a 

z 

CO 

o 
o 

LL 
O 

LLl 
_l 
Q. 

m 

I- 


DATE    OF   THE    TEMPLE   OF   GOBIND   DEVA.  243 

respectively  tho  choir,  sacrarium,  and  two  chapels.*  The  sacrarium  has  been 
utterly  razed  to  the  ground, f  the  chapel  towers  were  never  completed,  and  that 
over  the  choir,  though  the  most  perfect,  has  still  lost  several  of  its  upper  stages. 
This  last  was  of  slighter  elevation  than  the  others,  occupying  the  same  relative 
position  as  tho  spirelet  over  the  sanctus  bell  in  western  ecclesiologv.  The  loss 
of  the  towers  and  of  the  lofvy  arcaded  parapet  that  surmounted  tho  walls  has 
terribly  marred  the  effect  of  the  exterior  and  given  it  a  heavy  stunted  appear- 
ance ;  while,  as  a  further  disfigurement,  a  plain  masonry  wall  had  been  run 
along  the  top  of  the  centre  dome.  It  is  generally  believed  that  this  was  built 
by  Auraugzeb  for  the  purpose  of  desecrating  the  temple,  though  it  is  also  said 
to  have  been  put  up  by  the  Hindus  themselves  to  assist  in  some  grand  illumi- 
nation. It  either  case  it  was  an  ugly  modern  excrescence,  and  its  removal  was 
the  very  first  step  taken  at  the  commencement  of  the  recent  repairs.^ 

Under  one  of  the  niches  at  the  west  end  of  the  nave  is  a  tablet  with  a  lono- 
Sanskrit  inscription.  This  has  unfortunately  been  too  much  mutilated  to  allow 
of  transcription,  but  so  much  of  it  as  can  be  deciphered  records  the  fact  that 
the  temple  was  built  in  sambat  1047,  i.e.,  A.D.  1590,  under  the  direction  of 
the  two  Gurus,  lviipa  and  Sanatana.  As  it  was  in  verse,  it  probably  com- 
bined a  minimum  of  information  with  an  excess  of  verbosity,  and  its  loss  is 
not  greatly  to  be  regretted.  The  following  is  taken  from  the  exterior  of  the 
north-west  chapel,  where  it  is  cut  into  tho  wall  some  ten  feet  from  the  ground, 
and  is  of  considerable  interest  : — 

*  The  south-west  chapel  encloses  a  subterranean  cell,  called  Fatal  Devi,  which  is  said  by 
some  to  be  the  Gosains'  original  shrine  in  honour  of  the  goddess  Brinda. 

\  The  sacrarium  was  roughly  rebuilt  in  brick  about  the  year  1854,  and  contains  an  image  of 
Krishna  in  his  character  of  Giridhari  (the  mountain-supporter),  with  two  subordinate  figures 
representing,  the  one  Maha  Frabhu,  i.e.,  Chaitanya,  the  other  Nityanand. 

X  One  section  of  this  work  originally  appeared  in  the  "  Calcutta  Review,"  and  a  correspond- 
ent, who  saw  it  there,  favoured  me  with  the  following  note  of  a  tradition  as  to  the  cause  of  the 
wall  being  built.  He  writes :— "  Anrangzeb  had  often  of  an  evening  remarked  .a  very  bright 
light  shining  in  the  far  distant  south-east  horizon,  and,  in  reply  to  his  enquiries  regarding  it,  was 
told  that  it  was  a  light  burning  in  a  temple  of  great  wealth  and  magnificence  at  Brinda-ban. 


244  THE  FOUNDER  OF  THE  TEMPLE. 


<-. 


"  In  the  34th  year  of  the  era  inaugurated  by  the  reign  of  the  Emperor 
Akbar,  Sri  Maharaj  Man  Sinh  Deva,  son  of  Maharaj  Bhagavan  Das,  of  the 
family  of  Maharaj  Prithiraj,  founded,  at  the  holy  station  of  Brinda-ban,  this 
temple  of  Gobind  Deva.  The  head  of  the  works,  Kalyan  Das,  the  Assistant 
Superintendent,  Manik  Chand  (Jhopar  (?),  the  architect,  Gobind  Das  of  Delhi, 
the  mason,  Gorakh  Das."  There  is  some  mistake  in  the  engraving  of  the 
last  words,  which  seem  to  be  intended  for  Subham  bhavatu,  like  the  Latin 
'  Felix,  faustumque  sit.' 

The  Riio  Frithi  Singh  mentioned  in  the  above  was  one  of  the  ancestors  of 
the  present  Maharaja  of  Jaypur.  Ho  had  seventeen  sons,  of  whom  twelve 
came  to  man's  estate,  and  to  each  of  them  he  assigned  a  separate  appanage, 
which,  collectively,  are  known  as  the  twelve  hothris  of  Amber.  Raja  Man 
Sinh,  the  founder  of  the  temple,  was  his  great-grandson. 

He  was  appointed  by  Akbar  successively  Governor  of  the  districts  along 
the  Indus,  of  Kabul,  and  of  Bihar.  By  his  exertions  the  whole  of  Orisa 
and  Eastern  Bengal  were  re-annexed ;  and  so  highly  were  his  merits  appre- 
ciated at  court,  that,  though  a  Hindu,  he  was  raised  to  a  higher  rank  than  any 
other  officer  in  the  realm.  He  married  a  sister  of  Lakshmi  Narayan,  Raja  of 
Koch  Bihar,  and  at  the  time  of  his  decease,  which  was  in  the  ninth  year  of  the 
reign  of  Jahangir,  he  had  living  one  son,  Bhao  Sinh,  who  succeeded  him  upon 
the  throne  of  Amber,  and  died  in  1621,  A.D.*  There  is  a  tradition  to  the 
effect  that  Akbar,  at  the  last,  jealous  of  his  powerful  vassal  and  desirous  to  rid 
himself  of  him,  had  a  confection  prepared,  part  of  which  contained  poison  ;  but 
caught  in  his  own  snare,  he  presented  the  innoxious  portion  to  the  R;ija  and 
ate  that  drugged  with  death  himself.  The  unworthy  deed  is  explained  by 
Man  Sinh's  design,  which  apparently  had  reached  the  Emperor's  ears,  to  alter 
the  succession  in  favour  of  Khusrau,  his  nephew,  instead  of  Salim.f 


He  accordingly  resolved  that  it  should  be  effectually  put  out,  and  soon  after  sent  some  troops 
to  the  place,  who  plundered  and  threw  down  as  much  of  the  temple  as  they  could,  and  then 
erected  on  the  top  of  the  ruins  a  mosque  wall,  where,  in  order  to  complete  the  desecration,  the 
Emperor  is  said  to  have  offered  up  his  prayers." 

*   Vide  ProfesBor  Blochmann's  Ain-i-Akbari,  p.  341. 

t  The  above  tradition  is  quoted  from  Tod's  Eajasthan.    De  Lait,  as  translated  by  Mr. 
Letbbridge,  for  Man  Sinh  substitutes  the  name  of  Mirza  Gbizi  Beg. 


ITS   RUINOUS   AND   NEGLECTED  CONDITION.  245 

In  anticipation  of  a  visit  from  Aurangzeb,  the  image  of  the  god  was 
transferred  to  Jaypur,  and  the  Gos;iiu  of  the  temple  there  has  ever  since  been 
regarded  as  the  head  of  the  endowment.  The  name  of  the  present  incumbent 
is  Syam  Sundar,  who  has  two  agents,  resident  at  Brinda-ban.  There  was 
said  to  be  still  in  existence  at  Jaypur  the  original  plan  of  the  temple,  showing 
its  five  towers,  but  on  inspection  I  [found  that  the  painting,  which  is  on  the 
wall  of  one  of  the  rooms  in  the  old  palace  at  Amber,  was  not  a  plan  of  the 
temple  at  all,  but  an  imaginary  view  of  the  town  of  Brinda-ban,  in  which  all  the 
temples  are  represented  as  exactly  alike,  distinguishable  only  by  their  names, 
which  are  written  above  them.  However,  local  tradition  is  fully  agreed  as  to 
the  number  and  position  of  the  towers,  while  their  architectural  character  can  be 
determined  beyond  a  doubt  by  comparison  with  the  smaller  temples  of  the 
same  age  and  style,  the  ruins  of  which  still  remain.  It  is  therefore  not  a  little 
strange  that  of  all  the  architects  who  have  described  this  famous  building,  not 
one  has  noticed  its  most  characteristic  feature — the  harmonious  combination 
of  dome  and  spire — which  is  still  quoted  as  the  great  crux  of  modern  art,  though 
nearly  300  years  ago  the  difficulty  was  solved  by  the  Hindus  with  character- 
istic grace  and  ingenuity. 

From  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb  to  the  present  time  not  a  single  step  had  ever 
been  taken  to  ensure  the  preservation  from  further  decay  of  this  most  interesting 
architectural  monument.  It  was  looked  upon  by  the  people  in  the  neighbour- 
hood as  a  convenient  quarry,  where  every  house-builder  was  at  liberty  to  excavate 
for  materials  ;  while  large  trees  had  been  allowed  to  grow  up  in  the  fissures  of 
the  walls,  and  in  the  course  of  a  few  more  summers  their  spreading  roots  would 
have  caused  irreparable  damage.  Accordingly,  after  an  ineffectual  attempt  to 
enlist  the  sympathies  of  the  Archaeological  Department,  the  writer  took  the  op- 
portunity of  Sir  William  Muir's  presence  in  the  district,  on  tour,  to  solicit  the 
adoption  on  the  part  of  the  Government  of  some  means  for  averting  a  catastrophe 
that  every  student  of  architecture  throughout  the  world  would  have  regarded  as 
a  national  disgrace.  Unfortunately  he  declined  to  sanction  auy  grant  from  Pro- 
vincial funds,  but  allowed  a  representation  of  the  ruinous  condition  of  the  tem- 
ple and  its  special  interest  to  be  made  to  the  Government  of  India,  for  communica- 
tion to  the  Maharaja  of  Jaypur,  as  the  representative  of  the  founder.*    His 

•  This  line  of  action  was,  if  I  may  be  allowed  to  say  so,  extremely  ill-advise. 1,  since  it  amounted 
to  a  quasi-recognitiou  of  the  Maharaja's  proprietary  right  in  the  temple.  This  yea r,  (1882,)  one  of  his 
local  agents,  on  the  occasion  of  a  we  Iding  in  his  family,  gave  an  entertainment  to  his  friends  in  the 
central  space  under  the  dome  and  thought  nothing  of  whitewashing  the  walls  and  pillars  of  the 
interior  up  to  about  half  their  height,  thus  ruining  the  architectural  effect,  which  depeuds  so  much 

62 


246  COMMENCEMENT    OF   ITS   RESTORATION. 

Highness  immediately  recognized  the  claim  that  the  building  had  upon  him  and 
made  no  difficulty  about  supplying  the  small  sum  of  Rs.  5,000,  which  had  been 
estimated  by  the  Superintending  Engineer  as  sufficient  to  defray  the  cost  of  all 
absolutely  essential  repairs.*  The  work  was  taken  in  hand  at  the  beginning  of 
August,  1873.  The  obtrusive  wall  erected  by  the  Muhammadans  on  the  top  of 
the  dome  was  demolished  ;  the  interior  cleared  of  several  unsightly  party-walls 
and  other  modern  excrescences  ;  and  outside,  all  the  debris  was  removed,  which 
had  accumulated  round  the  base  of  the  building  to  the  astonishing  height  of  eight 
feet  and  in  some  places  even  more,  entirely  concealing  the  handsomely  moulded 
plinth  ;  a  considerable  increase  was  thus  made  to  the  elevation  of  the  building— 
the  one  point  in  which,  since  the  loss  of  the  original  parapet  and  towers,  the 
design  had  appeared  defective.  Many  of  the  houses  which  had  been  allowed  to 
crowd  the  courtyard  close  up  to  the  very  walls  of  the  temple  were  taken  down, 
and  two  broad  approaches  opened  out  from  the  great  eastern  portal  and  the 
south  transept.  Previously,  the  only  access  was  by  a  narrow  winding  lane  ; 
and  there  was  not  a  single  point  from  which  it  was  possible  to  obtain  a  com- 
plete view  of  the  fabric. 

The  next  thing  undertaken  was  the  removal  of  a  huge  masonry  pillar  that 
had  been  inserted  under  the  north  bay  of  the  nave  to  support  a  broken  lintel. 
This  was  effected  by  pinning  up  the  fractured  stone  with  three  strong  iron  bolts  ; 
a  simple  and  economical  contrivance,  suggested  by  Mr.  Inglis,  Executive 
Engineer  on  the  Agra  Oanal,  in  lieu  of  the  costly  and  tedious  process  of  insert- 
ing a  new  lintel  and  meanwhile  supporting  the  wall  by  a  masonry  arch,  which, 
though  temporary,  would  have  required  most  careful  and  substantial  construc- 
tion, on  account  of  the  enormous  mass  resting  upon  it. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  choir  stood  a  large  domed  and  pillared  chhattri  of 
yery  handsome  and  harmonious  design,  though  erected  40  years  later  than  the 
temple.     The  following  inscription  is  rudely  cut  on  one  of  its  four  pillars  : — 

sfufmaft  ft  thut  m  wrarefi  %T*nst  tiui  iN!  n 


on  the  rich  glow  of  the  red  Band-atone.  No  notice  was  taken  by  the  local  authorities  ;  but,  on  my 
representing  the  matter  to  Government,  prompt  orders  were  issued  to  have  the  mischief  as  far  as 
possible  undone. 

*  A  revised  estimate  was   afterwards    prepared  by  the  District  Engineer,  who  put  it  at 
Be.  75,01)0  for  the  exterior  and  3s.  o~,857  for  the  interior,  making  a  total  of  lis.  1,32,857. 


z 
< 

i 

< 

Q 

z 

<£ 
CD 

_l 
•  lj 
<  a. 
>  < 
Id  x 
Q    ° 

LU 

Q  2 

Z    o> 

O  t 
o 

Ld 

_l 

0. 


RX.TX   BETA'S    CHIUTTRT.  247 

"In  the  year  Sambat  1693  (i.  e.,  1836  A.D.),  on  an  auspicious  day, 
K.irtik  Badi  5,  in  the  reign  of  the  Emperor  Shahjahan,  this  monument  was 
erected  by  Rani  Rambhavati,  widow  of  Raja  Bhiin,  the  son  of  Rana  Amar 
Sinh. " 

This  Rana  Amar  Sinh,  though  one  of  the  most  gallant  princes  of  his 
line,  was  the  first  sovereign  of  Me  war  who  had  to  stoop  to  acknowledge  himself 
a  vassal  of  the  Delhi  Emperor  :  not  without  a  manful  struggle,  in  which 
it  is  said  that  he  fought  against  Jahangir's  forces  in  as  many  as  seventeen 
pitched  battles.  He  was  succeeded  on  the  throne,  in  1621  A.  D.,  by  his  eldest 
son,  Karan  Sinh  ;  while  the  younger,  the  Bhim  of  the  inscription,  being  high  in 
the  favour  of  Prince  Khuram,  received  also  the  title  of  Raja  with  a  grant  of 
territory  on  the  Bands,  where  he  built  himself  a  capital,  called  Rajmahal.  He 
did  not,  however,  long  enjoy  his  honours  ;  in  his  friendship  for  the  young 
prince  he  induced  him  to  conspire  against  his  elder  brother,  Parviz,  the  right- 
ful heir  to  the  throne,  and,  in  the  disturbances  that  ensued  lie  was  slain  ; 
while  Prince  Khuram  took  refuge  at  the  court  of  Udaypur  till  his  father's 
death,  in  11)28  A.  D.,  summoned  him  to  ascend  the  throne  of  Delhi  with  the 
title  of  Shahjahan. 

As  the  monument  was  in  a  very  ruinous  condition  and  had  been  rendered 
still  more  insecure  by  reducing  the  level  of  the  ground  round  its  foundations, 
it  was  taken  down  and  re-erected  on  the  platform  that  marks  the  site  of 
the  old  sacrarium,  where  it  serves  to  conceal  the  bare  rubble  wall  that  rises 
behind  it. 

These  works  had  more  than  exhausted  the  petty  sum  of  Rs.  5,000,  which 
(  as  remarked  at  the  time  )  was  barely  enough  to  pay  for  the  scaffolding  required 
for  a  complete  restoration ;  but  in  the  meantime  Sir  John  Strachey  had  succeeded 
to  the  Government  of  these  Provinces,  and  he  speedily  showed  his  interest  in 
the  matter  by  making  a  liberal  grant  from  public  funds.  With  this  the  roof 
of  the  entire  building  was  thoroughly  repaired  ;  the  whole  of  the  upper  part  of 
the  east  front,  which  was  in  a  most  perilous  state,  was  taken  down  and  rebuilt  ; 
and  the  pillars,  brackets,  and  eaves  of  the  external  arcades  on  the  north  and 
south  sides,  together  with  the  porches  at  the  four  corners  of  the  central  dome, 
were  all  renewed.  A  complete  restoration  was  also  effected  of  the  jag-mohan 
(<»■  choir)  tower,  excepting  only  that  the  finial  and  a  few  stages  of  stone-work 
immediately  under  it  were  not  added  ;  for  they  had  entirely  perished  and,  in 
the  absence  of  the  original  design,  Sir  John  Strachey  would  not  allow  me  to 
replace  them.     As  a  general  principle  the  introduction  of  any  new  work  under 


248  THE   RESTORATION   STOfT  BY  SIR  GEO.   COUPEE. 

such  circumstances  is  much  to  be  deprecated,  but  in  this  particular  case  there 
could  not  be  any  doubt  as  to  the  exact  character  and  dimensions  of  the  missiug 
portions,  since  the  stages  of  the  tower  diminish  from  the  bottom  upwards  in 
regular  proportion  and  all  bear  the  same  ornamentation.  Certainly,  the  pic- 
turesque effect  would  have  been  immensely  enhanced  by  giving  the  tower  the 
pyramidal  finish  intended  for  it,  instead  of  leaving  it  with  its  present  stunted 
appearance. 

The  work  was  conducted  under  my  own  personal  supervision  without 
any  professional  ass'stance,  except  Mr.  Inglis's  suggestion,  which  I  have  duly 
chronicled,  up  to  March,  1877,  when  Sir  George  Couper,  who  had  two  months 
previously  been  confirmed  as  Sir  John  Strachey's  successor,  suddenly  ordered 
my  transfer  from  the  district.  The  restoration  would  most  assuredly  never 
have  been  undertaken  but  for  my  exertions,  and  as  I  had  been  engaged  upon 
it  so  long,  it  was  naturally  a  disappointment  to  me  not  to  be  allowed  to  com- 
plete it.  However,  all  that  was  absolutely  essential  had  been  accomplished  and 
for  the  comparatively  modest  outlay  of  Rs.  38,365,  nearly  a  lakh  less  than  the 
Public  Works  estimate.* 

Mr.  Fergusson,  in  his  Indian  Architecture,  speaks  of  this  temple  as  "  one 
of  the  most  interesting  and  elegant  in  India,  and  the  only  one,  perhaps,  from 
which  a  European  architect  might  borrow  a  few  hints.  I  should  myself  have 
thought  that '  solemn'  or  '  imposing'  was  a  more  appropriate  term  than  '  elegant' 
for  so  massive  a  building,  and  that  the  suggestions  that  might  be  derived  from 
its  study  were  '  many'  rather  than  '  few  ;'  but  the  criticism  is  at  all  events  in 
intention  a  complimentary  one.  It  is,  however,  unfortunate  that  the  author 
of  a  book  which  will  long  and  deservedly  be  accepted  as  an  authority  was 
not  able  to  obtain  more  satisfactory  information  regarding  so  notable  a  chef 
d'eeuvre.  The  ground-plan  that  he  supplies  is  extremely  incorrect ;  for  it 
gives  in  faint  lines,  as  if  destroyed,  the  choir,  or  jag-mohan,  which  happens  to 
be  in  more  perfect  preservation  than  any  other  part  of  the  fabric,  and  it 
entirely  omits  the  two  chapels  that  flank  the  cella  on  either  side  and  are  integral 
portions  of  the  design.     The  cella  itself  is  also  omitted  ;  though  for  this  there 

*A  Government  Resolution  on  'the  Restoration  of  Temples  in  the  Mathura  District '  was  pub- 
lished by  Sir  John  Strachey  on  the  1st  April,  1870,  and  iB  exclusively  occupied  with  my  doings. 
The  6th  paragraph  begins  as  follows  :  "  In  respect  of  the  work  on  the  temple  of  Govind  Ji  at 
Brinda-ban,  His  Honor  feels  that  the  Government  is  much  indebted  to  Mr.  F.  S.  Growse  for  the 
able  and  ecnomical  manner  in  which  its  partial  restoration  has  been  effected,  and  has  no  hesita- 
tion iu  confiding  to  him  its  completion,  without  interference  by  any  officer  of  the  l'ublie  Works 
Department  subordinate  to  the  Chief  Engineer." 


Jtyv  2*8. 


TEMPLE  OF  GOBIND DEVA 

AT 

BRINDA-BAN. 


J 


3 


5\  s% 


-!7tW 


Scale  &0  feet  =  I  inch. 
4-0  20  o  4-Q  /est. 


THE  TEMPLE  NEVER  COMPLETED.  249 

was  more  excuse,  since  it  was  razed  to  the  ground  by  Aurangzeb  and  not  a 
vestige  of  it  now  remains  ;  though  the  rough  rubble  wall  of  the  choir  shows 
whore  it  had  been  attached. 

These  two  parts  of  the  building,  the  sacrariurn  and  the  choir,  were  cer- 
tainly completed,  towers  and  all.  They  alone  were  indispensably  necessary 
for  liturgical  purposes  and  were  therefore  the  first  taken  in  hand,  in  the  same 
way  as  in  mediaeval  times  the  corresponding  parts  of  a  cathedral  were  often  in 
use  for  many  years  before  the  nave  was  added. 

In  clearing  the  basement,  comparatively  few  fragments  of  carved  stone 
were  discovered  imbedded  in  the  soil.  There  are  some  built  up  into  the  ad- 
joining houses,  but  chiefly  corbels  and  shafts,  which  were  clearly  taken  from 
the  lower  stories  of  the  temple.  No  fragments  of  the  upper  stages  of  the  towers 
have  been  brought  to  light  ;  from  which  fact  alone  it  might  reasonably  be  con- 
jectured that  they  were  never  finished.  This  was  certainly  the  case  with  the 
two  side  chapels  ;  and  the  large  blocks  lying  on  the  top  of  their  walls,  ready  to 
be  placed  in  position,  are  just  as  they  were  left  by  the  original  builders,  when 
the  work  for  some  unexplained  reason  was  suddenly  interrupted.  Probably, 
as  in  so  many  other  similar  cases,  it  was  the  death  of  the  founder  which  brought 
everything  to  a  stand-still.  The  tower  over  the  central  dome  was  also,  as  I 
conjecture,  never  carried  higher  than  we  now  see  it  ;  but  the  open  arcades, 
which  crowned  the  facade,  though  not  a  fragment  of  them  now  remains,  were 
probably  put  up,  as  the  stones  of  the  parapet  still  show  the  dents  of  the  pillars. 
The  magnificent  effect  which  they  would  have  had  may  be  gathered  from  a 
view  of  the  temple  in  the  Qwaliar  fort  ;  which,  though  some  600  years  earlier 
in  date,  is  in  general  arrangement  the  nearest  parallel  to  the  Brinda-ban  fane, 
and  would  seem  to  have  supplied  Man  Sinh  with  a  model.  It  has  been  sub- 
jected to  the  most  barbarous  treatment,  but  has  at  last  attracted  the  attention 
of  Government,  and  is  now  being  restored  under  the  superintendence  of  Major 
Keith,  an  officer  of  unbounded  archchajological  enthusiasm.  There  is  no  more 
interesting  specimen  of  architecture  to  be  found  in  all  India. 

A  modern  temple,  under  the  old  dedication,  has  been  erected  within  the  pre- 
cincts and  absorbs  the  whole  of  the  endowment.  The  ordinary  annual  income 
amounts  to  Rs.  17,500 ;  but  by  far  the  greater  part  of  this,  viz.,  Rs.  13,000,  is 
made  up  by  votive  offerings.  The  fixed  estate  includes  one  village  in  Alwar 
and  another  in  Jaypur,  but  consists  principally  of  house  property  in  the  town 
of  Brinda-ban,  where  is  also  a  large  orchard,  called  Radha  Bagh.  This  has 
been  greatly  diminished  in  area  by  a  long  series  of  encroachments  ;  and  a  temple, 
dedicated  to  Ban  Bihari,  has  now  been  built  in  it,  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  15,000,  by 

63 


250  FOUNDATION  OF  THE  TEMPLE  OF  MADAN  MOHAN. 

Raja  Jay  Sinh  Deova,  Chief  of  Charkhari,  in  Bundelkhand.  About  a  hundred 
years  ago  it  must  have  been  very  extensive  and  densely  wooded,  as  Father 
TieffenthaUer,  in  his  notice  of  Brinda-ban,  describes  it  in  the  following  terms  :  — 
"  L'endroit  est  couvert  de  beaucoup  d'arbres  et  resemble  a  uu  bois  sacre  des 
ancieus  ;  il  est  triste  par  le  morne  silence  qui  y  regne,  quoiqu'  agreable  par 
l'ombre  epaisse  des  arbres,  desqiiels  on  n'ose  arracher  un  rameau,  ni  meme 
une  feuille  ;  ce  serait  an  grand  delit."'  The  site  of  the  Seth's  temple  was  also 
purchased  from  the  Gobind  Deva  estate,  and  a  further  subsidy  of  Rs.  102  a 
year  is  still  paid  on  its  account. 

The  next  temple  to  be  described,  viz.,  that  of  Madan  Mohan,  one  of  Krish- 
na's innumerable  titles,  stands  at  the  upper  end  of  the  town  on  a  high  cliff 
near  the  Kali-mardan,  or  as  it  is  more  commonly  called,  the  Kali-dab.  Gh.it, 
where  the  god  trampled  on  the  head  of  the  great  serpent  Kali.  The  story  of 
its  foundation  is  given  as  follows  in  the  Bhakt  Sindhu  of  Lachman  Das,  which 
is  a  modernized  version  of  the  Bhakt  Mala.  In  this  poem  it  is  stated  that  the 
image  of  Gobind  Ji  was  found  by  Rupa  and  Sanatan  at  Naud-ganw,  where  they 
had  dug  it  up  in  a  cattle-shed  (Go-khirk  men  se  nikar  dye,  tote  Gobind  nam 
dharaye),  thence  they  brought  it  to  Brinda-ban  and  erected  it  on  the  site  of  the 
present  temple  near  the  Brahm  kund.  They  went  daily  to  the  neighbouring 
villages  (Brinda-ban  being  at  that  time  an  uninhabited  forest)  and  to  Mathura  to 
beg  ;  and  one  day  a  man  in  the  city  gave  Sanatan  an  image  of  Madan  Mohan, 
which  he  took  and  set  up  near  the  Kali-dah  Ghat  on  the  Duhsasan  hill.  There, 
too,  he  built  for  himself  a  little  hut  to  live  in  and  gave  the  place  the  name  of  the 
Pasukandan  Ghat,  because  the  road  was  so  steep  and  bad  that  no  cattle  could 
go  along  it*  (nicliau  unvhau  dekhi  bisheshan  Pasu-kandan  wah  Ghat  kahdi,  talidn 
baithi  mansukh  lahdi).  One  day  a  merchant  from  Multan  in  the  Panjab,  a 
khattri  by  caste,  named  Ram  Das,  but  more  familiarly  known  as  Kapuri,  came 
down  the  river  with  a  boat-load  of  merchandise  bound  for  Agra,  but  stuck  on  a 
sand-bank  near  the  Kali-dah  Ghat.  After  trying  in  vain  for  three  days  to  get  off, 
he  determined  to  discover  the  local  divinity  and  implore  his  assistance.  So  he 
came  on  shore,  climbed  up  the  hill,  and  there  found  Sanatan,  who  told  him  to 
address  his  prayer  to  Madan  Mohan.  He  did  so,  and  his  boat  immediately  be- 
gan to  float.  When  he  had  sold  all  his  goods  at  Agra  he  came  and  brought  the 
price  to  Sanatan,  who  told  him  to  build  a  temple  with  it.  This  he  did  and 
added  the  Ghat  also,  all  of  red  stone. 

*  This  derivation  is  a  very  absurd  one,  Kandan  being  a  Persian  word.  The  real  name  of  the 
Ghat  is  the  Sanskrit  Frashandana,  taken  cither  as  a  name  of  Siva,  or  as  an  epithet  of  the  cliff, 
'  Standing  out.' 


z 
< 

CD 

i 

-< 

Q 

z 

cr 
CO 

z 
< 

I 
o 

z 
< 

< 


LL 

o 


LU 

Q. 


LU 


PRESENT   STATE   OF   THE   TEMPLE.  251 

The  tomple,  as  we  now  see  it,  consists  of  a  nave  57  feet  long,  with  a  choir 
of  20  feet  square  at  the  west  end,  and  a  sanctuary  of  the  same  dimensions 
beyond.  The  nave  has  three  openings  on  either  side  and  a  square  door  at  the 
«ast  end,  immediately  outside  of  which  the  ground  has  a  precipitous  drop  of 
some  9  or  10  feet  ;  thus  the  only  entrance  is  from  the  side.  Its  total  height 
would  seem  to  have  been  only  about  22  feet,  but  its  vaulted  roof  has  entirely 
disappeared  ;  the  upper  part  of  the  choir  tower  has  also  been  destroyed.  That 
surmounting  the  saera-ium  is  a  plain  octagon  of  curvilinear  outline  tapering  to- 
wards the  summit.  Attached  to  its  south  side  is  a  tower-crowned  chapel  of 
similar  character,  but  much  more  highly  enriched,  the  whole  of  its  exterior  sur- 
face being  covered  with  sculptured  panels;  its  proportions  are  also  much  more 
elegant.  Over  its  single  door,  which  is  at  the  east  end,  is  a  Sanskrit  inscription, 
<nven  first  in  Bengali  and  then  in  Nagari  characters,  which  runs  as  follows  : — 

it  ?^  TT^cf^tT  vfrnni  TUT^T 
TrnrnifiJiRsr  xrti  xrej  tt^jt  man:  i 

vo  -a 

"  Of  Guru  descent,  a  compeer  of  Malnideva,  whose  father  was  Rnmchandra, 
whose  son  was  Radha  Vasant,  jewel  of  good  men  ;  that  mass  of  virtue,  by  name 
Sri  Gunanand,  dedicated  in  approved  fashion  this  temple  to  the  son  of  Nanda 
(Naudkishor,  i.  e.,  Krishna)." 

The  above  had  never  been  copied  before,  and  as  the  letters  were  raised, 
instead  of  incised,  and  also  much  worn,  a  transcript  was  a  matter  of  some  little 
difficulty.  The  Brahman  in  charge  of  the  shrine  had  certainly  never  troubled 
himself  to  take  one,  for  he  declared  the  inscription  to  be  absolutely  illegible  or 
at  least  unintelligible,  even  if  the  letters  could  be  deciphered.  The  information 
given  is  not  very  perspicuous  except  as  to  the  name  of  the  founder,  and  there 
is  no  indication  of  a  date,  but  it  would  certainly  be  later  than  that  of  the  main 
building  (which  was  the  work  of  Ham  Das).  The  court-yard  is  entered,  after 
the  ascent  of  a  flight  of  steps,  through  a  massive  square  gateway  with  a  pyrami- 
dal tower,  which  groups  very  effectively  with  the  two  towers  of  the  temple.  As 
the  buildings  are  not  only  in  ruins,  but  also  from  peculiarities  of  style  ill-adapt- 
ed to  modern  requirements,  they  are  seldom,  if  ever,  used  for  religious  service, 
which  is  ordinarily  performed  in  an  elegant  and  substantial  edifice  erected  on  the 
other  side  of  the  street  under  the  shadow  of  the  older  fane.     The  annual  income 


252  IMPROVEMENTS  EFFECTED  IN  1875. 

is  estimated  at  Rs.  10,100,  of  which  sum,  Rs.  8,000  are  the  voluntary  offerings 
of  the  faithful,  while  only  Rs.  2,100  are  derived  from  permanent  endowment.* 
A  branch  establishment  at  Radha  Kund  with  the  same  dedication  is  also  suppor- 
ted from  the  funds  of  the  parent  house. 

The  nave,  ruinous  as  it  is,  was  evidently  to  a  great  extent  rebuilt  in  com- 
paratively recent  times,  the  old  materials  being  utilized  as  far  as  possible,  but 
when  they  ran  short,  the  place  of  stone  being  supplied  by  brick.  A  side  post 
of  one  of  the  doors  on  the  south  side  of  the  nave  bears  an  inscription  with  the 
date  Sambat  1681  (  A.D.  1827  ),  but  it  simply  records  a  successful  pilgrimage 
made  by  a  native  of  Kanauj  in  that  year.  In  1875  I  greatly  improved  the 
appearance  of  the  temple  by  reducing  the  level  of  the  ground  round  the  chapel, 
the  plinth  of  which  had  been  completely  buried,  and  by  removing  a  number  of 
buildings  from  inside  the  nave  and  from  the  front  of  the  chapel  door.  A  bound- 
ary wall  was  also  thrown  down,  and  a  new  approach  to  the  courtyard  opened 
out  from  the  east  with  a  flight  of  masonry  steps  up  the  ascent.  The  latter 
were  constructed  by  the  municipality  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  200  :  the  rest  of  the 
expense  was  borne  by  the  Gosain. 

The  original  image  of  Madan  Mohan  is  now  at  Karauli,  where  Raja  Gopal 
Sinh,  who  reigned  from  1725  to  1757  A  D.,  built  a  new  temple  for  its  reception, 
after  he  had  obtained  it  from  his  brother-in-law,  the  Raja  of  Jaypur.  The 
Gosain  whom  he  placed  in  charge  was  a  Bengali  from  Murshidabad,  by  name 
RAm  Kishor  ;  the  name  of  the  present  incumbent  is  Mohan  Kishor.  He  has  an 
endowment  in  land  which  brings  in  a  yearly  income  of  Rs.  27,000.  The  god 
is  fed  seven  times  a  day,  the  two  principal  meals  being  the  rdj-bhog  at  mid- 
day and  the  sayana  at  sleeping  time.  At  the  other  five  only  a  light  repast  is 
offered,  of  sweetmeats,  &c.  ;  these  are  called  the  mangal  arti,  which  takes  place 
at  dawn  ;  the  dhup,  at  t)  a.m.  ;  the  eringar,  at  11  a.  m.  ;  dMp,  again  at  3  p.  m.  ; 
and  sandhyarti,  at  dusk. 

With  reference  to  this  temple,  a  curious  anecdote  is  told  in  the  Bhakta 
Mala  of  a  devout  Vaishnava,  by  name  Sur  Das.  He  was  Governor  (Amin)  of 
Sandila  in  Akbar's  reign,  and  on  one  occasion  consumed  all  the  revenues  of  his 
district  in  entertaining  the  priests  and  pilgrims  at  the  temple.  The  treasure  chests 
were  duly  despatched  to  Delhi,  but  when  opened  were  found  to  contain  nothing 
but  stones.  Such  exaggerated  devotion  failed  to  commend  itself  even  to  the 
Hindu  minister,  Todar  Mall,  who  threw  the  enthusiast  into  prison  ;    but  the 


*  Ob  the  road  from  Brinda-ban  to  Jait,  within  the  boundaries  of  the  Tillage  of  Sunrakh  is  a 
walled  garden  with  a  tank,  called  Earn  Tal,  part  of  tlie  property  of  the  temple  of  Madan  Mohan. 


Tbye  25%. 


TEMPLE  OF  MADAN  MOHAN 

AT 

B  R  I  N  D  A-B  A  N. 

NEW  TEMPLE 


r: 


rV^ 


Street. 


h 


D<CJ 


zu  n  a  i — K~~Vp  tr\ 


ODE 


•ft?  <?  .«; 

L,;i     bVM     L.vi     .  ■■■     ■/■.  ■     ij^.^,^.^^.^^7^^^- 


100-feeir. 


THE    TEMPLE    OF    GOPINXTH.  253 

grateful  god  could  not  forget  bis  faithful  servant  and  speedily  moved  the  indul- 
gent emperor  to  order  his  release.  The  panegyric  on  Stir  Das  Btands  thus  in 
the  text  of  the  original  poem  .-  the  explanatory  narrative,  as  added  by  Priya 
Das,  is  too  long  to  copy  : — 

^w  tt^j  rerrc  f%f%er  ^rim^r  =rk  ifh  i 

S(5H    3^Tfi  ^r  g^g  m?^  j  ^twr  II 

jgl  us^wtw^  srcsre  sn  ^rrn  ^N^t  %t€t  ^?t  ii 

Translation. — "  Joined  together  like  two  links  in  a  chain  are  the  god  Madan 
Mohan  and  Siir  Das,  that  paragon  of  excellence  in  verse  and  song,  incarnation 
of  the  good  and  beneficent,  votary  of  Radha  Krishan,  master  of  mystic  delights. 
Manifold  his  songs  of  love  ;  the  muse  of  love,  queen  of  the  nine,  came  dancing 
on  foot*  to  the  melodies  that  he  uttered  ;  his  persuasiveness  as  unbouuded  as 
that  of  the  fabled  twin  brothers. f  Joined  together  like  two  links  in  a  chain  are 
the  sod  Madan  Mohan  and  Siir  Das." 

o 

The  temple  of  Gopinath,  which  may  be  slightly  the  earliest  of  the  series, 
is  said  to  have  been  built  by  Raesil  Ji,  a  grandson  of  the  founder  of  the  Shaikh- 
&wat  branch  of  the  Kachhwaha  Thakurs.  He  distinguished  himself  so  greatly 
in  the  repulse  of  an  Afghan  invasion,  that  Akbar  bestowed  upon  him  the  title 
of  Darbari,  with  a  grant  of  land  and  the  important  command  of  1,250  horse. 
He  also  accompanied  his  liege  lord,  Raja  Man  Sinh  of  Amber,  against  the 
Mewar  Rana  Pratap,  and  further  distinguished  himself  in  the  expedition  to 
Kabul.  The  date  of  his  death  is  not  known.  The  temple,  of  which  he  is  the 
reputed  founder,  corresponds  very  closely  both  in  style  and  dimensions  with 
that  of  Madan  Mohan,  already  described,  and  has  a  similar  chapel  attached  to 
the  south  side  of  the  sacrarium.     It  is,  however,  in  a  far  more  ruinous  condition  ; 


*  Each  Ras  (the  Hindu  equivalent  for  the  European  Muse)  has  a  special  vehicle  of  its  own, 
and  the  meaning  appear*  to  be  that  the  Ras  Sringdr,  or  Erotic  Muse,  alighted  on  foot  the  better 
to  catch  the  sound  of  his  voice. 

f  The  fabled  twin  brothers  are  probably  the  two  Gandharvas  (heavenly  musicians),  who 
were  metamorphosed  into  arjun  trees  till  restored  by  Krishna  to  their  proper  form. 

64 


254  THE   TEMPLES   OF  JTJGAL   KISHOR. 

the  nave  lias  entirely  disappeared  ;  the  three  towers  have  been  levelled  with 
the  roof;  and  the  entrance  gateway  of  the  court-yard  is  tottering  to  its  fall. 
The  special  feature  of  the  building  is  a  curious  arcade  of  three  bracket  arches, 
serving  apparently  no  constructural  purpose,  but  merely  added  as  an  ornamental 
screen  to  the  south  wall,  which  already  had  a  fine  boldly  moulded  plinth  and  re- 
quired no  further  adornment.  The  terrace  on  which  this  arcade  stands  has  a 
carved  stone  front,  which  had  been  buried  for  years,  till  I  uncovered  it.  The 
choir  arch  is  of  handsome  design,  elaborately  decorated  with  arabesque  sculp- 
tures. It  was  partly  concealed  from  view  by  mean  sheds  which  had  been  built 
up  against  it,  all  of  which  I  caused  to  be  pulled  down  ;  but  the  interior  is 
still  used  as  a  stable,  and  the  north  side  is  blocked  by  the  modern  temple.  This 
was  built  about  the  year  1821  by  a  Bengali  Kayath,  Nand  Kumar  Ghos,  wdio 
also  built  tin'  new  temple  of  Madan  Mohan.  The  votive  offerings  here  made 
are  estimated  at  Rs.  3,000  a  year,  in  addition  to  which  there  is  an  endowment 
yielding  an  annual  income  of  Rs.  1,200.* 

The  temple  of  Jugal  Kishor,  the  fourth  of  the  old  scries,  stands  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  town  near  the  Kesi  Ghat.  Its  construction  is  referred  to  the  year 
Sambat.  16.S4,  i.  e.,  1<>27  A.  D.,  in  the  reign  of  Jahangir,  and  the  founder's  name 
is  preserved  as  Non-Karan.  He  is  said  to  have  been  a  Chauhan  Thakur  ;  but 
it  is  not  improbable  that  he  was  the  elder  brother  of  Raesil,  who  built  the 
temple  of  Gopinath.  The  choir,  which  is  slightly  larger  than  in  the  other 
examples,  being  25  feet  square,  has  the  principal  entrance,  as  usual,  at  the  east 
end,  but  is  peculiar  in  having  also,  both  north  and  south,  a  small  doorway  under 
a  hood  supported  on  eight  closely-set  brackets  carved  into  the  form  of  elephants. 
The  nave  has  been  completely  destroyed.  The  choir  arch  is  an  interesting 
composition  with  a  fan-light,  so  to  speak,  of  pierced  tracery  in  the  head  of  the 
arch,  and  a  group  above  representing  Krishna  supporting  the  Gobardhan  hill. 
I  had  caused  the  whole  of  the  building  to  be  cleared  out,  removing  from  the 
upper  room  of  the  tower  an  accumulation  of  pigeons'  dung  more  than  four  feet 
deep  ;  and  at  my  suggestion  the  municipal  committee  had  rented  the  temple  for 
a  rupee  a  month  to  ensure  its  always  being  kept  clean  and  unoccupied  for  the 
ready  inspection  of  visitors.  As  soon  as  I  left  the  district,  the  new  magistrate 
vetoed  this  arrangement,  and  I  suppose  the  place  is  now  once  more  a  cattle  shed. 

The  somewhat  later  temple  of  Radlni  Ballabh  has  been  already  mentioned 
in  the  previous  chapter.  It  is  in  itself  a  handsome  building  and  is  further  of 
special  architectural   interest  as  the  last  example  of  the  early   eclectic  style. 

*  The  Seth's  Garden,  where  stands  the  Brahmotsava  Pavilion,  wub  purchased  from  the  tem- 
ple of  Goyinith,  and  is  still  liable  to  an  annual  charge  of  lis.  18. 


AuTOTYPt. 


TEMPLE      OF      GOPI-NATH,      BRINDA-BAN 


THE     TEMPLE     OF     JUGAL-KISHOR.     B^INDA-BAN 


THE   TEMPLE   OP   RA'DnX   BALLABH.  255 

The  ground  plan  is  much  the  same  as  in  the  temple  of  Harideva  at  Gobardhan 
and  the  work  is  of  the  same  character,  but  carried  out  on  a  larger  scale.  The 
nave  has  an  eastern  facade,  34  feet  broad,  which  is  in  three  stages,  the  upper 
and  lower  Hindu,  and  the  one  between  them  purely  Muhammadan  in  character. 
The  interior  is  a  fine  vaulted  hall  (63  ft.  X20  ft.)  with  a  double  tier  of  open- 
ings north  and  south ;  those  in  the  lower  story  having  brackets  and  architraves 
and  those  above  being  Muhammadan  arches,  as  in  the  middle  story  of  the  front. 
These  latter  open  into  a  narrow  gallery  with  small  clerestory  windows  looking 
on  to  the  street.  Below,  the  three  centre  bays  of  the  colonnade  are  open  door- 
ways, and  the  two  at  either  end  are  occupied  by  the  staircase  that  leads  to  the 
upper  gallery.  Some  of  the  carved  panels  of  the  stone  ceiling  have  fallen  ;  but 
the  outer  roof,  a  steep  gable,  also  of  stone,  is  as  yet  perfect.  Some  trees  how- 
ever have  taken  root  between  the  slabs  and  unless  carefully  removed  must  event- 
ually destroy  it.  The  actual  shrine,  or  cella,  as  also  at  the  temple  of  Gobind 
Deva.  was  demolished  by  Aurangzeb  and  only  the  plinth  remains,  upon  which  3 
room  has  been  built,  which  is  used  as  a  kitchen.  As  no  mosque  was  ever  erected 
at  Brinda-ban,  it  is  not  a  little  strange  that  Mr.  Fergusson  in  his  History  of 
Indian  Architecture,  when  speaking  of  this  very  locality,  should  venture  to  say: 
"  It  does  not  appear  proven  that  the  Moslems  did  wantonly  throw  down  the 
temples  of  the  Hindus,  except  when  they  wanted  the  materials  for  the  erection 
of  mosques  or  other  buildings."  A  thorough  repair  of  roof,  eaves  and  east  front 
would  cost  Us.  4,500,  and  as  a  typical  example  of  architecture,  the  building  is 
worth  the  outlay.  A  modern  temple  has  been  erected  on  the  south  side,  and 
the  nave  of  the  old  fabric  has  lonor  been  entirely  disused.  In  fact  this  is  the 
last  temple  in  the  neighbourhood  in  which  a  nave  was  built  at  all.  In  the 
modern  style  it  is  so  completely  obsolete  that  its  distinctive  name  even  is 
forgotten. 

These  five  temples  form  a  most  interesting  architectural  series,  and  if 
Mr.  Fergusson  had  ever  been  able  to  visit  Brinda-ban  or  to  procure  photographs 
of  them,  it  is  possible  that  he  would  not  have  found  the  origin  of  the  Hindu 
sikhara  such  an  inscrutable  mystery  as  he  declares  it  to  be.  He  conjectures  that 
the  external  form  may  have  been  simply  a  constructural  necessity  resulting 
from  the  employment  internally  of  a  very  tall  pointed  horizontal  arch,  like  that 
of  the  Treasury  at  Mycenae.  But  so  far  as  my  experience  extends,  no  such 
arch  was  ever  used  in  a  Hindu  temple.  On  the  contrary,  the  cella,  over  which 
the  sikhara  is  built,  is  separated  from  the  more  public  part  of  thw  building  by 
a  solid  wall  pierced  only  by  a  doorway  small  enough  to  be  eashv  closed;  while 
the  chamber  itself  is  of  no  great  height  and  is  covered  in  with  a  vaulted  ceiling, 
as  to  the  shape  of  which  nothing  could   be  learnt  from  a  view  oi  the  sikhara 


256 


ORIGIN   OF   THE   HINDU    SIKHARA. 


outside ;  and  vice  versa.  Thus  at  the  great  temple  of  Gobind  Deva  the  central 
dome  of  the  nave  (or  porch  as  Mr.  Fergusson  very  inappropriately  calls  it)  is 
perfect;  but  it  is  impossible  to  determine  from  thence  with  any  certainty  what 
would  have  been  the  outline  and  proportions  of  the  tower  that  the  architect 
proposed  to  raise  over  it.  I  have  no  question  in  my  own  mind  that  the  origin 
of  the  sikhara  is  to  be  found  in  the  Buddhist  stiipa.  Nor  do  I  detect  any  vio  ent 
break  in  the  development.  The  lower  story  of  the  modern  temple  which,  though 
most  commonly  square,  is  occasionally,  as  in  the  Madan  Mohan  and  Radha 
Ballabh  examples,  an  octagon,  and  therefore  a  near  approach  to  a  circle,  is  repre- 
sented by  the  masonry  plinth  of  the  relic-mound ;  the  high  curvilinear  roof  by 
the  swelling  contour  of  the  earthen  hill,  and  the  pinnacle  with  its  peculiar  base 
by  the  Buddhist  rails  and  umbrella  on  the  top  of  a  Dagoba.  From  the  original 
stiipa  to  the  temple  of  Parsvanath  at  Khajurao  of  the  11th  century,  the  towers 
of  Madan  Mohan  and  Jugal  Kishor  at  Brinda-ban  of  the  Kith,  and  the  temple 
of  Vishveshvar  at  Banaras,  the  gradation  seems  to  be  easy  and  continuous. 

From  a  note  at  the  foot  of  page  32  of  his  '  Cave  Temples'  it  appears  that 
Mr.  Fergusson  has  been  rather  nettled  by  my  exposure  of  his  frequent  inaccu- 
racies and — having  no  excuse  to  offer— attempts  to  divert  attention  from  them 
by  ridiculing  the  view  I  have  here  advanced  as  to  the  origin  of  the  sikhara. 
From  the  nature  of  the  case  it  is  simply  a  theory,— and  whether  it  be  right 
t I — — i  or  wrong — in  its  integrity  it  must  be  incap- 
able of  positive  proof.  He  is  therefore  not 
bound  to  accept  it ;  but  it  certainly  is  rash  of 
him  to  maintain,  as  a  counter-theory,  that  the 
Brindaban  sikharas  are  the  result  of  an 
attempt  on  the  part  of  Hindu  architects  to 
assimilate  with  their  own  traditional  forms 
the  novel  beauty  of  the  Muhammadan  dome. 
The  suggestion  is  absurd  and  admits  of  the 
easiest  refutation,  nor  do  I  for  a  moment  sup- 
pose that  Mr.  Fergusson  ever  seriously  enter- 
tained it :  it  is  simply  employed  as  a  polemical 
diversion.  The  type  of  an  Orissan  temple  in 
the  6th  and  7th  centuries  A.D.,  while  Bud- 
dhism was  still  a  power  in  the  land  and  long 
before  the  Muhammadaiis  had  ever  entered 
it,  is  illustrated  by  Dr.  R;ijendra  Lai  Mitra 
in  his  'Indo-Aryans,'  by  a  wood-cut  which  is 
, I    copied  in  the  margin.    It  will  be  seen  that  the 


Page;  Z56. 


7YFS  x  18  Ft 
Chvu: 


DC 
DC 


S4  F£x78F* 


— 


3C 

DC 


'55  P* 


^ROUNDPUN  OP  THE  TEMPLE  OF  EADHA  BALIABH, 
AT  BRIHBABAH. 


THE   TEMPLE   OF   B.X.DUK   D^MODAR.  257 

general  contour  is  identical  with  that  of  the  Brinda-ban  shrines :  and  in  the 
facades  of  the  Jain  caves  at  Gwaliar  similar  sikharas  are  everywhere  to 
be  seen. 

Of  the  smaller  temples  some  have  been  casually  mentioned  in  connection 
with  their  founders.  Though  of  ancient  date,  they  have  been  often  renewed 
and  possess  no  special  architectural  merit.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  Bengali 
temple  of  Sringar  Bat,  near  the  Madan  Mohan,  which,  however,  enjoys  an 
annual  income  of  Its.  13,500,  divided  among  three  shareholders,  who  each  take 
the  religious  services  for  four  months  at  a  time.  The  village  of  Jahangirpur 
on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  river,  including  the  sacred  grove  of  Bel-ban,  forms 
part  of  the  endowment. 

The  temple  of  Radha  Damodar  has  a  special  claim  to  distinction  from  the 
fact  that  it  contains  the  ashes  of  Jiva,  its  founder,  as  also  of  his  two  uncles, 
the  Gosains  liiipa  and  Sanatan,  the  founders  of  the  temple  of  Gobind  Deva, 
who  in  their  life-time  had  expressed  a  wish  to  be  buried  together  within  its 
precincts.  Their  joint  anniversary  is  celebrated  in  the  month  of  Sawan,  when 
the  three  shrines  are  visited  by  great  crowds  of  Bengalis,  who,  according  to 
custom,  make  each  some  small  offering.  The  proceeds  used  to  be  divided 
between  the  priests  of  the  two  temples  ;  but  in  1875,  the  Radha  Damodar  Mahant 
made  an  attempt  to  engross  the  whole  by  excluding  the  Gobind  Deva  people 
from  any  participation  in  the  ceremony.  The  plea  advanced  was  that  they 
were  renegades  from  Vaishuavism  since  the  time  that  they  had  complied  with 
the  Jaypur  Maharaja's  order  and  marked  their  foreheads  with  the  three  horizon- 
tal lines  that  indicate  a  votary  of  Siva.  This  exclusion  was  naturally  resented 
by  the  Gobind  Deva  Mahant,  who  claimed  the  immemorial  right  of  free  access 
to  his  founder's  tomb,  and  as  there  seemed  cause  to  anticipate  that  the  two  rival 
factions  would  come  co  blows,  precautions  were  taken  to  suppress  all  external 
manifestations  whatever,  much  to  the  chagrin  of  the  Radha  Damodar  claimants, 
who  had  prepared  to  signalize  their  triumph  by  a  display  of  exceptional  magni- 
ficence. 

Of  the  modern  temples,  five  claim  special  notice.  The  first  in  time  of  erec- 
tion is  the  temple  of  Krishna  Chandrama,  built  about  the  year  1810,  at  a  cost 
of  25  lakhs,  by  the  wealthy  Bengali  Kayath,  Krishna  Chandra  Sinh,  better 
known  as  the  Liila  Babu.  It  stands  in  a  large  court-yard,  which  is  laid  out, 
not  very  tastefully,  as  a  garden,  and  is  enclosed  by  a  lofty  wall  of  solid  masonry, 
with  an  arched  gateway  at  either  end.  The  building  is  of  quadrangular  form, 
1(30  feet  in  length,  with  a  front  central  compartment  of  three  arches  and  a 

65 


258  THE  hlhA  bXbu. 

lateral  colonnade  of  five  bays  reaching  back  on   either  side  towards  the  cella. 
The  workmanship  throughout  is  of  excellent  character,  and  the  stone  has  been 
carefully  selected.     The  two  towers,  or  sikharas,  are  singularly  plain,  but  have 
been  wisely  so  designed  that  their  smooth  polished  surface  may  remain  unsul- 
lied by  rain  and  dust. 

The  founder's  ancestor,  Babu  Murli  Mohan  Sinh,  son  of  one  Har  Krishna 
Sinh,  was  a  wealthy  merchant  and  landed  proprietor  at  Kandi  in  Murshidabad. 
His  heir,  Bihari  Lai  Sinh,  had  three  sons,  Badha  Gobind,  Ganga  Gobind,  and 
Badha  Charan  :  of  these,  the  last-named,  on  inheriting  his  share  of  the  paternal 
estate,  broke  off  connection  with  the  rest  of  the  family  and  has  dropped  out  of 
sight.  Badha  Gobind  took  service  under  Allah  Virdi  Khan  and  Sinij-ud-daula, 
Nawabs  of  Murshidabad,  and  was  by  them  promoted  to  posts  of  high  honour. 
A  rest-house  for  travellers  and  a  temple  of  Badha  Ballabh,  which  he  founded, 
are  still  in  existence.  He  died  without  issue,  leaving  his  property  to  his  brother, 
Ganga  Gobind,  who  took  a  prominent  part  in  the  revision  of  the  Bengal  settle- 
ment under  Lord  William  Bentinck,  in  1828.  He  built  a  number  of  dharmsdlds 
for  the  reception  of  pilgrims  and  four  temples  at  Bamchandrapur  in  Nadiya. 
These  latter  have  all  beim  _  washed  away  by  the  river,  but  the  images  of  the  gods 
were  transferred  to  Kandi.  He  also  maintained  several  Sanskrit  schools  in 
Nadiya;  and  distinguished  himself  by  the  extraordinary  pomp  with  which  he 
celebrated  his  father's  obsequies,  spending,  moreover,  every  year  on  the  anni- 
versary of  his  death  a  lakh  of  rupees  in  religious  observances.  Ganga  Gobind's 
son,  Pran  Krishan  Sinh,  still  further  augmented  his  magnificent  patrimony 
before  it  passed  in  succession  to  his  son,  Krishan  Chandra  Sinh,  better  known 
under  the  soubriquet  of  '  the  Lala  Babu.  He  held  office  first  in  Bardwan  and 
then  in  Ori'sa,  and,  when  about  thirty  years  of  age,  came  to  settle  in  the  holv 
land  of  Braj.  In  connexion  with  his  temple  at  Brinda-ban  ho  founded  also  a 
rest-house,  where  a  largo  number  of  pilgrims  are  still  daily  fed;  the  annual  cost 
of  the  whole  establishment  being,  as  is  stated,  Bs.  22,000.  He  also  enclosed 
the  sacred  tanks  at  Badha-kund  with  handsome  ghats  and  terraces  of  stone  at  the 
cost  of  a  lakh.  When  some  forty  years  of  age,  he  renounced  the  world,  and  in  the 
character  of  a  Bainigi  continued  for  two  years  to  wander  about  the  woods  and 
plains  of  Braj,  begging  his  bread  from  day  to  day  till  the  time  of  his  death,  which 
was  accidentally  caused  by   the  kick  of  of  a  horse  at  Gobardhan.*     He  was 

»  The  following  Hindi  couplet  is  current  in  the  district  with  reference  to  the  death  of  the  two 
millionaires,  the  Lala  Babu  and  Tdrikh  Ji  : — 

Lala  Balm  margaya,  ghora  dosh  lagrivc, 
Parikh  ka  kira  pari;  Bidhi  sou  ko  bauae  ? 


TnE   LA"lX   BABE'S   ESTATE.  259 

frequently  accompanied  in  his  rambles  by  Mani  Earn,  father  of  the  famous  Seth 
Lakhmi  Ohand,  who  also  had  adopted  the  life  of  an  ascetic.  In  the  course  of 
the  ten  years  which  the  Lala  Babu  spent  as  a  worldling  in  the  Mathura  dis- 
trict, ho  contrived  to  buy  up  all  the  villages  most  noted  as  places  of  pilgrim- 
age in  a  manner  which  strikingly  illustrates  his  hereditary  capacity  for  busi- 
ness. The  zamindars  were  assured  that  he  had  no  pecuniary  object  in  view, 
but  only  the  strict  preservation  of  the  hallowed  spots.  Again,  as  in  the  days 
of  Krishna,  they  would  become  the  secluded  haunts  of  the  monkey  and  the 
peacock,  while  the  former  proprietors  would  remain  undisturbed,  the  happy 
guardians  of  so  many  new  Arcadias.  Thus  the  wise  man  from  the  East  picked 
up  one  estate  after  another  at  a  price  in  every  case  far  below  the  real  value, 
and  in  some  instances  for  a  purely  nominal  sum.  However  binding  his  fair 
promises  may  have  been  on  the  conscience  of  the  pious  B.ibu.  they  were  never 
recorded  on  paper,  and  therefore  are  naturally  ignored  by  his  absentee  descend- 
ants and  their  agents,  from  whom  any  appeal  ad  misericor  liam  on  the  part  of 
the  impoverished  representatives  of  the  old  owners  of  the  soil  meets  with  very 
scant  consideration.  The  villages  which  he  acquired  in  the  Mathura  district 
are  fifteen  in  number,  viz.,  in  the  Kosi  Pargana,  Jau  ;  in  Chhata,  Nandganw, 
Barsana,  Sanket,  Karhela,  Garhi,  and  Hathiya  ;  and  in  the  home  pargana, 
Mathura,  Jait,  Mah'oli,  and  Nabi-pur  ;  all  these,  except  the  last,  being  more 
or  less  places  of  pilgrimage.  To  these  must  be  added  the  four  Giijar  villages  of 
Pirpur,  Gulalpur,  Chamar-garhi,  and  Dhiinri.  For  Nandganw  he  gave  Rs.  900  ; 
for  Barsana,  Rs.  600  ;  for  Sanket,  Rs.  800  ;  and  for  Karhela,  Rs.  500  ;  the  annual 
revenue  derived  from  these  places  being  now  as  follows  :  from  Nandganw, 
Rs.  6,712  ;  from  Barsana  Rs.  3,109  ;  from  Sanket,  Rs.  1,642  ;  and  from  Karhela, 
Rs.  1,900.  It  may  also  be  noted  that  payment  w'as  invariably  made  in  Brinda- 
ban  rupees,  which  are  worth  only  thirteen  or  fourteen  anas  each.  The  Babu 
further  purchased  seventy-two  villages  in  Aligarh  and  Bulandshahr  from 
Raja  Bir  Sinh,  Chauhan  ;  but  twelve  of  these  were  sold  at  auction  in  the  time 
of  his  heir,  Babu  Sri  Narayan  Sinh.  This  latter,  being  a  minor  at  his  father's 
death,  remained  for  a  time  under  the  tutelage  of  his  mother,  the  Rani  Kaithani, 
who  again,  on  his  decease,  when  only  thirty  years  old,  managed  the  estate  till 
the  coming  of  age  of  the  two  sons  whom  his  widows  had  been  specially  autho- 
rized to  adopt.  The  elder  of  the  two,  Pratap  Chandra,  founded  an  English 
school  at  Kiindi  and  a  dispensary  at  Calcutta.  He  was  for  some  time  a  Mem- 
ber of  tho  Legislative  Council  of  Bengal,  received  from  Government  the  title 
of  Bahadur,  and  was  enrolled  as  a  Companion  of  the  Star  of  India.  He  died 
in   1867,    leaving   four   sons,  Giris-chandra  (since  deceased),  Puran-chandra, 


260  the  seth's  temple. 

Kanti-chandra,  and  Sarad-chandra.  Tho  younger  brother,  Isvar-chandra,  who 
died  in  1863,  left  an  only  son,  Indra-chandra,  who  now  enjoys  half  the  estate, 
the  other  half  being  divided  between  his  three  cousins.  During  their  minority 
the  property  was  under  the  control  of  the  Court  of  Wards  ;  the  General 
Manager  being  Mr.  Robert  Harvey  of  Calcutta.  The  gross  rental  of  the  lands 
in  the  Mathura  district  is  Rs.  70,738,  upon  which  the  Government  demand, 
including  the  10  per  cent,  cess,  is  Rs.  49,496.  The  value  of  the  property  when 
taken  in  charge  was  estimated  at  Rs.  2,40,193  ;  it  has  now  increased  to 
Its.  3,80,892. 

The  great  temple,  founded  by  Seths  Gobind  D;is  and  Radha  Krishan, 
brothers  of  the  famous  millionaire  Lakhmi  Ohand,  is  dedicated  to  Rang  Ji,  or 
Sri  Ranga  Nath,  that  being  the  special  name  of  Vishnu  most  affected  by 
Ramanuja,  the  founder  of  the  Sri  Sampradaya.  It  is  built  in  the  Madras 
style,  in  accordance  with  plans  supplied  by  their  guru,  the  great  Sanskrit 
scholar,  Swami  Rangacharya,  a  native  of  that  part  of  India.* 

The  works  were  commenced  in  1845  and  completed  in  1851,  at  a  cost 
of  45  lakhs  of  rupees.  The  outer  walls  measure  773  feet  in  length  by  440  in 
breadth,  and  enclose  a  fine  tank  and  garden  in  addition  to  the  actual  temple- 
court.  This  latter  has  lofty  gate-towers,  or  (jopuras,  covered  with  a  profusion 
of  coarse  sculpture.  In  front  of  the  god  is  erected  a  pillar,  or  dhvaja  stambha, 
of  copper  gilt,  sixty  feet  in  height,  and  also  sunk  some  twenty-four  feet  more 
below  the  surface  of  the  ground.  This  alone  cost  Rs.  10,000.  The  principal 
or  western  entrance  of  the  outer  court  is  surmounted  by  a  pavilion,  ninety- 
three  feet  high,  constructed  in  the  Mathura  style  after  the  design  of  a  native 
artist.  In  its  graceful  outlines  and  the  elegance  of  its  reticulated  tracery,  it 
presents  a  striking  contrast  to  the  heavy  and  misshapen  masses  of  the  Madras 
Gopura,  which  rises  immediately  in  front  of  it.  A  little  to  one  side  of  the 
entrance  is  a  detached  shed,  in  which  the  god's  rath,  or  carriage,  is  kept.  It 
is  an  enormous  wooden  tower  in  several  stages,  with  monstrous  effigies  at  the 


*  He  translated  some  of  Ramanuja's  works  from  the  language  of  Southern  India  into 
Sanskrit,  and  was  also  the  author  of  two  polemical  treatises  in  defence  of  the  orthodoxy  of 
Vaislmavism.  The  fir-t  is  a  pamphlet  entitled  Dtirjana-kari-panchanana,  which  was  written 
as  an  answer  to  eight  questions  propounded  for  solution  by  the  Saivite  Pandits  of  Jaypur.  The 
Maharaja,  not  being  convinced,  had  a  rejoinder  published  under  the  name  of  Sajjana  mano- 
nuranjana,  which  elicited  a  more  elaborate  work  from  the  Swami,  called  Vyamoha-vidravanam, 
in  which  lie  brought  together  a  great  number  of  texts  from  the  canonical  Scriptures  of  the 
Hindus  in  support  of  his  own  views  and  in  refutation  of  those  of  bis  opponents.  He  died  on 
the  26th  of  March,  1874. 


THE      IDOL      CAR. 


THE  BRAHMOTSAV  FESTIVAL.  261 

corners,  and  is  brought  out  only  once  a  year  in  the  month  of  Chait  during  tho 
festival  of  the  Brahinotsav.  The  mela  lasts  for  ten  days,  on  each  of  which  the 
god  is  taken  in  state  from  the  temple  along  the  road,  a  distance  of  690  yards, 
to  a  garden  where  a  pavilion  has  been  erected  for  his  reception.  The  proces- 
sion is  always  attended  with  torches,  music,  and  incense,  and  some  military 
display  contributed  by  the  Raja  of  Bharatpur.  On  the  day  when  the  rath  is 
used,  the  image,  composed  of  the  eight  metals,  is  seated  in  the  centre  of  the  car, 
with  attendant  Brahmans  standing  on  either  side  to  fan  it  with  cliauries.  Each 
of  the  Seths,  with  the  rest  of  the  throng,  gives  an  occasional  hand  to  the  ropes  by 
which  the  ponderous  machine  is  drawn  ;  and  by  dint  of  much  exertion,  the 
distance  is  ordinarily  accomplished  in  the  space  of  about  two  and-a-half  hours. 
On  the  evening  of  the  following  day  there  is  a  grand  display  of  fire-works,  to 
which  all  the  European  residents  of  the  station  are  invited,  and  which  attracts 
a  large  crowd  of  natives  from  tho  country  round  about.  On  other  days  when 
the  rath  is  not  brought  out,  the  god  has  a  wide  choice  of  vehicles,  being  borne 
now  on  a  palki,  a  richly  gilt  '  tabernacle'  (punya-kothi),  a  throne  (sinhasan),  or 
a  tree,  either  the  kadamb,  or  the  tree  of  Paradise  (kalpa-criksha);  now  on 
some  demi-god,  as  the  sun  or  the  moon,  Gartira,  Hanuman,  or  Sesha  ;  now 
again  on  some  animal,  as  a  horse,  an  elephant,  a  lion,  a  swan,  or  the  fabulous 
eight-footed  Sarabha.  The  ordinary  cost  of  one  of  these  celebrations  is  about 
Rs.  5,000,  while  the  annual  expenses  of  the  whole  establishment  amount  to  no 
less  than  Rs.  57,000,  the  largest  item  in  that  total  being  Rs.  30,000  for  the  bhog 
or  food,  which  after  being  presented  to  the  god  is  then  consumed  by  the  priests 
or  given  away  in  charity.  Every  day  500  of  tho  Sri  Vaishnava  sect  are  fed 
at  the  temple,  and  every  morning  up  to  ten  o'clock  a  dole  of  flour  is  given  to 
anyone  of  any  denomination  who  chooses  to  apply  for  it. 

Tho  endowment  consists  of  thirty-three  villages,  yielding  a  gross  income 
of  Rs.  1,17,000,  on  which  the  Government  demand  amounts  to  Rs.  64,000. 
Of  the  thirty-three  villages,  thirteen,  including  one  quarter  of  Brinda-ban,  are 
in  the  Mathura,  and  twenty  in  the  Agra  district.  The  votive  offerings  amount 
on  an  average  to  Rs.  2,000  a  year,  and  there  is  further  a  sum  invested  in  the 
funds  which  yields  in  annual  interest  as  much  as  Rs.  11,800.  In  1868,  the 
whole  estate  was  transferred  by  the  Swami — the  deed  of  transfer  bearing  a 
stamp  of  Rs.  2,000 — to  a  committee  of  management,  who  on  his  death  wrere 
bound  to  appoint  a  successor.  This  arrangement  was  necessitated  by  the  bad 
conduct  of  his  son  Srinivasaeharya — named  according  to  family  custom  after 
the  grandfather — who,  far  from  being  a  scholar  like  his  father,  is  barely  edu- 
cated up  to  the  ordinary  level  of  his  countrymen  :  while  his  profligacy  is  open 

66 


2(52  MANAGEMENT   OF   THE   SETH's   TEMPLE. 

and  notorious.  Immorality  and  priestly  dignity,  it  is  true,  are  not  universally 
accounted  as  incompatible  qualities  ;  but  the  scandal  in  his  case  is  augmented 
by  the  ceremonial  pollution  he  incurs  from  his  habit  of  familiar  intercourse 
with  the  lowest  classes  of  the  people,  while  his  reckless  extravagance  knows 
no  bounds.  Since  his  father's  death  he  receives  a  fixed  allowance  for  his 
maintenance  ;  but  another  Guru  has  been  brought  up  from  Madras  to  conduct 
the  temple  services,  and  the  estate  is  entirely  under  the  control  of  the  commit- 
tee. This  consists  of  six  members,  of  whom  the  most  active  is  Seth  Naniyan 
Das.  He  is  also  appointed  general  attorney  for  the  trustees,  and  all  the  temple 
property,  valued  at  about  20  lakhs,  is  entered  in  his  name.  Since  the  new 
arrangement,  there  has  been  no  falling  off  in  the  splendour  of  the  festivals  or 
in  the  liberality  with  which  the  different  charities  are  maintained,  while  at  the 
same  time  the  estate  has  been  improved  and  the  cost  of  establishment  reduced. 

Of  the  villages  that  form  the  endowment,  three  in  Mahaban  and  two  in 
Jalesar  were  conferred  on  the  temple  by  Raja  Man  Siuh  of  Jaypur.  Though 
the  lawful  heir  to  the  throne,  he  never  took  his  seat  upon  it.  He  was  the 
posthumous  son  of  Raja  Prithi  Sinn,  on  whose  death,  in  1779  A.  D  ,  the  surviv- 
ing brother,  Pratap  Sinh,  claimed  the  succession.  The  nephew's  right  was  sub- 
sequently upheld  by  Daulat  Rao  Sindhia,  but  the  young  prince  was  devoted 
to  letters  and  religion,  and  on  being  assured  of  an  annual  income  of  Rs.  30,000, 
ho  gladly  relinquished  the  royal  title  and  retired  to  Brinda-ban.  Here  he  spent 
the  remainder  of  his  days  in  the  practice  of  the  most  rigid  austerities,  till  death 
overtook  him  at  the  age  of  70,  in  1848.  For  27  years  he  had  remained  sitting 
cross-legged  in  one  position,  never  moving  from  his  seat  but  once  a  week  when 
nature  compelled  him  to  withdraw.  Five  days  before  his  death  he  predicted 
his  coming  end  and  solemnly  bequeathed  to  the  Seth  the  care  of  his  old  ser- 
vants ;  one  of  whom,  Lakshmi  Narayan  Byas,  was  manager  of  the  temple  estate, 
till  his  death  in  1874. 

If  the  effect  of  the  Seths'  lavish  endowment  is  impaired  by  the  ill-judged 
adoption  of  a  foreign  style  of  architecture,  still  more  is  this  error  apparent  in 
the  temple  of  Radhi'i  Raman,  completed  within  the  last  few  years.  The  founder 
is  Sah  Kundan  Lai,  of  Lakhnau,  who  has  built  on  a  design  suggested  by  the 
modern  secular  buildings  of  that  city.  The  principal  entrance  to  the  court- 
yard is,  in  a  grandiose  way,  decidedly  effective;  and  the  temple  itself  is  con- 
structed of  the  most  costly  materials  and  fronted  with  a  colonnade  of  spiral 
marblo  pillars,  each  shaft  being  of  a  single  piece,  which  though  rather  too 
attenuated  are  unquestionably  elegant.     The  mechanical  execution  is  also  good; 


J'ag&  263. 


TEMPLE  OF  RADHA  GOPAL 


AT 


BRINDA-BAN. 

Scale'  JO  teet=J  inch/. 


so 


0 

-l-t-l-l-h±^ 


SO 


700  feet 


a 
a 


a       a 
a       o 


IT 
JL 


ir3 

JLJ1 


=3 


pr^jcac 


i  □'or 


R«^        #    S=JJ 


d  a 

a  a 

a  o 

d  a 

a  a 

a  d 

a  a 

n  a 


* 


a 
n 

a 
a 
a 

Q 

a 


D 
D 
b 
H 

a 
a 

a 

j 


□    a 


CLf 


3Y  T 
ILJI 


lu^F 


nr- 


□ 

a 


U 

JL 


□       a 
a        p 


ii= 


Mi 


"If — I 


D 


IT 

n 


~LT 

Jl 


IT 

1_JL_ 


"J 


— \r 

—TLZfL 


*N 


THE   TEMPLE   OF   RXDHX   GOrXL.  203 

but  all  is  rendered  of  no  avail  by  the  abominable  taste  of  the  design.  The 
facade  with  its  uncouth  pediment,  flanked  by  sprawling  monsters,  and  its  row 
of  life-size  female  figures  in  meretricious,  but  at  the  same  time  most  ungrace- 
ful, attitudes,  resembles  nothing  so  much  as  a  disreputable  London  casino  : 
a  severe,  though  doubtless  unintended,  satire,  on  the  part  of  the  architect,  on  the 
character  of  the  divinity  to  whom  it  is  consecrated.  Ten  lakhs  of  rupees  are 
said  to  have  been  wasted  on  its  construction.* 

In  striking  contrast  to  this  tasteless  edifice  is  the  temple  of  Radha 
Indra  Kishor,  built  by  Rani  Indrajit  Kunvar,  widow  of  Het  Kam,  Brahman 
zatnindar,  of  Tikari  by  Gaya.  It  was  six  years  in  building,  and  was  completed 
at  the  end  of  1871.  It  is  a  square  of  seventy  feet  divided  into  three  aisles  of 
five  bays  each,  with  a  fourth  space  of  equal  dimensions  for  the  reception  of  the 
god.  The  sikliara  is  surmounted  with  a  copper  kalas,  or  finial,  heavily  gilt, 
which  alone  cost  Rs.  5,000.  The  piers  are  composed  of  four  conjoined  pillars, 
each  shaft  being  a  single  piece  of  stone,  brought  from  the  Paharpur  quarry  in 
Bharatpur  territory.  The  building  is  raised  on  a  high  and  enriched  plinth, 
and  the  entire  design  is  singularly  light  and  graceful.  Its  cost  has  been  three 
lakhs. 

The  temple  of  Radha  Gopal,  built  by  the  Maharaja  of  Gwaliar  under  the 
direction  of  his  guru  Brahmachari  Giridhari  Das,  is  also  entitled  to  some  special 
notice.  The  interior  is  an  exact  counterpart  of  an  Italian  church  and  would  be  an 
excellent  model  for  our  architects  to  follow,  since  it  secures  to  perfection  both 
free  ventilation  and  a  softened  light.  It  consists  of  a  nave  58  feet  long,  with 
four  aisles,  two  on  either  side,  a  sacraium  21  feet  in  depth  and  a  narthex  of  the 
same  dimensions  at  the  entrance.  The  outer  aisles  of  the  nave,  instead  of  beino- 
closed  in  with  solid  walls,  have  open  arches  stopped  only  with  wooden  bars  ;  and 
the  tier  of  windows  above  gives  on  to  a  balcony  and  verandah.  Thus  any  glare 
of  light  is  impossible.  The  building  was  opened  for  religious  service  in  1860 
and  as  it  stands  has  cost  four  lakhs  of  rupees.  The  exterior  has  a  mean  and  un- 
sightly appearance,  which  might  be  obviated  by  the  substitution  of  reticulated 
stone  tracery  for  the  wooden  bars  of  the  outer  arches  below  and  a  more  sub- 
stantial balcony  and  verandah  in  lieu  of  the  present  ricketty  erection  above.  An 
entrance  gateway  is  now  being  added. 

*  In  imitation  of  the  bad  example  thuB  set,  a  new  temple  dedicated  to  Kadha  Gopal  was  built 
in  1873  by  Lala  Braj  Kishor,  a  wealthy  resident  of  Shahjahanpur,  where  he  is  district  treasurer. 
It  has  a  long  frontage  facing  one  of  the  principal  streets,  with  a  continuous  balcouy  to  the  upper 
story,  in  which  each  pillar  is  a  clumsily  carved  etone  figure  of  a  Sak/ii,  or  *  dancing  girl.' 


264  THE   BHAIUT-PUR   BUILDINGS   AT   BRINDA'-BAN. 

There  are  in  Brinda-ban  no  secular  buildings  of  any  great  antiquity.  Th« 
oldest  is  the  court,  or  Ghera,  as  it  is  called,  of  Sawai  Jay  Sinh,  the  founder 
of  Jaypur,  who  made  Brinda-ban  an  occasional  residence  during  the  time 
that  he  was  Governor  of  the  Province  of  Agra  (1721-1728).  It  is  a  large 
walled  enclosure  with  a  pavilion  at  one  end,  consisting  of  two  aisles  divided  into 
five  bays  by  piers  of  coupled  columns  of  red  sandstone.  The  river  front  of  the 
town  has  a  succession  of  ghats  reaching  for  a  distance  of  about  a  mile  and  a-half. 
Their  beauty  has  been  greatly  marred  by  the  religious  mendicants  who  have 
taken  possession  of  all  the  graceful  stone  kiosques  and  utilized  them  for  cooking- 
places,  blocking  up  the  arches  with  mud  walls  and  blackening  the  carved  work 
with  the  smoke  of  their  fires.  I  cleared  out  a  great  many,  but  left  the  task 
unfinished.  The  one  highest  up  the  stream  is  the  Kali-mardan  Ghat  with  the 
kadamb  tree  from  which  Krishna  plunged  into  the  water  to  encounter  the  great 
serpent  Kaliya  ;  and  the  lowest  at  the  other  end  is  Kesi  Ghat,  where  he  slew  the 
equine  demon  of  that  name.  Near  the  latter  are  two  handsome  mansions  built 
by  the  Ranis  Kishori  and  Lachhmi,  consorts  of  Ranjit  Sinh  and  Randhir  Sinh, 
two  successive  Rajas  of  Bharatpur.  In  both  the  arrangement  is  identical 
with  that  of  a  mediaeval  college,  carried  out  on  a  miniature  scale,  but  with 
extreme  elaboration  of  detail.  The  buildings  are  disposed  in  the  form 
of  a  quadrangle,  with  an  enriched  gateway  in  the  centre  of  one  front  and 
opposite  it  the  chapel,  of  more  imposing  elevation  than  the  ordinary  domestic 
apartments,  which  constitute  tho  two  flanks  of  the  square.  In  Rani  Lachhmi's 
kunj  (such  being  the  distinctive  name  for  a  building  of  this  character),  the  temple 
front  is  a  very  rich  and  graceful  composition.  It  has  a  colonnade  of  five  arches 
standing  on  a  high  plinth,  which,  like  every  part  of  the  wall  surface,  is  covered 
with  the  most  delicate  carving  and  is  shaded  above  by  unusually  broad  eaves 
which  have  a  wavy  pattern  on  their  under-surface  and  are  supported  on  bold 
brackets.  The  work  of  the  elder  Rani  is  of  much  plainer  character ;  and  a  third 
kunj,  which  stands  a  little  lower  down  the  river,  close  to  the  temple  of  Dhir 
Samir,*  built  by  Thakur  Badan  Sinh,  the  father  of  Siiraj  Mall,  the  first  of  the 
Bharatpur  Rajas,  though  large,  has  no  architectural  pretensions  whatever.  The 
most  striking  of  the  whole  series  is,  however,  the  Ganga  Mohan  Kunj,  built  in 


*  In  explanation  of  the  title  »f  this  temple,  which  means  literally  'a  soft  breeze,'  take  the 
following  line  from  the  Gita  GobinJa  of  Jayadeva  : — 

Dhira-samire  Yumund-lire  vasatt  vane  vana-mdlit 
which  may  be  thus  translate.! — 

lie  is  waiting,  flower-begarlanded,  beneath  the  forest  trees, 
White  cool  across  the  Jamuni  steals  the  s-oft  delicious  brieve. 


MUNICIPAL   INSTITUTIONS.  265 

the  next  generation  by  Ganga,  Suraj  Mall's  Rani.  The  river  front,  which  is 
all  that  was  ever  completed,  has  a  high  and  massive  basement  story,  which  on 
the  land  side,  as  seen  from  the  interior  of  the  court,  becomes  a  mere  plinth  for 
the  support  of  a  majestic  doublo  cloister  with  broad  and  lofty  arch  and  massive 
clustered  pier.  The  style  is  precisely  the  same  as  that  which  prevails  in  the 
Garden  Palace  at  Dig,  a  work  of  the  same  chief ;  who,  however  rude  and  un- 
cultured himself,  appears  to  have  been  able  to  appreciate  and  command  the  ser- 
vices of  the  highest  available  talent  whether  in  the  arts  of  war  or  peace.  His  son, 
Ratn  Sinh,  would  seem  to  have  inherited  his  father's  architectural  proclivities,  for 
he  had  commenced  what  promised  to  be  a  very  large  and  handsome  mausoleum 
for  the  reception  of  his  own  funeral  ashes,  but  died  before  the  work  had  advanced 
beyond  the  first  story.  This  is  in  one  of  the  largo  gardens  outside  the  town 
beyond  the  Madan  Mohan  temple,  and  has  not  been  touched  since  his 
death. 

A  few  years  ago  the  town  was  exceedingly  dirty  and  ill  kept,  but  this  state 
of  things  ceased  from  the  introduction  of  a  municipality.  The  conservancy 
arrangements  are  now  of  a  most  satisfactory  character,  and  all  the  streets  of  any 
importance  have  been  either  paved  or  metalled.  This  unambitious,  but  most 
essential,  work  has,  up  to  the  present  time,  absorbed  almost  all  the  surplus  in- 
come; the  only  exception  being  a  house,  intended  to  serve  both  for  muni- 
cipal meetings  and  also  for  the  reception  of  European  visitors,  which 
I  had  not  quite  completed  at  the  time  of  my  transfer.  It  is  in  Indian  style 
with  carved  stone  pillars  and  arches  to  the  verandahs  and  pierced  tracery  in 
the  windows.  As  the  ground  about  it  had  also  been  taken  up  for  a  garden, 
the  whole  would  have  formed  a  conspicuous  ornament  to  the  official  quarter  of 
the  town,  where  all  the  other  buildings  are  on  the  conventional  and  singularly 
prosaic  D.  P.  W.  type.  Education,  as  conducted  on  European  principles,  has 
never  made  much  way  in  the  town,  in  spite  of  the  efforts  of  the  committee  to 
promote  it  by  the  establishment  of  schools  of  different  grades.  Some  of  these 
have  been  closed  altogether.  The  Tahsili  school,  completed  in  1868  at  a  cost  of 
Rs.  3,710,  which  included  a  donation  of  Rs.  500  from  Swami  Rangaeharya,  the 
head  of  the  Seth's  temple,  still  continues  and  has  a  room  also  for  some  anglo-ver- 
nacular  classes ;  but  the  number  of  pupils,  through  variable,  is  never  very  large. 
The  children  find  it  more  lucrative  and  amusing  to  hang  about  the  temples  and 
act  as  guides  to  the  pilgrims  and  sight-seers.  The  dispensary,  also  opened  in 
1868,  cost  the  small  sum  of  only  Rs.  1,913  ;  but  as  yet  it  has  no  accommo- 
dation for  in-door  patients.  As  such  a  large  number  of  people  come  to  Brinda- 
ban  simply  for  the  sake  of  dying  there,  while  of  the  resident  population  nearly 

67 


266  MUNICIPAL    INCOME. 

one-half  are  professed  celibates,  the  proportion  of  births  to  deaths  is  almost  in 
inverse  ratio  to  that  which  prevails  elsewhere  ;  a  circumstance  which  might  well 
startle  any  one  who  was  unacquainted  with  the  exceptional  character  of  the  loca- 
lity. The  population  by  the  recent  census  was  21,467,  of  whom  794  only  were 
Muhammadans,  The  municipal  income  for  the  year  1871-72  was  Rs.  17,549, 
and  this  may  be  regarded  as  a  fair  average.  Of  this  sum  Rs.  16,666  were  derived 
from  octroi  collections  ;  the  tax  on  articles  of  food  alone  amounting  to  Rs.  13,248. 
These  figures  indicate  very  clearly,  what  might  also  be  inferred  from  the  preced- 
ing sketch,  that  there  is  no  local  trade  or  manufacture,  and  that  the  town  is 
maintained  entirely  by  its  temples  and  religious  reputation.  There  was  a  mint 
(Taksdl)  established  here  by  Daulat  Rao  Sindhia,  in  1786,  whence  the  name  of 
the  street  called  the  Taksal-wali-Gali.  When  the  Jats  were  in  possession  of 
the  country,  they  transferred  it  to  Bharatpur,  where  what  are  called  Brinda- 
bani  rupees  are  still  coined.  They  are  especially  used  at  weddings,  and  when 
there  are  many  such  festivities  going  on,  the  coin  is  sometimes  valued  at  as 
much  as  13  anas,  but  ordinarily  sells  for  12. 


NOTES  TO  CHAPTER  IX. 

I. — Calendar  of  Local  Festivals  at  Brinda'-ban. 

Chait  Sudi  (April  1 — 15). 

1.  Chait  Sudi  3. — Gangaur;  adoration  of  Ganpati  and  Gauri.  In  the 
older  Sanskrit  calendars  this  day  is  generally  named  Saubhagya  Sayana,  and 
is  appropriated  to  a  special  devotion  in  honour  of  the  goddess  Arundhati, 
which  is  recommended  to  be  practised  by  all  women  who  desire  to  lead  a  happy 
married  life  and  escape  the  curse  of  early  widowhood.  At  the  present  day 
the  oblations  to  Gauri  are  accompanied  by  the  repetition  of  the  following  un- 
couth formula,  in  commemoration  of  a  Rani  of  Udaypur,  who,  after  enjoying 
a  life  of  the  utmost  domestic  felicity,  had  the  further  happiness  of  dying  at  the 
same  moment  as  her  husband  : — 

%  %rt  m\z  5RTfeRT  it  feiTSRT  ^  tr!  mn  *t  ^J^Z.  *RT  3*cT  5R^ 

^TT  *TOT  m^HITT  13TT  ^  TT^  RUT  I 

2.  Chait  Sudi  9. — Ram  Navami.      Rama's  birthday. 

3.  Chait  Sudi  11.—  Phiil  dol. 

Baiadkh  {April — May). 

4.  Baisakh  Sudi  3. — Akhay  Tij .  Among  agriculturists,  the  day  for  set- 
tling the  accounts  of  the  past  harvest.  Visits  are  paid  to  the  image  of  Bihari, 
which  on  this  festival  only  has  the  whole  body  exposed.  The  ceremony  is  hence 
called  '  Chandan  baga  ka  darsan,'  as  the  idol,  though  besmeared  with  sandal  wood 
(chandan),  has  no  clothing  (bdga).  The  temple  bhog  on  this  day  consists  exclu- 
sively of  kahris  (a  kind  of  cucumber),  ddl,  and  a  mash  made  of  wheat,  barley, 
and  chand  ground  up  and  mixed  with  sugar  and  ghi. 

5.  Baisdkh  Sudi.  9  — Janaki  Navami.    Held  at  Akrur.    Sita's  birthday. 

6.  Baisdkh  Sudi  10. — Hit  ji  ka  utsav:  at  the  Ras  Mandal.  Anniversary 
of  the  birth  of  the  Gosain  Hari  Vans. 

7.  Baisdkh  Sudi  14. —  Narsinh  avatar. 

Jeth  (May — June). 

8.  Jeth  Badi  2. — Perambulation,  called  Ban  bihtir  ka  parikrama.  The 
distance  traversed  is  between  five  and  six  miles,  each  pilgrim  starting  from  the 
point  which  happens  to  be  most  convenient. 


268  BRINDA'-BAN   CALENDAR. 

9.     Jeth  Badi  5. — The  same,  but  at  night. 

10.  Jeth  Badi  1 1 .— Ras  Mandal. 

11.  Jeth  Sudi  5. — Jal  Jatra. 

On  the  full  moon  of  Jeth,  Gaj-graha  ka  mela  .•  representation  of  a  fight 
between  an  elephant  and  a  crocodile  in  the  tank  at  the  back  of  the  Seth's 
temple. 

Asdrh  [June — July). 

12.  Asdrh  Sudi  2. — Rath  Jatra.  The  god's  collation,  or  hhog,  consists  on 
this  day  only  of  mangoes,  jdman  fruit  and  chand. 

13.  Asdrh  full  moon. — Dhio  dhio  ka  mela  at  Madan  Mohan,  followed  by 
the  Pavan  Pariksha. 

Srdvan  (July — August). 

14.  Srdvan  Badi  5. — Radha  Raman  Ji  ka  dhio  dhio.  Mourning  for  the 
death  of  Gosain  Gopsil  Bhatt,  the  founder  of  the  temple. 

15.  Srdvan  Badi  8. — Gokulanand  ka  dhio  dhio.  Mourning  for  the  death 
of  Gosain  Gokulanand. 

16.  Srdvan  Sudi  3. — Hindol,  or  Jhul- jatra.     Swinging  festival. 

17.  Srdvan  Sudi  9. — Fair  at  the  Brahm  Kund. 

18.  Srdvan  Sudi  11. — Pavitra-dharan,  or  presentation  of  Brahmanical 
threads. 

19.  Srdvan  full  moon. — Fair  at  the  Gyan-gudari. 

Bhddon  (August — September.) 

20.  Bhddon  Badi  8. — Janm  Ashtami.     Krishna's  birthday. 

21.  Bhddon  Badi  9. — Climbing  a  greasy  pole,  which  is  set  up  outside  the 
temple  of  Rang  Ji,  with  a  dhoti,  a  lota,  five  sers  of  sweetmeats,  and  Rs.  5  on  the 
top,  for  the  man  who  can  succeed  in  getting  them.  This  takes  place  in  the  after- 
room.  In  the  evening,  the  Nandotsav,  or  festival  in  honour  of  Nanda,  is 
held  at  the  Sringar-bat,  and  continued  through  the  night  with  music  and 
dancing. 

22.  Bhddon  Sudi  8. — Radha  Ashtami.  Radha's  birthday.  A  large 
assemblage  also  at  the  Mauni  Das  ki  tatti  by  the  Nidh-ban,  in  honour  of  a  saint 
■who  kept  a  vow  of  perpetual  silence. 

23.  Bhddon  Sudi  11.  — Jal  Jholni  mela,  or  Karwatni,  '  the  turning  of  the 
god'  in  his  four  months'  sleep. 


brinda'-ban  calendar.  260 

Kuvdr  (September —  October). 

24.  Kuvdr  Badi  11. — Festival  of  the  Sanjhi,  lasting  for  five  days  ;  and 
mela  at  the  Bratim  kund. 

25.  Kuvdr  Sudi  1. — Dan  Lila  at  the  Gyan-gudari  and  mela  of  the  Kalpa- 
vriksha. 

:><!.  Kuvdr  Sudi  10. — The  Dasahara.  Commemoration  of  Rama's  conquest 
of  Lanka. 

27.  Kuvdr  Sudi  11. — Perambulation. 

Kdrtik    (October — November). 

28.  Kdrtik  new  moon. — Dipotsav,  or  festival  of  lamps. 

29.  Kdrtik  Sudi  1. — Anna  kiit,  as  at  Gobardhan. 

30.  Kdrtik  Sudi  8. — Perambulation  and  Go-charan. 

31.  Kdrtik  Sudi  12. — Festival  of  the  Davanal,  or  forest-conflagration. 

32.  Kdrtik  Sudi  13. — Festival  of  Kesi  Danav. 

33.  Kdrtik  Sudi  14.— Nagdila :  at  the  Kali-mardan  Ghat  with  procession 
of  boats. 

34.  Kdrtik  full  moon. — Fair  at  Bhat-rond. 

Agahn  (Xovember — December) . 

35.  Agahn  Badi  1.— Byahle-ka-mela,  or  marriage  feast,  at  the  Ras 
Mandal  and  Chain  Ghat. 

36.  Agahn  Badi  3. — Ram  lila. 

37.  Agahn  full  moon. — Dau  ji-ka-mela,  in  honour  of  Balaram. 

38.  Agahn  Sudi  5. — Bihari  janmotsav,  or  birth  of  Bihari ;  also  the  Bha- 
rat-milap. 

Pus  (December — January). 

39.  Pus  Sudi  5  to  11. — Dhanur-mas  otsav,  observed  at  the  Seths'  temple 
with  processions  issuing  from  the  Vaikunth  gate  :  '  Dhanur'  being  the  sign 
Sagittarius.  Throughout  the  month  distribution  of  khichri  (pulse  and  rice)  is 
made  at  the  temple  of  Radha  Ballabh. 

Mdgh  (January — February). 

40.  Mdgh  Sudi  5. — Basantotsav.     The  spring  festival. 

41.  Phdlgun  Badi  11. — Festival  at  the  Man-sarovar. 

68 


270 


brindX-ban  gha'ts. 


Phdlgun  (February — March). 

42.  Phdlgun  Sudi  11.— Phul  dol. 

43.  Phdlgun  full  moon. — The  Holi  or  Carnival. 

Chait  Badi  (March  15th  to  31st). 

44.  Chait  Badi  1. — Dhurendi  or  sprinkling  of  the  Holi-powder,  and  Dol  jatra. 

45.  Chait  Badi  5. — Kali  dahan  and  plnil  dol. 

46.  Brahmotsav.     Festival  at  the  Seth's  temple,  beginning  Chait  Badi  t 
and  lasting  ten  days. 


II. — List  of  River-side  Gha'ts  at  Brinda'-ban. 


1  Madan  Ter  Ghat,  built  by  Pandit 

Moti  Lai. 

2  Ram-gol  Ghat,  built  by  the  Gosain 

of  the  temple  of  Bihari  Ji. 

3  Kali-daha  Ghat,  built  by  Holkar 

Rao. 

4  Gopal  Ghat,  built  by  Madan  Pal, 

Raja  of  Kurauli. 

5  Nabhawala  Ghat,  built  by  Raja 

Hira  Sinh  of  Nabha. 

6  Praskandan    Ghat,    re-built    by 

Gosains   of   temple  of   Madan 
Mohan. 

7  Siiraj  Ghat. 

8  Koriya  Ghat,   said  to  be  named 

after  certain  Gosains  from  Kol. 

9  Jugal  Ghat,  built  by  Hari  Das  and 

Gobind  Das,  Thakurs. 

10  Dhusar  Ghat. 

11  Naya  Ghat,  built  by  Gosain  Bha- 

jan  Lai. 

12  Sriji   Ghat,  built  by  Raja  of  Jay- 

pur. 

13  Bihar  Ghat,  built  by  Appa  Ram 

from  the  Dakhin. 

14  Dhnrawara   Ghat,  built  by  Raja 

Randhir  Sinh  of  Dlnira. 

15  Nagari  Das. 

16  Bhim  Ghat,  built  by  the  Raja  of 

Kota. 

17  Andha  (i.e.,  the  dark  or  covered) 

Ghat,   built  by  Raja   Man    of 
J  ay  pur. 


18  Tehriwara  Ghat,  built  by  the  Raja 

of  Tehri. 

19  Imla  Ghat, 

20  Bardwan  Ghat,  built  by  a  Raja  of 

Bardwan. 

21  Barwara  Ghat. 

22  Ranawat  Ghat,  built  by  the  Rana 

of  Udaypur. 

23  Singar  Ghat,  built  by  the  Gosain 

of     the      temple     of     Singar- 
bat. 

24  Ganga    Mohan    Ghat,    built    by 

Ganga,  Rani  of  Siiraj  Mall,  of 
Bharatpur. 

25  Gobind  Ghat,  built  by  Raja    Man 

of  Jaypur. 
2b'  Himmat  Bahadur's  Ghat,  built  by 
Gosain    Himmat    Bahadur   (see 
Chapter  XI.) 

27  Chir  Ghat  or  Chain  Ghat,  built  by 

Malhar  Rao,  Holkar. 

28  Hanuman    Ghat,  built   by    Saw.ii 

Jay  Sinh  of  Jaypur. 

29  Bhaunra  Ghat,  built  by  Sawai  Jay 

Sinh  of  Jaypur. 

30  Kishor  Rani's  Ghat,  built  by  Kis- 

hori,    Rani    of    Siiraj   Mall,    of 
Bharatpur. 

31  Pandawara  Ghat,  built  by  Chau- 

dhari     Jagaunath,     of     Lakh- 
nau. 

32  Kesi  Ghat,  built  by  the  Bharatpur 

Rani,  Lachhmi. 


BRINDA-BAN  MAHAIXAS. 


271 


III.— Names  of  Mahallas,  or  City  Quarters  at  BrindX-ban. 


1  Gyan  Gudari. 

2  Gopesvar  Mahadeva. 

3  Bansi-bat. 

4  Gopinath  Bagh. 

5  Bazar  Gopinath. 

6  Brahin-kund. 

7  Bad  ha  Nivas. 

8  Kesi  Ghat. 

9  Radha  Raman. 

10  Nidh-ban. 

11  Pathar-pura. 

12  Nagara  Gopinath. 

13  Ghera  Gopinath. 

14  Nagara  Gopal. 

15  ChirGhat. 

16  Mandi  Darwaza. 

17  Ghera  Gobind  Ji. 

18  Nagara  Gobind  Ji. 

19  GaliTaksar. 

20  Ram  Ji  Dwara. 

21  Bazar  Kanthiwara  {i.e.,  sellers  of 

rosaries  and  necklaces). 

22  Sewa  Kunj. 

23  Kunj  Gali. 

'24  By ;is  ka  Ghent. 

25  Singar-bat. 

26  Ras  Mandal. 

27  Kishor-pura. 

28  Dhobiwari  Gali. 

29  Rangi  Lai  ki  Gali. 

30  Sukhan  Mata  Gali  (i.e.,  street  of 

dried-up  small-pox), 

31  Purana  Shahr  {i.e.,  old  town). 

32  Lariawara  Gali. 

33  Gabdua  ki  Gali. 


34  Gobardhan  Darwaza. 

35  Ahir-para. 

36  Dusait  (the  name,  it  is  said,  of    a 

sub-division  of  the  Sanadh 
tribe). 

37  Mahalla  Barwara  (from  the  number 

of  bar  trees). 

38  Ghera  Madan  Mohan. 

39  Bihari-pura. 

40  Purohit-wara. 

41  Mani-para. 

42  Gautam-para. 

43  Ath-khamba. 

44  Gobind  bagh. 

45  Loi  Bazar,  (the  blanket  mart).* 

46  Retiya  Bazar. 

47  Ban-khandi  Mahadeva. 

48  Chhipi  kiGali. 

49  Raewari  Gali  (occupied  by  Bhats, 

or  bards,  who  are  always  distin- 
guished by  the  title  Rae). 

50  Bundele  ka  Bagh.     Bundela  is  the 

god  propitiated  in  time  of  cholera. 
He  is  always  represented  as 
riding  on  a  horse.  When  small- 
pox, the  twin  scourge  of  India, 
is  raging,  an  ass  is  the  animal 
to  which  offerings  are  made. 

51  Mathura  Darwaza. 

52  Ghera  Sawai  Jay  Sinh. 

53  Dhir  Samir. 

54  Mauni  Das  ki  tatti. 

55  Gahvar-ban. 

56  Gobind  kund. 

57  Radha  Bagh. 


*  There  is  a  large  sale  of  Loi,  or  country  blanketing,  at  Brinda-ban.  The  material  iB 
imported  chiefly  from  Marwar  and  Bikaner  in  an  old  and  worn  condition,  bat  is  worked  up 
again  so  thoroughly  that  natives  count  it  as  good  as  new. 


CHAPTER    X. 

maha'-ban,  gokul,  and  baladeva. 

The  town  of  Maha-ban — population  6,182 — is  some  five  or  six  miles  from 
Mathnra,  lower  down  the  stream  and  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  Jainuna. 
Though  the  country  in  its  neighbourhood  is  now  singularly  bare,  the  name 
indicates  that  it  must  at  one  time  have  been  densely  wooded ;  and  so  late  as  the 
year  1634  A,D.  we  find  the  Emperor  Shahjahan  ordering  a  hunt  there  and 
killing  four  tigers.  It  stands  a  little  inland,  about  a  mile  distant  from  Gokul ; 
which  latter  place  has  appropriated  the  more  famous  name,  though  it  is  in 
reality  only  the  water-side  suburb  of  the  ancient  town.  This  is  clearly  indicated 
by  the  fact  that  all  the  traditional  sites  of  Krishna's  adventures,  described  in 
the  Puranas  as  having  taken  place  at  Gokul,  are  shown  at  Maha-ban  ;  while  the 
Gokul  temples  are  essentially  modern  in  all  their  associations :  whatever  celebrity 
they  possess  is  derived  from  their  having  been  founded  by  the  descendants  of 
Vallabha-charya,  the  great  heresiarch  of  the  sixteenth  century.  The  existence 
of  Gokul  as  a  distinct  town  was  no  doubt  long  antecedent  to  its  religious 
aggrandizement,  and  probably  dates  from  the  time  when  the  old  Hindu  fort 
was  occupied  by  a  Muhammadan  garrison  and  the  Hindus  expelled  beyond  its 
immediate  precincts. 

Taking,  then,  Maha-ban  as  equivalent  to  the  Gokul  of  Sanskrit  literature, 
the  connection  between  it  and  Mathnra  has  always  been  of  a  most  intimate 
character.  For,  according  to  the  legend,  Krishna  was  born  at  the  one  and 
cradled  at  the  other.  Both,  too,  make  their  first  appearance  in  history  together 
and  under  most  unfortunate  circumstances,  having  been  sacked  by  Mahmiid  of 
Ghazni  in  the  year  1017  A.D.  From  the  effects  of  this  catastrophe  it  would 
seem  that  Maha-ban  was  never  able  to  recover  itself.  It  is  casually  mentioned 
in  connection  with  the  year  1234  A.D.,  by  Minhaj-i-Siraj,  a  contemporary 
writer,  as  one  of  the  gathering  places  for  the  imperial  army  sent  by  Shams-ud- 
din  against  Kalanjar;  and  the  Emperor  Babar,  in  his  memoirs,  incidentally 
refers  to  it,  as  if  it  were  a  place  of  some  importance  still,  in  the  year  1526  A.D. ; 
but  the  name  occurs  in  the  pages  of  no  other  chronicle ;  and  at  the  present  day, 
though  it  is  the  seat  of  a  tahsili,  it  can  scarcely  be  called  more  than  a  consider- 
able village.  Within  the  last  few  years,  one  or  two  large  and  handsome  private 
residences  have  been  built,  with  fronts  of  carved  stone  in  the  Mathura  style  ; 
but  the  temples  are  all  exceedingly  mean  and  of  no  antiquity.     The  largest  and 


TIIE   FORT    AT   MAHA-BAN.  273 

also  the  most  sacred  is  thai  dedicated  to  Mathura-nath,  which  boasts  of  a 
pyramidal  tower,  or  sikhara,  of  some  height  aud  bulk,  but  constructed  only  of 
brick  and  plaster.  The  Brahman  in  charge  used  to  enjoy  an  endowment  of 
Rs.  2  a  day,  the  gift  of  Sindhia,  but  this  has  long  lapsed.  There  are  two  other 
small  shrines  of  some  interest :  in  the  one,  the  demon  Trinavart  is  represented 
as  a  pair  of  enormous  wings  overhanging  the  infant  god;  the  other  bears  the 
dedication  of  Maha  Mall  Rae,  '  the  great  champion  prince,'  a  title  given  to 
Krishna  after  his  discomfiture  of  the  various  evil  spirits  sent  against  him  by 
Kansa. 

Great  part  of  the  town  is  occupied  by  a  high  hill,  partly  natural  and  partly 
artificial,  extending  over  more  than  100  bighas  of  land,  where  stood  the  old 
fort.*  This  is  said  to  have  been  built  by  the  same  Rana  Katehra  of  Mewar  to 
whom  is  also  ascribed  the  fort  at  Jalesar.  According  to  a  tradition  current  in 
the  Main-puri  district,  he  had  been  driven  from  his  own  country  by  an  invasion 
of  the  Muhammadans,  and  took  refuge  with  the  Raja  of  Maha-ban,  by  name 
Digpal,  whose  daughter  his  son,  Kanh  Kunvar,  subsequently  married  and  by 
her  became  the  ancestor  of  the  tribe  of  Phatak  Ahirs.  It  would  seem  that,  on 
the  death  of  his  father-in-law,  he  succeeded  to  his  dominions  ;  for  he  made  a 
grant  of  the  whole  of  the  township  of  Maha-ban  to  his  Purohits,  or  family 
priests,  who  were  Sanadh  Brahmans,  of  the  Parasar  clan.  Their  descendants' 
bear  the  distinctive  title  of  Chaudhari,  and  still  own  two  shares  in  Maha-ban, 
called  Thok  Chaudhariyan.  The  fort  was  recovered  by  the  Muhammadans  in  the 
reign  of  Ala-ud-diu,  by  Sufi  Yahya  of  Mashhad,  who  introduced  himself  and  a 
party  of  soldiers  inside  the  walls  in  litters,  disguised  as  Hindu  ladies  who  wished 
to  visit  the  shrines  of  Syam  Lala  and  Rohini.  The  Rana  was  killed,  and  one- 
third  of  the  town  was  granted  by  the  sovereign  to  Saiyid  Yahya.     This  sharef 


*  With  the  exception  of  the  liila,  or  keep,  the  rest  of  the  hill  is  known  as  the  iot. 
f  The  division  of  proprietary  rights  in  Maha-ban  is  of  very  perplexing  character,  the 
several  shares  being  very  different  in  extent  from  what  their  names  seem  to  indicate.     The 
total  area  is  6,529  bighas  and  10  biswas,  distributed  as  follows  : — 
The  11  biswa  Thok  Chaudhariyan 
The    9        ditto  ditto 

The  Thok  Saiyidat 
Free  lands  resumed  by  Government 
Common  laud        ...  ....  ...  ••• 

Total 

One-third  of  the  profits  of  the  common  land  goes  to  the  Saiyids ;  the  remaining  two-thirds 
are  then  again  sub-divided  into  three,  of  which  one  part  goes  to  the  9  biswa  thok  and  two  to 
the  11  biswas. 

69 


Bighas. 

Bis. 

1,397 

10 

703 

4 

570 

19 

i,?.:o 

4 

2,107 

13 

6,5  29 

10 

274  the  rXnX  katehra. 

is  still  called  Tliok  Saiyidat,  and  is  owned  by  his  descendants  ;  the  present  head 
of  the  family  being  Sardar  Ali,  who  officiated  for  a  time  as  a  Tahsildar  in  the 
Mainpuri  district.  The  place  where  his  great  ancestor  was  buried  is  shown  at 
the  back  of  the  Chhatthi  Palna,  but  is  unmarked  by  any  monument. 

The  story  as  told  in  different  localities  is  so  identical  in  all  its  main  features 
Unit  it  may  reasonably  be  accepted  as  based  on  fact  ;  but  it  is  difficult  to  deter- 
mine an  exact  date  for  the  event,  or  decide  which  of  the  Sissodia  Princes  of 
Chitor  is  intended  by  the  personage  styled  'the  Rana  Katehra.'  Still,  though 
certainty  is  unattainable,  a  conjectural  date  may  be  assigned  with  some  amount 
of  probability  ;  for  as  the  Rana  Katehra  is  represented  as  still  living  at  the  time 
when  the  fort  of  Maha-ban  was  recovered  by  Ala-ud-din,  his  flight  from  his 
own  country  cannot  have  occurred  very  long  previously,  and  may  plausibly 
be  connected  with  Ala-ud-din's  memorable  sack  of  Chitor,  which  took  place  in 
the  year  1303.  If  so,  he  can  scarcely  have  been  more  than  a  cadet  of  the 
royal  line  ;  for,  according  to  accepted  tradition,  the  actual  Rana  of  Mewar  and 
all  his  family  had  perished  in  the  siege,  with  the  exception  only  of  the  second 
son  and  his  infant  nephew,  Hamir,  the  heir  to  the  throne,  who  eventually  not 
only  recovered  the  ancient  capital  of  his  forefathers,  but  made  it  the  centre  of 
a  far  wider  dominion  than  had  ever  previously  acknowledged  the  Sissodia  rule. 
The  stratagem  of  introducing  armed  men  disguised  as  women  in  closed  litters 
into  the  heart  of  the  enemy's  camp  had  been  successfully  practised  against  Ala- 
ud-din  himself  after  a  former  siege  of  Chitor,  and  had  resulted  in  the  escape  of 
the  captured  Rana.  This  may  have  suggested  the  adoption  of  the  same  expedi- 
ent at  Maha-ban,  either  in  fact  to  the  Sufi,  who  is  said  to  have  carried  it  into 
execution,  or  to  the  local  legend-monger,  who  has  used  it  as  an  embellishment 
to  his  narrative. 

The  shrine  of  Syam  Laid,  to  which  allusion  has  been  made  above,  still 
exists  as  a  mean  little  cell,  perched  on  the  highest  point  of  the  fortifications  on 
the  side  where  they  overlook  the  Jamuna.  It  is  believed  to  mark  the  spot  where 
Jasoda  gave  birth  to  Maya,  or  Joga-nidra,  substituted  by  Vasudeva  for  the  in- 
fant Krishna.  But  by  far  the  most  interesting  building  is  a  covered  court 
called  Nanda's  Palace,  or  more  commonly  the  Assi-Khamba,  i.e.,  the  eighty 
pillars.  In  its  present  form  is  was  erected  by  the  Muhammadans  in  the  time  of 
Aurangzeb  out  of  older  materials,  to  serve  as  a  mosque,  and  as  it  now  stands, 
it  is  divided,  by  five  rows  of  sixteen  pillars  each,  into  four  aisles,  or  rather  into 
a  centre  and  two  narrower  side  aisles,  with  one  broad  outer  cloister.  The 
external  pillars  of  this  outer  cloister  are  each  of  one  massive  shaft,  cut  into  many 


THE   ASSI-KIMMBA.  275 

narrow  facts,  with  two  horizontal  bands  of  carving  :  the  capitals  arc  decorated 
either  with  grotesque  heads  or  the  usual  four  squat  figures.  The  pillars  of  the 
inner  aisles  vary  much  in  design,  some  being  exceedingly  plain  and  others  as 
richly  ornamented  with  profuse  and  often  graceful  arabesques.  Three  of  the 
more  elaborate  are  called  respectively  the  Satya,  Treta  and  Dwapar  Yug  ;  while 
the  name  of  the  Kali  Yug  is  given  to  another  somewhat  plainer.  All  these 
interior  pillars,  however,  agree  in  consisting  as  it  were  of  two  short  columns  set 
one  upon  the  other.  The  style  is  precisely  similar  to  that  of  the  Hindu 
colonnades  by  the  Kutb  Minar  at  Delhi  ;  and  both  works  may  reasonably  be 
referred  to  about  the  same  age.  As  is  it  probable  that  the  latter  were  not 
built  in  the  years  immediately  preceding  the  fall  of  Delhi  in  1194,  so  also  it 
would  seem  that  the  columns  at  Maha-ban  must  have  been  sculptured  before  the 
assault  of  Mahmud  in  1017  ;  for  after  that  date  the  place  was  too  insignificant 
to  be  selected  as  the  site  of  any  elaborate  edifice.  Thus,  Mr.  Fergusson's  con- 
jecture is  confirmed,  that  the  Delhi  pillars  are  to  be  ascribed  to  the  ninth  or 
tenth  century.  He  doubts  whether  the  cloister  there  now  stands  as  originally 
arranged  by  the  Hindus,  or  whether  it  had  boen  taken  down  and  re-arranced 
by  the  conquerors ;  but  concludes  as  most  probable  that  the  former  was  the  case 
and  that  it  was  an  open  colonnade  surrounding  the  palace  of  Prithi  Raj  "  If 
so,"  he  adds,  "  it  is  the  only  instance  known  of  Hindu  pillars  being  left  undis- 
turbed." General  Cunningham  differs  from  this  conclusion,  and  considers  it 
utterly  incredible  that  any  architect,  designing  an  original  building  and  wishing 
to  obtain  height,  should  have  recourse  to  such  a  rude  expedient  as  constructing 
two  distinct  pillars,  and  then,  without  any  disguise,  piling  up  one  on  the  top  of 
the  other.  But  such  a  design,  however  strange  according  to  modern  ideas  did 
not,  it  is  clear,  offend  the  taste  of  the  old  Maha-ban  architects,  since  we  find 
them  copying  it  for  decorative  purposes  even  when  there  was  no  constructural 
necessity  for  it.  Thus  some  of  the  inner  columns  are  really  monoliths,  and  yet 
they  have  all  the  appearance  of  being  in  two  pieces. 

A  good  illustration  of  this  Hindu  fancy  for  broken  pillars  may  be  seen  at 
Noh-jhil,  a  town  across  the  Ganges  in  the  extreme  north  of  the  district.  Here 
also  is  a  Muhammadan  dargah,  constructed  out  of  the  wreck  of  a  Hindu  temple. 
The  pillars,  twenty  in  number,  are  very  simple  in  character,  but  exceptional  in 
two  respects  ;  first,  as  being  all  of  uniform  design,  which  is  quite  anomalous 
in  Hindu  architecture  ;  secondly,  as  being,  though  of  fair  height,  each  cut  out 
of  a  single  piece  of  stone.  The  only  decoration  on  the  otherwise  plain  shaft 
consists  of  four  deep  scroll-shaped  notches  half-way  between  the  base  and 
capital ;  the  result  of  which  is  to  make  each  column  appear  as  if  it  were  in 


276  THE   GWALIAR   TEMPLES. 

two  pieces.  The  explanation  is  obvious.  In  earlier  days,  when  large  blocks 
of  stone  were  difficult  to  procure,  there  was  also  lack  of  sufficient  art  to  con- 
ceal the  unavoidable  join  in  the  structure.  In  course  of  time  the  eye  became 
accustomed  to  the  defect,  and  eventually  required  its  apparent  introduction 
even  where  it  did  not  really  exist.  A  similar  conservatism  may  be  traced 
in  the  art  history  of  every  nation,  and  more  especially  in  religious  art.  In 
breaking  up  his  columns  into  two  pieces,  and  thus  perpetuating,  as  a  decora- 
tion, what  in  its  origin  had  been  a  signal  defect,  the  Hindu  architect  was 
unconsciously  influenced  by  the  same  motive  as  the  Greek,  who  to  the  very 
last  continued  to  introduce,  as  prominent  features  in  his  temple  facades,  the 
metopes  and  triglyphs  which  had  been  necessities  in  the  days  of  wooden  con- 
struction, but  had  become  unmeaning  when  repeated  in  stone. 

The  two  ancient  Brahmanical  temples  on  the  Gwaliar  rock,  commonly 
known  as  the  Sas  Bahu,  illustrate  still  more  remarkably  than  the  Noh-jhil  dar- 
gah  the  way  in  which  what  was  originally  a  constructural  make-shift  has  subse- 
quently been  adopted  as  a  permanent  architectural  feature.  In  the  larger  of 
these  two  buildings  the  interior  of  the  spacious  nave  is  disfigured  by  four  enor- 
mous columns,  which  occupy  a  square  in  the  centre  of  the  area  and  obstruct  the 
view  in  every  direction.  It  is  evident  at  a  glance  that,  though  the  work  of  the 
same  architect  as  the  rest  of  the  fabric,  they  are  utterly  out  of  harmony  with 
his  first  design.  Necessity  alone  can  have  compelled  him  to  introduce  them  as 
props  for  a  falling  roof ;  while  the  shallowness  and  unfinished  state  of  their  sur- 
face sculpture  further  suggest  that  they  were  erected  in  great  haste  in  order  to 
avert  a  catastrophe  which  appeared  imminent.  They  were  as  little  contemplated 
at  the  outset  as  the  inverted  arches  in  Wells  Cathedral,  or  as  the  rude  struts  in- 
serted by  General  Cunningham  in  this  very  same  building  to  support  the  broken 
architraves  of  the  upper  story.  In  the  smaller  temple,  which  is  of  somewhat 
later  date,  the  internal  arrangement  follows  precisely  the  same  lines,  though 
here  the  lesser  span  of  the  roof  rendered  the  detached  pillars  unnecessary,  the 
massive  walls  being  quite  sufficient  by  themselves  to  support  the  small  flat 
dome  and  the  low  tower  that  surmounted  it.  The  central  columns,  however, 
are  here  so  artistically  treated,  and  are  in  such  excellent  proportion  to  the  other 
parts  of  the  building,  having  been  designed  with  them  and  not  subsequently 
intruded,  that  they  are  really  decorative  and  add  beauty  to  the  interior. 

Both  these  temples,  like  that  of  Gobind  Deva  at  Brinda-ban,  to  which  they 
form  a  most  valuable  and  interesting  complement,  originally  consisted  of  three 
compartments— a  fact  which  has  not  been  previously  noticed  by  any  archaeologist 


THE   ASSI-KHAMBA.  277 

In  the  larger  Gwaliar  temple  the  nave  and  the  choir  remain,  but  the  sanctum, 
as  is  usually  the  case,  has  been  totally  destroyed  by  the  Muhammadans. 
That  it  once  existed,  however,  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  the  choir  is  seen 
from  the  interior  to  have  communicated  with  an  apartment  beyond,  though 
the  opening  is  now  closed  with  blocks  of  stone.  In  the  smaller  of  the  two  tem- 
ples the  nave  alone  is  perfect  :  the  choir  has  utterly  perished  ;  but  the  end  wall 
of  the  sanctum  still  exists  in  situ,  built  up  into  the  ramparts  of  the  fort.  Gene- 
ral Cunningham,  in  describing  these  buildings,  has  followed  Mr.  Fergusson  in 
using,  instead  of  'nave,'  the  misleading  word  'porch,'  and  has  thus  failed  to 
notice  the  triple  arrangement  which  otherwise  could  not  have  escaped  him.* 

To  return  to  the  Chhatthi  Palna.  On  a  drum  of  one  of  the  pillars  is  an 
inscription—  now  upside  down— which  I  read  as  Hum  ddsa  kas  ehiavi  kam, 
meaning,  it  would  seem,  '  Column  No.  91,  the  gift  of  Ram  Das.'  This  would 
rather  lead  to  the  supposition  that  the  pillars  were  all  originally  of  one  set  and 
belonged  to  a  single  building,  though  it  is  quite  possible  that  they  may  be  the 
wreck  of  several  different  temples,  all  of  which  were  overthrown  by  Mahunid  of 
Ghazni,  when  he  captured  the  fort  in  1017.  In  either  case  there  can  be  no 
question  as  to  the  Buddhist  character  of  the  building,  or  buildings,  for  I  found 
let  into  the  wall  a  small  seated  figure  of  Buddha,  as  also  a  cross-bar  and  a 
large  upright  of  a  Buddhist  railing.  The  latter  is  ornamented  with  foliated 
circular  disks,  on  one  of  which  is  represented  a  head  with  a  most  enormous 
chignon,  and — what  is  unusual — has  four  oval  sockets  for  cross-bars  on  either 
side  instead  of  three.  These  columns  and  other  fragments  had  probably 
been  lying  about  for  centuries  till  the  Muhammadans,  in  the  reign  of 
Aurangzeb,  after  demolishing  a  modern  Hindu  temple,  roughly  put  them 
together  and  set  them  up  on  its  site  as  a  makeshift  for  a  mosque.  When 
Father  Tieffenthaller  visited  Maha-ban  about  the  middle  of  last  century, 
it  seems  that  Hindus  and  Muhammadans  were  both  in  joint  possession  of  the 
building,  for  he  writes  :  "  On  voit  a  Maha-ban  dans  une  grande  maison  portee 
par  80  colonnes,  une  peinture  qui  represente  Krishna  volant  du  lait  en  jettant 
le  clair  et  jouant  avec  d'autres.  Cet  edifice  a  ete  converti  en  partie  en  une 
mosquee,  en  partie  en  une  pagode."     But  the  connection  of  the  building  with 

*  I  would  here  notice,  as  I  may  nothave  a  better  opportunity  and  it  is  afactof  interest,  that 
the  third  of  the  Gwaliar  temples,  commonly  called  the  Tell  hi  mandir,  about  which  General 
Cunningham  hesitates  to  express  an  opinion,  is  certainly  a  Jain  building.  This  is  shown  by  the 
enormous  height  of  the  doorway,  a  feature  peculiarly  unbrahmanical,  and  by  the  two  upper 
stories  of  the  tower — as  in  the  Buddh  Gaya  temple — which  no  Brahman  would  ever  have  thought 
■A  allowing  over  the  head  of  the  god. 

70 


278  THE   ASSI-KHAMBA. 

Krishna  or  his  worship,  even  at  any  earlier  period,  is  entirely  fictitious.  That 
is  to  say,  so  far  as  concerns  the  actual  fabric  and  the  materials  of  which  it  is 
constructed  :  the  site,  as  in  so  many  other  similar  cases,  has  probably  been 
associated  with  Hindu  worship  from  very  remote  antiquity.  In  Sir  John 
Strachey's  time  I  obtained  a  grant  of  lis.  1,000  for  the  repair  of  the  building, 
which  had  fallen  into  a  very  ruinous  condition,  and  in  digging  the  foundations 
of  the  new  screen- walls  (the  old  walls  had  been  simply  set  on  the  ground  without 
any  foundation  at  all)  I  came  upon  a  number  of  remains  of  the  true  Hindu 
temple,  dating  apparently  from  no  further  back  than  about  the  year  1500  A.D. 
The  Iconoclast  would  not  use  these  sculptures  in  the  construction  of  his  mosque, 
since  they  had  too  recently  formed  part  of  an  idolatrous  shrine,  but  had  them 
buried  out  of  sight  ;  while  he  had  no  scruple  about  utilizing  the  old  Buddhist 
pillars.  Whatever  I  dug  up,  I  either  let  into  the  wall  or  brought  over  to 
Mathuni,  for  the  local  Museum.  The  roof  of  the  present  building,  as  constructed 
by  the  Muhammadans,  is  made  up  of  any  old  slabs  and  broken  pillars  that 
first  came  to  hand ;  but  two  compartments  are  covered  in  with  the  small  flat 
domes  of  the  old  temple,  which  are  similar  in  character  to  the  beautiful  examples 
at  Ajmer  and  Mount  Abu. 

Mothers  come  here  for  their  purification  on  the  sixth  day  after  childbirth 
— chhatthi  pdja — whence  the  building  is  popularly  known  as  the  Chhatthi  Palna, 
and  it  is  visited  by  enormous  crowds  of  people  for  several  days  about  the  anni- 
versary of  Krishna's  birth  in  the  month  of  Bhadon.  A  representation  of  the 
infant  god's  cradle  {palna)  is  displayed  to  view,  with  his  foster-mother's  churn 
and  other  domestic  articles.  The  place  being  regarded  not  exactly  as  a  temple, 
but  as  Nanda  and  Jasoda's  actual  dwelling-house,  all  persons,  without  regard 
to  the  religion  they  profess,  are  allowed  to  walk  about  in  it  with  perfect  freedom. 
Considering  the  size,  the  antiquity,  the  artistic  excellence,  the  exceptional 
archaeological  interest,  the  celebrity  amongst  natives,  and  the  close  proximity  to 
Mathuni  of  this  building,  it  is  strange  that  it  has  never  before  been  mentioned 
by  any  English  writer. 

It  is  said  that  whenever  foundations  are  sunk  within  the  precincts  of  the 
fort,  many  fragments  of  sculpture — of  Buddhist  character,  it  may  be  presumed 
— have  been  brought  to  light  ;  but  they  have  always  been  buried  again  or  bro- 
ken up  as  building  materials.  Doubtless,  Maha-ban  was  the  site  of  some  of 
those  Buddhist  monasteries  which  the  Chinese  pilgrim  Fa  Hian  distinctly 
states  existed  in  his  time  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  And  further,  whatever 
may  be  the  exact  Indian  word  concealed  under  the  form  Klisoboras,  or  Cliso- 


IDENTIFICATION   OF   MAHA-BAN   WITH   CLISOBORA.  279 

bora,  given  by  Arrian  and  Pliny  as  the  name  of  the  town  between  which  and 
Mathura  the  Jamunsi  flowed — Amnis  Jomanes  in  Gangem  per  Palibotliros  decur- 
rit  inter  oppida  Methora  et  Clisobora,  Pliny,  Hist.  Nat.  vi.,  22 — it  may  be  con- 
cluded with  certainty  that  Maha-ban  is  the  site  intended.*  Its  other  literary 
names  are  Brihad-vana,  Brihad-aranya,  Gokula,  and  Nandagrama  ;  and  no  one 
of  these,  it  is  true,  in  the  slightest  resembles  the  word  Clisobora.  But  this 
might  well  be  a  corruption  of  '  Krishna- pura,'  '  the  city  of  Krishna,'  a  term  used 
by  the  speaker  as  a  descriptive  title — and  it  would  be  a  highly  appropriate  one 
— but  taken  by  the  foreign  traveller  for  the  ordinary  proper  name  of  the  place. 
Colonel  Tod  thought  Clisobora  might  be  Batesar,  and  most  subsecment  English 
topographers  seem  to  have  blindly  accepted  the  suggestion.  There  is,  however, 
really  no  foundation  for  it  beyond  the  surmise  that  Clisobora  and  Mathura  were 
quoted  as  the  two  principal  towns  in  the  country,  and  that  Batesar  must  have 
been  a  place  of  importance,  because  its  older  name  was  derived  from  the  Siirasen, 
after  whom  the  whole  people  were  called  Sauraseni.  General  Cunningham,  in 
his  '  Ancient  Geography,'  has  thrown  out  a  new  theory  and  identifies  Clisobora 
(read  in  one  MS.  as  Cyrisoborka)  with  Brinda-ban,  assuming  that  Kalikavartta, 
or  'Kalika's  Whirlpool,'  was  an  earlier  name  of  the  town,  in  allusion  to  Krish- 
na's combat  with  the  serpent  Kalika.  But  in  the  first  place,  the  Jamunii  does 
not  flow  between  Mathura  and  Brinda-ban,  seeing  that  both  are  on  the  same 
bank  ;  secondly,  the  ordinary  name  of  the  great  serpent  is  not  Kalika,  but 
Kaliya  ;  and  thirdly,  it  does  not  appear  upon  what  authority  it  is  stated  that 
"  the  earlier  name  of  the  place  was  Kalikavartta."  Upon  this  latter  point,  a 
reference  was  made  to  the  great  Brinda-ban  Pandit,  Swami  Rangacharya,  who, 
if  any  one,  might  be  expected  to  speak  with  positive  knowledge,  and  his  reply 
was  that  in  the  course  of  all  his  reading,  he  had  never  met  with  Brinda-ban 
under  any  other  name  than  that  which  it  now  bears. 

The    glories    of    Maha-ban    are   told   in   a    special  (interpolated)  section 
of    the     Brahmanda    Purana,    called    the    Brihad-vana    Mahatmya.     In   this, 

*  The  parallel  passage  in  Arrian's  India  is  as  follows  -.—Tovtov  tov  HpaicXia  paXitrra 
irpis  2ovpat77)vuip  -yEpaiptaOai,  IvSikoV  i'&vfos,  Sv'o  Tidk/ts  /isydXai,,  MeBopa.  re 
kal  kXtLCafiopa.,  kdi  irora/xos  laifiupms  nXouroQoic/p'pei  rrjr;  xuio^v  avTcvV .  Ab 
both  authors  seem  to  be  quoting  from  the  same  original,  the  insertion  of  the  words  per 
Palibothros  in  Pliny  must  be  due  to  an  error  on  the  part  of  some  copyist,  misled  by  the  frequent 
mention  of  Palibothra  in  the  preceding  paragraphs.  The  mistake  cannot  be  credited  to  Pliny 
himself,  who  Axes  the  site  of  Palibothra  as  415  miles  to  the  east  of  the  confluence  of  the  Ganges 
and  the  Jamuna.  The  gods  whom  Arrian  proceeds  to  describe  under  the  names  of  Dionysui 
and  Hercules  correspond  closely  with  Krishna  and  Balar una,  who  are  still  the  local  divinitieB 
of  Mathura. 


THE   TWENTY-ONE   TIRTHAS    OF   MAHABAN. 

its    tirthas,    or  holy  places,  are    reckoned    to    be    twenty-one   in   number   as 
follows  :  — 

Eka-rinsati-tirthena  ynktam  bhurvpindnvitam, 
Yamid-iirjiina  punyatamam,  Nanda-kiipam  tathaiva  chat 
Ghintd-harana  Bruhmdndam,  kundam  Sarasvatam  tathd, 
Sarasvati  sild  tatra,  Vishnu-kunda-samdnvitam, 
Karna-hipam,  Krhluia-kundam,    Gopa-k'Jpam  tathaiva  char 
Ramanam-ramana-sthdnam,  Ndrada-sih&nam  eva  cha, 
JPutand-pdtana-sthdnam,  Tiindvarttdkhya  pdtanam, 
N  anda-harmyam,  Nanda-gcham,    Ghdtam  Ramana-samjnakam, 
Mathurdndthodbhavam  kshetram  puny  am  pdpaprandsanam, 
J anma-sthdnam  tu  Sheshasya,  jananam  Yoyamdyaya. 

The  Piitana-patana-sthanam  of  the  above  lines  is  a  ravine,  commonly  called 
Putana  khar,  which  is  crossed  by  the  Mathura  road  a  short  distance  outside  the 
town.  It  is  a  mile  or  more  in  length,  reaching  down  to  the  bank  of  the  Jarnuna 
and,  as  the  name  denotes,  is  supposed  to  have  been  caused  by  the  passage  of 
Piitana's  giant  body,  in  the  same  way  as  the  Kans  Khar  at  Mathura. 

At  the  Brahmand  ghat,  where  a  rds,  or  'sacred  dance,'  is  held  every  Sunday, 
there  is  a  small  modern  shrine  of  Mrittika  Bihari  and  the  remains  of  a  chhattri 
built  by  one  Mukund  Sinh,  the  greater  part  of  which  has  been  washed  away  by 
the  river.  A  Jaini  sculpture,  probably  brought  from  the  Chhatthi  P&ina,  is 
let  into  the  front  of  the  little  platform,  on  which  are  placed  balls  of  sand  in 
the  shape  of  the  pera  sweetmeat,  to  represent  the  lump  of  earth  that  the  child 
Krishna  stuffed  into  his  mouth,  and  which  Jasoda  saw  develope  into  a  minia- 
ture universe.  These  are  called  the  Brahmand  he  pera  and  are  taken  away  by 
pilgrims  as  souvenirs  of  their  visit.  A  pretty  walk  under  the  trees  along  the 
high  bank  of  the  river  leads  to  the  Chinta-haran  ghat,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  lower 
down  the  stream,  a  secluded  spot,  where  a  Puis  is  held  every  Monday.  There 
are  no  buildings  save  a  Bairagi's  cell.  The  Hindu  cicerones  never  fail  to  speak 
with  much  enthusiasm  of  the  liberality  of  Mir  Sarfaraz  AH,  grandfather  of 
Sardar  AH,  who  never  cut  any  of  the  timber  for  his  own  profit  and  allowed  the 
pilgrims  to  make  free  use  of  it  all  :  the  property  has  now  changed  hands  and 
the  landlord's  manorial  rights  are  more  strictly  enforced. 

Between  the  town  aud  the  sandy  expanse  called  the  Raman  Reti  is  a  small 
grove  known  as  the  Khelan  Ban,  with  several  trees  of  the  Paras  Pipar  kind, 
which  I  have  not  seen  elsewhere  in  this  part  of  India,  though  in  Bombay  there 


MAHA'-BAN  festivals.  281 

are  avenues  of  it  in  some  of  i  1 1 < -  streets  of  the  city.    The  largest,  which  is  in  front 
of  the  Bairagi's  cell,  flowers  profusely  in  the  cold  weather  from    November  to 
February  :  the  flowers,  much  resembling  those  of  the  cotton  plant  in  form,  are 
on  first  opening  yellow  and  afterwards  change  their  colour  to  red.     The  bud  is 
exactly  like  an  elongated  acorn  ;  the  leaves  resemble  those  of  the  pipal,  but  are 
smaller.     On  the  high  bank  overlooking  the  Raman  Reti   (where  is  held  a  fair 
on  the  11  th  of  each  Hindu  month)  are  two  handsome  chJwitris  to  members  of  Ali 
Khan's  family,  of  the  same  design  as  the  one  on  the  other  side  of  the  town,  but 
in  a  more  ruinous  condition.     The  well  close  by  is  called  the  Gop  Kiia.     On  the 
opposite  bank,  on  what  is  an  island  in  the  rains,  is  the  Koila  Sarae,  of  much  the 
same  size  as  the  one  at  Chaumuha.     The  gateways  still  retain  their  original 
wooden  doors  and  are  surmounted  by  corner  chhattris  as  at  Chhata.     The  whole 
area  was  occupied  till  1871,  when  it  was  flooded  by  the  river,  which   rose  to  an 
unusual  height  and  carried  away  the  city  bridge,  18  pontoons  of  which  were 
stranded  here.     Since  then  the  site  has  been  deserted,  the  villagers  having  all 
removed  to  higher  ground.     Outside  one  of  the  gates  is  a  mosque  and  there  are 
ruins    of  other  edifices   also  — undermined   and    partly    washed   away  by   the 
river — including  a  square  building  said  to  have  been  a  temple  of  Mahadeva, 
erected  by  Jawabir  Sinh  of  Bharatpur  :  the  foundations  have  been  Laid  bare  to 
a  depth  of  some  six  or  seven  feet 

The  principal  Hindu  festivals  observed  in  Maha-ban  are  the  Rim  Lila  in 
the  month  of  Kuvar,  first  set  on  foot  by  a  late  Tahsildar,  Munshi  Bhajan  Lai ; 
the  Putana  mela,  Kartik  Sudi  6th  ;  the  Jakhaiya  mela,  held  on  the  Sundays  of 
the  month  of  Magh  (there  is  a  similar  festival  held  at  Paindhat  in  the  Mustaf- 
abad  pargana  of  the  Mainpuri  district,  which  is  believed  to  have  great  influence 
on  the  fall  of  rain  in  the  winter  season)  the  Raman  Reti,  held  on  the  sands  of 
the  Jamuna,  Phalgun  Sudi  11th ;  and  the  Parikama,  or  Perambulation,  Kartik 
Sudi  5th  ;  this  includes  the  town  of  Gokul  and  village  of  Raval,  at  which  latter 
place  Radha's  mother  is  said  to  have  lived. 

The  Muhammadans,  who  are  only  1,704  in  number,  have  several  small 
mosques  and  two  festivals.  One  of  these,  the  Chatiyal  Madar,  is  held  on  the  3rd  of 
Jamada'l-awwal,  in  honour'of  Saiyid  Badia-ud-din,  better  known  as  Shall  Madar, 
whose  principal  shrine  is  at  Makhanpur  on  the  Isan.  His  festivals,  wherever 
held,  are  distinguished  by  the  name  of  Chatiyal,  meaning  '  an  open  place,'  and 
the  hereditary  hierophants  bear  the  title  of  Khalifa.  The  second  Muhammadan 
mela  is  the  Urs  Dargah  of  Shah  Gilan,  or  Saiyid  Makhdum.  The  dargah  was 
built  about  a  century  ago  by  Nawab  Sulaiman  Beg. 

71 


282  THE   TOWN   OF    GOKLtJ. 

GOKUL. 

The  town  of  Gokul — population  4,012 — being  the  head-quarters  of  the  Valla- 
bhacharyas,  or  Gokulashta  Gosains,  is  throughout  the  year  crowded  with  pilgrims, 
of  whom  the  majority  come  from  Gujarat  and  Bombay,  where  the  doctrines  of 
the  sect  have  been  very  widely  propagated,  more  especially  among  the  Bhattias 
and  other  mercantile  classes.  In  many  of  its  physical  characteristics  the  place 
used  to  present  a  striking  parallel  to  the  presumed  morality  of  its  habitues,  its 
streets  being  tortuous  and  unsavoury,  its  buildings  unartistic,  its  environs  waste 
and  uninviting  ;  while  to  complete  the  analogy,  though  only  five  or  six  miles 
distant  from  Matlmni,  it  was  cut  off  from  easy  access  by  the  river,  and  was  thus 
at  once  both  near  and  remote,  in  the  same  way  as  its  literature  is  modern  and 
yet  obscure.  The  picturesque  appearance,  which  it  presented  from  the  opposite 
bank,  was  destroyed  on  nearer  approach.  For  the  temples,  though  they  amount 
to  a  prodigious  number  and  are  many  of  them  richly  endowed,  are  nearly  all 
modern  in  date  and  for  the  most  part  tasteless  in  design  ;  while  the  thorough- 
fares were  in  the  rains  mere  channels  for  the  floods  which  poured  down  through 
them  to  the  Jamuna,  and  at  all  other  seasons  of  the  year  were  so  rough  and 
broken  that  the  rudest  wheeled  vehicle  could  with  difficulty  make  its  way  along 
them.  Efforts  were  made  for  many  years  to  improve  its  sanitation,  but  without 
the  slightest  result,  for  the  Gosain  Mnafidars  were  quite  indifferent  to  any 
reform  of  the  kind,  and  were  well  content  to  let  things  remain  as  they  were. 
However,  by  personally  interesting  myself  in  the  matter  and  putting  an  active 
and  intelligent  Tahsildar  in  local  charge,  1  succeeded  before  I  left  the  district 
in  making  it  by  universal  consent  one  of  the  cleanest  and  neatest  of  towns,  instead 
of  being  as  formerly  the  very  filthiest.  It  may  be  doubtful  how  long  the  reform 
will  last,  for  constant  supervision  is  necessary  in  consequence  of  the  number  of 
cattle  driven  within  the  walls  every  night,  which  render  the  place  really  what  its 
name  denotes,  'a  cattle  yard/  rather  than  an  abode  of  men.  Its  most  noteworthy 
ornament  is  a  spacious  masonry  tank  constructed  some  thirty  years  ago  by  a 
Seth  named  Chunna.  The  trees  on  its  margin  are  always  white  with  Hocks  of 
large  water-fowl  of  a  quite  distinct  species  from  any  to  be  found  elsewhere  in 
the  neighbourhood.  They  are  a  new  colony,  being  all  descended  from  a  few 
pairs  which  casually  settled  there  no  more  than  ten  or  twelve  years  ago.  Their 
plumage  is  peculiar  and  ornamental,  but  not  at  all  times  easy  to  obtain,  as  the 
birds  are  considered  to  enjoy  the  benefit  of  sanctuary,  and  on  one  occasion, 
when  a  party  of  soldiers  from  the  Mathura  cantonments  attempted  to  shoot  a 
number  of  them,  the  townspeople  rose  en  masse  for  their  protection.  Imme- 
diately opposite  the  tank  and  between  it  and  the  river  I  had  a  new  school  built, 


vallabba'cha'rya's  career.  283 

occupying  three  sides  of  a  quadrangle  with  an  arched  gateway  of  carved 
stone  on  the  fourth  side  facing  the  street.  The  cost  was  Rs.  2,440,  the  whole 
of  which  sum  was  raised  by  local  subscription  save  only  lis.  500,  which  were 
allotted  from  the  balance  of  the  Government  cess.  A  Sanskrit  class  has  since 
been  started,  and  so  many  wealthy  pilgrims  visit  Gokul,  who  would  be  glad  to 
spend  their  money  on  local  institutions,  if  there  were  only  some  one  to  call  their 
attention  to  them,  that  the  school  might  easily  be  maintained  as  one  of  the 
largest  and  highest  in  the  district. 

The  great  heresiareh,  Vallabhacharya,  from  whom  Gokul  derives  all  its 
modern  celebrity,  was  born  in  the  year  1479  A.  D.,  being  the  second  son  of 
Lakshman  Bhatt,  a  Telinga  Brahman  of  the  Vishnu  Swami  Sampradaya.  By 
the  accident  of  birth,  though  not  by  descent,  he  can  be  claimed  as  a  native  of 
Upper  India,  having  been  born  at  Champaranya,  a  wild  solitude  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Banaras,  whither  his  parents  had  travelled  up  from  the  south  on 
a  pilgrimage.  Their  stay  in  the  holy  city  was  cut  short  by  a  popular  emeute, 
the  result  of  religious  intolerance  ;  and  the  mother,  who  was  little  in  a  condition 
to  encounter  the  distress  and  fatigue  of  so  hasty  a  flight,  prematurely  gave  birth 
on  the  way  to  an  eight  months'  child.  Either  from  an  exaggerated  alarm  as 
to  their  own  peril,  or,  as  was  afterwards  said,  from  a  sublime  confidence  in  the 
promised  protection  of  Heaven,  they  laid  the  babe  uuder  a  tree  and"  abandoned 
it  to  its  fate.  When  some  days  had  elapsed,  and  their  fears  had  subsided,  they 
cautiously  retraced  their  steps,  and  finding  the  child  still  alive  and  uninjured 
on  the  very  spot  where  he  had  been  left,  they  took  him  with  them  to  Banaras. 
After  a  very  short  stay  there,  they  fixed  their  home  at  Gokul,  where  the  child 
was  placed  under  the  tuition  of  the  Pandit  Narayan  Bhatt,  and  in  four  months 
mastered  the  whole  vast  range  of  Sanskrit  literature  and  philosophy.  His  fol- 
lowers, it  may  be  remarked,  are  conscientious  imitators  of  their  founder  in 
respect  of  the  short  time  which  they  devote  to  their  studies  ;  but  the  result  in 
their  case  is  more  in  accordance  with  ordinary  experience,  and  their  scholarship 
of  the  very  slightest.  When  eleven  years  of  age,  he  lost  his  father,  and  almost 
immediately  afterwards  commenced  his  career  as  a  religious  teacher.  His  ear- 
liest triumphs  were  achieved  in  Southern  India,  where  he  secured  his  first  con- 
vert, Damodar  Das  ;  and  in  a  public  disputation  at  Vijaynagar,  the  place  where 
his  mother's  family  resided,  he  refuted  the  arguments  of  the  Court  Pandits 
with  such  authority  that  even  the  King,  Krishna  Deva,  was  eonvinced  by  his 
eloquence  and  adopted  the  youthful  stranger  as  his  spiritual  guide.  Thence- 
forth his  success  was  ensured  ;  and  at  every  place  that  he  visited,  Ujaiyin, 
Banaras,  Haridwar,  and  Allahabad,  the  new  doctrines  enlisted  a  multitude  of 


284  vallabhXcha'rya's  doctrines. 

adherents.  A  lifo  of  celibacy  being  utterly  at  variance  with  his  ideas  of  a 
reasonable  religion,  he  took  to  himself  a  wife  at  Banaras  and  became  the  father 
of  two  sons,  Gopinath,  born  in  1511,  and  Bitthalnath  in  151(3.  His  visits  to 
Braj  were  long  and  frequent.  There,  in  1520,  he  founded  at  Gobardhan  the 
great  temple  of  Sri-nath  ;  and  at  Brinda-ban  saw  in  a  vision  the  god  Krishna, 
who  directed  him  to  introduce  a  new  devotion  in  his  honor,  wherein  he 
should  be  adored  in  the  form  of  a  child  under  the  title  of  Balkrishna  or 
Bal  Gopal  ;  which  is  still  the  cultus  most  affected  by  his  descendants  at  the 
present  day.  His  permanent  home,  however,  was  at  Banaras,  where  he  com- 
posed his  theological  works,  of  which  the  most  extensive  is  a  commentarv  on 
the  Bhagavad  Gita,  called  the  Subodhini,  and  where  he  died  in  the  year  1531. 

He  was  succeeded  in  the  pontificate  by  his  seeond  son,  Bitthalnath,  who 
propagated  his  father's  doctrines  with  great  zeal  and  success  throughout  all  the 
south  and  west  of  India,  and  himself  received  252  distinguished  proselytes, 
whose  acts  are  recorded  in  a  Hindi  work  called  the  '  Do  Sau  Bavan  Varta.' 
Finally,  in  15(35,  he  settled  down  at  Gokul  and,  at  the  age  of  seventy,  breathed 
his  last  on  the  sacred  hill  of  Gobardhan.  By  his  two  wives  he  had  a  family  of 
seven  sons,  Giridhar,  Gobind,  Bal-krishan,  Gokulnath,  Raghunath,  Jadunath 
and  Ghansyam.  Of  these,  the  fourth,  Gokulnath,  is  by  far  the  most  famous 
and  his  descendants  in  consequence  claim  some  slight  pre-eminence  above  their 
kinsmen.     His  principal  representative  is  the  Gosain  at  Bombay. 

Unlike  other  Hindu  sects,  in  which  the  religious  teachers  are  ordinarily  un- 
married, all  the  Gosains  among  the  Vallabhacharyas  are  invariably  family  men 
and  engage  freely  in  secular  pursuits.  They  are  the  Epicureans  of  the  east  and 
are  not  ashamed  to  avow  their  belief  that  the  ideal  life  consists  rather  in  social 
enjoyment  than  in  solitude  and  mortification.  Such  a  creed  is  naturally  des- 
tructive of  all  self-restraint  even  in  matters  where  indulgence  is  by  common 
consent  held  criminal  ;  and  the  profligacy  to  which  it  has  given  rise  is  so  notori- 
ous that  the  late  Maharaja  of  Jaypur  was  moved  to  expel  from  his  capital  the 
ancient  image  of  Gokul  Chandrama,  for  which  the  sect  entertained  a  special 
veneration.  He  further  conceived  such  a  prejudice  against  Vaishnavas  in  o-eneral 
that  all  his  subjects  were  compelled,  before  they  appeared  in  his  presence,  to 
mark  their  forehead  with  the  three  horizontal  lines  that  indicate  a  votary  of  Siva. 
The  scandalous  practices  of  the  Gosains  and  the  unnatural  subserviency  of  the 
people  in  ministering  to  their  gratification  received  a  crushing  eayposd  in  a  cause 
cilibre  for  libel  tried  before  the  Supreme  Court  of  Bombay  in  1861,  from  the 
detailed  narrative  of  which  1  have  borrowed  a  considerable  amount  of  information. 


THE   SIDDHj&TA   RAHASYA.  285 

The  dogma  of  Brahma-Sambandh,  or  '  union  with  the  divine, '  upon  which 
Vallabhacharya  constructed  his  whole  system,  was,  as  he  declares,  revealed  to 
him  by  the  Deity  in  person  and  recorded  word  for  word  as  it  was  uttered.  This 
inspired  text  is  called  the  Siddhanta  Rahasya,  and  being  very  brief  and  of  quite 
exceptional  interest,  it  is  here  given  in  full  : — 

^minsnjq^r  ng  jmts^j  Uf  Tfafib  I 

^ritmfaifMi  ^tut:  tNmn:  mm  n 
^mw:  w^ts^  ^fwrt^n:  sra^  n 

fa^fem:  wqShs^sRiiiTsfN  mm:  i 

SO 

clSUT^lIb  s^tara  ^h^r  q-Rixim     I 
3rTT<llF^H       rl-SIT  =3  *5R*i    1^:    II 

r\m   ?im    *W3J3    ^ifa    ST^nT    cm:     I 
ifjJTriR     m^pJSjmjS^TN    ^Nf%         I 

"  At  dead  of  night,  on  the  11th  of  the  bright  fortnight  of  Sravan,  what  is 
here  written  was  declared  to  me,  word  for  word,  by  God  himself.  Every  sin, 
•whether  of  body  or  soul,  is  put  away  by  union  with  the  Creator ;  of  whatever 
kind  the  sin  may  be,  whether  1st,  original ;  2nd,  accidental  (i.e.,  born  of  time 

72 


286  THE   SAMARPANA. 

and  place)  ;  3rd,  social  or  ceremonial  (i.e.,  special  offences  defined  by  custom 
or  the  Vedas) ;  4th,  sins  of  abetment ;  or  5th,  sins  sensual.*  No  one  of  these  is 
to  be  accounted  any  longer  existent ;  but  when  there  is  no  union  with  the  Creator 
there  is  no  putting  away  of  sin.  Therefore,  one  should  abstain  from  anything 
that  has  not  been  consecrated ;  but  when  once  a  thing  has  been  dedicated,  the 
offerer  may  do  with  it  what  he  likes  :  this  is  the  rule.  The  God  of  gods  will  not 
accept  any  offering  which  has  already  been  used  by  the  owner.  Therefore,  at  the 
outset  of  every  action  there  should  be  unreserved  offering.  It  is  said  by  those 
of  a  different  persuasion,  '  what  is  once  given  cannot  be  taken  away  ;  it  is  all 
God's  ;'  but  as  is  the  practice  of  servants  on  earth,  so  would  we  act  in  the 
dedication  through  which  everything  becomes  God's.  Ganges  water  is  full  of 
impurities  ;  and  '  the  holy  Ganges'  may  be  predicated  of  bad  as  well  as  good. 
Precisely  the  same  in  our  case." 

The  last  four  lines  are  rather  obscurely  expressed.  The  idea  intended  is  that 
as  servants!  use  what  remains  of  that  which  they  have  prepared  for  their  masters, 
so  what  we  offer  to  God  we  may  afterwards  use  for  ourselves  ;  and  as  dirty 
water  flowing  into  the  Ganges  becomes  assimilated  with  the  sacred  stream,  so 
vile  humanity  becomes  purified  by  union  with  God. 

The  practice  of  the  sect  has  been  modelled  strictly  in  accordance  with  these 
instructions.  A  child  is  Krishna-ed  (christened)  while  still  an  infant  by  the 
Gosain's  putting  on  its  neck  a  string  of  beads  and  repeating  over  it  the  formula 
called  the  Ashtakshar  Mantra,  sri  Krishna  saranam  mama  (Deus  adjutorium 
meum),  but  before  the  neophyte  can  claim  the  privileges  of  full  communion  he 
has  to  undergo  a  rite  similar  to  that  of  confirmation,  and  at  the  age  of  twelve 
or  thereabouts,  when  ready  to  take  upon  himself  the  responsibilities  of  life,  he 
initiates  his  career  by  a  solemn  dedication  (samarpana)  of  all  that  he  has  and  is 
to  the  God  of  his  devotion.     This  oblation  of  tan,  man,  dhan,  as  it  is  popularly 

*  There  is  a  paraphrase  cm  the  Siddhanta  Rahasya  by  Gosain  Gokuln&th,  called  Bhakti 
Siddhanta  Vivriti;  in  which,  with  the  characteristic  fondneBs  of  Sanskrit  commentators  for 
scholastic  refinements,  he  explains  these  terms  in  a  much  more  narrow  and  technical  sense  than 
that  which  I  have  applied  to  them.  As  the  text  contains  an  uneven  number  of  lines,  it  would 
appear  at  first  si^ht  to  be  imperfect:  but  this  suspicion  can  scarcely  be  well  founded,  since  in 
Gokulnath's  time  it  Btood  precisely  as  now. 

f  Hence  sevakdn, '  servants,'  is  the  distinctive  name  for  lay  members  of  the  VallabhJcharva 
community.  The  whole  system  of  doctrine  is  known  as  '  Pushti  milrg,'  or  way  of  happiness,  and, 
its  practice  as '  Daivi  jivan,'  the  Divine  life.  Their  sectarial  n:ark  consists  of  two  red  perpendi- 
cular lines  down  the  forehead,  meeting  in  a  curve  at  the  root  of  the  nose,  with  a  red  spot  between 
them. 


DOCTMNE  OF   THE   BRAHMA   SAMBANDH.  287 

expressed — that  is,  of  body,  soul,  and  substance — is  couched  in  the  following 
terras  : — 

^ri  sFifftair:  win  wi  ^^^rni^r^rxmn^^wri  franTsraiTra- 

"  Om.  The  God  Krishna  is  my  refuge.  Distracted  by  the  infinite  pain 
and  torment  caused  by  the  separation  from  Krishna,  which  has  extended  over  a 
s^ace  of  time  measured  by  thousands  of  years,  I  now,  to  the  holy  Krishna,  do 
dedicate  my  bodily  faculties,  my  life,  my  soul,  and  its  belongings,  with  my  wife, 
my  house,  my  children,  my  whole  substance,  and  my  own  self.  0,  Krishna  ;  I 
am  thy  servant."* 

Now,  all  this  may  be  so  interpreted  as  to  convey  a  most  unexceptionable 
meaning  :  that  man  should  consecrate  to  God,  wholly  and  without  reserve,  his 
body,  soul,  and  substance,  his  every  thought,  word,  and  action,  and  all  that  he 
has,  or  does,  or  suffers,  that  such  consecration  is  sufficient  to  hallow  and  ennoble 
the  meanest  actions  of  our  ordinary  life  and  is  an  effectual  preservative  from 
all  evil,  while  even  good  works  done  withont  such  consecration  are  unprofitable 
and  "have  even  the  nature  of  sin."t  This  is  the  doctrine  of  Christianity,  and 
it  may  be  deduced  from  Vallabhacharya's  revelation  without  forcing  the  sense 
of  a  single  word.  But  though  there  may  be  some  slight  doubt  as  to  his  own 
views,  there  can  be  none  as  to  those  entertained  by  his  most  immediate  succes- 
sors and  transmitted  by  them  to  his  disciples  at  the  present  day.  For  Gokul- 
nath,  who  is  regarded  as  the  most  authoritative  exponent  of  his  grandfather's 
tenets,  repeatedly  insists  in  all  his  works,  with  the  most  marked  emphasis,  on  the 
ahsolute  identity  of  the  Gosain  with  the  Divinity4  In  fact,  he  goes  even  a 
step  beyond  this,  and  represents  the  Gosain  as  so  powerful  a  mediator  that  prac- 
tically his  favour  is  of  more  importance  to  us  than  God's  :  for,  if  God  is  dis- 
pleased, the  Gosain  can  deprecate  his  wrath  ;  but  if  the  Gosain  is  displeased, 

*  This  formula  is,  I  find,  baaed  on  a  passage  in  the  Narada  Pancharatra. 

■f  The  final  climax  states  the  doctrine  of  the  Anglican,  but  not  of  the  Catholic  Church. 

X  This  extravagant  doctrine  pervades  all  the  later  Vaishnava  schools,  and  is  accepted  by 
the  disciples  of  Cliaitanya  no  less  than  by  those  of  Vallabhacharya.  The  foundation  upon  which 
it  rests  is  a  Hue  in  the  Bhagavat,  where  the  Guru  is  styled  Sarva-deva-maya,  made  up  of  all 
dirioity.' 


288  vaixabha'cha'rya  theology. 

God  will  be  affected  towards  us  in  the  same  way,  and  conciliation  will  then  be 
impossible.  When  to  this  it  is  added  that  the  Gosain  obtains  his  position  solely 
by  birth,  and  that  no  defect,  moral  or  intellectual,  can  impair  his  hereditary 
claim  to  the  adoration  of  his  followers,  who  are  exhorted  to  close  their  eyes  and 
ears  to  anything  that  tends  to  his  discredit,*  it  is  obvious  that  a  door  is  opened 
to  scandal  of  a  most  intolerable  description.  By  the  act  of  dedication,  a  man 
submits  to  the  pleasure  of  the  Gosain,  as  God's  representative,  not  only  the 
first  fruits  of  his  wealth,  but  also  the  virginity  of  his  daughter  or  his  newly- 
wedded  wife  ;  while  the  doctrine  of  the  Brahma  Sambandh  is  explained  to 
mean  that  such  adulterous  connection  is  the  same  as  ecstatic  union  with  the 
God,  and  the  most  meritorious  act  of  devotion  that  can  be  performed.  This 
glorification  of  immorality  forms  the  only  point  in  a  large  proportion  of  the 
stories  in  the  Chaurasi  Varta,  or  '  Accounts  of  Vallabhacharya's  84  great  pro- 
selytes.' One  of  the  most  extravagant  will  be  found  given  in  full  at  the  end  of 
this  chapter.  The  work  commences  with  reference  to  the  Revelation  of  the 
Siddhanta  Rahasya,  preceded  by  a  brief  colloquy  between  the  Deity  and  the 
Gosain,  of  which  the  following  words  are  the  most  important  :  — 

ricf  *fi  ^T^ra  off  rriTnvT  ^m  95?  %t    sfN    %x 

NO 
X  SO  NO 

lli=t  1TET     rT=J  sBT3T3TC5fi     ^TH    5R1  %T  rTTT     ^T5R  it 

«0  NO 

"  Vallabha. — You  know  the  nature  of  life  :  that  it  is  full  of  defects  ;  how 
can  there  be  union  between  it  and  you  ? 

"  Krishna. —  You  will  effect  the  union  of  the  divinity  with  living  crea- 
tures, and  I  will  accept  them.  Yon  will  give  your  name  to  them,  and  all  their 
sins  shall  be  put  away." 

Professor  Wilson  interprets  this  as  merely  the  declaration  of  a  philosophi- 
cal dogma,  that  life  and  spirit  are  identical  ;  but  (it  can  scarcely  be  doubted) 
the  passage  means  rather  that  human  life  can  only  be  purified  by  bringing  it 
into  intimate  connection  with  God,  or  in  default  of  God,  with  God's  repre- 
sentative, the  Gosain. 

*  ThiB  is  considered  so  essential  a  duty,  that  in  the  Dasa  marma,  or  Vallabhacharya  Deca- 
logue, '  See  no  faults,'  stands  as  the  Tenth  Commandment. 


GOSXlK   PURrsHOTTAM   LA'L  OF   GOKfL.  289 

Such  being  the  revolting  character  of  their  theological  literature,  it  is  easy 
to  understand  why  the  Vallabhsichiiryas  have  always  shown  a  great  reluctance 
to  submit  it  to  the  criticism  of  the  outer  world  of  unbelievers,   who  might  not 
be  prepared  to    accept   such  advanced    doctrines.     Though  there  are    several 
copyists  at  Gokul,  whose  sole  occupation  it  is  to  make  transcripts   for  the  use 
of  pilgrims,  they  would  ordinarily  refuse  to  sell  a  manuscript  to  any  one   who 
was  not  of  their  own  denomination  ;  and    none  of  their   books  had  ever  been 
published  till  quite  recently,  when  two  or  three  of  the  less  esoteric  were  issued 
from  Pandit  Giri  Prasad's  Press  at  Beswa  in  the  Aligarh  district.     However, 
as  in  many  other  forms  of  religion,  and  happily  so  in  this  case,  practice  is  not 
always  in   accordance  with  doctrine.     Though   there  may  be  much  that   is  re- 
prehensible in  the  inner  life  of  the  Gosains,  it  is  not  at  Gokul  obtruded  on  the 
public  and  has  never   occasioned  any  open  scandal ;  while  the  present  head  of 
the  community,    Gosain   Purushottam  Lai,  a  descendant  of  Bitthalnath's  sixth 
son,    Jadunath,  deserves    honourable   mention    for  exceptional  liberality  and 
enlightment.     He  is  the  head  of  the  temple  of  Navanit-Priya,  popularly  called 
by  way  of  pre-eminence,  Raja  Thakur,*  and  is  the  proprietor  of  the  whole  of 
the  township  of  Gokul.     His  uncle  and  predecessor,  Gobind  Lai,  died,  leaving 
a  widow,  Janaki  Bau  Ji,  and  an  only  daughter.     The  latter,  according  to  inva- 
riable custom,  was  married   to  a   Bhatt,   and    by  him    had  two  sons   by  name 
Ran-ckor  Ls'il  and  Gop  Ji.     But,  as  by  Salic  law  neither  of  them   could  suc- 
ceed to  the  spiritual  dignity,  the  widow  adopted   her  nephew  Purushottam,  the 
son  of  her  husband's  brother,  Braj  Pal.     The  adoption  was  disputed  by  the  two 
sons,  who  carried  their  suit  in  appeal  even  up   to  the  Privy  Council,  and  there 
were  finally  defeated.     Under  their   mother's  will,  they   enjoy  a  maintenance 
allowance  of  Rs.  U00  a  year,  paid  to  the  elder  brother  by  the  Gosain,  and  they 
have   further  retained — though  under   protest — all  the   property  conferred  by 
the  Maharaja  of  Jodhpur  on  their  common  ancestor  Murlidhar,    the  father  of 
Gobind  Lai  and  Braj  Lai,  who  was  the  founder  of  the  family's  temporal  pros- 
perity and  was  the  first  muiifidar  of  Gokul  by  grant  from   Sindhia. 

Gosain  Purushottam  Lai  has  one  son,  Raman  Lai,  through  whom  he  is  the 
grandfather  of  Braj  Lai  and  Kanhaiya  Lai.  The  latter  of  these  has  been 
adopted  by  Lachhman  Ji,  a  descendant  of  Bitthalnath's  fourth  son,  Gokulnath, 
and  is  now  the  Gosain  of  the  temple  bearing  that  title.  Thus  the  two  princi- 
pal endowments  have  both  come  into  one  branch  of  the  family,  and  the  Gosain 
is  one  of  the  very  largest  landowners  and  wealthiest  residents  in  the  district ; 


*  He  also  presides  over  two  temples  dedicated   to    Baladeva  and   Madan  Mohan   near  the 
Kankhal  Ghat  m  Mathura,  where  he  ordinarily  resides. 

73 


290  TEMPLK  SERVICES   AT  GoKUL. 

while  he  wields,  at  the  same  time,  in  virtue  of  his  religious  character, 
an  influence  which  is  absolutely  unbounded  among  his  own  people,  and 
very  considerable  in  all  classes  of  Hindu  society.  In  the  official  world,  how- 
ever, he  is  barely  known  even  by  name,  as  his  estates  are  too  well  managed 
to  bring  him  before  the  Courts,  and  ho  is  still  so  far  fettered  by  the  traditions 
of  his  order  that  he  declines  all  social  intercourse  with  Europeans,  even  of 
the  highest  rank :  so  much  so,  that  when  the  Lieutenant-Governor  of  these 
Provinces  visited  the  station  in  1873,  and  being  unaware  of  this  peculiarity, 
expressed  in  writing  a  desire  to  see  him,  the  invitation  was  not  accepted. 
The  compliment  was  prompted  by  the  Gosain's  annual  gift  of  a  prize  of 
Rs.  300  for  the  student  who  passes  first  in  the  general  Entrance  Examination 
for  the  Calcutta  University  ;  a  donation  which,  under  the  circumstances, 
cannot  have  been  suggested  by  any  ulterior  motive  beyond  a  genuine  desire  for 
the  furtherance  of  education.  He  has  since  converted  it  into  a  permanent 
endowment.  In  the  same  spirit,  though  he  makes  no  claim  to  any  high 
degree  of  scholarship  himself,  ho  has  maintained  for  some  years  past  in  the 
city  of  Mathura  a  Sanskrit  school,  which  is  attended  by  a  large  number  of 
adults  as  well  as  boys,  for  whom  he  has  secured  very  competent  teachers. 
He  has  also  contributed  freely  to  the  Gokul  new  school  and — as  a  further 
proof  of  the  liberality  of  his  sentiments — he  gave  Rs.  400  towards  the  erection 
of  the  Catholic  Church. 

At  all  the  Vallabhacharya  temples,  the  daily  services  are  eight  in  number — 
viz.,  1st,  Mangala,  the  morning  levee,  a  little  after  sun-rise,  when  the  God  is 
taken  from  his  couch  and  bathed  ;  2nd,  Sringara,  an  hour  and-a-half  later,  when 
the  God  is  attired  in  all  his  jewels  and  seated  on  his  throne  ;  3rd,  Gwala,  after 
an  interval  of  about  three-quarters  of  an  hour,  when  the  God  is  supposed  to  be 
starting  to  graze  his  cattle  in  the  woods  of  Braj  ;  4th,  Raj  Bhog,  the  mid-day 
meal,  which,  after  presentation,  is  consumed  by  the  priests  and  distributed 
among  the  votaries  who  have  assisted  at  the  ceremonies  ;  5th,  Uttapan,  about 
3  p.  m.,  when  the  God  awakes  from  his  siesta  ;  (ith,  Bhog,  the  evening 
collation  ;  7th,  Sandhya,  the  disrobing  at  sunset  ;  and  8th,  Sayan,  the  retiring 
to  rest.  Upon  all  these  occasions  the  ritual  concerns  only  the  priests,  and 
the  lay  worshipper  is  simply  a  spectator,  who  evinces  his  reverence  by 
any  of  the  ordinary  forms  with  which  he  would  approach  a  human  superior. 

On  the  full  moon  of  Asarh  there  is  a  curious  annual  ceremony  for  the  pur- 
I ■"-<•  of  ascertaining  the  agricultural  prospects  of  the  year.  The  priests  placo 
little  packets  of  the  ashes  of  different  staples,  after  weighing  them,  in  the  sane-. 


vallabhXcha'rya  temples  at  gokul.  201 

tuary.  The  temple  is  then  closed,  but  the  night  is  spent  in  worship.  In  the 
morning  the  packets  are  examined.  Should  any  of  the  packets  have  increased 
in  weight,  that  particular  article  of  produce  will  yield  a  good  harvest ;  and 
should  they  decrease,  the  harvest  will  be  proportionately  scanty. 

As  has  already  been  mentioned,  none  of  the  buildings  present  a  very  im- 
posing appearance.  The  three  oldest,  dedicated  respectively  to  Gokulnath, 
Madan  Mohan,  and  Bitthalmith,  are  ascribed  to  the  year  1511  A.D.  The  last 
named,  which  is  near  the  Jasoda  Ghnt,  has  a  small  but  richly  decorated  quad- 
rangle with  bold  brackets  carved  into  the  form  of  elephants  and  swans.  It  is 
quite  uncared  for  and  is  rapidly  falling  into  irreparable  ruin.  The  most  notable 
of  the  remainder  are  Dwaraka  Nath,  dating  from  1546  A.D.,  Balkrishan,  from 
1636,  with  an  annual  income  of  Rs.  4,420;  Navanit  Priya,  or  Dau  Ji,  the 
latter  name  being  that  of  the  Grosain,  whose  grandson,  Giridhari  Ji,  is  now  in 
possession,  with  an  income  of  Rs.  9,382  ;  Braj  Ratn,  under  Gosain  Gokul  Nath 
Ji,  a  descendant  of  Bitthalnath's  younger  son,  Ghan  Syam,  with  an  income 
of  Rs.  10,650;  Sri  Chandra  ma,  with  Rs.  4,050,  and  Navanit  Lai,  Natwar, 
Mathures,  Gopal  Lai,  and  Braj es war  ;  all  of  these  being  quite  modern.  There 
are  also  two  shrines  in  honour  of  Mahadeva,  built  by  Bijay  Sinh,  Raja  of  Jodh- 
pur,  in  1602.  The  principal  melas  are  the  Janin  Ashtami,  Krishna's  birthday, 
in  Bhadon,  and  Annkiit  on  the  day  after  the  new  moon  of  Kartik.  The  Trimi- 
vart  mela  is  also  held,  Kartik  badi  4th,  when  paper  figures  of  the  demon  are 
first  paraded  and  then  torn  to  pieces.  The  principal  gate  of  the  town  is  that 
called  the  Gandipura  Darwaza.  It  is  of  stone  with  two  corner  turrets,  but  has 
never  been  completely  finished.  From  it  a  road,  about  half  a  mile  or  so  in 
length,  runs  between  some  very  fine  tamarind  trees,  which  seem  specially  to  affect 
the  soil  in  this  neighbourhood,  down  to  Gandipura  on  the  bank  of  the  river, 
where  is  a  baoli  and  a  large  house  built  by  Manohar  Lai,  a  Bhattia,  now  personal 
assistant  at  the  Rewa  Court.  Below  it  is  Ballabh  ghat,  with  Koila  immediately 
opposite  on  the  right  bank  of  the  stream.  This  road  is  much  frequented  by 
pilgrims  in  the  rains,  and  I  had  caused  it  to  be  widened  and  straightened,  and 
the  trustees  of  the  Gokulnath  temple  had  promised  to  metal  it  ;  but  probably 
this  has  not  been  done. 

One  small  speciality  of  Gokul  is  the  manufacture  of  silver  toys  and  orna- 
ments— figures  of  peacocks,  cows,  and  other  animals  and  devices — which  are 
principally  purchased  as  souvenirs  by  pilgrims.  The  designs  are  very  conven- 
tional, and  the  work  roughly  finished  ;  but  some  littlo  taste  is  often  displayed, 
and  when  better  models  are  supplied,  they  are  copied  with  much  readiness  and 
ingenuity.     The  articles  being  of  pure  silver,  are  sold  for  their  weight  in  rupees 


292  THE   ORIGIN    OF   BALADEVA. 

with  the  addition  of  two  anas  in  the  rupee  for  the  work  ;  unless  it  is  exception- 
ally well  finished,  when  a  somewhat  higher  rate  is  demanded. 

Baladeva,  or  Baldeo.* 

Some  six  miles  beyond  Maha-ban,  a  little  to  the  right  of  the  high  road  lead- 
ing to  Sa'dabad  and  Jalesar,  is  the  famous  temple  of  Baladeva,  in  the  centre  of 
a  modern  town  with  a  population  of  2,835,  which  also  bears  the  same  name. 
The  original  village  was  called  Rirha,  and  still  exists,  but  only  as  a  mean  suburb 
occupied  by  the  labouring  classes.  Adjoining  the  temple  is  a  brick-built  tank? 
above  80  yards  square,  called  variously  Kshir  Sugar,  the  'sea  of  milk,'  or  Kshir 
Kund,  or  Balbhadra  Kund.  It  is  in  a  dilapidated  condition,  and  the  surface  of 
the  water  is  always  covered  with  a  repulsive  thick  green  scum,  which,  however, 
does  not  deter  the  pilgrims  either  from  drinking  or  bathing  in  it.  Here  it  is 
said  that  Gosiiin  Gokulnath  was  warned  in  a  vision  that  a  god  lay  concealed. 
Immediate  search  was  made,  and  the  statue  of  Baladeva,  that  has  ever  since 
been  regarded  as  the  tutelary  divinity  of  the  place,  was  revealed  to  the  adoring 
gaze  of  the  assembled  multitude.  Attempts  were  made  to  remove  it  to  Gokul  ; 
but  as  every  cart  broke  down,  either  from  the  weight  of  the  stone,  or  the  reluc- 
tance of  the  God  to  change  his  abode,  a  shrine  was  erected  for  his  reception  on 
the  spot,  and  an  Ahivasi  of  Bhartiya,  by  name  Kalysm,  constituted  guardian. 
From  his  two  sons,  Jamuua  Das  and  Musiya,  or  Sukadeva,  are  descended  the 
whole  horde  of  Pandas,  who  now  find  the  God  a  very  valuable  property.  They 
have  acquired,  by  purchase  from  the  Jats,  the  old  village  of  Rirha,f  and  are 
also  considerable  landowners  in  six  other  villages — viz.,  Artoni,  Nera,  Chhibarau, 
Kharaira,  Nur-pur  and  Shahab-pur,  whence  they  derive  an  annual  income  of 
Rs.  3,853.  This  estate,  which  was  for  the  most  part  a  grant  from  Sindhia, 
forms,  however,  but  a  small  part  of  their  wealth,  as  the  offerings  made  at  the 
shrine  in  the  course  of  the  year  are  estimated  to  yield  a  net  profit  of  Rs.  30,000 
more.  The  Kshir-Sagar  and  all  the  fees  paid  by  pilgrims  bathing  in  it  belong 
not  to  the  temple  Pandas,  but  to  a  community  of  Sanadh  Brahmans. 

The  temple,  despite  its  popularity,  is  neither  handsome  nor  well  appointed. 
Its  precincts  include  as  many  as  eleven   cloistered  quadrangles,  where  accom- 

*  The  latter  name  represents  the  common  pronunciation,  which  (as  in  all  similar  words)  has 
become  corrupted  by  the  practice  ot  writing  in  Persian  characters,  which  ate  inadequate  to 
express  the  va  termination. 

t  Besides  the  entire  zamindari,  the  Pandas  hold  also  255^  bighas  in  Kirha  as  muafidars.  Of 
this  area,  79  bighas  are  occupied  by  buildings,  while  the  remainder  is  either  waste  or  orchard. 
As  the  township  has  no  arable  land  attached  to  it,  the  name  Baladeva  does  not  appear  at  all  in 
the  district  rent-roll. 


TEMPLE   OF  BALADEVA.  293 

modation  is  provided  for  the  pilgrims  and  resident  priests.     No  definite  charge 

is  levied  on  the  former,  but  they  are  expected  to  make  a  voluntary  donation 

according  to  their  means.     Each  court,  or  kunj,  as  it  is  called,  bears  the  name 

of  its  founder  as  follows  : — 1st,  the  Kunj   of  Rashk  Lai  of  Agra  and  Lakhnau, 

1817  A.D. ;  2nd,  of  Bachharaj,  Baniya,  of  Hathras,  1825  ;  3rd,  of  Naval  Karan, 

Baniya,  of  Agra,  1868  ;  4th,  of  Bhirn  Sen  and  Hulas  Bai,  Baniyas,  of  Mathun'i, 

1828  ;  5th,  of  Das  Mai,  Khattri,  of  Agra,  1801 ;  6th  of  Bhathieharya  of  Jaypur, 

1794  ;  7th   of  Gopal,  Brahman,  of  Jaypur;  8th  of  Chiman  Lai,  of  Mathura, 

1778  ;  9th,  of  Sada  Ram,  Khattri,  of  Agra,  1768  ;  10th,  of  Chunna,  Halwai,  of 

Bharat-pur,  1808  ;  and  11th,  of  Piiran  Chand,  Pachauri,  of  Mana-ban,  1801. 

The  actual  temple,  built  by  Seth  Syam  Diis,  of  Delhi,  towards  the  end  of  last 

century,  stands  at  the  back  of  one  of  the  inner  courts,  and  on  each  of  its  three 

disengaged  sides  has  an  arcade  of  three  bays  with  broad  flanking  piers.     On 

each  of  these  three  sides  a  door  gives  access  to  the  cella,  which  is  surmounted 

by  a  squat  pyramidal  tower.     In  addition  to  the  principal   figure,  Baladeva, 

who  is  generally  very  richly  dressed  and  bedizened  with  jewels,  it  contains  another 

life-sized  statue,  supposed  to  represent  his  spouse  Revati.    Apparently  she  was  an 

after-thought,  as  she  is  put  away  in  a  corner,  off  the  dais.     In  an  adjoining  court 

is  shown  the  small  vaulted  chamber  which  served  the  God  as  a  residence  for  the 

first  century  after  his  epiphany.     Near  tho  tank  is  a  shrine  dedicated  by  Bihari 

Lai,  Bohra,  of  Mursan,  in  1803,  to  the  honour  of  the  god  Harideva,  and  two 

stone  chhatris  in  memory  of  the  Pandas,  Harideva  and  Jagannath. 

Two  annual  melas  are  held  at  Baladeva,  the  one  Bhadon  sudi  6th  (commonly 
called  Deo  Chath),  the  other  on  the  full  moon  of  Agahn  ;  but  there  is  probably 
not  a  single  day  in  the  course  of  the  whole  year  in  which  the  temple  courts  are 
not  occupied  by  at  least  as  many  as  a  hundred  pilgrims,  who  come  from  all  parts 
of  Northern  India.  The  cost  of  the  religious  ceremonial  cannot  be  much,  but  a 
charitable  dole  of  an  ana  apiece  is  given  to  every  applicant  ;  and  as  the  Pandes 
with  their  families  now  number  between  300  and  400  persons,  the  annual 
cost  of  their  maintenance  must  be  very  considerable.  After  reasonable  deduc- 
tions on  these  three  heads — viz.,  temple  expenses,  charity,  and  maintenance  of 
the  priests,  the  balance  of  profits  is  calculated  at  over  Rs,  30,000.  There  is 
ordinarily  a  division  among  the  shareholders  at  the  end  of  every  three  months, 
when  they  mako  an  allotment  into  twelve  equal  portions,  that  being  the  num- 
ber of  tho  principal  sub-divisions  of  the  clan,  and  then  each  sub-division  makes  a 
separate  distribution  among  its  own  members.  The  votive  offerings  in  the 
vast  majority  of  cases  are  individually  of  very  trifling  amount  ;  but  even  so, 
their  collective  value  is  not  altogether  to  be  despised.     Thus,  poorer  pilgrims,  in 

74 


294  THE  AHIV/lSI  pXndes. 

addition  to  a  few  copper  coins,  often  present  a  piece  of  sugar  ;  and  the  heap  of 
sugar  accumulated  in  three  or  four  days  has  been  sold  by  auction  for  as  much 
as  Rs.  80.  The  shrine  is  a  very  popular  one  among  all  classes  ;  scarcely  ever 
is  an  important  venture  made  without  a  vow  that  the  God  shall  receive  a  fixed 
share  of  the  profits,  if  he  bring  it  to  a  successful  issue  ;  and  even  casual  votaries, 
who  have  no  special  boon  to  beg,  are  often  most  lavish  in  their  donations,  either 
of  money,  horned  cattle,  carriages,  horses,  or  other  property.  For  example,  a 
few  years  ago,  Surajbh&n,  a  wealthy  merchant  of  Agra,  gave  Rs.  4,000  worth 
of  jewellery  for  the  personal  adornment  of  the  God. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  the  hereditary  guardians  of  so  wealthy  a  shrine 
should  bo  such  a  low  and  thriftless  set  as  the  Ahivasis  are.  The  temple-garden 
occupies  52  bighas  of  land  and  was  once  a  well-planted  grove.  It  is  now  a 
dirty,  unsightly  waste,  as  the  Pandes  have  gradually  cut  down  all  the  trees  for 
firewood,  without  a  thought  of  replacing  them.  They  have  thus  not  only  dete- 
riorated the  value  of  their  property,  but  also  forfeited  a  grant  that  used  to  be 
made  by  the  Maharaja  of  Bharat-pur  for  its  maintenance.  It  is  also  asserted 
to  be  a  common  practice  for  the  younger  members  of  the  clan,  when  they  see 
any  devotees  prostrate  in  devotion  before  the  god,  to  be  very  forward  in  assisting 
them  to  rise  and  leading  them  away,  and  to  take  the  opportunity  of  despoiling 
them  of  any  loose  cash  or  valuable  ornaments  that  they  can  lay  their  hands 
upon.  It  is  believed  that  thefts  of  this  kind  are  frequent ;  though  the  victim 
generally  prefers  to  accept  the  loss  in  silence,  rather  than  incure  the  odium 
of  bringing  a  charge,  that  there  might  not  be  legal  evidence  to  substantiate, 
against  a  professedly  religious  community.  It  appears  in  every  way  desirable 
that  some  extra  police  should  be  maintained  at  the  expense  of  the  Pandes, 
and  a  constable  or  two  kept  permanently  on  duty  in  the  inner  court  of  the 
temple.  As  an  illustration  of  the  esteem  in  which  learning  is  held  in  this  large 
and  wealthy  Brahmanical  town,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  school  is  not  only 
merely  a  primary  one,  but  is  also  about  the  smallest  and  worst  of  its  class  in 
the  whole  district. 


NOTES  TO  CHAPTER  X. 

1. — Catalogue  of  Vallabha'cha'rya  Literature. 

I. — Sanskrit  works  ascribed  to  the  founder  himself,  divided  into  two  classes: 
First,  commentaries  of  considerable  length  on  older  writings  of  authority,  being 
four  in  number,  viz.,  Bhagavata  Tika  Subodhini,  Vyasa  Sutra  Bhashya,  Jaimini 
Sdtra  Bhashya,  and  Tattva  Dipa  Nibandha.  None  of  these  have  I  seen.  Second- 
ly, seventeen  very  short  original  poems  entitled — Siddhanta  Rahasya,  Siddhanta 
Muktavali,  Pushti  Pravaha  Maryada,  Antah-karanah  Prabodha,  Nava  Ratna, 
Viveka  Dhairyasraya,  Krishnasraya,  Bhakti  Vardhani,  Jala-bheda,  Sannyaaa 
nirnaya,  Nirodha-lakshana,  Seva-phala,  Bal-bodh,  Chatur-sloki,  Panch-sloki, 
Yamunashtakam,  and  Purushottama  Sahasra-nama.  Of  all  of  these,  except  the 
last,  I  have  obtained  copies  from  Gokul. 

II. — Sanskrit  works  ascribed  to  Vallablmcharya's  immediate  successors. 
These  also  are,  for  the  most  part,  very  short.  The  principal  are  as  follows : 
Sarvottama-stotram  of  Agni  Kumar,  Ratna  Vivarna  of  Bitthalnath,  Bhakti 
Siddhanta  Vivriti  of  Gokulnath,  Vallabhashtakam  of  Bitthalnath,  Krishna 
Premamritam  of  Bitthalnath,  Siksha  Patram,  Gokulasktakam,  Prem-Amritam 
of  Gokulnath,  Sri  VaUabha-bhavashtakam  of  Hari  Das,  Madhur  Ashtakam, 
Saran  Ashtakam,  Namavali  Acharya,  Namavali  Goswami,  Siddhanta  Bhavana, 
Virodha  Lakshana,  Srinagara  Rasamandalu,  Saranopadesa,  Rasa-Sindhu,  Kal- 
padruma,  Mala  Prasanga,  and  Chita  Prabodha. 

III. — Works  in  the  modern  vernacular,  i.e.,  the  Braj-Bhasha.  Such  are  the 
Nij  Varta,  Chaurasi  Varta,  Do  Sau  Bavan  Varta,  Dwadasa  Kunja  Pavitra 
Mandala,  Purnamdsi,  Nitya-sevaprakara,  Rasa  Bhavana  Gokulnath,  Vachan- 
amrita  of  Gokulnath,  Braj  Bilas  of  Braj-basi  Das,  Ban-Jatra,  Vallabhakyana, 
Dhola,  Nitya-pada,  Sri  Gobardhan-nath  Ji  ka  Pragatya,  Gosain  Ji  Pragatya, 
Lila  Bhavana,  Swarupa  Bhavana,  Guru  Seva,  Seva-prakara  Miila  Purusha, 
Dasa  Marama,  Vaishnava  Battisi  Lakshana,  Chaui'asi  Siksha,  Otsava  Pada, 
Yamuna  Ji  Pada,  and  others. 


II.— Specimen  of  the  Tone  and  Style  of  popular  VallabhIchArya 

Literature. 

The  following  story  of  'how  Krishan  Das  showed  his  devotion  to  the  Go- 
sains'  is  extracted  from  the  Chaurasi  Varta,  and  is  interesting  as  a  specimen  both 
of  the  dialect  and  religious  superstition  of  the  locality.  Though  written  some 
two  hundred  years  ago,  it  might,  for  all  internal  evidence  to  the  contrary,  have 
been  taken  down  only  yesterday,  word  for  word,  from  the  mouth  of  a  village 


296  STORY  OF  ERISHAN  DA'S. 

gossip.  It  does  not  contain  a  single  archaic  term,  and  in  its  nnartifieial 
style  and  rustic  phraseology  is  an  exact  representation  of  the  colloquial  idiom 
of  middle-class  Hindus  of  the  present  century  ;  yet  it  has  absolutely  nothing 
in  common  with  the  language  officially  designated  the  vernacular  of  the 
country,  either  as  regards  the  arrangement  of  the  sentence  or  the  choice  of 
words ;  the  latter  being  all  taken  from  the  Hindi  vocabulary,  with  the  exception 
of  three  only — viz.,  haul, a.  'promise;'  sauda,  'merchandise;'  andkhabr,  'news.' 
These  are  inserted  as  if  on  purpose  to  show  that  the  non-admission  of  a  larger 
number  was  a  spontaneous  and  not  a  pedantic  exclusion.  As  to  its  purport, 
the  eulogy  which  it  bestows  on  the  extraordinary  sacrifice  of  personal  decency 
and  honour,  merely  for  the  sake  of  procuring  the  Gosains  a  good  dinner,  is  so 
revolting  to  the  principles  of  natural  morality  that  itcondems  the  whole  tenour 
of  Vallabhacharya  doctrine  more  strongly  than  any  argument  that  could  be 
adduced  by  an  opponent.  The  style  of  the  narrative  is  so  easy  and  perspicuous 
that  it  can  present  no  difficulty  to  the  student,  who  alone  will  take  an  interest  in 
the  matter,  and  therefore  I  have  not  considered  it  necessary  to  add  a  translation : — 

sn  <=sirqra  oft  *nm*R  "^  mm  frairareafl  sjt^to  ffRgfi  enm 
^  fiansTa  urn  nm  *i  ti fi  ih  ^t  wraslxr  tra  ?xm^  ih  »sft 

ssfrqrawl  R1TH*R  ii  *te3i  11*1  fl  T?H  l^f  %f  mWK  IM^SR  I3i3TC 

Gn 

w  frisra  ?5R3T?  im^'  "sffargnNl  hither  %  zim  mi  "%%&  nm 


ER  *3&{  %T  ^1  liH  A   f  W5re  T1H  I?t  clT  JITS  II  ^f  ^T  f  SU^TO 

m  m  ^ra  cm  muaz.m  ^i  ^  in  ^ii  m^  mm  m  rair  mw  3th 
cTt^  nm  nm  im  ciii  urn  *i  *rai  ^h  ^ik  frausTQoff  srt  sdn  ^tt 

*FRJ!I    5RT1^  ifTWTrl  ^Ta^  5?H!R  ERRER  VT  R  Isr  m^  SR  jq 

^nu*  ^rq%  n^  ri  f^^R  ert^  rurn  §n  ^cr  srh  ^fr5  ct=t  §f%i  ^t| 

%T  ^1   IRRT  oRfari    W^T  RlcZJ  ST5R  3RcT  I  ^R  t)lcT  1  ^T 

n£> 

era  in^i  toi^t  in  *i  Tumi  m%  ^r  $¥  %t  ^t^t  cjtCt  53iT^  ^ 

NO  NO  NO  O  CN 


STORY   OF   KRISHAN   DA'S.  2!>7 

TETTW^T  ^lllTr!  1  §T  ^3  ^S  fa^TX  ^RT^fi  WR  *R  *J  311  *fU  «cRT 
**T  SH  gR3T  5RT  1T3  3TCT  Hi  fig  gT  gfaXTT  ^f  ITS  3HH;  SI^Tt  fig 

gT  sm  5f  sjT  art^rai  ^i  wit  in  li  ht%i  ^  tsr  m^iif!  fi  win 

^Jra  ^T5T  ^iflt  1  §T  33  fig  gi  gfaUT  ^'  cfiWT  %T  3iT5I  9R^  fff 
|j  TTl^JfT  rig  gT  PfJT  ^  13T  %T^  =R^I  fig  gi  ^fl  ^it  ST%  ^TW^TT 

g^  3ii  TIQ13  f^^mT  rlof  gtqrgff  ¥I5ft  *rifcl  *TT  VQ1Z  f^JT  HT^  *ri*K 

in  ffonsra  gt  ^t^  §t  *ra  If^ng  mf^gi  STnggfr  eifrcfr  irsfifraji 
m%$i  *ftm  tjit  fig  scTt  §i  «r?t  in  stit  *ign:  w  gou^R  in  ttit- 
jtst?  fag^n  fig  ^fff  %  =fit  in  jji  tests  ht  T^graT  fig  fiCfgTrg 
ii  oRit  %t  st%  mmvt  grwi  fi  ?nt  i  ^it  tmk  ftrai  frg  %t  tj«rtt 

WZJ  IfiT  ^T  ^g  ^W  5T^T  fig  If^^T^I  Sfff  %  giTR  gTlfi  ITCTg 
«^  HT^  ^oTi  J^R  5i^J  ^  ^  ST3T  JT1TIRT3  T^IT  iiT  ^TR  g?; 

jalsT^T^t  tHfg  ^TTmfi  §t  irts  fsraT  et^  ffw^R  ^^  g^g^r  % 
mg  =J5iT35K  sgfi  TTfgsmgfr  gmT  3Rci  gifitsigsgTTTWjrfig 
gg  gang  ffwsre  iraiN^  fig^^R  m?iw\  zfc  s^rln  qif  ^m 

JT^  *TT^  ^Ti^  ^^  ^TU  ^T  5iR  TOT^^aTT  SRT  %gi  Sfiftsfi  ^JJ^  S!TT- 

gfi  iiT  Txi  tiT^  ^R  ^  T^il  aRR^'  ^tsi^toTi  ii  ^ttt  ^rrr jtgi  ww 
3gTTn  ^fT^re^:  srk^  wim^is  sit%  ttwi  fig  ?fW3Tg  sin  %f 
g^:  ^t^  fig  ^n  srci  mTTTHT?  z,m  m^  ^fji  v$v  ^  fTt^t  mj 

^c?J5TH  3  ^oH  ^t  5iWt  %T  fpR  gT  gf=TUT  %i  ^Tt^i^T  %T^T  <$mj 

^fii  %t  %tw  qrii  ^brt  %ra^r  frm  gT%r  %t?t  ^t  giR§  m  «^t  t 
fig  s^jt  ^rm  3^^^T  giftii  ^T^f  ^R«  xrk  %r  ^h  %r  f^JTTT  itu 
1  ^T  ^g  ^^  mw?f  ii  niTg*:  ^tjttzi^  ^?f!  ^fT  g^T  ^  f5^  lf> 
^Tilig^^  i^t  §1  nm  ^  eRra  wlifn  fiT^  fim  ^uszm 


to 


298  STORY  OF  KRISHAN   DA'S. 

^  m\  ^1  5R#  %T  rW  ^T  Sfi^-JT  3HR  Il3  5tf  ^T5R  ^TW^TXT  ^T^l 

mm  mvm  sTra^i  *tr sira"*r  m^  *i  ^fra  «l  i^g  wi%t 

failure  3  3fR*JT  3^  ^STXf^  gi  g^UXTT  SRT  ITS  g>tR  3rtR51^T 
rig  ofT  Soft    H    3T  g^TXlT    3iT    W^T  UTf^fi    3>WT  ilT  T5R3F  W*?f 

fig  ^t  sinful  3  regR^u^'  wm^Rlfra  gwwj^prasri 

nHI  ^  ^T^I  ^T  Si^Tl  %T  tJW  ^TH  flel  5R  gT  SRI  Xli  *3T  Sfi^j  %T 

*r  xiw  ht  *ta  ^i  *R  ^tit  ci=r  ^t  stfiral  5i  mm  ^w\  %t  jtr*t 
?j  efhg  *rl  1  ^r  v.m  srr  5F$T  *%  rl®l  ^^  ^1  ^  3iWT  %t  r\ 

tTT^efi   <fiWT  SR^I  r\  mi  ERRl  ^K    ^=*  ^T  3=froT  ^  efi^n  %T  7J^ 

srm  ^T^i  aiflTHl  ^ifi^  fig  gT  ^t  ^  ?swl  %i  ^i  wrire  ^i^ 
=5sra  jr  ?nth  w  %t  i?  en?*  §h*  gT  sRtai  %t  ^reg^  irai  ^iR 
*ig  griifi  It  ^t  sra  tf%j  %t  *ri  ^it  eRinn  i  %t  sg  ^rc  ^ft  ^wt 
fig  gi  m\  Sf  ^g  ireiR  It  %t  ^eg  efiwi  §t  ^^  g^frai  ^tr 

T%R3iT  ^T  TT^i  ST%T  W  ^TT  ^135  im  illR^  5^^'d  6RTT  ^R  SilJt 
%l^T  'SHHTO  ^TT  3>rS  AT  cTC*  ^T  SfiRl}  Irw  f?H  g^r  it  ^T$  gi 
Sffi  l^t  ^TRT  TilTTXT^  ^MT  "3T  ^Tl^TTT^  ^5fWT  ^R  fjW5T^I  W  ^T 

g^Trai  W  fg^rfT  sRRft  %t  ^tt  ^tt  ^xttt^  g«T  ^R^  m  ^Ct  g win 

1   §!T  rITT  ^T  tl^g  IT  TTT§  ^W  Sf^THl    ^t^T^T^Wf  JJ!in*R  ^ 

^ig  ^g^i  «5it  ri=i  gT  g^uxiT  ^t  ^m  JsTrargiii^T  nWTTOH 
^  ttt^t^^  w&h  vi$.  ^W  g^frai  ^5t  w^rg^Rr  «lfr  ^t  fW3T?i 
ii  ^fi^firn  *wt  riTri  ^t  ^^T  ^t  smg^Tzi  %l  ^iT^t  xjt§  g^ 
g^fixri  ■% mzw  ill  ^^^  *^T  ^^^  t1^t  ^r  gjarj^T^  ert  ^ar  ^it 
iiiFT  ^t  4^i^t  Ti^t  ^  f>on5T^  sat^rT'crra^t  jtwthsr  ^  ^% 
f  ttt^t^  flTTg^rxr  w  rn^  f^5^  ^Rg^^fm  gmi  |  fiiH  ^  eft  cjtftt 
5fill  fill  T^tQB  ^I^T  Tl^re  H  1  II  ^[^^1  tljo  gang  ||  08  n 


CHAPTER    XI. 

the  three  nill  places  of  mathura' :  gobardhan,  barsa'na,  and 

nand-gXnw. 

At  a  distance  of  three  miles  from  the  city  of  Mathuru,  the  road  to  Gobar- 
dhan  runs  through  the  village  of  Satoha,  by  the  side  of  a  large  tank  of  very 
sacred  repute,  called  Santanu  Kund.     The  name  commemorates  a  Raja  Santanu 
who  (as  is  said  on  the  spot)  here  practised,  through  a  long  course  of  years,   the 
severest  religious  austerities  in  the  hope  of  obtaining  a  son.     His  wishes  were 
at  last  gratified  by  a  union  with  the  goddess  Ganga,  who  bore  him  Bhishma,  one 
of  the  famous  heroes  of  the  Mahabharat.  Every  Sunday  the  place  is  frecmented 
by  women  who  are  desirous  of  issue,  and  a  large   fair  is  held  there  on  the  6th 
of  the   light  fortnight  of  Bhadon.     The  tank,   which  is  of  very  considerable 
dimensions,  was  faced  all  round  with  stone,  early  last  century,  by  Sawai  Jay 
Sinh  of  Amber,  but  a  great  part  of  the  masonry  is  now  much  dilapidated.  In  its 
centre  is  a  high  hill  connected    with  the   main   land  by  a  bridge.     The  sides  of 
the  island  are  covered   with  fine  ritha  trees,    and  on  the  summit,  which  is 
approached  by  a  flight  of  fifty  stone  steps,  is  a  small  temple.    Here  it  is  incum- 
bent upon  the  female  devotees,  who  would  have  their  prayers  effectual,  to  make 
eonib  offering  to  the  shrine,  and  inscribe  on  the  ground  or  wall  the  mystic  device 
called  in  Sanskrit  Svastika  and  in  Hindi  Sathiya,  the  fylfot  of  Western  eccle- 
siology.     The  local  superstition  is  probably  not  a  little  confirmed  by  the  acci- 
dental resemblance  that  the  king's  name  bears  to  the  Sanskrit  word  for  '  children,' 
santdna.    For,  though  Raja  Santanu  is  a  mythological  personage  of  much  ancient 
celebrity,  being  mentioned   not  only  in   several  of  the  Puranas,  but  also  in  one 
of  the  hymns  of  the  Rig  Veda,  he  is  not  much  known  at  the  present  day,  and 
what  is  told  of  him  at  Satoha  is  a  very  confused  jumble  of  the  original  legend. 
The  signal  and,  according  to  Hindu  ideas,  absolutely  fearful  abnegation  of  self, 
there  ascribed  to  the  father,  was  undergone  for  his  gratification  by  the  dutiful 
son,  who  thence  derived  his  name  of  Bhishma,  '  the  fearful.'     For,  in  extreme 
old  age,  the  Raja  was  anxious  to  wed  again,  but  the  parents  of  the  fair  girl  on 
whom  he  fixed  his  affections  would  not  consent  to  the  union,  since  the  fruit 
of  the  marriage  would  be  debarred  by  Bhishma's  seniority  from  the  succession 
to  the  throne.     The  difficulty  was  removed  by  Bhishma's  filial  devotion,  who 


300  THE   GIIU-KX.J    AT   GOBARDHAN. 

took  an  oath  to  renounce  his  birthright  and  never  to  beget  a  son  to  revive  the 
claim.  Hence  every  religious  Hindu  accounts  it  a  duty  to  make  him  amends 
for  this  want  of  direct  descendants  by  once  a  year  offering  libations  to  Bhishma's 
spirit  in  the  same  way  as  to  one  of  his  own  ancestors.  The  formula  to  be  used 
is  as  follows: — "  I  present  this  water  to  the  childless  hero,  Bhishma,  of  the  race 
of  Vyaghrapada,  the  chief  of  the  house  of  Sankriti.  May  Bhishma,  the  son  of 
Santanu,  the  speaker  of  truth  and  subjugater  of  his  passions,  obtain  by  this 
water  the  oblations  due  from  sons  and  grandsons." 

The  story  in  the  Nirukta  Vedanga  relates  to  an  earlier  period  in  the  king's 
life,  if,  indeed,  it  refers  to  the  same  personage  at  all,  which  has  been  doubted. 
It  is  there  recorded  that,  on  his  father's  death,  Santanu  took  possession  of 
the  throne,  though  he  had  an  elder  brother,  by  name  Devapi,  living.  This 
violation  of  the  right  of  primogeniture  caused  the  land  to  be  afflicted  with  a 
drought  of  twelve  years'  continuance,  which  was  only  terminated  by  the  recita- 
tion of  a  hymn  of  prayer  (Rig  Veda,  x.,  98)  composed  by  Devapi  himself,  who 
had  voluntarily  adopted  the  life  of  a  religious.  The  name  Satoha  is  absurdly 
derived  by  the  Brahmans  of  the  place  from  sattu,  '  bran,'  which  is  said  to  have 
been  the  royal  ascetic's  only  diet.  In  all  probability  it  is  formed  from  the  word 
Santanu  itself,  combined  with  some  locative  affix,  such  as  sthdna. 

Ten  miles  further  to  the  west  is  the  famous  place  of  Hindu  pilgrimage, 
Gobardhan,  i.e.,  according  to  the  literal  meaning  of  the  Sanskrit  compound,  'the 
nurse  of  cattle.'  The  town,  which  is  of  considerable  size,  with  a  population  of 
4,944,  occupies  a  break  in  a  narrow  range  of  hill,  which  rises  abruptly  from  the 
alluvial  plain,  and  stretches  in  a  south-easterly  direction  for  a  distance  of  some 
four  or  five  miles,  with  an  average  elevation  of  about  100  feet. 

This  is  the  hill  which  Krishna  is  fabled  to  have  held  aloft  on  the  tip  of  his 
finger  for  seven  days  and  nights  to  cover  the  people  of  Braj  from  the  storms 
poured  down  upon  them  by  Indra  when  deprived  of  his  wonted  sacrifices.  In 
pictorial  representations  it  always  appears  as  an  isolated  conical  peak  which  is 
as  unlike  the  reality  as  possible.  It  is  ordinarily  styled  by  Hindus  of  the  present 
day  the  Giri-raj,  or  royal  hill,  but  in  earlier  literature  is  more  frequently 
designated  the  Anna-kut.  There  is  a  firm  belief  in  the  neighbourhood  that 
as  the  waters  of  the  Jamuna  are  yearly  decreasing  in  body,  so  too  the  sacred 
hill  is  steadily  diminishing  in  height  ;  for  in  past  times  it  was  visible  from  Arin<* 
a   town  four  or  five   miles   distant,  whereas  now  a  few  hundred  yards  are 


THE   TEMPLE    OF   GOKUL-NXtH.  301 

sufficient  to  remove  it  from  sight.  It  may  be  hoped  that  the  marvellous 
fact  reconciles  the  credulous  pilgrim  to  the  insignificant  appearance  presented 
by  the  object  of  his  adoration.  It  is  accounted  so  holy  that  not  a  particle 
of  the  stone  is  allowed  to  be  taken  for  any  building  purpose  ;  and  even  the  road 
which  crosses  it  at  its  lowest  point,  whero  only  a  few  fragments  of  the  rock 
crop  up  above  the  ground,  had  to  be  carried  over  them  by  a  paved  causeway. 

The  ridge  attains  its  greatest  elevation  towards  the  south  between  the  vil- 
lages of  Jatipura  and  Anyor.  Here,  on  the  submit,  was  an  ancient  temple 
founded  in  the  year  1520  A.  D.,  by  the  famous  Vallabhacharya  of  Gokul,  and 
dedicated  to  Sri-nath.  In  anticipation  of  one  of  Aurangzeb's  raids,  the  image 
of  the  god  was  removed  to  Nathdwara  in  Udaypur  territory,  and  has  remained 
there  ever  since.  The  temple  on  the  Giri-raj  was  thus  allowed  to  fall  into  ruin, 
and  the  wide  walled  enclosure  now  exhibits  only  long  lines  of  foundations  and 
steep  nights  of  steps,  with  a  small,  untenanted,  and  quite  modern  shine.  The 
plateau,  however,  commands  a  very  extensive  view  of  the  neighbouring  coun- 
try, both  on  the  Mathura  and  the  Bharatpur  side,  with  the  fort  of  Dig  and  the 
heights  of  Nand-ganw  and  Barsana  in  the  distance. 

At  the  foot  of  the  hill  on  one  side  is  the  little  village  of  Jatipura  with 
several  temples,  of  which  one,  dedicated  to  Gokul-nath,  though  a  very  mean 
building  in  appearance,  has  considerable  local  celebrity.  Its  head  is  the 
Gosain  of  the  temple  with  the  same  title  at  Gokul,  and  it  is  the  annual  scene 
of  two  religious  solemnities,  both  celebrated  on  the  day  after  the  Dip-dan  at 
Gobardhan.  The  first  is  the  adoration  of  the  sacred  hill,  called  the  Giri-raj 
Puja,  and  the  second  the  Anna-kiit,  or  commemoration  of  Krishna's  sacrifice. 
They  are  always  accompanied  by  the  renewal  of  a  long-standing  dispute  be- 
tween the  priests  of  the  two  rival  temples  of  Sri-nath  and  Gokul-nath,  the  one 
of  whom  supplies  the  god,  the  other  his  shrine.  The  image  of  Gokul-nath,  the 
traditional  object  of  veneration,  is  brought  over  for  the  occasion  from  Gokul, 
and  throughout  the  festival  is  kept  in  the  Gokul-nath  temple  on  the  hill,  except 
for  a  few  hours  on  the  morning  after  the  Diwali,  when  it  is  exposed  for  worship 
on  a  separate  pavilion.  This  building  is  the  property  of  Giridhari  Ji,  the  Sri-nath 
Gosain,  who  invariably  protests  against  the  intrusion.  Party-feeling  runs  so 
hi <>h  that  it  is  generally  found  desirable  a  little  before  the  anniversary  to  take 
heavy  security  from  the  principals  on  either  side  that  there  shall  be  no 
breach  of  the  peace.     The  relationship  between  the  Gosains  is  explained  by  the 


following  table : — 


76 


302  PERAMBULATION   OF   THE   GIRI-BXJ. 

Damodar  Ji,  alias  Dau  Ji, 
Gosain  of  the  temple  of  Sri-natb  at  Nathdwara. 

Lachhinan  Ji,   Gosain  of  temple  =  Chandravali  Bau  Ji    Gobind  Rao  Ji,  Gosain 


of  Gokul-nath:  died  1861 


(living).  of  temples  of  Navanit- 

Priya  and  Sri-nath,  at 
Nathdwara. 


Kanhaij'a  Lai  (adopted  son),  Giridhari  Ji. 

grandson  of  Gosain  Purushot- 
tam  Lai. 

Immediately  opposite  Jatipura,  and  only  parted  from  it  by  the  intervening 
range,  is  the  village  of  Anyor — literally  '  the  other  side' — with  the  temple  of 
Sri-nath  on  the  summit  between  them.  A  little  distance  beyond  both  is  the 
village  of  Puchbri,  which,  as  the  name  denotes,  is  considered  the  '  extreme 
limit'  of  the  Giri-raj. 

Kartik,  the  month  in  which  most  of  Krishna's  exploits  are  believed  to  have 
been  performed,  is  the  favorite  time  for  the  pari-krama,  or  '  perambulation'  of 
the  sacred  hill.  The  dusty  circular  road  which  winds  around  its  base  has  a  length 
of  seven  fcos,  that  is,  about  twelve  miles,  and  is  frequently  measured  by  devotees 
who  at  every  step  prostrate  themselves  at  full  length.  When  flat  on  the  ground, 
they  mark  a  line  in  the  sand  as  far  as  their  hands  can  reach,  then  rising  they 
prostrate  themselves  again  from  the  line  so  marked,  and  continue  in  the  same 
style  till  the  whole  weary  circuit  has  been  accomplished.  This  ceremony,  called 
Dandavati  jmri-krama,  occupies  from  a  week  to  a  fortnight,  and  is  generally 
performed  for  wealthy  sinners  vicariously  by  the  Brahmans  of  the  place,  who 
receive  from  Rs.  50  to  Rs.  100  for  their  trouble  and  transfer  all  the  merit  of 
the  act  to  their  employers.  The  ceremony  has  been  performed  with  a  hundred 
and  eight*  prostrations  at  each  step  (that  being  the  number  of  Kadha's  names 
and  of  the  beads  in  a  Vaishnava  rosary),  it  then  occupied  some  two  years,  and 
was  remunerated  by  a  donation  of  Rs.  1,000. 

About  the  centre  of  the  range  stands  the  town  of  Gobardhan  on  the 
margin  of  a  very  large  irregularly  shaped  masonry  tank,  called  the  Manasi 


*  la  Christian  mysticism  107  is  as  sacred  a  number  as  108  in  Hindu.  Thus  the  Emperor 
Justinian's  great  church  of  S.  Sophia  at  Constantinople  was  supported  by  107  coluinni),  the 
numbsr  of  pillars  in  the  House  of  Wisdom. 


z 
< 

I 

Q 
DC 
< 

CO 

o 
o 

-< 
o 
z 
< 


CO 

< 

z 
-< 

5 


UJ 

I 
I- 


THE  mXnasi  gangX.  303 

Ganga,  supposed  to  have  been  called  into  existence  by  the  mere  action  of  the 
divine  will  (inwiasa).  At  one  end  the  boundary  is  formed  by  the  jutting  crags 
of  the  holy  hill ;  on  all  other  sides  the  water  is  approached  by  long  nights  of 
stone  steps.  It  has  frequently  been  repaired  at  great  cost  by  the  Rajas  of 
Bharat-pur  ;  but  is  said  to  have  been  originally  constructed  in  its  present  form 
by  Raja  Man  Sinh  of  Jaypur,  whose  father  built  the  adjoining  temple  of 
Harideva.  There  is  also  at  Banaras  a  tank  constructed  by  Man  Sinh,  called 
Man  Sarovar,  and  by  it  a  temple  dedicated  to  Manesvar  :  facts  which  suggest 
a  suspicion  that  the  name  '  Manasi1*  is  of  much  less  antiquity  than  is  popularly 
believed.  Unfortunately,  there  is  neither  a  natural  spring,  nor  any  constant 
artificial  supply  of  water,  and  for  half  the  year  the  tank  is  always  dry.  But 
ordinarily  at  the  annual  illumination,  or  Dip-dan,  which  occurs  soon  after  the 
close  of  the  rains,  during  the  festival  of  the  Diwali,  a  fine  broad  sheet  of  water 
reflects  the  light  of  the  innumerable  lamps,  which  are  ranged  tier  above  tier 
along  the  ghats  and  adjacent  buildings,  by  the  hundred  thousand  pilgrims  with 
whom  the  town  is  then  crowded. 

In  the  year  1871,  as  there  was  no  heavy  rain  towards  the  end  of  the 
season,  and  the  festival  of  the  Diwali  also  fell  later  than  usual,  it  so  happened 
that  on  the  bathing  day,  the  12th  of  November,  the  tank  was  entirely  dry, 
with  the  exception  of  two  or  three  green  and  muddy  little  puddles.  To  obviate 
this  mischance,  several  holes  were  made  and  wells  sunk  in  the  area  of  the  tank, 
■with  one  large  pit,  some  30  feet  square  and  as  many  deep,  in  whose  turbid 
waters  many  thousand  pilgrims  had  the  happiness  of  immersing  themselves.  For 
several  hours  no  less  than  twenty-five  persons  a  minute  continued  to  descend, 
and  as  many  to  ascend,  the  steep  and  slippery  steps  ;  while  the  yet  more  fetid 
patches  of  mud  and  water  in  other  parts  of  the  basin  were  quite  as  densely 
crowded.  At  night,  the  vast  amphitheatre,  dotted  with  groups  of  people  and 
glimmering  circles  of  light,  presented  a  no  less  picturesque  appearance  than  in 
previous  years  when  it  was  a  brimming  lake.     To  the  spectator  from  the  garden 

*  In  devotional  literature  mdnasi  has  the  sense  of  '  spiritual,'  as  in  the  Catholic  phrase  '  spiritual 
communion.'  Thus  it  is  related  in  the  Bhakt  Mala  that  Kaja  Prithiraj,  of  Bikaner,  being  on  a 
journey  aDd  unable  to  visit  the  shrine,  for  which  he  had  a  special  devotion,  imagined  himself  to 
be  worshipping  in  the  temple,  and  made  a  spiritual  act  of  contemplation  before  the  image  (murli 
kd  dhyaii  mdnasi  karte  the).  I'or  two  days  his  aspirations  seemed  to  meet  with  no  response,  but 
on  the  third  he  became  conscious  of  the  divine  presence.  On  enquiry  it  was  found  that  for  two 
days  the  god  had  been  removed  elsewhere,  while  the  temple  was  under  repair.  lie  then  made  a 
row  to  end  his  days  at  Mathura.  The  emperor,  to  spite  him,  put  him  in  command  of  an  expedi- 
tion to  Kabul ;  but  when  he  felt  his  end  approaching,  he  mounted  a  ca— el  and  hastened  back  to 
the  holy  city  and  there  expired. 


304  TEMrLE   OF   HARI-DEVA. 

side  of  the  broad  and  deep  expanse,  as  the  line  of  demarkation  between  the  !-teej> 
flights  of  steps  and  the  irregular  masses  of  building  which  immediately  sur- 
mount them  ceased  to  be  perceptible,  the  town  presented  the  perfect  semblance 
of  a  long  and  lofty  mountain  range  dotted  with  fire-lit  villages ;  while  the  clash 
of  cymbals,  the  beat  of  drums,  the  occasional  toll  of  bells  from  the  adjoining 
temples,  with  the  sudden  and  long-sustained  cry  of  some  enthusiastic  band, 
vociferating  the  praises  of  mother  Ganga,  the  clapping  of  hands  that  began 
scarce  heard,  but  was  quickly  caught  up  and  passed  on  from  tier  to  tier,  and 
prolonged  into  a  wild  tumult  of  applause, — all  blended  with  the  ceaseless  mur- 
mur of  the  stirring  crowd  in  a  not  discordant  medley  of  exciting  sound.  Accord- 
ing to  popular  belief,  the  ill-omened  drying  up  of  the  water,  which  had  not 
occurred  before  in  the  memory  of  man,  was  the  result  of  the  curse  of  one 
Habib-ullah  Shah,  a  Muhammadan  fakir.  He  had  built  himself  a  hut  on  the 
top  of  the  Giri-raj,  to  the  annoyance  of  the  priests  of  the  neighbouring  temple 
of  Dau-Rae,  who  complained  that  the  holy  ground  was  defiled  by  the  bones  and 
other  fragments  of  his  unclean  diet,  and  procured  an  order  from  the  Civil  Court 
for  his  ejectment.  Thereupon  the  fakir  disappeared,  leaving  a  curse  upon  his 
persecutors ;  and  this  bore  fruit  in  the  drying  up  of  the  healing  waters  of  the 
Manasi  Ganga. 

Close  by  is  the  famous  temple  of  Hari-deva,  erected  during  the  tolerant 
reio-n  of  Akbar  by  Raja  Bhagawan  Das  of  Amber  on  a  site  long  previously 
occupied  by  a  succession  of  humbler  fanes.  It  consists  of  a  nave  G8  feet  in  length 
and  20  feet  broad,  leading  to  a  choir  20  feet  square,  with  a  sacrarium  of  about 
the  same  dimensions  beyond.  The  nave  has  four  openings  on  either  side,  of 
which  three  have  arched  heads,  while  the  fourth  nearest  the  door  is  covered  by 
a  square  architrave  supported  by  Hindu  brackets.  There  are  clerestory 
windows  above,  and  the  height  is  about  30  feet  to  the  cornice,  which  is 
decorated  at  intervals  with  large  projecting  heads  of  elephants  and  sea- 
monsters.  There  was  a  double  roof,  each  entirely  of  stone  :  the  outer  one 
a  high  pitched  gable,  the  inner  an  arched  ceiling,  or  rather  the  nearest 
approach  to  an  arch  ever  seen  in  Hindu  design.  The  centre  was  really  flat, 
but  it  was  so  deeply  coved  at  the  sides  that,  the  width  of  the  building  being 
inconsiderable,  it  had  all  the  effect  of  a  vault,  and  no  doubt  suggested  the 
possibility  of  the  true  radiating  vault,  which  we  find  in  the  temple  of  Govind 
Deva  built  by  Bkagawan's  son  and  successor,  Man  Sinh,  at  Brinda-ban.  The 
construction  is  extremely  massive,  and  even  the  exterior  is  still  solemn  and 
imposing,  though  the  two  towers  which  originally  crowned  the  choir  and 
sacrarium  were  long  ago  levelled  with  tho   roof  of   the   nave.     The   material 


Vage.  3q^ 


&      X      C^ 


•c 


1 


TEIttTLE  OF  HAEI-DEVA.  305 

employed  throughout  the  superstructure  is  red  sandstone  from  the  Bharat- 
pur  quarries,  while  the  foundations  are  composed  of  rough  blocks  of  the 
stone  found  in  the  neighbourhood.  These  have  been  laid  bare  to  the  depth 
of  several  feet ;  and  a  large  deposit  of  earth  all  round  the  basement  would 
much  enhance  the  appearance  as  well  as  the  stability  of  the  building. 

Bihiiri  Mall,  the  father  of  the  reputed  founder,  was  the  first  Rajput  who 
attached  himself  to  the  court  of  a  Mnhammadan  emperor.  He  was  chief  of  the 
Rajawat  branch  of  the  Kaehhwaha.  Thakurs  seated  at  Amber,  and  claimed  to  be 
eighteenth  in  descent  from  the  founder  of  the  family.  The  capital  was  subse- 
quently transferred  to  Jaypur  in  1728  A.D.  ;  the  present  Maharaja  being  the 
thirty-fourth  descendant  of  the  original  stock.  In  the  battle  of  Sarnal,  Bhagawan 
Das  had  the  good  fortune  to  save  Akbar's  life,  and  was  subsequently  appointed 
Governor  of  the  Panjab.  He  died  about  the  year  1590  at  Labor.  His  daughter 
was  married  to  prince  Salim,  who  eventually  became  emperor  under  the 
title  of  Jahaugir  ;  the  fruit  of  their  marriage  being  the  unfortunate  prince 
Khusru. 

The  temple  has  a  yearly  income  of  some  Rs.  2,300,  derived  from  the  two 
villages,  Bhagosa  and  Lodhipuri,  the  latter  estate  being  a  recent  grant,  in  lieu  of 
an  annual  money  donation  of  Rs.  500,  on  the  part  of  the  Raja  of  Bharat-pur,  who 
further  makes  a  fixed  monthly  offering  to  the  shrine  at  the  rate  of  one  rupee  per 
diem.  The  hereditary  Gosains  have  long  devoted  the  entire  income  to  their 
own  private  uses,  completely  neglecting  the  fabric  of  the  temple  and  its  religious 
services.*  In  consequence  of  such  short-sighted  greed,  the  votive  offerings  at 
this,  one  of  the  most  famous  shrines  in  Upper  India,  have  dwindled  down  to 
about  Rs.  50  a  year.  Not  only  so,  but,  early  in  1872,  the  roof  of  the  nave, 
which  had  hitherto  been  quite  perfect,  began  to  give  way.  An  attempt  was 
made  by  the  writer  of  this  memoir  to  procure  an  order  from  the  Civil  Court 
authorising  the  expenditure,  on  the  repair  of  the  fabric,  of  the  proceeds  of  the 
temple  estate,  which,  iu  consequence  of  the  dispute  among  the  shareholders,  had 
for  some  months  past  been  paid  as  a  deposit  into  the  district  treasury  and  had 
accumulated  to  more  than  Rs.  3,000.  There  was  no  unwillingness  on  the  part 
of  the  local  Government  to  further  the  proposal,  and  an  engineer  was  deputed 


*  The  estate  is  divided  into  twenty-four  bats  or  shares,  allotted  among  seventeen  different 
families.  It  appeared  that  all  were  agreed  as  to  the  distribution,  with  the  exception  of  one  man 
by  name  Nirayan,  who,  in  addition,  to  his  own  original  share,  claimed  also  as  sole  representative 
of  a  shareholder  deceased.  This  claim  was  not  admitted  by  the  others,  and  the  zaruindars  con- 
tinued to  pay  the  revenue  as  a  deposit  into  the  district  treasury,  till  eventually  the  muafldars 
concurred  in  making  a  joiut  application  for  its  transfer  to  themselves. 

77 


30(3  TOMBS   OF  THE   BHARAT-rUR   RA\rXS. 

to  examine  and  report  on  the  probable  cost.     But  an  unfortunate  delay  occur- 
red in  the  Commissioner's  office,  the  channel  of  correspondence,  and  meanwhile 
the  whole  of  the  roof  fell  in,  with  the  exception  of  one  compartment.     This, 
however,  would  have  been  sufficient  to  serve  as  a  model  in  the  work  of  restora- 
tion.    The   estimate  was   made  out  for  Rs.   8,767 ;   and  as  there  was  a  good 
balance  in  hand  to  begin  upon,  operations  might  have  been  commenced  at  once 
and  completed  without  any  difficulty  in  the  course  of  two  or  three  years.     But 
no  further  orders  were  communicated  by  the  superior  authorities   from   April, 
when  the  estimate  was  suhmitted,  till  the  following  October,  and  in  the  interim 
a  baniya  from  the  neighbouring  town  of  Aring,  by  name  Chhitar  Mall,  hoping 
to  immortalise  himself  at  a  moderate  outlay,  came  to  the  relief  of  the  temple 
proprietors  and  undertook  to  do  all  that  was  necessary  at  his  own  private  cost. 
He  accordingly  ruthlessly  demolished  all  that  yet  remained  of  the  original  roof, 
breaking  down  at  the  same  time  not  a  little  of  the  curious  cornice,  and  in  its 
place  simply  threw  across,   from  wall  to  wall,  rough  and  unshapen  wooden 
beams,  of  which  the  best  that  can  be  said  is,  that  they  may,  for  some  few  years, 
serve  as  a  protection  from  the  wreather.     But  all  that  was   unique  and  charac- 
teristic in  the  design  has  ceased  to  exist ;  and  thus  another  of  the  few  pages  in 
the  fragmentary  annals  of  Indian  architecture  has  been  blotted  out  for  ever. 
Like  the  temple  of  Gobind  Deva  at  Brinda-ban,  it  has  none  of  the  coarse 
figure  sculpture  which  detract  so  largely  from  the  artistic  appearance  of  most 
Hindu  religious  buildings  ;  and  though   originally  consecrated  to  idolatrous 
worship,  it  was  in  all  points  of  construction  equally  well  adapted  for  the  public 
ceremonial  of  the  purest  faith.    Had  it  been  preserved  as  a  national  monument, 
it  might  at  some  day,  in  the  future  golden  age,  have  been  to  Gobardhan  what 
the  Pagan  Pantheon  is  now  to  Christian  Rome. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Manasi  Ganga  are  two  stately  cenotaphs,  or 
chhattris,  to  the  memory  of  Randhir  Sinh  and  Baladeva  Sinh,  Rajas  of  Bharat- 
pur.  Both  are  of  similiar  design,  consisting  of  a  lofty  and  substantial  square 
masonry  terrace  with  corner  kiosks  and  lateral  alcoves,  and  in  the  centre  the 
monument  itself,  still  further  raised  on  a  richly  decorated  plinth.  The  cella, 
enclosed  in  a  colonnade  of  five  open  arches  on  each  side,  is  a  square  apartment 
surmounted  by  a  dome,  and  having  each  wall  divided  into  three  bays,  of  which 
one  is  left  for  the  doorway,  and  the  remainder  are  filled  in  with  reticulated 
tracery.  The  cloister  has  a  small  dome  at  each  corner  and  the  curious  curvi- 
linear roof,  distinctive  of  the  style,  over  the  central  compartments.  In  the 
larger  monument,  the  visitor's  attention  is  specially  directed  to  tho  panels  of 
the  doors,  painted  in  miniature  with  scenes  from  the  life  of  Krishna,  and  to  the 


2 
< 

I 
Q 

< 

m 
o 

x 


< 
> 

LU 
Q 
< 

_J 
< 

CQ 

< 

< 


< 

Li- 

o 


< 

I 
O 


TIIE   KUSUM    SAEOVAR.  307 

cornice,  a  flowered  design  of  some  vitreous  material  executed  at  Delhi.  This 
commemorates  Baladeva  Sinh,  who  died  in  1825,  and  was  erected  by  his  son 
and  successor  the  late  Raja  Balavant  Sinh,  who  was  placed  on  the  throne  after 
the  reduction  of  the  fort  of  Bharat-pur  by  Lord  Combermere  in  1826.  The 
British  army  figures  conspicuously  in  the  paintings  on  the  ceilings  of  the 
pavilions.*  R;'ija  Bandhir  Sinh,  who  is  commemorated  by  the  companion 
monument,  was  the  elder  brother  and  predecessor  of  Baladeva,  and  died  in  the 
year  1823.  These  chhatfcris  are  very  elegantly  grouped  piles  of  building  and 
have  an  extremely  picturesque  effect,  which  is  heightened  by  the  sheet  of  water 
in  front  of  them.  But  from  a  purely  architectural  point  of  view,  they  are  not 
of  any  great  merit,  and  give  the  idea  of  having  been  executed  by  a  contractor, 
who  scamped  the  work  to  increase  his  own  profit.  The  decorative  details  are 
mostly  poor  in  themselves,  and  are  repeated  with  a  monotonous  uniformity, 
which  contrasts  most  disagreeably  with  the  rich  variety  of  design  that  distin- 
guishes all  the  more  important  buildings  either  in  Mathura  or  Brinda-ban.  Tho 
painting  on  the  interior  of  the  domes  is  also  as  heavy  and  tasteless  as  Hindu 
attempts  at  pictorial  art  generally  are. 

A  mile  or  so  from  tho  town,  on  the  borders  of  the  parish  of  Ridha-kund, 
is  a  much  more  magnificent  architectural  group  erected  by  Jawahir  Singh  in 
honour  of  his  father  Suraj  Mall,  the  founder  of  the  family,  who  met  his  death 
at  Delhi  in  1764  (see  page  40).  The  principal  tomb,  which  is  57  feet  square, 
is  of  precisely  the  same  style  as  the  two  already  described.  The  best  part  of 
the  design  is  the  plinth,  which  is  at  once  bold  in  outline  and  delicate  in  finish. 
With  that  curious  blindness  to  practical  requirements,  which  appears  to  have 
characterised  the  Hindu  architect  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  present  tho 
decorated  panels  have  been  continued  all  round  the  four  sides  of  the  buildinc, 
without  a  blank  space  being  left  anywhere  for  the  steps,  which  the  heio-ht  from 
the  ground  renders  absolutely  necessary.  The  Raja's  monument  is  flanked 
on  either  side  by  one  of  somewhat  less  dimensions,  comineinoratinf  his  two 
queens,  Hansiyaf  and  Kishori.  The  lofty  terrace  upon  which  they  stand  is 
460  feet  in  length,  with  a  long  shallow  pavilion  serving  as  a  screen  at  each  end, 


*  In  the  garden  attached  to  this  chhattri  the  Maharaja  has  a  house,  where  he  stays  on  his 
visits  to  the  town  ;  but  at  all  other  times  it  is  most  obligingly  placed  at  the  disposal  of  European 
visitors. 

t  Hans-ganj,  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  immediately  opposite  Mathura,  was  founded  by  this 
Kani.  In  consequence  of  a  diversion  of  the  road  which  once  passed  through  it,  the  village  is 
now  that  most  melancholy  of  all  spectacles,  a  modern  ruin ;  though  it  comprises  some  spacious 
walled  gardens,  crowded  with  magnificent  trees. 


308  GOSAIN  HIMMAT  baha'dur. 

and  nine  two-storied  kiosks  of  varied  outline  to  relieve  the  front.  Attached  to 
Eani  Hansiya's  monument  is  a  smaller  one  in  commemoration  of  a  faithful 
attendant.  Behind  is  an  extensive  garden,  and  in  front,  at  the  foot  of  the 
terrace,  is  an  artificial  lake,  called  the  Kusum-Sarovar,  460  feet  square  ;  the 
flights  of  stone  steps  on  each  side  being  broken  into  one  central  and  four  small- 
er side  compartments  by  panelled  and  arcaded  walls  running  out  60  feet  into 
the  water.  On  the  north  side,  some  progress  had  been  made  in  the  erection 
of  a  chhattri  for  Jawahir  Singh,  when  the  work  was  interrupted  by  Muhammadan 
inroad  and  never  renewed.  On  the  same  side,  the  ghats  of  the  lake  are  partly 
in  ruins,  and  it  is  said  were  reduced  to  this  condition,  a  very  few  years  after 
their  completion,  by  the  Gosain  Himmat  Bahadur,  who  carried  away  the  ma- 
terials to  Brinda-ban,  to  be  used  in  the  construction  of  a  ghat  which  still  com- 
memorates his  name  there.  Such  a  wanton  exercise  of  power  seems  a  little 
startling,  and  therefore  it  will  not  be  out  of  place  to  explain  a  little  in  detail 
who  this  warlike  Gosain  was.  A  native  of  Bundel-khand,  he  became  a  pupil 
of  Mahant  Rajendra  Giri,  who  had  seceded  from  the  Dasnamis,*  or  followers  of 
Sankarachtirya,  the  most  fanatical  of  all  Hindu  sectaries,  and  had  joined  the 
Saiva  Nagas,  a  community  characterized  by  equal  turbulence  unfettered  by 
even  a  pretence  of  any  religious  motive.  Through  his  instigations,  Ali  Baha- 
dur, an  illegitimate  grandson  of  Baji  Rao,  the  first  Peshwa,  was  induced  to 
take  up  arms  against  Sindhia  and  establish  himself  in  Bundel-khand  as  virtu- 
ally an  independent  sovereign.  In  1802,  Ah  Bahadur  fell  at  the  siege  of 
Kalanjar,  leaving  a  son,  Shamsher  Bahadur.  At  first  the  heir  was  supported 
by  Himmat,  who,  however,  continued  quietly  to  extend  his  own  influence  as 
far  as  possible  ;  and,  on  the  combination  of  the  Mahratta  chiefs  against  the 
British  Government,  in  which  they  were  joined  by  Shamsher,  foreseeing  in 
their  success  an  immediate  diminution  of  his  own  authority,  he  determined  to 
co-operate  with  the  British.  On  the  4th  of  September,  1803,  a  treaty  was 
concluded  between  Lord  Wellesley  and  '  Amip-giri  Himmat  Bahadur,'  by 
which  nearly  all  the  territory  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Jamund  from  Kalpi  to 
Allahabad  was  assigned  to  him.  His  death,  however,  occurred  in  the  follow- 
ing year,  when  the  lands  were  resumed  and  pensions  in  lieu  thereof  granted 
to  his  family. 

Other  sacred  spots  in  the  town  of  Gobardhan  are  the  temple  of  Chak- 
resvar  Mahadeva,  and  four  ponds  called  respectively  Go-rochan,  Dharm-rochan, 

*  The  ten  names — whence  the  title  Das-nami— arc  tirtlw,  dsrama,  vana,  aranya,  sarasvati, 
pun,  bhartxti,  giri,  parvata,  and  sdijara,  one  of  which  is  attached  to  his  personal  name  by  every 
member  of  the  order. 


I 
a 

< 

CO 

o 
o 


< 
> 

o 

cc 
< 

CO 


CO 


LU 

i 
I- 


THE    GOBARDHAN   HERMIT.  309 

Pap-moehan,  and  Rin-mochan.  But  these  latter,  even  in  the  rains,  are  mere 
puddles,  and  all  the  rest  of  the  year  are  quite  dry  ;  while  the  former,  in  spite 
of  its  sanctity,  is  as  mean  a  little  building  as  it  is  possible  to  conceive. 

The  break  in  the  hill,  traversed  by  the  road  from  Mathnra  to  Dig,  is 
called  the  Dan  Ghat,  and  is  supposed  to  be  the  spot  where  Krishna  lay  in  wait 
to  intercept  the  Gopis  and  levy  a  toll  {dan)  on  the  milk  they  were  bringing 
into  the  town.  A  Brahman  still  sits  at  the  receipt  of  custom,  and  extracts  a 
copper  coin  or  two  from  the  passers-by.  On  the  ridge  overlooking  the  ghat 
stands  the  temple  of  Dan  Rae. 

For  many  years  past  one  of  the  most  curious  sights  of  the  place  has  been 
an  aged  Hindu  ascetic,  who  had  bound  himself  by  a  vow  of  absolute  silence. 
Whatever  the  hour  of  the  day,  or  time  of  the  year,  or  however  long  the  inter- 
val that  might  have  elapsed  since  a  previous  visit,  a  stranger  was  sure  to  find 
him  sitting  exactly  on  the  same  spot  and  in  the  same  position,  as  if  he  had 
never  once  stirred  ;  a  slight  awning  suspended  over  his  head,  and  immediately 
in  front  of  him  a  miniature  shrine  containing  an  emblem  of  the  god.  The  half 
century,  which  was  the  limit  of  his  vow,  has  at  length  expired  ;  but  his  tongue, 
bound  for  so  many  years,  has  now  lost  the  power  of  uttering  any  articulate 
sound.  In  a  little  dog-kennel  at  the  side  sits  another  devotee,  with  his  legs 
crossed  under  •him,  ready  to  enter  into  conversation  with  all  comers,  and  looking 
one  of  the  happiest  and  most  contented  of  mortals  ;  though  the  cell  in  which  he 
has  immured  himself  is  so  confined  that  he  can  neither  stand  up  nor  lie  down  in  it. 

Subsequently  to  the  cession  by  Sindhia  in  1803,  Gobardban  was  granted, 
free  of  assessment,  to  Knar  Laelibman  Smb.,  youngest  son  of  Raja  Ranjit  Sink 
of  Bharat-pur  ;  but  on  his  death,  in  182(>,  it  was  resumed  by  the  Government 
and  annexed  to  the  district  of  Agra.  Of  late  years,  the  paramount  power  has 
been  repeatedly  solicited  by  the  Bharat-pur  Raja  to  cede  it  to  him  in  exchange 
for  other  territory  of  equal  value.  It  contains  so  many  memorials  of  his  ances- 
tors that  the  request  is  a  very  natural  one  for  him  to  make,  and  it  must  be 
admitted  that  the  Bharat-pur  frontier  stands  greatly  in  need  of  rectification. 
It  would,  however,  be  most  impolitic  for  the  Government  to  make  the  desired 
concession,  and  thereby  lose  all  control  over  a  place  so  important,  both  from  its 
position  and  its  associations,  as  Gobardban. 

The  following  legend  in  the  Ilarivansa  (cap.  94)  must  be  taken  to  refer 
to  the  foundation  of  the  town,  though  apparently  it  has  never  hitherto  been 
noticed  in  that  connection.  Among  the  descendants  of  Ikshvaku,  who  reigned 
at  Ayodkya,  was  Haryasva,  who  took   to  wife  Madhumati,  the  daughter  of  the 

78 


310  THE   FOUNDATION   OF   GOBARDHAN. 

giant  Madhu.  Being  expelled  from  the  throne  by  his  elder  brother,  the  king 
fled  for  refuge  to  the  court  of  his  father-in-law,  who  received  him  most  affec- 
tionately and  ceded  him  the  whole  of  his  dominions,  excepting  only  the  capital 
Madhuvana,  which  he  reserved  for  his  son  Lavana.  Thereupon,  Haryasva 
built,  on  the  sacred  Girivara,  a  new  royal  residence,  and  consolidated  the  king- 
dom of  Anarta,  to  which  he  subsequently  annexed  the  country  of  Arupa,  or  (as 
it  is  otherwise  and  preferably  read)  Aniipa.  The  third  in  descent  from  Yadu, 
the  son  and  successor  of  Haryasva,  was  Bhima,  in  whose  reign  Kama,  the  then 
sovereign  of  Ayodhya,  commissioned  Satrughna  to  destroy  Lavana's  fort  of 
Madhuvana  and  erect  in  its  stead  the  town  of  Mathura.  After  the  departure 
of  its  founder,  Mathura  was  annexed  by  Bhima,  and  continued  in  the  posses- 
sion of  his  descendants  down  to  Vasudeva.  The  most  important  lines  in  the 
text  run  thus  : — 

Haryasvascha  mahateja  divye  Girivarottame 
Nivesayamasa  puram  vasartham  amaropamah 
Anartam  nama  tadrashtram  surashtram  Godhanayutam. 
Achirenaiva  kalena  samriddham  pratyapadyata 
Anupa-vishayam  chaiva  vela-vana-vibhushitam. 

From  the  occurrence  of  the  words  Girivara  and  Godhana  and  the  declared 
proximity  to  Mathura,  it  is  clear  that  the  capital  of  Haryasva  must  have 
been  situate  on  the  Giri-raj  of  Gobardhan  ;  and  it  is  probable  that  the  country 
of  Aniipa  was  to  some  extent  identical  with  the  more  modern  Braj.  Aniipa  is 
once  mentioned,  in  an  earlier  canto  of  the  poem,  as  having  been  bestowed  by 
king  Prithu  on  the  bard  Siita.  The  name  Anarta  occurs  also  in  canto  X., 
where  it  is  stated  to  have  been  settled  by  king  Reva,  the  son  of  Saryati,  who 
made  Kusasthali  its  capital.  In  the  Ramayana,  IV.,  43,  it  is  described  as  a 
western  region  on  the  sea-coast,  or  at  all  events  in  that  direction,  and  has  there- 
fore been  identified  with  Gujarat.  Thus  there  would  seem  to  have  been  an  in- 
timate connection  between  Gujarat  and  Mathura,  long  anterior  to  Krishna's 
foundation  of  Dwaraka. 


BARS  ANA  AND  NAND-GANW.* 

BarsXna — population  2,773 — according  to  modern  Hindu  belief  the  home 
of  Krishna's  favourite  mistress  Radha,  is  a  town  which  enjoyed  a  brief  period  of 
great  prosperity  about  the  middle  of  last  century.  It  is  built  at  the  foot  and 
on  the  slope  of  a  ridge,  originally  dedicated  to  the  god  Brahma,  which  rises 
abruptly  from  the  plain,  near  the  Bharat-pur  border  of  the  Chhata  pargana,  to 
a  height  of  some  200  feet  at  its  extreme  point,  and  runs  in  a  south-westerly 
direction  for  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Its  summit  is  crowned  by  a  series  of 
temples  in  honour  of  Larli-Ji,  a  local  title  of  Radha,  meaning  'the  beloved.' 
These  were  all  erected  at  intervals  within  the  last  two  hundred  years,  and  now 
form  a  connected  mass  of  building  with  a  lofty  wall  enclosing  the  court  in  which 
they  stand.  Each  of  the  successive  shrines  was  on  a  somewhat  grander  scale 
than  its  predecessor,  and  was  for  a  time  honoured  with  the  presence  of  the 
divinity  ;  but  even  the  last  and  largest,  in  which  she  is  now  enthroned,  is  an 
edifice  of  no  special  pretension  ;  through  seated,  as  it  is,  on  the  very  brow  of  the 
rock,  and  seen  in  conjunction  with  the  earlier  buildings,  it  forms  an  imposing 
feature  in  the  landscape  to  the  spectator  from  the  plain  below.  A  long  flight 
of  stone  steps,  broken  about  half  way  by  a  temple  in  honour  of  Radha's  grand- 
father, Mahi-bhan,  leads  down  from  the  summit  to  the  foot  of  the  hill,  where 
are  two  other  small  temples.  One  of  them  is  dedicated  to  Radha's  female  com- 
panions, called  the  Sakhis,  who  are  eight  in  number,  as  follows  :  Lalita,  Visakha, 
Champaka-lata,  Ranga-devi,  Chitra-lekha,  Dulekha,  Sudevi,  and  Chandnivali. 
The  other  contains  a  life-size  image  of  the  mythical  Brikh-bhan  robed  in  appro- 
priate costume  and  supported  on  the  one  side  by  his  daughter  Radha,  and  on 
the  other  by  Sridama,  a  Pauranik  character,  here  for  the  nonce  represented  as 
her  brother. 

The  town  consists  almost  entirely  of  magnificent  mansions  all  in  ruins,  and 
lofty  but  crumbling  walls  now  enclosing  vast,  desolate,  dusty  areas,  which  once 
were  busy  courts  and  markets  or  secluded  pleasure  grounds.  All  date  from 
the  time  of  Rup  Ram,  a  Katara  Brahman,  who,  having  acquired  great  reputa- 
tion as  a  Pandit  in  the  earlier  part  of  last  century,  became  Purohit  to  Bharat-pur, 

*  Both  these  interesting  places,  as  also  Baladeva,  are  entirely  omitted  by  Dr.  Hunter  in  his 
Imperial  Gazetteer,  and  all  the  places  in  the  district  that  he  does  mention  are  described  with  re- 
markable inadequacy  and  inaccuracy.  Apparently  his  test  of  the  importance  of  auy  locality  is  his 
own  personal  connection  with  it :  hence  the  disproportionate  length  of  some  of  the  Bengal  articles. 


312  Rtip  ra'm  of  barsXna. 

Sindhia,*  and  Holkar,  and  was  enriched  by  those  princes  with  the  most  lavish 
donations,  the  whole  of  which  he  appears  to  have  expended  on  the  embellish- 
ment of  Barsana  and  the  other  sacred  places  within  the  limits  of  Braj,  his 
native  country.  Before  his  time,  Barsana,  if  inhabited  at  all,  was  a  mere 
hamlet  of  the  adjoining  village  Ucha-ganw,  which  now,  under  its  Gnjar  land- 
lords, is  a  mean  and  miserable  place,  though  it  boasts  the  remains  of  a  fort  and 
an  ancient  and  well-endowed  temple,  dedicated  to  Baladeva.  Riip  Ram  was 
the  founder  of  one  of  the  now  superseded  temples  of  Larli  Ji,  with  the  stone 
staircase  np  the  side  of  the  hill.  He  also  constructed  tha  largest  market-place 
in  the  town,  with  as  many,  is  it  said,  as  sixty-four  walled  gardens  ;  a  princely 
mansion  for  his  own  residence  ;  several  small  temples  and  chapels,  and  other 
courts  and  pavilions.  One  of  the  latter,  a  handsome  arcaded  building  of  carved 
stone,  has  for  some  years  past  been  occupied  by  the  Government  as  a  police- 
station  without  any  payment  of  rent  or  award  of  compensation,  though  the 
present  representative  of  the  family  is  living  on  the  spot  and  is  an  absolute 
pauper.  Three  cenotaphs  commemorating  Riip  Ram  himself  and  two  of  his 
immediate  relatives,  stand  by  the  side  of  a  large  stone  tank  with  broad  flights  of 
steps  and  flanking  towers,  which  he  restored  and  brought  into  its  present  shape. 
This  is  esteemed  sacred  and  commonly  called  Bhanokhar,  that  is,  the  tank  of 
Brikha-bhan,  Radha's  reputed  father.  In  connection  with  it  is  a  smaller 
reservoir,  named  after  her  mother  Kirat.  On  the  margin  of  the  Bhanokhar  is 
a  pleasure-house  in  three  stories,  known  as  the  Jal-mahall.  It  is  supported  on 
a  series  of  vaulted  colonnades  which  open  direct  on  to  the  water,  for  the  conve- 
nience of  the  ladies  of  the  family,  who  were  thus  enabled  to  bathe  in  perfect 
seclusion,  as  the  two  tanks  and  the  palace  are  all  enclosed  in  one  courtyard  by 
a  lofty  bastioned  and  embattled  wall  with  tower-like  gateways. f  Besides  these 
works,  Riip  Ram  also  constructed  two  other  large  masonry  tanks,  one  for  the 
convenience  of  a  hamlet  in  the  neighbourhood,  which  he  settled  and  called  after 
his  own  name  Riip-nagar  ;  the  second  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  town,  in  the 
village  of  Ghazipur,  is  the  sacred  lake  called  Prem  Sarovar,  which  he  faced  with 
octagonal  stone  ghats.  Opposite  the  latter  is  a  walled  garden  with  an  elegant 
domed  monument,  in  the  form  of  a  Greek  cross,  to  his  brother  Hem-raj. 


*  It  appears  that  Barsana  was  an  occasional  residence  of  Madho  Iiao  Sindhia ;  for  a  treaty 
of  hia  with  the  Company,  regarding  trade  at  Baroch,  dated  the  3oth  of  September,  1785,  was 
signed  by  him  there,  as  also  the  supplementary  article  dated  the  following  Jauuary. 

f  Both  the  house  and  Bhanokhar  hare  been  considerably  damaged  hy  the  new  proprietor, 
who  has  rei]  oved  many  of  the  larger  slabs  of  stoue. 


THE   MISFORTUNES   OF   BARSXNA.  313 

Contemporary  with  Rup  Bam,  two  other  wealthy  families  resided  at  Bar- 
sana and  were  his  rivals  in  magnificence.  The  head  of  the  one  family  was 
Mohan  Ram,  a  Lavania  Brahman  ;  and  of  the  other  Lalji,  a  Tantia  Thakur. 
It  is  said  that  the  latter  was  by  birth  merely  a  common  labourer,  who  went  off 
to  Lakhnau  to  make  his  fortune.  There  he  became  first  a  harkara,  then  a 
jamadar,  and  eventually  the  leading  favourite  at  court.  Towards  the  close  of 
his  life  he  begged  permission  to  return  to  his  native  place  and  there  leave  some 
permanent  memorial  of  the  royal  favour.  The  Nawab  not  only  granted  the 
request,  but  further  presented  him  with  carte  blanche  on  the  State  treasury  for 
the  prosecution  of  his  designs.  Besides  the  stately  mansion,  now  much  dilapi- 
dated, he  constructed  a  large  bdoli,  still  in  excellent  preservation,  and  two  wells, 
sunk  at  great  expense  in  sandy  tracts  where  previously  all  irrigation  had  been 
impracticable. 

The  sacred  tank  on  the  outskirts  of  the  town  called  Priya-kund,  or  Piri- 
pokhar,  was  faced  with  stone  by  the  Lavaniyas,  who  are  further  commemorated 
by  a  large  katra,  or  market-place,  the  ruins  of  the  vast  and  elaborate  mansion 
where  they  resided,  and  the  elegant  stone  chhattris  at  the  foot  of  the  hill.  They 
held  office  under  the  Raja  of  Bharat-pur.  and  their  present  representative,  Ram 
Naniyan,  is  now  a  Tahsildar  in  that  territory. 

Barsana  had  scarcely  been  built,  when,  by  the  fortune  of  war,  it  was  des- 
troyed beyond  all  hope  of  restoration,  as  has  already  been  related  in  Chapter  II 
of  this  memoir,  page  42.  As  if  this  blow  were  not  enough,  in  the  year  1812  it 
sustained  a  further  misfortune,  when  the  Gaurua  Thakurs,  its  zamindars,  being 
in  circumstances  of  difficulty  and  probably  distrustful  of  the  stability  of  British 
rule,  then  only  recently  established,  were  mad  enough  to  transfer  their  whole 
estate  to  the  oft-quoted  Lala  Babu  for  the  paltry  sum  of  Rs.  602  and  the  condi- 
tion of  holding  land  on  rather  more  favourable  terms  than  other  tenants.  The 
parish  now  yields  Government  an  annual  rental  of  Rs.  3,109  and  the  absentee 
landlords  about  as  much,  while  it  receives  nothing  from  them  in  return.  Thus 
the  appearance  now  presented  by  Barsana  is  a  most  forlorn  and  melancholy  one. 

The  hill  is  still,  to  a  limited  extent,  known  as  Brahma-kd-pahdr  or  Brahma's 
hill  :  and  hence  it  may  be  inferred  with  certainty  that  Barsana  is  a  corruption 
of  the  Sanskrit  compound  Brahma-sdnx,  which  bears  the  same  meaning.  Its 
four  prominent  peaks  are  regarded  as  emblematic  of  the  four-faced  divinity, 
and  are  each  crowned  with  some  building  ;  the  first  with  the  group  of  temples 
dedicated  to  Larli  Ji,  the  other  three  with  smaller  edifices,  known  respectively 
as  the  Man-mandir,  the  Dan-garh  and  the   Mor-kutti.     A  second  hill,  of  less 

79 


314  THE   TEMPLE   AT   NAND-GXNW. 

extent  and  elevation,  completes  the  amphitheatre  in  which  the  town  is  set,  and 
the  space  between  the  two  ranges  gradually  contracts  to  a  narrow  path,  which 
barely  allows  a  single  traveller  on  foot  to  pass  between  the  shelving  crags  that 
tower  above  him  on  either  side.  This  pass  is  famous  as  the  Sankari-kkor,* 
literally  '  the  narrow  opening,'  and  is  the  scene  of  a  mela  (called  the  Burhi 
Lila)  on  the  13th  of  the  month  of  Bhadon,  often  attended  by  as  many  as  10,000 
people.  The  crowds  divide  according  to  their  sex  and  cluster  about  the  rocks 
round  two  little  shrines,  erected  on  either  side  of  the  ravine  for  the  temporary 
reception  of  figures  of  Radha  and  Krishna,  and  indulge  to  their  heart's  content 
in  all  the  licentious  banter  appropriate  to  the  occasion.  At  the  other  mouth  of 
the  pass  is  a  deep  dell  between  the  two  high  peaks  of  the  Man-Mandir  and  the 
Mor-kutti,  with  a  masonry  tank  in  the  centre  of  a  dense  thicket  called  the 
Gahnvar-ban.  A  principal  feature  in  the  diversions  of  the  day  is  the  scram- 
bling of  sweetmeats  by  the  better  class  of  visitors,  seated  on  the  terraces 
of  the  '  Peacock  Pavilion'  above,  among  the  multitudes  that  throng  the  margin 
of  the  tank  some  150  feet  below. 

The  essentially  Hindi  form  of  the  title  Larlf,  equivalent  to  the  Sanskrit 
Lalita,  may  be  taken  as  an  indication  of  the  modern  growth  of  the  local  cultus. 
Even  in  the  Brahma  Vaivarta,  the  last  of  the  Puranas  and  the  one  specially 
devoted  to  Radha's  praises,  there  is  no  authority  for  any  such  appellation.  In 
the  Vraja-bhakti-vilasa  the  mantra,  or  formula  of  incantation  which  the  pril- 
grims  are  instructed  to  repeat,  runs  as  follows: — 

Lalitu-sanyutam  krishnam  sarvaishu  sakhibhir  yutam 
Dhyaye  tri-veni-kupa-sthani  maha-rasa-kritotsavam. 


Nand-gXnw — population  3,253 — as  the  reputed  home  of  Krishna's  foster- 
father,  with  its  spacious  temple  of  Nand  Rae  Ji  on  the  brow  of  the  hill  over- 
looking the  village,  is  in  all  respects  an  exact  parallel  to  Barsana.  The  dis- 
tance between  the  two  places  is  only  five  miles,  and  when  the  kettle-drum  is 
beaten  at  the  one,  it  can  be  heard  at  the  other.  The  temple  of  Nand  Rae 
though  large,  is  in  a  clumsy  style  of  architecture  and  apparently  dates  only  from 
the  middle  of  last  century.  Its  founder  is  said  to  have  been  one  Rup  Sinh,  a 
Sinsinwar  Jut,  and  it  has  an  endowment  of  826  bighas  of  rent-free  land.  It 
consists  of  an  open  nave,  with  choir  and   sacrarium  beyond,   the  latter  being 


*  A  similar  use  of  the  local  form  A'/ior,  for  Khol,  may  be  observed  iu  the  Tillage  of  Khaira, 
where  isa  pond  ceded  Chinta-Khori  Kund,  corresponding  to  the  more  common  Sanskrit  compound 
Cuiut  i-haraua. 


THE  pXn-sarovar.  315 

flanked  on  either  side  by  a  Rasoi  and  a  Sejmahall,  i.e.,  a  cooking  and  sleeping 
apartment,  and  has  two  towers,  or  sikharas.  It  stands  in  the  centre  of  a  paved 
court-yard,  surrounded  by  a  lofty  wall  with  corner  kiosks,  which  command  a 
very  extensive  view  of  the  Bharat-pur  hill  and  the  level  expanse  of  the  Mathura 
district  as  far  as  Gobardhan.  The  village,  which  clusters  at  the  foot  and  on  the 
slope  of  the  rock,  is,  for  the  most  part,  of  a  mean  description,  but  contains  a  few 
handsome  houses,  more  especially  one  erected  by  the  famous  Rup  Ram  of 
Barsana.  With  the  exception  of  one  temple  dedicated  to  Manasa  Devi  all  the 
remainder  bear  some  title  of  the  one  popular  divinity,  such  as  Nar-sinha,  Gopi- 
nath,  Nritya-Gopal,  Giridhari,  Nanda-nandan,  Radha-Mohan,  and  Jasoda- 
nandan.  This  last  is  on  a  larger  scale  than  the  others,  and  stands  in  a  court- 
yard of  its  own,  half  way  up  the  hill.  It  is  much  in  the  same  style  and  apparently 
of  the  same  date  as  the  temple  of  Nand-Rae,  or  probably  a  little  older ;  an 
opinion  which  is  confirmed  by  its  being  mentioned  in  the  mantra,  which  runs  as 
follows  : — Yasodd-nandanam  bande  nanda-grdma-vanddhipam.  A  flight  of  114 
broad  steps,  constructed  of  well-wrought  stone  from  the  Bharat-pur  quarries, 
leads  from  the  level  of  the  plain  up  to  the  steep  and  narrow  street  which  termi- 
nates at  the  main  entrance  of  the  great  temple.  The  staircase  was  made  at  the 
cost  of  Balm  Gaur  Prasad  of  Calcutta,  in  the  year  1818  A.  D.  At  the  foot  of 
the  hill  is  a  large  unfinished  square  with  a  range  of  stone  buildings  on  one  side 
for  the  accommodation  of  dealers  and  pilgrims,  constructed  by  Siiraj  Mall's 
Rani,  the  Rani  Kishori.  At  the  back  is  an  extensive  garden  with  some  fine 
khirni  trees,  the  property  of  the  Raja  of  Bharat-pur.  They  are,  however,  gradu- 
ally disappearing,  one  by  one  every  year,  and  no  attempt  is  made  to  replace  them. 
A  little  beyond  this  is  the  sacred  lake  now  called  Pan  Sarovar,  and  supposed  to 
be  the  pool  where  Krishna  used  to  drive  the  cows  to  'water'  (pan).  It  is  a 
magnificent  sheet  of  water  with  noble  masonry  ghats  on  all  its  sides,  the  work 
of  a  Dowager  Rani  of  Bnrdwan  in  1747  A.  D.  It  measures  810  feet  by  378, 
and  therefore  covers  all  but  six  acres.  It  is  said  to  be  designed  in  the  form 
of  a  ship  ;  but  the  resemblance  is  not  very  apparent  to  an  uninformed  observer. 
This  is  one  of  the  four  lakes  of  highest  repute  in  Braj  ;  the  others  being  the 
Chandra-sarovar  at  Parsoli  by  Gobardhan,  the  Prem-sarovar  at  Ghazipur 
near  Barsana,  and  the  Man-sarovar  at  Arua  in  the  Mat  pargana.  On  its 
margin  is  a  little  temple  of  Bihari,  which  bears  on  its  front  the  following 
inscription  :  Sri  Rddhd  Gobind,  Sri  Gadddkar  Chaitanya,  Sri  Rdran-sarovar 
Kunj  Srimati  Hani  Rasyesvari  Raja  Kirtichand  ki  mdta  Sri  Raja  Tilok  Chand 
ji  ki  dddi  ji  rdj  sube  Bangdla  Baradmdn  Sri  Sandtan  Rup  ki  jaga  men  bandwe 
Gumdshta  Sri  Saphalya  Rdm  Das,   Gokul  Das  sambat   1805.     The  following 


316  INDIAN   VICISSITUDES. 

commemorates  some  later  repairs  in  1849  ;  Sri  Nandisvar  men  Ckkajju  zamin- 
ddr  lei  patti  men  san  1155  sal,  mail  bhadra  sudi  men,  Sri  Pdvan  wa  fcunj  paki 
bhayi,  memdr  Mohan  Ldl,  Chet  Ram.  Both  these  inscriptions  are  noticeable, 
since,  in  spite  of  their  modern  date,  they  preserve  the  old  and  now  entirely 
obsolete  name  both  of  the  village,  Nandisvar  (i.e.,  Mahadeva)  instead  of  Nanda, 
and  also  of  the  lake,  Pavan,  'the  purifying,'  instead  of  Pan,  'to  drink.'  Near 
the  village  is  akadamb  grove,  called  Udho  ji  kit  kyar,  and,  according  to  popular 
belief,  there  are  within  the  limits  of  Nand-ganw  no  less  than  fifty-six  sacred 
lakes  or  hinds;  though  it  is  admitted  that  in  this  degenerate  age  all  of  them 
are  not  readily  visible.  In  every  instance  the  name  is  commemorative  of 
Krishna  and  his  friends  and  their  pastoral  occupations. 

Like  Barsana  and  so  many  other  of  the  holy  places,  Nand-ganw  is  part  of 
the  estate  of  the  representatives  of  the  Lala  Babu,  who,  in  1811  A.D.,  acquired 
it  for  a  merely  nominal  consideration  from  the  then  zamindars.  One  reason 
for  their  readiness  to  part  with  it  is  probably  to  be  found  in  the  fact,  which  has 
only  recently  come  to  my  knowledge,  that  their  title  was  a  very  questionable 
one.  For  the  Pujaris  of  the  temple  have  in  their  possession  a  sanad  dated  the 
30th  vear  of  Alain  Shah  giving  the  whole  of  the  village  to  their  predecessors 
Paramanand  and  Rumkishan  and  their  heirs  in  perpetuity. 

If  the  few  squalid  buildings  which  at  present  disfigure  the  square  at  the 
foot  of  the  hill  were  removed,  and  replaced  by  a  well,  or  temple,  or  other  pub- 
lic edifice,  and  the  line  of  shops  completed  on  the  other  side,  an  exceedingly 
picturesque  effect  might  be  secured  at  a  comparatively  small  cost.  But  it  is 
needless  to  expect  any  local  improvements  from  the  absentee  landlords,  while 
the  inhabitants  are  too  impoverished  to  have  a  thought  for  anytliing  beyond 
their  daily  bread. 

The  above  sketch  of  two  comparatively  unimportant  places  affords  a  good 
illustration  of  a  curious  transitional  period  in  Indian  history.  After  a  chec- 
quered  existence  of  five  hundred  years,  there  expired  with  Anrangzeb  all  the 
vital  energy  of  the  Muhammadan  empire.  The  English  power,  In  fated  suc- 
cessor, was  yet  unconscious  of  its  destiny  and  all  reluctant  to  advance  any 
claim  to  the  vacant  throne.  Every  petty  chieftain,  as  for  example  Bharat-pur, 
scorning  the  narrow  limits  of  his  ancestral  domains,  pressed  forward  to  grasp 
the  glittering  prize,  and  spared  no  outlay  in  the  attempt  t<>  enlist  iu  his  ser- 
vice the  ablest  men  of  any  nationality,  either  like  Samru  to  lead  his  armies  in 
the  field,  or  like  liup  Bam  to  direct  his  counsels  in  the  cabinet.     Thus  men, 


INDIAN    VICISSITUDES.  317 

whatever  their  rank  in  life,  if  only  endowed  by  nature  with  genius  or  audacity, 
rose  in  an  incredibly  short  space  of  time  from  obscurity  to  all  but  regal  power. 
The  wealth  so  rapidly  secured  was  as  profusely  lavished  ;  nor  was  there  any 
object  in  hoarding,  when  the  next  chance  of  war  would  cither  increase  the 
treasure  ten-fold,  or  transfer  it  bodily  to  a  victorious  rival.  Thus,  a  hamlet 
became  in  one  day  the  centre  of  a  princely  court,  crowded  with  magnificent 
buildings,  and  again,  ere  the  architect  had  well  completed  his  design,  sunk  with 
its  founders  into  utter  ruin  and  desolation. 


80 


CHAPTER  XII. 

The  Etymology  of  Local  Names  in  Northern  India,  as  exemplified 
in  the  District  of  Mathura'. 

In  this,  the  concluding  chapter  of  the  general  narrative,  I  propose  to  investi- 
gate the  principles  upon  which  the  local  nomenclature  of  Upper  India  has  been 
and  still  is  being  unconsciously  constructed.  The  inquiry  is  one  of  considerable 
importance  to  the  student  of  language  ;  but  it  has  never  yet  been  approached 
in  a  scientific  spirit,  and  the  views  which  are  here  advanced  respecting  this 
terra  incognita  in  the  philologist's  map  must  be  regarded  as  a  first  exploration, 
which  is  unavoidably  tentative  and  imperfect.  Many  points  of  detail  will  pos- 
sibly demand  future  rectification  ;  but  the  general  outline  of  the  subject,  the 
fixed  limits  within  which  it  is  contained  and  some  of  its  more  characteristic 
features  of  interior  development  have,  it  is  hoped,  been  satisfactorily  ascertained 
and  delineated  with  a  fair  amount  of  precision. 

It  is  not  to  be  inferred  from  this  prelude  that  a  subject  of  such  obvious  inter- 
est has  hitherto  been  totally  neglected.  On  the  contrary,  it  has  given  rise  to  a 
vast  number  of  speculations,  but  all  of  the  most  haphazard  description.  And 
this  from  two  causes  ;  the  first  being  a  perverse  misconception  as  to  the  verna- 
cular language  of  the  country  ;  and  the  second,  the  absence  up  to  the  present 
time  of  any  list  of  names  sufficiently  complete  to  supply  a  basis  for  a  really 
thorough  induction. 

It  seems  a  very  obvious  truism,  and  one  that  requires  no  elaborate  defence  to 
maintain,  that  the  names  of  a  country  and  of  the  places  in  it  should  ■prima  facie, 
and  in  default  of  any  direct  evidence  to  the  contrary,  be  referred  to  the  language 
of  the  people  who  inhabit  them  rather  than  to  any  foreign  source.  This,  how- 
ever, is  the  very  point  which  most  writers  on  the  subject  have  failed  to  see.  In 
order  to  explain  why  the  founder  of  an  Indian  village  gave  his  infant  settlement 
the  name,  by  which  it  is  still  known  among  his  descendants,  our  laborious  philo- 
logists have  ransacked  vocabularies  of  all  the  obscurest  dialects  of  Europe,  but 
have  left  their  Sanskrit  and  Hindi  dictionaries  absolutely  unopened. 

A  more  curious  illustration  of  a  deliberate  resolve  to  ignore  obvious  facts 
for  the  sake  of  introducing  a  startling  theory  based  on  some  obscure  and 
utterly  problematical  analogy  could  scarcely  be  found  than  is  afforded  by 
Dr.  Hunter  in  his  Dissertation  on  non-Ayan  languages.     In  this   he  refers 


ETYMOLOGY  OF  LOCAL  NAMES.  319 

the  familiar  local  termination  gdnw  (which  argument!  gratia  he  spells  gdng  or 
gaong,  though  never  so  written  in  any  Indian  vernacular)  to  the  Chinese  Many, 
the  Tibetan  thiong,  the  Lepcha  ki/ong,  &c,  &c,  and  refuses  to  acknowledge  any 
connexion  between  it  and  the  Sanskrit  grama.  Yet  as  certainly  as  Anglo- 
Saxon  was  once  the  language  of  England,  so  was  Sanskrit  of  Upper  India  ;  and 
it  seems  as  reasonable  to  deny  the  relationship  between  grama  and  gdnw  as  be- 
tween the  English  affix  bury  or  borough  and  the  Saxon  burg.  The  formation  is 
strictly  in  accord  with  the  rules  laid  dowu  by  the  Prakrit  grammarians  centu- 
ries before  the  word  gdniv  had  actually  come  in  existence.  Thus  by  Vararu- 
chi's  Sutra — Sarvatra  la-va-rdm,  III.,  3 — the  letter  r  when  compounded  with 
another  consonant,  whether  it  stands  first  or  last,  is  always  to  be  elided  ;  as  we 
see  in  the  Hindi  bat  for  the  Sanskrit  vdrta,  in  Icos  for  krosa,  a  measure  of  dis- 
tance, and  in  pern  for  preman,  love.  So  grama  passes  into  gduia,  and  whether 
this  latter  form  or  gdnw  is  used  depends  simply  upon  the  will  of  the  speaker  ; 
one  man  calls  the  place  where  he  lives  Naugama,  another  calls  it  Nauganw, 
in  the  same  way  as  it  is  optional  to  say  Edinbro'  or  Edinborough.  For  in 
Hindi  as  in  Sanskrit  a  nasal  can  always  be  inserted  at  pleasure,  according  to 
the  memorial  line — Savinduhdvindukayoh  sgdd  abhede  na  kalpanam:  and  the 
distinction  between  ni  and  v  or  w  has  always  been  very  slightly  marked  ;  for 
example,  dhimar  is  the  recognized  literary  Hindi  form  of  the  Sanskrit  dhivar 
and  at  the  present  day  villagers  generally  write  Bhamdni  for  Shawdni,  though 
the  latter  form  only  is  admitted  in  printed  books.  If  speculation  is  allowed 
to  run  riot  with  regard  to  the  paternity  of  such  a  word  as  gdnw,  every  step  in 
the  descent  of  which  is  capable  of  the  clearest  proof,  then  philology  is  still  a 
science  of  the  future,  and  the  whole  history  of  language  must  be  rewritten  from 
the  very  commencement. 

Perhaps  of  all  countries  in  the  world,  northern  India  is  the  one  which  for 
an  investigation  of  this  kind  is  the  most  self-contained  and  the  least  in  need  of 
alien  analogies.  Its  literary  records  date  from  a  very  remote  period  :  are,  in 
fact,  far  more  ancient  than  any  architectural  remains,  or  even  than  any  well- 
authenticated  site,  or  definitely  established  era,  and  they  form  a  continuous  and 
unbroken  chain  down  to  this  very  day.  From  the  Sanskrit  of  the  Vedas 
to  the  more  polished  language  of  the  Epic  poems,  and  through  the  Prakrit  of  the 
dramatists,  the  old  Hindi  of  Chand  and  the  Braj  Bhasha  of  Tulsi  Das,  down  to 
the  current  speech  of  the  rural  population  of  Mathura  at  the  present  time,  the 
transitions  are  never  violent,  and  at  most  points  arc  all  but  imperceptible.  The 
language,  as  we  clearly  see  from  the  specimens  which  we  have  of  it  in  all  its 
successive  phases,  is  uniform  and  governed  throughout  by  the  same  phonetic 


320  ETYMOLOGY  OF  LOCAL  NAMES. 

laws.  And  thus,  neither  from  the  intrinsic  evidence  of  indigenous  literature, 
nor  from  the  facts  recorded  by  history,  is  it  permissible  to  infer  the  simultaneous 
existence  in  the  country  of  an  alien-speaking  race  at  any  period,  to  which  it  is 
reasonable  to  refer  the  foundation  of  places  that  still  bear  a  distinctive  name, 
prior  to  the  Muhammadan  invasion.  The  existence  of  such  a  race  is  simply 
assumed  by  those  who  find  it  convenient  to  represent  as  non- Aryan  any  forma- 
tion which  their  acquaintance  with  unwritten  Aryan  speech  in  its  growth  and 
decay  is  too  superficial  to  enable  them  at  once  to  identify. 

As  local  etymology  is  a  subject  which  can  only  be  investigated  on  the  spot, 
and  therefore  lies  beyond  the  range  of  European  scholars,  its  study  is  necessarily 
affected  by  the  prejudices  peculiar  to  Anglo-Indian  officials,  who  are  so  accus- 
tomed to  communicate  with  their  subordinates  only  through  the  medium  of 
Urdu  that  most  of  them  regard  that  lingua  franca  as  being  really  what  it  is  call- 
ed in  official  parlance,  the  vernacular  of  the  country.  This  familiarity  with  the 
speech  of  the  small  Muhammadan  section  of  the  community,  rather  than  with 
that  of  the  Hindu  masses,  causes  attention  to  be  mainly  directed  to  the  study  of 
Persian  and  Arabic,  which  are  considered  proper  to  the  country,  while  Sanskrit 
is  thought  to  be  utterly  dead,  of  no  interest  save  to  professional  scholars  and  of 
no  more  practical  import  in  determining  the  value  of  current  phrases  than 
Greek  or  Hebrew. 

The  prejudice  is  to  be  regretted,  as  it  frequently  leads  writers,  even  in  the 
best  informed  London  periodicals,  to  speak  of  India  as  if  it  were  a  purely 
Muhammadan  country,  and  to  urge  upon  the  Government,  as  highly  conciliatory, 
measures  which — if  taken — would  most  effectually  alienate  the  sympathies  of 
the  vast  majority. 

Neither   Urdu,   Persian,  nor  Arabic,   is  of  much  service  in  tracing  the 

derivation  of  local  names,   and  it  is  hastily  concluded  that  words  which  are 

unintelligible  when  referred  to  those  recognized  sources  must  therefore  be  non- 
es o 

Indian,  and  may  with  as  much  probability  be  traced  up  to  one  foreign  language 
as  another.  Any  distortion  of  the  name  of  a  town  or  village  which  makes  it 
bear  some  resemblance  to  a  Persian  or  Arabic  root,  is  ordinarily  accepted  as  a 
plausible  explanation ;  thus  Khanpur  is  substituted  for  Kanhpur,  and  Ghazipur 
for  Gadhipur,  Gadlii,  the  father  of  Visvamitra,  being  a  character  not  very 
widely  known  ;  while  on  the  other  hand  a  derivation  from  tho  Sanskrit  by  the 
application  of  well-established  but  less  popularly  known  phonetic  and  gramma- 
tical laws,  is  stigmatized  as  pedantic  and  honestly  considered  to  be  more  far- 
fetched than  a  derivation  from  tho  Basque  or  the  Lithuanian. 


ETYMOLOGY  OF  LOCAL  NAMES.  321 

This  may  seem  an  exaggerated  statement  ;  but  I  speak  from  personal 
experience  and  with  special  reference  to  a  critic  who  wrote  that  he  thought 
the  identification  of  Maholi  with  Madhupuri  far  more  improbable  than  its 
connection  with  the  Basque  and  Toda  word  uri,  which  is  said  to  mean  '  a  village.' 

Such  philological  vagaries  have  their  birth  in  the  unfortunate  preference  for 
Urdu,  which  the  English  Government  has  inherited  from  the  former  con- 
querors of  the  country,  though  without  any  of  their  good  reasons  for  the  pre- 
ference. They  are  further  fostered  by  a  wide-spread  idea  as  to  the  character 
of  the  people  ami  the  country,  which  in  itself  is  perfectly  correct,  and  wrong 
only  in  the  particular  application.  The  Hindus  are  an  eminently  conservative 
race,  and  their  civilization  dates  from  an  extremely  remote  period.  It  is,  there- 
fore, inferred  that  most  of  their  existing  towns  and  villages  are  of  very  ancient 
foundation  and,  if  so,  may  bear  names  to  which  no  parallel  can  be  expected 
in  the  modern  vernacular.  This  hypothesis  is  disproved  by  what  has  been  said 
above  as  to  the  continuity  of  Indian  speech  :  it  is  further  at  variance  with  all 
local  traditions.  The  present  centres  of  population,  as  any  one  can  ascertain 
for  himself,  if  he  will  only  visit  the  spots  instead  of  speculating  about  them  in 
his  study,  are  almost  all  subsequent  in  origin  to  the  Muhammadan  invasion. 
When  they  were  founded,  the  language  of  the  new  settlers,  whatever  it  may 
have  been  in  pre-historic  times,  was  certainly  not  TuraniaD,  but  Aryan,  as  it 
is  now;  and  though  any  place,  which  had  previously  been  inhabited,  must 
already  have  borne  some  name,  the  cases  in  which  that  old  name  was  retained 
would  be  very  rare.  Thus,  it  may  be  remarked  in  passing,  the  present  discussion 
supplies  no  ethnical  argument  with  regard  to  the  original  population  of  the 
country.  The  names,  once  regarded  as  barbarous,  but  now  recognized  as  Aryan, 
must  be  abandoned  as  evidence  of  the  existence  of  a  non-Aryan  race  ;  but,  at 
the  same  time,  since  they  are  essentially  modern,  they  cannot  be  taken  as 
supporting  the  counter-theory.  The  names  of  the  rivers,  however,  which  also 
are  mostlv  Aryan,  may  fairly  be  quoted  as  bearing  on  the  point ;  for  of  all 
local  names  these  are  the  least  liable  to  change,  as  we  see  in  America  and  our 
Colonies,  where  it  is  as  exceptional  to  find  a  river  with  an  English  name  as  it  is 
to  find  a  town  with  an  Indian  one.  And  a  still  stronger  and  more  numerously 
attested  proof  is  afforded  by  the  indigenous  trees,  nearly  all  of  which  (as  may 
be  seen  from  the  list  given  in  an  appendix  to  this  volume)  have  names  that 
are  unmistakably  of  Sanskrit  origin. 

Moreover,  Hindu  conservatism,  though  it  doubtless  exists,  is  developed  in 
a  very  different  way  from  the  principle  known  by  the  same  name  in  Europe. 
Least  of  all  is  it  shown  in  any  regard  for  ancient  buildings,  whether  temples 

81 


322  ETYMOLOGY    OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

or  homesteads.     Though  ( Ihristianity  is  a  modern  faith  as  compared  with  Hin- 
duism, and   though  the  history  of  English  civilization  begins  only  from  a  time 
when  the  brightest  period  of  Indian  history   had  already  closed,  the  material 
evidences  of  either  fact  are  found  in  inverse  order  in  the  two  countries.     There 
is  not  a  single  English  county  which  does  not  contain   a  longer  and  more 
venerable  series  of  secular  and  ecclesiastical  edifices  than  can  be  supplied  by 
an  Indian  district,  or  it  might  even  be  said  by  an  entire  Presidency.     Thus  the 
temple  of  Govind  Deva  at  Brinda-ban,  which  is  popularly  known  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood as  '  the  old  temple'  par  excellence,  dates  only  from  the  reign  of  Akbar, 
the  contemporary  of  Elizabeth,  and  is  therefore  far  more  modern  than  any 
single  village  church  in    the  whole   of  England,  barring  those  that  have  been 
built  since  the  revival  by  the  present  generation.     The  same  also  with  MSS. 
The  Hindus  had  a  voluminous  literature  while  the  English  were  still  unable  to 
write  ;  but  at  the  present  day  in  India  a  MS  200  years  old  is  more  of  a  rarity 
than  one  five  times  that  age  in  England.     This  complete  disappearance  from 
the  surface  of  all  material  records  of  antiquity  is  no  doubt  attributable  in  great 
measure  to  the  operation  of  the  two  most  destructive   forces  in  the  known 
world,  viz.,  white-ants  and  Muhammadans  ;  but  the  Hindus  themselves  are  not 
altogether  free  from  blame  in  the  matter.     As  if  from  a  reminiscence  of  their 
nomadic  origin,  with  all  their  modern  superstitious  dislike  to  a  move  far  from 
home,  is  combined  an  inveterate  tendency  to  slip  away  gradually  from  the  old 
landmarks.     The  movement  is  not  necessitated  by  growth  of  population,  which, 
as  in  London,  for  instance,  can  no  longer  be  contained  within  the  original  city 
bounds,  but  is  a  result  of  the  Oriental   idiosyncracy  that  makes  every  man 
desire,  not — in  accordance  with  European  ideas — to  found  a  family  or  restore  an 
old  ancestral   residence,  but  rather  to  leave  some  building  exclusively  comme- 
morative of  himself,  and  to  touch  nothing  that  his  predecessors  have  commenced, 
lest  they  should  have  all  the  credit  of  it  with  posterity.     The  history  of  Eng- 
land, which  runs  all  in  one  cycle  from  the  time  of  its  first  civilization,  affords 
no  ground  for  comparison  ;  but  in  mediaeval  Italy  the  course  of  events  was 
somewhat  parallel,  and,  as  in  India,  a  second  empire  was  built  up  on  the  ruins 
of  a  former  one   of  equal  or  greater  grandeur  and  extent.     In  it  we  find  the 
modern  cities  retaining  under  some  slight  dialectical  disguises  the  very  same 
names  as  of  old  and  occupying  the  same  ground  :  in  India,  on  the  other  hand,  there 
is  scarcely  an  historic  site  which  is  not  now  a  desolation.     Again,  to  pass  from 
political  to  merely  local  disturbances  :  when  London  was  rebuilt  after  (he  Great 
Fire,  its  streets,  in  spite  of  all  Wren's  remonstrances,  were  laid  out  exactly  as 
before,  narrow  and  irregular  as  they  had  grown  up  piece  by  piece  in  the  course 


ETYM0L0C1Y    OF    LOCAL    NAMES.  323 

of  centuries,  and  with  oven  the  churches  on  their  old  sites,  though  the  lattei 

had  become  useless  in  consequence  of  the  change  in  the  national  religion, 
which  required  one  or  two  large  arenas  for  the  display  of  pulpit  eloquence  rather 
than  many  secluded  oratories  for  private  devotion.  When  a  similar  calamity 
befell  an  Indian  city,  as  it  often  did,  the  position  of  the  old  shrines  was 
generally  marked  by  rude  commemorative  stones,  but  the  people  made  no 
difficulty  about  abandoning  the  exact  sites  of  their  old  homes,  if  equally  eligible 
spots  offered  themselves  in  the  neighbourhood. 

The  same  diversity  of  conservative  ideas  runs  through  the  whole  character  : 
the  Hindu  quotes  the  practice  of  his  father  and  grandfather  and  persuades 
himself  that  he  is  as  they  were,  and  that  they  were  as  their  forefathers,  uncon- 
scious of  any  change  and  ignoring  the  evidence  of  it  that  is  afforded  by  ancient 
monuments,  both  literary  and  architectural.  The  former  he  prizes  only  for 
their  connexion  with  the  sect  to  which  he  himself  belongs  ;  whatever  is  illus- 
trative of  an  alien  faith  he  consigns  to  destruction  without  any  regard  for  its 
history  or  artistic  significance  ;  and  in  an  ancient  building,  if  it  has  fallen  into 
disuse,  he  sees  no  beauty  and  can  take  no  interest  ;  though  this  can  scarcely 
be  from  the  feeling  that  he  can  easily  replace  it  with  a  better,  a  conviction 
which  led  our  mediaeval  architects  to  destroy  without  compunction  any  part 
of  an  earlier  cathedral,  however  beautiful  in  itself,  which  had  become  decayed 
or  too  small  for  later  requirments.  In  all  these  matters  England  is  far  more 
critically  conservative  ;  believing  in  nothing,  we  tolerate  everything  ;  and 
profoundly  distrusting  our  own  creative  faculties,  we  preserve  as  models  whatever 
we  can  rescue  from  the  past,  either  in  art  or  literature. 

These  reflections  may  seem  to  wander  rather  far  from  the  mark  ;  but  they 
explain  the  curious  equipoise  that  prevails  in  the  Indian  mind  between  a  pro- 
found contempt  for  antiquity  and  an  equally  profound  veneration  for  it.  Tin- 
very  slight  regard  in  which  ancient  sites  are  held  is  illustrated  by  the  use  of 
the  terms  '  Little  '  and  '  Great '  as  local  prefixes.  Inconsequence  of  the  ten- 
dency to  shift  the  centre  of  population,  these  seldom  afford  information  as  to 
the  comparative  area  and  importance  of  the  two  villages  so  distinguished  :  most 
frequently  the  one  styled  '  Little'  will  be  the  larger  of  the  two.  In  some 
cases  the  prefix  '  Great'  implies  only  that  when  the  common  property  was 
divided  among  the  sons  of  the  founder,  the  share  so  designated  fell  to  the  lot 
of  the  eldest ;  but  ordinarily  it  denotes  the  original  village  site,  which  has  been 
wholly  or  at  least  partially  abandoned,  or  so  diminished  by  successive  parti- 
tions that  it  has  eventually  become  the  smallest  and  least  important  of  the 
group. 


324  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

The  foregoing  considerations  will,  I  trust,  be  accepted  as  sufficiently 
demonstrating  the  reasonableness  of  my  general  position  that  local  names  in 
Upper  India  are,  as  a  rule,  of  no  very  remote  antiquity,  and  are  prima  facie 
referable  to  Sanskrit  and  Hindi  rather  than  to  any  other  language.  Their 
formation  has  certainly  been  regulated  by  the  same  principles  that  we  see 
underlying  the  local  nomenclature  of  other  civilized  countries,  and  we  may 
therefore  expect  to  find  them  falling  into  three  main  groups,  as  follows  : — 

I.  Names  compounded  with  an  affix  denoting  place. 

II.  Names  compounded  with  an  affix  denoting  possession. 

III.  A  more  indefinite  class,  including  all  names  without  any  affix  at  all; 
such  words  being  for  the  most  part  either  the  name  of  the  founder,  or  an 
epithet  descriptive  of  some  striking  local  feature. 

Running  the  eye  over  the  list  of  villages  in  the  Mathura  district,  we  can 
at  a  glance  detect  abundant  illustrations  of  each  of  these  three  classes.  Thus 
under  Class  I.  come  such  names  as  N:inak-pur,  Pati-pura,  Bich-puri,  where  the 
founder's  name  is  combined  with  the  local  affix  pur,  pura,  or  puri,  signifying 
'a  town.'  So  also,  Nau-garna,  Uncha-gauw,  Badan-garh,  Chamar-garhi,  Riip- 
nagar,  Pal-kkera,  Brinda-ban,  Ahalya-ganj,  Radha-kund,  Mangal-khoh,  Mall- 
sarai,  and  Nainu-patti.  In  all  these  instances  the  local  affix  is  easy  to  be 
recognized  as  also  the  word  to  which  it  is  attached. 

Of  Class  II.  the  illustrations  are  not  quite  so  obvious  and  will  mostly  require 
special  elucidation  ;  but  some  are  self-evident,  as  for  example  Bhure-ka, 
where  the  affix  is  the  ordinary  sign  of  the  genitive  case  ;  Rane-ra,  where  it  is 
the  Marwari  form  of  the  same  ;  and  Pipal-wara,  where  it  represents  the  fami- 
liar wdld. 

Under  Class  III.  come  first  such  names  as  Siiraj,  Misri,  and  Graju,  which 
are  known  to  have  been  borne  by  the  founders  ;  and  under  the  second  sub-divi- 
sion, Gobardhan,  '  productive  in  cattle  ;'  Sanket,  '  a  place  of  assignation  :"' 
Khor,  '  an  opening  between  the  hills;'  Basai,  '  a  colony  ;'  and  Pura,  '  a  town,' 
indicative  of  a  period  when  towns  were  scarce  ;  with  many  others  of  similar 
character. 

Looking  first  for  names  that  may  be  inclnded  under  Class  I.,  we  find  that, 
by  far  the  most  numerous  variety  are  those  compounded  with  the  affix  pur. 
This  might  be  expected,  for  precisely  the  same  reason  that  '  ton'  is  the  most 
common  local  ending  in  England.  But  we  certainly  should  not  expect  to  find 
so  large  a  proportion  unmistakably  modern,  with  the  former  part  of  the  com- 
pound commemorating  cither  a  Muhammadan  or  a  Hindu  with  a  Persian  name, 


ETYMOLOGY    OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  325 

or  one  who  can  bo  proved  in  Fume  other  way  to  have  lived  only  a  few  genera- 
tions ago,  and  with  scarcely  a  single  instance  of  a  name  that  can  with  any  pro- 
bability be  referred  to  a  really  ancient  date.  As  this  fact  is  one  of  considerable 
importance  to  my  argument,  I  must  proceed  to  establish  it  beyond  all  possibility 
of  cavil  by  yassing  in  review  the  entire  series  of  names  in  which  the  ending 
occurs  in  each  of  the  six  parganas  of  the  district. 

The  Kosi  pargana'  comprises  61  villages,  of  which  9  end  in  pur ;  viz., 
'Aziz-pur,  Hasan-pur,  Jalal-pur,  Lal-pur,  Nabi-pur,  Fakhar-pur,  Ram-pur, 
Shah-pur,  and  Shahzad-pur.  Six  of  these  are  unmistakably  post-Muhammadan, 
one  is  apparently  so,  and  two  arc  of  quite  uncertain  date. 

In  the  Chhata  pargana  there  are  111  villages,  and  16  of  them  have  the  pur 
ending  ;  viz.,  Adam-pur,  Akbar-pur,  Bazid-pur,  Deva-pura — so  called  from  a 
'temple'  of  Gopal,  built  by  Muhkam  Sinh,  the  ancestor  of  the  present  proprie- 
tors, whose  Arabic  name  proves  that  he  lived  not  many  generations  ago — Ghazi- 
pur,  Gulal-pur,  Jait-pur,  Jamal-pur,  Khan-pur,  Lar-pur,  Man  pur,  on  the  Barsana 
range — so  called  from  the  Man  Mandir,  the  first  erection  of  which  cannot  date 
from  further  back  than  the  transfer  of  Radha's  chief  shrine  from  Raval  to 
Barsana,  which  took  place  in  the  15th  or  16th  century  A.D.  —  Pir-pur,  Saiyid-pur, 
Tatar-pur,  Haji-pur,  and  Kamal-pur.  Of  these  16  names,  12  are  unquestionably 
modern,  and  of  the  remaining  4,  nothing  can  be  said  with  certainty  either  one 
way  or  the  other. 

Of  the  163  villages  in  the  Mathura  pargana,  as  many  as  32  have  the  pur 
ending  ;  viz.,  Alha-pur,  said  by  local  tradition  to  have  been  founded  and  so 
named  only  200  years  ago  (the  founder's  descendants  are  still  on  the  spot  and 
most  unlikely  to  detract  from  the  antiquity  of  their  family) ;  A'zam-pur  and 
Bakir-pur,  both  founded  by  A'zam  Khan  Mir  Muhammad  Bakir,  who  was 
Governor  of  Mathura  from  1642  to  1645  ;  Bhavan-pur  ;  Bija-pur,  founded  200 
years  ago  by  Bijay  Sinh,  Thakur,  on  land  taken  from  the  adjoining  village  of 
Nahrauli  ;  Daulat-pur  ;  Daum-pura,  one  of  11  villages  founded  by  the  sons 
of  a  Jat  named  Nainu  at  no  very  remote  period,  since  the  share  which  fell  to 
the  eldest  of  the  sons  is  distinguished  by  the  Persian  epithet  kaldn  ;  Giridhar- 
pur,  probably  the  most  ancient  of  the  series,  but  still  dating  from  times  of 
modern  history,  having  been  founded  by  Giridhar,  a  Kachhwaha  Thakur  of 
Satoha,  whose  ancestors  had  migrated  there  from  Amber ;  Gobind-pur  ;  Hakim- 
pur  ;  Jamal-pur ;  Jati-pura,  founded  by  Gosain  Bittkal-nath,  the  son  of  Val- 
labhacharya  of  Gokul,  commonly  called  Jati  Ji,  about  the  year  1550  A.D.  ; 
Jay  Sinh-pura,  founded  by  Sawae  Jay  Sinh  of  Amber  about  the  year  1720  A.D.  ; 

82 


326  ETYMOLOGY    OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

Kesopnr,  so  called  from  the  famous  temple  of  Kesava  Deva,  a  fact  which  would 
sufficiently  account  for  the  name  remaining  unchanged,  even  though  of  ancient, 
date  ;  Lalpur,  founded  by  a  Thakur  named  Lalu,  a  member  of  the  Gauruaclan, 
which  is  confessedly  of  late  origin  :  Lal-pur,  founded  only  a  few  generations 
ago  by  a  Tartar  Thakur,  Laram  ;  Madan-pura,  founded  by  an  Ahir  from  the 
old  village  of  Karnaul  ;  Madho-pur,  dating  300  years  ago,  when  it  was  formed 
out  of  lands  taken  from  the  adjoining  villages  and  given  to  a  Hindu  retainer 
by  Sah'm  Shah  ;  Mirza-pur  ;  Muhammad-pur  ;  Mukund-pur,  so  called  after  a 
Mahratta  founder  ;  Murshid-pur,  founded  by  Murshid  Kuli  Khan,  who  was 
Governor  of  Mathura  in  163(5  A.D.  ;  Nabi-pur  founded  by  '  Abd-un-Nabi,  Go- 
vernor from  16(50  to  1668  ;  Panna-pur,  founded  in  1725  A.D.  ;  Raj-pur,  near 
Brinda-ban,  so  named  with  reference  to  the  Raj-Ghat,  by  a  Sanadh  Brahman 
from  Kamar  in  the  16th  century  ;  Ram-pur,  named  after  the  Ramtal,  a  place 
of  pilgrimage  there  ;  Rasul-pur  ;  Salim-pnr,  dating  from  the  reign  of  Salim 
Shah  ;  Askar-pur,  a  modern  alternative  name  for  Satoha  ;  Shah-pur  ;  and 
Dhak-pura.  Of  these  32  names,  there  are  only  five  as  to  which  any  doubt  can 
be  entertained  ;  all  the  remainder  are  clearly  modern. 

In  the  Mat  pargana  are  141  villages,  and  41  end  in  pur;  viz.,  Abhay-pura, 
settled  by  a  Jat,  Abhay  Sinh,  from  Kauhina  ;  Ahmad-pur  ;  Akbar-pur  ;  Aman- 
ullah-pur  ;  Badan-pur  ;  Baikunth-pur,  founded  according  to  local  tradition  300 
years  ago  ;  Baland-pur,  founded  in  the  17th  century  by  a  Jat  named  Balavant ; 
Bali-pur,  founded  by  Bali,  a  Jat  from  Bajana  about  1750  A.D. ;  Begam-pur  ; 
Bulakpur  ;  Chand-pur,  of  modern  Jat  foundation  ;  Daulat-pur  ;  Faridam-pur  ; 
Firoz-pur  ;  Hamza-pur  ;  Hasan-pur  ;  '  Inayat-pur  ;  Ja'far-pur  ;  Jahangir-pur  ; 
Jat-pura,  a  modern  off-shoot  from  the  adjoining  village  of  Shal  ;  Khan-pur  ; 
Khwaja-pur  ;  Lal-pur,  founded  by  a  Jat  from  Parsauli ;  Makhdiimpur  ;  Mir- 
pur  ;  Mubarak-pur  ;  Mu'in-ud-diupur  ;  Nabi-pur  ;  Nanak-pur,  a  modern  off- 
shoot from  Musmina  ;  Nausher-pur  ;  Kiir-pur  ;  Pabbi-pur  ;  Pati-pura,  a  mo- 
dern colony  from  the  Jat  village  of  Dunetiya ;  Rae-pur,  recently  settled  from 
Musmina  ;  Sadik-pur  ;  Sadr-pur  ;  Sakat-pur  ;  Sikandar-pur  ;  Suhag-pur  ;  Sul- 
tan-pur ;  and  Udhan-pur.  As  to  the  foundation  of  6  out  of  these  41  villages 
nothing  is  known  ;  the  remaining  35  are  distinctly  ascertained  to  be  modern. 

Of  the  203  villages  in  the  Maha-ban  pargana,  43  have  the  ending  pur ; 
viz.,  '  Abd-un-Nabi-pur  ;  Ali-pur ;  Amir-pur;  Islam-pur;  Bahadur-pur; 
Balaram-pur,  recently  founded  by  Sobha  Rue,  Kayath  ;  Bainirasi-pur,  founded 
by  a  Brahman,  Banarasi,  who  derived  his  own  name  from  the  modern  appellation 
of  the  sacred  city  called  of  old  Varanasi  ;  Bhankar-pur  :  Bichpori,  of  modern 
.1  at  foundation  ;   Daulat-pur:  Fath-pura;  Ghiyas-pur;  Gohar-pur;  Habib-pur ; 


Etymology  of  local  names.  ,327 

Hayat-pur;  Hasan-pur;  Ibrahim-pur  ;  'Isa-pur,  founded  by  Mirza 'Isa  Tarkhan, 
Governor  of  I\la t lnir:'i  in  1H2!)  A.  D.;  Jadon-pur  ;  Jagadia  pur,  founded  by  a 

Parasar,  Jagadeva,  whose  descendants  are  still  on  the  spot  and  claim  no  great 
antiquity;  Jamalpur  ;  Jogi-pur  ;  Kalyanpur  ;  Kasim-pur  ;  Khan-pur  ;  K ishan- 
pur,  recently  settled  from  the  village  of  Karab  ;  Lal-pur ;  Manohar-pur  ; 
Mohan-pur;  Mubarak-pur;  Muzaffar-pur  ;  Nabi-pur;  Nasir-pur;  Niir-pur; 
Rae-pur  ;  Saiyid-pur  ;  Shahab-pur  ;  Shah-pur  ;  Shahzad-pur  :  Sherpur ;  Tay- 
yibpnr,  and  Zakariya-pur.  Of  these  43  villages,  35  are  certainly  quite  modern  : 
as  to  the  remaining  8  nothing  can  be  affirmed  positively. 

The  6th  and  last  pargana,  Sa'dabad,  contains  129  villages,  of  which  31 
have  the  ending  pur;  viz.,  Abhay-pura,  of  modern  Jat  foundation  ;  Bagh-pur, 
founded  300  years  ago  by  a  Jat  named  Bagh-raj  ;  Bahadur-pur  ;  Bijal-pur ; 
Chamar-pura ;  Dhak-pura  ;  Fathullah-pur  ;  Ghatam-pur,  founded  in  the  reign 
of  Shahjahan  ;  Hasan-pur  ;  Idal-pur  :  Mahabat-pur  ;  Makan-pur  ;  Manik-pur, 
of  modern  Jat  foundation  ;  Mir-pur  ;  Narayan-pur,  named  after  a  Gosain  of 
modern  date,  Niirayan  Das  :  Nasir-pur  ;  Nasir-pur  ;  Nau-pura  ;  Rae-pura,  of 
modern  Thakur  foundation  ;  Ram-pura,  recently  settled  from  Sahpau,  by  a 
Brahman  named  Man  Mall ;  Rashid-pur  ;  Sala-pur,  founded  b)ra  Brahman  named 
Sabala  ;  Salim-pur  ;  Samad-pur,  settled  not  many  generations  ago  by  a  Jat 
named  Savadhan  ;  Sarmast-pur  ;  Shahbaz-pur  ;  Sher-pur,  Sithara-pur,  a  modern 
off-shoot  of  Garumra  ;  Sultan-pur  ;  Taj-pur  ;  and  Zari-pura.  Of  these  31  names, 
5  are  doubtful,  the  other  2C  are  proved  to  be  modern. 

Adding  up  the  results  thus  obtained,  we  find  that  there  are  in  the  whole 
district  172  villages  that  exhibit  the  termination  pur,  and  of  these  as  many  as 
141  are  either  obviously  of  modern  origin,  or  are  declared  to  be  so  by  local 
tradition.     It  is  also  worthy  of  notice  that  in  the  above  lists  there  has  frequently 
been  occasion  to  mention  the  name  of  the  parent  settlement  from  which  a  more 
recent  colony  has  been  derived  ;  but  in  no  single  instance  does  the  older  name 
show  the  pur  ending.     Yet  pura  or  puri  is  no  new  word,  nor  is  its  use  as  a  local 
affix  new  ;  on  the  contrary  we  have  the  clearest  literary  proof  that  it  has  been 
very  largely  so  employed  from  the  very  commencement  of  the  Aryan  occupa- 
tion of  India.     What,  then,  has  become  of  all  the  older  names  in  which  it  once 
appeared  ?     It   is  inconceivable   that  both  name  and  place  should  in  every 
instance  have  been  so  utterly  destroyed  as  not  to  leave  a  trace  behind  ;  and  we  are 
thus  forced  to  accept  the  alternative  conclusion  that  the  affix  has  in  course  of 
tune  so  coalesced  with  the  former  part  of  the  compound,  that  it  ceases  to  be 
readily  distinguishable  from  it.     Now  of  names  that  are  presumably  ancient,  it 
will  be  found  that  a  considerable  proportion  termiuate  in  oli,  auli,  aur,  auri, 


328  ETYMOLOGY    OF    LOCAL    NAMES. 

or  aula.     Thus,  deducting   from   the  61  villages  in  the  Kosi  pargana,  the  nine 
that  have  the  modern  termination  puri,  we  have  52  left,  and  among  that  number 7 
are  of  this  character  ;  viz.,  Banchauli,  (Jhacholi,  Chandauri,  Mahroli,  Sanchauli. 
Sujauli,  and  Tumaula.     Again,  of  the   95   villages  that  remain   in  the  Chhata 
pargana  after  deduction  of  the   1(1   ending  in  puri,  1 5  have  the  oli  affix ;  viz., 
Ahori,  Astoli,  Baroli,  Bharauli,  Chaksauli,  Darauli,  Gangroli,  Lodhauli,  Man- 
groli,  Parsoli,  Pilhora,  Rankoli,  Rithora,  and  Taroli.     Without  continuing  the 
list  in  wearisome  detail  through  the  other  four  parganas  of  the  district,  it  will 
probably  be  admitted  that,  in  earlier  times,  oli  was  as  common  a  local  affix  as 
puri  in  modern  times,  and  must  represent  some  term  of  equally  general  and 
equally  familiar  signification.     To  proceed  with  the   argument ;  these  names, 
though  as  a  rule  older  than  those  ending  in  puri,  are  still  many  of  them  of  no 
great  antiquity  and  can  be  proved  to  belong  to  an  Aryan  period,  when  the  lan- 
guage of  the  country  was  in  essentials  the  same  as  it  is  now  and  the  people 
inhabiting  it  bore   much  the  same  names  as  they  do  still.     Thus  Sanchauli  is 
derived  from  Sanehi  Devi,  who  has  a  temple  there  ;  Sujauli  from  a  founder  Sujan, 
whose  descendants  are  still  the  proprietors  ;  and  Parsoli  and  Taroli  from  found- 
ers named  respectively  Parsa  and  Tara.     It  may  be  presumed   with   absolute 
certainty  that  these  people,  bearing  such  purely  Indian  names,  whether  they 
lived  5,  10,  or  15  generations  ago,  knew  no  language  but  their  own  vernacular, 
and  could  not  borrow  from  any  foreign  tongue  the  titles  by  which  they  chose  to 
designate  their  new  settlements.     Thus  Dr.  Hunter,  and  those  who  have  fol- 
lowed him  in  his  speculations,  may  be  correctly  informed  when  they  state  that 
in  Tamil,  or  Telugu,  or  Toda,  or  even  in  Basque,  there  is  a  word  uri,  or  uru,  or 
ur,  which  means  '  village'  ;  but  yet  if  this  word  was  never  current  in  the  ordi- 
nary speech  of  Upper  India,  the  founders  of  the  villages  quoted  above  cannot 
possibly  have  known  of  it.     The  attempt  to  borrow  such  a  name  as   Sujauli  or 
Maholi  directly  from  the  Basque  is,  when  viewed  under  the  light  of  local  know- 
ledge, really  more  absurd  than  to  derive  Cannington  from  Kanhai/,  or  Dalhou- 
sie  from   Dala-hdsi,   'with   pleasant  foliage.'     The   misconception,  as   already 
observed,  has  risen  from  the  erroneous  idea  that  all  village  names  are  of  remote 
antiquity,  and  may  therefore  be  illustrated  by  philological  analogies  collected 
from  all  parts  and  ages  of  the  world.     In  truth,   uli  or  uri  is  simply  puri  with 
the  initial  consonant  elided.     Such  an   elision,  removing  as  it  docs  the  most 
distinctive  element  in  the  word,  may  appear  at  first  sight  highly  improbable:  it 
is,  however,  in  strict  accord  with  the  rules  of  Hindi  formation.     The  two  first 
sutras  of  the  second  Book  of  Vararueh'fs  Pr&krita-Prakasa  in  the  clearest  man- 
ner direct  it  to  be  made.     The  text  stands  thus  : 


ETYMOLOGY    OF    LOCAL    NAMES.  329 

(1)  Ayuktasydnadau.  (2)  Ka-ga-cha-ja-ta-da-pa-ya-vdm  pruyo  lopah.  That 
is  to  say,  the  consonants  k.  g,  ch,  j,  t,  d,  p,  y,  ami  v,  when  single  and  non- 
iuitlal.  are  generally  elided.  And  as  a  convincing  proof  that  this  is  no  mere 
grammatical  figment,  but  a  practical  rule  of  very  extrusive  application,  take 
the  following  familiar  words,  in  which  its  influence  is  so  obvious  as  to  be  unde- 
niable. By  the  elision  of  the  prescribed  consonant  we  obtain  from  the  Sans- 
krit siikar,  the  Hindi  mar,  'a  pig' ;  from  kokila,  koil,  'the  cuckoo' ;  from  siichi, 
siii,  'a  needle";  from  tdtd,  tdu,  '&  father's  elder  brother'  ;  from  pada,  pdo,  'a 
quarter' ;  from  kupa,  kua,  '  a  well'  ;  from  Praydg,  Prdg,  the  Hindi  name  of 
Allahabad  ;  and  from  jlva,  jia,  '  life.'  The  rule,  it  is  true,  provides  primarily 
that  the  letter  to  be  elided  must  be  non-initial  ;  but  one  of  the  examples  given 
in  the  text  is  su  uriso  for  su  purusha,  '  a  good  man' ;  where  the  p  is  still  elided, 
although  it  is  the  initial  of  the  word  purusha.  This  the  commentator  explains 
by  declaring  that  "  the  initial  letter  of  the  last  member  of  a  compound  must  be 
considered  as  non-initial."  Thus  the  mystery  is  solved,  and  Karnaul  is  at  once 
seen  to  be  Karna-pur  ;  Karauli,  Kalyan-pur  ;  Taroli,  Tara-pur  ;  and  Sujauli, 
Sujan-puri. 

This  practical  application  of  the  Prakrit  grammarian's  rule  was  first  stated 
in  my  first  edition  of  this  Memoir.  In  my  own  mind  it  was  so  firmly  estab- 
lished as  an  indisputable  fact,  and  possessed  in  its  extreme  simplicity  at 
least  one  of  the  great  merits  of  all  genuine  discoveries,  that  I  stated  it  very 
briefly  and  thought  it  unnecessary  to  bring  forward  any  collateral  arguments 
in  its  support.  But  I  find  that  I  much  under-rated  the  strength  of  inveterate 
prejudices  ;  for  with  the  exception  of  one  reviewer  in  a  London  scientific 
journal,  all  other  critics  seemed  to  regard  my  theory  as  the  ruero  outcome  of 
unpractical  pedantry.  I  have  therefore  on  the  present  occasion  taken  great 
pains  to  omit  nothing,  and  I  cannot  believe  that  anyone,  who  will  submit  to  the 
trouble  of  following  my  argument  as  I  have  now  stated  it,  will  still  maintain 
'•  that  the  direct  derivation  from  the  Turanian  roots  aid,  ur,  uri,  is  more 
probable  than  the  forced  and  far-fetched  Sanskrit  derivation  from  one  single 
root  supported  only  by  the  theory  of  a  grammarian,  which  may  or  may  not  have 
been  put  in  practice  in  an  unlettered  age."  The  writer  of  the  remarks  I  quote 
would  seem  to  imagine  that  language  was  the  invention  of  grammarians  ;  on 
the  contrary,  they  are  powerless  to  invent  or  even  change  a  single  word,  and 
can  merely  codify  the  processes  which  are  the  result  of  unconscious  action  on 
the  part  of  the  unlettered  masses.  When  Sujan-pur  is  converted  in  popular 
speech  into  Sujauli,  it  is  not  because  in  one  rule  Yararuchi  has  directed  the 
elision  of  the  initial  p,  and  in  another  rule  the  elision  of  the  final  n ;  but  because 

83 


330  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

a  Hindu's  organs  of  speech  (as  the  grammarians  had  noticed  to  he  the  invari- 
able case)  have  a  natural  and  unconscious  tendency  to  the  change.*  This 
tendency  in  still  existing  in  full  force,  and  my  observing  it  to  be  so  in  another 
local  compound  first  suggested  to  me  the  identification  of  mi  with  puri.  Thus 
the  beautiful  lake  at  GobarJhan  with  the  mausoleum  of  the  first  of  the  Bharat- 
pur  Rajas  is  called  indifferently  Kusum-sarovar,  or  Kusumokhar  ;  and  at 
Barsana  is  a  tank,  called  either  Bhanokhar  or  Brikhbhan  kti  pokhar,  after 
Radha's  reputed  father  Brikh-bhan.  Both  in  Kusumokhar  and  Bhanokhar  it 
is  evident  that  the  latter  part  of  the  compound  was  originally  pokhar,  and  in 
the  same  way  as  the  initial  p  has  been  there  elided,  so  also  has  it  been  in 
Sujauli  and  Maholi.  The  explanation  of  the  last-mentioned  word  'Maholi'  is 
one  of  the  most  obvious  and  at  the  same  time  one  of  the  most  interesting  results 
of  my  theory.  It  is  the  name  of  the  village  some  four  miles  from  Mathura, 
which  has  grown  up  in  the  vicinity  of  the  sacred  grove  of  Madhuban,  where 
Rama's  brother  Satrughna  destroyed  the  giant  Madhu.  On  the  site  of  the 
captured  stronghold  the  hero  is  said  to  have  built  a  city,  called  indiscriminately 
in  Sanskrit  literature  Mathura  or  Madhu-puri :  the  fact,  no  doubt,  being  that 
Mathura  was  originally  the  name  of  the  country,  with  Madhu-puri  for  its  capital. 
In  course  of  time  the  capital,  like  most  Indian  cities,  gradually  shifted  its  site, 
probably  in  order  to  follow  the  receding  river  ;  while  Madhu-puri  itself,  fixed  by 
the  locality  of  the  wood  that  formed  its  centre,  became  first  a  suburb  and  finally 
an  entirely  distinct  village.  Simultaneously  with  these  changes,  the  name  of 
the  country  at  large  was  attached  par  excellence  to  its  chief  city,  and  Madhu- 
puri  in  its  obscurity  became  a  prey  to  phonetic  decay  and  was  corrupted  into 
Maholi.  The  transition  is  a  simple  one ;  the  h  being  substituted  for  dh  by  the 
rule  II.  27  Kha-gha-tha-dha  bhdm  Halt,  which  gives  us  the  Hindi  bahira  tot 
the  Sanskrit  badhira,  '  deaf,'  and  balm  for  vadhii,  '  a  female  relation.' 

It  will  be  observed  that  Madhu-puri  as  a  literary  synonym  for  Mathura 
remains  unchanged,  and  is  transformed  into  Maholi  only  as  the  name  of  an 
insignificant  village.  Thus  an  easy  solution  is  found  for  the  difficulty  raised 
by  the  same  critic  I  have  I  efore  quoted,  who  objects,  "If  it  is  possible  in  the 
lapse  of  time  to  elide  the  p  of  puri,  why  have  not  the  oldest  towns  in  India 
like  Hastina-pur  yielded  to  the  change  ?  and  in  the  case  of  more  modern  towns 
why  do  we  not  find  the  change  half-effected,  some  middle  place  in  the  transition 
sta" e  ?"     To  the  former  of  these  two  questions  1  reply  that  a  name  when  once 

*  Thus  the  Agra  shop-keepers,  who  hare  converted  Blunt-panj  into  Be!anganj,  liars 
probably  never  heard  of  Vararuchi,  but  they  have  certainly,  though  unconsciously,  followed 
hi9  rules. 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  331 

petrified  in  literature  is  preserved  from  colloquial  detrition.  Thus,  of  two 
places  originally  named  alike,  one  may  retain  the  genuine  Sanskrit  form,  while 
the  other  becomes  Prdkritized,  according  to  their  celebrity  or  otherwise.  A 
parallel  is  afforded  by  the  names  of  many  English  families  :  the  elder  branches 
retain  the  old  spelling,  however  much  at  variance  with  modern  pronunciation, 
as,  for  instance,  Berkeley  and  Marjoribanks  ;  while  the  obscurer  branches,  who 
seldom  had  occasion  to  attach  their  signatures  to  any  document,  conform  their 
spelling  to  the  sound  and  appear  in  writing  as  Barkly  and  Marchbanks.  Again, 
among  those  who  retain  the  old  form,  some  no  longer  pronounce  the  word  in  the 
old  fashioned  way,  but  alter  its  sound  according  to  the  more  ordinary  value  of  the 
letters  in  modern  pronunciation.*  Thus  Hastinapur  exists  unchanged,  by  vir- 
tue of  its  historical  fame  ;  had  it  been  an  obscure  village  it  would  probably  have 
been  corrupted  into  Hathaura.  In  fine,  it  may  be  accepted  as  a  general  rule 
that  when  the  termination  pur,  pur  a,  or  puri  is  found  in  full,  the  place  is  either 
comparatively  modern,  or  if  ancient  is  a  place  of  pre-eminent  note.  The  one 
exception  to  the  rule  is  afforded  by  names  in  which  the  first  element  of  the  com- 
pound is  a  Persian  or  Arabic  word.  Some  of  them  may  be  much  older  and  yet 
not  more  distinguished  than  many  of  pure  Hindu  descent,  from  which  the  p  has 
disappeared;  but  the  explanation  lies  in  the  natural  want  of  affinity  betweea 
the  two  members  of  the  compound,  which  would  prevent  them  from  coalescing, 
however  long  they  might  be  bound  together. 

To  say  that  the  actual  process  of  transition  can  never  be  detected  is  not 
strictly  in  accordance  with  facts.  The  elision  is  not  restricted  to  proper  names, 
but  is  applicable  to  all  words  alike ;  and  in  Hindi  books  written  and  printed  at 
the  present  day  it  is  optional  with  the  writer  to  use  exclusively  either  kokila, 
or  koil ;  sukar  or  siiar;  kup  or  kua,  or  both  indifferently.  Again,  to  take  a 
local  illustration:  Gobardhan,  being  a  place  of  high  repute,  is  always  so  spelt 
by  well-informed  people,  but  in  vulgar  writing  it  is  contracted  to  Gordhan, 
and  it  is  almost  exceptional  to  come  across  a  man  whose  name  is  Gobardhan 
Das,  who  does  not  acquiesce  in  the  corruption. 

Next  to  pur,  the  local  affix  of  most  general  signification  and  the  one 
which  we  should  therefore  expect  to  find  occupying  the  second  place  in  popular 

*  A  case  in  point  is  afforded  by  ray  own  name,  which  is  a  corruption  of  the  French  yros 
and  is  from  Ihe  same  root  as  the  Sanskrit  guru  (in  the  nomin-itive  case  G  ■m*)  It  has  come  down 
to  me  with  the  spelling  unaltered  for  more  th  in  350  years ;  but  the  ow,  which  was  originally 
prom  unced  as  in  the  word  'growth,'  or  rather  as  the  ou  in  group,  has  gradually  acquired  the 
harsher  sound  which  more  commonly  a  taches  to  the  diphthong,  as  in  'brown.'  In  Mathuri, 
curiously  enough,  I  was  always  known  by  the  Hindus  as  '  Guru  Sahib,'  and  so  got  back  to  my 
original  name. 


332  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

use  is  grdma,  gama,  or  game.     It  occurs,  however,  far  less  frequently,  at  least 
in  an  unmutilated  state.      Thus  of  the  61  villages  in  the  Kosi  pargana  there 
are   onl)r   two  with   this   affix,   viz.,  Dahi-ganw,  named   from  the  Dadhi-kund, 
and  Pai-ganw  from  the  Pai-ban-kund;  dadhi  and payas  both  meaning   'milk.' 
In  the  111  Chhata  villages  there  are  four,  viz.,  Bhau-ganw,  Nand-ganw,  Nati- 
gama,   and   Uncha-ganw.      In   the  163  Mathura  villages   there   are  six,  viz., 
Bachh-ganWj  Dhan-ganw,  Jakhin-ganw,   Naugama  (properly  Na-gama  from  its 
founder  Naga),  Nim-ganw,  and  Uncha-ganw.      In  the  141  Mat  villages  (here 
is  only  one,  Tenti-ka-ganw,  and  this  a  name  given  by  Raja  Siiraj  Mall — on 
account  of  the  abundance  of  the  karil  plant  with  its  fruit  called  tenti — to  a  place 
formerly  known  as  Akbar-pur.      In  the    203  Mahaban  villages  only  two,  viz., 
Nim-ganw  and  Pani-ganwj  and  in  the  129  S'adabad  villages,  four,  viz.,  Kukar- 
gama,   Naugama,   Risgama,  and   Tasigau.     The  proportion  is   therefore  little 
more  than  two  per  cent.,  and   even  of  this  small   number  the  majority  may 
reasonably  be  presumed  to  be  of  modern  date.     Thus  Nau-gama  in  the  Chhata 
pargana  was   formed  in  later  Muhammadan  times  by  a  moiety  of  the  popula- 
tion  of  the  parent  village  Taroli,  who  under  imperial  pressure  abandoned  their 
ancestral  faith  and   submitted  to   the  yoke  of  Islam.      Again  the  five  or  six 
villages,  such  as  Bachh-ganw,  Dahi-ganw,  &c,  that  have  sprung  up  round  the 
sacred   groves   and  lakes   and   retain   the    name  of  the  tiratJi  unaltered,  simply 
substituting  gdnw  for  the  original  ban  or  Icund,  are  almost  certainly  due  to  the 
followers  of  Vallabhacharya  at  the  beginning  of  the  16th  century,  or  to  the 
Gosain   who  composed  the   modern  Brahma-vaivarta  Purana  and  first  made 
these  spots  places  of  Vaislmava  pilgrimage.     It  may  therefore  be  inferred  that 
in  older  names  the  termination   grdma   has,  like  puri,  been  so  mutilated  as  to 
become  difficult  of  recognition.     The  last  name   on   the  list,    viz.,   Tasigau,  is 
valuable  as  suggesting  the  character  of  the   corruption,  which  it   exhibits  in  a 
transitional  stage.     The  final  syllable,  which  is  variably  pronounced  as  gau,  go, 
or  gon,  is  unmistakably  a  distinct,  word,  and   can   only   represent  g&nw.     The 
former  part  of  the  compound,  which  at  first  sight   appears   not  a  little  obscure, 
is  illustrated  by  a  village  in  the  Mathura  pargana,  Tasiha,  a  patti,  or  subdivision 
of  the  township  of  tSonkh,  which  is  said  to  bear  the  name  of  one  of  the  five  sons 
of  the  Jut  founder,  the  other  four  being  Ajal,  Asa,  Piirna,  and  Sahjua.     As  these 
are  clearly  Hindi  vocables,  it  may  be  presumed  that  Tasiha   is  so  likewise,  and 
we  shall  probably  be  right  if  we  take  it  fir  the  Prakrit  form  of  the  .Sanskrit  tishya, 
one  of  the  lunar  mansions,  used  in  the  sense    of  '  auspicious,"   in  the   same  way 
as  the  more  common  Piisa,  which  represents  the  asterism  Piishya.    Thus,  as  the 
letter  g  can  be  elided  under  the  same  rule  as  the  p  inpuri,  the  original  termination 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  333 

grama  is  not  unfrequently  reduced  to  the  form  on,  in  which  not  one  letter  of  its 
older  self  remains.  The  niosl  interesting  example  of  this  mutation  isafforded 
by  the,  village  Parson.  Its  meaning  has  so  thoroughly  died  out  that  a  local 
legend  has  been  in  existence  for  some  generations  which  explains  it  thus  :  that 
two  clays  after  Krishna  had  slain  one  of  the  monsters  with  which  the  country  was 
infested,  he  was  met  at  this  snot  by  some  of  his  adherents  who  asked  him  how 
long  ago  it  was  that  he  had  done  the  deed,  and  he  replied  parson,  'the  day  before 
jresterday.'  This  is  obviously  as  absurd  as  the  kal  kata,  or  'yesterday's  cutting,' 
told  about  Calcutta  :  for  apart  from  other  reasons  the  word  in  vogue  in  Krishna's 
time  would  have  been  not  parson,  but,  its  original  form  parsvas.  However,  the 
true  etymology,  which  is  yet  more  disguised  by  the  fact  that  office  clerks  always 
change  the  r  into  I  and  call  the  place  Palson,  does  not  appear  to  have  been  ever 
suggested  till  now.  Clearly  the  name  was  once  Parasurama-ganw,  or  in  its 
contracted  form  Parsaganw,  and  thence  by  regulartransition  has  passed  through 
Parsanw  into  Parson.  If  proof  were  required,  it  is  supplied  by  the  fact  that  a 
large  pond  of  ancient  sacred  repute  immediately  adjoining  the  village  is  called 
Parasunim-kund. 

The  sacred  ponds  and  groves  with  which  the  country  of  Braj  abounds 
are,  as  might  naturally  be  expected,  ordinarily  much  older  than  the  villages 
on  their  margin  ;  and,  as  illustrated  by  the  above  example,  it  is  always  of 
the  utmost  importance  to  the  philologist  to  ascertain  their  popular  names. 
These  are  much  less  liable  to  corruption  than  the  name  of  any  village  ;  for  as 
the  tirath  is  visited  solely  on  account  of  the  divinity  with  whom  it  is  tradition- 
ally associated,  his  name  is  in  it  preserved  intact,  while  as  an  element  in  the 
word  that  designates  the  village  (a  place  most  connected  in  the  mind  with 
secular  matters)  its  primary  import  is  less  considered  and  in  a  few  generations 
may  be  totally  forgotten.  Thus  the  obscure  name  of  a  pond,*  which  can  only 
be  ascertained  by  a  personal  visit,  often  reveals  the  name  of  the  local  deity  or 
it  may  be  of  the  founder  of  the  settlement,  and  in  that  gives  a  surer  clue  to 
the  process  of  corruption  in  the  village  name  than  could  ever  be  afforded  by 
any  amount  of  library  research.     For  example,  the  resolution  of  such  a  word 


*  Similarly  in  England  it  is  the  traditional  names  of  the  petty  subdivisions  of  the  village 
that  are  generally  of  most  interest  to  the  philologist.  To  quote  the  words  of  one  of  the  most 
charming  topographical  writers  of  the  present  day  :  "  Scores  of  the  most  singular  names 
might  be  collected  in  every  parish.  It  is  the  meadows  and  pastures  which  usually  bear  these  desig- 
nations ;  the  p'oughed  lands  are  often  only  known  by  their  acreage,  as  the  ten-acre  piece  or  the 
twelve-acres.  Sorae  of  them  arc  undoubtedly  the  personal  names  of  the  former  owners.  But  in 
others  ancient  customs,  allusions  to  traditions,  fragments  of  history  or  of  languages  now  extinct 
may  survive"    (ftouncabout  a  Great  Estate.} 

84 


334  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

as  Senwa  into  its  constituent  elements  might  seem  a  hopeless  undertaking  ;  but 
the  clouds  are  dispelled  on  ascertaining  that  a  neighbouring  pond  of  reputed 
sanctity  is  known  as  Svamkund.  Thence  it  may  reasonably  be  inferred  that 
the  original  form  was  Syam-ganw  ;  the  final  m  of  Syam  and  the  initial  g 
of  gdnw  being  elided  by  the  rules  already  quoted,  and  the  consonant  y  passing 
into  its  cognate  vowel.  Other  names  in  the  district,  in  which  the  affix  gdnw 
may  be  suspected  to  lurk  in  a  similarly  mutilated  condition,  are  Jaiswa  for 
Jay-sinh-  ganw  ;  Basaun  for  Bishan-ganw  ;  Bhii'm  for  Bhim-ganw  ;  Badon  for 
Badu-ganw*  (Badu  being  for  Sanskrit  Badava)  and  Ohawa  for  Udha-ganw. 

Another  word  of  yet  wider  signification  than  either  puri  or  grama,  and  one 
which  is  known  to  have  been  extensively  used  as  a  local  affix  in  early  times, 
is  Sthdna,  or  its  Hindi  equivalent  thdna.  And  yet,  strange  to  say,  there  is  not 
a  single  village  name  in  the  whole  district  in  which  its  presence  is  apparent. 
It  probably  exists,  but  if  so,  only  in  the  very  mutilated  form  of  ha.  Thus  the 
village  of  Satoha  on  the  road  between  Mathura  and  Gobardhan  is  famous  for, 
and  beyond  any  doubt  whatever  derives  its  name  from,  a  sacred  pond  called 
Santanu-kund.  The  eponymous  hero  is  a  mythological  character  of  such 
remote  antiquity  that  he  is  barely  remembered  at  all  at  the  present  day,  and 
what  is  told  about  him  on  the  spot  is  a  strauge  jumble  of  the  original  legend. 
The  word  Satoha  therefore  is  no  new  creation,  and  it  can  scarcely  be  expected 
to  have  escaped  from  the  wear  and  tear  of  ages  to  which  it  has  been  exposed, 
without  undergoing  even  very  material  changes.  The  local  wiseacres  find  an 
etymology  in  sattu,  '  bran,'  which  they  assert  to  have  been  Santanu's  only 
food  during  the  time  that  he  was  practising  penance.  But  this  is  obviously 
absurd,  and  Satoha,  I  am  convinced,  is  an  abbreviation  for  Santanu-sthana. 
Instances  are  very  frequent  in  which  words  of  any  length  and  specially  proper 
names  arc  abbreviated  by  striking  out  all  but  the  first  syllable  and  simply 
adding  the  vowel  u  to  the  part  retained.  Thus  in  common  village  speech  at  the 
present  day  Kalyan  is  almost  invariably  addressed  as  Kalu,  Bhagav;iu  as  Bhagu, 
Balavant  as  Balu,  and  Miilchand  as  Mulii.  In  the  last  example  the  long 
vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  also  shortened,  and  thus  an  exact  parallel  is  afforded 
to  the  change  from  Santanu  to  Satu  or  Sato.  Sato-thana  then  by  ordinary  rule, 
if  only  the  th  in  the  compound  is  regarded  as  non-initial,  becomes  Satohana  ; 
and  the  further  loss  of  the  final  na  cannot  be  regarded  as  an  insuperable  difficulty. 

*  Here,  as  Dr.  Hoernlehas  pointed  out,  Badon  might  be  simply  a  corruption  of  Badava,  as 
Jadon  is  for  JYulava.  But  I  think  it  more  probable  that,  at  the  time,  when  the  village  was 
founded,  the  word  Badava  was  no  longer  current  in  vernacular  speech  and  had  been  superseded 
by  the  Hindi  Badu,  which  by  itself  would  not  admit  of  expansion  into  Badon. 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  335 

An  affix  which  has  itself  suffered  from  organic  decay  has  a  tendency  to 
involve  its  support  in  the  same  destruction,  and  thus  I  feel  no  difficulty  iu 
proceeding  a  step  further  and  interpreting  the  word  '  Paitha'  on  the  same 
principles  as  in  Satoha.  It  is  the  name  of  a  large  and  apparently  very  ancient 
village  with  a  temple  of  Ohatur-hhuj,  rebuilt  on  tho  foundations  of  an  older 
shrine,  which  had  been  destroyed  by  Aurangzeb.  At  the  back  of  the  god's 
throne  is  a  hollow  in  the  ground,  which  has  given  rise  to  a  local  etymology  of 
the  usual  unscientific  character.  For  it  is  said  to  be  the  mouth  of  the  cave 
into  which  the  people  of  Braj  '  entered'  {paitha)  when  Krishna  upheld  the 
Giri-raj  hill,  which  is  about  two  miles  distant  from  the  village,  in  order  to 
shelter  them  from  the  storm  of  Indra.  Absurd  as  the  legend  is,  it  supplies  a 
suggestion  :  for  paithnd,  the  verb  '  to  enter,'  is  unquestionably  formed  from 
the  Sanskrit  pracishta  ;  and  if  we  imagine  a  some.vhat  analogous  process  in 
the  case  of  the  local  name,  and  allow  for  the  constant  detrition  of  many  cen- 
turies, we  may  recognizo  in  '  Paitha'  the  battered  wreck  of  Pratishthana, 
which  in  Sanskrit  is  not  an  unusual  name  for  a  town. 

Sthali,  a  word  very  similar  in  meaning  to  sthdna,  suffers  precisely  tho 
same  fate  when  employed  as  an  affix  ;  all  its  intermediate  letters  being  slurred 
over,  and  only  the  first  and  last  retained.  Thus  Kosi  represents  an  original 
Kusa-sthali  ;  and  Tarsi  with  the  sacred  grove  of  Tal-ban,  where,  according 
to  the  very  ancient  legend,  Krishna  put  to  death  the  demon  Dhenuk,  is  for 
Tala-sthali. 

Karab,  the  name  of  a  large  village  in  the  Mahaban  pargana,  is  a 
solitary  example  of  an  affix,  which  I  take  to  have  been  in  full  the  Sanksrit 
vapra,  '  a  fort,'  or  '  field.'  If  so,  it  has  suffered  even  more  than  sthali  and  has 
retained  only  one  letter  of  its  original  self,  viz.,  tho  initial  v  or  b.  Since  hazard- 
ing the  above  suggestion  I  have  come  across  a  fact  which  is  the  highest  pos- 
sible testimony  to  its  correctness  :  for  a  copper-plate  grant  of  Dhruvascna,  one 
of  the  Valabhi  kings,  trausbribed  iu  the  Indian  Antiquary,  gives, Hastaka-vapra 
as  the  name  of  the  place  now  called  Hathab. 

Another  termination,  which  we  find  occurring  with  sufficient  frequency 
to  warrant  the  presumption  that  it  is  an  affix  with  a  definite  meaning  of  its 
own,  is  oi.  There  are  five  examples  of  it  in  the  district,  viz.,  Gindoi,  Majhoi, 
Mandoi,  Radoi,  and  Bahardoi.  Of  these  tho  most  suggestive  is  the  first, 
Gindoi.  Here  is  a  pond  of  ancient  sacred  repute,  called  Gendokhar-kund, 
which  is  the  scene  of  an  annual  mela,  the  Phul  Dol,  held  in  the  month  of  Phal- 
gun.     Hence  we  may  safely  infer  that  Gindoi  is  a  compound  word  with  Genda 


336  ETYMOLOGY    OF    LOCAL    NAMES. 

for  its  first  element.  This  is  not  an  uncommon  name  for  a  Hindu,  and  its 
most  obvious  meaning  would  be  '  a  marygold.'  So  taken  it  would  find  a 
parallel  in  such  proper  names  as  Gulab,  '  a  rose  '  ;  Tulsi,  the  sacred  herb  so 
called  ;  Phul,  '  a  flower  '  ;  and  Puhap,  for  the  Sanskrit  push]),  with  the  same 
meaning.  It  may,  however,  lie  doubted  whether  it  did  not  in  the  first  instance 
represent  rather  the  Hindi  gainda,  for  gajendra,  '  an  elephant.  '  Besides  pre- 
serving the  name  of  the  village  founder,  the  term  Gendokhar-kund  is  curious 
in  another  respect,  as  showing  a  complete  popular  forgetfulness  of  the  mean- 
ing of  the  termination  okhar  at  the  time  when  the  word  kund  with  precisely 
the  same  import  was  added.  English  topography  supplies  a  case  exactly  in 
point ;  for  Wansbeckwater  is  composed  of  three  words,  which  all  mean  exact- 
ly the  same  thing,  but  were  current  in  popular  speech  at  different  times,  being 
respectively  Danish,  German,  and  English.  But  to  return  to  Gindoi,  which 
we  have  found  to  be  a  compound  word  with  Genda  for  its  first  element,  the 
termination  oi  yet  remains  to  be  considered.  I  take  it  to  be  vdpi,  '  a  pond.' 
In  confirmation  of  this  view  it  is  worthy  of  note  that  in  the  Ghiror  pargana  of 
the  Mainpuri  district  there  is  a  village  called  oi,  pur  ct  simple,  surrounded  on 
three  sides  by  the  river  Arind,  which  in  the  rains  becomes  at  that  particular 
spot  an  enormous  and  almost  stagnant  sheet  of  water.*  For  such  a  place  vdpi 
would  be  a  highly  appropriate  name,  and  for  the  transition  from  vdpi  to  oai  no- 
thing is  required  beyond  the  elision  of  the  p  and  change  of  v  into  its  cognate 
vowel.  Prefixing  Genda,  we  have  Genda-oai,  Gendavai,  and  finally  Gindoi ;  o 
being  subsituted  for  au,  and  i  for  ai,  by  the  following  Sutras  of  Vararuehi,  Auta 
ot  I.  41,  and  T<1  dhairye  I.  30.  The  latter  rule,  it  is  true,  refers  strictly  only  to 
the  word  dhairya,  which  becomes  dhiram  in  Prakrit,  butitseoms  not  unreasonable 
to  give  it  a  wider  application.  The  above  line  of  argument  would  command  un- 
qualified assent  if  it  could  be  shown  that  each  of  the  places  with  the  oi  ending  was 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  some  considerable  pond.  There  is  such  a  one  at  Man- 
doi,  called  Acharya-kund  ;  and  Bahardoi,  founded  at  an  early  period  by  Tha- 
kurs  from  Ohitor,  who  only  about  o()  years  ago  lost  their  proprietary  rights  and 
and  now  have  all  migrated  elsewhere,  is  a,  place  subject  to  yearly  inundations, 
as  it  immediately  adjoins  some  low  ground  where  a  large  body  of  water  is 
always  collected  in  the  rains,  lladoi  I  have  never  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing, 
and  therefore  cannot  say  whether  its  physical  characteristics  confirm  or  are  at 
variance  with  my  theory  :  but  at  Majhoi,  which  is  a  Gujar  village  on  the 
bank  of  the  Jamuna,  there   is  certainly  no  vestige  of  any  large  pond,  which 

*  For  this  curious  fact  so  strikingly  illustrative  of  my  theory,  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  McCo- 
naghey,  who  conducted  the  last  settlement  of  the  Mainpuri  district. 


ETYMOLOGY  OF  LOCAL  NAMES.  337 

would  account  for  the  affix  vdpi.  This  one  proved  exception  cnnnot,  however, 
be  regarded  as  a  fatal  objection  ;  for  the  same  effect  may  result  from  very 
different  causes  ;  as,  for  instance,  the  Hindi  word  bd r  in  the  sense  of  '  a  day 
of  the  week '  represents  the  Sankrit  vara ;  while  if  taken  to  mean  '  water,* 
or  '  a  child,'  it  stands  in  the  one  case  for  vdri,  in  the  other  bala.  Thus  in  the 
particular  word  Majhoi,  the  o  may  belong  to  the  first  element  of  the  compound 
and  the  i  be  the  affix  of  possession. 

Ana  is  another  termination  of  somewhat  rare  occurrence.     This  is  in  all 
probability  an  abbreviation  of  the  Sanskrit  ai/ana,  which  means  primarily  'a  go- 
ing,''a  road,' but  is  also  used  in  the  wider  sense  of  simply  '  place.'     An  ex- 
ample   very   much    to    the    purpose     is    supplied     by    Vararuchi,     or    rather 
by  his  commentator  Bhamaha,  who  incidentally  mentions  munjdna,  '  a  place 
producing  the  munja  plant,'  as  the  Prakrit  equivalent  for  the  Sanskrit  maunjd- 
yana.     The  district  contains  nine  places  which   exhibit  this  ending,  viz.,   Do- 
tana,  Halwana,  Hathana,  Mahrana,   Sihana,   Kaulana,   Mirtana,   Diwana,  and 
Bars&na.     Bat  what  was  only  suspected  in  the  case  of  the  Gindoi  group,  viz., 
that  all  the  names  do  not  really   belong  to  the  same  category,  is  here  suscep- 
tible of  positive  proof.     But  to  take  first  some  of  the  words  in   which  at/ana 
seems  an  appropriate  affix  ;  Sihaua,  where  is  a  pond  called  the  ks/rir  sdgar,  may 
be  for  Kshiruyana  ;  Dotana,  derived  on  the  spot  from  ddnton,  '  a  tooth-brush,' 
which  is  suggestive  of  Buddhist  legends  and  therefore  of  ancient  sanctity,  may 
well  be  for  Devatayana  ;  Halwana,  where  an  annual  mela  is  celebrated  in  honour 
of  Balarama,  may  have  for  its  first  element  Hala-bhrit,  a  title  of  that  hero,  the 
final  t  being  elided  and  the  bh  changed  into  v  ;  while  the  first  syllable  in  the 
three    names    Hatluina,    Kaulana,    and   Mirtana,    may  represent   respectively 
Hasti,   Komal,    and    Amrit  ;  Amrit   Sinh    being  recorded  by  tradition  as  the 
founder  of  the  last-named  village.     Bat  the   resemblance  of  Diwana  and  Bar- 
saua  to  any  of  the   above   is    purely   accidental.     The    former   commemorates 
the  Jilt  founder,  one  Diwan  Singh,  whose  name  has  been  localized  simply  by 
the  addition  of  the  affix  a,  while  Barsuna  has  a  history  of  its  own,  and    that   a 
curious  one.     It  is  now  famous  as  the  reputed  birth-place  of  Eadha,  who  is  the 
only  divinity  that — fur  the  last  two  centuries  at  least — has  been  popularly  as- 
sociated with  the  locality.     But  of  old  it  was  not  so  :  the  hill  on  which  the  mo- 
dern series  of  temples  has  been  erected  in  her  honour  is  of  eccentric  conforma- 
tion, with  four  boldly-marked  peaks  ;  whence  it  is  still  regarded  by  the  local 
Pandits  as  symbolical  of  the  four-faced  divinity,  and  styled  Brahma  kd  pahdr, 
or  '  Brahma's  hill.'     This  lingering  tradition  gives  a  clue  to  the  etymology  : 
the  latter  part  of  the  word  being  sdnu,  which  is  identical  in  meaning  with  pahdr 

t>5 


338  ETYMOLOGY   OF    LOCAL   NAMES. 

and  the  former  part  a  corruption  of  Brahma.  But  this,  the  true  origin  of 
the  word,  had  entirely  dropped  out  of  sight  even  in  the  lGth  century,  when 
the  writer  of  the  Vraja-bliakti-vilasa  was  reduced  to  invent  the  form  Brisha- 
bhanu-pura  as  the  Sanskrit  equivalent  for  the  Hindi  Barsana.  A  somewhat 
similar  fate  has  befallen  the  companion  hill  of  Nand-ganw,  which  is  now 
crowned  with  the  temple  of  Nand  Rae  Ji,  Krishna's  reputed  foster-father.  Its 
real  name,  before  Vaishnava  influence  had  become  so  strong  in  the  land,  was 
Nandi-grama,  by  which  title  it  was  dedicated  to  Mahadeva  in  his  charracter 
of  Nandisvar  ;  and  the  second  person  of  the  Hindu  trinity,  who  has  now  appro- 
priated all  three  of  the  sacred  hills  of  Braj,  was  then  in  possession  of  only  one, 
Gobardhan. 

The  local  name  Mai,  or  Mau,  is  found  occasionally  in  all  parts  of  Upper 
India  and  appears  also  in  the  Mathura  district,  though  not  with  great  fre- 
quency.* The  one  form  seems  to  be  only  a  broader  pronunciation  of  the  other 
in  the  same  way  as  ndu  is  the  ordinary  village  pronunciation  for  ndi,  a  barber,' 
the  Sanskrit  nupita,  and  raw,  a  flood,  or  rush  of  water,  is  for  raya,  or  red,  from 
the  root  ri,  '  to  go.'  Twice  the  word  stands  by  itself ;  twice  as  an  affix, 
viz.,  in  Pipara-mai  and  Ris-mai  ;  once  in  connection  with  a  more  modern 
name  of  the  same  place,  Mai  Mirza-pur  ;  and  twice,  as  in  Bae-pur  Mai  and 
Bara  Mai,  where  the  exact  relationship  with  the  companion  word  may  be  a 
little  doubtful.  In  most  of  these  cases  I  consider  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  of 
the  Sanskrit  mahi,  meaning  'land'  or  'a  landed  estate.'  The  elision  of  the 
h  is  not  according  to  any  definite  rule  laid  down  by  the  Prakrit  grammarians, 
but  certainly  agrees  with  vulgar  practice  :  for  example,  the  word  muldna, 
'  a  month,'  is  always  pronounced  piaina  ;  and  if  it  were  given  its  full  comple- 
ment of  three  syllables,  a  rustic  would  probably  not  understand  what  was 
meant.  At  Mai  Mirzapur  the  tradition  is  that  the  name  commemorates  one 
Maya  Bam  ;  and  in  the  particular  case,  this  very  possibly  may  be  so  ;  but 
obviously  instances  of  this  very  restricted  derivation  would  be  rare. 

Nagar,  '  a  town,'  has  always  been  fairly  popular  as  a  local  affix,  and  the 
Mathura  district  contains  seven  examples  of  the  word  so  used,  viz.,  Rupnagar, 
Sher-nagar,  a  second  Biip-nagar,  Ma'sum-nagar,  Ram-nagar,  Birnagar,  and 
Raj-nagar.  But  it  is  hi  modern  times  and  as  a  prefix  that  it  enters  most 
largely  into  any  catalogue  of  village  names.  As  a  rule,  whenever  now-a-days 
an   over-crowded   town   throws   out  a  branch  settlement,  which  becomes  of 


*  Mr.  Blochmann  informed  me  that  he  had  noted,  with  regard  to  this  word  '  Mau,'  that  it 
waB  found  all  over  the  wide  area  extending  from  Western  M&lwa  to  Eastern  Audh,  but  did  not 
Beem  to  occur  in  Bengal,  Bihar,  or  Siudh. 


ETYMOLOGY  OF  LOCAL  NAMES.  339 

sufficient  importance  to  claim  a  separate  entry  in  the  Government  rent-roll,  it 
is  therein  recorded  as  Nagla  so-and-so,  according  to  the  name  of  the  principal 
man  in  it.  On  the  spot,  Nagla  Bali,  to  take  a  particular  case,  is  more  com« 
monly  called  Bali  ka  nagara  ;  and  after  the  lapse  of  a  few  generations,  if  the 
new  colony  prospers,  it  drops  the  Nagara  altogether,  and  is  known  simply  as 
Bali.  The  transmutation  of  the  word  nagara  into  Nagla  and  its  conversion 
from  a  suffix  into  a  prefix  are  due  solely  to  the  proclivities  of  native  revenue 
officials,  who  affect  the  Persian  collocation  of  words  rather  than  the  Hindi,  and 
always  evince  a  prejudice  against  the  letter  r.  It  is  interesting  to  observe  that 
in  England  the  Teutonic  mode  of  compounding  names  differs  from  the  Celtic, 
in  the  same  way  as  in  India  the  Hindi  from  the  Urdu  :  for  while  the  Celts 
spoke  of  Strath  Clyde  and  Abertay,  the  Teutons  preferred  Clydesdale  and 
Taymouth. 

The  number  of  sacred  woods  and  lakes  in  Braj  accounts  for  the  termi- 
nations ban  and  hind,  which  probably  are  not  often  met  elsewhere.  Examples 
of  the  former  are  Kot-ban,  Bhadra-ban,  Brinda-ban,  Loha-ban  and  Maka-ban  ; 
and  of  the  latter,  R;idha-kund  and  Madhuri-kund.  The  only  name  in  this  list, 
about  which  any  doubt  can  be  felt  as  to  the  exact  derivation,  is  Loha-ban.  It  is 
said  to  commemorate  Krishna's  victory  over  a  demon  called  Loha-jangha,  i.e., 
Iron-leg  ;  and  at  the  annual  festival,  offerings  of  '  iron'  are  made  by  the 
pilgrims.  In  the  ordinary  authorities  for  Krishna's  life  and  adventures  I 
certainly  find  no  mention  of  any  Loha-jangha,  and  as  we  shall  see  when  we 
come  to  speak  of  the  village  Bandi,  local  customs  are  often  based  simply  on  an 
accidental  coincidence  of  name,  and  prove  nothing  but  the  prevalent  ignorance 
as  to  the  true  principles  of  philology.  But  in  the  Vrihat-katka,  written  by 
Somadeva  in  the  reign  of  Harsha  Deva,  king  of  Kashmir,  A.  D.  1059-1071, 
Is  a  story  of  Loha-jangha,  a  Brahman  of  Mathura,  who  was  miraculously  con- 
veyed to  Lanka  :  whence  it  may  be  inferred  that  at  all  events  in  the  11th 
century  Loha-jangha,  after  whom  the  young  Brahman  was  named  by  the 
romancer,  was  recognized  as  a  local  power ;  and  thus,  though  we  need  not  sup- 
pose that  any  such  monster  ever  existed,  Loha-ban  does  in  all  probability  derive 
its  name  from  him. 

The  few  local  affixes  that  yet  remain  recmire  no  lengthened  notice  ;  of 
garh,  or  garhi,  there  are  as  many  as  twenty  instances,  viz.,  Nilkanth-garhi,  a 
settlement  of  Jaesyar  Thakurs ;  Sker-garh,  a  fortress  commanding  the  Jainuna, 
built  in  the  reign  of  Sher  Shah  ;  Chamar-garhi,  a  colony  of  the  factious  Giijar 
tribe ;Ahvaran-garhi ;  Chinta-garhi  and  Rustam-garhi,  founded  by  Gahlot  Thakurs 
in  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb;  Badan-garh,  commemorating  Thakur  Badan  Sinh, 


340  ETYMOLOGY  OF  LOCAL  NAMES. 

father  of  Siiraj  Mall,  the  first  Bharatpur  Raja;  Ikhu-Fath-garh,  founded  by  one 
of  Siiraj  Mall's  officers  ;  Birju-garhi,  Chinta-garhi,  Inayat-garhi,  Kankar-garhif 
Lal-garhi,  Mana-garhi,  Mani-garhi,  Ram-garhi,  Shankar-garhi,  Tilka-garhi, 
Bharii-garhi,  and  Tal-garhi,  all  founded  by  Jats  during  the  fiftv  rears  that 
elapsed  between  the  establishment  of  their  brief  supremacy  and  the  British 
annexation.  The  name  will  probably  never  be  used  again  as  a  local  affix  ;  and 
its  extreme  popularity  during  one  half-century  constitutes  an  interesting  land- 
mark in  Indian  provincial  history,  as  proof  of  the  troubled  character  of  the 
country,  when  no  isolated  habitation  was  thought  secure  unless  protected  by  a 
circuit  of  wall  and  ditch. 

Kherd,  as  seen  in  Pali-kheni,  Awa-khera,  Pal-kheni,  Aira-khera,  Sar- 
kand-khera,  and  Sel-khera,  invariably  implies  a  state  of  comparative  depriva- 
tion, which  may  be  cither  of  people  or  of  land,  according  as  it  arises  either  from 
the  emigration  of  the  greater  part  of  its  inhabitants  to  some  entirely  different 
locality,  or  by  the  formation  of  a  number  of  subordinate  hamlets  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood, which  divide  among  themselves  all  the  cultivated  area  and  leave  the 
old  bazar  merely  as  a  central   spot  for  common  meeting. 

Patti  ordinarily  implies  a  comparatively  modern  partition  of  family  lands  : 
thus  the  villages,  into  which  the  old  township  of  M agora  was  divided  by  the 
four  sons  of  the  Tomar  founder,  are  called  after  their  names,  Ajit-patti,  Ghatam- 
patti,  Jajan-patti,  and  Ram-patti  :  and  similarly  Bajana  was  divided  bv  the  Jats 
into  three  villages  known  as  Dilu-patti,  Siii-patti,  and  Sulhin-patti.  The  other 
four  places  in  the  district  that  have  this  affix  do  not,  however,  bear  out  the 
above  rule.  They  are  Lorha-patti,  Nainu-patti,  Patti  Bahrain,  and  Patti  Sakti. 
Nether  of  these  has  any  companion  hamlet  dating  from  the  same  time  as  itself; 
and  Nainu-patti  is  a  place  of  considerable  antiquity,  which  long  ago  was  split 
up  into  eleven  distinct  villages. 

Another  word  of  precisely  similar  import  is  Tlwk.  Tins  is  used  in  the 
Maha-ban  pargana  as  an  element  in  the  name  of  five  out  of  the  six  villages 
that  constitute  the  Sonai  circle,  and  which  are  called  Thok  Bindavani  Thok 
Gyan,  Thok  Sam,  and  Thok  Sumeru. 

Khoh  is  an   exceptional   affix,   which   occurs  only  once,  in  Mano-al-khoh 
the  name  of  a  village  on   a  'creek'  of  the  old  stream  of  the  Jamuna.     Tata  a 
bank,  is  similarly   found  once   only,   in   Jamunauta,    which  is  a  contraction  for 
Jamuna-tata. 

Of  Sarde  as  an  affix  we  have  examples  in  A'zamabad  Sarae,  Jamal-pur 
Sarae,  Mai  Sarae,  Sarae'  Ali  Khan,  Sarae  Daiid,  and  Sarae   Salivahau.     Only 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  341 

at  the  two  first  is  there  any  Sarae  actually  in  existence  :  both  of  these  are 
large  and  substantial  buildings  creeled  by  local  Governors  on  the  line  of  tlie 
old  Imperial  road  between  Agra  and  Labor.  The  others  were  probably  mere 
ranges  of  mud  huts,  like  the  ordinary  Sarae  of  the  present  day,  and  have  there- 
fore long  since  disappeared. 

The  Persian  terminations  dbdd  and  ganj,  which  predominate  so  largely  in 

some  parts  of  India,  have  been  little  used  in  Hindi-speaking  Mathura.  Of  dbdd 
there  are  only  six  examples,  being  an  average  of  one  to  eaeh  pargana,  viz., 
A'zam-abad  and  Murshid-abad,  each  commemorating  a  local  Governor  in  the 
reign  of  Aurangzeb  ;  Aurang-abad,  dating  from  the  same  period  ;  Sa'dahad,  the 
chief  town  on  the  demesne  of  Shah-jahan's  minister  Sa'dullah  Khan  ;  and  Asaf- 
abad,  Bir-ali-abad,  Gulshan-abad,  and  Salim-abad,  named  after  founders  of  less 
historical  distinction. 

Having  thus  passed  in  review  every  affix  denoting  'place'  that  we  have 
been  able  to  identify,  we  proceed  to  consider  the  second  class  of  names,  viz., 
those  in  which  the  affix  signifies  'possession.'  The  examples  under  this  head 
are  equally  numerous  and  in  a  philological  point  of  view  of  no  less  importance  ; 
but  the  whole  series  is  traversed  by  a  single  clue,  and  if  this  is  grasped  at  the 
beginning,  it  is  found  to  lead  so  directly  from  one  formation  to  another,  that  it 
precludes  all  necessity  of  pausing  for  lengthy  consideration  at  any  particular 
stage  of  the  argument.  Obviously,  the  simplest  mode  of  expressing  possession 
is  by  attaching  to  the  name  of  the  owner  the  grammatical  particle,  whatever 
it  may  be,  which  in  consequence  of  its  familiar  use  has  been  selected  as  the 
special  sign  of  the  genitive  or  possessive  case.  This  in  modern  Hindustani  is 
led  or  Id,  which  we  find  employed  in  the  following  ten  words,  vie.,  Barka, 
Mahanki,  Berka,  Marhaka,  Bhartiyaka,  Bhureka,  Kaneka,  Marhuaka,  Salaka, 
and  Surka.  In  the  last  six  names  on  the  list  the  former  part  of  the  compound, 
viz.,  nhartiva,  Bhun'i,  &c,  is  known  to  be  the  name  of  the  Jat  founder  of  the 
village.  Thus  we  have  an  indisputable  proof  that  about  a  century  ago  it  was 
not  at  all  an  uncommon  thing  to  form  names  of  places  in  this  way.  If  no 
earlier  examples  of  the  formation  occur,  it  is  most  reasonable  to  explain  their 
absence  by  inferring,  as  in  the  case  of  puri,  that  in  the  course  of  time  the  rough 
edges,  that  once  marked  the  place  where  the  word  and  its  affix  joined,  have 
become  so  worn  and  smoothed  down  that  they  can  no  longer  be  felt.  Now  by 
eliding  the  k — a  very  simple  proceeding  and  one  quite  in  accordance  with  rule 
— an  amalgamation  would  be  effected  between  the  two  elements  of  the  com- 
pound which  would  totally  alter  their  original  apj  larance  ;  and  we  have  only 
to  reinsert  it  to  discover  the  meaning  of  many  names  otherwise  unintelligible. 

So" 


342  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

Thus  Bhalai,  a  settlement  of  Bhal  Thakurs,  is  seen  to  represent  Bhdl-ki  (basti)  ; 
Biighai  is  for  Bagh-ki ;  Madanai  for  Madan-ki ;  Ughai  for  Ugra-ki ;  Mahpai 
for  MaMpa-ki  ;  Jonai  for  Jamuna-ki  (Jaiuia  being  mentioned  by  Vararuchi  as 
the  Prakrit  form  of  Yamuna)  ;  and  Semri,  with  its  ancient  temple  of  Syamala 
Devi,  for  Syamala-ki.  Similarly,  Indau  is  for  Indra-ka  and  Karnau  for  Kar- 
na-k;'i :  the  representation  of  a  +  a  by  au  rather  than  d  being  almost  an  invari- 
able practice,  as  we  see  in  rdu,  a  contraction  for  raja,  pdnw  for  pada,  ?iau  for 
nam  and  tau  for  tdta. 

Kd,  M,  however,  are  not  the  only  signs  of  the  genitive  case  in  use  ;  for  in 
the  Marwari  dialect  their  place  is  occupied  by  rd,  ri.  Of  this  form,  too,  there 
are  abundant  examples,  as  might  have  been  anticipated  :  for  some  centuries  ago, 
migrations  from  Rajpiitana  into  Mathura  were  very  frequent  and  in  a  less 
degree  continue  to  the  present  day.  Thus,  we  have  Umraura,  Lohrari, 
Ganesara,  Bhun'iri,  Puthri  (from  puth,  a  sand-hill),  Bhainsara,  Garumra  (for 
Garuda-ra)  and  Bagharra,  &c.  At  the  last-named  place  the  old  village  site  is 
called  8her-ka-kherd,  which  puts  the  meaning  of  the  word  Bagharra  beyond  a 
doubt  ;  the  reduplication  of  the  r  being  purely  phonetic.  In  other  names  the 
consonant  has  not  been  reduplicated,  but  the  same  effect  has  been  produced  by 
lengthening  the  vowel.  Such  are  Kunjera  (where  is  Kunj-ban),  Rahera, 
Ranera  (founded  by  Sissodia  Thakurs,  who  named  it  after  the  Rand  of  Chitor, 
whence  they  had  migrated),  Maghera,  Nonera,  and  Konkera,  &c. 

The  origin  of  the  two  particles  kd  and  rd  has  been  much  disputed.  I  would 
suggest  that  they  both  represent  an  original  kara,  or  kar.  This  we  find  used  occa- 
sionally by  Tulsi  Das  as  a  substantive  ;  as  in  the  line  tab  kar  as;  vimoh  ab  yiahin  ; 
'  then  the  matter  was  so  ;  now  there  is  no  delusion.'  More  frequently  it  occurs 
as  the  sign  of  the  genitive  ;  and  even  in  the  line  quoted  it  might  be  regarded  in 
that  light,  by  supposing  an  ellipse  of  some  such  word  as  hdl,  or  vydpdr.  The 
transition  from  the  one  use  to  the  other  being  so  easy,  it  can  scarcely  be  doubted 
that  the  particle  and  the  substantive  are  really  the  same  identical  word.  The 
loss  of  the  final  r  would  naturally  cause  a  lengthening  of  the  vowel,  and  thus 
kar  becomes  kd. 

The  alternative  form  rd  may  be  explained  by  the  elision  of  the  initial  k, 
which  would  ordinarily  take  place  whenever  kara  was  made  the  last  member  of 
a  compound.  Thus  Rana-kara  becomes  Ranara  or  Ranera  ;  and  the  lengthen- 
ing of  the  final  a  is  not  at  all  an  exceptional  phenomenon. 

Not  unfrequently,  however,  instead  of  being  lengthened,  the  final  a  of  the 
affix  kara  is  dropt  as  well  as  the  initial  consonant.     There  consequently  remains 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  343 

only  the  letter  r,  which  we  see  appearing  as  a  final  in  such  words  as  Kumar,  Sahar, 
Udhar,  and  Surir.  Of  these;  Kaniar  (for  Kam-raj  is  probably  an  offshoot  from  the 
neighbouring  town  of  Kam-ban  in  Bharatpur  territory,  a  famous  place  of  Vaish- 
nava  pilgrimage ;  while  Sahar  and  Udhar  must  have  been  named  after  their 
respective  founders,  who  in  the  one  case  is  known  to  have  been  called  Udho,  or 
Udhan,  and  in  the  other  was  probably  some  Sabha.  In  Surir,  which  presents 
peculiar  difficulties,  we  fortunately  are  not  left  to  conjecture.  For  a  local 
tradition  attests  that  the  town  was  once  called  Sugriv-ka  Khera.  The  resemb- 
lance between  the  two  names  is  slight  that  the  people  on  the  spot  and  the 
unphilological  mind  generally  would  not  recognize  any  connection  between 
them  ;  but  according  to  rules  already  quoted  Sugriv-ra  would  pass  naturally 
into  Surir,  and  the  fact  that  it  has  done  so  is  a  strong  confirmation  of  the 
truth  of  the  rules. 

Another  partiele  that  is  commonly  used  for  investing  substantives  with  a 
possessive  force  is  icdla,  or  ward.  Of  this,  as  a  component  in  a  village  name,  we 
have  two  illustrations  in  the  district,  viz.,  Pipalwara  and  Bhadanwara.*  No  satis- 
factory attempt  has  hitherto  been  made  to  explain  the  derivation  and  primary 
meaning  either  of  this  affix  tcdla,  or  of  the  somewhat  less  common  hard, 
which  is  used  in  a  precisely  similar  way.  I  take  the  latter  to  represent  the 
Sanskrit  dhdra  (from  the  root  dhri)  in  the  sense  of  '  holding '  or  '  having,' 
as  in  the  compounds  chhattra- dhdra,  'having  an  umbrella,'  danda-dhdra,  '  hav- 
ing a  stick.'  The  elision  of  the  d  is  quite  according  to  rule,  as  in  bahira,  '  deaf,' 
for  badhira.  Wdld,  again,  is  I  consider  beyond  any  doubt  the  Sanskrit  pdla,  with 
the  same  signification  of  '  keeping  or  '  having.'  The  substitution  of  v  for  p 
is  prescribed  by  Vararuchi  in  Sutra  II.,  15,  who  gives  as  an  example  the 
Prakrit  sdvo  for  the  Sanskrit  sdpa,  '  a  curse.'  Thus  we  have  from  ijo-pdla, '  a 
cow-keeper,'  gowdla,  and  finally  gwdla  ;  from  ckaupdl  the  alternative  form 
chauwdrd,  and  from  kotta-pdla,  '  the  governor  of  a  fort,'  the  familiar  kotwdl. 

For  the  formation  of  adjectives  that  denote  possession,  the  affix  most 
frequently  employed,  both  in  Sanskrit  and  modern  Hindustani,  is  i.  Thus 
from  dhan,  '  wealth,'  comes  dhani,  wealthy  and  from  mala,  '  a  floral  wreath' 
comes  mdli,  '  a  florist.'  Dr.  Hunter,  with  much  perverted  ingenuity,  has  gone 
out  of  his  way  to  suggest  that  the  latter  are  an  aboriginal  and  non-Aryan  race 
and  "  take  their  name  from  the  tribal  term  for  man,  male,  from  which  many 

*  It  is  curious  to  find  in  the  English  of  the  9th  century  a  word  'wara'  used  precisely  in  the 
same  way.  Thus  the  Mersewara,  or  marsh  folk,  were  the  dwellers  in  the  reclaimed  flats  of 
Komney  marsh :  while  the  Cautwara  inhabited  the  Caint,  or  open  upland  which  still  gives  its 
name  to  the  county  of  Kent. 


344  ETYMOLOGY    OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

hill  and  forest  people  of  northern  and  central  India,  possibly  also  the  wholi 
Malay  race  of  the  Archipelago,  are  caUed.  "  I  am  not  aware  that  in  this  theory- 
he  has  found  any  followers  :  whatever  the  origin  of  the  Malays,  there  is  no 
moro  reason  to  suppose  a  connection  between  them  and  the  Malis  of  our  gar- 
dens, than  between  man,  the  biped,  and  man,  a  weight  of  40  sers.  As  the  let- 
ters of  the  alphabet  are  necessarily  limited,  it  must  occasionally  happen  that  com- 
binations are  formed  which  are  quite  independent  of  one  another  and  yet  in  ap- 
pearance are  identical.  Among  examples  of  the  i  affix  we  fiud  in  Mathura,  from 
dldmar,  'a  fisherman,'  Dhimari,  a  fishing  village  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna  : 
from  a  founder  Husain,  a  village  Husaini  ;  from  Pal,  the  favourite  title  of  a 
Thnkur  clan,  Pali  ;  from  Pingal,  Pingari  ;  from  babul,  the  acacia,  Pabiiri  ;  from 
Kkajur,  Khajuri  :  and  from  kincira,  '  the  river  bank,  '  Kinari  A  lengthened 
form  of  tho  same  affix  is  iya,  which  we  find  in  Jagatiya  and  Khandiya. 

Another  affix,  which  in  ordinaiy  Sanskrit  literature  occurs  as  frequently  as 
t  and  with  precisely  the  same  signification,  is  vat,  vati.  In  vulgar  pronunciation 
the  consonant  v  generally  passes  into  the  cognate  vowel  ;  thus  Bhagavati  becomes 
Bhatroti,  and  Sarasvati,  Sarsuti.  I  am  therefore  led  to  suspect  that  this  is  the  affix 
which  has  been  used  in  the  formation  of  such  village  names  as  Kharot,  Khatauta, 
Ajinothi,  Bilothi,  Kajirothi,  Basonti,  Bathi,  Junsuthi,  Sonoth,  Badauth,  Barauth, 
Dhanoti,  and  Tatarota.  All  these  places  are  presumably  old,  and  nothing  can 
be  stated  with  certainty  as  to  the  period  of  the  foundation,  but  the  only  one  of 
them  in  any  way  remarkable  is  Bathi.  Here  is  the  sacred  grove  of  Bahula-ban, 
with  the  image  of  the  cow  Bahula,  who  (as  told  in  the  Itihas*)  addressed  such 
piteous  supplications  to  a  tiger  who  was  about  to  destroy  her,  that  the  savage 
beast  could  not  but  spare  her  life.  A  meld  in  her  honour  is  still  held  on  the 
fourth  day  of  Kuwar,  called  '  Bahula  chaturthi.'  In  every  other  instance  where 
the  ban  is  a  place  of  any  celebrity,  it  has  supplied  the  foundation  for  the  village 
name,  and  has  probably  done  so  here  too.  The  transition  from  Bahula-vati  to 
Bathi  presents  no  insuperable  difficulty;  for  a  similar  change  of  the  dental  into  the 
cerebral  consonant  has  occurred  in  the  Hindi  pattan,  '  a  town,'  and  in  murha,  '  a 
fool,'  for  the  Sanskrit  mugdha ;  the  insertion  of  the  aspirate  is  the  only  irregu- 
larity which  it  is  not  easy  to  explain. 

A  third  affix  which  can  he  more  appropriately  noticed  hero  than  elsewhere, 
though  it  has  a  somewhat  different  force,  is  a.  This  implies  primarily  '  a  pro- 
duct,' or  '  result.'     Thus    from    bo;   the    fruit,    tree,    comes    (be    name   of  the 


*  A  collection  of  stoiies  supposed  to  have  beeu  related  I  y  Bhima-sena  while  he  lay  wounded 
on  the  field  of  battle, 


ETYMOLOGY    OF    LOCAL   NAMES.  345 

village  Bera,  an  orchard  of  her  trees  :  from  Nakar,  a  man's  name  meaning 
'  lion,'  Nahra  ;  from  Parsu,  an  abbreviation  for  Parasu-ram,  Parsua  ;  from  Rue 
[Sen],  Raya  ;  from  Paramesvar  Das,  Pavesara  ;  and  similarly  Bisambbara, 
Dandisara,  &c. 

We  may  now  pass  on  to  the  first  sub-division  of  class  III.,  in  which  are  in- 
cluded all  such  village  names  as  originally  were  identical,  without  addition  or 
alteration  of  any  kind,  with  the  names  borne  by  the  founders  ;  though  the  orgin- 
al  identity,  it  must  be  remembered,  is  no  guarantee  against  subsequent  corrup- 
tion. One  of  the  earliest  examples  in  the  district  is  afforded  by  the  village  Son, 
which  is  said  to  have  been  the  capital  of  a  Raja  Son — or  more  probably  Sohan 
— Pal,  a  Tomar  Thakur  from  Delhi.  Sonkh,  Sonsa,  and  Sonoth,  all  three  places 
in  the  immediate  neighbourhood,  would  also  seem  to  be  named  after  him  and  to 
prove  that  he  was  an  historical  personage  of  at  least  considerable  local  impor- 
tance. Another  interesting  illustration,  which  must  also  be  of  early  date,  is 
found  in  the  name  Dham  Sinha.  Here  Dham,  which  is  the  obsolete  Prakrit 
form  of  dharma  and  is  not  understood  at  the  present  day,  runs  a  great  risk  of  beinc 
altered  by  people  who  aim  at  correctness,  but  lack  knowledge,  into  the  more  in- 
telligible word  dhan.  In  modern  times  this  style  of  nomenclature  has  been  so 
prevalent  that  a  single  pargana — Maha-ban — supplies  us  with  the  following  ex- 
amples, viz.,  Birbal,  Gaju,  Misri,  Bhiira,  Siiraj,  Baru,  Rausanga,  Nauranga, 
Mursena,  Bansa,  Bhojua,  Bhi'ma,  and  Siir,.  Of  these,  Rausanga  forRup  Sinha 
would  scarcely  have  been  recognizable  but  for  the  aid  of  local  tradition.  Occasion- 
ally the  names  of  two  brothers,  or  other  joint  founders,  are  combined,  as  we  see  in 
Sampat-jogi,  Chiira-hansi,  Bindu-bulaki,  and  Harnaul.  The  latter  is  a  curious 
contraction  for  Hara  Navala  ;  and  as  '  the  swing'  is  one  of  the  popular  institutions 
of  Braj,  the  word  not  unfrequently  passes  through  a  further  corruption  and  is 
pronounced  Hindol,  which  means  a  swing.  This  will  probably  before  long  give 
occasion  to  a  legend  and  a  local  festival  in  honor  of  Radba  and  Krishna. 

Under  the  same  head  comes  the  apparently  Muhammadan  name  Noh  ; 
which,  with  the  addition  of  the  suffix  jJdl,  is  the  designation  of  a  decayed 
town  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Jamuna  to  the  north  of  the  district.  At  no 
very  great  distance,  but  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  in  Gurganw,  is  a 
second  Noh  ;  and  a  third  is  in  the  Jalesar  pargana,  which  now  forms  part  of 
the  Eta  district.  So  far  as  I  have  any  certain  knowledge,  the  name  is  not 
found  in  any  other  part  of  India,  though  it  occurs  in  Central  Asia  ;  for  I  learn 
from  Colonel  Godwin  Austen  that  there  is  a  Noh  in  Ladak  or  rather  Rudok  at 
the  eastern  end  of  the  Pangang  Lake,  and  on  its  very  borders.     The  Yarkand 

87 


346  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

expedition  is  also  stated  in  the  papers  to  have  reached  Leh  viaKhotan,  Kiria,Polu, 
and  Noli,  by  the  easternmost  pass  over  the  Kuen-lun  mountains.  Upon  this  point 
I  may  hope  to  acquire  more  definite  information  hereafter ;  the  best  maps 
published  up  to  the  present  time  throw  no  light  on  the  matter,  for  though  they 
give  the  towns  of  Kiria  and  Kliotan,  they  do  not  show  Noh,  and  its  existence 
therefore  requires  confirmation.  The  three  places  in  this  neighbourhood  all  agree 
in  being  evidently  of  great  antiquity,  and  also  in  the  fact  that  each  is  close  to 
a  large  sheet  of  water.  The  lake,  or  morass,  at  Noh  jhil  spreads  in  some  years 
over  an  area  measuring  as  much  as  six  miles  in  length  by  one  in  breadth.  It  is 
no  doubt  to  a  great  extent  of  artificial  formation,  having  been  excavated  for  the 
double  purpose  of  supplying  earth,  with  which  to  build  the  fort,  and  also  of  ren- 
dering it  inaccessible  when  built.  Tho  inundated  appearance  of  the  country 
combines  with  the  name  to  suggest  a  reminiscence  of  the  Biblical  Deluge  and  the 
Patriarch  Noah.  The  proper  spelling  of  his  name,  as  Mr.  Blochmann  informed 
me,  is  Null,  with  the  vowel  ti  and  the  Arabic  h,  while  Baddoni,  who  twice*  men- 
tions the  town,  in  both  places  spells  it  with  the  imperceptible  h ;  in  the  Xin-i- 
Akbari,  however,  which  herein  agrees  with  invariable  modern  usage,  the  final 
letter  is  the  Arabic  h.  But  if  a  reference  to  the  Deluge  were  intended,  the 
word  Noh  would  not  have  been  used  simply  by  itself ;  standing  as  it  does,  it 
can  scarcely  be  other  than  the  name  of  the  founder.  Now  (to  quote  Mr. 
Blochmann  again)  "  Muhammadans  use  the  name  Null  extremely  rarely.  Xdam, 
Musa,  Yusuf,  and  Ayub  are  common  ;  but  on  looking  over  my  lists  of  saints, 
companions  of  Muhammad,  and  other  worthies  of  Islam,  I  do  not  find  a  single 
person  with  the  name  Nub  ;  and  hence  I  would  look  upon  a  connection  of  Noh 
with  Noah  as  very  problematical.  I  would  rather  connect  it  with  the  Persian 
nuh,  'nine,'  which  when  lengthened  becomes  noh,  not  mih;  as  the  Persian  dih, 
'a  village,'  becomes  dek,  not  <7i/«."  But  if  we  abandon  the  Semitic  name,  it 
will  be  better,  considering  the  purely  Hindu  character  of  the  country,  to  try 
and  fall  back  upon  some  Sanskrit  root,  and  I  am  inclined  to  regard  the  name 
as  a  Muhammadan  corruption  of  nava — not  the  adjective  meaning  '  now,'  but  a 
proper  name— and  with  the  It  added  either  purposely  to  mark  the  distinction, 
or  inadvertently  in  the  same  way  as  raja  is  in  Persian  characters  incorrectly 
written  rajah.  In  the  Harivansa  (line  1677)  mention  is  made  of  a  king 
Ushinara,  of  the  family  of  Kakshoyu,  who  had  five  wives,  Nriga,  Krimi,  Nava, 
Darva,  and   Drishadvati.     They  bore  him  each  one  son,  and  the  boys  were 


*Once  as  the  scene  of  a  fight  between  Ikbal  Khan  and  Shams  Khun  of  Bayana  (A.  H.  802), 
and  again  as  the  place  where  Mubarak  Shah  crossed  the  Janiuna  for  Jtrtoli. 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  347 

named  Nriga,  Krimi,  Nava,  Suvrata  and  Sivi ;  of  whom  Nava  reigned  over 
Navanishtram  ;  Krimi  over  Kumila-puri ;  Sivi,  who  is  said  to  be  the  author  of 
one  of  the  hymns  of  the  Rig  Veda  (X.  179),  over  the  Sivayas,  and  Nriga  over 
the  Yaudheyas.  In  the  Mahabharat  the  Usinaras  are  said  to  be  a  lower  race 
of  Kshatriyas.  They  are  mentioned  by  Panini  in  a  connection  which  seems 
to  imply  that  they  were  settled  in  or  near  the  Panjab  ;  and  in  the  Aitareya 
Brahmana,  Usinara  is  collocated  with  Kuril  and  Panchala.  Again,  Drishad- 
vati,  the  fifth  of  Usinara's  wives,  recalls  to  mind  the  unknown  river  of  the 
same  name,  which  is  mentioned  by  Manu  as  one  of  the  boundaries  of  Brah- 
mavarta,  and  in  the  Mahabharat  as  the  southern  boundary  of  Kurukshetra. 
From  all  this  it  may  be  inferrred  that  the  Navarashtra,  over  which  Usinara's 
third  son  Nava  reigned,  cannot  have  been  far  distant  from  Mathura  and 
Gurganw;  and  its  capital  may  well  have  been  the  very  place  which  still  bears 
his  name  under  the  corrupt  form  of  Noh  or  Nauh. 

The  second  subdivision  of  class  III.  is  of  an  extremely  miscellaneous 
character  and  admits  of  no  grouping,  each  name  having  a  separate  individuality 
of  its  own.  Some  of  the  more  obvious  examples  have  been  already  quoted : 
such  as  are  Basai,  'a  colony  ;'  for  the  Sanskrit  vasati  (which  at  the  present  day 
is  more  commonly  abbreviated  by  the  alternative  mode  into  bast!)  ;  Chauki,  '  an 
outpost'  on  the  Gurganw  road;  Nagariya,  'a  small  hamlet  ;'  Barha,  '  a 
removal;'  Garhi,  'a  fort;'  Mai,  'an  estate;'  Khor,  'an  opening'  between  the 
Barsana  hills;  Auyor,  'the  other  end'  of  the  Gobardhan  range;  Pura,  'a 
town  ;'  Kheriya,  'a  hill ;'  and  Toli,  '  an  allotment.'  Others  require  more 
detailed  explanation  on  account  either  of  their  intrinsic  difficulty,  or  of  the 
mythological  disguise  put  upon  them  by  the  local  pandits,  who  think  there  is  no 
place  in  the  whole  of  Braj  which  does  not  contain  some  allusion  to  Krishna. 
Thus  they  connect  the  word  Mathura  with  the  god's  title  of  Madhu-mathan  ; 
though  the  more  natural  derivation  is  from  the  rootmath  direct,  in  its  primary  sense 
of  '  churning ;'  an  exact  grammatical  parallel  being  found  in  the  word  '  bhidura, 
breakable,'  a  derivative  from  the  root  bhid,  '  to  break.'  The  name  thus  interpreted 
is  singularly  appropriate  ;  for  Mathura  has  always  been  celebrated  for  its  wide 
extent  of  pasture-land  and  many  herds  of  cattle,  and  in  all  poetical  descriptions  of 
the  local  scenery  '  the  churn'  is  introduced  as  a  prominent  feature.  I  observe  that 
Dr.  Rajendralala  Mitra  in  a  learned  article  on  the  Yavanas,  published  in  the 
Calcutta  Asiatic  Society's  Journal,  has  incidentally  remarked  upon  a  passage  in 
the  Santi  Parva  of  the  Mahabharat,  in  which  the  word  Madhura  occurs,  that 
this  is  the  ancient  form  of  Mathura.  Now  I  should  hesitate  to  dispute  any  state- 
ment deliberately  made  by  so  eminent  a  scholar,  but  this  appears  to  be  a  mere 


348  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL  NAMES. 

obiter  dictum,  and  I  strongly  doubt  whether  in  the  whole  range  of  early  San- 
skrit literature  the  capital  of  Braj  is  ever  designated  Madhura.  In  the  particular 
passage  which  he  quotes,  Lassen  regards  the  word  as  the  name  of  a  river, 
and  that  the  well-known  city  in  the  Dakhin  is  in  the  vernacular  always  spelt 
Madhura  in  no  way  affects  the  argument  ;  for  even  if  the  two  names  are  ety- 
mologically  identical,  which  is  probable  but  not  certain,  the  dislike  shown  by 
all  the  languages  of  the  south  to  the  use  of  hard  consonants  is  quite  sufficient 
to  account  for  the  alteration. 

Similarly  the  name  of  the  country,  Braj,  or  Vraja,  has  nothing  to  do 
with  the  Vajra  Sena,  the  son  of  Anirudh,  who  is  said  to  have  been  crowned 
king  of  Mathura  on  Krishna's  death  ;  but  comes  immediately  from  the  root 
wo/, '  to  go,'  and  is  thus  a  highly  appropriate  designation  for  a  land  of  nomadic 
herdsmen.  Equally  at  fault  is  the  mythological  derivation  of  '  Bathen,'  the 
name  of  two  large  villages  in  the  Kosi  pargana,  where  Balarama,  it  is  said,  '  sat 
down'  [baithen)  to  wait  for  Krishna.  Here,  again,  the  real  reference  is  to  the 
pastoral  character  of  the  country,  bathan  being  an  archaic  term  to  denote  a  graz- 
ing-ground.  A  still  greater  and  more  unnecessary  perversion  of  etymological 
principles  is  afforded  by  the  treatment  of  the  word  Khaira.  This  is  popularly 
derived  from  the  root  khcdna,  '  to  drive  cattle,'  which  was  Krishna's  special  occu- 
pation as  a  boy  :  but  it  is  in  fact  the  regular  contraction  of  the  Sanskrit  kha- 
dira,  the  Acacia  Arabica,  more  commonly  known  as  the  babiil ;  as  is  proved  by 
the  contiguity  of  the  village  to  the  Kliadira-baii,  one  of  the  twelve  sacred  groves. 
Other  indigenous  trees  have  contributed  in  like  manner  to  the  local  nomencla- 
ture ;  thus  the  lodhra,  or  Symplocos,  would  seem  to  have  furnished  a  name  for 
the  village  of  Lohi  in  the  Mat  pargana  :  the  Tinduk  Ghat  at  Mathura  is  pro- 
bably so  called  not  in  honour  of  any  pious  ascetic,  but  with  reference  to  the 
pasendit,  or  Diospyros,  the  Sanskrit  tinduka,  one  of  the  most  common  trees  in 
the  district  :  and  in  the  Sakra-ban,  which  gives  its  name  to  the  village  of  Saka- 
raya,  it  would  seem  that  the  sakra  intended  is  the  tree,  the  Terminalia  Arjuna, 
and  not  the  god  Indra,  though  he  too  is  known  by  that  title,  which  primarily 
means  the  strong  or  powerful. 

The  most  interesting  example  of  an  elaborate  myth  based  solely  on  the 
misunderstanding  of  a  local  name  is  to  be  found  in  the  village  of  Bandi.  Here 
is  a  very  popular  shrine,  sacred  to  Bandi  Anandi,  who  are  said  to  have  been  two 
servants  of  Jasoda's,  whose  special  employment  it  was  to  collect  the  sweepings 
of  the  cow-shed  and  make  them  up  into  fuel.  But  in  the  inscription  over  the 
gateway  leading  into   the  court-yard  of  the   temple,   which   is   dated  Sambat 


ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES.  349 

1575,  there  is  do  mention  of  Anandi  whatever.  Part  is  illegible,  bnt  the  first 
words  read  clearly  as  follow  :  Svasti  sri  Sarvopari  bir&jamdn  Bandi  •//.  Tasya 
sevak,  &c.  From  this  it  may  be  inferred  that  Anandi  has  been  added  in  very 
recent  times  simply  for  the  sake  of  the  alliterative  jingle,  and  because  there 
happened  to  be  a  second  old  figure  on  the  spot  that  required  some  distinctive 
name.  The  original  word  was  Bandi  alone.  The  Gokul  Gosains  support  their 
theory  as  to  its  etymology  by  making  the  Gobar  Lila  at  Bandi  one  of  the  re<m- 
lar  scenes  in  the  dramatic  performances  of  the  Ban-jatra  ;  but  it  is  not  accepted 
by  the  more  old-fashioned  residents  of  the  village,  who  maintain  that  the  local 
divinity  was  a  recognized  power  long  before  the  days  of  Krishna,  who  was 
brought  there  to  offer  at  her  shrine  the  first  hair  that  was  cut  from  his  head. 
Their  view  as  to  the  relative  antiquity  of  the  Bandi  and  the  Mathura  god  is 
certainly  correct ;  for  both  the  images  now  believed  to  represent  Jasoda's  domes- 
tic servants  arc  clearly  effigies  of  the  goddess  Durga.  In  the  one  she  appears 
with  eight  arms,  triumphing  over  the  demon  Mahishasur  ;  in  the  other,  which 
is  a  modern  facsimile,  made  at  Brinda-ban,  after  the  mutilated  original,  she  has 
four  arms,  two  pendent  and  two  raised  above  the  head.  Neither  of  them  can 
represent  a  human  handmaid  ;  and  thus  the}-  at  once  disprove  the  modern  story, 
which  would  seem  to  be  based  on  nothing  more  substantial  than  the  resemb- 
lance of  the  word  bandi  to  the  Persian  banda,  meaning  '  a  servant.'  The  real 
derivation  would  be  from  bandi/a,  or  vandi/a,  the  future  participle  of  the  verb 
vand,  signifying  '  venerable'  or  '  worshipful.'  Thus,  what  was  once  an  epithet  of 
a  particular  image  of  Devi  became  after  a  time  its  distinctive  name  ;  and  event- 
ually, being  referred  by  the  ignorance  of  the  people  to  a  more  ordinary  term 
of  current  speech,  has  originated  a  legend  and  a  local  festival  for  which  in  fact 
there  is  no  foundation  whatever. 

The  above  is  one  illustration  of  a  general  rule  that  all  presumably  an- 
cient local  names  are  entirely  different  in  origin  and  meaning  from  any  terms 
of  current  speech  with  which  they  may  happen  to  be  identical  in  form. 
Thus,  as  we  have  already  seen,  the  village  Parson  has  no  connection  with 
parson,  the  common  adverb  of  time  ;  neither  is  Paitha  so  named,  as  being 
near  the  mouth  of  the  cave  into  which  the  people  of  Braj  '  entered'  {jmitha). 
Again,  Bal,  a  largo  village  in  the  Mathura  pargana,  is  not  so  called  as 
being  the  scene  of  one  of  Krishna's  '  battles'  (ra?-),  as  local  Pandits  say  ;  nor 
because  the  extensive  woods  round  about  it  abound  in  rdl,  or  '  resin  :'  but 
rather  it  is  a  contraction  of  Raja-kula,  '  a  king's  house  ;'  a  compound  of 
similar  character  with  Gokul,  a  '  cow  house,'  the  name  of  the  town  where 

88 


350  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

Krishna  was  nurtured  by  the  herdsman  Nanda.  Raval,  a  village  in  the  same 
neighbourhood,  the  reputed  home  of  Radha's  maternal  grandfather  Surbhan, 
may  be  identical  in  meaning  ;  or  it  may  even  represent  an  original  Itadha- 
kula,  in  which  case  it  would  be  curious  as  affording  the  earliest  authority  for 
Radha's  local  existence  and  pre-eminent  rank.  Koila,  again,  is  evidently  not 
the  bird  called  in  Sanskrit  Kokila  and  in  Hindi  Koil ;  for  who  would  dream 
of  calling  a  place  simply  Cuckoo  without  any  affix  such  as  in  the  possible  com- 
pound Cuckoo-town  ?  Neither  is  it  the  exclamation  Koi  Id,  uttered  by  Vasu- 
deva  as  he  was  bearing  the  infant  Krishna  across  the  Jamuna  ;  for  whatever 
the  language  then  in  vogue,  it  certainly  was  not  modern  Hindi :  nor  again, 
and  for  a  similar  reason,  does  the  word  Koila  mean  'charcoal/  with  a  reference 
to  the  ashes  of  the  witch  Putana,  washed  across  the  stream  from  the  town  of 
Gokul.  But  it  may  be  taken  for  granted  that  the  final  consonant  stands  for 
rd  and  has  the  possessive  force  of  that  particle,  while  the  former  member  of 
the  compound  is  either  Koi, '  the  water-lily,'  or  Koi,  for  Krora,  '  a  wild  boar.' 
The  extensive  morass  in  the  neighbourhood,  well  known  to  sportsmen  as  the 
Koila  jhil,  renders  either  derivation  probable  and  appropriate.  If  the  fact 
were  not  now  placed  on  record,  a  few  more  years  and  the  philologists  who 
look  for  the  origin  of  Indian  names  in  every  language,  saving  only  the  vernacu- 
lar of  the  country,  would  seize  the  opportunity  of  declaring  Koila  to  be  merely 
a  mispronunciation  of  the  English  '  quail.'  Similarly,  it  may  reasonably  be 
conjectured  that  Kukar-gama  is  not  so  called  because  a  Banjara  in  his  travels 
happened  to  bury  beside  the  village  pond  a  favourite  dog  (kulcar),  though  the 
slab  supposed  to  cover  the  dog's  grave  is  still  shown  ;  but  rather,  as  the  village 
is  certainly  of  ancient  date  and  was  colonized  by  Thakurs  from  Chitor,  it  is 
probable  that  its  name  commemorates  the  otherwise  unknown  founder,  since 
Kukura  occurs  in  the  Mahabharat  as  the  proper  name  of  a  king,  and  may 
therefore  have  been  at  one  time  in  common  use.  To  pass  yet  more  rapidly 
over  a  few  other  illustrations  of  the  same  rule,  that  apparent  identity  is  equi- 
valent to  real  difference :  Kamar  does  not  commemorate  Krishna's  gift  of  a 
blanket  (kamal)  to  the  shivering  hermit  Durvasas,  but  rather  implies  a  migra- 
tion from  the  older  town  of  Kama  ;  '  Aiuch'  does  not  refer  to  the  '  stretching' 
of  Krishna's  tent-ropes,  through  the  real  derivation  is  doubtful  ;  '  Jau'  is  not 
the  imperative  verb  '  go,'  but  a  corruption  of  ydva,  '  lac  ;'  Marua,  now  altered 
by  office  copyists  to  Bharna,  has  no  relation  to  the  '  death'  of  one  of  Krishna's 
enemies  ;  and  'Jait'  is  not  simply  an  abbreviation  for  jaitra,  but  (as  shown  by 
the  village  pronunciation  Jaint)  represents  an  original  Jayanta,  which  occurs 
in  Sanskrit  as  the  name  both  of  a  river  and  a  country. 


ETYMOLOGY   OP   LOCAL    NAMES.  351 

It  must,  however,  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  application  of  this  rule  is 
restricted  exclusively  to  local  names  of  ancient  date.  Thus  the  name  of  the 
village  Sanket  is  really  identical  with  the  Sanskrit  word  sanket,  meaning  '  an 
assignation'  or  '  rendezvous  ;'  the  place  which  lies  half-way  between  Barsana 
and  Nandganw,  the  respective  homes  of  Eadhii  and  Krishna,  having  been  so 
called  by  the  Gosains  of  the  16th  century  with  the  special  object  of  localizing 
the  legend.  Similarly,  Pisaya  with  its  beautiful  forest  of  kadamb  trees,  to 
which  the  author  of  the  Vraja-bhakti-vilasa  gives  the  Sanskrit  title  of  Pipasa- 
vana,  may  really  bear  a  name  identical  with  the  Hindi  word  pisaya,  '  thirsty,'  if 
the  name  was  first  assigned  to  the  spot  by  the  Gokul  Gosains  as  a  foundation 
for  a  story  of  Radha's  bringing  a  draught  of  water  for  the  relief  of  her 
exhausted  lover.  But  this  is  questionable,  since  it  appears  that  there  is  a  place 
with  the  same  name,  but  without  any  similar  legend,  in  the  Aligarh  district  : 
both  are  therefore  most  probably  far  anterior  to  the  16th  century  and 
susceptible  of  some  entirely  different  explanation.  The  Aligarh  Pisaya  is, 
I  find,  described  as  having  the  largest  jungle  or  grazing  ground  in  that  district ; 
and  this  suggests  that  the  word  may  very  well  be  a  corruption  of  the  Sanskrit 
pasavya,    'tit  for  cattle.' 

In  all  these  and  similar  cases  it  is  imposible  to  arrive  at  sound  conclu- 
sions without  a  largo  amount  of  local  knowledge  ;  while  the  absurdity  of  the 
explanations  advanced  by  the  local  Pandits  demonstrates  the  equal  necessity 
for  acquaintance  with  at  least  the  rudimentary  laws  of  philological  science. 
Scholastic  speculations  made  without  reference  to  physical  features  or  to  the 
facts  of  village  history  are  always  liable  to  summary  disproof  ;  and  no  one  with 
any  respect  for  his  own  reputation  should  think  of  pronouncing  off-hand  upon 
the  derivation  of  the  name  of  any  place  regarding  the  circumstances  of  which 
he  has  not  very  definite  information.  For  example,  as  the  village  Jati-pura 
is  on  the  border  of  the  Jat  state  of  Bharat-pur,  what  could  be  more  plausiblo 
than  to  say  that  it  is  so  called  as  being  a  Jat  colony  ?  but,  as  a  fact,  it  has 
always  been  inhabited  by  Brahmans,  and  its  founder  was  the  Vallabhacharya 
Gosain,  Bitthal-nath,  who  was  popularly  known  by  the  name  Jatiji.  Similarly, 
while  the  Naugama  in  the  Chhata  pargana  really  connotes  the  meaning  which 
the  form  of  the  word  most  obviously  suggests,  viz.,  new  town,  the  Naugama 
near  the  city  of  Mathura  stands  for  an  original  ndga-grdma,  and  commemo- 
rates its  founder,  Naga.  As  a  parallel  example  in  English  topography  take  the 
town  of  Bridge-water  ;  the  latter  member  of  the  compound  referring  not  to 
nny  stream,  as  would  naturally  be  supposed,  but  to  the  Norman  chief  Walter, 
who  built  his  castle  there.     Again,  Lodhauli   (in  accordance  with  the  principles 


352  ETYMOLOGY   OF   LOCAL   NAMES. 

stated  in  the  earlier  part  of  this  chapter)  might  be  at  once  set  down  as  equi- 
valent to  Lodha-puri ;  but  here,  too,  the  caste  of  the  residents  forbids  such  a 
derivation,  for  they  have  always  been  not  Lodhas,  but  Jadons  ;  and  the  modern 
name- is  a  perversion  of  Lalita-pnri.  Phalen  again  and  Siyara  would  be  in- 
explicable but  for  the  knowledge  that  they  are  built,  the  one  on  the  margin  of 
a  pond,  called  Prahlad  kund,  and  the  other  by  the  Chir  Ghat,  a  very  ancient 
and  now  comparatively  neglected  tirath  on  the  Jamuna.  The  confusion 
between  the  letters  s  and  ch  is  one  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  local  dialect.  Thus 
Amar  Sinh  is  frequently  called  Amarchu  ;  the  village  of  Parsua,  in  the  mouths 
of  the  villagers  on  the  spot,  is  indistinguishable  from  Pilchua  ;  Chakri,  after 
becoming  Saki,  gives  a  name  to  Sakitra,  where  is  an  ancient  shrine  of  Chak- 
resvar  ;  and  so  too  Chira-hara  becomes  Siyara.* 

Although  it  may  safely  be  laid  down  as  a  general  principle  of  Indian 
toponymy  that  the  majority  of  names  arc  capable  of  being  traced  up  to  Aryan 
roots,  it  is  possible  that  the  rule  may  have  some  exceptions.  In  the  Mathura 
and  Mainpuri  districts  there  is  a  current  tradition  that  the  older  occupants  of 
the  country  were  a  people  called  Kah'irs.  The  name  seems  to  support  a  theory 
advanced  by  Dr.  Hunter  in  his  Dissertation,  where  he  quotes  a  statement  from 
some  Number  of  the  Asiatic  Society's  Journal  to  the  effect  that  the  whole  of 
India  was  once  called  Kolaria.  On  the  strength  of  a  number  of  names  which 
he  sees  in  the  modem  map,  he  concludes  that  the  race,  from  whom  that  name 
was  derived,  once  spread  over  every  province  from  Burma  to  Malabar.  He 
finds  indications  of  their  existence  in  the  Kols  of  Central  India ;  the  Kolas  of 
Katwar;  the  Kolis  of  Gujarat;  the  Kolitas  of  Asam  ;  the  Kalars,  a  robber 
caste  in  the  Tamil  country ;  the  Kalars  of  Tinnevelly,  and  the  Kolis  of 
Bombay,  &c,  &c.  Upon  most  of  these  names,  as  I  have  no  knowledge  of  the 
localities  where  they  exist,  I  decline  to  offer  any  opinion  whatever,  and  can 
only  express  my  regret  that  Dr.  Hunter  has  not  exercised  a  little  similar 
caution.  For  he  proceeds  to  give  a  list  of  town-names,  scattered  as  he  says 
over  the  whole  length  and  breadth  of  India,  which  seems  to  me  of  the  very 
slightest  value  as  a  confirmation  of  his  theory.  No  one  should  be  better 
conversant  than  himself  with  the  vagaries  of  phonetic  spelling  ;  and  yet  ho 
gravely  adduces  as  proof  of  the  existence  of  a  Kol  race  such  names  as  Kulian- 
pur  and  Kullian  ;  though  it  is  scarcely  possible  but  that,  if  correctly  spelt,  they 

*  Chira  is  itself  a  contraction  for  chivira,  which  shows  that  the  elision  of  a  simple  conso- 
nant, which  became  the  rule  in  Prakrit,  was  occasional  also  in  pure  Sanskrit.  Similarly  the 
Sanskrit  word  rija,  '  seed,'  which  lexicographers  derive  from  the  root  jan  with  the  prefix  vi,  is, 
I  conceive,  simply  a  colloquial  form  of  viryu,  with  which  it  is  identical  in  meaning. 


ETYMOLOGY   OF    LOCAL    NAMES.  353 

would  appear  as  Kalyanpur  and  Kalyan ;  the  latter  being  still  a  popular  Hindi 
name  and  the  Sanskrit  for  '  auspicious.'  Moreover,  if  the  race  was  ever  so 
widely  spread  as  he  supposes,  it  is  inconceivable  that  they  should  give  their 
tribal  name  to  the  different  towns  they  inhabited ;  for  such  names  under  the 
supposed  circumstances  would  have  no  distinctive  force.  For  example,  if  the 
Hindus  were  suddenly  to  be  swept  out  of  India,  the  race  that  superseded  them 
would  not  find  a  single  village  bearing  such  a  name  as  Hindu-pur,  or  Hindu- 
ganw.  Obviously  it  is  only  a  country  that  derives  its  namo  from  a  tribe, 
while  towns  and  villages  commemorate  families  and  individuals.  To  ascertain 
who  the  Kalars  were  is  certainly  an  interesting  question,  but  one  upon  which 
it  is  as  yet  premature  to  speak  positively.  My  own  impression  is  that  the 
name  denotes  a  religious  rather  than  an  ethnological  difference,  and  that  they 
were — in  this  neighbourhood  at  all  events — Buddhists  or  Jains.  At  many  of 
the  places  from  which  they  are  said  to  have  been  ejected  by  the  ancestors  of 
the  present  Jat  or  Thakui  families,  I  have  found  fragments  of  Buddhist  or 
Jain  sculpture,  which  can  only  have  been  the  work  of  the  older  inhabitants, 
since  it  is  certain  that  the  race  now  in  possession  have  never  changed  their 
religion.  It  is,  of  course,  possible  that  these  Kalars  may  have  been  non-Aryan 
Buddhists  ;  but  the  old  village  names,  which  in  several  cases  remain  unchanged 
to  the  present  day,  such  as  Aira,  Madem,  Byonhin,  &c,  though  of  doubtful 
derivation,  have  certainly  anything  but  a  foreign  or  un-Indian  sound. 

These  and  a  considerable  number  of  other  names  yet  require  elucidation  : 
but  the  words  with  which  I  prefaced  the  first  edition  of  this  work,  in  anticipa- 
tion of  the  present  argument,  have  now,  I  trust,  been  so  far  substantiated  that 
I  may  conclude  by  repeating  them  as  a  summary  of  actual  results.  "The 
study  of  a  list  of  village  names  suggests  two  remarks  of  some  little  importance 
in  the  history  of  language.  First,  so  many  names  that  at  a  hasty  glance 
appear  utterly  unmeaning  can  be  positively  traced  back  to  original  Sanskrit 
forms  as  to  raise  a  presumption  that  the  remainder,  though  more  effectually 
disguised,  will  ultimately  be  found  capable  of  similar  treatment :  a  strong 
argument  being  thus  afforded  against  those  scholars  who  maintain  that  the 
modern  vernacular  is  impregnated  with  a  very  large  non-Aryan  element. 
Secondly,  the  course  of  phonetic  decay  in  all  its  stages  is  so  strictly  in  accord 
with  the  rules  laid  down  by  the  Prakrit  grammarians,  as  to  demonstrate  that 
the  Prakrit  of  the  dramas  (to  which  the  rules  particularly  apply),  even  though 
extinct  at  the  time  when  the  dramas  were  written  for  the  delectation  of  a 
learned  audience,  had  once  been  the  popular  language  of  the  country  ;  and  as 
Anglo-Saxon  imperceptibly  developed  into  modern  English,  so  has  Prakrit 

89 


354  TRANSMUTATION  OF  LETTERS. 

been  transmuted  into  modern  Hindi,  more  by  the  gradual  loss  of  its  inflections 
than  by  the  violent  operation  of  any  external  influences."  Thus  the  recogni- 
tion of  Persian  or  any  dialect  of  Persian  as  the  vernacular  of  the  country 
implies  an  historical  untruth  as  regards  the  past,  and  can  only  be  verified  in 
the  future  by  the  obliteration  of  all  existing  traditions. 


The  following  list  shows  the  changes  of  most  frequent  occurrence  in  the 
conversion  of  Sanskrit  words  into  Hindi  :— 

1.  a  +  a,  after  the  elision  of  a  consonant,  generally  becomes  au  or  ao; 
thus  from  pada  we  have  pdo,  or,  by  insertion  of  a  nasal,  pdnio ;  from  raid,  rdo  ; 
from  tdta,  'father,'  tdu;  from ghdta,  'a  wound,'  ghdu;  and  from  taddga,  ' a  pond' 
(itself  derived  from  tata,  a  slope),  taldo.  So  too  in  the  Ramayana  Rama  occa- 
sionally appears  in  the  form  Rdu. 

2.  Not  unfrequently,  however,  a  +  n  becomes  e:  thus  from  badara,  the 
jujube,  we  have  ber ;  and  from  kadala,  a  plantain,  Ma.  A  similar  substitution 
of  e  for  d  takes  place  in  semal,  the  cotton-tree,  for  sdlmali ;  in  sej,  a  couch, 
for  saya  ;  and  in  terah,  thirteen,  for  trayodasa. 

3.  Conversely  e+a  is  sometimes  made  equivalent  to  a  +  a:  thus  deva, 
after  elision  of  the  v,  becomes  ddu. 

4.  bh  becomes  h :  thus  from  abhira  comes  ahir,  and  from  Tirabhukti, 
the  name  of  a  country,  Tirhut. 

5.  ch  is  elided  :  thus  siichi,  '  a  needle,'  becomes  stii. 

6.  dh  becomes  h :  thus  from  badhira,  '  deaf,'  we  have  bahira ;  from 
madhtha,  '  the  Bassia  latifolia,'  mahua  ;  from  vadhu,  '  a  female  relation,'  bahu  ; 
and,  in  the  Ramayana,  for  krodhi,  'angry,'  kohi.  So  too  the  possessive  affix 
dhdra  becomes  lidra. 

7.  d  occasionally  becomes  I:  thus  from  bhadra,  'good,'  after  elision  of 
the  conjunct  r,  we  have  bhala.  This  I  again  may  be  changed  into  r :  thus 
from  Vidarbha,  the  namo  of  a  country,  comes  Birar. 

8.  k  is  elided  :  thus  vardhaki,  '  a  carpenter,'  becomes  barhai ;  vrischika, 
'  a  scorpion,'  bichhua ;  and  stikara,  '  a  pig,'  suar. 

9.  k  may  also  become  h:  thus  in  the  Ramayana  aliha  stands  for  alika, 
'  false.'     So  also  kh  :  thus  mukha,  after  insertion  of  the  nasal,  becomes  munh. 

10.  I  in  a  conjunct  is  elided  :  thus  ralkala,  '  the  bark  of  a  tree,'  becomes 
bdkal.     Occasionally  also  simple  I ;  as   in  okhla,  '  a  mortar,'  for  ulukhala. 


TRANSMUTATION  OF  LETTERS.  355 

11.  m  and  v  are  interchangeable  :  thus  dhivara,  'a  fisherman,'  becomes 
dldmar ;  gauna  stands  for  gamana,  Bhamani  for  Bhavdni,  and  kunvar  for 
kumdra.  Similarly  jun,  or  jatin,  in  the  sense  of  '  time,'  stands  for  jdm,  the 
Sanskrit  ydma,  the  nasal  being  an  insertion.  So  also  in  tho  Gita  Gobinda 
vdmana  is  made  to  rhyme  with  pdvana. 

12.  A  nasal  can  be  inserted  anywhere,  as  in  game,  'a  village,'  for  grdma, 
and  in  kaun,  '  who,'  for  ho. 

13.  p  simple  is  elided :  as  in  kua,  '  a  well,'  for  hupa  ;  bM&la,  '  a  king,' 
for  bhupdld ;  kait,  the  tree  Feronia  elephantum,  for  kapittha ;  and  aur,  the 
conjunctive  particle,  for  apara.  So  also  when  standing  first  in  a  conjunct  ; 
thus  from  supta,  'asleep,'  comes  sota.  It  may  also  bo  changed  into  v,  as  in 
gwdla,  for  gopdld,  and  kotiudl  for  kotta-pdla. 

14.  r  becomes  n  .•  thus  karavira,  '  the  oleander,'  becomes  kanavira, 
kanera,  kanel. 

15.  r  in  a  conjunct  is  elided  :  thus  grdma,  '  a  village,'  becomes  gam,  or 
gdnw ;  karma,  'an  act,'  kdm ;  Srdvan,  tho  month  so  called,  Sdvan;  vdrtla, 
'  business,'  bat ;  and  vartman,  '  a  road,'  bat,  where  the  charge  of  the  dental 
into  the  cerebral  t  compensates  for  the  loss  of  the  final  man. 

16.  s/»  is  converted  into  hh,  optionally,  whenever  it  occurs.  Similarly 
the  Greek  /Spofo)  represents  the  Sanskrit  varsha,  and  in  tho  modern  Cretan 
dialect  becomes  again  vroshd. 

17.  Cerebral  t  occasionally  becomes  r :  thus  from  parkati,  'the  Ficus 
venosa,'  we  have  pdkar. 

18.  t,  when  simple,  is  elided:  thus  from  jdti-phal,  'a  nut-meg,' comes 
jai-phal :  and  from  Skald,  the  goddess  of  small-pox,  siyar.  Thus,  too,  in  the 
Ramayana,  Sitd  frequently  appears  as  Sia,  or  Slya. 

19.  v  when  simple  is  elided  :  as  in  upas,   'a  fast,'  for  upavds. 

20.  Simple  y  is  elided :  as  in  mor,  '  a  peacock,'  for  mayura ;  Prdg  for 
Praydg ;  and  Ojlta,  'a  particular  caste,'  for  Upddhydya. 

21.  The  loss  of  one  consonant  in  a  conjunct  receives  compensation  in 
the  lengthening  of  the  preceding  vowel  :  thus  we  have  nim  for  nimba ;  ndti, 
'a  grandson,'  for  naptri;  dge,  'before,'  for  agre;  dk,  the  plant  Asclepias 
gigantea,  for  arkd ;  ddhd,  '  half,'  for  ardha ;  and  rita,  '  empty,'  for  rikta. 


356  prXkrit  philology. 

Any  philological  student  who  wishes  to  prosecute  further  inquiries  in  this 
interesting  subject  will  find  all  the  laws  of  euphonic  mutation  most  exhaustively 
discussed  and  illustrated  in  Dr.  Hcernle's  Comparative  Grammar  of  the  Gaudian 
Languages,  a  work  that  appeared  simultaneously  with  the  former  edition  of  this 
Memoir.  Both  for  breadth  of  research  and  accuracy  of  analysis  it  is  a  book 
beyond  all  praise  and  may  justly  be  ranked — in  its  own  particular  sphere — with 
the  famous  Grammar  of  Bopp,  which  forms  the  basis  of  all  modern  comparative 
philology. 


//'  I    !,■  3S7.) 


MAP  OF  THE  DISTRICT. 


t 


f  .'"--IS*     //•        \  »> 

^yPohgaen        ^J&fkarok   aBarckaa2i% 
'      Kan  or     °  .     „  vdt  — .    , 


i 


lamar 
Q  Jvaiqpi 

■■/      oGar'ltiJiai-unjP'iss 

—  Charon  PcJ^m 

CO    \    JfalWOJZO-   eSt 

vJCadoTui      Bar) 

f  -  ■  'MaJira. 
'  £.  i  <±7?harohQr      •* — 


Sariket 


'iosri 


Voianx&rS 


mergarhix. 


r" 


»  RrtjSn-i 


) 


wttAi 


..^     JiurSiTrtcO    ^ 
gSrS  Jlahera 

Mops-**  I  i°A^r 


)V6-f 

Pj/h<jrh, 

'\1 


.V/, 


"/  /  .  ■     J 

Mnians'ttflak'. 


d; 


Sehi, 


iK/1/]/2X>: 


f  ft'ar,/Jtrif 


O 


NOAE 


Mirtoxia,'  I 


^ 


.> 


>£: 


f y^fi.  .  --I,  ToMathra* 


n 


^;7lZurserti6    She  gosa<  JvV,.    7 


^>V//> 


\TVOf 


v?/ainzi  Pi. 
I  ILirhbiwn 


°  VitrhpMurpuj*  -.     — , 

ItrdkUt&btLcC    / 


noi 


(AHABAA        ^M'crnz.      -Wiern 


So&karvd '      f    Pip-rcwMo^ 


■ «    —      r-    -<f 

%»        /f 


/Ili1*^i) 


uAo,'&\\ 


<* 


~Pho7i3& 


i 


'  fbnrpi. 


W 


J3hca-ti'a 


.:,; 


tgsoa. 


.  Gwdhds- 


\*?r 


Seffal 
^tuiXhuulpm" 

Tatrirola* 


BisaxL'ar 

arvziU,    "  o      l!     ■/'"-!/  .-' 

GtiiJiai-anA  ■>'"" 


"A  _      /.piUuuat ._  S 


iK1,  - 


j    >7aru  .-'  » 


^['a^wiraZt 


-^£!i^ 


t  t?/;et rrtfpnj-  2\'rritory  *i 


<  > 


"^ 


^ 


0q 


fi£FEff£/VCES. 


J)('stric/: Boundary,     . 
P<lrgcma  Ditto. 
/twens  t^  Str-cnnts. . 
'  (';.w/  fr;  Rtybaha: 

Metalled  Jimda-. 
Vrimetalted  ItoaHs. 
ViUcLCfe-  Siis 
Hill* 

Rculrca.de. 


ft 


Ma£ua 


A 


^ 


.0 


%. 


Scale  8  Miles  to   1   Inch. 


'.r 


PRINTED    AT    THE   N.-  W  PROVINCES    AND    OUDH  GOVERNMENT  PRESS,  ALLAHABAD. 


CHAPTER    XIII. 


PARGANA    TOPOGRAPHY. 


I. — Pargana  Kosr. 

TnE  pargana  of  Kosi  is  the  most  northern  of  the  three  on  the  western  side  of 
the  Janium'i  and  borders  on  the  district  of  Gurgaon.  It  is  the  smallest  of  the 
Mathura  six,  having  an  area  of  only  154  square  miles.  It  yields  an  annual  reve- 
nue of  Rs.  1,52,013,  Its  villages,  sixty-one  in  number,  with  six  exceptions,  are 
all  bhaiy&chari,  divided  into  infinitesimal  shares  among  the  whole  of  the  com- 
munity ;  so  that,  barring  a  few  shopkeepers  and  menial  servants,  every  resident 
is  to  some  extent  a  proprietor.  In  the  ordinary  course  of  events,  all  would  be, 
not  only  members  of  the  same  caste,  but  also  descendants  of  one  man,  the 
founder  of  the  settlement ;  but  in  many  instances,  in  spite  of  the  right  of  pre- 
emption, several  of  the  subordinate  shares  have  been  bought  up  by  outsiders. 
A  fresh  assessment  is  made  privately  every  year ;  and,  according  to  the  amount 
of  land  actually  under  cultivation,  each  tenant  proprietor  pays  his  quota  of  the 
revenue  at  so  much  per  bigha,  and  enjoys  the  remaining  profits  as  his  private 
income.  The  Government  demand  is  realized  through  the  head-men  or  lumber- 
dars,  of  whom  there  are  generally  several  in  each  village.  As  a  natural  result 
of  this  minute  sub-division  of  estates,  there  is  not  a  single  landed  proprietor  in 
the  whole  pargana  of  any  social  distinction.  The  two  wealthiest  inhabitants 
are  both  traders  in  the  town  of  Kosi — Chunni  Lai,  son  of  Mohan  Lai,  and 
Kushali  Ram,  son  of  Lai  Ji  Mall — with  incomes  of  Rs.  5,000  and  Rs.  4,943  res- 
pectively.    The  former  has  no  land  at  all,  the  other  owns  one  small  village. 

Of  the  six  zamindari  villages,  only  two  were  so  previous  to  the  last  settlement; 
viz.,  Pakkar-pur,  the  property  of  Kushali  Ram  above  mentioned,  and  Jau,  a 
purchase  of  the  Lata  Biibu.  The  other  four  have  acquired  their  exceptional 
character  only  within  the  last  few  years ;  Garhi  having  been  bought  from  the  Jats 
by  Sah  Kundan  Lai,  of  Lakhnau;  Ma j hoi  and  Ram-pur  having  been  conferred, 
after  the  mutiny,  on  Raja  Gobind  Singh,  of  Hathras,  and  Chauki  on  Shiv  Sahay 
Mall,  of  Delhi,  at  the  same  time.  One  niahal  of  Chaundras  has  also  quite  re- 
cently been  constituted  into  a  zamindari ;  and  two  or  three  other  villages,  now 
in  the  hands  of  money-lending  mortgagees,  will  probably  become  so  before  long. 

The  Muhammadans  number  only  8,093  out  of  a  total  population  of  65,293, 
and,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  scattered  families,  are  almost  confined  to  seven 
places,  viz.,  Barha,  Bisambhara,  Dotana,  Jalal-pur,  Kosi,  Mahroli,  and  Shahpur. 

90 


358  PARGANA   KOSI. 

At  three  of  these,  viz.,  Bisambhara,  Dotana,  and  Jalal-pur,  they  even  slightly 
out  number  the  Hindus. 

The  predominant  Hindu  castes  ai-e  Jats,  Jadons  and  other  Gaurua,  i.e., 
spurious,  Thakur  tribes.  There  are  also  a  considerable  number  of  Giijars, 
though  these  latter  have  now  in  every  place  ceased  to  be  proprietors.  They 
muster  stronger  in  the  adjoining  pargana  of  Chhata,  and  were  ringleaders  of 
disaffection  during  the  mutiny.  In  consequence,  eight  of  their  villages — Majhoi 
and  Ram-pur  in  Kosi,  Basai,  Husaini,  Jatwari,  Karahri,  Khursi  and  Ujhani 
in  Chhata — were  confiscated  and  conferred  on  Raja  Gobind  Sinh.  They  had 
previously  disposed  of  their  four  other  Chhata  villages,  Chamar-garhi,  Dhimri, 
Gulal-pur  and  Pir-pur,  to  the  Lala  Babii.  The  course  of  years  has  not  reconciled 
the  ejected  community  to  their  changed  circumstances,  and  so  recently  as  the 
29th  of  September,  1S72,  the  widowed  Ranf  s  agent,  Jay  Ram  Sinh,  was,  in 
result  of  a  general  conspiracy,  barbarously  murdered  at  night  while  sleeping  in 
the  Jatwari  chaupdl.  Six  of  the  murderers  were  apprehended,  and,  after 
conviction  of  the  crime,  were  sentenced  to  death,  but  one  escaped  from  the  jail 
before  the  sentence  was  executed. 

In  the  year  1857,  the  period,  during  which  there  was  no  recognition  of 
government  whatever,  extended  from  the  12th  of  July  to  the  5th  of  December. 
With  the  exception  of  the  Gujars,  who  assembled  at  Sher-garh  and  distinctly 
declared  themselves  independent,  there  was  little  or  no  ill-feeling  towards  the 
British  Crown  expressed  by  any  class  of  the  population  ;  though  many  persons 
took  advantage  of  the  favourable  opportunity  for  paying  off'  old  scores  against 
ill  neighbours,  and  especially  for  avenging  themselves  on  their  natural  enemies, 
the  patwdris,  or  village  accountants,  and  Bolmis,  or  money-lenders.  Thus 
there  was  a  pitched  battle  between  Hathana  and  the  adjoining  village  of  Banswa 
in  Gurgaon  ;  the  patwaris  at  Barha  and  Bisambhara  had  all  their  papers  des- 
troyed ;  at  Pakharpur,  Ganga  Dan,  bohra,  was  plundered  by  the  zamindars  of 
Kadona  and  Sirthala  ;  at  Kotban,  Dhan-raj,  bohra,  was  only  set  at  liberty  on 
payment  of  a  ransom  ;  and  at  Little  Bathan,  Lekhraj,  bohra,  after  seeing  all  his 
papers  seized  and  burnt,  was  himself  put  to  death.  The  Jats  of  Kaiuar,  after 
plundering  Moti  Ram,  bohra,  proceeded  to  turn  the  police  out  of  the  place,  and 
raised  a  flame  which  spread  across  the  border  into  the  adjoining  district. ;  but 
they  afterwards  atoned  for  this  indiscretion  by  the  assistance  which  they  gave  to 
the  Deputy  Collector,  Imdad  AH,  in  suppressing  the  Gujars. 

The  trees  most  commonly  found  growing  wild  in  the  pargana  are  the  nim 
and   the  pilil,  while  every  piece  of  waste  ground  (and  there  are  several  such 


TARGANA    KOSI.  359 

tracts  of  large  extent,)  is  dotted  with  clumps  of  karll.  The  soil  is  not  suited  to 
the  growth  of  the  mango,  and  there  are  scarcely  any  considerable  orchards  either 
of  that  or  indeed  of  any  other  fruit  tree  ;  the  one  at  Shah-pur  being  the  only 
notable  exception.  Of  the  total  area  of  97,301  acres,  there  are  71,490  of 
arable  land  ;  the  crops  most  extensively  grown  being  jour,  chana,  and  barley. 
The  wheat  sold  at  the  Kosi  market  comes  chiefly  from  across  the  Jamuna,. 
The  number  of  wells  has  been  much  increased  in  late  years  and  is  now  put 
at  1,379,  of  which  84b'  are  of  masonry  construction.  The  Jamuna,  which  forms 
the  eastern  boundary  of  the  pargana,  is  crossed  by  ferries  at  Shah-pur,  Khairal, 
and  Majhoi.  The  new  Agra  Canal  passes  through  the  villages  of  Hathana, 
Kharot,  Hasanpur  Nagara,  Kosi,  Aziz-pur,  Tumaula,  and  Dham  Sinha,  a  length 
of  ten  miles,  and  is  bridged  at  Kharot,  Kosi,  Aziz-pur,  and  Tumaula.  The  high 
road  to  Delhi  traverses  the  centre  of  the  pargana,  passing  through  the  town  of 
Kosi  and  the  villages  of  Kotban,  Aziz-pur,  and  Dotana  ;  and  from  the  town  of 
Kosi  there  is  a  first-class  unmetalled  road  to  Sher-garh,  a  distance  of  eleven 
miles.  The  Halkabamli,  or  Primary,  schools  are  twelve  in  number,  being  one 
for  every  five  villages,  an  unusually  favourable  average  :  the  attendance,  how- 
ever, is  scarcely  so  good  as  in  some  other  parts  of  the  district  ;  as  it  is  difficult 
to  convince  a  purely  agricultural  population  that  tending  cattle  is  not  always  the 
most  profitable  occupation  in  which  boys  can  be  employed. 

In  addition  to  the  capital,  there  are  only  four  places  which  merit  special 
notice,  viz.,  Bathan,  Dotana,  Kumar,  and  Shah-pur. 

Kosi  is  a  flourishing  municipality  and  busy  market  town,  twenty-six  miles 
from  the  city  of  Mathura,  most  advantageously  situated  in  the  very  centre  of 
the  pargana  to  which  it  gives  a  name  and  on  the  high  road  to  Delhi.  As  this 
road  was  only  constructed  as  a  relief  work  in  the  famine  of  18(>0,  it  avoids  all 
the  most  densely  inhabited  quarters,  and  the  through  traveller  sees  little  from  it 
but  mud  walls  and  the  backs  of  houses.  The  Agra  Canal  runs  nearly  parallel  to 
it  still  further  back,  with  one  bridge  on  the  road  leading  to  Majhoi  and  Sher-garh, 
and  another  at  Aziz-pur,  a  mile  out  of  the  town  on  the  road  to  Mathura. 

The  zamindars  are  Juts,  Shaikhs,  and  Brahmans  ;  but  the  population, 
which  amounts  to  11,231,  consists  chiefly  of  baniyas  and  Muhammadan  kasdbs, 
or  butchers,  who  are  attracted  to  the  place  by  its  large  trade  in  cotton  and 
cattle.  It  is  estimated  that  about  75,000  mans  of  cotton  are  collected  in  the 
course  of  the  year  and  sent  on  down  to  Calcutta. 


*  The  outturn  of  cotton  for  the  whole  district  was  estimated  in  the  year  1872-73  at  225,858 
mans ;  the  exportation  therefore  must  be  very  considerable. 


360  PARGANA  EOSI. 

The  nakhhJids,  or  cattle  market,  is  of  large  extent  and  supplied  with  every 
convenience — a  fine  masonry  well,  long  ranges  of  feeding  troughs,  &c.  On  every 
beast  sold  the  zamindars  levy  a  toll  of  two  anas,  and  the  Chaudharis  as  much  • 
in  consideration  for  which  payment  they  are  bound  to  maintain  two  chaukidars 
for  watch  and  ward,  and  also  to  keep  the  place  clean  and  in  repair.  Prices, 
of  course,  vary  considerably,  but  the  following  may  be  taken  as  the  average 
rates  : — Well-bullocks  from  Rs.  30  to  Rs.  60  each;  cart-bullocks  from 
Rs.  50  to  75 ;  a  cow  from  Rs.  15  to  50 ;  a  calf  from  Rs.  10  to  30  ;  a 
buffalo  from  Rs.  25  to  50  ;  and  a  male  buffalo  calf  from  Rs.  2  to  10.  There 
are  two  market  days  every  week,  on  Tuesday  and  Wednesday  ;  and  in  1868-69, 
when  a  tax  of  one  and  a  quarter  ana  was  levied  on  every  beast  sold,  it  yielded 
as  much  as  Rs.  2,lS8-13-0  ;  the  zamindars'  receipts  at  two  anas  a  head  and  the 
Chaudharis'  at  the  same  rate  amounted  to  Rs.  3,502-2-0  each.  Takinrr  Rs.  25  as 
an  average  price  per  head,  which  would  be  rather  below  than  above  the  mark,  the 
amount  of  money  changing  hands  in  the  course  of  the  year  was  Rs.  7,00,425. 
The  exports  of  grain  are  put  at  200,000  mans  and  there  are  in  the  town  some  100 
hhattas,  or  cellars,  ordinarily  well  filled  with  reserve  stores  for  the  consumption, 
not  only  of  the  residents,  but  also  of  the  numerous  travellers  passing  up  and 
down  the  great  thoroughfare  on  which  the  town  stands,  and  who  naturally  take 
in  at  Kosi  several  days'  supplies,  both  for  themselves  and  their  cattle. 
There  is  also  very  considerable  business  done  in  country  cloth,  as  all  the 
villages  in  the  neighbourhood  are  purely  agricultural,  and  supply  most  of  their 
wants  from  the  one  central  mart. 

As  the  town  lies  in  a  hollow,  it  is  liable  to  be  flooded  after  a  few  days'  con- 
tinuance of  heavy  rain  by  a  torrent  which  pours  in  upon  it  from  Hodal. 
This  was  the  case  in  1873,  when  much  damage  was  done  to  house  property  ;  and 
the  subsequent  drying  up  of  the  waters — which  was  a  tedious  process,  there 
being  no  outlet  for  their  escape — was  attended  with  very  general  and  serious 
sickness.  The  only  remedy  lies  in  developing  the  natural  line  of  drainage,  and 
the  necessity  of  some  such  operation  has  forced  itself  upon  the  notice  of  the 
canal  department ;  but  no  definite  steps  have  yet  been  taken  in  the  matter. 

The  income  of  the  municipality  is  about  Rs.  12,000  per  annum  ;  but  this 
sum  is  a  very  inadequate  test  of  the  actual  trade  done,  since  there  is  no  duty 
either  on  cotton  or  on  cattle,  excepting  beasts  intended  for  slaughter. 

The  area  of  the  parish  is  2,277  acres,  on  which  the  Governmeut  demand 
used  to  be  Rs.  6,700  ;  but  the  assessment  was  proved  to  be  too  severo  by  the 
distress  it  caused  to  the  zamindars,  and  it  was  reduced  to  Rs.  4,790. 


PARGANA   KOSI.  361 

The  principal  annual  mela.i,  or  fairs,  are — 1st,  the  Dasahara,  only  started 
between  forty  and  fifty  years  ago  by  Lain  Singh,  khattri,  and  Darbari  Singh, 
baniya  ;  2nd,  the  Miiharram  ;  and  3rdly,  the  Phul-dol,  on  Chait  badi  2, 
which  is  a  general  gathering  for  all  the  Jats  of  the  Donda  gal  from  Dah-ganw 
Kot-ban,  Nabi-pur,  Umraura,  and  Nagara  Hasan-pur. 

In  the  centre  of  the  town  stands  a  large  Sarae,  covering  nineaud-a-half  biglias 
of  land,  with  high  embattled  walls,  corner  kiosques,  and  two  arched  gateways,  all 
of  stone,  ascribed  to  Khwaja  I'tibar  Khan,  governor  of  Delhi,  in  the  reign  of 
the  Emperor  Akbar.  On  the  inside  there  are  ranges  of  vaulted  apartments  all 
round,  and  the  principal  baz.ir  lies  between  the  two  gateways.  The  building 
has  been  partially  repaired  by  the  municipality  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  4,000,  and  if  the 
inner  area  could  be  better  laid  out,  it  might  form  a  remunerative  property.  At 
present  it  yields  only  an  income  of  between  Its.  300  and  400  a  year  ;  even  that 
being  a  considerable  increase  on  what  used  to  be  realised.  A  large  masonry 
tank,  of  nearly  equal  area  with  the  sarae,  dates  from  the  same  time,  and  is 
called  the  Ratnakar  Kund,  or  more  commonlyr  the  '  pakka  talao.'  Unfortu- 
nately it  is  always  dry  except  during  the  rains.  The  municipality  were  desir- 
ous of  having  it  repaired,  but  it  was  found  that  the  cost  would  amount  to 
Rs.  3,500,  a  larger  sum  than  the  funds  could  afford.  The  enclosing  walls  are 
twenty  feet  high  and  the  exact  measurement  is  620  by  400  feet.  Three  other 
tanks  bear  the  names  of  Maya-kund,  Bisakha-kund,  and  Gomati-kund,  in 
allusion  to  places  so  styled  at  the  holy  city  of  Dwaraka,  or  Kusasthali — a  cir- 
cumstance which  has  given  rise  to,  or  at  least  confirms,  the  popular  belief  that 
Kosi  is  only  a  contraction  of  Kusasthali.  The  Gomati-kund,  near  which  the 
fair  of  the  Phul-dol  is  held,  Chait  badi  2,  is  accounted  the  most  sacred  and 
is  certainly  the  prettiest  spot  in  the  town.  The  pond  is  of  considerable  size, 
but  of  very  irregular  shape  and  has  a  large  island  in  the  middle.  There  are 
two  or  three  masonry  ghats,  constructed  by  wealthy  traders  of  the  town,  and 
on  all  sides  of  it  there  are  a  number  of  small  shrines  and  temples  overshadowed 
by  fine  kadamb,  pipal,  and  bar  trees,  full  of  monkeys  and  peacocks  ;  while  the 
tank  itself  is  the  favourite  haunt  of  aquatic  birds  of  different  kinds.  There  are 
a  few  handsome  and  substantial  private  houses  in  the  quarter  of  the  town  called 
Baladeva  Ganj  ;  but  as  a  rule  the  shops  and  other  buildings  have  a  very  mean 
appearance  ;  and  though  there  are  a  number  of  Hindu  temples  and  four  mosques, 
they,  too,  are  all  quite  modern  and  few  have  any  architectural  pretensions. 

A  little  beyond  the  town  on  the  Delhi  side  close  to  the  new  canal  and  not 
far  from  tho  Idguh  is  a  tirath  called  Mabhai,  with  a  masonry  tauk  and  temple, 

91 


362  PARGANA   KOSI. 

which  is  looked  after  by  a  Pandit  of  the  Radha  Ballabh  sect,  called  Bal-mukund. 
When  I  went  to  see  him,  he  would  only  talk  in  Sanskrit  and  derived  the  name 
of  the  place  from  Md  bhaishih,  '  fear  not,'  the  exclamation  of  Krishna  to  the 
herdsmen  when  the  forest  was  set  on  fire.  But  there  was  an  old  fort  of  the 
same  name  in  the  Bulandshahr  district  near  the  town  of  Khurja,  where  no 
such  legendary  explanation  would  be  applicable.  The  word  is  a  peculiar  one, 
and  I  am  unable  to  offer  any  suggestion  regarding  it. 

The  Saraugis,  or  Jainis,  have  three  temples  at  Kosi,  dedicated  respectively 
to  Padma-Prabhu,  the  sixth  of  the  Jinas  or  Tirthankaras  ;  Nein-mith,  or 
Arishtanemi,  the  twenty-second  ;  and  Mahavira,  or  Varddhamana  the  twenty- 
fourth  and  last  of  the  series,*  who  is  supposed  to  have  died  about  the  year 
500  B.  C.  A  festival  is  held  at  the  temple  of  Nem-mith,  which  is  the  smallest 
and  most  modern  of  the  three,  on  the  day  after  the  full  moon  of  Bhadon,  when 
water  is  brought  for  the  ablution  of  the  idol  from  a  well  in  a  garden  at  some 
little  distance.  Any  processional  display,  or  beating  of  drums,  or  uttering  of  a 
party  cry  is  so  certain  to  result  in  a  riot  that  extra  police  are  always  told  off  to 
prevent  anything  of  the  kind,  and  to  confine  every  religious  demonstration 
strictly  within  the  walls  of  the  temple.  The  antipathy  to  the  rival  faith  on  the 
part  of  the  Vaishnava  Hindus  is  so  strong  that  it  is  ordinarily  expressed  by 
saying  that  it  would  be  better,  on  meeting  a  mad  elephant  in  a  narrow  street, 
to  stand  still  and  be  trampled  to  death  than  to  escape  by  crossing  the  threshold 
of  a  Jaini  temple. 

As  regards  the  essential  matters  of  conservancy,  water  supply  and  road 
communication,  the  condition  of  the  town  is  satisfactory  and  has  been  much 
improved  by  municipal  action.  Most  of  the  streets  are  either  metalled  or  paved, 
and  lighted  by  lamps  at  night.  A  neat  dispensary  has  been  opened  and  is  well 
attended,  though  as  yet  it  has  no  accommodation  for  indoor  patients.  A  small 
bungalow  has  been  built  for  the  meetings  of  the  committee  and  for  occasional 
use  as  a  rest-house  ;  the  ground  between  it  and  the  dispensary  being  laid 
out  as  a  garden  for  the  supply  of  fruit  and  vegetables  and  as  a  decorative 
feature  at  the  entrance  of  the  town.  Anew  market  was  also  designed  with 
lines  of  substantial  brick-built  and  stone-fronted  shops  of  uniform  character, 
arranged  on  three  sides  of  a  square,  which  was  secured  end  levelled  for  the  pur- 
pose. In  order  to  further  the  speedy  completion  of  a  work  which  it  was  thought 
would  so  much  improve  both  the  appearance  of  the  town  and  also  the  finances 

*  Each  Tirthankara  has  his  own  distinctive  sign:  Mahavira,  a  lion  ;  PaJma-Prabhu,  a 
lotus  ;  Ncui-nath  a  conch  ;  Chandra- Prabliu,  a  moon,  &c.  ;  and  it  is  only  by  these  marks  that  they 
can  be  distinguished  troui  one  another,  as  all  are  sculptured  in  the  ■ami'  attitude. 


PARGANA   KOSI.  363 

of  the  municipality,  a  loan  of  Its.  12,000  was  contracted,  with  the  sanction  of 
Government,  to  be  repaid  in  the  course  of  four  years  by  half-yearly  instalments, 
beginning  from  October,  1874.  Before  application  was  made  for  the  loan, 
Us.  (3,000  had  been  already  expended,  and  with  a  further  allotment,  to  about 
the  same  extent,  from  ordinary  municipal  income,  the  market  might  have  been 
completed  by  the  end  of  1878.  But  unexpected  changes  in  the  schedule  of 
taxation  reduced  the  octroi  receipts  so  considerably  that  the  annual  income 
was  nearly  all  exhausted  by  the  charges  for  establishment,  repairs,  and  the 
repayment  of  the  loan.  Thus  the  work  dragged  slowly  on  ;  and  since  I  have 
left  the  district  has  come,  I  believe,  to  a  dead  stand-still.  At  its  commence- 
ment an  illustration  was  afforded  of  the  extraordinary  mania  with  which  the 
local  baniyas  are  possessed  for  hoarding  large  quantities  of  grain.  This  they 
do  in  the  hope  that  a  year  of  famine  will  come  when  they  will  be  able  to 
realise  a  rapid  fortune  by  selling  their  stores  at  enormously  high  rates.  As 
the  grain  is  simply  thrown  into  a  pit  sunk  in  the  ground,  and  no  precautions 
taken  to  preserve  it  from  the  damp,  in  a  few  years  the  greater  part  of  it  be- 
comes quite  unfit  for  human  consumption,  and  its  sale  would  only  increase  the 
general  distress  by  spreading  disease.  This,  however,  is  a  consideration  which 
has  no  influence  on  the  mind  of  a  baniya  :  he  has  a  fixed  method  of  squaring 
accounts  with  Providence,  and  holds  that  the  foundation  of  a  sumptuous  temple, 
at  the  close  of  his  life,  is  an  ample  atonement  for  all  sins  of  fraud  and  peculation, 
and  the  only  one  which  Divine  justice  is  entitled  to  demand  from  him.  Such 
a  pit  came  to  light  after  the  heavy  rains  of  1873.  Five  of  the  shops  then  in 
course  of  construction  began  to  settle  and  give  way  to  such  an  extent  that  they 
had  to  be  taken  down  On  digging  a  few  feet  below  the  foundations  to  ascer- 
tain, if  possible,  the  cause  of  the  accident,  a  subterranean  granary  was  revealed 
with  an  invoice  stating  that  it  had  been  filled  in  Sambat  1898  (1841  A.D.),  and 
contained  in  all  1,303  mans  of  different  kinds  of  grain.  The  greater  part  of 
this  was  so  much  damaged  that  it  had  to  be  destroyed,  and  the  sale  of  the 
remainder  realised  only  Rs.  324,  which  did  not  cover  the  cost  incurred  in  dig- 
ging it  out,  filling  up  the  pit,  and  rebuilding  the  shops. 

The  tahsili  school  was  built  by  the  Public  Works  Department  at  a  cost  of 
Rs.  6,000.  The  police,  maintained  by  the  municipality  on  an  annual  grant 
ofRs.  1,800,  are  located  in  a  corner  of  the  sarae,  with  an  entrance  made 
through  the  old  wall  directly  on  to  the  high  road,  opposite  the  parao.  The 
latter  is  the  property  of  private  individuals,  who  levy  a  toll  on  every  animal  or 
vehicle  driven  into  its  enclosure,  —the  rates  being  fixed  by  the  municipality — 
and  pay  Rs.  10  a  month  for  the  monopoly. 


864  PAROANA   KOSI. 

On  the  31st  of  May,  1857,  the  rebels  on  their  march  to  Delhi  stopped  at 
Kosi  and,  after  burning  down  the  Customs  bungalow  and  ransacking  the  police 
station,  proceeded  to  plunder  the  tahsili,  but  lis.  150  was  all  that  they  found 
in  the  treasury  there  The  records  were  scattered  to  the  four  winds,  but 
■were  to  a  great  extent  subsequently  recovered.  The  Musalmans  of  Dotana, 
the  Jats  of  Aziz-pur,  and  the  Giijars  of  Majhoi  and  R.'un-pur  lent  a  willing  hand 
to  any  deed  of  mischief ;  but  the  townspeople  and  the  inhabitants  of  the  ad- 
joining villages  of  Hasan-pur  Nagara,  Umraura,  Dah-ganw  and  .NaU-pur,  gave 
what  assistance  they  could  in  maintaining  order,  and  as  an  acknowledgment 
of  their  good  behaviour  one  year's  jama  was  remitted  and  a  grant  of  Rs.  50 
made  to  each  lumberdar.  The  position  of  the  town  between  Agra  and  Delhi 
and  the  strength  of  its  fortified  sarae  have  rendered  it  a  place  of  some  impor- 
tance at  other  periods  of  local  disturbance.  Thus,  in  1774,  the  Jat  Raja, 
Ran  jit  Sinh,  on  his  retreat  to  Barsana,  occupied  it  for  some  time  and  again, 
in  1282,  after  the  death  of  Najaf  Khan,  his  nephew',  Mirza  Shan  ,  fled  to  it  as  a 
temporary  refuge  from  before  his  rival  Afrazyab  Khan. 

Bathan,  Great  and  Little,  are  two  populous  and  extensive  Jat  villages 
(the  former  with  a  Halkabandi  school)  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  the 
town  of  Kosi.  According  to  popular  belief,  the  name  is  derived  from  the 
circumstance  that  Balarama  here  sat  down  '  (fiaithen)  to  wait  for  his  brother 
Krishna'  ;  but  like  so  many  of  the  older  local  names,  which  are  now  fancifully 
connected  with  some  mythological  incident,  the  word  is  really  descriptive  simply 
of  the  natural  features  of  the  spot,'  batJian  being  still  employed  in  some  parts 
of  India  to  denote  a  pasture-ground  for  cattle.  In  the  same  way  Brinda-ban, 
'  the  tulsi  grove,'  is  now  referred  to  a  goddess  Vrinda  ;  Loh-ban,  'the  lodhri 
grove,'  to  a  demon  Loha-jangha  ;  and  Kotban,  '  the  limit  or  last  of  the  groves,' 
to  a  demon  Kota,  whose  head  was  tossed  to  Sirthala,  and  his  hands  to  Hatbana. 
On  the  outskirts  of  Great  Bathan  is  an  extensive  sheet  of  water  with  a  mason- 
ry ghat  built  by  Riip  Ram,  the  Katara  of  Barsana,  which,  by  its  name 
Balbhadra-Kund,  has  either  occasioned,  or  at  least  serves  to  perpetuate  the 
belief  that  Balarama  was  the  eponymous  hero  of  the  place.  Here,  on  Choit  badi 
3,  is  held  the  Holanga  Fair,  when  some  15,000  to  16,000  people  assemble  and 
a  sham  tight  takes  place  between  the  women  of  Bathan,  who  are  armed  with 
clubs,  and  the  men  from  the  neighbouring  village  of  Jav,  who  defend  themselves 
with  branches  of  the  acacia.  At  a  distance  of  two  miles,  between  two  smaller 
groves,  each  called  Padar  Ganga,  the  one  in  Bathan,  the  other  in  Jav,  is  Kokila- 
ban,  the  most  celebrated  in  Hindi  poetry  of  all  the  woods  of  Braj  :  so  much  bo, 


PARGANA    KOSI.  36.5 

indeed,  that  the  word  is  often  used  as  a  synonyme  for  '  the  garden  of  Eden.' 
It  comprises  a  wide  and  densely-wooded  area,*  the  trees  becoming  thicker 
and  thicker  towards  the  centre,  where  a  pretty  natural  lake  spreads  cool  and 
clear,  and  reflects  in  its  deep  still  waters  the  over-hanging  branches  of  a  magni- 
ficent banyan  tree.  It  is  connected  with  a  masonry  tank  of  very  eccentric 
configuration,  also  the  work  of  Rup  Ram  ;  on  the  margin  of  which  are  several 
shrines  and  pavilions  for  the  accommodation  of  pilgrims,  who  assemble  here  to 
the  number  of  some  10,000,  Bhadon  sudi  10,  when  the  Ras  Lila  is  celebrated. 
There  is  also  a  walled  garden,  planted  by  a  Seth  of  Mirzapur,  who  employed 
as  his  agent  Ghan-pat  Ram,  one  of  the  Kosi  traders.  It  has  a  variety  of 
shrubs  and  fruit  trees  ;  but,  like  most  native  gardens,  is  rapidly  becoming  a 
tangled  and  impenetrable  jungle.  Adjoining  it  is  a  bdrah  dari,  or  pavilion, 
constructed  in  1870,  by  Nem  Ji,  another  Kosi  baniya,  out  of  money  left  for  the 
purpose  by  his  brother  Bansidhar.  A  fair  is  held  in  the  grove  every  Saturday 
and  a  larger  one  on  every  full  moon,  when  the  principal  diversion  consists  in 
seeing  the  immense  swarms  of  monkeys  fight  for  the  grain  that  is  scrambled 
among  them.     The  Bainigi  belongs  to  the  Nimbarak  Sampradaya. 

Between  Kokila-ban  and  the  village  is  another  holy  place,  called  Kabir-ban 
besides  the  Padar-Ganga.  The  origin  of  the  word  Padar  is  obscure:  it  is  inter- 
preted by  hara,  'green,'  and  therefore  may  be  a  corruption  of  the  Sanskrit 
pddapa,  '  a  tree.'t 

At  little  Bathan,  a  curious  ridge  of  rock,  called  Charan  Pahar,  crops  up 
above  the  ground,  the  stone  being  of  precisely  the  same  character  as  at  Barsana 
and  Nand-ganw.  It  was  once  proposed  to  utilize  some  of  it  for  engineering 
purposes,  but  such  strenuous  objections  were  raised  that  the  design  was  never 
carried  into  execution.  The  name  of  the  present  hermit  is  Radhika  Das.  This, 
it  is  said,  was  one  of  the  places  where  Krishna  most  delighted  to  stop  and  play 
his  flute,  and  many  of  the  stones  are  still  supposed  to  bear  the  impress  of  his 
'  feet,'  charan.  The  hill  is  of  very  insignificant  dimensions,  having  an  average 
height  of  only  some  twenty  or  thirty  feet,  and  a  total  length  of  at  most  a  quarter 
of  a  mile.  On  the  rock  are  several  specimens  of  the  tree  called  Indrajau 
IWrigktia  tinctoria),  which  I  have  not  seen  elsewhere.  In  the  cold  weather  it  is 
almost  entirely  bare  of  leaves,  but  bears  bunches  of  very  long  slender  dark-green 


•  H  is  212  bighas  in  extent;  64  bighas  being  held  rent-free  by  the  Mahant  of  the  Hermitage 
who  »1bo  haB  all  the  pasturage  and  fallen  timber  of  the  whole  area,  with  a  further  endowment  of 
22  bighae  of  arable  land  in  Jar. 

|  Ii  is  mentioned  by  name  in  the  Vraja-bhakti-rilasa  ■i»rU"g  TcJ^ 

92 


366  PARGANA    KOSI. 

pods,  each  pair  cohering  lightly  at  the  tip.  There  is  also  an  abundance  of  a 
scraggy  shrub  called  Ganger,  a  species  of  Grewia  (?)  and  a  creeper  with  white 
sweet-scented  flowers  which  may  be  the  zedoavy.  Its  native  name  is  nirbisi. 
In  the  small  belt  of  jungle,  which  environs  the  hill,  may  also  be  found  almost 
every  variety  of  the  curious  inedible  fruits  for  which  Braj  is  noted,  riz.,  the 
karil,  piln,  pasendu,  hingot,  barna,  and  anjan-rukh.  A  little  beyond  the  neigh- 
bouring town  of  Kamar,  just  across  the  Gurgaon  border,  is  a  very  similar  ridge 
called  the  Biclior  hill,  from  a  large  village  of  that  name. 

DotXna,  population  1,185,  is  a  Muhammadan  village  on  the  high  road 
between  Kosi  and  Chhata  with  a  number  of  old  buildings  which  are  sure  to  attract 
the  traveller's  attention.  There  are  seven  large  tombs  dating  from  the  time  of 
Shahjahan  and  Aurangzeb  if  not  earlier  (there  are  no  inscriptions)  three 
mosques  of  the  same  period,  erected  respectively  by  Inayat-ullah  Khan, 
Kazi  Haidar  Khan  and  ltuh-ullah  Khan ;  a  modern  mosque  founded  by  Abd-ul 
Barkat,  and  four  small  gardens. 

A  masonry  tank,  which  covers  an  area  of  12  bighas  and  is  in  good> 
repair,  though  dry  for  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  is  said  to  have  been 
constructed  by  the  village  founder  Kabir-ud-din  Auliya.  One  of  his  most 
illustrious  descendants  was  Sadullah  Khan,  from  whom  the  town  of  Sadabad 
derives  its  name,  the  minister  of  Shahjahan,  in  whose  reign  Dotana  is  said  to 
have  been  a  large  town.  Shernagar  originally  belonged  to  the  same  family,  and 
three  members  of  it  are  commemorated  by  the  three  Pattis,  called  respectively 
Lai,  Ruh-ullah  and  Malak.  A  distributary  of  the  canal  runs  within  a  few- 
yards  of  the  tank,  which  might  easily  be  filled  from  it.  Near  it  is  the  tomb  of 
Kudus  and  Anwar,  two  of  the  village  patriarchs. 

Many  of  the  iarge  brick  houses  in  the  village  are  in  a  most  ruinous  condi- 
tion, and  the  zamindars  are  now  in  poor  circumstances.  In  the  mutiny  they 
joined  the  rebels  in  plundering  the  Kosi  Tahsili,  and  part  of  their  estate  was 
confiscated  and  bestowed  on  Kunvar  Sham  Prasad,  a  Kashmiri,  formerly 
Tahsildar  of  Maha-ban,  who  has  transferred  it  to  his  sister,  Maharani.  The 
name  Dotana  is  thought  to  be  derived  from  Danton,  a  tooth-brush,  and  if  so, 
is  rather  suggestive  of  Buddhist  legends.  The  place  is  mentioned  by  Bishop 
Heber  in  his  Journal,  who  writes :  "  January  7th,  1825. — Traversed  a  wild  but 
more  woody  country  to  Dotana.  Here  I  saw  the  first  instance  of  a  custom 
which  I  am  told  I  shall  see  a  good  deal  of  in  my  southern  journey,  a  number 
of  women,  about  a  dozen,  who  came  with  pitchers  on  their  heads,  dancing  and 
singing  to  meet  me.    There  is,  if  I  recollect  right,  an  account  of  this  sort  of  dance 


PARGANA    KOSI.  367 

in  Kehama.  They  all  professed  to  bo  Gopis,  or  milk-maids,  and  are  in  fact,  as 
the  thanadar  assured  me,  the  wives  and  daughters  of  the  Gwala  caste.  Their 
voices  and  style  of  singing  were  by  no  means  unpleasant  ;  they  had  all  the  appear- 
ance of  extreme  poverty,  and  I  thought  a  rupee  well  bestowed  upon  them, 
for  which  they  were  very  thankful."  There  can  be  no  doubt  also  that  this  is  the 
place  to  which  John  de  Laet,  in  1631,  alludes  in  his  India  Vera,  though  he 
calls  it  Akbar-pur,  the  name  of  the  next  village.  "This  was  formerly  a  consi- 
derable town  ;  now  it  is  only  visited  by  pilgrims  who  come  on  account  of  many 
holy  Muhammadans  buried  here."  Annual  fairs  are  still  held  in  honor  of 
three  of  these  holy  men,  who  are  styled  Hasan  Shahid,  Shah  Xiz;im-ud-din, 
and  Pir  Shakar-ganj,  alias  Baba  Farid.  The  shrines,  however,  are  merely 
commemorative  and  not  actual  tombs  ;  for  Hasan,  '  the  Martyr,'  is  probably 
Ali's  son,  the  brother  of  Hussain  ;  Xizamud-din  Aulia  is  buried  at  Delhi  ; 
and  the  famous  Farid-ud-din  Ganj-i-Shakkar  lies  at  Pak  Patan  near  the 
Satlaj. 

Ka'mab,  population  3,771,  six  miles  from  Kosi  on  the  Gurgaon  border,  is  still 
a  populous  Jiit  town  with  a  considerable  trade  in  cotton  ;  but  in  the  early  part 
of  last  century  was  a  place  of  much  greater  wealth  and  importance,  when  a  daugh- 
ter of  one  of  the  principal  families  was  taken  in  marriage  by  Thakur  Badan  Sinh 
of  Sahar,  the  father  of  Suraj  Mall,  the  first  of  the  Bharat-pur  Rajas.  On  the  out- 
skirts  of  the  town  is  a  large  walled  garden  with  some  monuments  to  his  mother's 
relations,  and  immediately  outside  it  a  spacious  masonry  tank  filled  with  water 
brought  by  aqueducts  from  the  surrounding  raUii/a.  This  is  more  than  a  thou- 
sand acres  in  extent,  and  according  to  village  computation  is  three  kos  long, 
including  the  village,  which  occupies  its  centre.  For  the  most  part  the  trees  are 
exclusively  the  pilu,  or  salvadora  oleoides,  very  old,  with  hollow  trunks  and 
strangely  gnarled  and  distorted  branches.  The  fruit,  which  ripens  in  Jeth,  is 
sweet  and  largely  eaten  by  the  poor,  but  as  a  rule  not  sold,  though  some  is 
occasionally  dried  and  exported.  A  Bairagi  of  the  Nimharak  Sampradaya,  by 
name  Mangal  Das,  has  a  hermitage  with  a  small  temple  of  Bihari  Ji,  in  the 
midst  of  some  fine  kadamb  trees,  which  form  a  conspicuous  group  at  one  end  of 
the  rakhya.  He  has  a  great  reputation  for  sanctity  and  the  offerings  made 
during  the  last  30  years  have  enabled  him  to  have  a  fine  masonry  tank  con- 
structed, of  great  depth,  at  an  outlay  of  Bs.  2,500 ;  from  its  appearance  it  might 
be  taken  to  have  cost  even  more.  It  is  filled  to  the  brim  in  the  rains,  but  soon 
becomes  dry  again  ;  a  defect  which  he  hopes  to  obviate  by  paving  it  at  the  bottom. 
It  is  about  half  a  mile  from  the  village  and  is  a  pretty  spot.  Had  I  remained 
in  the  district,  I  should  have  got  the  tank  finished  ;  arrangements  were  being 


368  PARGANA   KOSI. 

made  when  the  order  came  for  my  transfer.  At  a  rather  greater  distance  in 
the  opposite  direction  is  a  lake  with  unfinished  stone  ghats,  the  work  of  Raja 
Suraj  Mall  ;  this  is  called  Durvasas-kund,  after  the  irascible  saint  of  that  name  ; 
but  there  is  no  genuine  tradition  to  connect  him  with  the  spot ;  though  it  is 
sometimes  said  that  the  town  derives  its  name  from  a  '  blanket '  (kamal)  with 
which  Krishna  persuaded  him  to  cover  his  nakedness.  Among  the  trees  on  the 
margin  of  the  lake  are  some  specimens  of  the  Khanddr  or  Salvadora  Punica. 
This  is  less  common  than  the  oleoides  species,  and  is  a  prettier  tree  and  blossoms 
earlier.  Its  fruit,  however,  is  bitter  and  uneatable.  In  the  town  are  several 
large  brick  mansions  built  by  Chaudharis  Jasavant  Sinh  and  Sita  Ram,  the 
Raja's  connections,  and  one  of  them  has  a  fine  gateway  in  three  stories,  which 
forms  a  conspicuous  land  mark  :  but  all  are  now  in  ruins.  At  the  back  of  the 
artificial  hill  on  which  they  stand,  and  excavated  to  supply  the  earth  for  its 
construction,  is  a  third  tank  of  still  greater  extent  than  the  other  two,  but  of 
irregular  outline,  and  with  only  an  occasional  flight  of  stone  steps  here  and  there 
on  its  margin. 

A  temple  of  Siiraj  Mall's  foundation,  dedicated  to  Mad  an  Mohan,  is  spe- 
cially affected  by  all  the  Jats  of  the  Bahin-war  pal,*  who  are  accounted  its 
chelas,  or  sons,  and  assemble  here  to  the  number  of  some  4,000,  on  Chait  badi 
2  and  the  following  day,  to  celebrate  the  mela  of  the  Phul-dol.  The  school,  a 
primary  one,  is  not  a  very  prosperous  institution.  The  Chaukidari  Act  has  been 
extended  to  the  town  ;  but  it  yields  a  monthly  income  of  only  Rs.  (JO,  which, 
after  payment  of  the  establishment,  leaves  an  utterly  insignificant  balance 
for  local  improvements.  The  only  work  of  the  kind  which  has  been  carried 
out  is  the  metalling  of  the  principal  bazar. 

ShXh-PUR,  under  the  Jats  the  head  of  a  pargana,  is  a  large  but  somewhat 
decayed  village  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  some  ten  miles  to  the  north-east 
of  Kosi.  It  is  one  of  the  very  few  places  in  this  part  of  the  country  where 
the  population  is  almost  equally  divided  between  the  two  great  religions  of 
India;  there  being,  according  to  the  census  of  1881,  as  many  as  1,137 
Muhammadans  to  1,08-1  Hindus.  The  total  area  is  3,577  acres,  of  which  2,263 
are  under  the  plough  and  1,314  are  unfilled.  Of  the  arable  land  612  acres  are 
watered  by  wells,  which  number  in  all  63  and  are  many  of  masonry  construc- 
tion.    The    Government   demand   is   Rs.    3,907.     The     village    was    founded 


•  Pdl  is  the  peculiar  name  for  any  subdivision  of  Jats.  In  the  Kosi  Pargana,  the  principal 
Jat  Pals  in  addition  to  the  Bahin-war,  who  own  Kumar  and  11  other  Tillages,  are  the  Uenda, 
Lokana,  and  Uhatona.     Similarly  every  sub-di  vision  of  McwatiB  is  called  a  chhat. 


TAUGANA   KOSI.  369 

towards  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth  century,  in  the  reign  either  of  Sher  Shah 
or  Salim  Shah  by  an  officer  of  the   Court  known  as  Mir  Ji,  of  Biluch  extrac- 
tion, who  called  it  Shahpur  in  honour  of  his  royal  master.     The  tomb  of  the 
founder  still  exists   not  far  from   the  river  bank  on  the  road   to   Chaundras. 
It  is  a  square   building  of  red  sandstone,   surmounted  by  a  dome  and   divided 
on  each  side  into  three  bays  by  pillars  and  bracket  arches   of  purely  Hindu 
design.     By  cutting  off  the  corners  of  the  square  and  inserting  at  each  angle  an 
additional  pillar  the    tomb  on  the  inside  assumes  the  form  of  a  dodecagon. 
On  the  other  side  of  the  village,  by  the  road  to   Bukharari,  is  another  tomb,  in 
memory  of  Lashkar  Khan,  a  graudson  of  the  village  founder:   it  is  solidly  con- 
structed of  brick  and   mortar,  but  quite  plain   and  of  ordinary   design.     Nearly 
opposite  is  the  hamlet  of  Chauki  with  the  remains  of  a  fort  erected  by  Nawab 
Ashraf  Khan  and  Arif  Khan,  upon  whom   Shah-pur  with  other  villages,  yield- 
ing an  annual  revenue  of  Rs.  28,000,  were  conferred  as  a  jagir  for  life  by  Lord 
Lake.     There  is  a  double  circuit  of  mud  walls  with  bastions  and  two  gateways 
of  masonry  defended  by  outworks,  and  in  the  inner  court  a  set  of  brick  build- 
ings now  fallen   into  ruin.     This   was  the   ordinary  residence   of  the   Nawab, 
and  it  was  during  his  lifetime  that  Shah-pur  enjoyed  a  brief  spell  of  prosperity 
as  a  populous  and  important  town.     It  would  seem  that  the  fort  was  not  entirely 
the  work  of  Ashraf  Khan,   but  had  been   originally  constructed   some   years 
earlier  by  Agha  Haidar,  a  local  governor  under  the  Mahrattas,  who  also  planted 
the  adjoining  grove  of  trees. 

The  village  has  continued  to  the  present  day  in  the  possession  of  Mir  Ji's 
descendants,  to  one  of  whom,  Fazil  Muhammad,  the  great  grandfather  of  Natha 
Khan,  now  lumberdar,  we  are  indebted  for  the  large  bagh,  which  makes  Shah- 
pur the  most  agreeable  camping  place  in  the  whole  of  the  Kosi   pargana.     It 
covers  some  sixty  or   seventy  bighas,  and,  besides  containing  a  number  of  fine 
forest  trees,   mango,  jdman,  mahua  and  labera,  has  separate  orchards  of  limes 
and  her  trees;  while  the  borders  are  fenced  with  the  prickly  ndg-pliani  interspersed 
with  nims  and  babiils,  having  their  branches  overspread  with  tangled  masses  of 
the  amar-bel  with  its  long  clusters  of  pale  and   faint-scented  blossoms.     The 
yearly  contracts  for  the  different  kinds  of  fruit  yield  close  upon  Rs.   1,000. 
Though  a  mile  or  more  from  the  ordinary  bed  of  the  river,  it  is  occasionally,  as 
for  example  in  the  year  1871,  flooded  to  the  depth  of  some  two  or  three  feet  by 
the  rising  of  the  stream.     The  more  extensive  the  inundation,  the  greater  the 
public  benefit  ;  for  all  the  fields  reached  by  it  produce  excellent  rabi  crops  with- 
out any  necessity  for  artificial  irrigation  till,  at  all  events,  late  in  the  season. 
In  the  village  are  three  mosques,  but  all  small  ;  as  the  Muhammadan  population, 

93 


370  PARGANA    KOSI. 

though  considerable,  consists,  to  a  great  extent,  merely  of  kasdbs ;  there  is  also  & 
temple  erected  by  the  Mahrattas.  The  chief  local  festivals  are  the  Dasahara  for 
Hindus  and  the  Muharram  for  Muhammadans,  both  of  which  attract  a  large 
number  of  visitors  from  the  neighbourhood.  There  is  a  weekly  market  on 
Monday  and  a  small  manufacture  of  earthen  hdndis.  The  halkabandi  school, 
which,  for  some  years,  maintained  only  a  struggling  existence,  has  been  better 
attended  of  late,  since  the  completion  of  the  new  building. 


I  I.-P  ARGANA    CHHATA. 

The  pargana  of  Chhata  lias  a  population  of  84,598  and  an  area  of  256  square 
miles.  It  lies  immediately  to  the  south  of  Kosi,  with  the  same  boundaries  as 
it  to  the  west  and  east,  viz.,  the  State  of  Bharat-pur  and  the  river  Jamuna ; 
and,  further,  resembles  its  northern  neighbour  in  most  of  its  social  and  physical 
characteristics.  Being  the  very  centre  of  Braj,  it  includes  within  its  limits 
many  of  the  groves  held  sacred  by  the  votaries  of  Krishna  ;  but,  with  the 
exception  of  these  bits  of  wild  woodland,  it  is  but  indifferently  stocked  with 
timber,  and  the  orchards  of  fruit  trees  are  small  and  few  in  number.  The 
principal  crops  are  j oar  and  chand,  there  being  63,000  acres  under  the  former, 
and  29,000  grown  with  chand  out  of  a  total  area  of  160,433.  A  large  amount 
of  cotton  is  also  raised,  the  ordinary  outturn  being  about  20,000  mans.  But 
the  crop  varies  greatly  according  to  the  season  ;  and  in  1873  did  not  exceed 
1,500  mans,  in  consequence  of  the  very  heavy  and  continuous  rains  at  the 
beginning  of  the  monsoon,  which  prevented  the  seed  from  being  sown  till  it 
was  too  late  for  the  pod  to  ripen.  The  coarse  sandstone,  which  can  be  obtained 
in  any  quantity  from  the  hills  of  Nand-gtinw  and  Barsana,  is  not  now  used  to 
any  extent  for  building  purposes,  but  it  is  the  material  out  of  which  the  impe- 
rial saraes  at  Ohhata  and  Kosi  were  constructed,  and  is  there  shown  to  be  both 
durable  and  architecturally  effective.  The  western  side  of  the  pargana  is  liable 
to  inundation  in  exceptionally  rainy  seasons  from  the  overflowing  of  a  large  jliil 
near  Kama  in  Bharat-pur  territory ;  its  waters  being  augmented  in  their  sub- 
sequent course  by  junction  with  the  natural  line  of  drainage  extending  down 
from  Hodal.  In  1861,  and  again  in  1873,  the  flood  passed  through  Uncha- 
giinw,  Barsana,  Chaksauli,  and  Hathiya,  and  extended  as  far  even  as  Gobardhan; 
but  no  great  damage  was  caused,  the  deposit  left  on  the  surface  of  the  land 
being  beneficial  rather  than  otherwise. 

The  first  assessment,  made  in  1809,  was  for  Rs.  1,02,906.  This  was 
gradually  increased  to  Rs.  1,77,876,  and  was  further  enhanced  by  the  last 
settlement.  Much  land,  formerly  lying  waste  for  want  of  water,  was  brought 
under  cultivation  on  the  opening  of  the  Agra  Canal.  This  has  a  total  length 
of  11  miles  in  the  pargana,  from  Bhadaval  to  Little  Bharna,  with  bridges  at 
each  of  those  places  and  also  at  Rahera  and  Sahar. 

Till  1838  Sher-garh  and  Sahar  were  two  separate  parganas,  subordinate 
to  the  Aring  tahsili :  but  in  that  year  Sahar  was  constituted  the  headquarters  of 
a  tahsildur,  and  so  remained  till  the  mutiny,  when  a  transfer  was  made  to 


372  PARGANA   CHHXTjf. 

Chhata.  Tlie  latter  place  has  the  advantage  of  being;  on  the  highroad,  and  is 
tolerably  equi-distant  from  east  and  west,  the  only  points  necessary  to  be  con- 
sidered, on  account  of  the  extreme  narrowness  of  the  pargana  from  north  to 
south.  Thus,  its  close  proximity  to  the  town  of  Kosi — only  seven  miles  off — is 
rather  an  apparent  than  a  real  objection  to  the  maintenance  of  Chhata  as  an 
administrative  centre. 

The  predominant  classes  in  the  population  are  Jats,  Jadons,  and  Gaurua 
Thakurs  of  the  Bdchhal  sub-division  ;  while  several  villages  are  occupied  almost 
exclusively  by  the  exceptional  tribe  of  Ahivasis  (see  page  10)  who  are  chiefly 
engaged  in  the  salt  trade.  A  large  proportion  of  the  land — though  not  quite 
to  so  great  an  extent  as  in  Kosi — is  still  owned  by  the  original  Bhaiyachari 
communities  ;  and  hence  agrarian  outrage  on  a  serious  scale  is  limited  to  the 
comparatively  small  area  where,  unfortunately,  alienation  has  taken  place,  more 
by  improvident  private  sales,  or  well-deserved  confiscation  on  account  of  the 
gravest  political  offences,  than  from  any  defect  in  the  constitution  or  adminis- 
tration of  the  law.  The  two  largest  estates  thus  acquired  during  the  present 
century  are  enjoyed  by  non-residents,  viz.,  the  heirs  of  the  Lala  Babu  (see  pa<re 
258),  who  are  natives  of  Calcutta,  and  the  Rani  Sahib  Knnvar,  the  widow  of 
Raja  Gobind  Singh,  who  took  his  title  from  the  town  of  Hathras,  the  old  seat 
of  the  family,  though  she  now  lives  with  the  young  Raja  at  Brinda-ban.  Of 
resident  landlords,  the  three  largest  all  belong  to  the  Dhiisar  caste,  and  are  as 
follows  :  First,  Kanhaiya  Lai,  Sukhvasi  Lai,  Bhajan  Lai,  and  Biliari  Lai,  sons  of 
Ram  Bakhsh  of  Sahar,  where  they  have  property,  as  also  at  Bharauli  and  three 
other  villages,  yielding  an  annual  profit  of  Rs.  3,53(3.  Second,  Munshi  Nathu 
Lai,  who,  for  a  time,  was  in  Government  service  as  tahsildar — with  his  son, 
Sardar  Sinh,  also  of  Sahar,  who  have  an  assessable  estate  of  Rs.  3,874,  derived 
from  Astoli,  Tatar-pur,  and  shares  in  nine  other  villages  ;  Nathu  Lai's  father, 
Giridbar  Lai,  was  sometime  Munsif  of  Jalesar,  and  was  descended  from  one 
Harsukh  Rae,  who  received  from  Raja  Suraj  Mall  tlie  grant  of  Tatar-pur,  with 
the  title  of  Munshi,  by  which  all  the  members  of  the  family  are  still  distinguished. 
Third  in  the  list  is  Laid  Syam  Sundar  Das,  son  of  Shiu  Sahay  Mall,  a  man  of 
far  greater  wealth — his  annual  profits  being  estimited  at  a  lakh  of  rupees.  He 
is  the  head  of  a  firm  which  has  branch  houses  at  Kanh-pur,  Agra,  and  Amritsar, 
and  other  places,  and  owns  the  whole  of  the  large  village  of  Naugama  and  half 
of  Taroli.  For  many  years  he  was  on  the  worst  possible  terms  with  bis  tenants; 
but  the  dispute  between  them  has  at  last  been  amicably  arranged,  and  during 
the  recent  famine  the  oldest  son,  Badri  Prasad,  came  forward  as  one  of  the 
most  liberal  landlords  in  the  district. 


FARGANA   CHHXTA".  373 

The  two  places  of  most  interest  in  the  pargana,  Barsana  and  Nand-ganw, 
have  already  been  fully  described  ;  there  remain  Chaumuha,  Chhata,  Sahar, 
Sohi,  and  Shergarh,  which  may  each  claim  a  few  words  of  special  mention. 

Chaumuha1,  population  2,275,  on  the  high  road  to  Delhi,  12  miles  from  tho 
Mathura  station,  was  included  in  the  home  pargana  till  the  year  1816.  It  has 
the  remains  of  a  large  brick-built  sarae,  covering  upwards  of  four  bighas  of  land, 
said  to  have  been  constructed  in  the  reign  of  the  Emperor  Sher  Shah.  It  now 
brings  in  a  rental  of  only  some  Its.  20  a  year,  being  in  a  very  ruinous  state. 
This  fact,  combined  with  the  perfect  preservation  of  the  parallel  buildings  at 
Chhata  and  Kosi,  has  given  rise  to  a  local  legend  that  the  work  was  bad  in  tho 
first  instance,  and  the  architect,  being  convicted  of  misappropriating  the  funds 
at  his  disposal,  was,  as  a  punishment,  built  up  alive  into  one  of  the  walls  ;  tho 
corpse,  however,  has  not  been  discovered.  Immediately  opposite  its  upper 
gate,  though  at  some  little  distance  from  it,  stands  one  of  the  old  imperial  kos 
minars.  Though  in  itself  a  clumsy  erection,  it  forms  a  picturesque  object  as 
seen  through  the  arch  from  inside  the  courtyard,  and  would  make  a  pretty 
sketch.  When  Madho  Rao  Sindhia  was  the  paramount  power,  he  bestowed  this 
and  other  villages  in  the  Agra  and  adjoining  districts  on  the  celebrated  pandit, 
Ganga-dhar  Shastri,  who  constituted  them  an  endowment  for  educational  pur- 
poses. In  1824,  one  quarter  of  the  estate  was  assigned  to  his  sons  Tika-dhar 
and  Murli-dhar ;  the  remainder,  yielding  an  annual  rental  of  Rs.  24,000,  of 
which  Rs.  3,730  come  from  Chaumuha,  is  the  property  of  the  Agra  College. 
In  the  old  topographies  the  sarae  is  described  as  situate  at  Akbar-pur,  a  name 
now  restricted  to  the  next  village,  since  the  discovery  of  an  ancient  sculpture 
supposed  to  represent  the  four-faced  (chaumuha)  god  Brahma.  It  is  in  reality 
the  circidar  pedestal  of  a  Jaini  statue  or  column,  with  a  lion  at  each  corner  and 
a  nude  female  figure  in  each  of  the  four  intervening  spaces  :  the  upper  border 
being  roughly  carved  with  the  Buddhist  rail  pattern.  The  inhabitants  are 
chiefly  Gaurua  Thakurs.  A  weekly  market  is  held  on  Tuesday.  There  is  a 
primary  school :  also  a  bungalow  occupied  by  an  assistant  patrol  in  the  customs  ; 
a  small  new  mosque  inside  the  sarae  ;  a  temple  of  Bihari  Ji,  built  by  Kasi  Das, 
Bairagi,  some  200  years  ago,  and  kept  in  repair  by  his  successors  ;  and  two 
ponds  known  as  Bihari-kund  and  Chandokhar.  As  a  punishment  for  malpracties 
during  the  mutiny,  the  village  was  burnt  down,  and  for  one  year  the  Government 
demand  was  raised  to  half  as  much  again. 

ChhAtX,   since  the  mutiny  the  capital  of  the  pargana,  has  a  population  of 
6,014.     It  is  on  the  high  road  to  Delhi,  10  miles  from  Mathura,  with  a  camping 

94 


374  PARGANA   CHH^TA1. 

ground  for  troops,  about  46  bighas  in  extent.  The  principal  feature  of  the  town 
is  its  sarae  (already  noticed  at  page  29),  which  covers  an  area  of  20  bighas,  its 
walls  measuring  732  feet  by  G94.  Jacquemont,  who  saw  it  in  the  year  182','. 
describes  it  as  "  a  large  fortress,  of  fine  appearance  from  the  outside,  but  it  will 
not  do  to  enter,  for  inside  there  is  nothing  but  misery  and  decay,  as  every- 
where else,  except  perhaps  at  Mathura  and  Brinda-ban."  He  would  find  matters 
improved  now,  for  in  1876  I  had  a  broad  street  laid  out  through  the  centre  of 
it  from  the  one  gate  to  the  other,  and  at  the  time  of  my  transfer  it  had  become  the 
principal  bazar  in  the  town.  I  had  also  sent  up  an  application  to  Government 
for  a  grant  of  Rs.  3,500  for  the  repair  of  the  gateways,  which  possess  consider- 
able architectural  merit.  The  repair  of  the  side  walls  and  cells  I  had  already 
taken  in  hand  and  nearly  completed,  by  means  of  small  annual  allotments  out 
of  the  chuukidari  fund. 

In  1857  the  sarae  was  occupied  by  the  rebel  zamindars,  and  one  of  the 
bastions  (now  built  up  square)  had  to  be  blown  down  before  an  entrance  could 
be  effected.  The  town  was  subsequently  set  on  fire  and  partially  destroyed, 
and  twenty-two  of  the  leading  men  were  shot.  It  was  originally  intended  to 
confiscate  the  zamindars'  whole  estate,  but  eventually  the  jama  was  only  raised 
to  half  as  much  again  for  one  year.  The  population  are  chiefly  Jats,  the  next 
most  numerous  class  being  Jadons.  The  name  is  derived  by  the  local  pandits 
from  the  ClihaUra-dharana-lila,  which  Krishna  is  said  to  have  held  there  ;  but 
there  is  no  popular  legend  regarding  such  an  event,  nor  any  very  ancient  sacred 
place  in  its  vicinity  ;  though  the  Vraja-bhakti-vilasa  (1553  A.D.)  mentions, 
it  is  true,  a  (Jhhattra-ban  and  a  Sunvj-kuud.  The  latter  is  still  in  existence  to 
the  north-east  of  the  town,  and  is  a  large  sheet  of  water  with  one  good  masonry 
ghat  built  by  a  Brahman,  Bijay  Ram,  an  officer  of  the  Bharat-pur  Raj,  who  also 
built  the  very  large  brick  house  adjoining  it,  now  in  ruins.  All  round  the  tank 
are  fine  old  trees  and  beyond  it  an  extensive  rukhya  of  chhonlcar,  pilu,  and  hingot. 
There  is  another  tank  on  the  Mathura  road  called  Chandra-kund,  which  it 
would  be  an  improvement  to  deepen  and  embank.  The  word  Chhata  probably 
refers  to  the  stone  chhattris  which  surmount  the  sarae  gateways,  and  form 
prominent  objects  in  the  landscape  from  a  long  distance.  There  is  a  tahsili 
school,  and  a  weekly  market  on  Fridays.  The  Hindus  have  nine  small  temples 
and  the  Muhammadans  four  mosques. 

Saha'r— population  2,776 — seven  miles  from  Chhata  and  nine  from  Gobar- 
dhan,  was,  from  1838  to  1857,  the  headquarters  of  a  tahsili.  At  the  beginning 
of  last  century  it  was  a  place  of  considerable  importance  under  the  Jats,  being 
the  favourite  residence  of  Tbakur  Badan  Sinh,  the  father  of  Siiraj  Mall,  the  first 


PARGANA   CHHXl'X.  3~5 

of  the  Bharat.-pur  Rajas.  The  handsome  house  which  he  built  for  himself  is  now 
unoccupied,  and  to  a  great  extent  in  ruins  ;  and  the  very  large  masonry  lank  which 
adjoins  it  was  left  unfinished  at  his  death  and  has  never  since  been  completed. 
The  word  Sahar  would  seem  to  have  been  originally  either  Sabha-ra,  or  Sabha-pur. 
Probably  the  latter;  for  in  the  Mainpuri  district  there  is  a  place  called  Sahawar, 
which  is  clearly  for  Sabha-pur,  and  from  which  to  Sahar  the  transition  is  an 
easy  one.  The  township  is  divided  into  two  thoks,  the  one  of  Brahmans,  the 
other  of  Muhammadans,  and  the  latter  have  four  small  mosques  and  a  dargab. 
The  Government  demand  under  the  present  settlement  is  (including  nazal) 
Rs.  5,392,  collected  by  16  lumberdars.  Part  of  the  land  has  been  transferred 
by  the  old  proprietors  to  the  two  Dhiisar  families  that  have  been  seated  here 
for  some  generations  and  are  really  the  principal  people  in  the  place.  In  the 
town  are  several  old  houses  with  carved  stone  gateways  of  some  architectural 
pretension;  also  a  tank,  with  two  masonry  ghats,  called  Mahesar-kund,  another 
known  as  Manik-Das-wala-kund,  and  a  small  ruined  temple  of  Baladeva. 
There  are  a  police  station,  a  post-office,  a  weekly  market  held  cm  Wednesday,  and 
a  very  well-attended  primary  school.  For  the  accommodation  of  the  latter  I 
had  a  large  and  substantial  building  erected,  in  the  form  of  a  double  corridor, 
arched  and  vaulted,  running  round  three  sides  of  an  open  square,  with  a  low 
wall  and  central  gateway  on  the  fourth  side  or  front.     The  cost  was  Rs.  1,858. 

The  Agra  Canal  runs  close  to  the  town  and  is  bridged  at  the  point  where  it 
crosses  the  Gobardhan  road.  It  would  have  been  much  better  to  have  diverted 
the  road  and  so  brought  the  bridge,  which  is  now  a  mile  away,  nearer  to  the 
town.  As  matters  stand  at  present,  the  canal,  instead  of  being  a  blessing,  is  an 
intolerable  nuisance.  On  account  of  the  depth  of  its  lied  and  the  absence  of 
any  distributary,  no  water  can  lie  had  from  it  for  irrigation,  while  some  hundreds 
of  acres  that  used  to  be  close  to  their  owners'  doors  can  now  be  reached  only 
after  a  circuit  of  some  three  miles,  and  are,  of  course,  very  much  lowered  in 
value. 

In  the  mutiny  there  was  no  disturbance  here  except  that  the  lock-up  was 
broken  open,  a  suspected  rebel  let  loose,  and  the  patwiiri's  papers  seized  and 
destroyed. 

A  short  time  ago  a  dispute  arose  between  the  Muhammadans  and  the  Hin- 
dus as  to  the  possession  of  a  site  on  which  they  wished  to  erect,  the  one  party  a 
mosque,  the  other  a  temple.  The  real  fact,  as  afterwards  more  clearly  appeared, 
was  that  the  Hindus  had  originally  a  temple  there,  which  the  Muhammadans 
had  thrown  down  and  built  a  mosque  over  it.     This,  too,  had  fallen,  and  the 


376  PARGANA   CHEATA". 

ground  had  for  some  years  remained  unoccupied.  The  case,  when  brought  into 
court,  was  decided  in  favour  of  the  Hindus,  who  thereupon  set  to  work  and 
commenced  the  erection  of  a  shrine  to  be  dedicated  to  Radha  Ballabh.     In  die- 

o 

ging  tho  foundations,  they  came  upon  the  remains  of  the  old  temple,  which  I 
rescued  and  brought  into  Mathura.  They  consist  of  10  large  pillars  and  pilas- 
ters, in  very  good  preservation  and  elegantly  carved  with  foliage  and  arabesques, 
and  also  a  number  of  mutilated  capitals,  bases,  &c,  the  whole  series  proving  an 
interesting  illustration  of  the  mediaeval  Hindu  style  of  architecture.  Their 
value  is  increased  by  the  fact  that  two  of  the  shafts  bear  inscriptions,  in  which 
the  date  is  clearly  given  as  Sambat  1128  (1072  A.  D.)  The  style  that  I  call 
'the  mediaeval  Hindu,'  and  of  which  these  pillars  afford  a  good  late  example, 
began  about  the  year  400  A.  D.,  and  continued  to  flourish  over  the  whole  of 
Upper  India  for  more  than  seven  centuries.  It  is  distinguished  by  the  constant 
employment  in  the  capital,  or  upper  half  column,  of  two  decorative  features,  the 
one  being  a  flower-vase  with  foliage  over-hanging  the  corners,  and  the  other 
a  grotesque  mask.  The  physiognomy  of  the  latter  is  generally  of  a  very  un- 
Indian  type,  and  the  more  so  the  further  we  go  back,  as  is  well  illustrated  by  a 
pillar  in  the  underground  temple  in  the  Allahabad  Fort.  The  motif  is  precisely 
the  same  as  may  be  seen  in  many  European  cinque  cento  arabesques,  where  a 
scroll  pattern  is  worked  up  at  the  ends,  or  in  the  centre,  into  the  semblance  of 
a  human  face.  The  fashion  with  us  certainly  arose  out  of  the  classic  renaissance, 
and  in  India  also  may  possibly  have  been  suggested  by  the  reminiscence  of  a 
Greek  design.  But  it  was  more  probably  of  spontaneous  and  independent 
origin  ;  as  also  it  was  among  our  Gothic  architects,  in  whose  works  a  similar 
style  of  decoration  is  not  altogether  unknown.  In  the  earlier  examples,  such  as 
that  at  Allahabad,  the  face  is  very  clearly  marked ;  though  even  there  the  hair 
of  the  head  and  the  moustaches  are  worked  off  into  a  scroll  or  leaf  pattern.  In 
later  work,  of  which  numerous  specimens  may  be  seen  in  my  collection  of  anti- 
quities in  the  Mathura  museum,  the  eyes  are  made  so  protuberant,  and  the 
other  features  so  distorted  and  confused  by  the  more  elaborate  treatment  of  the 
foliage  and  the  introduction  of  other  accessories,  that  the  proportions  of  a  human 
face  are  almost  and  in  some  cases  are  altogether  destroyed.  The  tradition 
however  exists  to  the  present  day ;  and  a  Mathura  stone-mason,  if  told  to  carve 
a  grotesque  for  a  corbel  or  string-course  of  any  building,  will  at  once  draw  a 
design  in  which  are  reproduced  all  the  peculiarities  of  tho  old  models. 

Sehi  is  a  place  of  some  note,  as  being  tho  centre  of  a  clan  of  Gaurua,  i.e.r 
spurious,  Thakurs,  who  derive  their  distinctive  name  of  '  Baehhal '  from  the 
Baclih-bun  here.     They  are  numerous  enough  to  form  a  considerable  item  in  the- 


TAIIGANA    CHHA'TA'.  377 

population  of  the  pargana,  where  they  once  owned  and  where  they  still  inhabit  as 
many  as  24  villages,  viz.,  Sehi,  Chaumuha,  Sihana,  Akbarpur,  Jaitpur,   Bhau- 
ganw,  Mai,  Basi  Buzurg,   Gangroli,  Javali,    Dalota,    Siyara,    Bahta,   Kajiroth, 
Agaryala,  Taroli,  Parsoli,  Mangroli,  Naugama,   Undi,  Gora,   Rnnera,  Bharauli 
and  Baroli.     The  Baehh-ban  is  now  a  '  grove  '  only  in  name,  and   is  accounted 
one  of  the  hamlets  of  the   town.     In  it  is  the  temple  of  Bihari  Ji,  to  which  tho 
Bachhals  resort ;  the  Gosains,  who  serve  it,   being  accounted  the  Gurus  of  the 
whole  community.     The  name  Sehi  is  probably  derived  from  Sendhna,  'to  exca- 
vate,' as  a  great  part  of  the  village  area  (1,442  bighas)  consists  of  broken  ground 
and  ravines  (khdr  and  bclmr).     Other  106  bighas  are  occupied  by  tanks  and  ponds, 
one  of  which  is  called  Ritharo,  another  Bhabhardi,  after  the  name  of  the  Bach- 
hal,  who  dug  it  in  the  famine   of  1837.     In   1842   the  village   was  put  up  to 
auction  for  arrears  and   bought  in  by   Government.     After  being   farmed    for 
some   years   by  Kunvar   Faiz  Ali   Khan,  it  was  sold  in  1862   for  Rs.   4,800  to 
Seth  Gobind  Das,  who,  in    the  following  year,   sold  it  to  Swami   Rangacharya, 
the  head  of  his  temple  at  Brinda-ban,  for  Rs   10,000.     The  annual  Government 
demand  is  Rs.  6,100.     There  are  four  other  hamlets  in  addition  to  the  Bachh-ban, 
called  respectively  Odhuta,  Garh,   Devipura  (in  the  khddar)  and  Little  Hazara. 
The  old  khera  bears  the  name  of  Indrauli,  and  is  said  to  have  been  at  one  time 
the  site  of  a  large  and   populous  town.     It  was  certainly  once  of  much  greater 
extent  than  now,  as  is  attested  by  the  quantity  of  broken  bricks  that  strew  tho 
adjoining  fields;  but  there  are  no  ancient  remains  nor  traces  of  any  large  build- 
ing.    It  is  still,  however,  a  fairly   well-to-do   place,    most   of  the  houses  in  the 
bazar  being  of  masonry  construction,  and  a  few  of  them  partly  faced  with  carved 
stone.      The  school  has   an  attendance  of  about  40  boys  ;    the  population  being 
2,211.     In  the  courtyard  of  the  temple  of  Bihari  Ji  is  a  square  chhattri  of  red 
sand-stone  with  brackets  carved   in  the   same  style  as   some  in   the  Brinda-ban 
temple  of  Gobind  Deva;  and  of  those  that  support  the  eaves  of  the  temple  itself 
six  are  of  the  same  pattern.     The  shrine   has   evidently  been  rebuilt  at  a  much 
later  period;  and  on  one  of  the  pillars  is  cut  a  rough  scrawl  with  the  date  Sambat 
1805,  which  is  no  doubt  the  year  of  its  restoration.     In   the  village   is   a  small 
temple  of  Hanuman,  recently  rebuilt ;  and  outside,  a  semi-Muhammadan  shrine, 
erected  by  a  chamar,    Khumani,  about  the  year  I860.     There  are  two  annual 
melas  held  at  it,  in  Baisakh  and  Kartik,  on  the  day  of  the  full  moon.     They  are 
attended  equally  by  Hindus  and  Muhammadans  (as  is  the  case  with  the  shrine 
of  the  Bare   Miyan  at  Jalesar)  and  of  the  two   ministers  one  is  a  Brahman,  the 
other  a  Musalman  Fakir.     A  mosque  which,   seen  from  a  little  distance,  looks 
rather  an  imposing  structure,  was  built  by  two  Pathaus,  Kasim  Khan  and  Alam 

95 


378  PABGANA    CHHXTA'. 

Khan  of  Panipat,  who  had  a  jagir  of  24  villages,  12  here  and  12  about  Sonkh. 
Their  descendants  were  reduced  to  poverty  under  the  Bharat-pur  Raj  ;  but  one 
of  the  family,  Gulab,  has  lately  in  part  repaired  the  mosque. 

Sher-garh — population  4,712 — eight  miles  from  Chhata,  with  which  place 
it  is  connected  by  a  metalled  road,  derives   its  name   from  a  large  fort,   now  in 
ruins,  built  by  the  Emperor   Sher  Sh:ih.     The  Jamuna,  which   once  washed  the 
foot  of  its  walls,  is  now  more  than  a  mile  distant   from  it.     The  Hindus  would 
derive  the   name  from  Sihra,  Krishna's   marriage  wreath  ;  but  though   this  is 
improbable,  it  is  clear  that  there  was  a  town  here  long  before  the  time  of  Sher 
Shah  ;  for  in  taking  down  one  of  the  towers   of  the   fort,   I  came  upon  a  stone 
carved  with  foliage  of  decidedly  early   Hindti  or  Buddhist  character,  with  the 
trefoiled  circle  so  common  in  the   Kashmir  temples.     There  were  six  towers  to 
the  fort  and  four  gates,  called  the  Dehli,  the  Madar,  the  Pani  or  water  gate,  and 
the  Khirki  or  postern.     By  the  latter,  which  is  now  the  most  frequented  of  all, 
is  the  school  which  I  had  built  in  1875  at  a  cost  of  Rs.  1,933,  in  the  same  style 
as  the  one  at   Sahar.     The  original  zamindars  were   Pathans,  but  in  1859.  in 
execution  of  a  decree  held  by  Kishori  Lai,  Bohra,   the    whole   of  their   estate, 
excepting  1£  biswa,  still  held  by  the  sons  of  the  late  Asaf  Khan,  a  descendant 
of  the  old  family,  was  put  up  to  auction  and  sold  for  Rs.  16,200  to  Muhammad 
Nur  Khan  of  Merath,  from   whom  it  was  purchased  for  Rs.  20,000  by    Seth 
Gobind  Das.     It  now  forms  part  of  the  endowment  of  the  temple  of  Dwarakadhis 
in  the  city  of  Mathura.     In  the  mutiny,   considerable  alarm   was  caused  to  the 
townspeople  by  the  Giijars  of  the  neighbouring   villages,  who  made  this  their 
centre,  and   whose  estates  were  afterwards  confiscated   and  bestowed  on  Raja 
Gobind  Sinh  of  Hathras.     The  Hindus  have  twelve  small  temples  ;  the  Saraugis 
one,  dedicated  to  Parsvanath,  and  the   Muhammadans   three  mosques.     The 
weekly  market  is  held  on  Thursday.     There  is  a  police  station,  a  district  post- 
office,  and  besides  the  school  for  boys  there  are   two   for  girls,  one  of  the  latter 
having  been  supported  till  his  death  by  Asaf  Khan.     The  town  is  singularly 
well-supplied  with  roads,  for,  in  addition    to  the  one  to    Chhata,  it  has    three 
others  (unmetalled)  leading  direct  to  Kosi,  to  Jait,  and,  across  a  bridge  of  boats, 
to  Noh-jhil. 


III.— PARGANA  MATHURA.* 

The  Mathura  pargana  is  the  last  of  the  three  lying  to  the  west  of  the  Jamuna. 
It  is  the  largest  in  the  district,  comprising  as  many  as  247  villages  and  town- 
ships, with  a  population  of  220,307  and  an  area  of  401  square  miles.  Under 
the  Jat  and  Mahratta  Governments  of  last  century  its  present  area  was  in  five 
divisions — Aring,  Sonkh,  Sonsa,  Gobardhan,  and  Farrah  ;  Aring  being  the 
jdgir  of  Baja  Bai,  the  queen  of  Daulat  Rao  Sindhia,  who  (if  local  traditions  are 
to  be  believed)  inherited  all  the  ferocious  qualities  of  her  infamous  father  Gat- 
gay  Shirzi  Rao,  the  prepctrator  of  the  massacre  of  Puna.  In  1803,  when  the 
country  was  ceded  to  the  Company,  two  pari'anas  were  formed,  Mathura  and 
Arino-,  which  were  put  under  a  single  Tahsildar,  who  was  stationed  at  the  latter 
place ;  and  this  arrangement  continued  till  1868,  when  his  office  was  transferred 
to  its  present  more  appropriate  location  at  the  capital.  The  84  villages,  that  had 
previously  constituted  the  Farrah  parganah  of  the  Agra  district,  were  added 
in  1878. 

The  first  settlement  was  assessed  at  Rs.  5,149  for  Matliura  and  Rs.  98,885 
for  Aring,  making  a  total  of  Rs.  1,04.034,  which  was  gradually  increased  to 
Rs.  2,14,336  ;  the  actual  area  also  having  undergone  considerable  change. 
For,  in  1828,  after  the  conclusion  of  the  war  with  Durjan  Sal,  15  villages  on 
the  Bharatpur  border  were  annexed,  and  about  the  same  time  several  mudfi 
estates  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mathura  were  resumed.  The  first  contractor 
for  the  Government  revenue  was  a  local  magnate,  whose  name  is  still  occasion- 
ally quoted,  Chaube  Rudra-man,  who,  after  one  year,  was  succeeded  by  Khattri 
Beni  Ram. 

In  addition  to  the  City,  it  includes  within  its  limits  some  of  the  most  no- 
table places  in  the  district — such  as  Brinda-ban,  Gobardhan,  and  Radha-kund — 
as  also  several  large  and  populous  villages  which  are  of  modern  growth  and  have 
no  special  characteristic  beyond  their  mere  size,  as  Parson,  Phendar,  Usphar 
and  others,  each  with  two  or  three  thousand  inhabitants.  The  principal  lauded 
proprietors  are  the  trustees  of  the  Seth's  temple  at  Brinda-ban  :  Gosain  Puru- 
shottam   Lai  of  Gokul  ;  the  Raja  of  Awa  ;    the  heirs   of  the  Laid  Babii,  in 

*In  Dr.  Hunter's  Imperial  Gazetteer,  under  the  letter  S,  between  an  article  on  Sadiya  in 
Assam  and  one  on  Sadras  in  the  Madras  Presidency,  there  is  a  brief  notice  with  the  curious  head- 
ing Sadk.  This  is  described  as  being  the  south-western  tahsil  of  the  Mathura  district  ;  as  if 
there  were  not  necessarily  a  sadr,  i.e.  a  home,  or  head-quarters,  tahsil  in  every  district  in  India. 


380  PARGANA   MATHURA'. 

Calcutta  ;  and  Seths  Ghansyam  D:is  and  Gobardhan  Das  of  Mathura  ;  not  one 
of  whom  resides  immediately  upon  his  estate. 

The  predominant  classes  of  the  population  are  Jats,  Brahmans,  and 
Gaurua  Kachhwahas.  The  ancestor  of  all  the  latter,  by  name  Jasnij,  is 
traditionally  reported  to  have  come  at  some  remote,  but  unspecified,  period 
from  Amber,  and  to  have  established  his  family  at  the  village  of  Kota,  whence  it 
spread  on  the  one  side  to  Jait,  and  on  the  other  to  Satoha,  Giridhar-pur,  Pali- 
khera,  Maholi,  Nahrauli,  Naugama,  Nawada,  and  Tarsi  ;  which  at  that  time 
must  have  formed  a  continuous  tract  of  country,  as  the  villages  which  now 
intervene  are  of  much  more  modern  foundation.  The  estates  continued  for  the 
most  part  with  his  descendants  till  the  beginning  of  the  present  century  ;  but 
seventy  years  of  British  legislation  have  sufficed  to  alienate  them  almost 
entirely. 

The  most  common  indigenous  trees  are  the  nim,  balul,  remja,  and  kadamb  : 
and  the  principal  crops  tobacco,  sugarcane,  chand,  cotton,  and  barley  ;  bajrd 
and  jour  being  also  largely  grown,  though  not  ordinarily  to  such  an  extent  as 
the  varieties  first  named.  Wheat,  which  in  the  adjoining  parganas  is  scarcely 
to  be  seen  at  all,  here  forms  an  average  crop.  The  cold-weather  instalment  of 
the  Government  demand  is  realized  principally  from  the  outturn  of  cotton.  An 
average  yield  per  acre  is  calculated  at  one  man  of  cotton,  seven  of  jour,  three 
of  bdjrd,  six  of  wheat,  eight  of  barley,  five  of  chand,  eight  of  tobacco,  and  ten 
and  a  half  of  gur,  the  extract  of  the  sugarcane.  The  cost  of  cultivation  per 
acre  is  put  at  Rs.  7  for  the  kharif  and  Rs.  10  for  rabi  crops.  The  river  is  of 
little  or  no  use  for  irrigation  purposes  ;  but  after  the  abatement  of  the  rains 
it  is  navigated  by  country  boats,  which  are  always  brought  to  anchor  at  night. 
Water  is  generally  found  at  a  depth  of  49  feet  below  the  surface  of  the  soil  ; 
and  it  is  thus  a  matter  of  considerable  expense  to  sink  a  well,  more  especially 
as  the  saudiness  of  the  soil  ordinarily  necessitates  the  construction  of  a 
masonry  cylinder.  The  Agra  Canal  has  proved  a  great  boon  to  the  agri- 
culturist; it  has  a  length  of  16  miles  in  the  pargana,  from  Kouai  to  Sonoth, 
with  bridges  at  Basonti,  Aring,  Sonsa,  Lal-pur,  and  Little  Kosi. 

ArITng — Population  3, 5 79 — nine  miles  from  Mathura,  on  the  high  road  to 
Dig,  was,  from  1803  to  18f>8,  the  head  of  a  tahsili,  removed  in  the  latter  year  to 
the  Civil  Station.  Near  the  canal  bridge,  the  navigation  channel  to  Mathura 
branches  off  on  the  one  side  and  on  the  other  a  distributary,  that  runs  through  the 
villages  of  Usphar  and  Little  Kosi.  Till  1818  the  town  was  a  jagir  of  a  Kashmir 
Paudit,  by  name  Baba  Bisvamith.     On  his  death  it  was  resumed  and  assessed 


Q 
< 
CO 

< 

C3 
z 
< 

D 
< 


O 

o 

I 
o 

CO 

LU 

I 
I- 


PARGANA   MATHURA.  381 

at  Rs.  6,447,  which  sum  has  subsequently  been  raised  to  Rs.  10,000.  In  1852, 
the  old  Gaurua  zamindiirs'  estate  was  transferred  at  auction  to  Seth  Gobind 
Das,  who  has  made  it  part  of  the  endowment  of  his  temple  at  Brinda-ban.  In 
the  mutiny  the  rebels  marched  upon  the  place  with  the  intention  of  plundering 
the  treasury,  but  were  stoutly  opposed  by  the  zamindiirs  and  resident  officials, 
and  driven  back  after  a  few  shots  had  been  fired.  Lala  Ram  Bakhsh,  the  here- 
ditary patwari,  who  also  acted  as  the  Seth's  agent,  was  conspicuous  for  his 
loyalty,  and  subsequently  received  from  the  Government  a  grant  of  Rs.  1,000 
and  the  quarter  jama  of  the  village  of  Kothra,  which  he  still  enjoys.  The 
Tahsildar,  Munshi  Bhajan  Lul,  also  had  a  grant  of  Rs.  1,200,  and  smaller 
donations  were  conferred  upon  several  other  inhabitants  of  the  town,  chiefly 
Brahmans.  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  a  misunderstanding  with  regard 
to  the  management  of  the  estate  has  arisen  within  the  last  few  years  between 
the  Seth  and  his  agent,  the  Lala,  which  threatens  to  sever  entirely  the  lat- 
ter's  connection  with  the  place.  Aring  is  generally  counted  as  one  of  the 
24  Upabans,  and  has  a  sacred  pond  called  Kilol-kund,  but  no  vestige  of 
any  grove.  Various  mythological  etymologies  for  the  name  are  assigned  by 
the  local  pandits  ;  but,  as  usual,  they  are  very  unsound.  Probably  the  word  is 
a  corruption  of  Arishta-gnima  ;  Arishta  being  the  original  Sanskrit  form  of  ritha, 
tho  modern  Hindi  name  of  the  Sapindus  detergens,  or  soap-berry  tree.  The 
Gosains  would  rather  connect  it  with  Arishta,  the  demon  whom  Krishna  slew. 
There  is  a  school  of  the  tahsili  class  (which  hitherto  has  been  liberally  supported 
by  Lala  Ram  Bakhsh),  a  post-office,  a  police-station  in  charge  of  a  Sub- 
Inspector,  and  a  customs  bungalow,  recently  moved  here  from  Satoha,  Three 
small  temples  are  dedicated  respectively  to  Baladeva,  Bihari  Ji,  and  Pipalesvar 
Mahadeva;  and  the  ruins  of  a  fort  constructed  last  century  preserve  the  name 
of  Phunda  Ram,  a  Jat,  who  held  a  large  tract  of  territory  here  as  a  jagir  under 
Raja  Suraj  Mall  of  Bharat-pur.  The  Agra  Canal  passes  close  to  the  town,  and 
is  bridged  at  the  point  where  it  crosses  the  main  road.  The  market  day  is 
Sunday.  The  avenue  of  trees  extending  from  Mathura  through  Aring  to 
Gobardhan  was  mainly  planted  by  Seth  Sukhanand. 

Aurangabad — population  2,219 — was  originally  a  walled  town.  It  is  four 
miles  from  the  city  of  Mathura  on  the  Agra  road,  and  derives  its  name  from  the 
Emperor  Aurangzeb,  who  is  said  to  have  made  a  grant  of  it  to  one  Bhi'm 
Bhoj,  a  Tomar  Thakur,  with  whose  descendants  it  continued  for  many  years. 
For  some  time  previously  to  1861  it  was  however  held  rent-free  by  a  Fakir, 
commonly  called  Bottle  Shah,  from  his  bibulous  propensities,  a  grantee  of  Daulat 
Rao  Sindhia.     On  his  death  it  was  assessed  at  Rs.  691,  which  was  subsequently 

96 


382  PARGANA  MATHURA\ 

raised  to  Rs.  898.     The  place  is  frequently,  but  incorrectly,  called  Naurangabad. 
It  also  has  the  subsidiary  name  of  Mohanpur,  from  one  Mohan  Lai,  a  Sanadh,  a 
man  of  some  importance,  who  came  from  Mat  and  settled  there  last  century.    On 
the  bank  of  the  Jamunais  an  extensive  garden,  and  on  some  high  ground  near  the 
old  Agra  gate  a  mosque  of  the  same  age  as  the  town,  which  presents  rather 
a   stately    appearance,    being    faced     with   stone    and  approached     from   the 
road  by  a  steep   flight  of  steps.     The  weekly  market  is  held  on  Friday,  and  is 
chiefly  for  the  sale  of  thread  and  cotton.     The  Government  institutions  consist 
of  a  police-station  and  a  school.     For  the  accommodation  of  the  latter,  which  for 
some  years  past  had  borne  an  exceptionally  high  character,  I  had  a  handsome 
and  substantial  building  erected,  with  pillars  and  tracery  of  carved  stone,  which 
now  forms  the  most  conspicuous  ornament  of  the  place.     This  was  the  last  work 
that  I  completed  before  I  left  the  district.     A  view  is  given  of  it  as  an  example 
of  the  way  in  which  the  indigenous   style  of  architecture  can  be  adapted  to 
ordinary  modern  requirements.     A  reach  of  sandy  and  broken  ground  extends 
from  the  town  to  the  river,  where  a  bridge  of  boats  affords  means  of  communi- 
cation with  Gokul  and   Maha-ban  on  the  opposite  bank.     Aurangabad  is  the 
chief  place  for  the  manufacture  of  wicker   chairs   and  couches,   which  find   a 
ready  sale  among  the  English  residents  of  the  adjoining  station. 

Farah — population  3,642 — has  a  camping  ground  for  troops  on  the  high  road 
to  Agra,  from  which  district  it  has  only  lately  been  detached.  It  was  founded 
by  Hamida  Begam,  the  mother  of  the  Emperor  Akbar.  About  the  year  1555, 
during  the  exile  of  the  Emperor  Humayun  the  town  was  the  scene  of  a  battle 
between  Sikandar  Shah  (a  nephew  of  Sher  Shah)  and  Ibrahim  Shah,  in  which 
the  latter  was  defeated,  though  he  had  with  him  an  army  of  "  70,000  horse 
and  200  persons,  to  whom  he  had  given  velvet  tents,  banners,  aud  kettle-drums." 
Sikandar,  whose  force  did  not  exceed  10,000  horse,  offered  peace  upon  condi- 
tion of  receiving  the  government  of  the  Panjab,  but  on  his  overtures  being 
rejected,  he  joined  in  battle,  and  by  his  victory  became  sovereign  of  Agra  and 
Delhi,  while  Ibrahim  fled  to  Sambhal. 

Sonkh — population  4,126 — is  on  the  road  from  Mathura  to  Kumbhir.  It  is 
a  very  thriving  aud  well-to-do  place,  with  a  large  number  of  substantial  brick- 
built  shops  and  houses,  many  of  them  with  carved  stone  fronts.  Under  the 
Jats  it  was  the  head  of  a  local  Division.  It  is  said  by  the  Giosains — with  their 
usual  absurdity — to  derive  its  name  from  the  demon  Sankhasur ;  but,  accord- 
ing to  more  genuine  local  tradition,  it  was  first  founded  in  the  time  of  Anang 
Pal,  the  rebuilder  of  Delhi,  probably  by  the  same  Tomar  chief  who  has  left 


PARGANA   MATHURA*. 


383 


other  traces  of  his  name  at  Son,  Sonsa  and  Sonoth.     The  ancestor  of  the  pre- 
sent community   was  a  Jat,   by    name  Ahlad,  whose  five   sons — Asa,   Ajal, 
Piirna,  Tasiha  and  Sahjua — divided  their  estate  into  as  many  separate  shares, 
which  still  bear  their  names  and  are  to  all  intents  and  purposes  distinct  villages, 
with  the   Sonkh  bazar  as  their  common  centre.     This  lies  immediately  under 
the  Khera,  or  site  of  the  old  fort,  of  which  some  crumbling  walls  and  bastions 
still  remain.     It  was  built  by  a  Jat  named   Hati  Singh,  in  the  time   of   Suraj 
Mall  of  Bharatpur,  or  Jawahir  Singh  ;  but  the  khera  itself  must  be  many  hun- 
dreds of  years  older.     There  are  two  market-places  in  it,  the  one  belonging  to 
Sahjua,  the  other  to  the  Piirna  zamindars.     The  market  day  for  the   former  is 
Thursday,  for  the  latter  Monday.     But  a  considerable  amount  of  business  is 
transacted  every  day  of  the  week  ;  there  being  as  many  as  200  baniyas'  shops 
and  almost  enough  local  trade  to  justify   the   incorporation   of  a  Municipality. 
In  Sahjua  there  are  several  extensive  orchards  of  mango  and  her  trees,  with  an 
octagonal  stone  chhattri  (commemorating  the  grandfather  of  the  present  lum- 
berdar),  and  three  masonry  wells  of  exceptionally  large  dimensions  ;  all  attest- 
ing the  greater  wealth  and  importance  of  the  Jat  proprietors   during  the  short 
period  of  the  Bharat-pur  Hegemony.     About  a  mile  from  the  bazar,  just  across 
the  Bharat-pur  border,  at  a  place  called  Gunsara,  is  a  very  fine  masonry  tank, 
worthy  of  a  visit  from  any  one  in  the  neighbourhood,  being  on  the  same  scale 
and  in  much  the  same  style  as  the  Kusum-Sarovar  near  Gobardhan.     This  was 
the  work  of  the  Rani  Lakshmi,  the  consort  of  Raja  Randhir  Sinh,  who  also  built 
the  beautiful  kunj  that  bears  her  name  on  the  bank  of  the  Jamuua  at  Brinda- 
ban.     The  tank  was  not  quite  completed  at  the  time  of  her  death,  and,  according 
to  native  custom,  has  never  been  touched   since.     Adjoining  it  is  an  extensive 
walled  garden  overgrown  with  kldrni  and  other  trees  that  are  sadly  in  need  of 
thinning.     In  the  centre  is  an  elaborately  carved  stone  plinth  for  a  building  that 
was  designed  but  never  executed.     Though  the   population   of  Sonkh  exceeds 
4,000,  the  school  has  an  attendance  of  no  more  than  sixty  pupils,  of  whom  only 
six  are  the  sons  of  the  Jat  zamindars.     The  five  pattis  stand  as  follows  : — 


Name. 


Ajal 
Ase 
Purna 

Sahjua 

Tasiha 


Total 


Thoks. 

Lumbet- 

dars 

Wells. 

Popula- 
tion 

195 

380 

1,104 

2,017 
415 

4,111 

4 
2 

2 

S 
3 

2 
6 
o 

4 

3 

3 

4 

6 

15 

2 

13 

1G 

33 

The  Ajal  thoks  ate  called  Bhig- 
mail,  Jagiaj.Sirmaur.  and  Kunja. 

Ase  is  now  divided  into  two  dis- 
tinct niahals. 

The  Piirna  thoks  are  named 
Kisana  and  Isvar. 

The  Sahjua  ;   Biluchi  and    Bewal. 

The  Tasiha;  Taj,  Urang  and 
Manohar. 


384  PAROANA  MATHURA*. 

Where  the  road  branches  off  to  Gobardhan  is  a  towered  temple  of  Maha- 
deva,  with  a  masonry  tank  of  no  great  area,  but  very  considerable  depth,  which 
was  commenced  twenty  years  ago  by  a  Bairagi,  Ram  Das.  It  is  now  all  but 
completed,  after  an  outlay  of  Rs.  1,300,  which  ho  laboriously  collected  in  small 
sums  from  the  people  of  the  neighbourhood,  with  the  exception  of  Rs.  200  or 
300,  which  were  granted  him  from  the  balance  of  the  Chaukidari  fund.  The 
avenue  of  trees  along  the  road  between  Sonkh  and  Gobardhan  was  almost 
entirely  planted  by  another  Bairagi  by  name  Salagram,  who  began  the  work 
out  of  a  donation  made  him  by  the  deceased  Raja  of  Bharat-pur  on  the  birth  of 
his  son  and  heir. 


I  V.— P  ARGANA    MAT. 

The  pargana  of  Mat  is  the  most  northern  of  the  three  on  the  east  of  the 
Jamuna,  and  is  a  long,  narrow,  straggling  tract  of  country  lying  between  the 
river  and  the  Aligarh  border.  As  it  abounds  in  game  of  various  kinds — black 
buck,  wild  boar,  and  water-fowl — it  has  considerable  attractions  for  the  sports- 
man ;  but  in  every  other  point  of  view  it  is  a  singularly  uninviting  part  of  the 
district.  There  are  no  largo  towns,  no  places  of  legendary  or  historical  interest, 
no  roads,  no  local  trade  01  manufacture,  and  no  resident  families  of  any  distinc- 
tion. The  soil  also  is  generally  poor,  the  water  bad,  and — except  quite  at  the 
north — there  are  few  groves  of  trees  to  relieve  the  dusty  monotony  of  the  land- 
scape. As  if  to  enhance  the  physical  disadvantages  of  the  locality  by  an  arti- 
ficial inconvenience,  the  tahsili  has  been  fixed  at  the  mean  little  village  of  Mat 
in  the  extreme  south,  on  the  very  borders  of  the  Maha-ban  pargana  ;  though  the 
merest  glance  at  the  map  will  show  that  Surir — a  place  with  a  larger  population 
than  Mat — is  the  natural  centre  of  the  division.  Its  recognition  in  that  charac- 
ter would  be  an  immense  boon  both  to  Government  officials  and  to  the  agricul- 
turist. The  present  arrangement  dates  from  a  time  when  the  pargana  was  of 
very  different  extent,  and  Mat  easily  accessible  from  all  parts  of  it.  For,  till 
1860,  it  included  the  whole  of  tha  Raya  sub-division  to  the  south  ;  while  in  the 
north,  Noh-jhil  formed  an  entirely  separate  tahsili.  This  was  more  in  accordance 
with  the  division  of  territory  existing  in  the  reign  of  the  Emperor  Akbar,  when 
the  whole  of  Mat  proper  came  under  Maha-ban,  and  Noh-jhil  made  part  of 
pargana  Nob  in  the  Kol  Sarkar.  Immediately  before  the  cession  of  1804,  the 
latter  was  the  estate  of  General  Perron  ;  while  Mat,  with  Maha-ban,  Sa'dabad, 
and  Sah-pau  was  held  by  General  Duboigne. 

As  now  constituted,  the  pargana  has  a  population  of  95,446,  and  an 
area  of  223  square  miles,  comprising  141  villages,  which  form  153  separate 
estates.  Of  these,  the  great  majority  are  bhaiyachari,  and  thus  it  comes 
about  that  the  richest  resident  landlords  are  the  members  of  a  Brahman  family 
quite  of  the  yeoman  class,  living  at  Chhahiri,  a  hamlet  of  Mat.  They  are  by 
name  Pola  Ram  and  Parasuram,  sons  of  Radha,  and  Kalhan,  son  of  Bal-kishor, 
and  have  jointly  an  assessable  income  of  Rs.  9,276  a  year,  derived  from  lands 
in  Mat,  Bijauli,  Harnaul,  Jaiswa,  Jawara,  Nasithi  and  Samauli.  They  have 
lately  been  at  considerable  expense  in  building  a  school  in  their  native  place. 
Three  other  men  of  substance,  of  much  the  same  social  position,  are  Lachhman, 

9<7 


386  PARC  ANA  M^T. 

Brahman,  of  Bhadra-ban  ;  Serhu,  Brahman,  of  Tenti-ka-ganw,  and  Lala  Ram, 
Baniya,  of  Jdwara.  Of  non-residents,  Rao  Abdullah  Khan,  of  Salim-pur  in 
Aligarh,  a  connection  of  the  Sa'dabad  family,  has  estates  about  Kkanwal  and 
Karahri,  on  which  the  annual  Government  demand  is  about  Rs.  2,000  ;  the 
Raja,  of  Mursau  enjoys  a  royalty  of  Rs.  1,061  from  the  Dunetiya  circle;  and 
Lalas  Mahi  Lai  and  Janaki  Prasad  own  the  two  largo  villages  of  Arua  and 
Bhadanwura. 

After  the  mutiny,  as  many  as  eighteen  villages  (eleven  in  whole  and  seven 
in  part),  belonging  to  the  rebel  leader  Umrao  Bahadur  of  Nanak-pur,  were 
confiscated,  and  all  the  proprietory  rights  conferred  on  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand 
rent-free  for  the  term  of  his  natural  life.  On  his  death,  the  grant  was  further 
extended  to  his  son,  Seth  Raghunath  Das,  on  payment  of  the  half  jama ;  but 
the  muafi  estate  (being  about  Rs.  8,000  a  year),  which  alone  he  retains  in  his 
own  hands,  it  may  be  presumed,  will  lapse  entirely  on  the  termination  of  the 
second  life.  The  zamindari  was  transferred  to  his  uncle,  the  late  Seth  Gobind 
Das,  C.S.I ,  and  by  him  constituted  part  of  the  endowment  of  the  temple  of 
Dwarakadhis  at  Mathura.  The  original  proprietor  was  a  member  of  a  family 
that  had  always  been  in  opposition  to  the  British  Government,  and  died  fight- 
ing against  us  at  Delhi.  Their  principal  seat  was  at  Kumona  in  Bulandshahr, 
where,  in  1807,  Dunde  Khan,  with  his  eldest  son,  Ran-mast  Khan,  who  is  said 
to  have  been  possessed  of  perfectly  marvellous  and  Herculean  strength,  held  the 
fort  for  three  months,  though  the  garrison  consisted  of  a  mere  handful  of  men. 
After  the  surrender,  a  pension  of  Rs.  6,000  a  year  was  settled  upon  Ran-mast 
Khan,  which  his  widow  enjoyed  till  her  death,  an  event  which  took  place  a  few 
years  ago  ;  but  the  father's  whole  estate  was  declared  forfeit  and  bestowed 
upon  Marrian  Ali  Khan  of  Chatari,  a  scion  of  the  same  stock.  Umrao  Bahadur 
was  the  child  by  adoption  of  Dunde  Khan's  second  son,  Nawab  Ashraf  Khan 
of  Nanak-pur,  and,  as  above  mentioned,  was  killed  in  the  rebel  army  before 
Delhi.  With  him  fell  his  youngest  brother,  Mazhar  Ali  Khan,  who  left  a 
son  by  name  Rahim  Khan,  who  is  now  either  dead  or  at  the  Andamans  ; 
the  sole  surviving  representative  of  the  family  being  a  son  of  Umrao  Baha- 
dur's— Amir  Bahadur — who  was  too  young  to  be  engaged  in  the  rebellion 
with  his  father. 

To  the  south  of  the  pargana  the  predominant  class  are  Gaurua  Thakurs ;  while 
in  the  north  the  agricultural  community  are  almost  exclusively  Jats,  mainly 
of  the  Nohwar  sub-division.  The  principal  winter  crops  are  jodr,  bdjra,  maize 
and  cotton,  the  latter  occupying  some  13,000  acres,  while  til,  arhar,  and  hemp 
are  also  grown,  but  ordinarily  in  the  same  field  with  jodr.     In  the  hot  weather 


PARGANA   MAT.  387 

about  24,000  acres  are  under  chand,   18,000  under  wheat,  and  13,000  under 
barley.     Though  there  are  indigo  factories  at  four  places,  viz.,  Lohi,  Karahri, 
Bhalai  and  Arua,  the  first  named  has  almost  entirely  suspended  operations,  and 
at  the  other  three  the  plant  used  is  mainly  grown  in  villages  across  the   border 
in  the  Aligarh  district.     The  most  productive  lands  are  the  alluvial  Hats,  which, 
in  the  rains,  form  part  of  the  river  bed ;    the   high  bank   that  bounds   them  is 
generally  bare  and  broken,  and  the  soil  further  inland  poor  and  sandy,  where 
the  only  trees  that  thrive  well  are  nim,  fardx  and  babul.     Connection  with  the 
opposite  parganas  of  Kosi,  Chhata,  and  Mathura,  is  maintained  by  two  bridges 
of  boats  (the  one  from  Chhin-pahsiri  by  Noh-jhil  to  Sher-garh,   the  other  from 
Dangoli  to  Brinda-ban,)  and  as  many  as  seven  ferries,  at  Itae-pur,  Faridam-pur, 
Musmina,  Surir,  Ohawa,  Iloli  Guzar,  and  Mat.     Scarcely  any  attempt  has  been 
made  to  provide  for  internal  communication.     In  the   whole  pargana  there  is 
not  a  single  yard  of  metalled  road,  except  in  the  Mat  bazar,  where  it  has  been 
constructed  out  of  the    Chaukidari  tax;  the  only  bit  of  first-class  unmetalled 
road  is  the  four  miles  from  Noh-jhil  to  the  Sher-garh  bridge  ;   the  remaining 
thoroughfares  are  for  the  most  part  narrow,  winding  cart  tracks,  sunk  so  much 
below  the  level  of  the  adjoining  fields  that  in  the  rains  they  assume  the  appear- 
ance of  small  rivers.     In  1856,  a  strip  of  laud  was  taken  up  of   sufficient  width 
for  the  construction  of  a  good  broad  road  to  extend  from  the  Brinda-ban  bridge 
to  the  town  of  Noh-jhil,  thus  traversing  all  the  southern  half  of  the   pargana. 
But  little  was  done  beyond  marking  it  out ;  and  as  all  the  lower  part  of  it  for 
some  miles  lies  across  the  ravines,  where  it  was  annually  cut  away  by  the  rains, 
it  was  for  at  least  six  months  in  the  year  all  but  impassable  ;  the  sum  allowed 
for  its  maintenance,  Its.  5  a  mile,    being  considered  quite  inadequate  to  carry 
out  more  than  the  most  superficial  repairs.     However,  before  I  left  the  district, 
I  was  able  to  accomplish  this  most  desirable  work,  and  that  without  any  addi- 
tional grant  for  the  purpose,  simply  by  concentrating  the  whole  of  each  succes- 
sive annual  allotment  on  a  particular  part  of  the  road,  instead  of  dribbling  it 
out  over  the  entire  length  of  22  miles.     Every  year  I  built  a  culvert  or  two,  or 
a  bridge,  burning  the  bricks  and  lime   on  the  spot,  employing  local  workmen 
and  doing  nothing  by  contract ;  and  the  result,  after  four  years,  was  a  perma- 
nently good  level  road,  over  which  it  was  quite  possible  to  drive  in  an  English 
buggy.     The  road  connects  three  places  of  some  importance  in  the  pargana,  viz., 
Mat,  Surir  and  Noh-jhil  at  the  one  end  with  Sher-garh,  which  is  a  perfect  ter- 
minus of  roads,  and  at  the  other  with  Brinda-ban    and  Mathura  ;  while  a  short 
branch  from  Mat  would  bring  it  in  contact  with  the  station  on  the  new  line  of 
railway  at  Eaya,  and  another  from  Noh-jhil  with  the  market  of  Bujana. 


388  PARGANA   MA*T. 

Manv  of  the  smaller  thoroughfares  here,  as  in  other  parts   of  the  district, 
are  rapidly  being  obliterated,  and  unless  speedy  measures   are  taken  for  their 
preservation,  very  great  inconvenience  must  eventually  result.     The  occupants 
of  the  fields  through  which  they  pass  encroach  upon  them  year  by  year,   till  at 
last,  in  the  less  frequented  tracts,  nothing  is  left  but  a  mere  ridge  scarcely  broad 
enough  for  a  foot-path.     When  the  traffic  is  too  considerable  to  allow   of  this 
complete  appropriation,  the  lane  is  narrowed  till  it  barely  admits  the  passage  of 
a  single  cart  ;   a  high  bank  is  then  raised   on   either  side   with   earth  always 
excavated  from  the  roadway,  which,  thus,  is  sunk  several   feet  below  the  level 
of  the  country  and  in  the  rains  becomes  a  deep  water-course.     In  the  dry  sea- 
son of  the  year  it  is   rendered  equally  impassable  by  huge  aqueducts  carried 
across  it  at  short  intervals  in  order  to  convey  water  for  irrigation  purposes  from 
a  well  on  one  side  to  lands  forming  part  of  the  same  farm  that  happen  to  lie 
on  the  other.     A  small  sum  is  annually  allotted  for  the  maintenance  of  a  cer- 
tain number  of  village  roads,  and  as  I  have  practically  demonstrated,  this  money 
might  be  much   more  advantageously  expended   than  has   hitherto  been  the 
custom,  if  it  were  used  for  the  systematic  prevention  of  encroachments  and  the 
construction  of  occasional  syphon  drains  and  culverts. 

As  a  rule,  the  bhaiyaehari  villages  have  a  much  more  prosperous  appearance 
than  those  which  have  passed  into  the  hands  of  some  one  wealthy  proprietor. 
In  the  former  case  every  shareholder  plants  the  borders  and  waste  corners  of 
his  fields  with  quick  growing  trees,  such  as  the  fards,  or  tamarisk,  which  he 
fells  from  time  to  time  as  he  wants  timber  for  his  well  or  agricultural  implements, 
or  for  roofing  his  house,  but  immediately  supplies  their  places  by  new  cuttings. 
Thus  the  village  lands  from  a  little  distance  often  look  picturesque  and  well- 
wooded,  though  possibly  there  may  not  be  a  single  grove  or  orchard  on  them. 
In  a  zamindari  estate,  on  the  other  hand,  the  absentee  landlord  is  represented  on 
the  spot  only  by  an  agent,  whose  sole  duty  it  is  to  secure  as  large  a  yearly 
return  as  possible  for  his  employer.  Every  manorial  right  is  strictly  enforced, 
and  trees  are  felled  and  sold  in  large  quantities,  and  never  replaced,  either  by  the 
tenant,  who  is  not  allowed  to  cut  a  single  stick,  however  urgent  his  requirements, 
and  therefore  has  no  object  in  planting,  or  by  the  landlord,  who  cares  nothing 
for  the  well-being  of  the  village,  which  can  be  sold  as  soon  as  its  productiveness 
is  exhausted.  It  would  be  difficult,  perhaps  impossible,  to  mention  a  single 
instance  in  the  whole  district  of  one  of  the  new  landlords  doing  anything  what- 
ever for  the  permanent  improvement  of  his  estate.  It  never  even  occurs  to 
them  that  their  tenants  have  the  slightest  claim  upon  their  consideration.  Hav- 
ing probably  amassed  their  fortune  by  usury,  they  are  willing  to  make  advances 


PARGANA  MA"T.  389 

at  exorbitant  rates  of  interest  for  any  improvements  the  cultivators  may  wish  to 
carry  out  themselves  ;  but  their  ears  are  closed  to  any  other  application. 

To  prevent  the  possibility  of  any  individual  acquiring  a  fixed  status,  leases 
are  never  given  but  for  very  short  periods  ;  accumulation  of  arrears  of  rent 
is  encouraged  for  the  three  years  that  the  law  allows,  when  immediate  action 
is  taken  for  the  recovery  of  the  full  amount  increased  by  interest  ;  if  any  pay- 
ment has  been  made  in  the  interim,  though  the  tenant  intended  it  to  be  on 
account  of  rent,  the  landlord  maintains  that  it  is  absorbed  in  the  clearing  off 
of  the  advances  ;  no  intimation  is  given  to  the  patwari  of  the  amount  of  these 
advances,  nor,  as  a  rule,  is  any  payment  made  in  his  presence  ;  but  after  the 
lapse  of  some  weeks,  when  the  ignorant  boor,  who  probably  did  not  pay  in 
cash,  but  through  the  intervention  of  a  baniya,  has  forgotton  what  the  amount 
was,  the  patwari  is  ordered  to  write  a  receipt  for  such  and  such  a  sum,  and 
this  document  is  accepted  by  the  stolid  clown  without  a  question — ordinarily 
without  even  hearing  it  read — and  is  at  once  put  away  and  either  lost  or 
eaten  by  white,  ants,  while  the  counter-part  remains  as  legal  evidence  against 
him.  To  increase  the  confusion,  the  rent  is  collected  not  only  without 
adequate  witnesses  or  any  written  memorandum,  but  also  at  any  odd  time 
and  by  a  variety  of  different  persons,  who  are  ignorant  of  each  other's  proceed- 
ings ;  the  agents  are  changed  every  six  months  or  so,  and  (as  the  patwari  can 
only  read  Hindi)  are  by  preference  people  who  know  only  the  Persian 
character.  The  result  is,  that  any  adjustment  of  accounts  is  absolutely 
impossible ;  the  patwari,  the  agents,  and  the  tenants,  are  all  equally  at  fault, 
and  the  latter  are  solely  dependent  on  the  mercy  of  the  landlord,  who,  at  a 
fortnight's  notice,  can  eject  every  single  man  on  the  estate.  Thus,  during  a 
single  month  of  the  year  1873,  more  than  a  hundred  suits  were  filed  against 
the  people  of  one  village  for  arrears  contracted  in  1870.  After  the  lapse 
of  three  years,  the  defendants — who  are  so  ignorant  that  they  cannot  state 
the  amount  of  their  liability  for  the  present  season,  but  depend  entirely  upon 
the  patwari  aud  the  baniya— can  only  urge  that  they  know  they  have  paid  in 
full,  but  (almost  necessarily  under  the  circumstances)  they  have  no  oral  wit- 
nesses to  the  fact,  while  the  village  account-books,  which  constitute  the  docu- 
mentary evidence,  are  so  imperfect  as  to  form  no  basis  for  a  judgment.  At  the 
same  time,  in  the  hope  of  producing  the  impression  that  an  innocent  man  was 
being  made  the  victim  of  a  gigantic  conspiracy,  actions  for  fraud  and  corrup- 
tion were  instituted  against  both  agent  and  patwari,  and  other  criminal  pro- 
ceedings were  taken  against  the  villagers  for  petty  infringements  of  manorial 
rights.     Virtually,  such  pseudo-zamindars  refuse  to  accept  the  position  of  land- 

98 


390  PARGANA  MAT. 

lords ;  they  are  mere  contractors  for  the  collection  of  the  Imperial  revenue,  and 
it  seems  imperative  upon  the  Government  to  recognize  them  only  in  that  inferior 
capacity,  and  itself  to  undertake  all  the  responsibilities  of  the  real  landlord. 
Since  they  have  no  influence  for  good,  both  policy  and  humanity  demand  that 
at  least  their  power  for  evil  should  be  restricted  within  the  narrowest  possible 
limits. 

The  most  noticeable  feature  of  the  pargana  is  the  extensive  morass,  from 
which  the  town  of  Noh-jhil  derives  the  latter  part  of  its  name.     Its  dimensions 
vary  very  much  at  different  seasons  of  the  year  and  according  to  the  heaviness 
of  the  rainfall,  but  it  not  unfrequently  spreads  over  an  area  measuring  six  miles 
in  length  by  one  in  breadth.     It  is  the   favoui'ito  haunt  of  large  swarms  of 
water-fowl,  which  are  caught  at  night  in  nets,  into  which  they  are  frightened 
by  torches  and  fires  lit  on  the  opposite  bank.     They  ordinarily  sell  for  about 
Es.  4-8  the  hundred.     The  lands  which  have  a  chance  of  being  left  dry  by  the 
subsidence  of  the    waters  in  time  to  be  sown  with  hot-weather  crops,  bear  the 
distinctive  name  of  Ldna,  and  are   formed  into  separate   estates,  which   it  is  a 
matter  of  no  little  difficulty  to  assess  at  their  average  value.     When  there  is 
any  harvest  at  all,  it   is  exceptionally  good  ;  but  not  unfrequently  the  land 
remains  flooded  till  seed-time  is   over,  and  the  only  source  of  profit  then  left  to 
the  proprietor  is  the  pasturage.     The  inundation,  though   primarily  the  result 
of  the  natural  low  level  of  the  country,  has  been  artificially  increased  by  exca- 
vations made  some  centuries  ago  with  the  express  object  of  laying  the  approaches 
to   the  Fort  under  water  :  this  being  one  of  the  special  modes  of  rendering  a 
stronghold  impregnable  laid  down  in    Sanskrit  treatises  on  the  art  of  war. 
An  outlet  was  provided  by  a  winding  channel,  some  five  miles  in  length,  called 
the  Dhundal  Nala,  which  passed  under  Firoz-pur  and  joined  the  Jamuna  near 
Mangal-khoh  ;  but  its  mouth  is  now  completely  blocked  for  a  long  distance. 
The  cost  of  re-opening  it  has  been  estimated  at  Rs.  2,093  ;  an  expenditure  which 
would   soon  be  recovered  by  the  settled   revenue  of  the  reclaimed  land.     A 
simpler,  but  at  the  same  time  a  less  efficient,  remedy  might  be  found  in  the  re- 
construction of  an  embankment  ascribed  to  Nawab  Ashraf  Khan,  which  formerly 
existed  near  the  village  of  Musmina,  and  was  kept  in  partial  repair  by  the  Jat 
zamindars  of  that  place  till  1866.     In  that  year  the  jhil  was  entirely  dry,  and 
the  dam  being  in  consequence  neglected,  the  next  heavy  flood  washed  it  away. 
To  provide  an  exit  for  the  water  seems,  however,  far   preferable  to  blocking  its 
entrance ;  as  the  temporary  submersion  has  a  very  beneficial  effect  on  the  land, 
and  its    total   prevention    might  result  in   rendering  a   large  area  absolutely 
unculturable.     A  well-devised  scheme  of  drainage  for  this  part  of  the  country, 


TARGANA   MAT.  391 

the  transfer  of  tho  tahsili  from  Mat  to  Surir,  and  the  completion  of  the  road 
between  Noh-jbil  and  the  Brinda-ban  bridge,  are  the  three  great  requirements 
of  the  district  which  urgently  demand  a  speedy  settlement. 

Mat — population  4,093 — has  for  some  years  past  given  a  name  to  a  pargana, 
though   it  is  nothing   but  an   exceptionally   mean  assemblage  of  mud  hovels, 
without  any  bazar  or  even   a  single  brick-built  house.     It  stands  immediately 
on  the  high  bank  of  tho  Jamuna,  but  is  separated  from   the  actual  bed   of  tho 
stream  by  a  mile  of  deep  sand,  and  tho  ferry  which  connects  it  with  Sakaraya 
on  the  opposite  side  is  therefore  very  little  used.     Four  miles  lower  down  the 
stream  is  the  Brinda-ban  bridge  of  boats  ;  the  road  which  leads  to  it  skirting  for 
some  distance  the   margin  of  an  extensive  morass,  called  the  Moti-jhil,   which, 
though  never  very  broad,  sometimes  attains  a  length  of  nearly  two  miles.     The 
township  (jamaRs.  8,983)  is  divided  into  two  thoks,  Raja  and  Mala,  and  was  till  re 
cently  owned  entirely  by  Brahmans  and  Thakurs,  but  some  Muhammadans  are  now 
in  part  possession  as  mortgagees.     The  Chaukidari  Act  is  in  force,  but  yields  an 
income  of  only   Rs.  52  a  month,  which  leaves  a  very  small  balance  for  local  im- 
provements. The  school  is  merely  of  the  primary  class,  and  not  so  well  attended  as 
the  one  in  the  adjoining  hamlet  of  Chhahiri.     There  is   an  old  mud  fort,   and 
within  its  enclosure   stand  the   tahsili  and  police-station,  the  only  substantial 
buildings  in  the  place.     Though  there  is  no  grove  of  trees  to  justify  the  title,  it 
is  still  designated  as  one  of  the  Upabans,  and  is  a  station  in  the  Ban-jatra  ;  the 
name  being  derived  from  ( the  milk-pails  '  ( mat  )  here  upset  by  Krishna  in  his 
childish  sports.     At  Chhahiri,  a  little  higher  up  the  stream,  is  the  sacred  wood 
of  Bhandir-ban,  a  dense  thicket  of  ber,  kins,  and  other  low  prickly  shrubs,  with 
a  small  modern  temple,  rest-house  and  well  in   an  open  space  in  the  centre. 
Just  outside  is     an  ancient  fig-tree   (bat)  which  Krishna  and  his  playmates 
Bahrain  and  Sridama  are  said  to  have  made  their  goal   when  they  ran  races 
against  each  other   (see  page  59).     A  large  meld,  chiefly  attended  by  Bengalis, 
is  held  here,  Chait  badi  9,  and  is  called  the  Gwal-mandala.     The  temple  in  the 
grove  is  dedicated  to  Bihari;  that  under  the  Bhandir-bat,  to  Sridama.     In  the 
Tillage  are  three  other  small  shrines   in  honour  of  R;idh:i  Mohan,   Gopal,  and 
Mahadeva.     Two  mosques  have  also  been  recently  built  by  the  Muhammadans. 
In  the  mutiny  the  only  act  of  violence  committed  was  the  seizure  of  six  grain- 
boats  passing  down  the  river,  for  which  the  zamindars  were  subsequently  fined. 

BXjana — population  4,427 — about  five  miles  north-east  of  Noh-jhil,  has  from 
time  immemorial  been  occupied  by  Jats.  Many  years  ago,  the  three  leading 
men  divided  it  into  as  many  estates,  called  after  their  own  names,  Sultan  Patti, 


392  PARQANA   MA*T. 

Dilu  Patti,  and  Sin  Patti.  These  are  now  to  all  intents  and  purposes  distinct 
villages,  each  with  several  subordinate  hamlets,  where  most  of  the  landed 
proprietors  reside,  while  the  old  bazar  still  remains  as  a  common  centre,  but  is 
mainly  occupied  by  tradespeople.  In  it  are  the  sarai,  police-station,  built  in 
1869,  and  halkabandi  school.  Here,  too,  every  Saturday,  a  large  market  is  held  ; 
all  the  dealers  who  attend  it  having  to  pay  an  octroi  tax  at  graduated  rates,  ac- 
cording to  the  commodities  which  they  have  for  sale.  These  duties  are  farmed 
out  to  a  contractor,  who  in  1865,  the  year  when  the  last  revision  of  settlement 
took  place,  paid  for  the  privilege  Rs.  340,  a  sum  which  has  now  been  increased 
to  Rs.  429.  This  income  certainly  is  not  very  large,  but  as  the  market  is  a 
popular  one,  it  might,  beyond  a  doubt,  be  greatly  increased,  if  only  the  headmen 
would  recognize  the  obligation,  under  which  they  lie,  of  occasionally  devoting 
part  of  the  proceeds  to  local  improvements.  Up  to  the  present  time  they  have 
done  nothing  :  the  market  is  held  in  the  main  street,  which  is  so  densely  crowd- 
ed from  one  end  to  the  other  that  all  through  traffic  is  obstructed  ;  the  sar.ie  is 
too  small  to  accommodate  one-half  the  number  of  visitors,  and  there  is  no  separate 
yard  in  which  to  stall  horses  and  cattle  ;  the  clouds  of  dust  that  rise  from  the 
unmetalled  roadway  make  it  painful  to  see  and  breathe,  and  would  seriously 
damage  any  goods  of  better  quality  that  might  be  brought;  and,  in  addition  to 
all  this,  an  open  space  at  the  end  of  the  street,  where  the  crowd  is  the  very 
thickest,  has  been  selected  as  a  convenient  spot  for  depositine,-  all  the  sweepings 
of  the  town  till  they  are  carted  away  as  manure  for  the  fields.  Even  the  two 
substantial  masonry  wells  which  there  are  in  the  bazar  have  not  been  con- 
structed by  the  market  trustees,  but  are  the  gift  of  one  of  the  resident  shop- 
keepers. 

Another  market  is  held  on  Thursday,  but  exclusively  for  the  sale  of  cattle. 
A  considerable  amount  of  business  is  transacted,  though  the  animals  offered 
for  sale  are  generally  inferior  in  quality  to  those  brought  to  the  Kosi  market 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river.  Bajana  has  also  been  one  of  the  depots  for 
Government  stallions  since  1856,  when  the  establishment  was  transferred  here 
from  the  adjoining  village  of  Shankar-garhi,  at  Aligarh. 

The  two  pattis  of  Sultan  and  Dilu  are  watered  by  a  short  branch  of  the 
Ganges  Canal,  which  enters  the  district  at  the  village  of  Ahmad-pur,  and  passes 
also  through  Shankar-garhi.  In  Sin  Patti  (he  proprietary  shares  are  not 
reckoned  by  biswas  but  by  wells,  which,  whether  really  so  or  not,  are  put 
at  36  in  number.  The  jama  is  Rs.  3,400,  and  the  quota  of  each  '  well  '  is 
Rs.  96,  making  a  total  of  Rs.  3,456";  (lie  surplus  of  Rs.  56  going  to  the 
lumberdars.     Similarly,    in   Mat,   the   reckoning  is  by  ploughs  and   bulls;  a 


TARCANA   MA'T.  393 

plough  being  a  share  and  a  bull  half  a  share.  Dilu  Patti  has  two  hamlets, 
Murliya  Jawahir  and  Murliya  Badam  :  Sultan  Patti  five,  viz.,  Naya-bas,  I >:il- 
garhi,  Prahlad-garhi  (of  which  one  biswa  was  sold  18  years  ago  to  an  Athwa- 
riya),  Ajnot  and  Idal-garhi ;  and  Sin  Patti  three,  viz.,  Jareliya,  Maha-ram-garhi, 
and  Bhut-garhi.  At  the  time  of  the  mntiny  Umrao  Bahadur  was  proprietor  of 
2h  biswas  in  Dilu  Patti,  was  mortgagee  of  10  biswas  in  Thok  Badam  and  farmed 
as  much  of  Thok  Hira.  This  was  confiscated  with  the  rest  of  his  estates;  the  2£ 
biswas  were  conferred  on  Seth  Lakhmi  Chand,  the  other  parcels  of  land  have 
reverted  to  their  original  owners.  Half  of  Thok  Kamala  was  also  declared 
forfeit,  but  eventually  returned  on  payment  of  a  fine;  the  zamindars  having 
joined  in  the  assault  on  the  Fort  of  Noh-jhil.  One  of  the  number,  Klniba, 
who  had  been  specially  forward  in  attempting  the  life  of  the  Tahsildar,  Sukhvasi 
Lai,  died  in  jail  before  sentence.  The  Arazi  Kasht  Sultan  Patti  and  Arazi 
Dilu  Patti  are  lands  recovered  from  the  jhil  and  separately  assessed — the  one 
at  Rs.  90,  the  other  at  Rs.  152. 

Noh-jhil — population  2,674 — is  a  decayed  town,  30  miles  from  Mathura, 
which,  up  to  the  year  1860,  was  the  head  of  a  separate  tahsili  now  incorporated 
with  Mat.  The  original  proprietors  were  Chauhan  Thakurs,  who  were  expelled 
in  the  thirteenth  century  by  some  Jats  from  Narwari  near  Tappal,  and  others 
from  Jartuli  near  Khair,  in  the  Aligarh  District,  who  afterwards  acquired  the 
name  of  Nohwar,  and  at  the  present  time  are  further  distinguished  by  the  title 
of  Chaudhri.  They  brought  with  them  as  purohits  some  Gaur  Brahmans  of  the 
Phatak  clan,  who  received  various  grants  of  land,  and  at  the  last  settlement  their 
descendants  owned  15  biswas  of  the  township,  the  remaining  live  being  held  by 
Muhamtnadan  Shaikhs.  In  the  seventeenth  century  some  Biluchis  were  station- 
ed here  by  the  emperor,  for  the  express  purpose  of  overawing  the  Jats  ;  but 
their  occupation  did  not  last  above  80  years.  On  the  4th  of  June,  1857,  the 
Nohwar  Jats  of  the  place  with  their  kinsmen  from  the  neighbouring  villages  of 
Musmina  and  Parsoli  attacked  the  fort  and  plundered  all  the  inhabitants  except 
the  Brahmans,  with  whom,  as  above  shown,  they  had  an  hereditary  connection. 
The  lumberdar,  Ghaus  Muhammad,  was  killed,  and  all  the  Government  officials 
fled  to  the  village  of  Thera  by  Surir.  where  the  Malakana  zamindars  gave  them 
shelter,  and  in  acknowledgment  of  their  loyalty  subsequent  l\  received  a  dona- 
tion of  Rs.  151  and  a  remission  of  Rs.  100  on  the  yearly  jama,  which  still  con- 
tinues. The  estate  is  now  held  as  follows  :  12A-  biswas  by  the  Brahmans,  3|  by 
Shaikhs,  and  4^  biswas  of  alluvial  land  by  the  Seths.  This  latter  share  had 
been  purchased  at  auction  by  Umrao  Bahadur's  father,  and  was  confiscated  with 
the  rest  of  his   property.     Two  outlying   suburbs  are  called  respectively  Toli 

99 


304  PAROANA   MA'T. 

Shaikhan  and  Toli  Kh&dim-i-dargah.  The  Fort,  of  wliich  incidental  mention 
lias  been  already  made,  is  of  great  extent,  covering  31  bighas  of  land.  It  was 
rebuilt  about  the  year  1740  by  Thakur  Devi  Singh,  an  officer  in  the  service 
of  the  Bharat-pur  Raja.  It  is  now  all  in  ruins,  but  its  crumbling  bastions 
command  a  fine  view  of  the  extensive  lake  that  spreads  for  miles  beneath  it. 
Within  its  enclosure  is  the  old  tahsili,  built  in  1826,  now  converted  into  a 
police-station,  and  a  lofty  tower  erected  in  1836  for  the  purposes  of  the  Trigo- 
nometrical Survey  ;  ascent  is  impossible,  as  the  ladder  in  the  lower  story  was 
deslroyed  in  the  mutiny  and  has  not  been  replaced. 

Outside  the   town  is  a   Muhammadan   makbara  or  tomb,  called  the  dargah 
of  Makhdiim  Sahib  Shah  Hasan  Ghori,  traditionally   ascribed  to  a   Dor  Raja 
of   Kol  who  flourished  some  300   years    ago.     This   is    not    in  itself  impro- 
bable, for  about  that  time   all   the  Aligarh   Dors  became   converts  to  Islam.* 
The    buildings    are   now  in  a  dilapidated  condition,    but   include   a    covered 
colonnade  of  20  pillars   which  has   been   constructed   out    of  the  wreck   of  a 
Hindu   or   Buddhist   temple.     Each    shaft  is  a  single  piece  of  stone  5£  feet 
long,  and  is  surmounted  by  a  capital,   which  adds  an   additional  foot  to  the 
height.     The  latter  are  sculptured  with  grotesques,   of  which   the   one   most 
frequently  repeated  represents  a  squat  four-armed  monster,   who,  with  his  feet 
and  one  pair  of  hands  raised  above  his  head,  supports,  as  it  were,  the  weight  of 
the  architrave.     The  shafts,   though  almost  absolutely  plain,   are  characteristic 
specimens  of  an  eccentricity  of  Hindu  architecture.     (See  page  275.)    Several 
other  columns  have  been  built  up  into  the  roof ;    one  carved  in  low  relief  with 
several  groups  of  figures,  parted   from   one  another  by  bands  of  the  pattern 
known   as   the   '  Buddhist   railing,'    has    been   taken   out   and   transported    to 
Mathura.     The  statues  which  adorned  the  temple  have  probably  been  buried  under 
ground  ;  but  no  excavations  can  be  made,  as  the  place  is  used  for  Muhammadan 


*  When  Kol  was  finally  reduced  by  the  Muharouiadans  i  n  the  reign  of  Nasir-ul-din  Mahcnud 
(1246-12U5),  it  was  under  a  Dor  Kaja,  and  the  tower,  which  was  wantonly  destroyed  by  the  local 
authorities  in  1860,  is  supposed  to  have  been  erected  652A.H.  (1274A.D.)  on  the  site  of  the 
principal  temple  of  the  old  city.  Among  the  Hindus,  however,  the  tradition  is  somewhat  differ- 
ent ;  they  ascribe  it  to  the  Dor  Raja,  Manual  Sen,  who  gave  his  daughter  Padmavati  in  marriage 
to  the  heir  of  Kaja  Bhim  of  Mahrara  and  Etawa,  who  soon  after  his  accession  was  murdered  by 
his  younger  brothers.  The  widow  then  retired  to  Kol,  where  her  father  built  the  tower  for  her. 
At  Noh-khera  in  the  Jalesar  pargana  there  is  a  local  tradition  of  a  Kaja  Bhim,  and  possibly  the 
above  may  be  the  person  intended.  The  father  of  Mangal  Sen  was  Buddh  Sen,  who  transfer- 
red his  capital  from  Jalali  to  Kol.  He  was  the  son  of  Bijay  Kdin  (brother  of  Dasarath  Sinh,  who 
built  the  fort  at  Jalesar),  the  son  of  Nahar  Sinh,  who  built  the  Sambhal  fort,  the  son  of  Gobinl 
Sinh,  the  son  of  Mukuud  Sen,  the  son  of  Vikrama  Sen,  of  Baran,  now   called  Bulandshahr. 


PARGANA   MXT.  395 

interments.  The  saint's  urs  or  mela  is  held  on  the  14th  of  Ramazan,  anil  his 
tomb  is  visted  by  some  of  the  people  of  the  neighbourhood  every  Thursday 
evening.  There  was  an  endowment  of  300  bighas  of  land  and  a  yearly  pension 
of  Rs.  100,  but  the  latter  ceased  on  the  death  of  Makhduni  Bakhsh,  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  original  grantee,  and  the  land  was  settled  at  half  jama  (Rs.  80) 
in  1837.  In  the  bazar  are  a  small  mosque  and  two  temples  built  by  the 
Mahrattas.  The  proximity  of  the  jhil  renders  the  town  feverish  and  unhealthy, 
and  the  establishment  of  a  branch  dispensary  would  be  a  great  boon  to  the 
inhabitants. 

SuRfR — population  5,199 — by  its  position  the  natural  centre  of  the  pargana, 
is  a  small  town  on  the  high  road  half-way  between  Mat  and  Noh-jhil.  It  is  about 
a  mile  from  the  left  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  where  is  a  ferry  to  Bahta  on  the  opposite 
side.  It  is  said  to  have  been  called  at  one  time  Sugriv-khera,  after  the  name  of 
one  of  the  different  founders;  this  appellation  is  now  quite  obsolete,  but  it  explains 
the  origin  of  the  word  Surir,  which  is  thus  seen  to  be  a  contraction  for 
Sugriv-ra.  The  oldest  occupants  were  Kalars  (the  local  name,  as  it  would 
seem,  for  any  aboriginal  tribe),  who  were  expelled  by  Dhakaras,  and  these  again 
by  Raja  Jitpal.  a  Jaes  Thakur.  His  posterity  still  constitute  a  large  part  of 
the  population,  but  have  been  gradually  supplanted  in  much  of  the  proprietary 
estate  by  Bauiyas  and  Bairagis.  The  township  (jama  Rs.  9,619)  is  divided 
into  two  thoks,  called  Bija  and  Kahin  ;  and  there  are  11  subordinate  hamlets. 
Three  small  temples  are  dedicated  respectively  to  Mahadeva,  Lakshmi  .Narayan, 
and  Baladeva.  There  is  a  police  station,  a  primary  school,  and  a  weekly  market 
held  on  Monday.  At  the  time  of  the  mutinj-,  Lachhman,  the  lumberdar,  with 
11  others,  was  arrested  on  the  charge  of  being  concerned  in  the  disturbances 
that  took  place  at  the  neighbouring  village  of  Bhadanwiira,  in  which  the  zamin- 
d&r,  Kunvar  Dildar  Ali  Khan,  was  murdered,  his  wife  violated,  and  a  large 
mansion  that  he  was  then  building  totally  destroyed.  He  was  considerably  in 
the  debt  of  his  banker,  Nand  Ram  of  Raya,  who,  when  the  estate  was  put  up 
to  auction,  bought  it  in,  and  has  been  succeeded  as  proprietor  by  his  nephew 
Janaki  Prasad. 


V.-P  AR6ANA     M  A  II  A-B  A  N . 

The  Maha-ban  pargana  has  a  population  of  110,829  and  an  area  of  239 
square  miles.  It  forms  the  connecting  link  between  the  two  divisions  of  the 
district.  Its  western  half,  which  lies  along  the  bank  of  the  Jamuna,  forms 
part  of  the  Braj  Mandal,  and  closely  resembles  in  all  its  characteristics  the 
tracts  that  we  have  hitherto  been  describing  :  its  towns  are  places  of  consider- 
able interest,  but  the  land  is  poor  and  barren,  dotted  with  sandhills  and  inter- 
sected with  frequent  ravines.  To  the  east,  beyond  Baladeva,  the  country  is 
assimilated  to  the  rest  of  the  Doab ;  the  soil,  being  of  greater  productiveness, 
has  from  time  immemorial  been  exclusively  devoted  to  agricultural  purposes, 
and  thus  there  are  no  large  centres  of  population  nor  sites  of  historic  interest. 

In  area  and  subordination  the  pargana  has  undergone  several  changes  ; 
for  originally  it  formed  part  of  Aligarh,  and  then  for  some  years  recognized 
Sa'dabad  as  its  capital,  before  it  was  finally  constituted  a  member  of  the  dis- 
trict of  Mathura.  In  1861  it  made  over  to  Sa'dabad  some  few  villages  on  the 
border,  and  received  instead  the  whole  of  the  Raya  circle,  including  as  many 
as  eighty-nine  villages,  which  till  then  had  been  included  in  Mat;  together 
with  three  others,  Baltikri,  Birbal,  and  Sonkh,  which  were  detached  from 
Hathras.  A  glance  at  the  map  will  show  that  a  further  rectification  of  its 
boundary  line  to  the  north  is  still  most  desirable  ;  as  all  the  18  villages  of  the 
Ayra-khera  circle  occupy  a  narrow  tongue  of  land  that  runs  up  along  the 
Aligarh  border,  in  such  immediate  proximity  to  the  Mat  tahsil  that  they  would 
clearly  be  benefited  by  inclusion  in  Mat  jurisdiction. 

The  river  forms  the  boundary  of  the  pargana  to  the  south  as  well  as  the 
west,  and  in  the  lower  part  of  its  course  is  involved  in  such  a  series  of  sinuo- 
sities that  its  length  is  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  area  it  traverses,  and  thus 
necessitates  the  maintenance  of  no  less  than  eleven  crossing  places,  viz.,  the 
pontoon  bridge  at  the  city,  a  bridge  of  boats  at  Gokul,  and  ferries  at  Pani-ganw, 
Habib-pur  or  Basai,  Baroli,  Kanjauli,  Koila,  Tappa  Saiyid-pur,  Sehat,  Akos, 
and  Nera.  The  contracts  for  all  these,  excepting  the  one  at  Koila,  are  given 
in  the  Agra  district. 

Of  the  151,846  acres  that  form  the  total  area,  110,613  are  ordinarily 
under  cultivation.  The  crops  principally  grown  are  jodr,  bdjra  and  the  like 
on  57,000  acres;  wheat  and  barley  on  38,700;  cotton  on  8,000,  and  chana 
on  4,000.     Water-melons  are  also  raised  iu  large  quantities  on  the  river-sands  ; 


PABGANA   MAHA'-BAK.  397 

and  tho  long  grass  and  reeds,  produced  in  the  same  localities,  are  valuable  as 
materials  for  making  ropes,  mats,  and  articles  of  wicker-work. 

The  number  of  distinct  estates  is  216,  of  which  18  are  enjoyed  rent-free  by 
religious  persons  or  establishments,  and  89  are  in  the  hands  of  sole  proprietors, 
as  distinct  from  village  communities.  The  castes  that  muster  strongest  are  Jats 
and  Bn'ihmans,  who  together  constitute  one-half  of  the  entire  population.  The 
great  temples  at  Baladeva  and  Gokul,  though  they  have  also  endowments  in 
land,  derive  the  principal  part  of  their  income  from  the  voluntary  offerings  of 
pilgrims  and  devotees.  Of  secular  proprietors  the  wealthiest — as  in  most  other 
parts  of  the  country  now-a-days — are  novi  homines  of  the  baniya  class,  who  have 
laid  the  foundation  of  their  fortune  in  trade.  First  in  this  order  come  Mahi 
Lai  and  Janaki  Prasad  of  llaya.  Their  ancestor,  Nand  Ram,  was  a  petty 
trader  of  that  town,  who  realized  large  profits  by  the  sale  of  grain  in  the  famine 
of  1838.  In  partnership  with  him  was  his  brother,  Magni  Lai,  who,  having  no 
natural  heir,  adopted  his  sister's  grandson,  Janaki  Prasad.  In  1840  Nand  Ram 
died,  and  as  of  his  two  sons,  Mahi  Lai  and  Bhajan  Lai,  the  latter  was  already 
deceased,  leaving  issue,  Jamuna  Prasad  and  Manohar  Lai,  he  left  his  estate  in 
three  equal  shares,  the  one  to  his  son,  the  second  to  his  two  grandsons,  and 
the  third  to  his  adopted  nephew.  For  some  years  the  property  was  held  as  a 
joint  undivided  estate  ;  but  in  1866  an  agreement  was  executed  contituting  three 
estates  in  severalty  ;  Janaki  Pras&d's  share  being  the  village  of  Bhadanwara, 
Mahi  Lai's  that  of  Arua,  both  in  Mat  ;  and  Jamuna  Prasad  and  Manohar  Lai's, 
ten  smaller  villages  in  the  Maha-ban  pargana.  As  the  main  object  of  this  agree- 
ment was  simply  to  get  rid  of  Janaki  Prasad,  the  others  continued  to  hold  their 
two-thirds  of  the  original  estate  as  one  property.  But  after  a  time,  thinkinf 
that  the  discrepancy  between  recorded  rights  and  actual  possession  might  lead 
to  difficulties,  in  1870  they  executed  another  deed,  by  which  the  two  shares  were 
again  amalgamated.  This  joint  estate,  including  business  returns,  was  assessed 
for  purposes  of  the  income  tax,  as  yielding  an  annual  profit  of  Bs.  16,066  ; 
the  Maha-ban  villages,  in  which  they  are  the  largest  shareholders,  being  Acharu, 
Chura-Hansi,  Dhaku,  Gonga,  Nagal,  and  Thana  Amar  Sinh.  Some  misunder- 
standing having  subsequently  arisen,  the  uncle  and  nephew  have  again  divided 
their  joint  estate.  Their  kinsman  Janaki  Prasad,  in  addition  to  his  Mat  village 
of  Bhadanwara,  has  shares  in  Gainra,  Kakarari  and  15  other  villages  in  Maha- 
ban,  from  which  he  derives  a  net  income  of  Rs.  14,260. 

Of  much  the  same,  or  perhaps  rather  lower,  social  standing  are  a  family 
of  Sanadh  Brahrnans  at  Jagadis-pur,  money-lenders  by  profession,  who  are 

100 


398  PARGANA   MAHA'-BAN. 

gradually  consolidating  a  considerable  estate  out  of  lands  which  for  the  most  part 
they  first  held  only  in  mortgage.  The  head  of  the  firm  in  their  native  village, 
where  they  have  been  settled  for  many  generations,  is  by  name  Harideva,  with 
whom  is  associated  in  partnership  his  nephew,  Chunni  Lai,  son  of  a  deceased 
brother,  Isvari.  Besides  owning  three  parts  of  Jagadis  pur,  they  have  also  shares 
in  Daulat-pur,  Habib-pur,  Karab,  Kakarari,  Sahora,  Wairanf,  and  16  other 
villages,  producing  a  net  income  of  Rs  12,572.  A  brother  of  Harideva's,  by 
name  Piiran  Mall,  has  a  separate  estate,  being  part  proprietor  of  Bahadur-pur 
Itauli,  &c,  while  a  relative,  Baladeva,  living  at  Gokul,  has  a  further  income  of 
Rs.  13,311  derived  from  trade  and  lands  that  he  owns  at  Daghaita  and  Arhera 
in  the  Mathura  pargana.  This  latter's  father,  Param  Sukh,  was  the  brother 
of  Hira-mani,  Harideva's  father ;  and  it  was  their  father  Jawahir — nicknamed 
Kuleliya,  '  the  pedlar' — son  of  another  Harideva,  who  began  in  a  very  small 
way  to  form  a  nucleus  for  the  fortune  which  his  descendants  have  so  rapidly 
accumulated. 

The  Saiyids  of  Maha-ban  (see  page  13),  though  of  inferior  wealth,  have 
claims  to  a  more  ancient  and  honorable  pedigree.  They  have  a  joint  income 
of  Rs.  6,0X4,  drawn  chiefly  from  the  township  of  Maha-ban  and  the  villages  of 
Nagara  Bln'uu,  Gohar-pur,  Shahpur  Ghosna,  and  Narauli:  but  the  shareholders 
are  so  numerous  that  no  one  of  them  is  in  affluent  circumstances. 

The  Pachhauris  of  Gokharauli  have  a  joint  income  estimated  at  Rs.  10,695. 
The  most  prominent  person  among  them  is  Kalyan  Sinh,  and  the  actual 
head  of  the  family,  the  Thakunini  Pran  Kunvvar,  his  cousin  Bakht iwar  Sinh's 
widow,  has  adopted  one  of  his  sons,  by  name  Ram  Chand.  They  trace  their 
descent  from  one  Bhiipat  Sinh  of  Savaran-khera  in  the  small  central  India  state 
of  Bhadaura,  who  came  from  thence  to  settle  at  Satoha — a  village  between 
Mathura  and  Gobardhan.  There  he  died  and  also  his  son,  Parasu-r&m  Sinh  ; 
but  the  grandson,  Piiran  Chand,  removed  to  Gokharauli,  where  he  acquired 
large  possessions  in  the  time  of  the  Mahrattas.  At  the  present  day  there  is 
not  a  single  village  in  the  old  pargana  of  Maha-ban,  in  which  his  descendants 
bave  not  some  share,  though  it  may  often  be  a  small  one.  In  several  they  are 
sole  proprietors,  and  they  have  other  estates  in  the  Agra  district.  At  the  out- 
break of  the  mutiny,  the  fort  of  Gokharauli  was  surprised  and  taken  in  the 
absence  of  the  head  of  the  family,  Ballabh  Sinh,  grandson  of  Piiran  Chand. 
It  was,  however,  soon  after  recovered  by  him  and  his  cousin,  Kalyan  Sinh,  the 
Risnldar  Major  in  the  17th  Regiment ;  and  their  great  local  influence  further 
enabled  them  to  raise  a  large  body  of  volunteers  in  pursuit  of  the  rebel  army. 
When  the  disturbances  were  over,   Ballabh  Sinh   was   appointed  tahsildar  of 


PARGANA    MAHA'-BAN. 


399 


Kosi,  but  he  soon  threw  up  the  appointment,  as  he  had  no  taste  for  office  work, 
and  his  private  property  required  superintendence.  As  Pran  Kunwar's  adoption 
of  a  son  has  given  rise  to  much  litigation  on  the  part  of  the  rival  claimants  to 
the  inheritance,  it  may  be  of  use  to  add  a  genealogical  table  showing  clearly 
the  degrees  of  relationship  : — 

BHtlFAT    SlNH, 

(of  Sararan-khera  in  Bhadaura  ;  came  from  there  and  Bottled  at  Satoha.) 

Parasu-ram  Sinh,  of  Satoha. 

I 
Puran-chand,  of    Gokharauli. 


Giri''har  Sinh, 
of  Bhadaura. 


Mnkund  Sinh, 
of  Gokharauli. 


Bansidhar. 


Gobind  Ram,  tahsildai 
of  Sikandra  Rao. 


Ballabh  Sinh, 

talisi Id ;ir  of 
Kosi,  died  b.  p. 


Bakhtawar  Sinh  =  Pran  Kunwar, 
of  'ookharauli         present  head 
died  b.  p.  of  the  family. 


Gujar  Mall. 


1   Har  Prasad  KalyanSinh, 

■1  Lai  its  Prasad         of  Gokharauli. 
3  J  am  una  PraBad 


| 
Ram-chand,  adopted  by  Priin  Kunwar. 


Beyond  the  three  towns  of  Gokul,  Maha-ban,  and  Baladeva,  which  have 
already  been  fully  described,  the  only  other  places  in  the  pargana  which  require 
more  than  the  most  cursory  notice  are  the  four  great  centres  of  Jat  colonization, 
whose  history  involves  that  of  all  the  villages  subordinate  to  them. 

Ayra-kherA,  an  old  township  with  no  arable  land  attached  to  it,  is  popu- 
larly said  to  be  the  mother  of  360  villages.  It  is  still  the  recoguized  centre  of 
eighteen  which  are  as  follows  :— Ayra  (or  Era),  Baron,  Bhankarpur,  Bhura, 
Bibavali,  Bindu  Buh'iki,  Birabna,  Birbal,  Gainra,  Gaju,  Kakarari,  Lalpur, 
Manina  Balu,  Misri,  Nim-ganw,  Piri,  Sabali,  and  Sampat  Jogi.  The  founder 
is  said  to  have  been  a  Pramar  Thakur,  by  name  Nain  Sen,  who  himself  came 
from  Daharua,  another  village  in  this  pargana,  but  whose  ancestors  had  migrated 
from  Dhar  in  the  Dakhan,  the  Raja  of  which  state  is  still  a  Pramar  and  of  a 
very  ancient  family.  He  had  four  sons,  whose  names  are  given  as  Rompa  (or 
Rupa),  Sikhan,  Birahna,  and  Inchraj,  and  among  them  he  portioned  out  his 
new  settlement.  They  again  had  each  issue,  viz.,  Rupa  five  sons,  the  founders 
of  the  five  northern  villages,  Bindu-Bulaki,  Nim-ganw,  Piri,  Bibavali,  and 
Bhura  ;  Sikhan  four  sons,  who  settled  the  four  villages  to  the  south-west, 
Kakarari,  Birahna,  Baron,  and  Gainra  ;  Birahna  five  sons,  who  founded  the 
five  villages  to  the  east,  Sabali,  Birbal,  Era,  Misri,  and  Gaju ;  and  Inchraj  four 


400  PARGANA   MAIlX-BAN. 

sons,  who  founded  the  four  villages  to  the  north-west,  Manina  Balu,  Bhankar- 
pur,  Lalpur,  and  Sampat  Jogi.  The  bazar  is  considered  the  joint  property  of 
Riipa's  descendants,  and  their  permission  is  necessary  before  any  new  shop  can 
be  built  in  it.  The  market,  which  is  held  on  a  spot  close  to  the  bazar,  twice  a 
week,  Wednesday  and  Saturday,  is  the  property  of  the  zamindars  of  the  four 
villages  founded  by  Sikhan's  sons,  who  give  it  out  on  contract  for  about  Rs.  50 
a  year  to  four  baniyas,  who  take  a  weighing  fee  from  every  purchaser,  six 
chhatanks  in  each  rupee's  worth  of  grain.  The  land  is  occupied  almost  exclu- 
sively by  the  Jat  community,  with  the  exception  of  Lalpur,  which  is  held  by 
Brahmans,  the  descendants  of  the  founder's  purohit,  who  belong  to  the  Sanadh 
clan.  Adjoiuing  the  village  there  is  a  small  piece  of  woodland,  20  bighas  4 
biswas  in  extent,  held  rent-free  by  some  bairagis,  which  is  called  Niwari,  i.e., 
Nimwari.  It  makes  a  convenient  place  to  camp  in,  being  enclosed  iu  a  belt  of 
fine  old  nim  and  pdpri  trees,  with  a  solitary  imli  and  a  number  of  pasendu  and 
haril  bushes  in  the  centre.  This  is  accounted  part  of  Lalpur.  The  school  has 
an  attendance  of  about  GO  boys.  The  older  occupants  of  the  place,  whom  Nain 
Sen  dispossessed,  are  said  to  have  been  Kalars,  whatever  may  be  the  tribe 
intended  by  that  ambiguous  term.  His  brethren,  whom  he  left  behind  at 
Daharua,  all  became  Muhammadans,  and  it  may  be  presumed  that  it  was  his 
obstinate  adherence  to  the  faith  of  his  fathers,  which  made  it  necessary  for  him 
to  emigrate.  The  event  therefore  cannot  be  referred  to  any  very  early  period. 
Though  himself  a  Thakur,  it  is  curious  to  observe  that  his  descendants  for  very 
many  generations  past  have  been  reckoned  as  Jats  of  the  Godha  sub-division. 
This  they  explain  by  saying  that  the  new  settlers,  being  unable  to  secure  any 
better  alliances,  intermarried  with  Jat  women  from  Karil  in  the  Aligarh  dis- 
trict, and  the  children  followed  the  caste  of  their  mothers.  There  is  a  general 
meeting  for  all  the  members  of  the  clan  at  the  festival  of  the  Phiil  Dol,  which 
is  held  Chait  badi  5. 

At  Bhiira,  which  is  one  of  the  18  villages,  is  an  old  brick-strewn  khera, 
locally  ascribed  to  the  Kalars.  Wells  have  been  sunk  all  over  it  for  the  pur- 
pose of  irrigating  the  adjoining  fields,  but,  so  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  no 
antiquities  have  ever  turned  up.  On  the  top  is  a  cairn,  marking  the  grave  of 
some  Saiyid,  name  unknown.  The  soil  is  so  sandy  that  a  well  anywhere  except 
on  the  khera  falls  in  as  soon  as  dug,  unless  protected  by  a  masonry  cylinder. 
For  the  convenience  of  revenue  officials  the  whole  of  the  Ayra-khera  circle  has 
been  divided  into  18  groups,  and  each  group  is  entered  in  the  records  under 
the  name  of  some  one  of  its  constituent  homesteads,  which  is  accounted  the 
village  and  the  others  its  hamlets.     But,  on  the  spot,  each  bears  its  own  name, 


PARGANA   MAHX-BAN.  401 

and  as  they  all  lie  very  close  together  and  arc  pretty  nearly  the  same  size  ami 
have  the  same  general  features,  being  all  occupied  by  members  of  the  same 
clan,  the  effect  upon  a  ehanee  visitor  is  a  little  bewildering.  Neither  do  the 
fields  of  one  hamlet  all  lie  together,  but  are  intermingled  with  those  of  several 
others.  The  tract  however  is  well-wooded  with  babul  trees  dotted  about  the 
borders  of  the  fields  and  frequent  small  mango  orchards.  It  is  also  well-culti- 
vated, the  only  bits  of  waste  being  the  Bairagis'  hermitages,  green  little  nooks, 
the  last  remnants  of  the  original  jungle. 

Xk-Khera  is  said  to  have  been  the  parent  of  twenty-eight  villages,  eleven 
of  which  are  still  grouped  together  under  the  collective  name  of  the  taluka  Ar 
Lashkarpur.  They  are  as  follows  :• — Bansa,  Basar-Bhikhandi,  Bir  Aliahad, 
Gurera,  Khalana,  Khajdri,  Nigora,  Nonera,  Favesara,  Polua,  and  Sujanpnr. 
The  last  of  these,  with  an  area  of  243  acres,  is  uninhabited  and  is  owned  by  the 
Jat  Raja  of  Mursiin.  The  Kb  era  itself  has  been  deserted  for  very  many  years 
past,  and  though  a  mela  in  honour  of  Barahi  Devi  is  held  there  twice  a  year, 
even  the  goddess  does  not  remain  permanently  ou  the  spot,  but  is  merely 
brought  over  for  the  occasion. 

Madem. — This  is  a  circle  of  five  villages  occupied  by  Jits  of  the  Dangri 
sub-division.  Their  ancestor,  by  name  Kapiir,  is  said  to  have  been  a  Sissodiya 
Thakur  from  Jaitai  in  the  Sa'dabad  pargana,  but  originally  from  Chitor,  whose 
five  sons,  Chhikara,  Bhojua,  Jagatiya,  Nauranga,  and  Ransingha,  founded  the 
villages  that  still  bear  their  names.  In  consequence  of  their  laxity  in  allowing 
widow  re-marriago  they  lost  caste  and  from  Thakurs  became  Jats.  The  older 
occupants  of  the  locality  are  represented  to  have  been  Kalars.  Chhikara  and 
Ransingha  now  form  the -central  settlement.  At  the  styar,  or  shrine  of  the 
goddess  of  small-pox,  who  is  specially  worshipped  once  a  year  in  the  month  of 
Asarh,  I  noticed  a  small  figure  apparently  Jain,  which  slightly  confirms  my 
yiew  that  Kalar  is  the  local  name  for  the  older  followers  of  that  faith. 

Rata — population  2,752 — is  a  small  town  on  the  Aligarh  road,  seven  miles 
from  Matlmra,  and  the  first  station  on  the  Light  Railway  from  that  city  to 
Hathras.  It  has  no  arable  land  of  its  own,  but  is  the  recognised  centre  of  as 
many  as  twentv-one  Jat  villages  which  were  founded  from  it.  These  are  as 
follows  :— (1)  Nagal,  (2)  Gonga,  (3)  Suraj,  (4)  Dhabi,  (5)  Aeharu,  (li)  Bhain- 
sara,  (7)  Siyara,  (8)  Banan,  (9)  Pararari,  (10)  Saras,  (11)  Tirwa,  (12)  Kharwa, 
(13)  Narwa  Hansi,  (14)  Thana  Amar  Sinh,  (15)  Saur,  (16)  Pokhar  Hirday, 
(17)  Malhai,  (18)  Khairari,  (10)  Bhima,  (20)  Koil,  and  (21)  Chora  Hansi. 
The  first  fourteen  of  these  are  the  older  settlements  and  are  called  the  chaudah 

101 


402  PAROANA    MAHA'-EAN. 

taraf ;  the  other  seven  are  subsequent  offshoots.  The  town  is  said  to  derive 
its  name  from  its  founder  Rao  Sen,  who  is  regarded  as  the  ancestor  of  all  the 
Jats  of  the  Godha  clan.  There  is  an  old  mud  fort  ascribed  originally  to  one 
Jamsher  Beg,  but  rebuilt  in  the  time  of  Thakur  Daya  Earn  of  Hathras.  The 
principal  residents  are  now  Janaki  Prasad,  Jamuna  Prasad,  and  Main  Lai,  of 
whom  mention  has  been  already  made.  A  Bairagi  of  the  Nimbarak  persuasion 
by  name  Harnam  Das,  enjoys  a  considerable  reputation  as  a  Pandit.  There  is 
a  large  orchard  of  mango  and  Jaman  trees,  twenty-three  bighas  in  extent, 
planted  by  Sri  Kishan  Das,  Baniya,  whose  son,  Jugal  Kishor,  has  also  one  of 
the  two  Indigo  factories  in  the  town  ;  the  other  belonged  to  the  late  Mr.  Saun- 
ders. There  is  also  a  smaller  orchard  in  the  possession  of  a  Bairagi  by  name 
Rup  Das.  At  the  back  of  the  police-station  is  a  pond  called  Khema-ra,  after 
the  man  who  had  it  dug,  aud  on  the  Mat  road,  near  a  Thakur-dwara,  another 
called  Rawa,  probably  after  the  founder  Rae  Sen.  Market  days  are  Monday 
and  Friday.  The  town  is  administered  under  Act  XX.  of  l«o(i,  and  section  34 
of  Act  V.  of  1861  is  also  in  force.  The  line  of  railway  has  been  constructed 
along  the  side  of  the  road,  and,  as  at  first  laid,  crossed  and  re-crossed  it  so  fre- 
quently that  all  road  traffic  would  have  been  greatly  impeded.  This  defect 
was  subsequently  remedied,  and  there  are  now  only  three  crossings  in  its  entire 
length  of  29  miles  ;  but  the  fine  avenue  of  trees  has  been  terribly  cut  up. 

SoNAl — population  2,393 — is  a  township  on  the  Hathras  road  which,  like 
Raya,  finds  noplace  in  the  Revenue  Records,  being  there  represented  by  its  eight 
dependent  villages.  These  are  Thok  Bindavani,  Jhok  Gyan,  Thok  Kamal  (better 
known  asKhojua),  Thok  Saru,  Thok  Sutnera,  Bhurari,  Nagara  Bari  and  Nagara 
Jangali.  The  Begam  Umrao  Shah  in  1772  built  a  fort  here,  which  in  1SU3  was 
held  by  Thakur  Daya  Ram,  of  Hathras,  and  for  some  years  subsequentl}'  was 
used  as  a  tahsili.  Not  a  vestige  now  remains  of  the  old  buildings,  which  were 
pulled  down  and  the  materials  used  for  the  construction  of  the  new  police-station. 
The  site  is  well  raised  and  commands  an  extensive  view.  I  would  have  built  a 
school  upon  it,  but  it  was  represented  that  the  children  would  be  afraid  of 
ghosts.  The  sarae  was  constructed  in  the  time  of  Tahsildar  Zahiir  Ali  Khan, 
one  of  the  Lai  Khani  family,  seated  in  the  Bulandshahr  district.  Market 
davs  are  Sunday  aud  Thursday. 


VI.— P  ARGANA    S  A  '  D  A  B  X  D  . 

The  pargana  of  Sa'dabad  is  bounded  by  the  districts  of  Aligarh  and  Agra 
to  the  north  and  south,  Eta  to  the  east,  and  the  Hathura  pargana  of  Maha- 
ban  to  the  west.  It  has  a  population  of  89,217  and  an  area  of  115,498  acres, 
divided  into  131  separate  estates,  of  which  52  are  held  by  sole  proprietors  and 
the  remainder  by  communities  of  shareholders.  Though  water  is  ordinarily 
found  onlv  at  the  considerable  depth  of  30  feet  below  the  surface  and  is  often 
brackish,  most  of  the  land  is  of  excellent  quality,  yielding  a  good  return  on 
every  species  of  agricultural  produce;  barley,  cotton,  jodr,  and  arhar  being 
the  principal  crops,  with  a  considerable  amount  also  of  hemp  and  indigo.  The 
predominant  classes  are  Jats  and  Brahmans,  who  together  constitute  nearly  one 
half  of  the  total  population.  At  the  beginning  of  the  century,  Raja  Bhagavant 
Sinh  of  Mursan  was  one  of  the  largest  landed  proprietors  ;  but  the  estate  in 
Sa'dabad  held  by  the  present  Raja  consists  only  of  the  villages  of  Bhurka, 
Jhagarari,  and  Nagara  Ghariba,  which  yield  an  annual  income  of  Rs.  3,000. 
Another  local  magnate  of  great  importance  at  the  same  period  was  also  a  Jat 
by  caste,  Thakur  Kushal  Sinh,  the  brother-in-law  of  Durjan  Sal,  the  usurper 
of  the  throne  of  Bharat-pur.  His  estates,  some  10  or  11  villages  lying  round 
about  Mahrara,  now  on  the  line  of  Railway,  were  all  confiscated  at  the  close  of 
the  war,  when  a  settlement  was  made  with  the  former  proprietors  and  some 
of  the  hereditary  cultivators.  At  present  the  principal  people  in  the  pargana 
are  the  Muhammadan  family  seated  at  the  town  of  Sa'dabad,  at  whose  head 
is  the  Thakurani  Hakim -un-Nissa,  the  widow  of  Kunwar  Husain  Ali  Khan. 
(See  page  20). 

The  remaining  large  landowners  are  of  a  different  stamp,  being  nouveaux 
riches,  who  have  acquired  whatever  wealth  they  possess  within  the  last  few  years 
by  the  practice  of  trade  and  usury.  The  most  prominent  members  of  this  class 
are — 1st,  Sri  Ram,  Bohra,  son  of  Madari  Lai,  Brahman,  of  Salai-pur,  who  returns 
his  net  income  at  Rs.  15,500,  derived  from  shares  in  20  different  villages  ;  2nd, 
Mittra  Sen,  a  Baniya  of  Hathras,  who  has  an  income  of  Rs.  12,125,  arising 
from  lands  in  Mirhavali,  Samad-pur,  and  four  other  places ;  and  3rd,  Thakur 
Das  and  Sita  Ram,  the  sons  of  Jay  Gopal,  Dhiisar,  who  enjoy  an  income  of 
Rs  12, llli,  from  Jatoi,  Kiipa,  Nagara  Dali  aud  shares  in  11  other  villages. 
Most  of  the  indigo  factories  are  branches  of  the  Chotua  concern,  a  firm  which 
lias  its  head-quarters  near  Sonai,  in  the  Hathras  pargana.  Mr.  John  O'Brien 
Saunders,  of  the  Englishman,  was  the  senior  partner:  he  died  in  1879. 


404  PARGANA    SA'DABA'D. 

Strictly  speaking,  there  is  not  in  the  whole  of  Sa 'da had  a  single  town  :*  for 
even  the  capital  is  merely  a  largish  village  with  a  population  of  3,295.     It  was 
founded   by   a  character  of  considerable  historical  eminence,  Vazir  Sa'dullah 
Khan  —the  minister  of  the  Emperor  Shahjahan — who  died  in  1G55,  three  years 
before    the  accession    of  Aurangzeh.     For  some  time  after  the  annexation  of 
1803,  it  continued  to  be  recognized  as  the  capital  of  a  very  extensive  district, 
which  had  the  Jamuna  as   its  western  boundary  and   comprised   the   parganas 
of   Jalesar,    Mat,    Noh-jhil,   Maha-ban,  Baya,  Khandauli,   Sikandra  Rao  and 
Firozabad,  in  addition  to  the  one  named  after  itself.     This   arrangment  existed 
till  1832,  when  the  Mathura  District  was  formed  and  absorbed  the  whole  of  the 
Ba'dahad  circle,  with  the  exception  of  Sikandra  Rao,  which  was  attached  to  Aligarh, 
and  Firozabad  and  Khandauli,  which  compensated  Agra  for  the  loss  of  Mathura. 
If  the  size  of  the  place  had  accorded  in  the  least  with  its  natural  advantages, 
it  would   have   been  impossible  to  find  a  more  convenient  and  accessible  local 
centre  ;  as  it  stands  on  a  small  stream,  called  the  Jharna,  which  facilitates  both 
drainage  and  irrigation,  and  it  is  also  at  the  junction  of  four  important  high 
roads.     Of  these,  one  runs  straight  to  Mathura,  a  distance  of  24  miles  ;  another 
to  the  Railway  Station  at  Manik-pur,  which  is  nine  miles  off ;  while  the  remain- 
ing two  connect  it  with  the  towns  of  Agra  and  Aligarh.     The  TahsSli,  which 
occupies  the  site  of  a  Fort  of  the  Gosain  Himmat  Bahadur's,   is  a  small  but 
substantial  building,  with  a  deep  fosse  and  pierced  and  battlemented  walls.     As 
it  has  the  advantage  of  occupying  an  elevated  position,  and  is  supplied  with  a 
good  masonry  well  in  the  court-yard,  it  might  in  case  of  emergency   be  found 
capable  of  standing  a  siege.     There  is  in  the  main  street  a  largish  temple  with 
an  architectural  facade  ;  but  the  most  conspicuous   building  in  the  town  is  a 
glittering  white  mosque,  erected  by  the  late  Kuuwar  Irshad  Ali  Khan,  near  his 
private   residence.     There  are  two  other  small  mosques  ;  one  built  by  Ahmad 
Ali  Khan,  Tahsildar,  the  other  ascribed  to  the  Vazir,   from  whom   the  place 
derives  its  name.      The  zamindari  estate  was  at  one  time  divided  between 
Brahmans,    Jats,   and   Gahlots,    of  whom   only  the   former  now   retain   part 


*  As  an  il lustrat ion  of  the  curious  want  of  perspective,  which  characterizes  all  Dr.  Hunter's 
notices  of  this  district  in  his  Imperial  Gazetteer,  I  observe  that  while  he  totally  omits  the 
towns  of  Baladeva,  Barsana  and  Nandganw,  giveB  six  lines  to  Gokul  and  barely  half  a  page  to 
Brinda-ban,  he  devotes  special  paragraphs  to  two  places  \n  this  Sa'dabSd  pargana,  vu.,  Bisawar 
and  Kursauda,  which  even  in  a  book  like  the  present  devoted  exclusively  to  one  particular 
district,  I  can  find  nothing  to  say  about,  except  that  Dr.  Hunter  has  mentioned  them.  They 
are  not  towns,  nor  even  villages,  but  simply  two  groups  of  scattered  and  utterly  insignificant 
agricultural  h;imlets,  which  for  convenience  of  revenue  purposes  have  been  thrown  together 
uudc-r  collective  names. 


PARGANA   SA'nABA'D.  405 

possession,  the  remainder  of  the  land  having  been  transferred  to  Muhammadana 
and  Baniyas.  The  town  is  not  large  enough  to  form  a  municipality,  but  is 
administered  under  Act  XX.  of  1856.  The  principal  meld  is  the  Ram  Lila, 
started  only  40  years  ago  by  Pachauri  Mukund  Sinh,  when  Tahsildar.  The 
oldest  temples  are  two  in  honour  of  Mahadeva,  one  of  Hanuman,  and  a  fourth 
founded  by  Daulat  Rao,  Sindhia,  dedicated  to  Murli  Manohar.  In  the  mutiny 
the  place  was  attacked  by  the  Jats,  and  seven  lives  were  lost  before  they  could 
be  repulsed.  A  Thakur  of  Hatkras,  by  name  Samant  Sinh,  who  led  the  defence, 
subsequently  had  a  grant  of  a  village  in  Aligarh,  while  two  of  the  Jat  ringleaders, 
Zalim  and  Deokaran  of  Kursanda,  were  hanged. 

Immediately  opposite  the  road  that  branches  off  to  Jalesar  is  a  neat  little 
rest-house  for  the  accommodation  of  the  officers  of  the  Public  Works  Depart- 
ment ;  and  about  half  a  mile  from  the  town  on  the  Agra  side  is  a  large  and 
commodious  bungalow  of  the  Kunwar's,  which  is  always  placed  at  the  disposal 
of  his  English  friends.  It  is  surrounded  by  extensive  mango  groves,  and 
attached  to  it  is  a  spacious  garden,  very  prettily  laid  out  and  well-kept,  contain- 
ing many  choice  varieties  of  trees,  flowers,  and  creepers. 

Sahpau  (probably  for  Sah-pura) — population  3,635 — is  the  largest  village 
in  the  pargana,  a  little  off  the  Sa'dabad  and  Jalesar  road,  and  close  to  the  Manik- 
pur  Railway  Station.  The  Thakur  zamindars  are  Gahlots,  who  trace  their 
descent  from  Chitor,  and  say  that  at  one  time  they  had  as  many  as  52  villages 
in  this  neighbourhood.  The  elder  branch  of  the  family,  as  at  Sahpau,  Kukar- 
gama,  Isaunda,  &c,  take  to  themselves  the  title  of  Sah  ;  the  second,  as  at  Tehu  in 
Jalesar,  that  of  Chaudhari ;  and  the  youngest,  that  of  Rao.  Thakur  Buddh  Sinh 
of  Umargarh  now  owns  5  bis  was  of  the  estate,  purchased  by  his  father,  Thakur 
Tikam  Sinh;  Bindaban  Sah  is  lumberdar  of  other  10,  and  Jhaman  Sah  of  the 
remaining  5.  But  out  of  these  15  biswas,  Chunni  Kuar,  wife  of  Panna  Lai, 
baniya,  has  acquired  7-J  viz.,  5  of  Bindaban's  and  2^  of  Jhaman's.  Two 
families  of  Sauadh  Brahmans  have  long  enjoyed  a  malikana  of  Rs.  175,  payable 
in  four  shares,  two  of  Rs.  62-8-0  and  two  of  Rs.  25  each,  but  the  liability  to 
further  payment  is  now  disputed  by  the  proprietors,  since  one  share  has  been  sold 
and  another  mortgaged  to  a  baniya,  by  name  Bidhi-chand.  There  are  5  ham- 
lets, called  Sukh-ram,  Badama,  Tika  Ram,  Kushali,  and  Mewa.  The  Banivas 
are  all  either  Baraseni  Vaishnavas,  or  Jaeswar  Saraugis.  The  latter  say  that 
they  came  from  Chitor  with  the  Thakurs.  They  have  a  modern  temple  dedicated 
to  Nem-nath,  where  a  festival  is  held  in  the  mouth  of  Bhadon.  It  stands  imme- 
diately under  the  site  of  the  old  fort,  which  is  well  raised  aud  occupies  an  area 

102 


406  PARGANA   SA'DABA'D. 

of  13  bighas.  It  has  yielded  a  large  supply  of  massive  slabs  of  block  kankar, 
which  have  served  as  materials  for  constructing  the  basement  story  of  several 
of  the  houses  in  the  bazar.  Some  late  Jaini  sculptures,  representing  each  a  cen- 
tral seated  figure  with  minor  accessories,  have  also  been  exhumed  ;  I  removed 
to  Mathura  and  placed  in  the  museum  there  one  of  the  most  characteristic. 
Outside  the  town  near  Panna  Lai's  indigo  factory  is  a  raised  terrace,  now  sacred 
to  Bhadra  Kali  Mata,  which  also  is  partly  constructed  of  kankar  blocks,  and  on 
the  top  of  it  are  placed  a  great  number  of  late  Jaini  figures  with  part  of  the 
large  Sinhdsan  on  which  the  principal  idol  had  been  seated.  Here  a  buffalo  is 
offered  in  sacrifice  at  the  Dasahara  festival.  In  the  suburbs  of  the  town  are 
some  12  or  13  mango  orchards  with  small  temples  and  Bairagis'  cells,  and  in  a 
field  by  itself  a  large  square  domed  building,  of  more  architectural  pretensions, 
which  commemorates  a  Thakur  window's  self-immolation.  The  lower  part  of 
the  walls  at  each  of  the  four  corners  has  been  almost  dug  through  for  the  sake 
of  the  bricks,  and  unless  repaired  the  whole  must  shortly  fall.  The  town  is 
administered  under  Act  XX.  of  185(3. 


APPENDIX    A. 

Caste  :  its  Origin  and  Development. 

Indian  caste  is  ordinarily  regarded  as  an  institution  sui  generis,  which 
must  be  accepted  as  a  potent  social  influence,  but  cannot  be  explained  either  by 
parallel  facts  in  other  countries  or  by  an  enquiry  into  its  own  development, 
since  that  is  buried  in  tho  depth  of  pre-historic  antiquity.  Such  an  opinion  is 
not  altogether  well-founded,  for — whatever  may  be  thought  as  to  the  similarity 
between  the  restrictions  imposed  by  caste  in  India  and  by  other  artificial 
contrivances  in  Europe — it  is  certain  that  though  the  broadly-marked  separa- 
tion of  the  Brahman  from  the  Thakur  dates  from  an  extremely  remote  period, 
the  formation  of  subordinate  castes  is  a  process  which  continues  in  full  opera- 
tion to  the  present  day  and  admits  of  direct  observation  in  all  its  stages.  The 
course  of  Indian  tradition  is  to  all  appearance  unbroken,  and  until  some  breach 
of  continuity  is  clearly  proved,  the  modern  practice  must  be  acknowledged 
as  the  legitimate  development  of  the  primary  idea. 

It  is  nothing  strange  that  the  Hindus  themselves  should  fail  to  give  any 
reasonable  explanation  of  the  matter  ;  since  not  only  are  they  restricted  by 
religious  dogma,  but  every  society  is  naturally  as  blind  to  the  phenomena  of 
its  own  existence  as  the  individual  man  is  unconscious  of  his  daily  physical 
growth.  On  the  other  hand,  European  outsiders,  who  might  be  expected  to 
record  simple  facts  with  the  accuracy  of  impartial  observers,  are  misled  by  the 
prejudices  which  they  have  inherited  from  the  early  investigators  of  Oriental 
literature. 

The  Code  of  Mann  was  among  the  first,  if  not  the  very  first  Sanskrit 
didactic  work  of  any  importance  made  known  to  the  world  at  large  through  the 
medium  of  a  translation.  At  that  time  it  was  unhesitatingly  accepted  as  the 
ultimate  authority  on  all  the  subjects  of  which  it  treated,  and  hence  the  fourfold 
division  of  Hindu  society  into  Brahman,  Kshatriya,  Vaisya  and  Sudra  was  uni- 
versally recognized  as  an  absolute  fact.  The  later  discovery  of  the  Vedas,  and 
the  vast  reach  of  antiquity  which  opened  out  upon  their  interpretation,  made 
the  Manava  Dharma  Sastra  appear  a  comparatively  modern  production.  The 
explanations,  which  it  gives  of  phenomena  dating  back  in  their  origin  to  the 
remotest  past,  can  only  be  regarded  as  theories,  not  as  positive  verities  ;  while, 
again,  the  vast  range  of  later  Sanskrit  literature,  which  has  now  become  avail- 
able to  the  student,  affords  a  test  of  its  accuracy  in  the  descriptions  which  it  gives 


408  INDIAN   CASTE. 

of  contemporary  society.  Impartially  judged  by  either  standard,  the  authority 
of  the  Code  will  be  found  materially  shaken.  Its  theories  of  origin  are  as 
devoid  of  Vedic  confirmation  as  its  pictures  of  existent  society  are  irreconcilable 
with  the  testimony  of  all  independent  literature,  whatever  the  age  in  which  it 
was  produced.  If  such  a  clearly  defined  fourfold  division  ever  existed,  how 
happens  it  that  one-half  of  the  division  remains  in  full  force  to  the  present  day 
while  the  other  moiety  has  sunk  into  absolute  oblivion?  The  Brahmanica] 
order  is  still  a  living  entity,  and  the  Kshatriya  is  adequately  represented 
in  modern  speech  by  the  word  Thakur,  or  Rajput,  while  the  Vaisya  and  Siidra 
have  so  completely  disappeared — both  in  name  and  fact — that  an  unlettered 
Hindu  will  neither  understand  the  words  when  he  hears  them,  nor  recognize 
the  classes  implied  when  their  meaning  is  explained  to  him. 

And  not  only  is  this  the  case  in  the  present  day,  but  it  appears  to  have 
been  so  all  along.  In  the  great  epic  poems,  in  the  dramas,  and  the  whole 
range  of  miscellaneous  literature,  the  sacerdotal  and  military  classes  are  every- 
where recognized,  and  mention  of  them  crops  up  involuntarily  in  every  fami- 
liar narrative.  But  with  Vaisya  and  Sudra  it  is  far  different.  These  words 
(I  speak  under  correction)  never  occur  as  caste  names,  except  with  deliberate 
reference  to  the  Manava  ('ode.  They  might  be  expunged  both  from  the  Rama- 
vana  and  the  Mahabharat  without  impairing  the  integrity  of  either  composi- 
tion. Only  a  few  moral  discourses,  which  are  unquestionably  late  Brahmani- 
cal  interpolations,  and  one  entire  episodiacal  narrative,  would  have  to  be  sacri- 
ficed ;  the  poem  in  all  essentials  would  be  left  intact.  But  should  we  proceed 
in  the  same  way  to  strike  out  the  Brahman  and  the  Kshatriya,  the  whole 
framework  of  the  poem  would  immediately  collapse.  There  is  abundant 
mention  of  Dhivaras  and  Napitas,  Siitradharas  and  Kumbhakaras,  Mahajanas 
and  Banijes,  but  no  comprehension  of  them  all  under  two  heads  in  the  same 
familiar  way  that  all  chieftains  are  Kshatriyas,  and  all  priests  and  litterateurs, 
Brahmans. 

It  is  also  noteworthy  that  Mann,  in  his  12th  book,  where  he  classifies  gods 
and  men  according  to  their  quality  (c/una),  omits  the  Vaisya  altogether  ;  and, 
again,  in  the  Adi  Parvan  of  the  Mahabharat  (v.  3139)  we  read — 

Brahma -Kshatradayas  tasmad  Manor  jatas  tu  manarah, 
Tato'  bhavad,  Maharaja,  Brahma  kshattrena  sangatam.* 

From  which  it  would  seem  that  the  writer  recognized  a  definite  connection 
between  the  Brahman  and  the  Kshatriya,  while  all  the  rest  of  mankind  were 


*  "  Brahman,  Kshatriya  and  the  rest  of  mankind  sprung  from  this  Mann.     From  him,  Sire, 
came  the  Brahman  conjoined  with  the  Kshatriya." 


INDIAN   CASTE.  409 

relegated  to  the  indeterminate.  And  further,  if  the  Vaisyas  had  ever  formed 
one  united  body,  they  would  inevitably,  at  some  period  or  another,  have  taken 
a  more  prominent  part  in  Indian  politics  then  there  is  reason  to  suppose  they 
ever  did.  Investiture  with  the  symbolic  cord  gave  them  social  position,  and  the 
wealth  which  their  occupation  enabled  them  to  amass  gave  them  power.  Union 
apparently  was  the  only  condition  required  to  make  them  the  predominant  body 
in  the  State.  With  far  humbler  pretensions  and  less  internal  cohesion  than  Manu 
assigns  to  the  Vaisyas,  the  free  cities  of  Germany  and  the  burghers  of  England 
established  their  independence  against  an  aristocracy  and  an  ecclesiastical  system 
in  comparison  with  which  Kshatriyas  and  Brahmans  were  contemptible. 

The  obvious,  and  indeed  inevitable,  inference  from  this  popular  ignorance, 
literary  silence,  and  historical  insignificance  appears  to  be  that  the  two  classes 
of  Vaisya  and  Sudra  never  existed  (except  in  Manu's  theory)  as  distinct  bodies  ; 
and  that  the  names  are  merely  convenient  abstractions  to  denote  the  middle 
and  lower  orders  of  society,  which  have  indeed  distinctive  class  features  engen- 
dered by  similarity  of  occupation,  but  no  community  of  origin,  and  in  reality  no 
closer  blood  connection  between  the  component  sub-divisions  than  exists  between 
any  one  of  these  sub-divisions  and  a  Brahmanical  or  Kshatriya  family. 

In  the  whole  of  the  Rig  Veda  the  word  Vaisya  occurs  only  once,  viz.,  in  the 
12th  verse  of  the  famous  Purusha  Siikta.  Dr.  Muir,  Professor  Max  Muller,  and 
in  fact  all  Sanskrit  scholars,  with  the  solitary  exception  of  Dr.  Haug,  assign 
this  hymn  to  a  comparatively  late  period.  It  is  the  only  one  which  mentions 
the  four  different  kinds  of  Vedic  composition,  rich,  adman,  chhanda,  and  yajush, 
a  peculiarity  noticed  by  Professor  Aufrecht,  and  which  seems  to  be  absolutely 
conclusive  proof  of  late  composition.  And  not  only  is  the  hymn  itself  more  re- 
cent than  the  body  of  the  work,  but  the  two  verses  which  alone  refer  to  the  four 
castes  seem  to  be  a  still  more  modern  interpolation.  In  the  first  place,  there  is 
nothing  the  least  archaic  in  their  style,  and  they  might  stand  in  any  one  of  the 
Puranas  without  exciting  a  comment.  That  this  may  be  apparent  they  are 
quoted  in  the  original  :— 

Brahmano'  sya  mukharn  asid,  bahu  Rajanyah  Imtah, 
Uru  tad  asya  yad  Vaisyah,  padbhyam  Sudro  ajayata.* 

Secondly,  they  are  irreconcilable  with  the  context  ;  for  while  they  describe 
the  Brahman  as  the  mouth  of  Purusha  and  the  Siidra  as  born  from  his  feet,  the 
very  next  lines  speak  of  Iudra  and  Agni  as  proceeding  from  his  mouth  and  the 
Earth  from  his  feet. 

*"  The  Brahman  was  his  mouth  :  the  Rajanaya  was   made  his   arms  ;    what  is  the  Vaisya 
was  hia  thighs  ;  from  his  feet  sprang  the  Siidra." 

103 


410  INDIAN   CASTS. 

We  are,  therefore,  justified  in  saying  that  in  the  genuine  Veda  there  was 
no  mention  of  caste  whatever  ;  nor  was  it  possible  that  there  should  be,  on  the 
hypothesis  now  to  be  advanced,  that  the  institution  of  caste  was  the  simple 
result  of  residence  in  a  conquered  country.  This  is  confirmed  by  observing 
that  in  Kashmir,  which  was  one  of  the  original  homes  of  the  Aryan  race,  and 
also  for  many  ages  secured  by  its  position  from  foreign  aggression,  there  is  to 
the  present  day  no  distinction  of  caste,  but  all  Hindus  are  Brahmans.  Thus,  too, 
the  following  remarkable  lines  from  the  Mahabharat,  which  distinctly  declare 
that  in  the  beginning  there  was  no  caste  division,  but  all  men,  as  created  by 
God,  were  Brahmans  : — 

Na  viBesho'  sti  varnaniim,  sarvam  Brahmam  idam  jagat, 
Brahmana  purva  sriBhtam  hi  ;  karmabhir  varnatatn  gatam.* 

At  the  time  when  the  older  Vedic  hymns  were  written,  the  Aryan  was  still 
in  his  primeval  home  and  had  not  descended  upon  the  plains  of  Hindustan. 
After  the  invasion,  the  conquerors  naturally  resigned  all  menial  occupations  to 
the  aborigines,  whom  they  had  vanquished  and  partially  dispossessed,  and  en- 
joyed the  fruits  of  victory  while  prosecuting  the  congenial  pursuits  of  arms  or 
letters.  For  several  years,  or  possibly  generations,  the  invaders  formed  only  a 
small  garrison  in  a  hostile  country,  and  constant  warfare  necessitated  the  forma- 
tion of  a  permanent  military  body,  the  ancestors  of  the  modern  Kshatriyas 
and  Thakurs.  The  other  part  devoted  themselves  to  the  maintenance  of  the 
religious  rites,  which  they  brought  with  them  from  their  trans-Himalayan  home, 
and  the  preservation  of  the  sacred  hymns  and  formulae  used  in  the  celebration 
of  public  worship.  Of  this  mystic  and  unwritten  lore,  once  familiar  to  all,  but 
now,  through  the  exigency  of  circumstances,  retained  in  the  memory  of  only  a 
few,  these  special  families  would  soon  become  the  sole  depositories.  The  inter- 
val between  the  two  classes  gradually  widened,  till  the  full-blown  Brahman  was 
developed,  conscious  of  his  superior  and  exclusive  knowledge,  and  bent  upon 
asserting  its  prerogatives.  The  conquered  aborigines  were  known  by  the  name 
of  Nacas  or  Mlechhas,  or  other  contemptuous  term,  and  formed  the  nucleus  of 
all  the  low  castes,  whom  Manu  subsequently  grouped  together  as  Siidras,  esteem- 
ing them  little,  if  at  all,  higher  than  the  brute  creation.  (Hastinas  cha  turan- 
gds  cha  Sudrd  Mlechchhds  cha  garhitdh — Sinhd  vydghrd  vardhds  cha.  XII.  43.)f 


•"There  ia  no  distinction  of  castes;  the  whole  of  this  world  is  Brahmanical  as  originally 
created  by  Brahma;  it  is  only  in  consequence  of  men's  actions  that  it  has  come  into  a  state  of 
caste  divisions." 

t  "  Elephants,  horses,  Sudras,  despicable  barbarians,  lions,  tigers  and  boars." 


INDIAN   CASTE.  411 

But  a  society,  consisting  only  of  priests,  warriors,  and  slaves  could  not  long 
exist.  Hence  the  gradual  formation  of  a  middle  class,  consisting  of  the  off- 
spring of  mixed  marriages,  enterprizing  natives,  and  such  unaspiring  members 
of  the  dominant  race  as  found  trade  more  profitable,  or  congenial  to  their 
tastes,  than  either  arms  or  letters.  The  character  of  this  mixed  population 
would  be  influenced  in  the  first  instance  by  the  nature  of  the  country  in  which 
they  were  resident.  In  one  district  the  soil  would  be  better  adapted  for  pas- 
turage, in  another  for  agriculture.  But  in  both  it  would  be  worked  principally 
by  aborigines,  both  on  account  of  the  greater  labour  involved,  and  also  because 
the  occupation  of  grazing  large  flocks  and  herds  (which  had  been  characteristic 
of  the  Aryan  race  in  Vedic  times)  is  incompatible  with  the  concentration  which 
is  essential  for  the  security  of  a  small  invading  force.  The  graziers  would 
receive  some  name  descriptive  of  their  nomadic  habits,  as  for  example  '  Ahir'; 
the  word  being  derived  from  abhi,  '  circum'  and  ir,  '  ire,'  the  '  circumeuntes,'  or 
wanderers.  Similarly,  other  pastoral  tribes — such  as  the  Gwalas  and  the 
Ghosis — derive  their  distinctive  names  from  go,  '  a  cow,'  combined  with  pdla, 
'  a  keeper,'  and  ghosha,  '  a  cattle  station  '  In  an  agricultural  district  the  corres- 
ponding class  would  in  like  manner  adopt  some  title  indicative  of  their  occupa- 
tion, as,  for  example,  the  Kisans  from  krishi,  '  husbandry,'  the  Bhunhars  from 
bhumi,  '  the  ground,'  and  in  Bengal  the  Cbasis  from  chds,  '  ploughing.  Or  (and 
the  same  remark  applies  to  every  other  class)  they  might  retain  the  old  Indian 
name  of  the  district  in  which  they  were  located,  as  the  Kaehhis  from  the  coun- 
try of  Kachh.  Again,  so  long  as  vast  tracts  of  lands  were  still  covered  with 
forest,  the  followers  of  the  chase  would  be  at  least  as  numerous  as  the  tillers  of 
the  soil  or  the  grazers  of  cattle.  And,  since  the  Aryan  element  in  the  middle 
and  lower  strata  of  society  was  composed  of  those  perons  who,  without  any 
penchant  for  learned  study  like  the  Brahmans,  entertained  a  preference  for 
sedentary  pursuits  rather  than  those  of  a  more  exciting  nature  such  as  the  majo- 
rity of  their  Thakur  kinsmen  affected,  so  the  castes  that  followed  the  chase,  not 
as  an  amusement,  but  as  a  means  of  livelihood,  would  naturally  consist  exclu- 
sively of  aborigines.  And  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  found  to  be  the  case  that  all 
such  castes  have  the  dark  complexion  and  the  other  physical  characteristics  of 
the  lower  race.  Such  are  the  Badhaks  and  Aberiyas,  who  derive  their  name— 
the  one  from  the  root,  badh,  '  to  kill,'  the  other  from  the  Hindi  ahcr,  'game, — so, 
too,  the  Dhanuks  and  the  Lodhas,  whose  names  are  contracted  forms  of  Dkan- 
ushka,'  'a  bowman,'  and  Lubdhaka,  '  a  huntsman.'  These  two  tribes  have  now 
abandoned  their  hereditary  avocations, — the  Dhanuks  being  ordinarily  village 
watchmen,  and  the  Lodhas  agriculturists, — though  in  Oudh  the  latter  were,  till 


412  INDIAN    CASTE. 

quite  recently,  still  connected  with  the  forest  rather  than  the  fields,  being  the 
wood-cutters,  whose  business  it  was  to  fell  timber  and  transport  it  by  the  Gho- 
ghra  river  to  Bahram  Ghat  and  other  marts. 

In  this  way  the  majority  of  the  servile  or  so-called  Siidra  castes  came  into 
existence,  in  order  to  supply  the  unproductive  classes  with  food  ;  and  subse- 
quently, when  population  grew  and  towns  were  built,  their  number  was  vastly 
increased  by  the  new  trades  that  sprung  up  to  satisfy  the  more  complex  re- 
quirements of  urban  life.  Then,  too,  last  of  all,  and  by  no  means  simultane- 
ously with  tho  other  three,  as  represented  in  the  legends,  the  Vaisya  order  was 
produced.  For  the  purpose  of  facilitating  barter  and  exchange,  traders  estab- 
lished themselves,  either  on  the  sea-coast,  or  at  places  convenient  of  access  for 
the  inhabitants  of  two  dissimilar  tracts  of  country,  and  forming  a  confederation 
among  themselves  would  take  a  collective  name,  either  from  the  locality  which 
they  occupied,  as  Ajudhyavasis,  Mathuriyas,  or  Agarwal&s,  or  simply  from  the 
special  branch  of  trade  which  they  pursued,  as  Sonars,  Lohiyas,  or  Baniyas. 
From  the  facility  of  acquiring  wealth  and  the  civilizing  influence  of  social  con- 
tact, these  merchants  would  soon  form  a  striking  contrast  to  the  simple  rural 
population  who  brought  their  produce  tor  barter,  and  would  receive  some  vulgar 
title  indicative  of  the  difference  ;  hence  the  name  of  Mahajans,  '  the  great  people.' 
And  all  such  names,  having  once  firmly  attached  themselves,  would  be  retained, 
even  when  they  ceased  to  be  strictly  applicable,  in  consequence  of  migration 
from  the  original  seat,  or  change  in  profession  or  circumstances. 

Upon  this  theory  we  come  to  a  clear  understanding  of  the  popular  feeling  about 
caste — a  feeling  which  unmistakeably  exists  in  the  native  mind,  though  opposed 
to  dogmatic  teaching — that  below  the  Brahman  and  the  Thakur  there  are  a  num- 
ber of  miscellaneous  divisions,  but  no  two  well-defined  collective  groups.  There 
is  a  vague  impression  that  the  Vaisya  is  properly  a  tradesman  and  the  Siidra  a 
servant  ;  while  it  is  definitely  ruled  that  the  former  is  the  much  more  respectable 
appellation  of  the  two.  Thus  a  difficulty  arises  with  regard  to  a  family  that 
is  distinctly  neither  of  Brahman  nor  Thakur  descent,  and  from  time  immemorial 
has  been  engaged  in  some  specially  ignoble  trade  or  exceptionally  honourable 
service.  The  latter  aspires  to  be  included  in  tho  higher  order,  in  spite  of  his 
servitude  ;  while  the  former,  though  a  trader,  is  popularly  ranked  in  the  same 
grade  as  people  who,  if  they  are  to  be  known  by  any  class  name  at  all,  are 
clearly  Sudras.  This  never  occurs  in  precisely  the  same  way  with  the  two 
higher  Manava  castes,  though  one  or  two  facts  may  be  quoted  which  at  first 
flight  seem  to  tell  against  such  an  assertion.     For  example,  there  are  a  numerous 


INDIAN   CASTE.  413 

body  of  carpenters  called  Ojlias  (the  word  being  a  corruption  of  Upiidh- 
yaya),  who  are  admitted  to  be  of  Brahmanical  descent  and  are  invested  with 
the  sacred  cord.  But  common  interests  forming  a  stronger  bond  of  union  than 
common  origin,  they  are  regarded  rather  as  a  species  of  the  genus  Barhai  than 
of  the  genus  Brahman  ;  their  claim,  however,  to  the  latter  title  never  being 
disputed  if  they  choose  to  assert  it.  Similarly,  as  the  trade  of  the  usurer  is 
highly  incompatible  with  priestly  pretensions,  the  Brahmans  who  practise  it  are 
gradually  being  recognized  as  quite  a  distinct  caste  under  the  name  of  '  Bohras 
and  Athwarayas.'  There  are  also  some  pseitdo-Briihmamcal  and  jWMf/o-Thakur 
tribes  who  rank  very  low  in  the  social  scale;  but  even  their  case  is  by  no  means 
a  parallel  one,  for  it  is  admitted  on  all  sides  that  the  original  ancestor  of — for 
example — the  Bhats  and  Ahivasis  was  a  Brahman,  and  of  the  Gauruas  a  Tha- 
kur.  The  douLt  is  whether  the  descendants,  in  consequence  of  the  bend-sinis- 
ter on  their  blazon,  have  altogether  lost  their  ancestral  title  or  only  tarnished 
its  dignity  ;  whereas  with  a  Sonar  who  claims  to  be  a  Vaisya,  it  is  not  any 
suspicion  of  illegitimate  descent,  nor  any  incompatibility  of  employment,  that 
raises  a  doubt,  but  rather  the  radical  incompleteness  of  the  original  theory  and 
the  absence  of  any  standard  by  which  his  pretensions  may  be  tested. 

In  short,  excepting  only  the  Brahman  and  the  Thakur,  all  other  Indian 
castes  correspond,  not  to  the  Scottish  clans — with  which  they  are  so  often  com- 
pared, and  from  which  they  are  utterly  dissimilar — but  to  the  close  guilds 
which  in  mediaeval  times  had  so  great  an  influence  on  European  society.  As 
the  Goldsmiths  formed  themselves  into  a  company  for  mutual  protection,  so  the 
Sonars  combined  to  make  a  caste  ; — the  former  admitted  many  provincial 
guilds  with  special  customs  and  regulations,  the  latter  recognized  many  subor- 
dinate gotras  ;  the  former  required  a  long  term  of  apprenticeship  amounting 
virtually  to  adoption,  the  latter  made  the  profession  hereditary  ;  the  former 
required  an  oath  of  secrecy,  the  latter  insured  secrecy  by  restricting  social  in- 
tercourse with  outsiders.  As  the  founders  of  the  oompany  had  no  mutual  con- 
nection beyond  community  of  interest,  so  neither  had  the  founders  of  the  caste. 
When  we  say  that  all  architects  are  sons  of  S.  Barbara  or  all  shoemakers  of  S. 
Crispin,  those  being  their  patron  saints,  the  expression  is  quite  intelligible. 
What  more  is  implied  in  saying  that  Sanadhs  are  sons  of  Sanat-Kumara  ? 
To  attach  any  literal  meaning  to  a  tradition  which  represents  a  Brahmanical 
caste  as  born  of  the  Gayatri  ( a  Vedic  metre )  is  a  precisely  similar  absurdity 
to  saying  a  company  was  born  of  the  Pater  Noster  and  Ave  Maria,  because  on 
certain  days  every  member  was  bound  to  repeat  his  rosary.  A  history  of  caste 
in  the  sense  in  which  the  phrase  is  generally  understood,  vis.,  the  tracing  each 

104 


414:  INDIAN  CASTE. 

caste  to  one  definite  pair  of  ancestors,  is  from  tbe  circumstances  of  the  case  an 
impossibility. 

With  Brahmans  and  Kshatriyas  matters  stand  somewhat  differently.  Though, 
so  far  as  any  one  subordinate  division  is  concerned,  it  may  often  happen  that  its 
individual  members  never  at  any  time  formed  one  family,  yet  as  all  the  sub- 
divisions are  in  the  main  descendants  of  the  early  Aryan  conquerors,  to  that 
limited  extent  they  have  a  genuine  community  of  origin .  So  long  as  the  line  of 
demarcation  which  separated  them  from  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  India  re- 
mained clearly  defined,  while  the  only  distinction  among  themselves  lay  in  the 
difference  of  occupation,  the  conversion  of  a  Kshatriya  into  a  Brahman  would  not 
be  a  more  unusual  occurrence  than  the  retirement  of  a  Christian  knieht,  when 
wearied  with  warfare,  into  the  peaceful  seclusion  of  the  cloister.  The  most 
famous  example  of  such  a  transformation  is  that  supplied  by  the  legend  of 
Visvamitra,  which  must  over  prove  an  insuperable  difficulty  to  the  orthodox 
Hindu,  who  accepts  the  Manava  doctrine  of  an  essential  and  eternal  difference 
between  the  two  castes.  At  the  present  day,  when  Brahmanism  has  become  an 
inseparable  hereditary  quality,  the  priestly  character  has  been  transferred  to  the 
religious  mendicants  and  ascetics  who — allowing  for  the  changed  circumstances 
of  time  and  place — correspond  to  the  Brahmans  of  antiquity,  and  like  them  freely 
admit  associates  from  every  rank  and  condition  of  Hindu  society.  The  apparent 
difference  is  mainly  due  to  the  fact  that  in  primitive  times  the  Aryan  outsi- 
ders were  all  of  one  status,  while  now  they  are  infinite  in  variety. 

Theoretically,  the  essence  of  the  Kshatriya  is  as  incapable  of  transfer  or 
acquisition,  except  by  natural  descent,  as  that  of  the  Brahman,  but  the  practice 
of  the  two  classes  has  always  been  very  different.  The  strength  of  a  communi- 
ty that  lays  claim  to  any  esoteric  knowledge  lies  in  its  exclusiveness  ;  but  a 
military  body  thrives  by  extension,  and  to  secure  its  own  efficiency  must  be  lax 
in  restrictions.  It  may  be  observed  as  a  singular  fact  that  all  the  very  lowest 
castes  in  the  country,  if  interrogated  as  to  their  origin,  will  say  that  they  are 
in  some  way  or  another  Thakur  :  and  this  is  illustrated  by  a  passage  in  Manu, 
where  he  mentions  several  outcast  tribes  as  Kshatriyas  by  descent.  Whence  we 
may  infer  that  at  all  times  there  has  been  a  great  freedom  of  intercourse  between 
that  class  and  others.  Indeed,  if  we  are  to  accept  the  legend  of  Parasuram  as 
in  any  sense  expressing  an  historical  event,  the  whole  Thakur  race  has  been  re- 
peatedly extirpated  and  as  often  re-formed  out  of  alien  elements.  Nor  is  this  at 
variance  with  modern  usage,  for  no  Hindu  rises  to  the  rank  of  Raja,  whatever 
his  original  descent,  without  acquiring  a  kind  of  Thakur  character,  which  in 
most  instances  is  unhesitatingly    claimed  by,  and  conceded  to,  his  descendants 


INDIAN    CASTE.  415 

in  the  third  or  fourth  generation,  after  alliances  with  older  families  have  given 
some  colour  to  the  pretension.  And  the  illegitimate  sons  of  Thakurs,  who  by 
the  Code  of  Manu  would  be  Offras — their  mothers  being  Musalmanis  or  low- 
caste  Hindu  women — are,  as  is  notorious,  generally  accepted,  either  themselves 
or  in  the  person  of  their  immediate  descendants,  as  genuine  Thakurs.  Again, 
many  of  the  higher  Thakur  classes  acknowledge  the  impurity  of  their  birth  in 
the  popular  tradition  of  their  origin.  Thus  the  Chandels  (i.e.,  the  moon-born) 
profess  to  be  derived  from  the  daughter  of  a  Banaras  Brahman,  who  had  an  in- 
trigue with  the  moon-god  ;  and  Gahlots  (the  cave-born)  from  a  Rani  of  Mewar, 
who  took  refuge  with  some  mountaineers  on  the  Malya  range. 

From  all  this  it  follows  that,  whatever  the  dignity  and  antiquity  of  some 
particular  Thakur   families,  the  Thakur  caste  is  a  heterogeneous   body,   which, 
like  the  miscellaneous  communities  of  lower  pretensions  which  we  have  already 
discussed,   is  held  together  more  by  similarity  of  circumstances  than  unity  of 
origin.     The  same  principle  of  caste-formation  is   still  actively  at  work  through 
all  grades  of  Indian  society.     The  comparatively  modern  organization  of  many 
so-called  castes  is  attested  by  the  Persian    names  which  they  have  thought  pro- 
per to  assume, — for  example,  the  Darzis,  the  Mallahs,  the   Mimars,   <fec.     A 
large  proportion  of  the  first-named  are  really  Kayaths,  wdiich  shows  that  the 
term   'Dam'  is  still  in  a  transitional  state,  and  has  not  vet  thorough! v  shaken 
off  its  original  trade  meaning.     The  older  word  for  a  tailor  is  suji,  which,  like 
so  much  of  the  Hindi  vocabulary,   having  become  unfashionable,  now  implies  a 
workman  of  an  inferior  description.     Similarly,  randl,  '  a  woman,'  has  become 
a  term  of  reproach   for   'a   woman   of  bad   character';  and  nagara,  Hindi  for 
'  a  city,'  is  used  at  the  present  day  to  denote,  not  even  a  village,  but  only  a  mere 
'  hamlet.'     The  desire  to  dignify  a  mean  calling  by  a  high-sounding  name — as 
when  a  sweeper  is  called  mihtar,   '  a  prince,'  and  a  cook  khalifa— has  been  often 
cited  as  an  Oriental  idiosyncraey,  which  to  the  mind  of  a    European  is  produc- 
tive of  ridicule  rather  than  respect.     It  gives  occasion,  however,  to  many  a  new 
caste-iiarae.     Thus  the  kMkrob,  or  street-sweeper  of  the  town,  regards  himself 
under  the  Persian  designation  as  the  superior  of  the  village  bhangi  or  scavenger  ; 
and  the   Mimar,   or   bricklayer,  the   Shoragar,  or  saltpetre  manufacturer  ;  the 
Chuna-paz,  or  lime-burner  ;  the  Kori,  or  weaver,  and  even  the  Mochi  or  cobbler, 
in  assuming  the  name  descriptive  of  his  calling,  almost  forgets  that  he  belongs 
to  the  universally-despised  caste  of  the  Chamar. 

To  judge   from   the   Census  Returns,   it  would  seem  that  these  partiallv- 
developed  castes  are  only   recognized  in  some  few  districts  and  totally  ignored 


416  INDIAN   CASTE. 

in  others.  Thus,  Mathura  is  a  great  centre  of  the  stone-cutter's  art ;  but  the 
men  who  practise  it  belong  to  different  ranks,  and  have  not  adopted  the  distinc- 
tive trade-name  of  sang-tarash,  which  seems  to  be  recognized  in  Aligarh,  Ha- 
mirpiir,  and  Kumaon.  Again,  in  every  market  town  there  are  a  number  of 
weighmen,  who,  no  doubt,  in  each  plaoe  have  special  guild  regulations  of  their 
own  ;  but  only  in  Banaras  do  they  appear  as  a  distinct  caste,  with  the  name  of 
palle-dars.  So  too  at  Saharanpur  some  fruit-sellers — whose  trade,  it  may  be 
presumed,  has  been  encouraged  by  the  large  public  garden  at  that  station — have 
separated  themselves  from  the  common  herd  of  Kunjrds,  or  '  costermongers,' 
and  decorated  their  small  community  with  the  Persian  title  of  Mewafarosh. 
As  might  be  expected,  this  disintegration  of  society  and  adoption  of  a  novel 
nomenclature  prevails  most  extensively  among  the  lower  orders,  where  the 
associations  connected  with  the  old  name  that  is  discarded  are  of  an  unpleasant 
nature.  But  even  in  the  higher  classes,  where  the  generic  title  is  one  of 
honour,  it  is  frequently  superseded  in  common  parlance  by  one  that  is  more  dis- 
tinctive, though  it  may  be  of  less  favourable  import.  Thus,  among  Brahmans 
a  Bohra  sub-caste  is  in  course  of  formation,  and  a  Chaube  of  the  Mathura 
branch,  when  settled  elsewhere,  is  invariably  styled  neither  Brahman  nor 
Chaube,  but  Mathuriya.  Illustrations  might  be  multiplied  indefinitely  ;  but 
the  few  now  cited  are  sufficient  to  prove  how  caste  subdivisions  are  formed 
in  the  present  day,  and  to  suggest  how  they  originated  in  the  first  instance. 


APPENDIX     B. 


the    Catholic    Church. 
Subscriptions, 


The  Right  Rev.  the  Lord  Bishop  of  Agra 

Proceeds  of  a  Lottery,  through  the  Very  Rev.  Father  Sym 

Priests  of  the  Mission  ... 


pliorien 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


Lord    Ralph    Kerr,    Lt.-Col.,  10th  Royal  Hussars 

Viscount  Campden, 

Surgeon-Major  Cattell, 

W.  H.  Watkins,  Captain, 

Boyce  Combe,  Captain, 

The  Hon.  C.  C.  W.  Cavendish,  do. 

E.  A.  H.  Roe,  Surgeon,  do. 
J.  Pembroke,  Lieut.,  Commissariat  Officer 
Col.  Dillon,  C.B.,  C.S.I. 
Offertory,  All  Saints'  Day,  1874 

Seth  Gobind  Das,  C.S.I.* 

H.  H.  the  Maharaja  of  Chirkhari,  Bundelkhand.. 

Raja  Hari  Narayan  Sinh,  of  Hathras 

Lala  Svam  Sundar  Das 

Sri  Maharaj  Gosain  Purushottam  Lai,  of  Gokul 

Raja  Prithi  Siuh,  of  Awa 

F.  S.  Growse,  C.  S. 
Malcolm  Reade,  C.  S.    ... 
Percy  Wigram,  C.  S.      ... 
M.  A.  MeConaghey,   C.  S. 
C.  F.  Hall,  C.  S. 
J.  H.  Twigg,  C.  S. 
Ross  Scott,  C.  S. 
H.  L.  Harrison,  C.  S.    ... 


C.  G.  Hind,  District  Engineer 
D'Arcy  McArthy 

Messrs.  Ellis,  Merchants,  Agra 

H.  Neil,  Assistant  Patrol,  Customs  .. 

Conductor  Higher 

A.  H.  Davis,  Assistant  Supdt.  of  Police 

A.  B.  Seaman,  Civil  Surgeon 

Mahbiib  Masih 

R.  A.  Lloyd,  Education    Department 


Rs. 

1,200 

1,250 

75 

1,150 
500 
50 
50 
25 
25 
20 
125 
50 
25 

1,100 
500 
425 
300 
400 
100 

4,700 
50 
100 
50 
25 
25 
20 
10 

100 
100 
75 
15 
15 
20 
50 
50 
50 


*  The  sanction  of  the  Government  was  obtained,  in  the  first  instance,  before  a  subscrip- 
tion was  accepted  from  any  Hindu  gentleman. 

105 


418  SUBSCRIPTIONS   TO   THE   CATHOLIC    CHURCH. 


W.  N.  Boutflower,  Education  Department 
H.  Prince,    Superintending    Engineer 
Lt.-Col.  F.  C  Anderson... 
Captain    Ellaby,  R  A.    ... 
Offertory,  All  Saints'  Day,  1876 


Es. 

20 
50 
50 
20 
133 


13,098 


Total 

Donations. 

Statues  of  the  Sacred  Heart,  of  the  B.  Virgin  and  Child,  and  of  S.  Joseph, 
from  the  Dowager  Marchioness  of  Lothian  and  the  Duchess  of  Buccleuch 
(through  Lord  Ralph  Kerr). 

Life-size  crucifix  (indulgenced),  from  Lord  Ralph  Kerr. 

Persian  carpeting  for  the  Altar   steps,    from  J.  W.  Tyler,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S. 

A  crystal  chandelier  for  the  Choir,    from  Mr.  John  Ellis,  Agra. 

A  crystal  chandelier  and  a  marble  chair,    from  Seth  Raglmnath  Das. 

A  marble  chair  ;  from  Lala  Badri  Prasad. 

The  Font,    from  Lala  Ratn  Lai. 

The  Stations  of  the  Cross,  from  the  Men  of  the  10th  Royal  Hussars. 


The  above  lists  are  inserted  in  this  volume  as  an  interesting  record  of  the 
cordiality  that  prevailed  among  all  classes  of  the  community  during  my  official 
connection  with  Mathura,  and  as  a  permanent  acknowledgment  of  the  generous 
assistance  that  I  received  in  carrying  out  a  project  which  I  had  greatly  at 
heart.  A  description  of  the  unfinished  building  has  been  given  in  an  earlier 
chapter.  Any  want  of  cougruity  that  may  be  detected  in  the  design  is  mainly 
attributable  to  the  same  cause  as  paralyzes  the  action  of  almost  every  District 
Officer  in  India,  viz.,  his  liability  at  any  moment  to  be  transferred  to  some 
entirely  diiferent  part  of  the  country.  As  I  was  not  in  a  position  to  put  down 
the  whole  of  the  money  at  once,  and  did  not  wish,  in  case  of  my  sudden 
removal,  to  leave  the  Mission  burdened  with  a  design  which  it  would  require  a 
very  large  outlay  to  complete,  I  commenced  the  work  in  a  simple  and  inex- 
pensive style,  and  pushed  it  on  as  rapidly  as  possible.  By  the  end  of  the  year, 
when  part  of  it  had  been  roofed  in  and  roughly  furnished,  I  felt  myself  at 
liberty  to  launch  out  into  more  elaborate  architecture,  which  I  intended  to  con- 
tinue so  lone  as  I  was  on  the  spot,  but  which  could  be  stopped  without  serious 
practical  injury  to  the  fabric,  if  I  were  removed.     Many  of  the  bald  features, 


I 

o 

DC 

z> 
I 
o 

o 

_l 
o 
I 
I- 
< 
o 

HI 

i 

H 

LL 

o 

o 

cc 
u 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH.  419 

which  now  strike  the  eye  unpleasantly,  were  intended  as  merely  temporary 
make-shifts,  and,  if  I  had  been  allowed  the  time,  would  gradually  have  given 
way  to  something  better  ;  carved  stone  being  everywhere  substituted  for  plain 
brick  and  mortar.  The  interior,  with  the  important  exception  of  the  High 
Altar,  is  virtually  complete,  and  is  to  my  mind  both  religious  and  picturesque 
in  its  effect.  The  external  facade,  as  it  now  stands,  conveys  a  very  imperfect 
idea  of  what  it  was  meant  to  be.  The  building  was  intended  as  a  protest 
against  the  standard  plans  and  other  stereotyped  conventionalities  of  the  Public 
Works  Department  ;  and  it  has  at  least  the  one  great  architectural  merit  of 
being  absolutely  truthful ;  no  one  on  seeing  it  but  would  immediately  under- 
stand that  it  was  a  Catholic  Church,  built  in  an  eastern  country  for  the  use  of 
a  mixed  congregation  of  Europeans  and  orientals.  As  a  proof  that  in  some 
quarters  at  all  events  my  idea  was  thoroughly  appreciated,  I  cannot  resist  the 
pleasure  of  appending  an  extract  from  a  letter  which  appeared  in  the  correspon- 
dence columns  of  the  London  Tablet,  in  its  issue  for  October  2Gth,  1878  :  — 

"  To  Mr.  E.  S.  Growse,  of  the  Bengal  Civil  Service,  we  owe  an  ecclesiastical  building 
which  is  quite  unique  of  its  sort  in  India,  and  may  in  the  richness  of  its  details  compare  favour- 
ably with  approved  European  workmanship.  The  munificence  of  that  gentleman,  combined  with 
rare  artistic  taste,  has  enabled  him  to  cull  all  the  rich  treasures  of  a  rich  neighbourhood  in  the 
service  of  religion.  His  knowledge  of  the  district  of  which  he  is  both  the  historian  and  the 
renovator  pre-eminently  fitted  him  for  this  labour  of  love.  Mathura  chapel  is  a  combination 
of  Christian  and  pagan  art,  and  peculiarly  interesting  as  the  sole  work  of  native  artiBts,  whose 
chisels  have  certainly  not  diminished  the  beauty  and  solemnity  associated  with  altar  and  sanc- 
tuary. Finer  or  more  elaborate  carving  could  not  be  seen  anywhere.  Men  acquainted  with  the 
delicate  Bcreen  work  of  India  will  find  it  here  for  the  first  time  engrafted  on  a  Christian  church, 
conveying  the  solemnizing  effect  of  stained  glass.  Kigidly  adhering  to  the  idea  of  employing 
native  art  alone,  Mr.  Growse  has  to  the  smallest  item  excluded  articles  of  exotic  growth,  substi- 
tuting, for  instance,  Muradabad  vases  for  the  trumpery  foreign  importations  so  frequently  seen 
on  other  altars. 

"The  remark  of  Mr.  Fergnsson  that  'Architecture  in  India  is  a  living  art'  is  nowhere 
more  happily  illustrated  than  in  the  recent  restorations  of  Mathura,  a  work  also  due  to  Mr.  Growse. 
Engaged  in  those  restorations,  the  thought  must  naturally  have  arisen  in  connection  with 
English  buildings,  why  employ  English  models,  often  alike  incompatible  with  the  climate  and 
genius  of  the  people,  when  there  are  indigenous  ones,  and  those  far  more  beautiful,  near  at  hand  ? 
Why  disfigure  the  Oriental  landscape  with  buildings  as  incapable  of  appealing  to  the  sympathies 
of  the  people  as  of  meeting  the  requirements  of  art  and  comfort  ?  Along,  too,  with  considera- 
tions about  architecture  would  come  the  thought— why  not  employ  Indian  arts  more  generally? 

"It  may  be  unorthodox  to  say  so,  but  I  confess  the  most  sumptuous  English  fanes  in  India 
communicate  a  very  different  impression  to  that  communicated  by  a  visit  to  the  Pearl  Mosque  at 
Agra.  What  that  impression  is  any  reader  of  Bishop  Heber  will  easily  understand.  So  great  is 
it  that  one  may  be  pardoned  for  wishing  to  impregnate  an  Indian  Christian  temple  with  some  of 
its  distinctive  features. 


420  TnE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH.   - 

"This  is  precisely  what  Mr.  Growse  has  done  at  Mathura ;  and  I  cm  conceive  no  more 
graceful  way  of  familiarising  natives  with  Christian  symbols  than  bringing  them  to  ornament 
them  with  their  own  matchless  art.  Prejudice  is  at  once  silenced,  and  sympathy,  if  not  inquiry, 
aroused.  An  attempt  is  made  to  place  ourselves  in  accord  with  Borne-thing  they  most  cherish  in 
their  affections.  We  sound  a  note  of  nature,  and,  in  doing  so,  may  lay  claim  to  some  reciprocal 
esteem.  It  is  the  same  policy  that  crowned  with  success  the  labours  of  S.  Frauds  Xavier  in 
Southern  India,  and  in  more  recent  times  illumined  the  path  of  the  Abbo  Dubois.  These  saintly 
men  sought  the  empire  of  the  mind  through  the  empire  of  the  heart. 

"  Any  endeavour  to  revive  such  a  policy  in  Northern  India  ought  to  be  a  source  of  unmixed 
satisfaction.  Mr.  Growse's  chapel  stands  as  a  speck  of  the  ocean,  under  the  shadow  cf  the  great 
Hindu  city  of  KriBhna.    May  it  some  day  stimulate  a  work  in  inverse  ratio  to  its  size." 


APPENDIX    C. 

List  of  Trees  that  grow  in  the  District. 

Adansonia  digitata  ;  no  native  name  :  the  Baobab  or  monkey-bread  tree;  two 
fine  specimens  in  one  of  the  gardens  in  cantonments. 

Agasti,  from  the  Hindu  saint  of  that  name  ;  jEschynomene  or  Sesbania  grandi- 
flora  ;  a  small  soft-wooded  tree  with  large  handsome  flowers,  which  are 
eaten  as  a  vegetable. 

Akol,  for  Sanskrit  ankola  ;  a  small  tree  with  yellow  flowers,  which  I  have  seen 
only  in  the  Konai  rakhya,  where  there  are  several  specimens  of  it.  Apparently 
the  Alangium. 

Am,  for  Sanskrit  dmra  ;  Mangifera   Iudica,  the  mango  tree. 

Amalta's,  Cassia  Fistula  ;  the  Indian  Laburnum. 

AmlX,  from  the  Sanskrit  amla,  the  Latin  amara,  with  reference   to  the  acidity 

of  its  fruit.     Phyllanthus  Emblica,  or  Emblica  officinalis. 
Arni,  Clerodendrum  Phlomoides,  a  shrub  with  sweet-scented  flowers,  resembling 

the  honey-suckle. 
Arua,  for  Sanskrit  aralu,  Ailanthus   excelsa.     A  fine  forest  tree,   with  leaves 

from  two  to  three  feet  long,  and  panicles  of  yellowish  flowers.     Frecpuent 

in  the  avenue  along  the  Mathura  and  Delhi  road. 
Asok,    Sanskrit  asoka ;  Saraca   Indica  or  Jonesia    Asoka  ;  indigenous  in  the 

forests  of  southern  India,  where  it  is  famous  for  its  magnificent  red  flowers  ; 

I  have  never  seen  it  blossom  here. 
BXbirang,  Embelia  robusta,  a  small  tree,  called  by  that  name  at  Naugama  in 

the  Chhata  pargana,  but  apparently  known  in  other  villages  as  the  ajdnimkli; 

flowers  in  February  and   March  when  almost  bare  of  leaves.     It  is  used  as 

a  remedy  for  colds  and  rheumatism  {bed),  which  may  be  the  origin  of  the 

name. 
BabTJL,  Acacia  Arabica. 
Bah  era,  for  Sanskrit  vibhitaka,  Terminalia  bellerica.     A  tall  straight-growing 

tree   with   large   leaves   and  greenish    yellow    flowers  of  unpleasant  smell. 

Fruit  a  large  ovoid  nut,  used  in  dyeing  and  tanning,  also  as  a  medicine  and 

for  making  ink  ;   the  kernels  are   eaten,   but  are  said  to   be  intoxicating. 

Frequent  in  the  avenue  on  the  Mathura  and  Delhi  road. 

106 


422  INDIGENOUS   TREES. 

Baka'yan,  Melia  Azedarach,  a  small  tree,  which  for  a  few  weeks  in  the  spring 
presents  a  handsome  appearance  with  its  large  clusters  of  lilac  flowers,  but 
for  the  greater  part  of  the  year  it  is  leafless  and  ragged-looking,  with 
bunches  of  dry  yellow  fruit. 

Bar,  for  Sanskrit  rata,  Ficus  Bengalensis,  the  Banyan  tree. 

Barna,  for  Sanskrit  varana,  Cratoeva  religiosa.     Flowers   and  puts  forth  new 

leaves  in  April,  when  its  large  cream-coloured  blossoms  give  it  a  handsome 

appearance. 

Bel,  for  Sanskrit  vilva,  iEgle  marmelos.     The  pulp   of  the    fruit   is   used    for 
making  sherbet  ;  also  to  mix  with  mortar.     The  leaves  are  sacred  to  Mahidey. 
Ber,  for  Sanskrit  badara;  Zizyphus  jujuba;  cultivated  for  its  fruit. 

Chhonkar,  Prosopis  spicigera  ;  very  common  throughout  the  district;  occasion- 
ally grows  to  quite  a  large  tree,  as  in  the  Dohani  Kund  at  Chaksauli.  It  is 
used  for  religious  worship  at  the  festival  of  the  Dasahara,  and  considered 
sacred  to  Siva.  The  pods  (called  sangiiiare  much  used  for  fodder.  Probably 
chhonkar  and  sani/ri,  which  latter  is  in  some  parts  of  India  the  name  of  the 
tree  as  well  as  of  the  pod,  are  both  dialectical  corruptions  of  the  Sanskrit 
sankara,  a  name  of  Siva ;  for  the  palatal  and  sibilant  are  frequently  inter- 
changeable. 

DhXe,  for  Sanskrit  dagdha,  '  on  fire,'  with  reference  to  its  bright  flame- 
coloured  flowers ;  Butea  frondosa. 

Dho,  for  Sanskrit  dhava,  covers  the  whole  of  the  Barsana  hill ;  is  apparently 
the  Anogeissus  pendula  or  myrtifolia.  A  small  tree,  nearly  bare  of  leaves 
all  through  the  dry  season. 

DuKGAL,  another  name  for  the  Pilu. 

Fara's,  Tamarix  articulata,  a  graceful  tree  of  rapid  growth,  readily  propagated 
from  cuttings. 

Gondi,  Cordia  Rothii,  a  small  tree.  The  fruit,  a  berry  with  a  yellow,  gelatinous, 
pellucid  pulp,  is  edible,  but  insipid.  The  viscidity  of  the  fruit  gives  its 
name  to  the  tree  (from  gond,  '  gum"). 

GiJlar,  Ficus  glomerata,  a  large  tree,  the  wood  of  which  is  specially  used  for 
well  frames,  as  it  is  all  the  more  durable  for  being  in  water.  Its  fruit  grows 
in  clusters  on  the  branches  and  trunk  ;  whence  probably  the  vernacular 
name  (from  </ola  a  '  ball")  :  the  same  peculiarity  has  suggested  its  botanical 
epithet,  glomerata. 

Gangek,  a  small  scraggy  shrub  at  Charan  Pahar,  Barsana  and  elsewhere, 
apparently  a  species  of  Grewia. 


INDIGENOUS   TREES.  423 

Kingot,  Balanites  Roxburghii,  a  small  thorny  tree,  with  a  hard  fruit,  which  is 
filled  with  gunpowder  and  used  for  fireworks.  Its  roots  spread  far  and 
throw  up  suckers  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  trunk. 

IlfNS,  Capparis  sepiaria,  a  very  strong,  thorny  creeper. 

Imli,  Tamarindus  Indica,  one  of  the  largest,  handsomest,  and  most  valuable 
of  all  Indian  trees,  but  a  very  slow  grower.  But  for  this  la~t  detect  it  would 
be  an  excellent  avenue  tree,  as  it  is  never  leafless  and  gives  shade  all  the 
year  round. 

Indrajau,  Wrightia  tinctoria.  At  Charan  Pahar.  Bare  of  leaves  in  the  cold 
weather,  at  which  time  it  is  hung  with  bunches  of  long,  slender,  dark-green 
pods,  each  pair  cohering  slightly  at  the  tip. 

Ja'JIAN,  for  Sanskrit  Jamhu  :  Eugenia  jambolana  ;  generally  planted  round  the 
border  of  large  mango  orchards.  Is  never  leafless.  The  fruit,  like  a  damson 
in  appearance,  has  a  harsh  but  sweetish  flavour. 

Jhau,  Tamarix  dioica  ;  a  dwarf  variety  of  the  Faras,  which  springs  up  after 
the  rains  on  the  sands  of  the  Jamuna,  where  it  forms  a  dense  jungle. 

KachnXr,  for  Sanskrit  Kanchandra,  Bauhinia  variegata  ;  a  moderate  sized  tree, 
which  presents  a  beautiful  appearance  in  March  and  April,  when  in  full  flower. 

Kadamb,  Sanskrit  Kodamba.  Abundant  in  the  Chhatd  and  Kosi  parganas, 
where  it  forms  large  woods,  as  especially  at  Pisaya.  There  are  two  kinds,  the 
more  common  being  the  Stephigyne  parvifolia  ;  the  other,  a  much  finer  tree, 
the  Anthocephalus  Cadamba,  or  Nauclea  Cadamba  of  Roxburgh. 

Kait,  for  Sanskrit  Kapittha  ;  Peronia  elephantum  ;  the  elephant  or  woodapple. 
An  ornamental  tree  with  a  hard  round  fruit  ;  the  leaves  have  a  slight  smell 
of  aniseed 

Katiaiya,  Celtis  Australis  (?)  at  Pisaya.  A  middle-sized  tree  with  yellowish- 
white  flowers  and  eatable  fruit. 

Katiya'ri,  Xylosma  (?).  A  small  tree  with  dense  sombre  foliage,  long  stiff 
thorns,  and  flowers  in  small  yellow  tufts  like  the  babul. 

KARTL,  for  Sanskrit  Karira  ;   Capparis  aphylla  ;  the  typical  fruit  of  Braj. 

KHAJtiR,  for  Sanskrit  Klmjura;  Phoenix  Sylvestris  ;  the  wild  date  palm. 

Kiiirni,  for  Sanskrit  Kshirini,  '  the  milky' ;  Mimusops  Indica  ;  a  large  evergreen 
tree  with  a  fruit  that  ripens  in  May  and  June  and  tastes  like  a  dried  currant. 

KhandXr,  Salvadora  Persica.  A  tree  very  similar  to  the  Pilu,  but  of  more 
graceful  growth.     Its  fruit  is  uneatable. 

Labera,  and  Lasora,  two  varieties  of  the  Cordia  latifolia.  A  soft-wooded, 
crooked-growing  tree,  with  eatable  fruit. 


424  INDIGENOUS   TREES. 

t 

Laliya'RI,  a  middle-sized  tree  which  presents  a  very  handsome  appearance  with 
its  large  dull-red  and  yellow  flowers,  which  open  in  February  and  March. 
The  tree  appears  to  be  very  rare  and  little  known  and  I  cannot  trace  it  in  any 
botanical  work.  There  is  one  on  the  Shergarh  and  Kosi  road,  another  at 
Barsana,  and  others  near  Dotana.  I  tried  to  rear  it  in  mv  own  garden,  but 
the  young  trees  died  after  I  left.  The  name  is  obviously  derived  from  the 
colour  (hil)  of  the  flowers,  but  natives  take  the  word  to  be  lariyari,  '  quarrel- 
some,' and  have  a  prejudice  against  it  accordingly. 

MahVJA,  for  Sanskrit  madhuka,   with  allusion  to  the  sweetness  of  its  flowers  ; 

Bassia  latifolia  ;  scarce  in  the  district. 
Ma'lsari,  Mimusops  elengi,  an  evergreen  tree  with  sweet-scented   starshaped 

flowers,  which  are  used    for   garlands  ;  whence  the   name,    from   mala,   a 

'  garland'  and  sara,  a  '  string.' 

NfM,  for  Sanskrit  nimba,  Melia  Indica,  the  tree  which  thrives  better  in   the 

district  than  any  other. 
NfM  Chambeli,  otherwise  called  Bilayati    Bakayan  ;  Millingtonia   hortensis; 

a  handsome,  fast-growing  tree  with  fragrant  white  flowers. 
Nausath,  Erythrina  Indica,  the  Indian  coral-tree.     Its  flowers,  of  a  dazzling 

bright  scarlet,  make   a  fine  show  in  March,  before  the  new  leaves  appear. 

The  name  would  seem  to  be  a  corruption  of  nava  sapta,  16  ;  with  reference 

to  the   16   modes   of  enhancing  personal   beauty;  as  if  they  had  all  been 

exercised  upon  this  beautiful  tree. 

PXrRi,  Ulmus  integrifolia  ;  a  large  tree,  bare  of  leaves  in  the  cold  weather. 

PA'RAS-PfrAR,  a  name  which  probably  means  'the  Persian  piped.''  A  tree 
found  only  at  two  places  in  this  district,  the  Dhru-tila  at  Mattrara  and  the 
Khelan-ban  at  Maha-ban.  The  flower  closely  resembles  that  of  the  cotton 
plant.     There  are  avenues  of  it  in  some  of  the  streets  of  Bombay. 

Pasendu,  Diospyros  cordifolia ;  a  small  tree  with  dense  foliage,  but  considered 
an  unlucky  tree  to  take  shade  under ;  very  common  in  the  rakhyas.  It  has 
an  uneatable  fruit  of  unpleasant  smell  and  bitter  taste. 

PfLU,  with  the  same  name  in  Sanskrit ;  Salvadora  oleoides ;  forms  large  woods 
in  the  Chhata  and  Kosi  parganas.  A  stunted  misshapen-looking  tree, 
generally  with  cracked  or  hollow  trunk  and  exposed  roots.  It  bears  an  eat- 
able fruit. 

Pilukhan.  Ficus  cordifolia ;  a  large  tree  rarely  found  in  the  district.  It  may 
be  seen  at  Konai  and  in  the  Kokila-ban.  It  is  common  in  the  neigbourhood 
of  Hari-dwar. 


INDIGENOUS  TREES.  425 

PfPAL,  for  Sanskrit  pippala  ;  Ficus  religosa. 

Remja,  Acacia  leucophl;ea  ;  a  thorny  tree  common  in  the  rakhyas  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Chhonkar. 

RfTHA,  for  Sanskrit  arislda ;  Sapindus  detergens  ;  the  soap  berry  tree  ;  found 
at  Satoha. 

Sahajna.  For  Sanskrit  sobhdnjana ;  Moringa  pterygosperina  or  Hyperanthera 
moringa  ;  the  horse-radish  tree. 

Sahora,  Streblus  asper  (?).  A  small  scraggy  tree  with  rough  dark-green 
leaves  and  eatable  fruit,  a  yellow  one-seeded  berry.  Single  trees  are 
common  all  over  the  district. 

Shah-tut.     Morus  Indica  ;  the  mulberry  tree. 

Semal,  for  Sanskrit  Salmali ;  Bombax  heptaphyllum ;  the  cotton  tree.  Flowers 
in  March  when  bare  of  leaves,  like  the  kachnar,  dhak,  and  nausath. 

SlRlS,  for  Sanskrit  sirisha,  is  the  vernacular  name  both  for  the  Acacia  speciosa, 
which,  in  spite  of  its  botanical  epithet,  is  a  very  unsightly  tree  for  a  great 
part  of  the  year,  when  its  branches  are  bare  of  leaves  and  hung  only  with 
large,  dry,  yellow  pods,  rattling  with  every  breath  of  wind.  The  same  name 
is  given  to  a  similar  but  larger  and  much  handsomer  tree,  the  Albizzia 
odoratissima,  which  has  red-brown  legumes. 


107 


GLOSSARY. 

A'dham  sunn,  half. 

Aikli-Baikli,  incoherent  nonsense. 

Ainth,  pride,  conceit. 

A'kasi  viutt,  dependence  on  the  rains  ;  said  of  fields  where  there  is  no  artificial 
irrigation. 

Ala,  wet. 

Alal-tappu,  incoherent,  absurd.  > 

Alana  Batana,  strangers. 

Alin,  a  stone  jamb  of  a  doorway  ;  a  pilaster,  or  attached  pillar,  as  distinguished 
from  Icliambli,  a  detached  pillar. 

Amaxa,  obstinate  ;  incredulous. 

Amer,  delay,  late. 

Amolak,  invaluable  ;  coal-dust  used  as  a  dry  colour  in  making  sdnjhis. 

An,  a  curse. 

Anakiitota,  extraordinary. 

Anosak  (for  an-avasar),  want  of  leisure,  domestic  work. 

Anta  chit,  senseless. 

Anti,  an  ear-ring. 

Athen  (for  athmana),  evening. 

Atuii,  lire. 

A-ud,  literally  'waterless;'  a  term  applied  to  a  man  who  dies  childless,  with  no 
son  to  make  him  the  ordinary  funeral  libations.  It  is  also  the  name  given 
to  the  little  masonry  platform  often  seen  near  a  village,  on  which  twice  a  year 
jars  of  water  are  set,  in  order  to  lay  the  ghost  of  some  childless  person. 

Baithak,  the  village  club  and  hospice  ;  also  a  rest-house  at  a  holy  place  for 
the  accommodation  of  the  Gosain  on  his  annual  visit  on  the  feast-day. 

Bakhar,  a  house. 

Baraii-bas,  a  term  used  vaguely  with  reference  to  any  large  and  ancient  village 
to  imply   that  a   number  of  hamlets,  though  not  necessarily  exactly  twelve, 
have  been  founded  from  it.     Such  are  Bhadanwara,  Barauth,  &c,  of  which  a 
rustic  will  say  : — Uskc  bdrali-bds   haln  ;    aise   kahie  Jiain  ;  kuelih    base  hain ; 
Jcuchh  ujar  hain. 

Bardii,  an  ox. 

Barui,  a  class  of  weavers. 

B.is,  a  hamlet,  as  distinguished  from  kherd,  the  parent  settlement. 


GLOSSARY.  427 

BnAimr,  a  brother's  wife  (for  Ihrdtri-vadhu). 
Bhagavadi'ya,  devout. 
Bhainkra,  crying,  aa  of  a  child. 
Biiaena,  the  capital  of  a  pillar. 
Bharota,  a  bundle  of  wood  or  fodder. 
Biiayen,  to,  for,  as  regards. 
Bnon,  the  first  watering  of  any  crop. 
Bnu.i,  a  father's  sister. 

Bhumiya,  a  low  altar  or  platform  on  the  outskirts  of  a  village,  dedicated  to  the 
local  divinity,  or  rather  demon,  corresponding  to   the  Gram   Devi   of  the 
Mainpuri  and   other  districts.     It  often  resembles  in  form  a  Muhammadan 
grave,  consisting  of  an  oblong  block  of  stone  or  brickwork    with   a   recessed 
pillar  at  one  end  ;  offerings  are  made  upon  it  to  avert  the  spells  of  witch- 
craft, &c. 
Bhumra,  early  morning. 
Bhusri,  of  a  dull  red  colour,  as  a  cow. 
Birokiia,  afternoon. 
Bitonda,  a  stack  of  cow-dung  fuel. 
Biyara,  supper-time,  evening. 
Bohr-oat,  the  trade  of  a  bohrd,  or  money-lender. 
Bot,  a  flat  earthenware  flask  holding  about  two  sers. 
Bundi,  tail-less. 

Chaciia,  a  father's  younger  brother. 

Chenta-poti,  the  young  of  insects  or  lower  animals  generally. 

Chhail-kari,  a  small  ring  worn  in  the  upper  part  of  the  ear. 

Chitajja,  stone  eaves  of  a  house  or  other  building,  supported  on  projecting 

brackets. 
Chattra,  a  dole-bouse,  where  cooked  food  is   given   in   charity   to   indigent 

applicants. 
Chhaha,  small,  paltry,  slight ;  as  chliari  sawdri,  *  a  small  retinue.' 
Chhaei,  the  shaft  of  a  pillar. 
Chhenkna,  to  reject,  excommunicate. 
Chhora,  Chhori,  a  boy,  a  girl. 

Chiua,  the  capital  of  a  pillar,  when  it  has  brackets  attached  to  it. 
Chunai,  masonry  work. 

Dadiiaiya,  fresh,  as  a  colour. 

Danoha.  a  bullock  or  other  horned  animal  of  inferior  quality. 

Daei'e,  a  line. 

Daeiya,  a  coloured  shawl  worn  by  married  women. 


428  GLOSSARY. 

Dasa,  in  architecture,  a  string-course. 

Dehri,  a  threshhold  ,•  also  a  strip  of  pavement  between  two  piers  of  an  arcade. 

Dhab,  stature. 

Dheeh,  a  Chatnar. 

DnETATi,  a  daughter's  daughter. 

DniNG-DnrNGi,  force,  violence. 

Dhuhae  (for  Sanskrit  dhumla),  smoke-coloured,  dun,  as  a  cow. 

Dila,  in  architecture,  a  panel. 

Dobea,  a  long  piece  of  cloth  of  double  width,  used  as  a  carpet. 

Dola-pat,  the  masonry  pillars  and  stone  cross-bar  supporting  the  pulley  over  a 

well  worked  by  bullocks. 
Doli  hona,  to  go  away. 
Dothain",  early  morning,  sunrise. 

Elak,  a  sieve. 

Faujdae,  a  title  much  affected  by  Jats  and  used  simply  as  equivalent  to  their 
caste  name. 

Gami  (for  gr&myd)  rustic,  clownish. 

G-abai,  the  occupation  of  a  grazier  (for  gwdrai). 

Gariyara,  or  Garara,  a  cart-track. 

Gaeua,  a  brass  drinking  vessel. 

Gauchii,  the  moustache. 

Gaurua,  a  name  given  to  certain  clans  of  Thakur  descent,  that  are  held  in 

lower  esteem  than  other  branches  of  the  same  parent  stock,  in  consequence 

of  their  las  views  regarding  marriage  and  other  social  institutions. 
Ghtau,  used  by  the  Chaubes  for  gin. 
Gohnjo,  Gohn.ii,  a  father-in-law,  mother-in-law. 
Gokh  (for  gavdksha),  a  look-out ;  a  window  on  an  upper  story  with  a  projecting 

balcony. 
Gola,  a  bundle  of  leaves,  fodder,  &c,  and  specially  of  jhar-beri. 
Gonana,  to  escort  pilgrims. 
Gonawa,  an  escorter  of  pilgrims.     Brahmans   of  this   description  are  always 

going  backwards  and  forwards  between  Mathura,  and  Brinda-ban. 
Got  (for  goshtha,  a  cattle-pen),  an  enclosure  usually  made  by  a  thorn  fence  and 

used  for  stacking  straw,  fuel,  &c,  or  stalling  cattle. 
Guhae,  a  confederacy. 
Gunda,  wicked. 

Gutii-jana,  to  close  in  wrestling. 
Habkau,  excessive  greed. 
Hajibai,  yes. 


GLOSSARY.  429 

Hanoi,  a  fine  linen  sieve  for  sifting  flour,  as  distinct  from  chalni,  a  coarse  sieve 

for  grain. 
Hata-chanti,  a  dexterous  theft  from  under  one's  own  eye. 
Hato,  Hate,  was,  were  (for  thd  and  the). 
Hay  Hay,  properly  an  interjection,  but  often  used  as  a  noun  meaning  greed ;  thus, 

usko  rupaye  hi  hay  hay  rahi  hai,  'he  is  most  greedy  for  money.' 
Hej,  affection. 
Hela  parna,  to  call,  shout. 

Hilawa,  an  untrained  beast  of  draught,  yoked  as  an  outrigger. 
Hun,  I,  for  main  or  ham  :  as  wahdn  hun  gayo  hato,  '  I  had  gone  there.' 
Hurdang,  a  disorderly  dance. 

I,  frequently  substituted  for  a  as  in  Lachhmin  for  Jjachhman. 

Inch,  an  undertaking  on  the  part  of  the  village  baniya  to  settle  the  landlord's 
demand  for  rent  on  the  security  of  the  tenant's  crops,  of  which  he  takes 
delivery  after  harvest.  The  arrangement,  which  results  in  an  account  of  the 
most  complicated  description,  is  so  carried  out  as  totally  to  fustrate  the  inten- 
tions of  some  of  the  main  provisions  of  the  Rent  Law  ;  and,  as  it  pauperizes  the 
tenant  without  in  any  way  enriching  the  landlord,  it  may  justly  be  regarded 
as  one  of  the  main  causes  of  the  prevalent  agricultural  distress.  The  institu- 
tion of  Government  banks  seems  to  be  the  only  means  of  checking  the  evil. 
At  present  Es.  3-2-0  per  cent,  per  mensem  is  not  an  uncommon  rate  of 
interest. 

Indhan,  properly  'fuel'  ;  a  sluggard. 

Itek,  so  much. 

Ittan,  this  side,  this  way  ;  used  only  by  the  Chaubes. 

Ja,  the  oblique  case  of  the  demonstrative  pronoun,  as  jd  samay,  '  at  that  time  ; 
jdko  pita,  '  his  father.'  Those  who  argue  from  the  existence  of  this  and  a  few 
similar  peculiarities  that  Hindi  is  only  a  generic  name  for  a  variety  of  vulvar 
dialects  that  have  little  or  nothing  in  common,  might  with  equal  reason  maintain 
that  in  Shakespear's  time  there  was  no  such  language  as  English  ;  for  even  the 
greatest  writers  of  that  period,  when  books  were  few  and  man  untravelled, 
occasionally  betray  by  their  provincialism  the  county  that  gave  them  birth. 

Jag-Mohan,  the  choir,  or  central  compartment  of  a  Hindu  temple,  usually  sur- 
mounted by  a  sikhara,  or  tower. 

Jaraila,  jealous. 

Jarailapan,  or  Jalkokrapan,  jealousy. 

Jengra,  a  calf. 

Jeri,  a  wooden  pitch-fork,  also  called  lagi. 

Jet  bear  lena,  to  close  with  an  antagonist  in  a  struggle. 

108 


430  GLOSSARY. 

Jhamel,  delay. 

Jhaeap,  a  prop,  an  attached  shaft  or  pilaster. 

Jhera,  a  blind  well. 

Jhunjhaeka,  early  morning. 

Jua,  a  sister's  husband. 

Jijiya,  a  sister. 

Jirnoddhar,  the  restoration  of  a  ruined  temple  or  other  building. 

Jonhar,  naughtiness,  peevishness,  in  a  child. 

Jot,  exorcisms  and  incantations  as  practised  by  Jogis. 

Jure,  near. 

Kajra  (for  Icajjal),  lampblack. 

Kaka,  a  father's  younger  brother. 

Kan-vrit,  professional  begging. 

Karkas,  a  kind  of  water-fowl  abounding  at  Gokul  and  Gobardhan. 

Kathari,  equivalent  to  gudari,  a  tattered  garment. 

Eathaua,  a  wooden  dish. 

Kathauta,  in  the  lump;  equivalent  to  the  more  common  gol,  or  the  Arabic 

revenue  term  hilmukia. 
Kaura,  a  morsel. 
Khan,  time  (for  ksJ/an). 
Kiiandar,  brush-wood. 
Kiiandi,  an  instalment. 
Khera,  the  original  village  site,  as  distinguished  from  the  subordinate  hamlets 

of  later  formation. 
Khera-pat,  '  the  lord  of  the  khera,'  the  hereditary  village  purohit. 
Khilli,  a  jest,  joke. 

Khor,  a  double  sheet  or  wrapper,  as  an  article  of  clothing. 
Kfiunt,  a  corner. 
Khurka,  a  noise,  like  dhat.   Thus  klmrku  so  hliaijo,  'there  was  some  sort  of  a 

noise'. 
Killa,  a  great  noise,  or  outcry. 

Killi,  a  cry,  alarm,  as  main  ne  killi  macJtdi,  '  I  gave  the  alarm.' 
Kitek,  how  much. 

Kohar,  a  pole  set  slanting  over  a  well  to  assist  in  drawing  water  by  hand. 
Komaea  chakha,  '  easy  noon,'  a  little  before  noon,  Komara  being  equivalent  to 

narm,  as  in  the  phrase  narm  Jcos,    '  an  easy  or  short  kos,'  and  cMkhd  being 

the  midday  collation.     The  expression  is  sometimes  altered  to  komara  dopalir. 
Krita,  grace,  or  favour,  used  as  equivalent  to  the  Persian  complimentary  phrase 

taslrif.    Thus  dj  to  dp  ne  kalian  kripd  kari  ?    '  Where  has  your  honor  been 

to-day?' 


GLOSSARY-.  431 

Kuitab-gabiia,  a  piece  of  ground  near  a  villago  set  apart  for  the  burial  of 
children  that  die  as  infants,  before  they  have  been  initiated  into  Hinduism. 

Kunj,  a  court ;  an  occasional  residence,  or  rest-house,  generally  a  building  of 
elaborate  architectural  design  in  the  form  of  a  cloistered  quadrangle. 

Kuehna,  to  be  jealous. 

Kuskut,  sharpening  plough-snares;  the  work  of  a  village  smith. 

Labaea,  young  of  cattle. 

Lakoea,  a  bundle,  as  of  grass,  vetches,  &c. 

Lang,  side. 

Langtae,  a  row, 

Lapka,  a  wheedler,  flatterer. 

Lash,  the  Persian  word  for  '  a  corpse,'  often  used  of  a  man  who  is  merely 
wounded. 

Latak,  side,  direction,  as  purab  hi  latdk,  '  to  the  east ;'  also  figure,  or  atti- 
tude. 

Laudei,  a  twig  or  switch. 

Litei,  worn-out  shoes. 

Lohsda,  a  small  iron  pan. 

Malabiya,  a  small  earthen  pot. 

Maluk,  good. 

Mami  pina,  to  be  a  partisan  of  any  one,  to  support  his  cause. 

Mabaz  Mubabak,  '  the  lucky  disease,'  a  euphemism  for  '  the  itch  '. 

Mare,  bread  made  of  flour  mixed  with  ghi  and  baked  only  on  the  tawa.  This 
Hindus  can  eat  on  a  journey  with  their  clothes  on,  and  a  Bnihman  can  eat  it, 
though  it  has  been  baked  by  a  bania.  Ordinary  bread,  roti,  must  be  eaten 
with  the  clothes  off,  and  cannot  be  eaten  at  all  if  baked  by  a  man  of  inferior 
caste. 

Maeuaita,  a  hut. 

Maeoe,  pride,  affectation. 

Mathaurita,  an  earthen  pot  used  in  churning. 

Muddai,  the  Arabic  law-term  for  '  a  prosecutor  ' ;  generally  used  by  villagers, 
in  the  sense  of  '  an  enemy,'  and  thus  frequently  applied  to  '  the  defendant.' 

Mukaena,  or  MrKAB-JANA,  to  deny. 

Muk-mukka,  a  blow  with  the  fist. 

NamaT,  attentive  to. 

Nasik,  a  corner  of  a  building,  a  projection. 

Natni,  a  son's  daughter. 

Naua,  a  barber. 


432  GLOSSARY. 

Nibchhara,  leisure,  opportunity. 

Nikhea,  bright  and  clean. 

Nirsa  (for  ni-ras),  bad,  worthless,  counterfeit  (as  a  coin). 

Nohea,  a  cattle-yard. 

0,  a  frequent   substitute  for  o  as  a   masculine   termination   in   nouns   aud 
verbs. 

Ojha,  a  Brahman  carpenter  (for  upddhydyd). 
Okha,  counterfeit,  as  a  coin. 

01,  a  hostage. 

Ongna,  to  oil  the  wheels  of  a  carriage. 

Ob,  a  class  of  weaver  ■ 

Ob  hthna,  to  stand  up  in  any  one's  behalf. 

Osae,  an  out-building  (for  apasdrita). 

Ot,  profit. 

Ota,  a  low  wall. 

Paisa,  a  quarter  of  a  town,  so  also  para  (from  pada,  a  quarter). 
Pakhaea,  the  second  watering  of  any  crop. 
Palota,  an  iron-monger. 
Pambi,  a  row. 

Pabahatha,  a  kind  of  bread,  like  mare. 
Parua,  alluvial  laud  that  requires   no  artificial  irrigation  ;  being  flooded  by  the 

river  in  the  rains,  it  retains  its  moisture  all  through  the  year. 
Pataoa,  a  leaf  of  a  tree. 
Patkaea,  a  slap  on  the  top  of  the  head,  as  distinct  from   lhappar,  a  slap  on  the 

face,  and  thdp,  a  slap  on  any  other  part  of  the  body. 
Pendna,  short,  stunted  in  stature. 

Phaina,  a  kind  of  bread,  the  same  as  mare  and  pardmatha. 
Pichkatjea,  a  single  sheet,  or  wrapper,  used  as  an  article  of  clothing. 
Pichhwaea,  the  back  of  a  house. 
Pilla,  a  little  dog,  a  puppy. 

Pita  Pabekha,  used  either  separately  or  together,  remorse. 
Poli,  the  entrance  hall  or  door  of  a  house. 
Pot,  beads,  a  turn  ;  thus  with  apni  pot  ko  gusse  men  djdtd  hai,  '  when  it  comes  to 

his  turn  he  gets  angry.' 
Peatap,  a  term  of  compliment,  like  the  Latin  auspice  or  Persian  ikbdl. 
Puchhi,  grazing-fees,  at  so  much  per  head,  or  rather  tail. 
Pulaj,  low  lands  lying  between  sand-hills ;  used  at  Sanket. 
Pub,  a  hide. 
Puth,  sand-hills. 


GLOSSARY.  433 

Bafu  Chakkab  hona,  to  run  away,  to  skedaddle. 

Rakhta,  a  preserve,  a  bit  of  woodland  near  a  village,  in  which,  from  a  religious 
sentiment,  no  trees  are  allowed  to  be  cut  by  any  one  ;  even  the  dry  timber  being 
generally  accounted  the  perquisite  of  some  Bairdgi  who  has  his  hermitage  on  the 
spot.  Any  villager  found  cutting  a  green  bough  would  be  excommunicated 
from  caste  privileges  for  a  term  of  years. 

Rani,  self-sown.     Thus,  rukhri  rani  upaji, '  a  weed  has  come  up  of  itself.' 

Rengna,  to  walk  slowly. 

Rengta,  an  ass's  foal. 

Renuta,  a  spinning  wheel. 

Renuti,  a  wheel  for  cleaning  cotton  and  separating  it  from  the  cotton  seed, 
banola. 

Reni  (from  the  Sanskrit  root  ri, '  to  distill'),  any  substance  from  which  dye  can 
be  extracted. 

RfNGHNA,  to  languish. 

Risna,  to  leak. 

Sabha,  the  nave  of  a  temple. 
Sakabau,  early  in  the  morning,  betimes. 
Santa,  a  thonged  stick  for  driving  cattle. 
Sab,  a  cow-house. 
Saue,  a  quilt,  or  padded  wrapper. 
Sel-kiiabi,  steatite,  soap-stone. 

Senhan,  or  Sehi,  a  well-digger  (from  sendhna,  to  mine). 
Seth-ganth,  cobbling  (from  setra,  a  derivative  of  si, '  to  sew.') 
Sohni,  a  broom. 

Son,  a  substitute  for  the  affix  se. 
Sun  b aetna,  to  be  silent. 

Swant  relief:  thus,  dawd  dete  hi  swdnt  par  gai,  '  as  soon  as  the  medicine  was 
given,  he  got  relief.' 

Tankhi,  a  tank,  or  reservoir  for  water,  when  cut  out  of  the  natural  rock,  as  on 

the  Nand-ganw  and  Barsana  hills.     Probably  from  tdnki, '  a  chisel.' 
Tap,  the  base  of  a  pillar. 
Taeak,  a  square  beam. 
Tau,  a  father's  elder  brother  (for  idta). 
Tuabi,  a  shopkeeper's  stall. 
Thasak,  affectation,  display. 
Tikba,  a  kind  of  bread,  like  mdre. 
Tilla,  a  blow. 

Titaea,  the  third  watering  of  any  crop. 

109 


434  GLOSSARY. 

Tippas,  pomp. 

Ton,  a  trace. 

Toba,  in  architecture,  brackets  supporting  the  projecting  eaves  or  chhajja. 

TJllayat,  quickness. 

Uleta,  bread  of  the  kind  described  under  mare. 

Unhab,  like. 

Uttan,  that  side  ;  used  only  by  the  Chaubes. 

TJsaeana,  to  change  or  remove,  as  courses  at  a  dinner. 

~Wa,  demonstrative  pronoun  or  definite  article,  as  tea  baniya  ne  wd  stri  son  kahi, 
'  the  baniya  said  to  the  woman.' 

Yun  hIn,  just  so,  gratis,  for  nothing. 

ZAiirNDAB,  '  a  landowner,'  used  as  equivalent  simply  to  a  Jat  by  caste,  without 
special  reference  to  mode  of  life. 


INDEX. 


ABD-ni.-MA.TrD,  29. 

Abd-un-Nabi,  3G,  151,  173. 

Acha,  112. 

Aganvalas,  the,  12. 

Agra  Canal,  21,  359,  375. 

Agra  Sarkar,  4. 

Ahalya  Bai,  186. 

Ahivaeis,  the,  10,  292,  294,  415. 

Ahmad  Shah,  Durani,  39. 

Ajnokh,  75,  84. 

Akbar,  34,  172,  221,  241. 

Akbarpur,  30,  307,  373. 

Akrur,  02,  85,  207. 

Aligarh,  17,  4 1. 

Ambarisha,  145. 

Angiras,  61. 

Anna-kut,  the,  300-301. 

Anyor,  83,  301-302. 

Aring,  1,  62,  83,  380. 

Arishta,  62,  83,  381. 

Ar-khera,  401. 

Asaf  Khan,  29. 

Asikunda  Ghat,  148. 

Asoka,  104,  110. 

Aurangahad,  47,  173,  381. 

Aurangzeb,  35,  243,  274,  316. 

Awa,  Raja  of,  11,  417. 

Ayra  Kh'erS,  9,  399. 

Azamabad  Sarao,  30. 

Azam  Khan,  175. 

BXcnHAts,  the,  12. 

Bachh-ban,  12,  57,  376. 

Badan  Sinh,  Thakur,  38,  264,  339,  367. 

Badanni,  34. 

Bajana,  391. 

Baladeva,  town,  292. 

Baladeva  Singh,  Raja,  45,  306. 

Balaram,  54-59,  111,  169,  184. 

Balavant  Sinh,  Raja,  45,  157,  307. 

Balbbadra  kund,  120,  132. 

Banaras,  105,  126. 

Bandi,  348. 

Ban-jatra,,  75,  81-91. 

Banko  Bihari,  temple  of,  217. 

Barsana,  42,  74,  84,  91,  311-14,  337,  422,  424. 

Batten,'  77,  85,  98,  348,  364. 

Bathi,  82,  34  1. 

Bengali  Vaishnavas,  197. 

Bernier,  27,  36,  127. 

Beschi,  Father,  6S. 

Best,  Mr.,  139.  163. 

Bhadra-ban,  58,  87,  189. 


Bbagavad  Gita,  69,  190. 

Bhagavan  Das,  Raja,  1  IS,  211,  304. 

Bhagavat  Puiana,  51,  53. 

Bhakt-Mila,  tbo,  101,    142, 190,  200,  218,  252, 

303. 
Bhakt-Sindhn,  tie,  219,  221. 
Bh&ndir-ban,  58,  87,  391. 
Bharat  Milan,  182. 
Bharat-pur,  7. 
Bharna,  7,  84,  350. 
Bhat-rond,  temple  of,  8G,  186, 
Bhau  Daji,  Prof.,  109. 
Bhau-gauu  ,  74. 
Bhima.  81. 
Bhim,  Raja,  247. 
Bhishma,  299. 
i:      '  mak,  66. 

Bhutesvar,  temple  of,  120,  125,  131. 
Bihari  Mall,  of   \tnber,  305. 
Biharini  Das,  222. 
BirDal,  222. 

Bitthalndth,  Gosain,  284. 
Blochmann,  Mr.,  31,  151,  1G4,  338,  34C. 
Brahmanda  Ghat,  88,  280. 
Brahma  Samaj,  L90,  195. 
Brahma  Samhandh,  285. 
Brahma-Vaivarta  Parana,  73,  186,  314,  332. 
Brahm-kund,  189. 
Brahmotsav,  the,  261. 
Braj,  ',.  72,  76,  -is. 
Braj  Bl  ashi,  ."..  319. 
Braj-bilas.  the,  75. 
Braj-mandal,  the,  78,  91, 
Mriliat  Sanhita,  3,  8. 
Brinda-han,  184-271. 
Budha,  3. 

Buddha,  70.  103,  117. 
Burlton.  Lieut.,  47. 
Byomasur,  63. 
Byom  Sar,  the,  238. 

Cantonments,  161. 
Chaitanya,  197,  221,  287. 
Chandra-gnpta,  51. 
Chanur,  02,  64,  131,  137. 

a  Pahar,  85,  365,  422,  423. 
Chaubes,  the,  9, 
Chaumuha,  30,  373. 
Chanrasi  Pada,  the,  208. 
Chaurasi  temple,  13. 
Chanrasi  Virta,  the,  2^8,  295. 
Chauw  ira  mounds,  122,  171. 
Chhata,  5,  6,  29,  3S,  47,  90,  373. 
Chhataii.  20. 


u 


INDEX. 


Chhatthi  Palna,  the,  172,  275. 

Gindoi,  335. 

Chhatikra,  181. 

Giri  Prasad,  Thakur,  7,  289. 

Chhattrasal,  Raja,  231,  238. 

Giri-raj,  the,  300. 

Chitor,  9,  12,  342,  405. 

Gobard'han,  60,  81,  89,  300. 

Churanian,  Jat,  37. 

Gobind  Das,  Seth,  14,  200,  377,  378,  417. 

Church,  Catholic,  161,  417-420. 

Gobind-Deva,  temple  of,  188,  241,  250. 

City-wall,  122. 

Gobind  Singh,  Raja,  17,  49. 

Constable,  Mr.  A.,  153. 

Godwin-Austen,  Colonel,  345. 

Cunningham,   Genl.,  8,  106,  107,  103,  116,  120, 

Gokarnesvar,  133. 

123,  125,  168,  275,  270,  279. 

Gokharauli,  398. 

Customs  line,  28. 

Goknl,  10,  54,  56,  76,  89,  272,  282-291. 

Gokul-nath,  Gosain,  281,  292. 

Da'ngoli,  87. 

Gokul-nafch,  temple  of,  301. 

Dasnimis,  the,  308. 

Gonanda,  111. 

Daya  Ram,  Thakur,  16-17,  23S. 

Gopis,  the,  01. 

DeLaet,  John,  27-28,  367. 

Gopinath,  temple  of,  253, 

Delhi  road,  27,  421. 

Growse,  etymology  of,  331. 

Devaki,  53,  131. 

Gupta  dynasty,  113. 

Devapi,  300. 

Givalior 'temples,  249,  276. 

Dharapatan  Ghat,  146. 

Dhenuk,  58,  82. 

Hansg.anj,  6,  307. 

Dhir  Sarnir,  temple  of,  261. 

Hari  Das,  Swimi,  217,  223. 

Dhruva,  1  17. 

Hari  Deva,  temple  of,  304-5. 

Dhruva  Das,  Gosain,  216. 

Hari  Narayan  Sinh,  Rija,  19,  417. 

Dig,  42,  43,  45. 

Hari  Vans  Gosain,  199,' 203. 

Digpal,  Raja,  273. 

Harivansa,  52,  309,  316. 

Dilawar  Khan,  jamadar,  47. 

Hardinge,  Mr.  Bradford,  157. 

Diwali,  the,  303. 

Tl  a  ,  r,  Mr.  Robert,  260. 

Dotana,  29,  337,  366,  424. 

Hal  i  ma,  21. 

Dunde  Kh:'m,  20,  386. 

Hathras,  18,  19,  48. 

Durjan  Sal,  45.  403. 

Hang,  Dr.,  409. 

Durrasas,  145,  368. 

Heber,  Bishop,  27,  155,  366,  419. 

Duryodhau,  52. 

Hermseus,  113. 

Dwaraka,  52,  65,  126,  310,  3G1. 

Hessing,  Colonel,  150. 

Dwarakadhis,  temple  of,  156. 

Himmat  Bahadur,  Gosain,  308. 

Dyce  Sombre,  42. 

Hiranya  Kasipu,  93,  132. 

Hoernle,  Dr.,  109,  334,  356. 

Earthquake,  1813  A.D.,  152. 

Holanga  Mela,  98, 

Edessa,  69. 

Holi,  the,  91. 

Eusebius,  69. 

Hunter,  Dr.,  4,  185,  311,  319,  32S,  352,  379, 

401. 

Fa  HrAN,  103,  121,  278. 

Huvishka,  110,  112,  111,  123,  171. 

Faiz  Ali  Khan,  K.C.S.I.,  Nawib,  20,  377. 

Hwen  Thsaug,  3,  101,  108,  118. 

Famine  years,  23,  24,  25. 

Farrah,  382. 

Impa'd  Ali  Kham,  c.s.i.,  48,  49. 

Fergusson,  Mr.,  78,  109,  248,  253-56,  275,  277, 

Indra,  60,  85,  318. 

419. 

Irshad  Ali  Khan,  20,  404. 

Farishta,  32. 

Isa  Tarkhin,  Mirza,  175. 

Firoz  Shah,  185. 

Isa-pur,  6,  121. 

Fraser,  Major-Genera!,  45. 

Islampur,  6. 

Itibar  Khan.  Khwaja,  29. 

Gang-aptuk,  Bhastei,  373. 

Itimad  Ali  Khan,  20. 

Ganga  Mohan  Kunj,  173,  265. 

Itimad  Rae,  20. 

Ganges  Canal,  22. 

Gargi  Sargi,  134. 

Japqukmont,  Mons.,  71,  150,  188,  374. 

Gargi  Sanhita,  107. 

Jsdons,  the,  11. 

Gauruas,  the,  11. 

Jahangir,  27,  30,  35. 

Ghantabharan  Ghat,  146. 

Jait,  74,  350. 

Ghats,  the  24,  144-48. 

Jalesar,  1,  2,  7,  11. 

Ghazipur,  320. 

Janialpur  Sarae,  108,  115. 

Ghazi-ud-din,  39. 

Jarnbu  Swami,  12. 

GUulam  Kadir,  43. 

Jamuua,  the,  71,  120,  129,  184. 

INDEX. 


ill 


Jamuna  Bagh,  149,  174. 

Jarasandlia,  51,  65,  111. 

Jasavant  Sinli,  Kiija,  19. 

Jasoda,  274,  3  18. 

Jitharas,  the,  8. 

Jats,  the,  7. 

Jau,  85,  350,  364. 

Jawahir  Singh,  Kaja,  40,  308. 

Jayapida,  112. 

Jajpur,  140,  305. 

Jay  Sinh,  Sawao,  38,  125,  135,  140,  264. 

Jngal-Kislior,  temple  of,  254. 

Kachhw^has,  the,  380. 
Kalars,  the,  353. 

Kali-mardan  Ghat,  11,  58,  74,  250,  264. 
Kamar,  74,  343,  350,  307. 
Kam-ban,  343,  371. 
Kanishka,  110,  112,  114. 
KankaHtila,  117,  121,  131. 
Kansa,  50,  53,  55,  67. 
Kans  ka  Tila,  1-5. 
Kans  Khar,  111. 
Karab,  335. 
Karahla,  74,  79,  84. 
Karamat  Ali,  48. 
Kama,  52,  111. 
Kashmir,  51,  110. 
Keith,  Major  J.  B.,  249. 
Kern,  Professor,  108,  16G. 
Kesava,  62,  129-130. 

Kesava  Deva,  temple  of,   37,  106,  126-29,  137. 
Kesav  Bhatt,  142,  I  17. 
Kesav  Chandra  Son,  106. 
Kesi  Ghat,  02,  264. 
Kesin,  62. 
Kewar-ban,  189. 
Khadira-ban,  57,  85. 
Khaira,  57,  80,  85. 
Khelan-ban,  2S1,  424. 
Kiyamat-nauui,  the,  231. 
fOisoboras,  279. 
Koila,  281,  350. 

Kokila-ban,  74,  S5,  194,  365,  42 1. 
Kol,  394. 

Kosi,  5,  6,  29,  41,  47,  94,  359-64. 
Knt-ban,  41,  78,  85. 
Krishna,  50-70,  111. 
Kubja,  63,  132. 
Kulchand,  Kaja,  32. 
Kukar-gama,  169,  350. 
Kumona,  20,  386. 
Kusum  Sarovar,  308,  330. 

Lachhman  DXs,  Seth,  15. 

Lakhmi  Chand,  Seth,  14,  15,  47,  133,  154,  157, 

386,  393. 
Lake,  Lord,  17,  44-45. 
Lala  Babu,  the,  14,  25S,  313,  316,  372. 
Lalita  Yistara,  the,  70,  105,  170. 
Lai  Khani  family,  19,  20. 
Lethbridge,  Mr.,  27. 


Loha-ban.  87,  90,  339,  364. 
Lodhas,  the,  111. 
Lorinser,  Dr.,  69. 

Makas  Mohan,  temple  of,  250. 

Madem,  '.'.  401. 

Madlm-baii,  53,  81,  310,  330. 

Madhva  Vaishnavas,  196. 

Magadhs    50,  66 

Mahaban,  32,  56,  88,  272-281. 

Mahahharat,  the,  51,  347,  408,  410. 

Mah&vidya  Devi,  135. 

Mahai  ira,  13,  1 17. 

Mahinud  of  Ghazni,  32,  272. 

MahoU,  1.  53,  81,  125,  321,  330. 

Mainpnri  district,  4,  12,  273. 

Malakanas,  the,  13. 

Malik  Dasis,  the.  230. 

M&nasi  I  langa,  173,  303. 

Mangi  Lai,  Seth,  15,  48. 

Mangotla,  4,  341. 

Man  Sarovar,  87. 

Mmi  Ram,  Seth,  14. 

Ma,,  Sinh,  Raja,  139,  244,  303. 

Man  Sinh  II.,  Raja,  262. 

Mardan  AH  Khan,  20. 

Marshall,  Major-General,  17. 

MSrtand,  temple  of,  7S. 

Mat.  56,  76,  87,  391. 

Mathura  City,  103-183. 

Mathuva  Mahatm  '    125,  112. 

M  !-i,  ;,a  Railway,  16,  20,  159. 

Matthew's  Gos]  el,  St.,  07. 

Menander,  108. 

Mnchkunda,  65. 

Muir,  Dr.  John,  70,  409. 

Muminabad,  G. 

Mursan,  10-17.  403. 

Mnrshid  Ali  Khan,  35. 

Museum.  163-174, 

Mushtika,  62,  64,  131,  137. 

Mutiny  of  1857,  46-49. 

Najaf  Khan,  Vazir.  43. 

Nanda,  54,  50.  61,  03.  314. 

Nand  ganw,  74,  93,  314-17,  338. 

Narada,  68. 

Nirayan  Bhatt,  75,  89,  283. 

Nariyan  Das,  Seth,  15,  262. 

Nari  Semri,  86,  342. 

Nath-dwara,  130. 

Naval  Singh,  Kaja,  41.  \ 

Nidh-ban,  the,  219,  241. 

Nimbarak  Sampradaya,  194. 

Nirukta  Vedanga,  300. 

Noh-jhil,  4,  9,  172,  275,  345,  390,  393. 

OCHTEBIONY,  SlE  DAVID,  45. 
Oldenberg,  Dr.,  113. 

PadmaPi-ra'na,  8. 
Paiganw,  75. 


IV 


INDEX. 


Pairaki  mela,  181. 

Paitha,  83,  335. 

Pali-khera,  124,  1G6. 

Panchajana,  64,  65. 

Pan  Sarovar,  315. 

Parsoli,  83,  328. 

Parson,  333. 

Patanjali,  50. 

Patali-putra,  51,  108. 

Patni  Mall  Raja,  136. 

Fhalen,  93,  352. 

Pisiya,  74,  70,  84,  351,  423. 

Pontoon  bridge,  139. 

Potara-kund,  131. 

Prabhasa,  04,  65. 

Prahlad,  132. 

Pralamba,  50,  87. 

Pramoda,  112. 

Pran-nathis,  the,  230. 

Prom  Sagar,  53. 

Prinsep,  James,  107. 

Public  Garden,  174. 

Purushottam  Lai,  Gosain,  149,  289,  417. 

Purusha  Sukta,  the,  409. 

Putaua,  55. 

Putana-kh&r,  2S0. 

RXdha',  74,  186,  193,  311,  350. 

RadhA  Bagh,  240. 

Radha  P.allahh,  temple  of,  172,  202,  255. 

Radha  Dai lar,  temple  of,  257. 

Eadha,  Gopal,  temple  of,  263. 

Eadba  Krishan,  Seth,  14. 

Radha-kund,  62,  82,  HO. 

Radha-Raman,  temple  of,  262. 

Eadha-sudha-nidhi,  the,  203. 

Eadha-vallabhis,  the,  100. 

Raghunath  Das,  Seth,  12,  386. 

Eaia-Tarangini,  the,  110,  114. 

Eajeudra  Lai  Mitra,  Dr.,  51,  67,  109,  168,  170, 

256,  347. 
Ramanak,  58. 
Ean.ami.ja,  193,  260. 
Earn  Lila,  182. 
Rana  Katehra,  273. 
Randhir  Sinh,  Raja,  17,  45,  306,  383. 
Rangacharya,  Swami,  14,  260,  265,  279. 
Rangii.  temple  of,  260. 
RanjM  Binh,  Raja,  41,  43,  45,  309,  364. 
Rankata,  28. 
Rasdharis,  the,  79. 
Ras-lila,  70. 

Rata  Si. ib,  Raja,  41,  265. 
Rival,  87,  SO,  350. 
Raya,  47,  401. 
Reinhard,  Walter,  10,  42. 
Rupa  and  Sanatana,  75,  108,  243,  250,  257. 
Eup  Kam,  Katara,  76,  91,  145,  311. 

SA'nn<nAN  Siddha'nt,  tho,  223. 
Sadabad,  1,  4,  13,  404. 
Sadullah  Khan,  4,  401. 


Sadr  Bazar,  149. 
Bafdar  Jang,  39. 
Sahar,  5,  22,  38,  374. 
Sahori,  36,  151. 
Sahpau,  405. 
Saketa,  L08. 
Samogarh,  35. 
Sankari-Khor,  the,  314. 
Sankasya,  4. 
Banket,  75,  SO,  351. 
Sankh-ohur,  61,  186. 
Santanu,  200,334. 
Saraes,  imperial,  20,  30. 
Sarasvati-kund,  134. 
Saraugis,  the,  12,  362,  405. 
Sardhana,  4  2. 
Sari-putra,  103,  105. 
Sarvar  Sultan,  177. 
Sati   Burj,   1  is. 
Sat, ,!,;,,  ij'.i'.i.  ;;:j|.. 
Satrughna,  53,  81,  310. 
Seleucidas,  era  of,  113. 
Senva,  331. 
Sehi,  12,  370. 

li,  85. 
Shahganj   Sarae,  120. 
Shahjahan,  35,  272. 
Shahpur.  5,  13,  368. 
Shaikh  Ghat,  146. 
Shergarh,  so.  85,  171,  378. 
Sikandar  Lodi,  34. 
Sisupal,  66, 
SivaTal,  136. 
Biyara,  50,  85,  352. 
Bona,  70,  01. 
Sonai,  345,  402. 
Sonkh,  332,  345,  382. 
Sridama,  50,   ISO,  311. 
Srinath,  temple  of,  301. 
Sringar-bat,  257. 
Sri  Harsha,  110. 
Sri  Sampradaya,  102. 
Stacey,  Colonel,  107,  124,  167. 
Straehey,  Sir  John,  163,  247,  24S,  278. 

in,  61. 
Sniii  Sir,  tli,..  230. 
Sunrakh,  1 1. 

Suraj  Mall.  Raja,  30-40,  173,  264,  307,  367. 
Surasen,  70. 
Bur  Das,  75,  99. 
Surir,  343,  395. 
Sutherland,  Colonel  150. 

T\i.  ban,  58,  82. 
Tan  Sen.  22(1. 
I   Tarsi.  78,  S2,  335. 
Tavernier,  20,  110,  127. 
Thomas,  Mr.   E.,  113.  I3S. 
Thomas.  St.,  the  apostle,  67. 
Thornhill,  Mr.  .Mark,  15,  46,  47,  163. 
Thornton's  Gazetteer,  37,  L88. 
Tieffenthaller,  Fr.,  10,  70,  152,  187,  250,  277. 


INDEX. 


Titan  Rani's  tomplo,  2G3. 

Vasudeva,  Raja,  107,  112,  113,  114. 

Tosh,  57. 

Vikramaditya,  109,  113. 

Trinavart,  55,  273. 

Vira-hhadra,  137. 

Visrant  Ghat,  64,  141,  1 43. 

Uokaskn,  50,  53,  64. 

Vraja-hhakti-vilaaa,  59,  89,  338,  351,  374. 

Umrao  Bahadur,  386,  393. 

Vjas-ji,  Gosain,  216. 

Upagupta,  105,  118. 

Upendra,  60. 

Weber,  Professor,  67. 

Uruvilva,  105. 

Woina  Kadphises,  113. 

Dttanapada,  147. 

Wilaon,  Professor,  75,  111,  221. 

VALtABnA'CHA'RYA,  Gosaw,  283,  352. 

Tahya,  Sufi,  13. 

Varaha  Mihira,  3. 

Varaha   Parana,  78. 

ZXbita  KnA'N,  41,  273. 

Vararuchi,  328,  337,  343. 

Zafaryab  Khan,  42. 

Vasudeva,  53,  131,  274. 

Zuhur  Ali  Khan,  20. 

NOTICES. 

Mathurd :  a  District  Memoir.  By  F.  S.  Growse.  Second  Edition.  (  Printed 
at  the  North-Western  Provinces  and  Oudh  Government  Press.)  It  has  been  our 
lot  not  only  to  see,  but  also  to  read  through,  nearly  all  the  accounts  of  districts  and 
of  provinces  which  the  example  of  Dr.  W.  W.  Hunter  has  drawn  in  recent  years 
from  so  many  Anglo-Indian  officials.  They  contain  a  magazine  of  local  information 
which  has  never  been  duly  appreciated  in  this  country.  So  far  as  possible,  the 
cream  of  the  labour  of  a  hundred  willing  but  unknown  workers  will  be  given  to  the 
English  public  in  the  forthcoming  Imperial  Gazetteer  of  India.  But  students  will 
always  be  anxious  to  resort  to  the  fountain-head.  To  such  we  recommend  Mr. 
Growse's  District  Memoir  as  probably  the  one  among  all  which  is  most  inspired  with 
the  genuine  love  of  India  and  the  Indian  people.  A  photograph  of  a  great  native 
banker  (now  dead),  taken  by  a  native, faces  the  title-page  ;  and  all  through  the  volume 
native  art,  native  forms  of  religion,  native  manners  and  customs,  are  the  chief 
subjects  dealt  with.  Mr.  Growse  is  not  only  one  of  the  first  of  Hindi  scholars  ;  he  is 
also  a  sympathetic  imitator  of  Hindu  architecture.  To  turn  to  his  pages  and  his 
numerous  photographs,  after  having  dazed  our  wits  in  the  labyrinthine  figures 
of  an  administration  or  settlement  report,  is  like  passing  from  the  glare  of  a 
tropical  sun  into  the  cool  of  some  Hindu  shrine  or  Muhammadan  tomb.  We 
feel  that  we  are  learning  something  of  the  charm  which  still  envelopes  the  East  for 
all  those  who  have  the  faculty  to  perceive  it— Academy. 

We  wish  there  were  more  Indian  civil  servants  like  Mr.  Growse,  with  eyea 
open  to  see  and  intellects  cultivated  to  appreciate  the  marvels  of  which  the 
country  where  their  sphere  of  duty  lies  is  full.  Unhappily,  Indian '' civilians " 
are  as  a  class  Philistine  to  their  hearts'  core.  A  competent  observer  tells  us 
that  "  it  is  a  very  exceptional  thing  for  them  to  possess  a  real  knowledge  of  the 
colloquial  vernacular,"  and  that  "  they  know  next  to  nothing  really  of  the 
habits,  standpoints,  and  modes  of  thought  of  the  people."  They  do  not  think 
these  things  worth  knowing.  Contempt  for  the  race  they  are  called  upon  to 
rule  is  too  often  the  dominant  feeling  in  the  awkward,  cold,  pig-headed,  and 
narrow-minded  young  Englishman  who  goes  out  to  India  from  an  English  uni- 
versity or  an  English  crammer's  establishment.  It  is  a  feeling  which  is  absolutely 
fatal  to  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  Hindu  or  Muhammadan  art  or  literature. 

The  author  of  this  exceedingly  interesting  district  memoir  is  an  official 
of  a  very  different  type.     It  may  be  truly  said  of  him  that  "  he  brought  an  oye 


2  mathurX. 

for  all  he  saw"  when  he  entered  upon  the  charge  of  the  district  which  for  several  years 
was  subject  to  his  sway.  He  brought,  too,  no  inconsiderable  literary  faculty  to 
describe  what  he  saw.     And  this  interesting  volume  is  the  result. 

We  should  add  that  Mr.  Growse's  volume  is  illustrated  by  a  number  of 
excellent  photographs,  not  the  least  interesting  of  which  is  that  representing 
the  pretty  Catholic  Church  of  the  Sacred  Heart  at  Mathura,  an  edifice  the 
erection  of  which  is  mainly  due  to  the  author's  zeal  and  liberality.— Tablet. 


The  lately  published  second  edition  of  Mr.  Growse's  Mathura  Memoir 
shows  that,  excellent  as  the  first  was,  improvement  was  not  impossible.  That 
a  trifle  gives  perfection,  though  perfection  is  not  a  trifle,  has  been  well  remem- 
bered ;  and  throughout  the  volume  may  be  noticed  slight  fresh  touches  of 
polish  which  greatly  enhance  its  value.  More  important  additions  have  been 
made  to  the  chapters  which  deal  with  Hinduism,  the  etymology  of  place-names, 
and  the  development  of  the  local  style  of  architecture.  The  autotype  illustra- 
tions are  from  negatives  taken  by  native  photographers  of  Mathura,  and, 
except  in  one  case,  are  remarkably  successful.  Amongst  the  photographs  is  one 
of  the  Catholic  Church  at  Mathura,  which,  with  this  book,  will  be  an  abiding 
proof  of  how  wide  a  field  there  is  in  India  for  the  working  of  English  learning 
and  culture  and  taste.  A  labour  of  love  rather  than  duty,  and  therefore  unlike 
most  similar  performances,  Mr.  Growse's  work  amply  proves  the  superiority 
of  the  man  who  has  something  to  say  over  the  man  who  has  to  say  something. 
It  is  a  pity,  if  nothing  more,  that  an  officer  so  intimate  with  Mathura  and  its 
people  should  have  been  transferred  to  less  familiar  and  less  cougenial  fields 
of  administration.  With  the  accession  of  another  king  who  knew  not  Joseph, 
Mr.  Growse  found  himself  compelled  to  bid  farewell  to  his  favourite  antiqui- 
ties, to  leave  his  restorations  unfinished,  and  to  depart  for  Bulandshahr.  He 
carried  with  him,  however,  the  notes  which  have  enabled  him  to  produce  this  second 
edition. — Pioneer  (hvo  notices). 


Some  years  ago  the  Government  of  the  North-Western  Provinces  resolved  to  pub- 
lish a  series  of  local  memoirs  of  the  various  districts  constituting  that  province.  The 
Memoir  under  review  is  one  of  that  series  ;  and  it  is  unquestionably  the  fullest  and 
most  valuable  of  all  that  have  been  hitherto  published.  Its  value  is  sufficiently  shown 
by  the  fact  that  this  is  already  the  second  edition  after  the  short  interval  of  six  years, 
the  first  edition  having  been  published  in  187-1.  Good  as  the  latter  was,  the  value 
of  the  second  edition  has  been  much  increased  by  the  addition  of  new  and  important 
matter.     The   best  of  these  additions  undoubtedly  is  the  last  chapter  of  the   first 


mathtjbX.  3 

part,  which  treats  of  "  the  etymology  of  local  names  in  Northern  India  as  exemplified 
in  the  district  of  Mathura."  Mr.  Growse  has  certainly  succeeded  in  proving  his 
general  position  that  "  local  names  in  Upper  India  are,  as  a  rule,  of  no  very  remote 
antiquity,  and  are,  prima  facie,  referable  to  Sanskrit  and  Hindi  rather  than  to  any 
other  language,"  though  some  of  his  derivations  perhaps  will  not  meet  with  general 
acceptance.  Another  valuable  new  chapter  is  the  fourth,  which  gives  probably  tho 
fullest  extant  description  of  the  Holi  festival  of  the  Hindus  ;  and  the  eighth,  which 
gives  a  very  detailed  account  of  some  of  the  most  important  Vaishnava  reformers. 
Of  the  older  portions  of  the  Memoir,  the  most  interesting  are  the  two  historical  and 
archaeological  chapters  ;  one  of  which  narrates  the  fortunes  of  Mathura  during  the 
period  of  Muhammadan  supremacy,  while  the  other  relates  what  is  known  of  the 
history  of  that  city  and  its  famous  monasteries  and  stupas  in  the  early  centuries  of  our 
era,  when  it  was  almost  wholly  given  up  to  Buddhism.  The  extremely  interesting 
remains  of  this  period,  the  discovery  and  preservation  of  which  are  mainly  due  to  the 
indefatigable  exertions  of  the  author  of  the  Memoir,  are  carefully  and  minutely  des- 
cribed. The  whole  work  is  divided  into  two  parts,  and  the  second  is  wholly  devoted  to 
statistical  information  which,  though  unreadable  to  the  general  public,  will,  of  course, 
be  extremely  useful  to  Government  officials.  The  requirements  of  the  former  are 
liberally  consulted  by  the  first  and  much  the  larger  part,  which  contains  separate 
chapters  on  probably  everything  of  interest  connected  with  Mathura.  Not  the  least 
of  the  merits  of  the  book  consists  in  the  many  beautiful  photographic  and  other 
illustrations  of  the  most  notable  persons,  buildings  and  antiquities  of  Mathura. 
Altogether  it  is  a  model  of  what  a  district  memoir  may  be  made,  and  the  author  is 
to  be  congratulated  on  the  success  which  he  has  achieved. — Indian  Antiquary. 


More  fortunate  than  Lahore  ia  Mathura  in  yielding  treasures  of  ancient  times 
and  in  possessing  a  man  who  has  entered  heart  and  soul  into  its  history,  past  and 
present.  In  1874  Mr.  Growse  published  the  first  edition  of  his  interesting  work  on 
Mathura,  which  formed  one  of  a  uniform  series  of  local  histories  compiled  by  order 
of  the  Government.  To  what  was  a  most  interesting  memoir  the  author  has  added 
in  the  second  edition,  recently  published,  many  important  chapters,  expanded  a  few 
remarks  on  the  etymology  of  local  names  into  a  thorough  philological  discussion,  and 
supplemented  topographical  notes.  The  memoir  is,  moreover,  beautifully  illustrated 
with  plates  produced  by  the  London  Autotype  Company,  so  as  to  give  the  reader 
a  vivid  picture  of  the  subject  in  hand.  Mr.  Growse  points  out  with  justice  the 
possibility  of  an  Anglo-Indian  architecture— but  not  as  carried  out  by  the  Public 
Works  Department — being  spread  throughout  India,  with  as  great  a  success  as  Indo- 
Greek  art  in  the  days  of  Asoka,  or  the  Hindu-Saracenic  art  in  the  reign  of  Akbar. 
The  author  of  Mathura  is  a  man  of  taste  as  well  as  of  learning,  and  has  in  consequence 

110 


MATHURA. 


produced  a  memoir  winch  will  not  merely  serve  as  a  reference  with  regard  to  the 
district  it  describes,  but  is  of  historical,  archaeological,  ethnological,  philological,  and 
artistic  information  besides. — Lahore  Civil  and  Military  Gazette. 


Mr.  F.  S.  Growse  has  published  a  second  edition  of  his  Mathura :  a  District  Memoir, 
the  first  edition  of  which  we  noticed  in  this  paper  when  the  work  first  appeared 
in  1S74.  The  author  is  well  known  not  only  as  a  scholar  and  archaeologist,  but 
hy  the  great  service  he  has  done  in  rescuing  from  utter  ruin  and  oblivion  many  of  the 
interesting  remnants  of  native  art  and  architecture  with  which  the  Mathura  district — 
the  classic  land  of  the  Hindus — abounds.  Of  his  labours  in  this  direction  we  have 
already  spoken  at  some  length  iu  Vol.  IX.  of  the  Indo-European  Correspondence  (pp. 
130  and  1-lS),  iu  our  notice  of  the  first  edition  of  Mr.  Growse's  work.  Since  it  first 
appeared  the  author  has,  we  regret  to  say,  been  transferred  from  Mathura.  where  he 
was  Magistrate  and  Collector,  to  Bulandshahr.  During  the  three  years'  interval 
between  the  first  appearance  of  his  Memoir  and  his  removal  to  another  station  lie  had 
added  largely  to  his  stock  of  local  information,  and  being,  as  he  tells  us,  unwilling 
that  the  fruits  of  his  labour  should  be  lost,  he  asked  and  obtained  the  sanction  of 
Government  for  the  issue  of  a  second  edition  from  the  Allahabad  press.  The  work 
now  appears  much  enlarged  and  enriched— among  other  things— by  upwards  of  thirty 
handsome  illustrations. 

One  of  Mr.  Growse's  acts  while  he  was  at  Mathura  was  the  erection  of  a  Catholic 
chapel,  a  work  which  it  can  hardly  be  contested  is  valuable  if  only  as  an  experiment 
of  a  very  sound  principle— namely,  the  utilising  of  native  art  to  form  an  appropriate 
and  characteristic  style  of  Christiau  architecture  in  India.  The  Mathura  chapel, 
Mr.  Growse  says,  is  intended  as  "  a  protest  against  the  '  standard  plans  and  other 
stereotyped  conventionalities,'"  of  the  Public  Works  Department;  but  it  seems  to  us 
to  be,  at  all  events,  implicitly  a  protest  as  well  against  the  unfortunate  tendency  there 
is  among  Europeans  in  India  to  Europeanize  whatever  falls  under  the  influence  of 
Christianity.  We  call  this  tendency  unfortunate  because  it  not  only  unnecessarily 
widens  the  already  wide  chasm  between  Christianity  and  paganism  ;  not  only  because 
it  practically  ignores  the  existence  of  native  art  as  if  it  were  an  essentially  uuholy 
barharism.  hut  because  the  tendency  aims  at  what  is  really  impracticable. 

Mr.  Growse's  lines  had  fallen  on  a  nursery  of  Hindu  art  which  survives  in 
Mathuni  to  the  present  day.  That  art,  though  pagan,  contains  much  that  is  really 
great  and  noble  in  conception  and  in  workmanship,  and  he  has  essayed  to  show  how 
it  may  be  inado  the  handmaid  of  Christian  gothic  art  in  the  construction  of  the 
Mathura  chapel.  The  photograph  of  the  interior,  though  it  represents  the  building  as 
much  more  sombre  than  it  probably  is  in  reality,  justifies  the  architect's  saying  that 
it  is  both  religious  and  picturesque  in  effect.     The  view  is  a  diagonal  one,  and  shows 


MATHTJRA\  5 

us  part  of  the  nave  and  a  small  section  of  the  chancel  arch — the  one,  we  presume, 
which  offended  the  splenetic  engineer.  The  roof  of  the  nave  is  vaulted,  and  the 
clerestory  is  lighted  bj  circular  windows.  It  is  the  pillars,  however,  which  arrest  one's 
attention,  the  capitals  and   shafts  being  of  purelj    oriental  design.     The  effect  is,  to 

our  mind,  most  graceful.  The  south  aisle  is  lighted  by  pointed  windows,  and  on  tho 
panels  between  are  the  Stations  of  the  Cross,  surrounded  again  bj  oriental  tracery. 
Through  a  gothic  archway  in  the  south-east  corner  wo  catch  a  glimpse  of  the  Lady 
Chapel  and  its  altar.  The  exterior  of  the  chapel,  though  complete  in  essentials,  is 
architecturally  unfinished.  We  regret  that  it  is  likely  to  remain  so,  because  this 
incompleteness  detracts  considerably  from  the  general  effect.  In  spite,  however,  of 
drawbacks  the  exterior  of  the  Mathura  chape]  is  singularly  pleasing.  We  fear  we 
speak  somewhat  vaguely  when  we  say  that  there  is  a  peculiar  mellowness  about  it — an 
effect  which  we  doubt  not  is  the  result  of  good  proportions  and  an  absence  of  mere 
meretricious  ornament. — Indo-European  Correspondence. 


We  do  not  hesitate  to  affirm  that  Mr.  Growse's  work  is  decidedly  the  best  and 
most  interesting  of  the  local  histories  yet  published.  He  is  an  accomplished  scholar 
ami  a  well-known  archaeologist  and  antiquarian  ;  his  long  residence  at  Mathura  gave 
him  ample  opportunities  for  collecting  valuable  materials.  After  the  publication  of 
the  first  edition  of  bis  Memoir  Mr.  Growse  remained  at  Mathura  for  nearly  three  years 
longer,  during  which  time  ho  added  largely  to  his  stock  of  local  information.  This 
information  he  has  utilized  by  bringing  out  a  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  his  work. 
This  edition  is  adorned  with  beautiful  illustrations,  the  cost  of  which,  Mr.  Growse 
tells  us  in  his  preface,  has  been  defrayed  by  the  millionaire  and  public-spirited 
Seths  of  Mathura, — Hindu  Patriot. 


These  two  historical  and  archaeological  chapters  are  unquestionably  among  the 
hest  and  most  interesting  of  the  Memoir ;  though,  indeed,  it  is  difficult  to  single  out 
any  particular  chapters  for  special  praise,  as  the  subject  of  almost  every  chapter  has 
its  own  interest,  and  every  one  is  treated  by  the  author  with  a  fulness  and  thorough- 
ness which  seemingly  leaves  nothing  to  be  desired.  One  chapter,  however,  must  not 
be  passed  over  without  special  mention.  It  is  the  twelfth  or  last  of  the  first  part, 
and  treats  of  "  the  etymology  of  local  names  in  Northern  India,  as  exemplified  in  the 
district  of  Mathura,"  The  subject  is  not  altogether  new ;  on  the  contrary  it  has 
given  rise  to  a  vast  number  of  speculations,  but  most  of  those  hitherto  put  forth  have 
been  of  the  most  haphazard  description.  The  present  is  the  first  attempt,  on  a 
larger  scale,  to  attack  the  problem  in  a  scientific  spirit  and  on  consistent  and  well- 
founded  historical  and  grammatical  principles.  The  general  position  that  the  au- 
thor maintains  is  that  "  local  names  in  Upper  India  are,  as  a  rule,  of  no  very  remote 


6  mathura'. 

antiquity,  and  are,  prima  facie,  referable  to  Sanskrit  and  Hindi  rather  than  to  any 
other  language"  Mr.  Growse  very  clearly  proves  this ;  and  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  his  view  is  perfectly  correct.  One  thing  impresses  itself  very  clearly  upon  the 
mind  in  reading  this  chapter — that  no  one  is  competent  to  pronounce  an  opinion 
on  the  subject  unless  he  possesses  an  intimate  and  minute  knowledge  of  the  history 
of  the  locality,  added  to  a  thorough  acquaintance  with  the  phonetic  laws  that  regulate 
the  development  of  the  modern  Indian  languages  from  the  Prakrit  and  Sanskrit. 
Mr.  Growse  is  one  of  the  few  that  possess  both  these  qualifications. 

It  would  be  impossible  within  the  space  of  a  short  review  to  do  justice  to  the 
great  mass  of  information  distributed  in  the  various  chapters.  The  Memoir  is  a  large 
quarto  volume  of  upwards  of  500  pages,  and  its  external  "get  up"  is  creditable  to 
the  Government  Press  of  Allahabad,  where  it  has  been  printed.  Altogether  the 
work  is  a  model  of  what  a  district  memoir  ought  to  be,  and  Mr.  Growse  is  to  be 
congratulated  on  the  success  which  he  has  achieved. — Calcutta  Review. 


Mr.  Growse  modestly  informs  us,  in  the  preface  to  the  first  edition,  that  this  is 
one  of  the  uniform  series  of  local  histories  compiled  by  the  order  of  the  Government. 
It  would,  however,  be  a  very  fortunate  Government  that  could  obtain  a  series  of 
district  memoirs  all  prepared  with  the  same  accuracy  and  fulness  of  detail  and  in  the 
same  scientific  spirit  as  this  one.  Mr.  Growse  has  brought  to  his  task  an  amount  of 
general  and  special  scholarship  and  of  enthusiasm  which  few  district  officers  possess, 
and  he  has  produced  a  work  which,  take  it  altogether,  stands  without  rival  among 
local  Indian  histories. — Calcutta  Review. 


^rpi  t£h=cr  m^m  m%^  gst  grtI  ft  rrau  jfarxu;  (Mathura 

Memoir)  ^TTT  W^  f%^5RT  fjjcffTl  ^^RTT  WT  ^^T  1  ^^TT^  3ff 
T3T3H  WlrU  1  ^3  r!3i  %-R  fare  3^  *jfq  ^  UT^T^  !%5f?  ^T  f=RT 


mathurX.  7 

%!  4flfT  UT  TTFTT  ^ifl  ^1T  f^q^T  3T ifa  f  55  TT  %I— ill  3^3[TSl 

^tt^t  ^Tra  $5i  ^Ct  t?t  ra*R  3W  2^^r  "a  *wm  5?  mm  it— 
gur  eRt  ifim  fifo^T  utt  g^R  ?^rim^rTT  1— ^w^  st  $?ff  srrcl 
¥ut€t  ^tjj  trii  t%  ww%inr^iT  a^r=m«m  %t  w  foifsrt  ^  iim 
grtti^t  sit  y4n  tft  aft  3rmru  %  ^m  tIrxtt  ixn  w-a^w^ 
*i  f^m  sr*^  ^t^t  Stare  ^tt  f  ft*  swstzit  srt  sfsn^rc  mm  f  g 
ii  fa^Trn  1— =w  ^  of  g  sijjft,  iin  gn,  53  c&t  eufo  f  h  ri  i— $g! 

UCT3R  XTT^i  ^  T5RJ   5TST  rH*T3T*lS»  W  ^=1  cl3i  f%Irl=TT    eRXTHT 

srt  w  3^  5  ra^rcrai  i>T  ^5  ^t«  ^if  iim— at?  ?g  55=1^  stt 

ST*  WTT  WW  ^  WT  aTre  ^T  3?rT  3^T  3tJ«RR  ?T  tf  H^WI  3iT  FH 
<3R3i  ^FQ=fT^  ^  ¥  3JI*  "TnOT  T^^  ¥  t^f  T3T3  U^T*  a"5T  ^T 
3^m  5  3rR  TTiraU  ^=T  rT^T  3r?  V^r{  ?%  ?  351  U3iK  3*  HI 
^T5  IT^f  *l*  Y^iriX  fTCI  3Tg  *3^T  \\—Bharat  Bandhu. 


A  work  which  is  remarkable,  no  less  as  a  monument  of  sound  scholarship  and 
patient  industry  than  as  giving  the  fullest  information  respecting  a  comparatively 
unknown  portion  of  our  Oriental  dependencies,  is  "  Mathura,  a  district  memoir,"  by 
F.  S.  Growse,  B.C.S.  (printed  at  the  North-Western  Provinces  and  Oudh  Govern- 
ment Press),  of  which  a  new  and  greatly  enlarged  edition  has  recently  been  issued. 
The  volume  in  question,  which  is  as  sumptuous  in  appearance  as  it  is  interesting  in 
respect  of  its  contents,  forms  one  of  a  uniform  series  of  local  histories  compiled  by 
order  of  the  Government,  and  first  appeared  so  long  ago  as  in  1S74.  As  it  is  now 
seen,  however,  it  has  been  so  much  augmented  and  subjected  to  such  careful  revi- 
sion as  to  be  practically  a  new  work,  and  must  be  recommended  to  all  readers  who 
take  an  intelligent  interest  in  the  history  and  present  status  of  the  North-West 
Provinces  of  India. 

Mr.  Growse's  explanation  of  the  various  systems  of  mythology  which  have 
prevailed  in  the  district  forms  not  the  least  valuable  portion  o(  his  work  to  students. 
One  notable  feature  is  the  almost  entire  absence  of  Muhammadanism  among  the 
native  population  in  spite  of  the  attempts  at  Moslem  rule  made  in  former  days  ;  side 

111 


8  mathura*. 

by  side  with  this  may  be  noted  the  author's  account  of  that  strange  race  the  Jats,  as 
well  as  his  history  of  Eajput  caste  generally.     One  section  is  devoted   to  an  exami- 
nation iuto  the  cultus  of  the  deified    here   Krishna,  and  a  curious   inquiry  into  the 
resemblance  which  has  so  often  been  noticed  between  the  myths  attaching  thereto 
and  some  of  the  great  truths  of  Christianity  ;  Mr.    Growse,   than   whom  fow  can  be 
better  qualified  to  judge,  is  disposed  to  look  on  this  as  merely   fortuitous.     Equally 
worthy  of  note  are  his  accounts  of  the  annual  miracle  play,  the  great  pilgrimage  of 
which  it  forms  a  prominent  feature,  and   the  peculiar   Holi    festival,  in  connection 
with  which  may  be  studied  the  history  of  the  intrusion  of   Buddhism   into  the  pro- 
vince, the  reform  under  the  Vaishnava  sectaries,  and  the  modern   introduction  of 
Catholicism,  in  which  Mr.  Growse  has  taken  no  small  part.     All  artists  must  approve 
of  his  plea  for  the  adaptation  of  native   architectural   forms  to  the  requirements  of 
Christian  worship,  instead  of  the  obtrusion  of  unsuitable  alien  styles,  and  the  photo- 
graph of  the  church  at  Mathura  is  enough  to  show  how    successfully    this  may  be 
done  by  a  competent  architect.     The  antiquarian  portion  of  the  volume  is  not  the 
least  important,  dealing  with  the  discoveries,  by  the  author  and  others,  of  sculpture 
inscriptions,  and  so  forth,  invaluable  alike  to  artist   and  historian.     The  temples  at 
Brinda-ban  and  elsewhere  are  described  in  a  manner  which  throws  almost  a  new 
light  on  the  subject  of  Indian  art,  and  the  several  photographs  are  most   beautiful. 
Before  closing  a  necessarily  brief  notice  of  this  important  work,  we  must  draw 
attention  to  Mr.  Growse's  protest   against  the  too  common  neglect  by  etymologists 
of  the  Sanskrit  element  in  the  various  native  dialects,  and  to  what  he  says  about 
the  revolting  practices  taught  and  carried  out  by   the  more   advanced   Buddhists ; 
these  latter  may  astonish  some  of  those   "  new   light"    apostles   who  are  so  fond  of 
eulogising  the  followers  of  Gautama   and  their  principles  at  the  expense  of  Christi- 
anity.    Altogether  the  volume  is  in  itself  unique  and  must  prove  of  the  greatest 
service  to  the  Oriental  student. —  Whitehall  Review. 


[By  the  same  tcriter.~\ 
The 

RAMAYANA   OF   TULSI  DAS: 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  ORIGINAL  HINDI. 

"This  is  undoubtedly  a  valuable  addition  to  Anglo-Indian  literature.  It  opens 
a  new  mine  of  riches  to  European  scholars.  The  translation  is  very  faithful,  literal, 
and  animated.  Mr.  Growse,  unlike  other  other  translators,  has  to  a  great  extent 
preserved  the  spirit  of  the  original.  His  prose  sometimes  reads  like  poetry.  His 
command  of  the  English  language  is  so  great  that  he  expresses  in  simple  language 
all  shades  of  Indian  thought,  paying  particular  attention  at  the  same  time  to  English, 
idiom.  We  would  strongly  recommend  the  replacement  of  some  of  the  books  now 
fixed  for  the  high  proficiency  examination  in  Hindi  by  the  Rdmdi/ana  of  Tuhi  Das. 
Mr.  Growse  has  thoroughly  entered  into  the  spirit  of  Tulsi  Das,  and  has  very  agreeably 
succeeded  in  painting  him  in  a  foreign  language  to  the  best  advantage  that  wo  could 
have  wished.  He  has  very  rarely  left  out  phrases  or  introduced  others  of  his  own. 
We  have  carefully  gone  through  the  first  half  of  Book  I,  the  most  difficult  part  of  the 
translation,  and,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  solitary  passages,  we  have  not  met  but 
faithful  translation If  space  allowed,  we  could  give  extracts  to  show  the  scholar- 
like manner  in  which  Mr.  Growse  has  rendered  some  of  the  most  abstruse  religious 
thoughts  of  the  Hiudus  into  idiomatic  and  simple  English." — Indian  Tribune,  IS". 


"  Mh.  Growse  has  done  a  good  service  to  letters  in  seeking  to  atone  for  the 
slight  hitherto  put  by  English  translators  upon  a  poet  of  no  mean  merit,  Tulsi  Das, 
the  bard  of  Rajapur.  Translation  may  not  be  the  grandest  of  fields,  but  it  is  no  faint 
praise  to  occupy  it  with  taste,  judgment,  and  discernment.  We  are  wont  to  hear 
Hindi  spoken  of  as  a  language  which  will  hardly  repay  the  effort  of  mastering,  and, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Prem  Sdgar,  we  doubt  whether  there  is  any  other  passage 
of  Hindi  poetry  with  which  a  hundred  Englishmen  are  fairly  conversant.  The  loss 
is,  however,  their  own.  Even  the  lead  given  by  Mr.  Growse,  when  he  made  his  first 
venture,  has  failed  to  encourage  others  to  follow  in  his  footsteps.  We  have  read 
with  redoubled  interest  this  second  instalment  of  the  Eamayana,  and  there  is 
nothing  in  it  which  grieves  us  so  much  as  the  announcement  that  Mr.  Growse  haa 
perforce  to  postpone  sine  die  the  completion  of  his  work.     The  power  that  removed 


10  THE   IUMXyANA   OF   TULSI   DA'S. 

Mr.  Growse  from  a  sphere  so  peculiarly  his  own  as  was  that  of  Mnthura  to  regions 
like  those  of  Bulandshahr,  where  Sanskrit  is  uuknown  and  unappreciated,  tempts  us 
with  the  men  and  women  who  gazed  after  Kama  and  Sita  on  their  way  to  Chitrakiit 
to  say — "God's  doings  are  all  perverse." So  much  care  has  been  taken  to  re- 
produce in  their  exact  form  the  similes  with  which  every  page  of  the  original  abounds 
that  the  book  may  safely  be  commended  to  all  who  want  to  make  some  acquaint- 
ance with  the  inner  life  and  mode  of  thought  of  our  countrymen.  It  is  only  in 
poetry  so  eminently  faithful  as  that  of  Tulsi  Das  that  this  advantage  can  be  obtained. 
Officers  may  mingle  for  years  with  the  thousands  who  cross  their  official  path  and 
be  unable   to  get  as   clear  an  insight  into  real  native  life  as   they  would  by   quietly 

studying  and  thinking  out  this  translation  in  their  study  chairs Even   though 

Mr.  Growse  refuses  to  give  us  any  promise  for  the  future  of  this  work,  we  have  a 
hope  that  the  subject  will  prove  too  strong  for  him,  and  that  a  transfer  to  happier 
climes  may  recall  his  old  love  for  Tulsi  Das  and  his  Ilamayana.  So  few  try  a  venture 
into  Indian  song  land  that  we  cannot  afford  to  let  Mr.  Growse  remain  ignorant  of 
our  earnest  hope  to  see  him  again  occupy  ground  so  rich  in  interest,  and  to  occupy 
which  so  few  have  the  requisite  qualities  of  which  Mr.  Growse  has  giveu  such  abun- 
dant proof."—  Indian  Tribune,  1878. 


"We  heartily  welcome  this  translation.  So  far  as  we  have  been  able  to  com- 
pare passages  of  it  with  the  original,  we  have  found  them  to  be  very  faithful  and 
accurate  renderings.  Though  the  style  adopted  by  the  translator  is  prose,  which 
affords  facility  for  a  closer  adherence  to  the  original  than  verse  would  have  done,  yet 
it  has  a  graceful  rhythmical  flow.  Its  idiom,  moreover,  is  pure  English.  It  seems 
impossible  for  the  reader  to  help  feeling  himself  transported  into  the  fairy  land  of 
oriental  poetry.  The  chief  value  of  the  work,  however,  is  that  it  will  assist  English- 
men to  become  acquainted  with  the  popular  epic  of  the  vast  mass  of  Hindus,  and 
thus  enter  into  their  loftiest  feelings.  Mr.  Growse  has  in  a  well-written  introduc- 
tion  enhanced  the  value  of  the  translation  by  tracing  the  history  of  the  poem  and 
of  its  author.  "We  trust  the  public  will  show  such  an  appreciation  of  this  first 
instalment  of  the  epic  in  an  English  dress  as  to  encourage  Mr.  Growse  in  the  task 
of  completing  the  remainder." — The  Aryan. 


"  "We  gladly  welcome  this  first  instalment  of  an  excellent  version  of  the  most 
popular  of  Hindi  poems  ....  Of  Tul>i  Das  himself  li'.tle  is  known,  but  what  information 
is  available  has  been  collected  by  Mr.  Growse  in  his  introduction  The  transla- 
tion appears  to  be  executed  in  a  scholarly  style,  and  is  carefully  edited  throughout 
with  footnotes   explanatory   of  the   mythological   allusions.     "While  thanking  the 


THE    RXMXYANA   OF   TULSI   DA'S.  II 

translator  for  this  instalment  of  so  important  a  work,  we  trust  lie  will  be  encouraged 
to  hasten  the  completion  of  it." — Indian  Antiquary. 


"  That  the  poem  itself  has  been  well  and  worthily  translated  is  sufficiently 
vouched  for  by  Mr.  Growse's  high  reputation  as  a  Sanskrit  and  Hindi  scholar  ; 
while  his  devout  enthusiasm  as  an  antiquarian  makes  him  enter  into  his  work  with 
a  zest  which  redeems  it  from  much  of  the  dryness  which  one  ordinarily  finds  in 
philological  labours.  We  cannot  understand  how  any  man  can  live  in  this  country 
and  not  be  touched  by  what  he  sees  among  the  natives,  especially  the  Hindus.  To 
single  out  whatever  seems  to  us  grotesque  and  unreasonable  in  their  religious 
system,  and  to  ignore  the  deep  religious  feeling  that  underlies  these  flaws,  is  surely 
ungenerous  and  prejudiced.  The  Hindu  desire  of  eternal  life,  the  acknowledgment 
of  man's  sinfulness,  the  efficacy  of  atonement  for  sin,  their  inveterate  idea  of  a  divine 
incarnation  and  the  merits  of  sacrifice,  should  not  be  ignored,  while  all  that  ia 
ludicrous  and  hideous  in  the  religion  of  the  Hindu  people  is  put  forward  as  its  un- 
redeeming  feature." — Indo-European  Correspondence,  1877. 


"  Mr.  F.  S.  Growse,  C.S.,  continues  his  translation  of  Tulsi  Das's  version  of  the 
Hamaijana,  and  has  just  published  the   Second   Book    (Ayodhya)  of  that   popular 

poem "Wo  frankly  own   to  prejudice  when  we  say  that  in  spite    of  the  lofty 

thoughts  and  principles  which  are   embodied  throughout  the  poem,  and  in  spite  of 
Mr.  Growse's  wonderful  combination  of  a  pure  English  style  and  idiom  with  fidelity 
to  the  text  of  the  original,  we  seem,  as  we  read  through  the  long  string  of  dohas  and 
cliaupais,  to  hear  the  nasal  drone  of  the  Hindu  minstrel  and  the  wearisome  beat  of 
the  tom-tom.     It  is  prejudice,  too,  we  fear,  that  throws  a  colouring  of  exaggeration 
over  the  expression  of  feelings  on  the  part  of  the  men,  and  somewhat  of  a  whining 
querulous  tone  over  those  of  the  women.     Mr.  Growse,  however,  disarms,  or  at  all 
events  deprecates,  this  kind  of  prejudice.     'The  constant  repetition,'  he  says,  '  of  a 
few  stereotyped  phrases,   such  as  '  lotus    feet,'  '  streaming    eyes,'    and  '  quivering 
frame'  (a  phrase  which,  he  says,  was  rendered  by  a  Calcutta  Munshi,  horripilation, 
which  word  he  greatly  admired  on  account  of  its  six  syllables),   though  they  find  a 
parallel  in  the  stock  epithets  of  the  Homeric   poems,  are  irritating  to  modern  Euro- 
pean taste.'     "We   think  the   learned  translator    would  be  justified  in    saying  '  pre- 
judice' (taste  and  prejudice  are  much  akin),  for  there  are  phrases  in  the   Bible — in 
the  Song  of  Solomon  for  instance — which  would  strike  us  as  irritating  as  the  Hindu 
poet's,  had  we  not  been  accustomed  to  the  former  from  our  childhood. 

"Prejudice  and  taste   apart,  the   great  value   of  Mr.    Growse's  translation  to 
English  readers  lies  in  the  insight   it  gives   us  into   the  feelings   of  this   mysterious 

112 


12  THE   RXMa'tANA   OF   TULSI   DA'S. 

Hindu  people,  among  whom  so  many  of  us  live  for  years  without  fathoming  the 
depths  of  the  national  miud  and  heart.  Of  the  pathetic  parts  of  Tulsi  Das's  poem 
— precisely  those  which  an  English  reader  would  feel  inclined  to  skip — Mr.  Growse 
says  that  when  puhlicly  recited  '  there  is  scarcely  one  of  the  audience  who  will  not 
be  moved  to  tears.'  It  certainly  is  great  service  to  put  before  us  in  good  English 
the  sterling  equivalent  of  what  touches  the  hearts  of  men  who  seem  to  us  to  have 
no  hearts  at  all.  We  often  hear  it  said  of  the  people  of  this  country  that  when 
they  congregate,  their  talk  is  mostly  about  bhdt  and  paisa — rice  iind  pence.  The 
most  popular  of  Hindu  ballads  has  been  composed— so  says  Tulsi  Das  in  his  epi- 
logue— '  for  the  bestowal  of  pure  wisdom  and  continence  ;'  and  it  would  be  sheer  pre- 
judice to  deny  that  the  tale  which  it  tells  of  noble  and  heroic  qualities  has  not  justi- 
fied the  epilogue.  Yet  this  is  the  poem  which  has  the  strongest  hold  on  the  people 
of  Upper  India  ! 

"  Mr.  Growse's  removal  from  Mathura,  where  he  has  done  so  much  to  unearth 
and  restore  some  of  the  most  interesting  remains  of  Hindu  antiquity,  has  apparently 
forced  him  to  postpone  '  indefinitely'  the  completion  of  the  Rdmdyana.  In  his  present 
station,  Bulandshahr, he  is  evidently  away  from  the  appliances  necessary  for  the  con- 
tinuation of  this  useful  work.  If  our  conjecture  be  right,  we  cannot  but  regret  that 
he  was  removed  from  a  place  where  his  labours  were  so  useful." — Indo-European 
Correspondence,  1878. 


"  Mr.  Blochmattn  said  he  was  much  struck  with  a  passage  in  Mr.  Growse's 
translation  ;  it  was  an  additional  proof  that  religious  thought  repeats  itself,  and  that 
it  was  not  difficult  to  cull  passages  from  Hindu  works  that  bear  the  most  striking 
similarity  to  passages  of  the  New  Testament,  thou-'h  the  authors  could  not  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  acquainted  with  Jewish  or  Christian  writings.  He  hoped  that  Mr. 
Growse  would  have  leisure  and  strength  to  complete  the  great — he  might  sav  national 
— work  which  he  had  commenced.  Mr.  Growse  was  well  known  both  for  the  extent 
of  his  researches  in  Hindi  folklore  and  philology  and  for  the  classical  taste  that 
pervades  his  translations,  and  there  was  no  one  better  qualified  to  bring  out  a  faithful 
and  truly  readable  version  of  Tulsi  Bus's  Rdmdyana." — Proceedings  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal. 


"I  hate  read  the  book  with  very  great  interest.  The  language  of  Tulsi  Das  is  so- 
difficult  that  even  most  of  the  Pandits  in  Hindustan  can  understand  little  of  many- 
passages  in  his  books,  especially  in  the  Rdmdyana,  almost  all  sentences  of  which, 
besides  allegory  or  other  figure,  have  a  number  of  colloquial  Hindi  words.  Such  bein<* 
the  case,  an  English  translation  must  have  been  wanted  by  English  readers  :but  now 


THE   RA'MAYANA  OF  TtTLSI  DA'S.  13 

tho  author  has  done  it  beyond  expectation.  The  version  is  quite  literal  and  in  easy 
style;  and  nothing  difficult  or  figurative  in  the  original  text  is  omitted.  So,  after 
comparing  the  version  with  tho  original,  I  expect  that  this  will  assist  not  only  English 
readers  of  tho  Rdmdgann,  but  the  Pandits  also  who  have  to  teach  English  scho- 
lars."— Opinion  of  Pandit  Guru  Prasad,  Read  Pandit  of  the  Oriental  College,  Lahor 
{received  through  Dr.  Lcilner). 


"The  Hindi  Rdmdyana  is  doubly  valuable.  It  is  in  the  first  place  a  key  to  the 
living  creed  of  the  modern  Hindu  who  does  not  know  Sanskrit.  Secondly,  it  is  in  a 
style  of  transition,  like  our  Elizabethan  English,  which  shows  the  scholar  and  the 
etymologist  what  the  language  was  three  centuries  back,  as  it  passed  from  the  Prakrit 
of  the  Suraseni  to  the  modern  speech.  This  is  the  work  to  the  translation  of  which 
Mr.  F.  S.  Growse  has  recently  addressed   himself;  and  the   first  book  of  his   excellent 

translation  (the  first  that  has  been  made)  is  now  before  the  public The  reputa- 

tiou  of  the  translator  for  accuracy   of  knowledge  and  skill  is  a  sufficient  guarantee 
that  none  who  use  it  will  be  disappointed." — Pioneer. 


"A  very  failthful,  elegant,  and  animated  translation  of  the  Rdmdyana  of  Tulsi 
Ddsa,  by  Mr.  F.  S.  Growse,  C.S.  The  translation  is  executed  in  a  scholarly  style,  and  is 
carefully  edited  throughout  with  footnotes  explanatory  of  the  mythological  allusions." 
R.  T.  II.  Griffith,  Director  of  Public  Instruction,  North- Western  Provinces  and  Oudh. 


"Mr.  Growse  has  published  the  second  volume  of  his  Rdmdyana  of  Tulsi  Dds 
translated  from  the  Hindi.  The  Hindi  Rdmdgana  has  doubtless  had  a  greater 
influence  on  the  popular  religious  ideas  of  the  Hindus  than  many  more  elaborate  or 
masterly  works,  and  the  translation  will  form,  therefore,  a  very  good  introduction  to 
the  study  of  modern  Hindu  belief.  The  author  states  that  the  seventh  and  last  book 
is  almost  ready  for  the  press,  and  that  he  intends  next  year  to  republish  the  whole 
work  in  one  volume  copiously  illustrated  with  really  native  art,  exhibiting  the 
conventional  teatment  of  the  favourite  subjects  taken  from  this  poem.  This  will  be 
a  most  interesting  method  of  familiarising  English  readers  with  native  conceptions  of 
the  beautiful  both  in  art  and  poetry  ;  and  the  English  reader  will  be  able  to  follow 
with  complete  confidence  the  English  version  of  so  accomplished  a  Hindi  scholar  as 
Mr.  Growse." — Academy,  December  18,  1S80. 


"  The  second  portion  of  Mr.  Growse's  translation  is  in  no  way  inferior  to  the  first, 
of  which  a  second  edition  has,  we  see,  been  called  for;  while  the  English  is  through- 
out idiomatic,  the  spirit  of  the  origiual  is  carefully  preserved." — Calcutta  Review. 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made 
4  days  prior  to  due  date 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

JUL  2  1  2003 

APR  1  8  2005 

DD20 

15M   4-02 

1 

;>^U491 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY